%% Created for kbj at 2007-12-18 11:27:06 -0500 %% Saved with string encoding Western (ASCII) @ARTICLE{ Donabedian:1993, AUTHOR={Donab\'{e}dian, Ana\"{i}d}, TITLE={Le pluriel en arm\'{e}nien moderne}, JOURNAL={Faits de Langues}, YEAR={1993}, VOLUME={2}, NUMBER={}, PAGES={179--188} } @ARTICLE{ Wilhelm:2008, AUTHOR={Wilhelm, Andrea}, TITLE={Bare nouns and number in {D}\"{e}ne {S}\c{u}\l{}in\'{e}}, JOURNAL={Natural Language Semantics}, YEAR={2008}, VOLUME={16}, NUMBER={1}, PAGES={39--68} } @Book{ Schroeder:1999, author = {Schroeder, Christoph}, year = 1999, title = {The {T}urkish nominal phrase in spoken discourse}, publisher = {Harrassowitz Verlag}, address = {Wiesbaden} } @inproceedings{ Wilhelm:2006, Address = {Sommerville, MA}, Author = {Wilhelm, Andrea}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the 25th West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Editor = {Baumer, Donald and Montero, David and Scanlon, Michael}, Pages = {435--443}, Publisher = {Cascadilla Proceedings Project}, Title = {Count and mass nouns in {D}\"{e}ne {S}\c{u}\l{}in\'{e}}, Year = {2006}} @inproceedings{ Magri:2008, Address = {Oslo}, Author = {Magri, Giorgio}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of Sinn und Bedeutung {SuB 12}}, Editor = {Gr\o{}nn, Atle}, Pages = {399--413}, Publisher = {Department of Literature, Area Studies and European Languages, University of Oslo}, Title = {The sortal theory of plurals}, Year = {2008}} @inproceedings{ Bale:2009, Address = {University of Massachussetts}, Author = {Bale, Alan}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Northeast Linguistics Society {NELS 38}}, Editor = {}, Pages = {75--88}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Students' Association, Umass}, Title = {Yet More Evidence for the Emptiness of Plurality}, Year = {2009}} @ARTICLE{ Landman:1989, AUTHOR={Landman, Fred}, TITLE={Groups I}, JOURNAL={Linguistics and Philosophy}, YEAR={1989}, VOLUME={12}, NUMBER={5}, PAGES={559--605} } @ARTICLE{ Kennedy:2007, AUTHOR={Kennedy, Christopher}, TITLE={Vagueness and Grammar: The Semantics of Relative and Absolute Gradable Adjectives}, JOURNAL={Linguistics and Philosophy}, YEAR={2007}, VOLUME={30}, NUMBER={1}, PAGES={1--45} } @ARTICLE{ Klein:1980, AUTHOR={Klein, Ewan}, TITLE={A Semantics for Positive and Comparative Deletion}, JOURNAL={Linguistics and Philosophy}, YEAR={1980}, VOLUME={4}, NUMBER={1}, PAGES={1--46} } @ARTICLE{ Klein:1982, AUTHOR = {Klein, Ewan}, TITLE= {The interpretation of adjectival comparatives}, JOURNAL={Journal of Linguistics}, YEAR={1982}, VOLUME={18}, PAGES={113--136} } @article{BaleBarner:2009, Author = {Bale, Alan and Barner, David}, Journal = {Journal of Semantics}, Number = {}, Pages = {217--252}, Title = {The interpretation of functional heads: Using comparatives to explore the mass/count distinction}, Volume = {26}, Year = {2009}, Abstract = {Comparative judgments for mass and count nouns yield two generalizations. First, all words that can be used in both mass and count syntax (e.g. rock, string, apple, water) always denote individuals when used in count syntax but never when used in mass syntax (e.g. too many rocks v. too much rock). Second, some mass nouns denote individuals (e.g. furniture) while others do not (e.g. water). In this article, we show that no current theory of massÐcount semantics can capture these two facts and argue for an alternative theory that can. We propose that lexical roots are not specified as mass or count. Rather, a root becomes a mass noun or count noun by combining with a functional head. Some roots have denotations with individuals while others do not. The count head is interpreted as a function that maps denotations without individuals to those with individuals. The mass head is interpreted as an identity function making the interpretation of a mass noun equivalent to the interpretation of the root. As a result, all count nouns have individuals in their denotation, whereas mass counterparts of count nouns do not. Also, some roots that have individuals in their denotations can be used as mass nouns to denote individuals.}} @article{ BaleGagnonKhanjian:2010, Author = {Bale, Alan and Gagnon, Micha\"{e}l and Khanjian, Hrayr}, Journal = {Morphology}, Number = {}, Pages = {}, Title = {On the relationship between morphological and semantic markedness: the case of plural morphology}, Volume = {}, Year = {2010}} @inproceedings{ BaleKhanjian:2009, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Bale, Alan and Khanjian, Hrayr}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of semantics and linguistic theory {SALT XVIII}}, Editor = {Georgala, Effi and Howell, Jonathan}, Pages = {}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Classifiers and number marking}, Year = {2009}} @Book{ Borer:2005, author = {Borer, H.}, year = 2005, title = {Structuring Sense}, publisher = {Oxford University Press}, address = {Oxford} } @article{Kang:1994, Author = {Kang, Beom-Mo}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--24}, Title = {Plurality and other semantic aspects of common nouns in {K}orean}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1994}, Abstract = {In this paper, I try to present the semantics of Korean common nouns in light of Link's (1983) semantic theory on denotations of plurals and mass terms. First, I show that the semantic count/mass distinction of common nouns is as important in Korean as in English, despite the fact that the distinction is bhirred in some constructions such as the canonical quantification structure of [CN(Nominal) + Numeral + Classifier]. Then, the semantic domains of Korean count nouns are shown to be much like those of English count nouns except that the denotation of a syntactically singular count noun in Korean may include a semantically plural domain as well as a singular domain. For instance, using Link's Logic of Plurals and Mass Terms, sakwa in Korean denotes |*apple'|, rather than | apple' |, the latter being the denotation of English apple. It is also shown that the semantic domains of common nouns, in Korean and even in English in some cases, are much more flexible than may be thought. This claim is made with respect to the proportional reading of English many (discussed by Partee (1988)) and Korean manhun. In this connection, a possible semantic treatment of Korean classifiers as domain shifters is provided. This enables us to capture our semantic intuition about anomalous expressions such as chayk 'book', han 'one', and the classifier can 'glass'. Finally, some problems closely related to the interpretation of common nouns, namely the problems of kinds, genericity, and topicality, are discussed. It is shown how these notions are related in the theory which allows flexible interpretive domains of common nouns.}} @BOOK{Corbett:2000, Author = {Corbett, Greville G.}, TITLE={Number}, YEAR={2000}, ADDRESS={}, PUBLISHER={Oxford University Press} } @INCOLLECTION{Partee:1995, AUTHOR={Partee, Barbara}, TITLE={Lexical semantics and compositionality}, BOOKTITLE={An invitation to cognitive science (second edition)}, EDITOR={Gleitman, Lila and Liberman, Mark}, YEAR={1995}, PAGES={311--360}, ADDRESS={Cambridge}, PUBLISHER={MIT Press} } @article{Partee:2010, Author = {Partee, Barbara}, Journal = {Philologia}, Pages = {7--19}, Title = {Formal semantics, lexical semantics, and compositionality: the puzzle of privative adjectives}, Volume = {7}, Year = {2010}, } @article{KampPartee:1995, Author = {Kamp, Hans and Partee, Barbara}, Journal = {Cognition}, Pages = {315--360}, Title = {Prototype theory and compositionality}, Volume = {57}, Year = {1995}, } @INCOLLECTION{Landman:2003, AUTHOR={Landman, Fred}, TITLE={Predicate-argument mismatches and the adjectival theory of indefinites}, BOOKTITLE={The syntax and semantics of noun phrases}, EDITOR={Coene, M. and D'hulst, Y.}, YEAR=2003, PAGES={211--237}, ADDRESS={Amsterdam and Philadelphia}, PUBLISHER={John Benjamins} } @INCOLLECTION{Partee:1986, AUTHOR={Partee, Barbara}, TITLE={Noun phrase interpretation and type-shifting principles}, BOOKTITLE={Studies in Discourse Representation Theory and the Theory of Generalized Quantifiers}, EDITOR={Groenendijk, Jeroen and de Jong, Dick and Stokhof, Martin}, YEAR={1986}, PAGES={115--143}, ADDRESS={Dordrecht}, PUBLISHER={Foris Publications} } @BOOK{Winter:2001, AUTHOR={Winter, Yoad}, TITLE={Flexibility principles in Boolean semantics: the interpretation of coordination, plurality, and scope in natural language}, YEAR=2001, ADDRESS={Cambridge}, PUBLISHER={MIT Press}, } @article{IoninMatushansky:2006, Author = {Ionin, Tania and Matushansky, Ora}, Journal = {Journal of Semantics}, Pages = {315--360}, Title = {The composition of complex cardinals}, Volume = {23}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {This paper proposes an analysis of the syntax and semantics of complex cardinal numerals, which involve multiplication (two hundred) and/or addition (twentythree). It is proposed that simplex cardinals have the semantic type of modifiers (<, >). Complex cardinals are composed linguistically, using standard syntax (complementation, coordination) and standard principles of semantic composition. This analysis is supported by syntactic evidence (such as Case assignment) and semantic evidence (such as internal composition of complex cardinals). We present several alternative syntactic analyses of cardinals, and suggest that different languages may use different means to construct complex cardinals even though their lexical semantics remains the same. Further issues in the syntax of numerals (modified numerals and counting) are discussed and shown to be compatible with the proposed analysis of complex cardinals. Extra-linguistic constraints on the composition of complex cardinals are discussed and compared to similar restrictions in other domains.}} @article{Broekhuis:2007, Author = {Broekhuis, Hans}, Date-Added = {2007-12-14 12:15:16 -0500}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-14 12:16:14 -0500}, Journal = {Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JCGL/10.2Broekhuis.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {109--141}, Title = {Object shift and subject shift}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {Adopting the hypothesis that both NP-movement of subjects and scrambling of objects are instances of A-movement, this article aims at accounting for the similarities and differences between these movements within the so-called derivation-and-evaluation framework, which combines certain aspects from the minimalist program and optimality theory.}} @article{Ackema:2007, Author = {Ackema, Peter and Neeleman, Ad}, Date-Added = {2007-12-14 12:13:46 -0500}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-14 12:14:58 -0500}, Journal = {Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JCGL/10.2Ackeman_Neeleman.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {81--107}, Title = {Restricted pro drop in {E}arly {M}odern {D}utch}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {In this paper, we argue that Early Modern Dutch allowed pro drop, despite the fact that the language has only poor agreement. This provides a direct counterexample to the standard view that Italian-style pro drop is subject to a condition of grammatical recoverability (in that the features of pro must be indexed on the verb). However, pro drop in Early Modern Dutch is subject to very strict pragmatic conditions, and this, we argue, does follow from the lack of rich agreement. Basing ourselves on Mira Ariel's Accessibility Theory, we argue that if fewer features of an omitted subject are grammatically recoverable, its antecedent must be more salient in discourse. Consequently, there is an indirect relation between rich agreement and pro drop: rich agreement facilitates pro drop in more contexts. Since a very limited distribution of pro drop implies that the rule is vulnerable in diachronic development, the familiar cross-linguistic generalization can be derived.}} @article{Wiklund:2007, Author = {Wiklund, Anna-Lena and Hrafnbjargarson, Gunnar Hrafn and Bentzen, Kristine and Hr{\'o}arsd{\'o}ttir, Thorbj{\"o}rg}, Date-Added = {2007-12-14 12:09:42 -0500}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-14 12:12:27 -0500}, Journal = {Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JCGL/10.3Wiklund_etal.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {203--233}, Title = {Rethinking {S}candinavian verb movement}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {This paper reconsiders the distribution of verb movement in Scandinavian in light of new data from Norwegian and Icelandic. The main claim is that Regional Northern Norwegian displays optional verb movement to the inflectional domain, whereas Icelandic has no independent verb movement at all to this domain, contrary to standard assumptions: All verb movement in Icelandic is to the CP domain of the clause. A remnant movement approach to verb movement is explored and it is proposed that movement to the CP domain and movement corresponding to V-to-I movement differ in amount of material pied-piped. The analysis presented captures the observed differences between the two movements.}} @article{Lodrup:2007, Author = {L{\o}drup, Helge}, Date-Added = {2007-12-14 12:06:20 -0500}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-14 12:08:49 -0500}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JCGL/10.3Lodrup.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {183--201}, Title = {A new account of simple and complex reflexives in {N}orwegian}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {This article argues that the complex reflexive in Norwegian has a wider distribution than is usually assumed in the literature (for example, Hellan 1988). Both simple and complex reflexives are used in the local domain, which must be defined as the minimal clause. The simple reflexive is used when the physical aspect of the referent of the binder is in focus. It is seen as an inalienable denoting the body of the referent of the binder. Its distribution follows an independently established binding principle for inalienables, while the complex reflexive is an elsewhere form.}} @article{Hoeksema:2007, Author = {Hoeksema, Jack}, Date-Added = {2007-12-14 12:04:10 -0500}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-14 12:05:53 -0500}, Journal = {Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JCGL/10.3Hoeksema.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {163--182}, Title = {Parasitic licensing of negative polarity items}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {This paper proposes a new treatment of parasitically licensed negative polarity items, based on the idea that indefinite negative polarity items may optionally incorporate a negative feature from their licenser, and thus acquire the necessary features to in turn license a negative polarity item. The process of negative incorporation is that of Klima (Negation in English. In J.A. Fodor and J.J. Katz (Eds.), The Structure of Language. Readings in the Philosophy of Language, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, pp. 246-323, 1964), but now viewed as a potentially covert operation and offers an alternative to den Dikken's (J. Comp. Germ. Linguist., 5:35-66, 2002) seminal account of parasitic licensing. Some advantages of the covert incorporation proposal are sketched, including two applications outside the area of polarity licensing: adverbial modification by approximative adverbs, and emphatic reduplication.}} @book{Safir:2004, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Safir, Ken}, Date-Added = {2007-11-29 17:20:23 -0500}, Date-Modified = {2007-11-29 17:22:00 -0500}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {The {S}yntax of {(In)}dependence}, Year = {2004}} @book{Gartner:2007, Address = {Berlin}, Author = {G{\"a}rtner, Hans-Martin}, Date-Added = {2007-11-29 13:41:50 -0500}, Date-Modified = {2007-11-29 13:42:48 -0500}, Publisher = {Akademie-Verlag}, Title = {Generalized Transformations and Beyond}, Year = {forthcoming}} @techreport{Sternefeld:2000, Author = {Sternefeld, Wolfgang}, Date-Added = {2007-11-28 08:32:01 -0500}, Date-Modified = {2007-11-28 08:33:51 -0500}, Institution = {Universit{\"a}t T{\"u}bingen}, Number = {02--00}, Title = {Semantic vs. Syntactic Reconstruction}, Type = {SfS-Report}, Year = {2000}} @article{Hay:2007, Author = {Hay, Jennifer and Bauer, Laurie}, Date-Added = {2007-11-19 09:15:40 -0500}, Date-Modified = {2007-11-19 09:16:59 -0500}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/83.2hay.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {388--400}, Title = {Phoneme inventory and population size}, Volume = {83}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {This short report investigates the relationship between population size and phoneme inventory size, and finds a surprisingly robust correlation between the two. The more speakers a language has, the bigger its phoneme inventory is likely to be. We show that this holds for both vowel inventories and consonant inventories. It is not an artifact of language family.}} @article{Labov:2007, Author = {Labov, William}, Date-Added = {2007-11-19 09:13:46 -0500}, Date-Modified = {2007-11-19 09:15:21 -0500}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/83.2labov.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {344--387}, Title = {Transmission and Diffusion}, Volume = {83}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = { The transmission of linguistic change within a speech community is characterized by incrementation within a faithfully reproduced pattern characteristic of the family tree model, while diffusion across communities shows weakening of the original pattern and a loss of structural features. It is proposed that this is the result of the difference between the learning abilities of children and adults. Evidence is drawn from two studies of geographic diffusion. (i) Structural constraints are lost in the diffusion of the New York City pattern of tensing short-a to four other communities: northern New Jersey, Albany, Cincinnati, and New Orleans. (ii) The spread of the Northern Cities Shift from Chicago to St. Louis is found to represent the borrowing of individual sound changes, rather than the diffusion of the structural pattern as a whole. }} @article{Birner:2007, Author = {Birner, Betty J. and Kaplan, Jeffrey P. and Ward, Gregory}, Date-Added = {2007-11-19 09:11:57 -0500}, Date-Modified = {2007-11-19 09:13:32 -0500}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/83.2birner.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {317--343}, Title = {Functional Compositionality and the Interaction of Discourse Constraints}, Volume = {83}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {We argue for the existence of functionally complex constructions whose elements compositionally impose discourse-functional constraints on the use of the whole. In particular, we examine th-clefts (as in That's John who wrote the book), equatives with epistemic would and demonstrative subjects (as in That would be John), and simple equatives with demonstrative subjects (as in That's John). We show that, contra previous approaches, the latter two constructions need not be analyzed as truncated clefts. Rather, the properties that these constructions share with th-clefts can be straightforwardly accounted for as the sum of the constraints on their shared elements---that is, the equative construction, the demonstrative subject, and the presence of a contextually salient open proposition. The convergence of these elemental properties in each of these three constructions results in the possibility of the demonstrative being used to refer to the instantiation of the variable in the open proposition, which in turn predicts a complex of distributional behaviors shared by precisely the constructions that share these properties. Because these distributional behaviors can be straightforwardly explained in terms of this functional compositionality, the motivation for a truncated-cleft analysis disappears. These results support the view that not all functional properties must be learned on a construction-by-construction basis; instead, the discourse functions of an utterance are built up compositionally from those of its parts.}} @article{Zuraw:2007, Author = {Zuraw, Kie}, Date-Added = {2007-11-19 09:09:52 -0500}, Date-Modified = {2007-11-19 09:11:28 -0500}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/83.2zuraw.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {277--316}, Title = {The Role of Phonetic Knowledge in Phonological Patterning: Corpus and Survey Evidence from {T}agalog Infixation}, Volume = {83}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {A current controversy in phonological theory concerns the explanation of crosslinguistic tendencies. It is often assumed that crosslinguistic tendencies are explained by mental bias: a pattern is common because it is favored by learners/speakers. But work by Blevins and colleagues in EVOLUTIONARY PHONOLOGY has argued that many crosslinguistic tendencies can be explained without positing such bias. This would mean that crosslinguistic tendencies cannot be unproblematically used as evidence about the mental machinery that humans bring to learning and using language. In response, many researchers have looked at different types of data, such as processing, learning of real and artificial languages, and literary invention. This article presents another type of data: extension of native-language phonology to words with novel phonological structure, in this case infixation in Tagalog into loanwords with novel initial consonant clusters. The data come from a written corpus and a survey. Tagalog speakers' treatment of these clusters parallels Fleischhacker's crosslinguistic findings of cluster splittability. This article argues that explaining the data requires attributing to Tagalog speakers phonetic knowledge and a bias about how to apply that knowledge.}} @article{Beaver:2007, Author = {Beaver, David and Clark, Brady Zack and Flemming, Edward and Jaeger, T. Florian and Wolters, Maria}, Date-Added = {2007-11-19 09:06:57 -0500}, Date-Modified = {2007-11-19 09:09:34 -0500}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/83.2beaver.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {245--276}, Title = {When Semantics Meets Phonetics: Acoustical Studies of Second-Occurrence Focus}, Volume = {83}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {A second-occurrence (SO) focus is the semantic focus of a focus-sensitive operator (e.g. only), but is a repeat of anearlier focused occurrence. We report onthe first systematic productionan d perception experiments to show that SO foci occurring after a nuclear accent are, as Rooth (1996b) has claimed, prosodically marked. We find that (i) there is no mean pitch rise on SO foci, (ii) SO foci are marked by longer duration and greater energy, and (iii) listeners are able to detect the difference between SO foci and nonfoci. On the basis of these results, we argue that SO focus is compatible with theories of focus interpretationthat it has beenclaimed to contradict.}} @article{Friedmann:2007, Author = {Friedmann, Na'ama}, Date-Added = {2007-11-19 09:00:55 -0500}, Date-Modified = {2007-11-19 09:02:17 -0500}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Number = {4}, Pages = {377--422}, Title = {Young Children and {A}-chains: The Acquisition of {H}ebrew {U}naccusatives}, Volume = {14}, Year = {2007}} @article{Pouscoulous:2007, Author = {Pouscoulous, Nausicaa and Noveck, Ira and Politzer, Guy and Bastide, Anne}, Date-Added = {2007-11-19 08:59:08 -0500}, Date-Modified = {2007-11-19 09:00:15 -0500}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Number = {4}, Pages = {347--375}, Title = {A Developmental Investigation of Processing Costs in Implicature Production}, Volume = {14}, Year = {2007}} @article{Hernandez:2007, Author = {Hern{\'a}ndez, Ana Carrera}, Date-Added = {2007-11-16 10:06:05 -0500}, Date-Modified = {2007-11-16 10:07:03 -0500}, Journal = {Lingua}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Lingua/Lingua117(12)_Hernandez.pdf}, Number = {12}, Pages = {2106--2133}, Title = {Gapping as a syntactic dependency}, Volume = {117}, Year = {2007}} @article{Boersma:2007, Author = {Boersma, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-11-16 09:57:57 -0500}, Date-Modified = {2007-11-16 10:03:47 -0500}, Journal = {Lingua}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Lingua/Lingua117(12)_Boersma.pdf}, Number = {12}, Pages = {1989--2054}, Title = {Some listerner-oriented accounts of h-aspir{\'e} in {F}rench}, Volume = {117}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {This article shows that the usual speaker-based account of h-aspire in French can explain at most three of the four phonological processes in which it is involved, whereas a listener-oriented account can explain all of them. On a descriptive level, the behaviour of h-aspire is accounted for with a grammar model that involves a control loop, whose crucial ingredient is listener-oriented faithfulness constraints. These constraints evaluate phonological recoverability, which is the extent to which the speaker thinks the listener will be able to recover the phonological message. On a more reductionist level, however, the pronunciation of h-aspire and its variation is accounted for with a new, very simple, grammar model for bidirectional phonology and phonetics, which uses a single constraint set for the four processes of perception, recognition, phonological production, and phonetic implementation, and in which phonological and phonetic production are evaluated in parallel. In this model, the phenomenon of phonological recoverability is not built in, as in control-loop grammars, but emerges from the interaction of four equally simple learning algorithms.}} @article{Legate:2007, Author = {Legate, Julie Anne and Yang, Charles}, Date-Added = {2007-11-05 09:37:22 -0500}, Date-Modified = {2007-11-05 09:38:09 -0500}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Number = {3}, Pages = {315--344}, Title = {Morphosyntactic Learning and the Development of Tense}, Volume = {14}, Year = {2007}} @article{Green:2007, Author = {Green, Lisa and Roeper, Thomas}, Date-Added = {2007-11-05 09:32:05 -0500}, Date-Modified = {2007-11-05 09:33:05 -0500}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Number = {3}, Pages = {269--313}, Title = {The Acquisition Path for Tense-Aspect: Remote Past and Habitual in Child {A}frican {A}merican {E}nglish}, Volume = {14}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {This article considers the comprehension of tense-aspect markers remote base BIN and habitual \emph{be} by 3- to 5-year old developing African American English (AAE)-speaking children and their Southwest Louisiana Vernacular English (SwLVE)-speaking peers. Overall both groups of children associated BIN with the distant past; however, the AAE-speaking children were twice as likely to give a distant past response on the ``BIN went'' task. These results are discussed in terms of event realization, the Aspect Hypothesis, and feature agreement. We delineate a path that uses the lexical part ofthe Aspect Hypothesis, teh role of sematnics in defining the end stat of a refined aspectual system, and an interface bweteen syntax and semantics to explain subtel steps involving agreement in the acquisition process. Teh AAE-speaking children scored significantly higher on the habitual \emph{be} tasks than the SwLVE-speaking children, whose scores were not significantly different from chance. The results suggest that the AAE-speaking children have developing native knowledge of habitual `be' and are beginning to associate it with eventualities that recur.}} @article{Hyams:2007, Author = {Hyams, Nina}, Date-Added = {2007-11-05 09:27:54 -0500}, Date-Modified = {2007-11-05 09:28:52 -0500}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Number = {3}, Pages = {231--268}, Title = {Aspectual Effects on Interpretation in Early Grammar}, Volume = {14}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {This paper focuses on the temporal and modal meanings associated with root infinitives (RIs) and other non-finite clauses in several typologically diverse languages --- English, Russian, Greek and Dutch. I discuss the role that event structure, aspect and modality play in the interpretation of these clauses. The basic hypothesis is that in the absence of a tense specificaiton, the temporal reference of non-finite clauses is determined by the event structure of the predicate, in particular by the property of event closure. General principles of aspectual interpretation, such as the Puctuality Constraint (Giorgi and Pianesi 1997) and the Default Anchoring Requirement (a special case of a broader requirement that all clauses be temporally interpreted) interact with the particular aspectual features of hte target langauge to explain the cross-linguistic differences in the temporal interpretation (past/present/modal) non-finite clauses.}} @article{Pires:2007, Author = {Pires, Acrisio}, Date-Added = {2007-11-05 07:49:10 -0500}, Date-Modified = {2007-11-05 07:50:08 -0500}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax10(2)Pires.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {165--203}, Title = {The Derivation of Clausal Gerunds}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = { This paper investigates the syntax of clausal gerunds---a class of gerunds that can have either a null subject or an overt DP Case-marked with accusative or nominative. First, it addresses the difficulty of accounting for gerunds that allow both null and overt subjects in principles and parameters/minimalist approaches to Case and control. Second, the paper explores the existence of a common structure for the two clausal gerunds, supported by the absence of empirical distinctions in their feature specification, especially regarding tense. Third, the paper introduces new observations about the distribution of clausal gerunds and argues that the complex alternations and restrictions on their distribution results from the interaction between Case and Agreement valuation, the limited possibility of A-movement out of a clausal gerund, and convergence considerations resulting from the existence of distinct numerations}} @article{Boeckx:2007, Author = {Boeckx, Cedric and Grohmann, Kleanthes K.}, Date-Added = {2007-11-05 07:46:20 -0500}, Date-Modified = {2007-11-05 07:47:24 -0500}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax10(2)Boeckx.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {204--222}, Title = {Remark: Putting Phases in Perspective}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2007}} @article{Landau:2007, Author = {Landau, Idan}, Date-Added = {2007-11-02 17:16:25 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-11-02 17:18:47 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax10(2)Landau.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {127--164}, Title = {Constraints on Partial {VP}-Fronting}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {Partial VP-fronting, in which a verb is fronted with one argument, stranding the other one, is subject to a curious restriction in both Hebrew and English: The fronted VP-portion must be a potential independent VP in the language. It is shown that both incremental merger and remnant VP-fronting cannot explain the restriction, whereas an analysis incorporating late adjunction of the stranded argument can. Late adjunction, in turn, cannot apply too deeply, which explains why the same set of environments inaccessible to partial VP-fronting force adjunct reconstruction. The analysis implies that not only Spell-Out, but also interpretive constraints, like the Theta-Criterion, apply at the phase level. Furthermore, Condition A is shown to be another such constraint.}} @article{Kallulli:2007, Author = {Kallulli, Dalina}, Date-Added = {2007-11-02 09:53:10 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-11-02 09:54:12 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {770--780}, Title = {Rethinking the Passive/Anticausative Distinction}, Volume = {38}, Year = {2007}} @article{Gouskova:2007, Author = {Gouskova, Maria}, Date-Added = {2007-11-02 09:52:08 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-11-02 09:53:07 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {759--770}, Title = {Dep: Beyond Epenthesis}, Volume = {38}, Year = {2007}} @article{Flack:2007, Author = {Flack, Kathryn}, Date-Added = {2007-11-02 09:50:24 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-11-02 09:51:51 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {749--758}, Title = {Templatic Morphology and Indexed Markedness Constraints}, Volume = {38}, Year = {2007}} @article{Zonneveld:2007, Author = {Zonneveld, Wim}, Date-Added = {2007-11-02 09:46:31 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-11-02 09:47:10 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {737--748}, Title = {Dutch 2nd Singular Prosodic Weakening: Two Rejoinders}, Volume = {38}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {This article examines the arguments for, and rejects, the proposal by Ackema and Neeleman (2003) that the behavior of the Dutch 2nd person singular pronoun `jij' in inverted structures should be explained as morphosyntactic allomorphy, conditioned by ``initial'' prosodic phrasing prior to Spell-Out. First, by neutralizing (under inversion) the distinction between 2sg and 1sg present tense verb forms, the proposal makes an incorrect prediction for a well-known class of ``strong'' verbs. Second, ``initial'' prosody does not appear to condition the process. Benmamoun and Lorimer's (2006) ``overapplication'' data for this phenomenon are shown to result from an incorrect interpretation of ``d-weakening'' verbs.}} @article{Mascaro:2007, Author = {Mascar{\'o}, Joan}, Date-Added = {2007-11-02 09:43:20 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-11-02 09:44:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {715--735}, Title = {External Allomorphy and Lexical Representation}, Volume = {38}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {Many cases of allomorphic alternation are restricted to specific lexical items but at the same time show a regular phonological distribution. Standard approaches cannot deal with these cases because they must either resort to diacritic features or list regular phonological contexts as idiosyncratic. These problems can be overcome if we assume that allomorphs are lexically organized as a partially ordered set. If no ordering is established, allomorphic choice is determined by the phonology --- in particular, by the emergence of the unmarked (TETU). In other cases, TETU effects are insufficient, and lexical ordering determines the preference for dominant allomorphs.}} @article{Neeleman:2007, Author = {Neeleman, Ad and Kriszta Szendroi}, Date-Added = {2007-11-02 09:38:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-11-02 09:43:02 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {671--714}, Title = {Radical Pro Drop and the Morphology of Pronouns}, Volume = {38}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {We propose a new generalization governing the crosslinguistic distribution of radical pro drop (the type of pro drop found in Chinese). It occurs only in langauges whose pronouns are agglutinating for case, number, or some other nominal feature. Other types of languages cannot omit pronouns freely, althought they may have agreement-based pro drop. This generalization can for the most part be derived from three assumptions. (a) Spell-out rules for pronouns may target nonterminal categories. (b) Pro drop is zero spell-out (i.e., deletion) of regular pronouns. (c) Competition between spell-out rules is governed by the Elsewhere Principle. A full derivaiton relies on an acquisitional strategy motivated by the absence of negative evidence. We test our proposal using data from a sample of twenty langauges and ``The World Atlas of Language Structures'' (Haspelmath et al. 2005).}} @article{Miyagawa:2007, Author = {Miyagawa, Shigeru and Koji Arikawa}, Date-Added = {2007-11-02 09:35:08 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-11-02 09:36:14 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {645--670}, Title = {Locality in Syntax and Floating Numeral Quantifiers}, Volume = {38}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {We defend the idea that a floating quantifier observes syntactic locality with its associated noun phrase. This idea has given rise to a number of important empirical insights, including the VP-internal subject position, intermediate traces, and NP-traces. Recently, this syntactic locality of floating quantifiers has been questioned in a number of languages. We take up evidence from Japanese that purports to disprove the locality requirements on floating numeral quantifiers and their associated NP, and we demonstrate that the arguments in fact give evidence for syntactic locality, not against it. Our conclusions suggest that evidence agaist the locality of floating quantifiers given in other langauges should be reexamined.}} @article{Boskovic:2007, Author = {Bo{\v{s}}kovi{\'c}, {\v{Z}}eljko}, Date-Added = {2007-11-02 09:25:08 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-11-02 09:34:35 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {589--644}, Title = {On the Locality and Motivation of {M}ove and {A}gree: An Even More Minimal Theory}, Volume = {38}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {The article proposes a new thoery of successive-cyclic movement that reconciles the early and current minimalist approaches to it. As in the early approach, there is not feature checking in intermediate positions of successive-cyclic movement. However, as in the current approach and unlike in early minimalism, successive-cyclic movement starts before teh final target of movement enters the structure, and Form Chain is eliminated. The locality of Move and the locality of Agree are shown to be radically different, Agree being free from several mechanisms that constrain Move, namely, phases and the Activation Condition. However, there is no need to take phases to define locality domains of syntax or to posit the Activation Condition as an independent principle. They still hold empirically for Move as theorems. The Generalized EPP (the "I need a Spec" property of attracting heads) and the Inverse Case Filter are also dispensable. The traditional Case Filter, stated as a checking requirement, is the sole driving force of A-movement. More generally, Move is always driven by a formal inadequacy (an uninterpretable feature) of the moving element, while Agree is target driven. The system resolves a lookahead problem that arises under the EPP-driven movement approach, where the EPP diacritic indicating that X moves is placed on Y, not X, although X often needs to start moving before Y enters the structure.}} @unpublished{Merchant:2007, Author = {Merchant, Jason}, Date-Added = {2007-10-24 09:59:47 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-10-24 10:00:36 -0400}, Month = {February}, Note = {Unpublished manuscript, University of Chicago}, Title = {Voice and Ellipsis}, Year = {2007}} @unpublished{Vries:2007, Author = {de Vries, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-09-20 15:20:46 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-09-20 15:21:53 -0400}, Note = {unpublished manuscript, University of Groningen}, Title = {Internal and External Remerge: On Movement, Multidominance, and the Linearization of Syntactic Objects}, Year = {2007}} @phdthesis{Blevins:1990, Author = {Blevins, James}, Date-Added = {2007-09-20 15:13:38 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-09-20 15:14:39 -0400}, School = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Title = {Syntactic Complexity: Evidence for Discontinuity and Multidomination}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Kuwabara:1997, Address = {Chiba}, Author = {Kuwabara, Kazuki}, Booktitle = {Researching and Verifying an Advanced Theory of Human Language}, Date-Added = {2007-09-18 20:20:14 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-09-18 20:21:49 -0400}, Editor = {Inoue, Kazuo}, Pages = {61--84}, Publisher = {Kanda University of International Studies}, Title = {On the Properties of Truncated Clauses in {J}apanese}, Year = {1997}} @unpublished{Kratzer:2006, Author = {Kratzer, Angelika}, Date-Added = {2007-09-18 19:23:39 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-09-18 19:24:40 -0400}, Month = {July}, Note = {talk given at The Hebrew University of Jerusalem}, Title = {Decomposing Attitude Verbs}, Year = {2006}} @inproceedings{Nerbonne:1990, Author = {Nerbonne, John and Iida, Masayo and Ladusaw, William}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Ninth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-09-12 07:12:15 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-09-12 07:14:34 -0400}, Editor = {Halpern, Aaron L.}, Pages = {379--394}, Title = {Semantics of Common {N}oun {P}hrase Anaphora}, Year = {1990}} @unpublished{Taraldsen:1978a, Author = {Taraldsen, Knut Tarald}, Date-Added = {2007-09-10 22:20:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-09-10 22:21:47 -0400}, Note = {unpublished paper, {MIT}}, Title = {On the {NIC}, vacuous application and the that-trace filter}, Year = {1978}} @article{Hockett:1952, Author = {Hockett, Charles F.}, Date-Added = {2007-09-10 09:55:38 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-09-10 09:56:30 -0400}, Journal = {Studies in Linguistics}, Pages = {27--39}, Title = {A formal statement of morphemic analysis}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1952}} @book{Harris:1951, Author = {Harris, Zellig}, Date-Added = {2007-09-10 09:53:38 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-09-10 09:54:29 -0400}, Publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, Title = {Methods in Structural Linguistics}, Year = {1951}} @inproceedings{Perlmutter:1978, Author = {Perlmutter, David}, Booktitle = {Berkeley Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-09-03 14:41:13 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-09-03 14:42:51 -0400}, Organization = {University of California, Berkeley}, Pages = {157--189}, Title = {Impersonal Passives and the Unaccusative Hypothesis}, Volume = {{IV}}, Year = {1978}} @book{Pires:2006, Address = {Amsterdam/Philadelphia}, Author = {Pires, Acrisio}, Date-Added = {2007-09-03 12:23:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-09-03 12:24:23 -0400}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {The {M}inimalist Syntax of {D}efective {D}omains}, Year = {2006}} @incollection{Bobaljik:2003, Author = {Bobaljik, Jonathan}, Booktitle = {The Second {Glot} {I}nternational State-of-the-Article Book}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Editor = {Cheng, Lisa L.-S. and Sybesma, Rint}, Pages = {107--148}, Publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter}, Title = {Floating Quantifiers: Handle with care}, Year = {2003}} @article{Blom:2007, Author = {Blom, Elma}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Number = {1}, Pages = {75--113}, Title = {Modality, Infinitives, and Finite Bare Verbs in {D}utch and {E}nglish Language}, Volume = {14}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {This article focuses on the meaning of nonfinite clauses (``root infinitives'') in Dutch and English child language. I present experimental and naturalistic data confirming the claim that Dutch root infinitives are more often modal than English root infinitives. This cross-linguistic difference is significatly smaller than previously assumed, however. Explaining the observations, I assume that morphology operates separately from syntax and semantics (Beard (1982; 1995)) and rely on teh notion of underspecification (Halle and Marantz (1993), Harley and Noyer (1999)). It is argued that the Dutch infinitival verb and the English bare verb are both underspecified vocabulary items that can be inserted in various syntactic contexts. Syntactic difference between Dutch and English result in the includion of tensed root infinitives in English, whereas Dutch root infinitives are limited to untensed clauses. This proposal accounts for cross-linguistic differences in the meaning of root infinitives, cross-linguistic differences in type of verbal predicate, variability in the meaning of root infinitives, and patterns in subject selection.}} @article{Bohnacker:2007, Author = {Bohnacker, Ute}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {31--73}, Title = {On the ``Vulnerability'' of Syntactic Domains in {S}wedish and {G}erman}, Volume = {14}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {This article investigates the L2 acquisition of clausal syntax in postpuberty learners of German and Swedish regarding V2, VP headedness, and verb particle constructions. The learner data are tested against L2 theories according to which lower structural projections (VP) are acquired before higher functional projections (IP, CP), VP syntax is unproblematic (`invulnerable'), but where grammatical operations related tot he topmost level of syntactic structure (CP) are acquired late (e.g., Platzacks' (2001) `vulnerable C-domain'). It is shown that such theories do not hold water: Native speakers of Swedish learning German and native speakers of German learning Swedish both master V2 from early on. At the same time, these learners exhibit a nontargetlike syntax at lower structural levels: residual VO int eh case of hte swedish-L2 learners of German, and persistent nontarget transitive verb particle constructions in the German-L1 learners of Swedish. I argue that these findings are best explained by assuming full transfer of L1 syntax (e.g., Schwart an Sprouse (1996)).}} @article{Matsuo:2007, Author = {Matsuo, Ayumi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Number = {1}, Pages = {3--29}, Title = {Differing Interpretations of Empty Categories in {E}nglish and {J}apanese {VP} Ellipsis Contexts}, Volume = {14}, Year = {2007}} @article{Schneider-Zioga:2007, Author = {Schneider-Zioga, Patricia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/25.2Schneider.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {403--446}, Title = {Anti-agreement, anti-locality and Minimality}, Volume = {25}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {Anti-agreement is the phenomenon whereby the morphosyntactic form of subject/verb agreement is sensitive to whether or not an agreeing subject has been locally extracted. This paper argues that, together with an anti-locality constraint on movement (Grohmann, 2003) which prohibits overly local movement as elaborated in (i--v), the occurrence of a canonically left dislocated subject in anti-agreement languages accounts for all syntax peculiar to the phenomenon in the Bantu language of Kinande: (i) subjects can extract long-distance even across islands; (ii) subjects are locally unextractable if the canonical subject/verb agreement occurs; (iii) local subject extraction requires a change in subject/verb agreement morphology; (iv) objects cannot locally extract even if they appear to do so; and (v) objects can extract longdistance; however, they are sensitive to islands. Evidence comes from an analysis of the distribution of nominal expressions in the language as well as in-depth examination of two different wh-question formation strategies in the language. This study also reveals that the last resort strategy in a language is relativized to what is first resort: if resumption is first resort, movement is last resort, and vice versa.}} @article{Ormazabal:2007, Author = {Ormazabal, Javier and Romero, Juan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/25.2Ormazabal_Romero.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {315--347}, Title = {The Object Areement Constraint}, Volume = {25}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {This paper deals with the so-called Person Case Constraint (Bonet, 1991), a universal constraint blocking accusative clitics and object agreement morphemes other than third person when a dative is inserted in the same clitic/agreement cluster. The aim of this paper is twofold. First, we argue that the scope of the PCC is considerably broader than assumed in previous work, and that neither its formulation in terms of person (1st/2nd vs. 3rd)-case (accusative vs. dative) restrictions nor its morphological nature are part of the right descriptive generalization.We present evidence (i) that the PCC is triggered by the presence of an animacy feature in the object's agreement set; (ii) that it is not case dependent, also showing up in languages that lack dative case; and (iii) that it is not morphologically bound. Second, we argue that the PCC, even if it is modified accordingly, still puts together two different properties of the agreement system that should be set apart: (i) a cross-linguistic sensitivity of object agreement to animacy and (ii) a similarly widespread restriction on multiple object agreement observed crosslinguistically. These properties lead us to propose a new generalization, the Object Agreement Constraint (OAC): if the verbal complex encodes object agreement, no other argument can be licensed through verbal agreement.}} @article{Nevins:2007, Author = {Nevins, Andrew}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/25.2Nevins.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {273--313}, Title = {The Representation of Third Person and it Consequences for Person-Case Effects}, Volume = {25}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {In modeling the effects of the Person-Case Constraint (PCC), a common claim is that 3rd person ``is not a person''. However, while this claim does work in the syntax, it creates problems in the morphology. For example, characterizing the well-known ``spurious se effect'' in Spanish simply cannot be done without reference to 3rd person. Inspired by alternatives to underspecification that have emerged in phonology (e.g., Calabrese, 1995), a revised featural system is proposed, whereby syntactic agreement may be relativized to certain values of a feature, in particular, the contrastive and marked values. The range of variation in PCC effects is shown to emerge as a consequence of the parametric options allowed on a Probing head, whereas the representation of person remains constant across modules of the grammar and across languages.}} @article{Gutierrez-Bravo:2007, Author = {Guti{\`e}rrez-Bravo, Rodrigo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/25.2Gutierrez.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {235--271}, Title = {Prominence Scales and Unmarked Word Order in {S}panish}, Volume = {25}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {This paper deals with a number of facts related to the word order of Spanish declarative clauses and develops an analysis where the unmarked word order of Spanish clauses with different classes of verbs is not determined by syntactic conditions such as Case or agreement, but rather by structural conditions that are closely related to the thematic role of the different arguments of the verb. The analysis is based on a set of data that point to the conclusion that even though unmarked word order in Spanish is not determined by Case or agreement considerations, it is still mostly regulated by the EPP. However, these same data indicate that (a) the EPP is a requirement operative in some constructions but not in others, and (b) phrases other than the subject DP can satisfy the EPP. This paper develops an Optimality Theoretic account of these facts where the core of the analysis consists of introducing the notion of the Pole of the clause, defined as the highest specifier of the inflectional layer, and developing a set of markedness constraints whose interaction determines when and whether this specifier position is occupied. Central to this analysis are the characterization of the EPP as a violable constraint that requires the Pole specifier to be filled, and the use of Harmonic Alignment to formalize a hierarchy of markedness constraints that target the relative markedness of an argument or adjunct when it occupies the Pole specifier, independently of the grammatical relation it bears.}} @incollection{Klima:1964, Author = {Klima, Edward S.}, Booktitle = {The Structure of Language: Readings in the Philosophy of Language}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Editor = {Fodor, Jerry A. and Katz, Jerrold J.}, Pages = {246--323}, Publisher = {Prentice Hall}, Title = {Negation in {E}nglish}, Year = {1964}} @incollection{Langacker:1969, Author = {Langacker, Ronald W.}, Booktitle = {Modern Studies in {E}nglish}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Editor = {Reibel, David A. and Schane, Sandford A.}, Pages = {160--186}, Publisher = {Prentice Hall}, Title = {On Pronominalization and the Chain of Command}, Year = {1969}} @article{McCawley:1968a, Author = {McCawley, James D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Number = {2}, Pages = {286--299}, Title = {English as a {VSO} Language}, Volume = {46}, Year = {1970}} @incollection{Fukui:1986a, Author = {Fukui, Naoki and Speas, Margaret}, Booktitle = {{MIT} Working Papers in Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Editor = {Fukui, Naoki and Rapoport, Tova R. and Sagey, Elizabeth}, Pages = {128--172}, Publisher = {Department of Linguistics and Philosophy}, Title = {Specifiers and Projection}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1986}} @article{Lasnik:1977, Author = {Lasnik, Howard and Kupin, J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Journal = {Theoretical Linguistics}, Number = {3}, Pages = {173--196}, Title = {A Restrictive Theory of Transformational Grammar}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1977}} @incollection{Chomsky:1970, Address = {Waltham, Massachusetts}, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Booktitle = {Readings in {E}nglish Transformational Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Editor = {Jacobs, J. and P. Rosenbaum}, Pages = {184--221}, Publisher = {Ginn}, Title = {Remarks on Nominalization}, Year = {1970}} @article{Ladfoged:2007, Author = {Ladfoged, Peter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/83.1ladefoged01.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {161--180}, Title = {Articulatory Features for Describing Lexical Distinctions}, Volume = {83}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {The sounds that distinguish words in the world's languages can be described in terms of properties that are often called (distinctive) features. The best-known attempts to describe sounds in this way are the acoustic features of Jakobson, Fant, and Halle (1952) and the innate cognitive abilities described by the feature theory of Chomsky and Halle (1968). This article provides a more comprehensive answer to the problem of specifying contrasting segments, but one that still leaves some questions open. It also considers the constraints on possible combinations of features, using a development of the notion of a feature hierarchy suggested by Clements (1985)}} @article{Alexopoulou:2007, Author = {Alexopoulou, Theodora and Keller, Frank}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/83.1alexopoulou.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {110--160}, Title = {Locality, Cyclicity, and Resumption: At the Interface between the Grammar and Human Sentence Processor}, Volume = {83}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = { We present an experimental investigation of the role of resumptive pronouns. We investigate object extraction in WH-questions for a range of syntactic configurations (nonislands, weak islands, strong islands) and for multiple levels of embedding (single, double, and triple). In order to establish the crosslinguistic properties of resumption, parallel experiments were conducted in three languages, viz. English, Greek, and German. Three main experimental results are reported. First, resumption does not remedy island violations: resumptive pronominals are at most as acceptable as gaps, but not more acceptable. This result disconfirms claims in the literature that resumptives can `save' island violations. Second, embedding reduces acceptability even in extraction out of nonislands and declaratives, structures standardly assumed to be fully grammatical. Third, nonislands and weak islands pattern together and contrast with strong islands in terms of the effect of resumption and embedding. Our experimental findings show a remarkable consistency across the three languages we investigate; crosslinguistic variation appears confined to quantitative differences in crosslinguistically identical principles. We argue that these experimental results can be explained by the interaction of grammatical principles with resource limitations of the human parser. In particular, extraction from nonislands and weak islands imposes increased demands on the computational resources of the parser. We extend Gibson's (1998) syntactic prediction locality theory in order to formalize this intuition and account for the processing complexity of A-bar dependencies. }} @article{Jager:2007, Author = {J{\"a}ger, Gerhard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/83.1jager.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {74--109}, Title = {Evolutionary Game Theory and Typology: A Case Study}, Volume = {83}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {This article deals with the typology of the case marking of semantic core roles. The competing economy considerations of hearer (disambiguation) and speaker (minimal effort) are formalized in terms of EVOLUTIONARY GAME THEORY. It is shown that the case-marking patterns that are attested in the languages of the world are those that are evolutionarily stable for different relative weightings of speaker economy and hearer economy, given the statistical patterns of language use that were extracted from corpora of naturally occurring conversations.}} @article{Bickel:2007, Author = {Bickel, Balthasar and Banjade, Goma and Gaenszle, Martin and Lieven, Elena and Paudyal, Netra Prasad and Rai, Ichchha Purna and Rai, Manoj and Rai, Novel Kishore and Stoll, Sabine}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/83.1bickel.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {43--73}, Title = {Free Prefix Ordering in {C}hintang}, Volume = {83}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {This article demonstrates prefix permutability in Chintang (Sino-Tibetan, Nepal) that is not constrained by any semantic or morphosyntactic structure, or by any dialect, sociolect, or idiolect choice---a phenomenon ruled out by standard assumptions about grammatical words. The prefixes are fully fledged parts of grammatical words and are different from clitics on a large number of standard criteria. The analysis of phonological word domains suggests that prefix permutability is a side-effect of prosodic subcategorization: prefixes occur in variable orders because each prefix and each stem element project a phonological word of their own, and each such word can host a prefix, at any position.}} @article{Corbett:2007, Author = {Corbett, Greville G.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/83.1corbett.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {8--42}, Title = {Canonical Typology, Suppletion, and Possible Words}, Volume = {83}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {I specify a typology for the extreme of inflectional morphology, namely suppletion (as in go ~ went). This is an unusual enterprise within typology, and it requires a `canonical' approach. That is, I define the canonical or best instance, through a set of converging criteria, and use this point in theoretical space to locate the various occurring types. Thus the criteria establish the dimensions along which specific instances of suppletion are found, allowing me to calibrate examples out from the canonical. The criteria fall into two main areas, those internal to the lexeme and those external to it. Moreover, I find interactions with other morphological phenomena and discuss four of them: syncretism, periphrasis, overdifferentiation, and reduplication. These remarkable instances of suppletion, particularly when in interaction with other phenomena, extend the boundary of the notion `possible word'. Besides laying out the possibilities for the specific phenomenon of suppletion, I show how a canonical approach allows progress in typology, even in the most challenging areas.}} @article{Anderson:2007, Author = {Anderson, Bruce}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {165--214}, Title = {Learnability and Parametric Change in the Nominal System of {L2} {F}rench}, Volume = {14}, Year = {2007}} @article{Barlow:2007, Author = {Barlow, Jessica A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {121--164}, Title = {Grandfather Effects: A Longitudinal Case Study of the Phonological Acquisition of Intervocalic Consonants in {E}nglish}, Volume = {14}, Year = {2007}} @inproceedings{Nevins:2003, Address = {Somerville, Massachusetts}, Author = {Nevins, Andrew and Pranav Anand}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics 22}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Editor = {Tsujimura, M.}, Pages = {370--383}, Publisher = {Cascadilla Press}, Title = {Some {AGREE}ment Matters}, Year = {2003}} @article{Tanaka:2007, Author = {Tanaka, Tomoyuki}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JCGL/10.1Tanaka.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {25--67}, Title = {The rise of lexical subjects in {E}nglish infinitives}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2007}} @article{Bouma:2007, Author = {Bouma, Gosse and Hendricks, Petra and Hoeksema, Jack}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JCGL/10.1Bouma_etal.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--24}, Title = {Focus Particles Inside {P}repositional {P}hrases: A Comparison of {D}utch, {E}nglish, and {G}erman}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2007}} @book{Johannessen:1998, Author = {Johannessen, Janne Bondi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Coordination}, Year = {1998}} @article{Derbyshire:1981, Author = {Derbyshire, Desmond C. and Pullum, Geoffrey}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Journal = {International Journal of American Linguistics}, Pages = {192--214}, Title = {Object-initial languages}, Volume = {47}, Year = {1981}} @inproceedings{Munn:1994, Address = {Amherst, Massachusetts}, Author = {Munn, Alan}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Editor = {Gonz{\`a}lez, Merc{\`e}}, Pages = {397--410}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {A Minimalist Account of Reconstuction Asymmetries}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1994}} @unpublished{Fox:2006, Author = {Fox, Danny and Pesetsky, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Note = {talk given Berlin}, Title = {Cyclic Linearization of Shared Material}, Year = {2006}} @unpublished{Bachrach:2006, Author = {Bachrach, Asaf and Katzir, Roni}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Month = {August}, Note = {unpublished manuscript, {MIT}}, Title = {Right-Node Raising and Delayed Spellout}, Year = {2006}} @unpublished{Frampton:2006, Author = {Frampton, John}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Month = {April}, Note = {talk at Harvard University}, Title = {The remerger theory of movement}, Year = {2006}} @article{Sabbagh:2007, Author = {Sabbagh, Joseph}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/25.2Sabbagh.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {349--401}, Title = {Ordering and Linearizing Rightward Movement}, Volume = {25}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {This paper offers a novel solution to an old problem concerning Right Node Raising constructions---namely, that Right Node Raising constructions seem to involve an unbounded application of (Across-the-Board) rightward movement that flies in the face of certain locality constraints on movement generally, as well as the locality constraint on (simple) rightward movement in particular. Despite these apparent challenges, I argue in this paper that RNR constructions are in fact movement derived. I propose that the apparent unbounded nature of the movement involved in RNR follows from the simple fact that rightward movement is actually, in principle, an unbounded type ofmovement. I propose, in addition, to analyze those cases where rightward movement appears to be bounded as the result of a derivational constraint proposed in recent work by Fox and Pesetsky (2004) which demands that certain instances of movement be order preserving.}} @incollection{Wilder:2007, Author = {Wilder, Chris}, Booktitle = {Topics in Ellipsis}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Editor = {Johnson, Kyle}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Shared Constituents and Linearization}, Year = {forthcoming}} @incollection{Anand:2006, Author = {Anand, Pranav and Nevins, Andrew}, Booktitle = {Ergativity: Emerging Issues}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Editor = {Johns, Alana and Massam, Diane and Ndayiragije, Juv{\'e}nal}, Pages = {3--25}, Publisher = {Springer}, Title = {The locus of {E}rgative Case Assignment: Evidence from Scope}, Year = {2006}} @incollection{Dryer:1996, Author = {Dryer, Matthew S.}, Booktitle = {Handbook on Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Editor = {Jacobs, J.}, Pages = {1050--1065}, Publisher = {Walter de Gruyter}, Title = {Word Order Typology}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1996}} @article{Dryer:1991, Author = {Dryer, Matthew S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of Linguistics}, Pages = {443--482}, Title = {{SVO} Languages and the {OV/VO} Typology}, Volume = {27}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Dryer:2007, Author = {Dryer, Matthew S.}, Booktitle = {Clause Structure: Language Typology and Syntactic Description}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Editor = {Shopen, Timothy}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Word Order}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2007}} @incollection{Dryer:2005a, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Dryer, Matthew S.}, Booktitle = {The World Atlas of Language Structures}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Editor = {Haspelmath, Martin and Dryer, Matthew S. and Comrie, Bernard}, Pages = {334-335}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Order of Subject and Verb}, Year = {2005}} @incollection{Dryer:2005, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Dryer, Matthew S.}, Booktitle = {The World Atlas of Language Structures}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Editor = {Haspelmath, Martin and Dryer, Matthew S. and Comrie, Bernard}, Pages = {378--379}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Position of Interrogative Phrases in Content Questions}, Year = {2005}} @unpublished{Giannakidou:2002a, Author = {Giannakidou, Anastasia and Merchant, Jason}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Month = {May}, Note = {paper presented at the Maryland Mayfest}, Title = {Modularity in the {M}inimalist {P}rogram}, Year = {2002}} @incollection{Freidin:1986, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Freidin, Robert}, Booktitle = {Studies in the Acquisition of Anaphora}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Editor = {Lust, Barbara}, Pages = {151--188}, Publisher = {Reidel}, Title = {Fundamental Issues in the Theory of Binding}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1986}} @unpublished{Fitzpatrick:2005, Author = {Fitzpatrick, Justin and Groat, Erich}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Month = {March}, Note = {paper presented at ECO5}, Title = {The Timing of Syntactic Operations: Phases, C-command, Remerger, and {L}ebeaux Effects}, Year = {2005}} @unpublished{Frampton:2004, Author = {Frampton, John}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Note = {unpublished manuscript, Northwestern University}, Title = {Copies, Traces, Occurrences, and all that: Evidence from {B}ulgarian multiple \emph{wh}-phenomena}, Year = {2004}} @book{Geach:1962, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Geach, Peter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Publisher = {Cornell University Press}, Title = {Reference and Generality}, Year = {1962}} @article{Kratzer:1990a, Author = {Kratzer, Angelika}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Pages = {273--324}, Title = {Uniqueness}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Kratzer:2007, Author = {Kratzer, Angelika}, Booktitle = {The {S}tanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Title = {Situations in Natural Language Semantics}, Year = {to appear}} @book{Rothstein:2004, Author = {Rothstein, Susan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishing}, Title = {Structuring Events}, Year = {2004}} @article{Higginbotham:1983a, Author = {Higginbotham, James}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Philosophy}, Number = {2}, Pages = {100--127}, Title = {The Logic of Perceptual Reports: An Extensional Alternative to Situation Semantics}, Volume = {80}, Year = {1983}} @article{Hornstein:2007, Author = {Hornstein, Norbert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/38.2hornstein.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {410--411}, Title = {A Very Short Note on Existential Constructions}, Volume = {38}, Year = {2007}} @article{Hansson:2007, Author = {Hansson, Gunnar {\'O}lafur}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:51 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/38.2hansson.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {395--409}, Title = {Blocking Effects in Agreement by Correspondence}, Volume = {38}, Year = {2007}} @article{Han:2007a, Author = {Han, Chung-Hye and Lee, Chungmin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/38.2han.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {373--394}, Title = {On Negative Imperatives in {K}orean}, Volume = {38}, Year = {2007}} @article{Haddad:2007, Author = {Haddad, Youssef A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/38.2haddad.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {363--372}, Title = {Subject Anaphors: Exempt or Non Exempt?}, Volume = {38}, Year = {2007}} @article{Almeida:2007, Author = {Almeida, Diogo A. de A. and Yoshida, Masaya}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/38.2almeida.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {349--362}, Title = {A Problem for the Preposition Stranding Generalization}, Volume = {38}, Year = {2007}} @article{Adger:2007a, Author = {Adger, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/38.2adger.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {343--349}, Title = {Pronouns Postpose at {PF}}, Volume = {38}, Year = {2007}} @article{Giorgi:2007, Author = {Giorgi, Alessandra}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/38.2giorgi.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {321--342}, Title = {On the Nature of Long-Distance Anaphors}, Volume = {38}, Year = {2007}} @article{Dikken:2007, Author = {Dikken, Marcel den}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/38.2dikken.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {302--320}, Title = {Amharic Relatives and Possessives: Definiteness, Agreement, and the Linker}, Volume = {38}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {Ouhalla's (2004) valuable discussion of relativized and possessed noun phrases in Amharic leaves a number of questions open. Foremost among these is the placement of the linker element ya. Starting from an analysis of relative clauses and possessors as predicates of their ``heads,'' this article develops a syntax of complex noun phrases in Amharic that explains the raison d'etre and placement of ya, and also accommodates facts about definiteness marking and agreement in the Amharic complex noun phrase that have hitherto largely escaped attention or analysis. The analysis emphasizes the role of Predicate Inversion and head movement in syntax, and it confirms and extends the minimalist Agree-and phase-based approach to syntactic relationships.}} @article{Bhatt:2007, Author = {Bhatt, Rajesh and Dayal, Veneeta}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/38.2bhatt.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {287-301}, Title = {Rightward Scrambling as Rightward Remnant Movement}, Volume = {38}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {Mahajan (1997) and Simpson and Bhattacharya (2003) analyze Indo- Aryan languages such as Hindi-Urdu and Bangla as SVO. We argue against this position, drawing on rightward scrambling in Hindi-Urdu to make this point. We propose an account of the phenomenon in terms of rightward remnant-VP movement. This account differs from proposals that posit rightward movement of individual arguments as well as from the antisymmetric proposals mentioned above, which treat rightward scrambling as argument stranding. Our rightward remnant movement analysis better captures two empirical properties of rightward scrambling that remain elusive in the other accounts: the correlation between linear order and scope, and restricted scope for rightwardscrambled wh-expressions.}} @article{Hyde:2007, Author = {Hyde, Brett}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/38.2hyde.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {239--285}, Title = {Issues in Banaw{\'a} Prosody: Onset Sensitivity, Minimal Words, and Syllable Integrity}, Volume = {38}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {Three aspects of Banawa prosody (Buller, Buller, and Everett 1993, Everett 1996a,b) have been argued to present significant difficulties for metrical stress theory. First, Banawa stress is sensitive to the presence or absence ofsyllable onsets; second, Banawa tolerates monomoraic feet yet requires a bimoraic minimal word; and, third, it seems to employ mora-based footing that is free to ignore syllable boundaries. In this article, I argue that these issues are not nearly as problematic as they might first appear. The article demonstrates that Banawa's onset sensitivity can be produced by a constraint aligning the head syllables off eet with onsets, that its minimal word restriction can be produced with Nonfinality constraints, and that it can maintain syllable integrity simply by giving clash and lapse avoidance priority over other footing considerations.}} @article{Folli:2007, Author = {Folli, Raffaella and Harley, Heidi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/38.2folli.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {197--218}, Title = {Causation, Obligation, and Argument Structure: On the Nature of Little v}, Volume = {38}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {As shown by Kayne (1975), Romance causatives with faire fall into two classes, faire infinitif (FI) and faire par (FP). We argue from Italian data that the properties of the two classes depend on the nature of the complement of fare: FI embeds a vP, FP a nominalized VP. The syntactic and semantic characteristics of these complements account straightforwardly for well-known differences between FI and FP, including the previously untreated ``obligation'' requirement in FI, absent in FP. Our analysis also accounts for another subtle restriction on the formation of FP: the existence of an animacy requirement on the subject of fare, absent in FI. Finally, we argue that only FP can undergo passivization; this accounts for a previously unobserved asymmetry in passivizability of causatives of unergative and unaccusative intransitive verbs.}} @phdthesis{Vicente:2007, Address = {Leiden, The Netherlands}, Author = {Vicente, Luis}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, School = {Universiteit Leiden}, Title = {The Syntax of Heads and Phrases: A Study of Verb (Phrase) Fronting}, Year = {2007}} @phdthesis{Starke:2001, Author = {Starke, Michal}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, School = {University of Geneva}, Title = {Move Dissolves into Merge: A Theory of Locality}, Year = {2001}} @article{Swart:2007, Author = {Swart, Henri{\"e}tte de and Winter, Yoad and Zwarts, Joost}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/25.1deSwart_etal.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {195--222}, Title = {Bare nominals and reference to capacities}, Volume = {25}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {This paper concentrates on the syntax and semantics of bare nominals in Germanic and Romance languages. These languages do not normally allow nominals to occur without an article. However, some syntactic configurations, including predicative constructions, supplementives and some prepositional phrases, allow bareness of certain nominals. We argue that bare nominals in these constructions refer to capacities: professions, religions, nationalities or other roles in society. Capacities are analyzed as entities of type e, sortally distinct from regular individuals as well as kinds. We further argue that the capacity interpretation is associated withNP---alayer within theDP that lacks number features. This accounts for the number-neutral status of bare nominals. We also show some patterns in languages other than Romance and Germanic that provide further cross-linguistic support for the postulation of capacities as a separate ontological category, specific to a low position within the DP.}} @article{Myers:2007, Author = {Myers, Scott and Hansen, Benjamin B.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/25.1Myers_Hansen.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {157--193}, Title = {The Origin of Vowel Length Neutralization in Final Position: Evidence from {F}innish Speakers}, Volume = {25}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {In a broad variety of languages with contrastive vowel length, long vowels are systematically excluded from a domain-final position, and are replaced with short vowels there. This is despite the fact that vowels at the end of a domain (utterance, phrase, word) are generally longer in duration than corresponding nonfinal vowels. We propose that the phonological pattern of final shortening arises diachronically from the effects of final devoicing -- the breakdown in voicing at the end of an utterance. Partial devoicing of the final vowel makes it difficult to hear the end of the vowel and so favors identification of final vowels as short. If language learners generalize such an identification pattern, they have adopted a final shortening pattern. The claim that partially voiceless final vowels tend to be identified as short is supported by a series of experiments with Finnish speakers. The first two experiments establish that there is both final lengthening and final devoicing in the language. Three further experiments show that Finnish speakers identify the length category of partially voiceless final vowels on the basis of the duration of its voiced portion, so that partial devoicing of a vowel increases the probability of its being identified as short.}} @article{Liptak:2007, Author = {Lipt{\'a}k, Anik{\'o} and Zimmerman, Malte}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/25.1Liptak_Zimmerman.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {103--155}, Title = {Indirect scope marking again: a case for generalized question formation}, Volume = {25}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {In this paper we describe and analyse a particular scope marking construction that has not received attention in the generative literature so far: scope marking into relative and noun-associate clauses, which we will refer to as adjunct scope marking. In this type of scope marking system, a wh-element in an embedded adjunct clause takes matrix scope when it occurs in a clause that syntactically and semantically modifies a wh-phrase in the matrix. These facts provide unambiguous evidence for the indirect dependency approach to wh-scope marking advocated by Dayal (1994, 2000) where the embedded question provides a semantic restriction for thematrix whelement. Dayal's theory will be extended to provide a compositional analysis of these constructions. The extended approach argues for a generalization of the question-formation procedure to different clause types, as first advocated in Sternefeld (2001).}} @article{Heath:2007, Author = {Heath, Jeffrey}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/25.1Heath.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {83--101}, Title = {Bidirectional case-marking and linear adjacency}, Volume = {25}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {Bidirectional case markers in West African languages, including those of the Songhay family, are morphemes inserted between subject and object NPs that would otherwise be adjacent. They therefore specify both that the NP to the left is a subject, and that the NP to the right is an object, and they cannot be bracketed uniquely with either. This is shown by the fact that these morphemes are absent when either subject or object position is (structurally and phonologically) absent, for example due to extraction. This is the only morphological case-marking in the relevant languages. The operation inserting such morphemes must have reference to constituent structure (NP), abstract case (subject, object), and linear adjacency. These data increase the evidence that complex case-marking operations can apply in a centrally located morphology component that has simultaneous access to categorial and linear relations. The idea is questionable that such morphological operations take place at a syntax/PF interface, where syntactic categories are first aligned with prosodic phrases, since actual prosodic (e.g. accentual) bracketings do not always coincide with the bracketings relevant to case morphology. This point is made with data from Tamashek (Berber) nominal prefix alternations, preceding the main section on Songhay case marking.}} @article{Giannakidou:2007, Author = {Giannakidou, Anastasia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/25.1Giannakidou.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {39--81}, Title = {The landscape of {EVEN}}, Volume = {25}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {This paper explores the role that the scalar properties and presuppositions of even play in creating polarity sensitive even meanings crosslinguistically (henceforth EVEN). I discuss the behavior of three lexically distinct Greek counterparts of even in positive, negative, subjunctive sentences, and polar questions. These items are shown to be polarity sensitive, and a three-way distinction is posited between a positive polarity (akomi ke), a negative polarity (oute), and a `flexible scale'even (esto) which does not introduce likelihood, but is associated with scales made salient by the context. The analysis is a refinement of Rooth's original idea that negative polarity is involved in the interpretation of English even, and establishes further that the ``negative'' polarity domain of EVEN includes a sensitivity that is not strictly speaking negative (flexible scale esto). The distributional restrictions of EVEN items are shown to follow from distinct presuppositions (positive polarity and flexible scale EVEN), or from their lexical featural specification (negative polarity EVEN), a result that squares neatly with the fact that ill-formedness is systematic pragmatic deviance in the former case but robust ungrammaticality in the latter. This result supports the by now widely accepted view that polarity dependencies are not of uniform nature, and that we need to distinguish presupposition failures (which are weaker and possibly fixable in some contexts) from cases of ungrammaticality which are robust and cannot be fixed in any context (Giannakidou, 2001).}} @article{Embick:2007, Author = {Embick, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/25.1Embick.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--37}, Title = {Blocking effecs and analytic/synthetic alternations}, Volume = {25}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {A number of interactions in grammar are referred to as showing blocking effects, typically defined as cases in which the existence of one form prevents the existence of a form that is otherwise expected to occur. Patterns of analytic/synthetic alternation, in which two-word and one-word forms alternate with each other, have been taken to be instances of blocking in this sense. An example is found in the formation of English comparatives and superlatives, where, for example, the synthetic form smarter appears to block the analytic form *more smart. Analytic forms are available in other cases (e.g. more intelligent), such that the interaction between the ``one word'' and ``two word'' forms is crucially at issue. This paper examines English comparative and superlative formation, concentrating on the question of how the morphophonology relates to syntax and semantics. A central point is that in the architecture of Distributed Morphology, these cases do not involve word/word or word/phrase competition- based blocking. Rather, blocking effects broadly construed are reduced to the effects of distinct mechanisms: (1) Vocabulary Insertion at a particular terminal node (morpheme), and (2) the operation of combinatory processes. The paper provides a detailed discussion of the latter type, showing that synthetic comparative/superlative forms are created post-syntactically by affixation under adjacency. Throughout the discussion, questions concerning the status of blocking effects in Distributed Morphology, and those found in analytic/synthetic alternations in particular, play a central role.}} @article{Stepanov:2007, Author = {Stepanov, Arthur}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/syntax10(1)Stepanov.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {80--126}, Title = {The End of {CED}? Minimalism and Extraction Domains}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {The traditional unified approaches to extractability out of subjects and adjuncts in the form of Huang's (1982) Condition on Extraction Domains (CED) and Chomsky's (1986a) Barriers and its minimalist descendants face an empirical challenge presented by languages in which extraction out of subjects is possible but extraction out of adjuncts is not. The existence of such languages calls into question the unifying basis for the traditional accounts---namely, the complement/noncomplement distinction that was at the core of these accounts. In this paper I consider a possible extension of a recent minimalist account making use of the complement/noncomplement distinction--- Nunes and Uriagereka (2000)---to the problematic languages and show that it also encounters conceptual and empirical problems. I then propose an eclectic minimalist approach to extraction domains in which extractability out of subjects and adjuncts are regulated by different mechanisms of grammar in a nonoverlapping manner.}} @article{An:2007, Author = {An, Duk-Ho}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax10(1)An.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {38--79}, Title = {Clauses in Noncanonical Positions at the Syntax-Phonology Interface}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {In this paper, I discuss the distribution of null complementizer clauses in English. I argue that two factors are interwoven to yield the observed distribution: first, unlike what is standardly assumed, not only the emptiness of C but also that of Spec,CP matters; second, the relevant clauses are obligatorily parsed as separate intonational phrases. I show that these properties lead to a new generalization that can be derived from independent assumptions about the syntax-phonology interface, according to which an intonational phrase whose boundary cannot be properly demarcated is disallowed in PF. I argue that this is exactly why null complementizer clauses are ruled out in certain syntactic positions. I also discuss a parallelism between intonational phrases and the notion of phase proposed by Chomsky (2000, 2001).}} @article{Adger:2007, Author = {Adger, David and Harbour, Daniel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/syntax10(1)Adger_Harbour.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {2--37}, Title = {Syntax and Syncretisms of the Person Case Constraint}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {The Person Case Constraint is frequently concomitant with Case Syncretism. We provide a syntax-driven account of both phenomena that relies on the dual role that /-features play in selecting and in Case-licensing argument DPs. The account differs from other syntactic approaches to the PCC in the role it affords the applicative head in the Case system and in the attention it pays to the syntactic structures that feed morphology and therefore induce syncretism.}} @incollection{Starke:2004, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Starke, Michal}, Booktitle = {Structures and Beyond: The Cartography of Syntactic Structures}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Belletti, Adriana}, Pages = {251--268}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {On the Inexistence of Specifiers and the Nature of Heads}, Volume = {3}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Rizzi:2004a, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Rizzi, Luigi}, Booktitle = {Structures and Beyond: The Cartography of Syntactic Structures}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Belletti, Adriana}, Pages = {223--251}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Locality and Left Periphery}, Volume = {3}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Mehler:2004, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Mehler, Jacques and Nespor, Marina}, Booktitle = {Structures and Beyond: The Cartography of Syntactic Structures}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Belletti, Adriana}, Pages = {213--222}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Linguistic Rhythm and the Acquisition of Language}, Volume = {3}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Kayne:2004, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Kayne, Richard S.}, Booktitle = {Structures and Beyond: The Cartography of Syntactic Structures}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Belletti, Adriana}, Pages = {192--212}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Prepositions as Probes}, Volume = {3}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Cinque:2004, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Cinque, Guglielmo}, Booktitle = {Structures and Beyond: The Cartography of Syntactic Structures}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Belletti, Adriana}, Pages = {132--191}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {``Restructuring'' and Functional Structure}, Volume = {3}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Chomsky:2004, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Booktitle = {Structures and Beyond: The Cartography of Syntactic Structures}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Belletti, Adriana}, Pages = {104--131}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Beyond Explanatory Adequacy}, Volume = {3}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Chierchia:2004a, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Chierchia, Gennaro}, Booktitle = {Structures and Beyond: The Cartography of Syntactic Structures}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Belletti, Adriana}, Pages = {39--103}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Scalar Implicatures, Polarity Phenomena, and the Syntax/Pragmatics Interface}, Volume = {3}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Caramazza:2004, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Caramazza, Alfonso and Shapiro, Kevin}, Booktitle = {Structures and Beyond: The Cartography of Syntactic Structures}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Belletti, Adriana}, Pages = {15--38}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Language Categories in the Brain: Evidence from Aphasia}, Volume = {3}, Year = {2004}} @article{McCloskey:1986, Author = {McCloskey, James}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Pages = {183--186}, Title = {Right Node Raising and Preposition Stranding}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1986}} @article{Bresnan:1971a, Author = {Bresnan, Joan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Pages = {257--281}, Title = {On Sentence Stress and Syntactic Transformations}, Volume = {47}, Year = {1971}} @article{Tanaka:1999a, Author = {Tanaka, Hidekazu}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/30.2Tanaka.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {317--325}, Title = {Raised Objects and {S}uperiority}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}} @incollection{Zwart:2005, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Zwart, Jan-Wouter}, Booktitle = {The {O}xford Handbook of Comparative Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Cinque, Guglielmo and Kayne, Richard S.}, Pages = {903--946}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Continental {W}est-{G}ermanic Languages}, Year = {2005}} @incollection{Whitman:2005, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Whitman, John}, Booktitle = {The {O}xford Handbook of Comparative Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Cinque, Guglielmo and Kayne, Richard S.}, Pages = {880--902}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Preverbal Elements in {K}orean and {J}apanese}, Year = {2005}} @incollection{Tallerman:2005, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Tallerman, Maggie}, Booktitle = {The {O}xford Handbook of Comparative Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Cinque, Guglielmo and Kayne, Richard S.}, Pages = {839--879}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {The {C}eltic Languages}, Year = {2005}} @incollection{Simpson:2005, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Simpson, Andrew}, Booktitle = {The {O}xford Handbook of Comparative Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Cinque, Guglielmo and Kayne, Richard S.}, Pages = {806--838}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Classifiers and {DP} Structure in Southeast {A}sia}, Year = {2005}} @incollection{Rigau:2005, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Rigau, Gemma}, Booktitle = {The {O}xford Handbook of Comparative Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Cinque, Guglielmo and Kayne, Richard S.}, Pages = {775--805}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Number Agreement Variation in {C}atalan Dialects}, Year = {2005}} @incollection{Rice:2005, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Rice, Keren and Saxon, Leslie}, Booktitle = {The {O}xford Handbook of Comparative Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Cinque, Guglielmo and Kayne, Richard S.}, Pages = {698--774}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Comparative {A}thapaskan Syntax: Arguments and Projections}, Year = {2005}} @incollection{Ouhalla:2005a, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Ouhalla, Jamal}, Booktitle = {The {O}xford Handbook of Comparative Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Cinque, Guglielmo and Kayne, Richard S.}, Pages = {607--638}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Clitic Placement, Grammaticalization, and Reanalysis in {B}erber}, Year = {2005}} @incollection{Raposo:2005, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Raposo, Eduardo P. and Uriagereka, Juan}, Booktitle = {The {O}xford Handbook of Comparative Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Cinque, Guglielmo and Kayne, Richard S.}, Pages = {639--697}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Clitic Placement in {W}estern {I}berian: A Minimalist View}, Year = {2005}} @incollection{Munaro:2005, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Munaro, Nicola and Pollock, Jean-Yves}, Booktitle = {The {O}xford Handbook of Comparative Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Cinque, Guglielmo and Kayne, Richard S.}, Pages = {542--606}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Qu'st-ce-que (qu)-est ce que? {A} Case Study in Comparative {R}omance Interrogative Syntax}, Year = {2005}} @incollection{Kornfilt:2005, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Kornfilt, Jaklin}, Booktitle = {The {O}xford Handbook of Comparative Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Cinque, Guglielmo and Kayne, Richard S.}, Pages = {513--541}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Agreement and Its Placement in {T}urkic Nonsubject Relative Clauses}, Year = {2005}} @incollection{Kihm:2005, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Kihm, Alain}, Booktitle = {The {O}xford Handbook of Comparative Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Cinque, Guglielmo and Kayne, Richard S.}, Pages = {459--512}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Noun Class, {G}ender, and the Lexicon-Syntax-Morphology Interfaces: {A} Comparative Study of {N}-iger-{C}ongo and {R}omance Languages}, Year = {2005}} @incollection{Holmberg:2005a, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Holmberg, Anders and Platzack, Christer}, Booktitle = {The {O}xford Handbook of Comparative Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Cinque, Guglielmo and Kayne, Richard S.}, Pages = {420--458}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {The {S}candinavian Languages}, Year = {2005}} @incollection{Franks:2005, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Franks, Steven}, Booktitle = {The {O}xford Handbook of Comparative Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Cinque, Guglielmo and Kayne, Richard S.}, Pages = {373--419}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {The {S}lavic Languages}, Year = {2005}} @incollection{DeGraff:2005, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {DeGraff, Michel}, Booktitle = {The {O}xford Handbook of Comparative Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Cinque, Guglielmo and Kayne, Richard S.}, Pages = {293--372}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Morphology and Word Order in ``{C}reolization'' and Beyond}, Year = {2005}} @incollection{Cheng:2005, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Cheng, Lisa L.-S. and Sybesma, Rint}, Booktitle = {The {O}xford Handbook of Comparative Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Cinque, Guglielmo and Kayne, Richard S.}, Pages = {259--292}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Classifiers in Four Varieties of {C}hinese}, Year = {2005}} @incollection{Beninca:2005, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Beninc{\`a}, Paola and Poletto, Cecilia}, Booktitle = {The {O}xford Handbook of Comparative Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Cinque, Guglielmo and Kayne, Richard S.}, Pages = {221--258}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {On Some Descriptive Generalizations in {R}omance}, Year = {2005}} @incollection{Amritavalli:2005, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Amritavalli, R. and Jayaseelan, K. A.}, Booktitle = {The {O}xford Handbook of Comparative Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Cinque, Guglielmo and Kayne, Richard S.}, Pages = {178--220}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Finiteness and Negation in {D}ravidian}, Year = {2005}} @incollection{Aboh:2005, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Aboh, Enoch Olad{\'e}}, Booktitle = {The {O}xford Handbook of Comparative Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Cinque, Guglielmo and Kayne, Richard S.}, Pages = {138--177}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Object Shift, {V}erb Movement and {V}erb Reduplication}, Year = {2005}} @incollection{Terzi:2005, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Terzi, Arhonto}, Booktitle = {The {O}xford Handbook of Comparative Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Cinque, Guglielmo and Kayne, Richard S.}, Pages = {110--137}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Comparative Syntax and Language Disorders}, Year = {2005}} @incollection{Rizzi:2005, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Rizzi, Luigi}, Booktitle = {The {O}xford Handbook of Comparative Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Cinque, Guglielmo and Kayne, Richard S.}, Pages = {70--109}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {On the Grammatical Basis of Language Development: A Case Study}, Year = {2005}} @incollection{Kayne:2005l, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Kayne, Richard S.}, Booktitle = {The {O}xford Handbook of Comparative Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Cinque, Guglielmo and Kayne, Richard S.}, Pages = {3--69}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Some Notes on Comparative Syntax: With Special Reference to {E}nglish and {F}rench}, Year = {2005}} @inproceedings{Potsdam:1997b, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Potsdam, Eric}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 27}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {353--368}, Publisher = {Graduate Student Linguistic Association}, Title = {English Verbal Morphology and {VP} Ellipsis}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Baker:1997, Author = {Baker, Mark C. and Stewart, Osamuyimen Thompson}, Booktitle = {{NELS} 27}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {33--47}, Publisher = {McGill University}, Title = {Unaccusativity and the Adjective-Verb Distinction: {E}do Evidence}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Alderete:1997, Author = {Alderete, John}, Booktitle = {{NELS} 27}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {17--31}, Publisher = {McGill University}, Title = {Dissimilation as local conjunction}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Adger:1997, Author = {Adger, David and Quer, Josep}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 27}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {1--15}, Publisher = {McGill University}, Title = {Subjunctives, unselective embedded questions, and clausal polarity items}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Zucchi:1996, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Zucchi, Sandro and White, Michael}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Galloway, Teresa and Spence, Justin}, Pages = {329--346}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {Twigs, Sequences and the Temporal Constitution of Predicates}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Wold:1996, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Wold, Dag E.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Galloway, Teresa and Spence, Justin}, Pages = {311--328}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {Long Distance Selective Binding: The Case of Focus}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Stalnaker:1996, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Stalnaker, Robert}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Galloway, Teresa and Spence, Justin}, Pages = {279--294}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {On the Representation of Context}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Winter:1996a, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Winter, Yoad}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Galloway, Teresa and Spencer, Andrew}, Pages = {295--310}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {What Does the Strongest Meaning Hypothesis Mean?}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Spejewski:1996, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Spejewski, Beverly}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Galloway, Teresa and Spence, Justin}, Pages = {261--278}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {Temporal Subordiniation and {E}nglish Perfect}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Simons:1996, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Simons, Mandy}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Galloway, Teresa and Spence, Justin}, Pages = {245--260}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {Disjunction and Anaphora}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Sharvit:1996, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Sharvit, Yael}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Galloway, Teresa and Spence, Justin}, Pages = {227--244}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {Fuctional Dependencies and Indirect Binding}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Rooth:1996a, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Mats Rooth}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Galloway, Teresa and Spence, Justin}, Pages = {202--226}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {On the Interface Principles for Intonational Focus}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Musan:1996, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Renate Musan}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Galloway, Teresa and Spence, Justin}, Pages = {167--184}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {There-Constructions Revisited}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Pinkal:1996, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Pinkal, Manfred}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Galloway, Teresa and Spence, Justin}, Pages = {185--201}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {Vagueness, Ambiguity and Underspecification}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Lasersohn:1996, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Lasersohn, Peter}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Galloway, Teresa and Spence, Justin}, Pages = {154--166}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {Adnominal Conditionals}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Krifka:1996a, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Krifka, Manfred}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Galloway, Teresa and Spence, Justin}, Pages = {136--153}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {Pragmatic Strengthening in Plural Predications and {D}onkey Sentences}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Jacobson:1996, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Jacobson, Pauline}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Galloway, Teresa and Spence, Justin}, Pages = {111--135}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {The Locality of Interpretation: The Case of Binding and Coordination}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Honcoop:1996, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Honcoop, Martin}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Galloway, Teresa and Spence, Justin}, Pages = {93--110}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {Towards a Dynamic Semantics Account of Weak Islands}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Hendriks:1996, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Hendriks, Herman}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Galloway, Teresa and Spence, Justin}, Pages = {75--92}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {Information Packaging: From Cards to Boxes}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Francez:1996, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Francez, Nissim and Winter, Yoad}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Galloway, Teresa and Spence, Justin}, Pages = {69--74}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {A Generalized Definition of Quantifier Absorption}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Fernando:1996, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Fernando, Tim and Kamp, Hans}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Galloway, Teresa and Spence, Justin}, Pages = {53--68}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {Expecting Many}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Farkas:1996, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Farkas, Donka F. and Giannakidou, Anastasia}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Galloway, Teresa and Spence, Justin}, Pages = {35--52}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {How Clause-Bounded is the Scope of Universals?}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Bayer:1996a, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Bayer, Samuel}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Galloway, Teresa and Spence, Justin}, Pages = {1--16}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {The Size of Events}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Buring:1997, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Buring,Daniel}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Galloway, Teresa and Spence, Justin}, Pages = {17--34}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {A Weak Theory of Strong Readings}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Bayer:1997a, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Bayer, Samuel}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {1--16}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {The Size of Events}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Pinon:1997, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Pinon, Christopher}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {276--293}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {Achievements in an Event Semantics}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Kibble:1997, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Kibble, Rodger}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Pages = {258--275}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {Complement Anaphora and Dynamic Binding}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Kennedy:1997b, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Kennedy, Christopher}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Pages = {240--257}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {Comparison and Polar Opposition}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Izvorski:1997, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Izvorski, Roumyana}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {222--239}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {The {P}resent {P}erfect as an Epistemic Modal}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Gutierrez-Rexach:1997, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Guti{\`e}rrez-Rexach, Javier}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {180--196}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {Dynamic Action Semantics and Deontic Operators}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Glasbey:1997, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Glasbey, Sheila}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {169--179}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {{I}- Level Predicates that Allow Existential Readings for Bare Plurals}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Frank:1997, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Frank, Anette and Kamp, Hans}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {151--168}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {On Context Dependence in Modal Constructions}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Fong:1997, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Fong, Vivienne}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {135--150}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {A Diphasic Approach to Directional Locatives}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Dobrovie-Sorin:1997, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Dobrovie-Sorin, Carmen}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {117--134}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {Types of Predicates and the Representation of Existential Readings}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Dayal:1997, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Dayal, Veneeta}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {99--116}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {Free Relatives and Ever: Identity and Free Choice Readings}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Chierchia:1997, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Chierchia, Gennaro}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {73--98}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {Partitives, Reference to Kings and Semantic Variation}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Brisson:1997, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Brisson, Christine}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {55--72}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {On Definite Plural {NP}'s and the Meaning of \emph{all}}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Beil:1997, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Beil, Franz}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {37--54}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {The Definiteness Effect in Attributive Comparatives}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Abusch:1997, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Abusch, Dorit and Rooth, Mats}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of SALT {VII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {1--18}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {Epistemic {NP} Modifiers}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Zuber:1998, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Zuber, R.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Strolovitch, Devon and Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {267--283}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {On the Semantics of Exclusion and Inclusion Phrases}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Winter:1998, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Winter, Yoad}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Strolovitch, Devon and Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {249--266}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {Atom Predicates and Set Predicates: Towards a General Theory of Plural Quantification}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Sharvit:1998a, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Sharvit, Yael}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Strolovitch, Devon and Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {233--248}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {Individual Concepts and Attitude Reports}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Rullmann:1998a, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Rullmann, Hotze and Beck, Sigrid}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Strolovitch, Devon and Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {215--232}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {Presupposition Projection and the Interpretation of \emph{which}-Questions}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Pi:1998, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Pi,Chia- Yi Tony and Stewart, Osamuyimen T.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Strolovitch, Devon and Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {202--214}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {Mirco-Events in Two Serial Verb Constructions}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Percus:1998a, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Percus, Orin}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Pages = {185--201}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {A Somewhat More Definite Article}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Ogihara:1998a, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Ogihara, Toshiyuki}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Strolovitch, Devon and Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {169--184}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {Tense, Aspect, and Argument Structure}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Larson:1998, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Larson, Richard K.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Strolovitch, Devon and Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {145--168}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {Events and Modification in Nominals}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Kurafuji:1998, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Kurafuji, Takeo}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Strolovitch, Devon and Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {129--144}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {Dynamic Binding and the {E}-Type Strategy: Evidence from {J}apense}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Krifka:1998b, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Krifka, Manfred}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Strolovitch, Devon and Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {111--129}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {Additive Particles under Stress}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Kratzer:1998c, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Kratzer, Angelika}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Strolovitch, Devon and Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {92--110}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {More Structural Analogies Between Pronouns and Tense}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Jacobson:1998a, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Jacobson, Pauline}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Strolovitch, Devon and Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {74--91}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {Antecedent Contained Deletion and Pied-Piping: Evidence for a Variable-Free Semantics}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Greenberg:1998a, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Greenberg, Yael}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Strolovitch, Devon and Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {55--73}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {Temporally Restricted Generics}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Buring:1998a, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Buring,Daniel}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Strolovitch, Devon and Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {36--54}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {Identity, Modality, and the Candidate Behind the Wall}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Beck:1998, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Beck, Sigrids}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Strolovitch, Devon and Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {19--35}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {{NP} Dependent Readings of \emph{different}}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Arregui:1998, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Arregui, Ana and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT VIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Strolovitch, Devon and Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {1--18}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Tense in Temporal Adjunct Clauses}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Yanovich:2005, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Yanovich, Igor}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Georgala, Effi and Howell, Jonathan}, Pages = {309--326}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Choice-functional Series of Indefinite Pronouns and {H}amblin Semantics}, Year = {2005}} @inproceedings{Werner:2005, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Werner, Tom}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Georgala, Effi and Howell, Jonathan}, Pages = {294--308}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {You Do What You Gotta Do, Or Why \emph{must} Implies \emph{will}}, Year = {2005}} @inproceedings{Wagner:2005, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Wagner, Michael}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Georgala, Effi and Howell, Jonathan}, Pages = {276--293}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {{NPI}-Licensing and Focus Movement}, Year = {2005}} @inproceedings{Umbach:2005, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Umbach, Carla}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Georgala, Effi and Howell, Jonathan}, Pages = {258--275}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Why Do Modified Numerals Resist a Referential Interpretation?}, Year = {2005}} @inproceedings{Taranto:2005, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Taranto, Gina}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Georgala, Effi and Howell, Jonathan}, Pages = {241--257}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {How Discourse Adjectives Synchronize the Speaker and the Hearer's Beliefs}, Year = {2005}} @inproceedings{Fox:2005, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Fox, Danny and Shoichi, Takahashi}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Georgala, Effi and Howell, Jonathan}, Pages = {223--240}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {{MaxElide} and the Re-binding Problem}, Year = {2005}} @inproceedings{Simons:2005, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Simons, Mandy}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Georgala, Effi and Howell, Jonathan}, Pages = {205--222}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Semantics and Pragmatics in the Interpretation of `or'}, Year = {2005}} @inproceedings{Schwarz:2005a, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Schwarz, Bernhard}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Georgala, Effi and Howell, Jonathan}, Pages = {187--204}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Modal Superlatives}, Year = {2005}} @inproceedings{Russell:2005, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Russell, Benjamin}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Georgala, Effi and Howell, Jonathan}, Pages = {169--186}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Functional Parasitic Gaps}, Year = {2005}} @inproceedings{Quer:2005, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Quer, Josep}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Georgala, Effi and Howell, Jonathan}, Pages = {152--168}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Context Shift and Indexical Variables in {S}ign {L}anguage}, Year = {2005}} @inproceedings{Nissenbaum:2005, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Nissenbaum, Jon}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Georgala, Effi and Howell, Jonathan}, Pages = {134--151}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Kissing {P}edro {M}artinez: (Existential) Anankastic Conditionals and Rationale Clauses}, Year = {2005}} @inproceedings{Morzycki:2005, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Morzycki, Marcin}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Georgala, Effi and Howell, Jonathan}, Pages = {116--133}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Size Adjectives and Adnominal Degree Modification}, Year = {2005}} @inproceedings{Kehler:2005, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Kehler, Andrew}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Georgala, Effi and Howell, Jonathan}, Pages = {98--115}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Coherence-Driven Constraints on the Placement of Accent}, Year = {2005}} @inproceedings{Hacquard:2005, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Hacquard, Valentine}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Georgala, Effi and Howell, Jonathan}, Pages = {80--97}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Aspects of `Too' and `Enough' Constructions}, Year = {2005}} @inproceedings{Bhatt:2005a, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Bhatt, Rajesh and Sharvit, Yael}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Georgala, Effi and Howell, Jonathan}, Pages = {62--79}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {A Note on Intensional Superlatives}, Year = {2005}} @inproceedings{Beyssade:2005, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Beyssade, Claire and Dobrovie-Sorin, Carmen}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Georgala, Effi and Howell, Jonathan}, Pages = {44--61}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {A Syntax-based Analysis of Predication}, Year = {2005}} @inproceedings{Beaver:2005, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Beaver, David and Francez, Itamar and Levinson, Dmitry}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Georgala, Effi and Howell, Jonathan}, Pages = {19--43}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Bad Subject: (Non-)canonicality and {NP} Distribution in Exisentials}, Year = {2005}} @inproceedings{Bale:2005, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Bale, Alan}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Georgala, Effi and Howell, Jonathan}, Pages = {1--18}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Quantifiers, Again and the Complexity of {V}erb {P}hrases}, Year = {2005}} @inproceedings{Sharvit:2004, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Sharvit, Yael}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B.}, Pages = {305--322}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Free Indirect Discourse and `De Re' Pronouns}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Shan:2004, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Shan, Chung-chieh}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B.}, Pages = {289--304}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Binding Alongside Hamblin Alternatives Calls for Variable-free Semantics}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Romero:2004a, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Romero, Maribel}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B.}, Pages = {271--288}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Tense and Intensionality in Specificationals Copular Sentences}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Kawahara:2004, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Kawahara, Shigeto and Potts, Christopher}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B.}, Pages = {253--270}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {{J}apenese Honorifics as Emotive Definite Descriptions}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Portner:2004, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Portner, Paul}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B.}, Pages = {235--252}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {The Semantics of Imperatives within a Theory of Clause Types}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Borschev:2004, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Borschev, Vladimir and Partee, Barbara H.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B.}, Pages = {212--234}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {The Semantics of {R}ussian Genitive of Negation: The Nature and Role of Perspectival Structure}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Nakanishi:2004a, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Nakanishi, Kimiko}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B.}, Pages = {179--196}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {On Comparitive Quantification in the Verbal Domain}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Nelken:2004, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Nelken, Rani and Shan, Chung-chieh}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B.}, Pages = {197--211}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {A Logic of Interrogation Should Be Internalized in a Modal Logic for Knowledge}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{McCready:2004, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {McCready, Eric}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B.}, Pages = {163--178}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Two {J}apenese Adverbials and Expressive Content}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Ippolito:2004, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Ippolito, Michela}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B.}, Pages = {127--144}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {An Analysis of Still}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Giannakidou:2004, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Giannakidou, Anastasia}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B.}, Pages = {110--126}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Domain Restriction and the Arguments of Quantificational Determiners}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Filip:2004, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Filip, Hana}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B.}, Pages = {92--109}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {The Telicity Parameter Revisited}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Ferreira:2004, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Ferreira, Marcelo}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B.}, Pages = {74--91}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Imperfectives and Plurality}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Fernando:2004, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Fernando, Tim}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B.}, Pages = {56--73}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Inertia in Temporal Modification}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Caponigro:2004, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Caponigro, Ivano}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B.}, Pages = {38--55}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {The Semantic Contribution of Wh-words and Type Shifts: Evidence from Free Relatives Crosslinguistically}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Anand:2004, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Anand, Pranav and Nevins, Andrew}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B.}, Pages = {20--37}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Shifty Operators in Changing Contexts}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Abbott:2004, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Abbott, Barbara}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B.}, Pages = {1--19}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Some Remarks on Indicative Conditionals}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Wilhelm:2003, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Wilhelm, Andrea}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B. and Zhou, Yuping}, Pages = {310--327}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Quasi-Telic Perfective Aspect in {D}ene {S}utine ({C}hipewyan)}, Year = {2003}} @inproceedings{Rooy:2003, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Rooy, Robert van and Safarova, Marie}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B. and Zhou, Yuping}, Pages = {292--309}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Read = {Yes}, Title = {On Polar Questions}, Year = {2003}} @inproceedings{Stateva:2003, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Stateva, Penka}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B. and Zhou, Yuping}, Pages = {276--291}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Superlative More}, Year = {2003}} @inproceedings{Marti:2003, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Marti, Luisa}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B. and Zhou, Yuping}, Pages = {240--257}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Contextual Variables as Pronouns}, Year = {2003}} @inproceedings{Kuroda:2003, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Kuroda, S.-Y.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B. and Zhou, Yuping}, Pages = {204--221}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Milsark's Generalization and Categorical Judgments}, Year = {2003}} @inproceedings{Krifka:2003, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Krifka, Manfred}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B. and Zhou, Yuping}, Pages = {180-203}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Bare {NP}s: Kind-referring, Indefinites, Both, or Neither?}, Year = {2003}} @inproceedings{Kim:2003c, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Kim, Ji-yung}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B. and Zhou, Yuping}, Pages = {162--179}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {``Intermediate Scope'' in {M}andarin {C}hinese}, Year = {2003}} @inproceedings{Katz:2003, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Katz, Graham}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B. and Zhou, Yuping}, Pages = {145--161}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {A Modal Account of the {E}nglish Present Perfect Style}, Year = {2003}} @inproceedings{Ippolito:2003a, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Ippolito, Michela}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B. and Zhou, Yuping}, Pages = {127--144}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Quantification over Times in Subjunctive Conditionals}, Year = {2003}} @inproceedings{Hardt:2003a, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Hardt, Daniel}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B. and Zhou, Yuping}, Pages = {109--126}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Sloppy Identity, Binding, and Centering}, Year = {2003}} @inproceedings{Gawron:2003, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Gawron, Jean Mark and Kehler, Andrew}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B. and Zhou, Yuping}, Pages = {91--108}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Respective Answers to Coordinated Questions}, Year = {2003}} @inproceedings{Doron:2003a, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Doron, Edit}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B. and Zhou, Yuping}, Pages = {73--90}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Bare Singular Reference to Kinds}, Year = {2003}} @inproceedings{Breheny:2003, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Breheny, Richard}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B. and Zhou, Yuping}, Pages = {55--72}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {A Lexical Account of Implicit (Bound) Contextual Dependence}, Year = {2003}} @inproceedings{Beaver:2003a, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Beaver, David and Condoravdi, Cleo}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B. and Zhou, Yuping}, Pages = {37--54}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Read = {Yes}, Title = {A Uniform Analysis of Before and After}, Year = {2003}} @inproceedings{Asher:2003, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Asher, Nicholas and Wang, Linton}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B. and Zhou, Yuping}, Pages = {19--36}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Ambiguity and Anaphora with Plurals in Discourse}, Year = {2003}} @inproceedings{Abels:2003a, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Abels, Klaus}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B. and Zhou, Yuping}, Pages = {1--18}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Who Gives a Damn about Minimizers in Questions?}, Year = {2003}} @inproceedings{Zvolenszky:2002, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Zvolenszky, Zsofia}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan}, Pages = {339--358}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Is a Possible-Worlds Semantics of Modality Possible? A Problem for {K}ratzer's Semantics}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Zimmerman:2002, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Zimmerman, Malte}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan}, Pages = {322--338}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {A Compositional Analysis of Anti-Quantifiers as Quantifiers}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Winter:2002a, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Winter, Yoad}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan}, Pages = {306--321}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Functional Readings and Wide-Scope Indefinites}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Tonhauser:2002, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Tonhauser, Judith}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan}, Pages = {286--305}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {A Dynamic Semantics Account of the Temporal Interpretation of Noun Phrases}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Sharvit:2002, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Sharvit, Yael}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan}, Pages = {266--285}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Embedded Quantifiers in Which- and Whether-Questions}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Shan:2002, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Shan, Chung-chieh}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan}, Pages = {246--265}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {A Continuation Semantics of Interrogatives That Accounts for {B}aker's Ambiguity}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Schwarzschild:2002a, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Schwarzschild, Roger}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan}, Pages = {225--245}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {The Grammar of Measurement}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Han:2002a, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Han, Chung-hye and Romero, Maribel}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan}, Pages = {204--224}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Verum Focus in Negative Yes/No Questions and {L}add's p/-p Ambiguity}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Morzycki:2002a, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Morzycki, Marcin}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan}, Pages = {184--203}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Wholes and Their Covers}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Jayez:2002, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Jayez, Jacques and Tovena, Lucia M.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan}, Pages = {164--183}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Determiners and (Un)certainty}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Jacobson:2002a, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Jacobson, Pauline}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan}, Pages = {144--163}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Direct Compositionality and Variable-Free Semantics: The Case of Binding into Heads}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Gunlogson:2002, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Gunlogson, Christine}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan}, Pages = {124--143}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Declarative Questions}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Greenberg:2002a, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Greenberg, Yael}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan}, Pages = {104--123}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Two Types of Quantificational Modalized Genericity, and the Interpretation of Bare Plural and Indefinite Singular NPs}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Giannakidou:2002, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Giannakidou, Anastasia}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan}, Pages = {84--103}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {{UNTIL}, Aspect, and Negotiation: A Novel Argument for Two Untils}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Farkas:2002, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Farkas, Donka F.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan}, Pages = {59--83}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Varieties of Indefinites}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Beaver:2002, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Beaver, David {I}. and Clark, Brady Z.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan}, Pages = {40--58}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Monotonicity and Focus Sensitivity}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Aloni:2002a, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Aloni, Maria and Rooy, Robert van}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan}, Pages = {20--39}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {The Dynamics of Questions and Focus}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Abusch:2002, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Abusch, Dorit}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan}, Pages = {1--19}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Lexical Alternatives as a Source of Pragmatic Presupposition}, Year = {2002}} @incollection{Cinque:2006g, Address = {New York, New York}, Author = {Cinque, Guglielmo}, Booktitle = {Restructuring and Functional Heads}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Cinque, Guglielmo}, Pages = {175--185}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Series = {The Cartography of Syntactic Structures}, Title = {A Note on Mood, Modality, Tense, and Aspect Affixes in {T}urkish}, Volume = {4}, Year = {2006}} @incollection{Cinque:2006f, Address = {New York, New York}, Author = {Cinque, Guglielmo}, Booktitle = {Restructuring and Functional Heads}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Cinque, Guglielmo}, Pages = {167--174}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Series = {The Cartography of Syntactic Structures}, Title = {The Status of ``Mobile'' Suffixes}, Volume = {4}, Year = {2006}} @incollection{Cinque:2006e, Address = {New York, New York}, Author = {Cinque, Guglielmo}, Booktitle = {Restructuring and Functional Heads}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Cinque, Guglielmo}, Pages = {145--166}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Series = {The Cartography of Syntactic Structures}, Title = {Complement and Adverbial {PP}s: Implications for Clause Structure}, Volume = {4}, Year = {2006}} @incollection{Cinque:2006d, Address = {New York, New York}, Author = {Cinque, Guglielmo}, Booktitle = {Restructuring and Functional Heads}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Cinque, Guglielmo}, Pages = {119--144}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Series = {The Cartography of Syntactic Structures}, Title = {Issues in Adverbial Syntax}, Volume = {4}, Year = {2006}} @incollection{Cinque:2006c, Address = {New York, New York}, Author = {Cinque, Guglielmo}, Booktitle = {Restructuring and Functional Heads}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Cinque, Guglielmo}, Pages = {99--118}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Series = {The Cartography of Syntactic Structures}, Title = {A Note on ``Restructuring'' and Quantifier Climbing in {F}rench}, Volume = {4}, Year = {2006}} @incollection{Cinque:2006b, Address = {New York, New York}, Author = {Cinque, Guglielmo}, Booktitle = {Restructuring and Functional Heads}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Cinque, Guglielmo}, Pages = {81--98}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Series = {The Cartography of Syntactic Structures}, Title = {``Restructuring'' and the Order of Aspectual and Root Modal Heads}, Volume = {4}, Year = {2006}} @incollection{Cinque:2006a, Address = {New York, New York}, Author = {Cinque, Guglielmo}, Booktitle = {Restructuring and Functional Heads}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Cinque, Guglielmo}, Pages = {65--80}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Series = {The Cartography of Syntactic Structures}, Title = {The Interaction of Passive, Causative, and ``Restructuring'' in {R}omance}, Volume = {4}, Year = {2006}} @incollection{Cinque:2006, Address = {New York, New York}, Author = {Cinque, Guglielmo}, Booktitle = {Restructuring and Functional Heads}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Cinque, Guglielmo}, Pages = {11--64}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Series = {The Cartography of Syntactic Structures}, Title = {``Restructuring'' and Functional Structure}, Volume = {4}, Year = {2006}} @article{Hoekstra:1988, Author = {Hoekstra, Teun}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Lingua}, Pages = {101--139}, Title = {Small Clause Results}, Volume = {74}, Year = {1988}} @inproceedings{Larson:2001, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Larson, Richard K. and Vassilieva, Masha}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Hastings, Rachel and Jackson, Brendan and Zvolenszky, Zsofia}, Pages = {449--465}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {The Semantics of the Plural Pronoun Construction}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Simons:2001, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Simons, Mandy}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Hastings, Rachel and Jackson, Brendan and Zvolenszky, Zsofia}, Pages = {431--448}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {On the Conversational Basis of Some Presuppositions}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Schein:2001, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Schein, Barry}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Hastings, Rachel and Jackson, Brendan and Zvolenszky, Zsofia}, Pages = {404--430}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Adverbial, Descriptive Reciprocals}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Sauerland:2001, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Sauerland, Uli}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Hastings, Rachel and Jackson, Brendan and Zvolenszky, Zsofia}, Pages = {388--403}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {On the Computation of Conversational Implicatures}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Reinhart:2001, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Reinhart, Tanya}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Hastings, Rachel and Jackson, Brendan and Zvolenszky, Zsofia}, Pages = {365--387}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Experiencing Derivations}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Pinon:2001, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Pi{\~n}{\'o}n, Christopher}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Hastings, Rachel and Jackson, Brendan and Zvolenszky, Zsofia}, Pages = {346--364}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Read = {Yes}, Title = {A Finer Look at the Causative-Inchoative Alternation}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Oh:2001, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Oh, Sei-Rang}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Hastings, Rachel and Jackson, Brendan and Zvolenszky, Zsofia}, Pages = {326--345}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Distributivity in an Event Semantics}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Morzycki:2001, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Morzycki, Marcin}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Hastings, Rachel and Jackson, Brendan and Zvolenszky, Zsofia}, Pages = {306--325}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Almost and {I}ts Kin, Across Categories}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Moltmann:2001, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Moltmann, Friederike}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Hastings, Rachel and Jackson, Brendan and Zvolenszky, Zsofia}, Pages = {286--305}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Two Kinds of Universals and two Kinds of Groups}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Meier:2001, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Meier, C{\'e}cile}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Hastings, Rachel and Jackson, Brendan and Zvolenszky, Zsofia}, Pages = {268--287}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Result Clauses}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Kaufmann:2001, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Kaufmann, Stefan}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Hastings, Rachel and Jackson, Brendan and Zvolenszky, Zsofia}, Pages = {248--267}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Probabilities of Conditionals}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Chierchia:2001a, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Chierchia, Gennaro and Crain, Stephen and Gualmini, Andrea and Guasti, Maria Teresa and Meroni, Luisa}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Hastings, Rachel and Jackson, Brendan and Zvolenszky, Zsofia}, Pages = {231--247}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {At the Semantics/Pragmatics Interface in Child Language}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Giorgi:2001b, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Giorgi, Alessandra and Pianesi, Fabio}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Hastings, Rachel and Jackson, Brendan and Zvolenszky, Zsofia}, Pages = {212--230}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Tense, Attitudes and Subjects}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Filip:2001, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Filip, Hana}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Hastings, Rachel and Jackson, Brendan and Zvolenszky, Zsofia}, Pages = {192--211}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {The Semantics of Case in {R}ussian Secondary Predication}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Fernando:2001, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Fernando, Tim}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Hastings, Rachel and Jackson, Brendan and Zvolenszky, Zsofia}, Pages = {172--191}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Conservative Generalized Quantifiers and Presupposition}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Elbourne:2001a, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Elbourne, Paul}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Hastings, Rachel and Jackson, Brendan and Zvolenszky, Zsofia}, Pages = {152--171}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {When is Situation Semantics Allowed?}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Dekker:2001, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Dekker, Paul}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Hastings, Rachel and Jackson, Brendan and Zvolenszky, Zsofia}, Pages = {114--133}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {On If and Only}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Copley:2001, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Copley, Bridget}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Hastings, Rachel and Jackson, Brendan and Zvolenszky, Zsofia}, Pages = {95--113}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Be Going to as a Case of High Aspect}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Butler:2001, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Butler, Alastair}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Hastings, Rachel and Jackson, Brendan and Zvolenszky, Zsofia}, Pages = {76--94}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Degree Relatives are Ordinary Relatives}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Buring:2001, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {B{\"u}ring, Daniel}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Hastings, Rachel and Jackson, Brendan and Zvolenszky, Zsofia}, Pages = {56--75}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {A Situation Semantics for Binding out of DP}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Bittner:2001, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Bittner, Maria}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Hastings, Rachel and Jackson, Brendan and Zvolenszky, Zsofia}, Pages = {36--55}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Topical Referents for Individuals and Possibilities}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Barker:2001, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Barker, Chris}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Hastings, Rachel and Jackson, Brendan and Zvolenszky, Zsofia}, Pages = {20--35}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Introducing Continuations}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Arregui:2001a, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Arregui, Ana and Matthewson, Lisa}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT XI}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Hastings, Rachel and Jackson, Brendan and Zvolenszky, Zsofia}, Pages = {1--19}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {A Cross-Linguistic Perspective on the Expression of Manner}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Zimmerman:2000a, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Zimmerman, Malte}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT X}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan and Matthews, Tanya}, Pages = {290--306}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Pluractional Quantifiers: The occasional-construction in {E}nglish and {G}erman}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Yan:2000a, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Yan, Rong}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT X}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan and Matthews, Tanya}, Pages = {273--289}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Chinese NPs: Quantification & Distributivity}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Werner:2000, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Werner, Tom}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT X}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan and Matthews, Tanya}, Pages = {257--272}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Counting and Bare Plurals}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Villalta:2000, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Villalta, Elisabeth}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT X}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan and Matthews, Tanya}, Pages = {239--256}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Spanish Subjunctive Clauses Require Ordered Alternatives}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Geenhoven:2000, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Geenhoven, Veerle Van}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT X}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan and Matthews, Tanya}, Pages = {221--238}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Pro Properties, Contra Generalized Kinds}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Storto:2000, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Storto, Gianluca}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT X}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan and Matthews, Tanya}, Pages = {203--220}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {On the Structure of Indefinite Possessives}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Sharvit:2000, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Sharvit, Yael and Stateva, Penka}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT X}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan and Matthews, Tanya}, Pages = {185--202}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Against `Long' Movement of the Superlative Operator}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Romero:2000a, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Romero, Maribel}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT X}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan and Matthews, Tanya}, Pages = {149--166}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Reduced Conditionals and Focus}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Pylkkanen:2000, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Pylkk{\"a}nen, Liina}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT X}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan and Matthews, Tanya}, Pages = {132--148}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Representing Causatives}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Ogihara:2000, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Ogihara, Toshiyuki}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT X}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan and Matthews, Tanya}, Pages = {115--131}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Counterfactuals, Temporal Adverbs, and Association with Focus}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Matthewson:2000, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Matthewson, Lisa}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT X}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan and Matthews, Tanya}, Pages = {98--114}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {On Distributivity and Pluractionality}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Lasersohn:2000, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Lasersohn, Peter}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT X}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan and Matthews, Tanya}, Pages = {83--97}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Same, Models and Representation}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Fintel:2000, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Fintel, Kai von}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT X}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan and Matthews, Tanya}, Pages = {27--39}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Whatever}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Carlson:2000, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Carlson, Greg and Pelletier, Francis Jeffry}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT X}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan and Matthews, Tanya}, Pages = {20--26}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Average Noun Phrases}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Beck:2000, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Beck, Sigrid}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT X}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan and Matthews, Tanya}, Pages = {1--19}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Exceptions in Relational Plurals}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Ritter:1991, Author = {Ritter, Elizabeth}, Booktitle = {Syntax and Semantics 25: Perspectives on Phrase Structure: Heads and Licensing}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Rothstein, Susan}, Publisher = {Academic Press}, Title = {Two functional categories in noun phrases: Evidence from {M}odern {H}ebrew}, Year = {1991}} @article{Ritter:1992, Author = {Ritter, Elizabeth}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Canadian Journal of Linguistics}, Pages = {197--218}, Title = {Cross-linguistic evidence for number phrase}, Year = {1992}} @incollection{Johnson:2007, Author = {Johnson, Kyle}, Booktitle = {Phrasal and Clausal Architecture}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Simin, Karimi and Samiian, Vida and Wilkins, Wendy K.}, Pages = {146--166}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {In search of phases}, Year = {2007}} @article{Hagstrom:2006, Author = {Hagstrom, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JCGL/9.3Hagstrom.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {217--228}, Title = {Review of ``Prolific Domains: On the Anti-Locality of Movement Dependencies''}, Volume = {9}, Year = {2006}} @article{Beck:2006a, Author = {Beck, Sigrid and Kim, Shin-Sook}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JCGL/9.3Beck_Kim.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {165--208}, Title = {Intervention Effects in Alternative Questions}, Volume = {9}, Year = {2006}} @phdthesis{Harley:1995a, Author = {Harley, Heidi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Subjects, Events and Licensing}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Shlonsky:2004, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Shlonsky, Ur}, Booktitle = {The Structure of {CP} and {IP}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Rizzi, Luigi}, Pages = {329--353}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Enclisis and Proclisis}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Roberts:2004, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Roberts, Ian}, Booktitle = {The Structure of {CP} and {IP}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Rizzi, Luigi}, Pages = {297--328}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {The {C}-System in {B}rythonic {C}eltic Languges, {V2}, and the {EPP}}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Poletto:2004a, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Poletto, Cecilia and Pollock, Jean-Yves}, Booktitle = {The Structure of {CP} and {IP}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Rizzi, Luigi}, Pages = {251--296}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {On the Left Periy of Some Romance {W}h-Questions}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Manzini:2004, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Manzini, M. Rita and Savoia, Leonardo M.}, Booktitle = {The Structure of {CP} and {IP}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Rizzi, Luigi}, Pages = {211--250}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Clitics: Cooccurrence and Mutual Exclusion Patterns}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Giorgi:2004, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Giorgi, Alessandra and Pianesi, Fabio}, Booktitle = {The Structure of {CP} and {IP}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Rizzi, Luigi}, Pages = {190--210}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Complementizer Deletion in {I}talian}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Cecchetto:2004b, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Cecchetto, Carlo}, Booktitle = {The Structure of {CP} and {IP}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Rizzi, Luigi}, Pages = {166--189}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Remnant Movement in the Theory of Phases}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Cardinaletti:2004a, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Cardinaletti, Anna}, Booktitle = {The Structure of {CP} and {IP}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Rizzi, Luigi}, Pages = {115--165}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Toward a Cartography of Subject Positions}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Bianchi:2004a, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Bianchi, Valentina}, Booktitle = {The Structure of {CP} and {IP}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Rizzi, Luigi}, Pages = {76--114}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Resumptive Relatives and {LF} Chains}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Beninca:2004a, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Beninc{\`a}, Paola and Poletto, Cecilia}, Booktitle = {The Structure of {CP} and {IP}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Rizzi, Luigi}, Pages = {52--75}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Topic, Focus, and {V2}: Defining the {CP} Sublayers}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Belletti:2004, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Belletti, Adriana}, Booktitle = {The Structure of {CP} and {IP}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Rizzi, Luigi}, Pages = {16--51}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Aspects of the Low {IP} Area}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Rizzi:2004, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Rizzi, Luigi}, Booktitle = {The Structure of {CP} and {IP}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Rizzi, Luigi}, Pages = {3--15}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {On the Cartography of {S}yntactic {S}tructures}, Year = {2004}} @article{Lin:2002a, Author = {Lin, Yen-Hwei}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL11.4Lin.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {303--347}, Title = {Mid Vowel Assimilation Across {M}andarin Dialects}, Volume = {11}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {In Standard Mandarin, a mid vowel agrees in [back] and [round] features with adjacent glides. A mid vowel preceded by a front rounded glide [ h], however, is only partially assimilated, resulting in a front unrounded [e] rather than the expected front rounded [o/]. This process of Mid Vowel Assimilation varies across Mandarin dialects depending on the features involved, the direction of feature spreading, and whether or not a mid vowel is fully or partially assimilated. This article proposes a unified constraint-based account of the variation and typology of Mid Vowel Assimilation across Mandarin dialects. Couched within Optimality Theory (Prince and Smolensky 1993) and Feature Class Theory (Padgett 1995, 1996), the proposed analysis demon- strates (i) how the interaction of gradient assimilation-related constraints and markedness constraints on feature cooccurrence avoids marked segment types and produces partial assimilation effects, and (ii) how different rankings of the proposed set of constraints generate the variation pattern across Mandarin dialects. To fully account for the typology of Mandarin Mid Vowel Assimilation and the uneven dis- tribution of different types of Mid Vowel Assimilation, I suggest that (i) some assimilation-related constraints can be categorically assessed as a marked option, and (ii) some constraint rankings on markedness, while not universally fixed, can be designated as universal default rankings.}} @article{Kang:2002a, Author = {Kang, Beom-Mo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL11.4Kang.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {375--398}, Title = {Categories and Meanings of {K}orean Floating Quantifiers -- With Some Reference to {J}apanese}, Volume = {11}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This paper aims to give an explicit categorial syntax and formal semantics of various forms of floating quantifiers (FQs) in Korean. Non-case-marked FQs are assigned the category of NP modifier, i.e., NP\NP and this categorization, together with the combinatorial operation of functional composition, can handle the basic cases of subject/object asymmetry. An FQ in front of a transitive verb can compose with the verb, making itself related only to the object, but not to the subject. Case-marked FQs show no such asymmetry and they can be handled when they are assigned cat- egories of VP or TV modifiers. Discourse factors are also relevant for FQs particularly because FQs with discourse markers, which signify some discourse-relevant prominence, enjoy the full freedom of word order as usual adverbs. Non-case-marked FQs can also be used as adver- bials in a strong discourse context such as a ``contrastive'' one or nonconstituent coordination construction, but discourse effects are not as strong in Korean as in Japanese, as shown by still-awkward sentences with topicalized FQs. The absence of discourse restriction of contrastiveness with respect to dative NP hosts is another indication that Korean FQs are less affected by discourse factors than Japanese ones. Discourse factors are more grammaticalized in Korean than in Japanese.}} @article{Bentley:2002, Author = {Bentley, John R.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL11.4Bentley.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {349--374}, Title = {The Spelling of /MO/ in {O}ld {J}apanese}, Volume = {11}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {The general consensus of Japanese historical linguists is that the orthography in Kojiki (712) preserves more phonemic distinctions than Nihon shoki (720) -- specifi- cally the spelling of two varieties (mwoand mo) of what later merged to become mo -- but the chronological proximity of these two works makes this consensus difficult to accept. This paper examines the phonetic orthography in Nihon shoki, and parts of Man'y{\^o}sh{\^u}, to demonstrate that a careful screening of these data reveals vestiges of the orthographic tradition preserved in Kojiki in other records as well. The begin- nings of the merger of mwoand moare explored, and a tentative dating for this spelling change is proposed}} @article{Takano:2002, Author = {Takano, Yuji}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL11.3Takano.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {243--301}, Title = {Surprising Constituents}, Volume = {11}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This article discusses the nature of apparently surprising phenomena found in Japanese. Two or more elements of a sentence, excluding the verb, can appear rather freely in the focus position of Japanese cleft constructions. These elements cannot possibly be considered to form a base-generated constituent and hence the existence of such ``surprising constituents'' poses an interesting problem for syntactic theory. It is shown that an approach that appeals to overt verb raising to account for surprising constituents is inadequate for a number of reasons. An alternative approach is proposed in which surprising constituents are formed by ``oblique movement'' (movement of an element to another element that does not dominate it). Consequences of this proposal are explored for related theoretical and empirical domains.}} @article{Narrog:2002, Author = {Narrog, Heiko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL11.2Narrog.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {123--167}, Title = {Polysemy and Indeterminacy in Modal Markers -- The Case of {J}apanese \emph{BESHI}}, Volume = {11}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {The Old Japanese modal suffix beshi deserves special attention for at least two reasons. Firstly, it is one of only a few modal markers throughout Japanese language history that have both deontic and epistemic meaning, which is very common in English and other Indo-European languages. Secondly, it is said to be extremely polysemous. There might be no other modal suffix in the history of the Japanese language that has been associated with such a range and variety of meanings. There are also concrete examples of beshi that are given divergent interpretations in grammatical analysis and Modern Japanese translations. The primary goal of this paper is to provide a principled explanation both for the different ``meanings'' of beshi and for divergent interpretations that are due to indeterminacy. It is argued that Old Japanese beshi from a synchronic point of view basically has only a deontic and an epistemic sense, and other ``meanings'' can be explained either in terms of vagueness or in terms of implicature in specific contexts. Conditions are explained under which indeterminacy between the deontic and the epistemic sense arises and compared with the conditions for indeterminacy and deontic-epistemic polysemy to those observed in the history of modals in English and German. Furthermore an account of the diachronic layering behind the syn- chronic meaning range of beshi in Old Japanese is given. It is claimed that the development of the meanings of beshi does not strictly adhere to the ``deontic-to- epistemic'' pattern frequently found on Indo-European languages.}} @article{Hale:2002a, Author = {Hale, Ken}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL11.2Hale.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {109--122}, Title = {On the {D}agur Object Relative: Some Comparative Notes}, Volume = {11}, Year = {2002}} @article{Simpson:2002c, Author = {Simpson, Andrew and Wu, Zoe}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL11.1Simpson_Wu.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {67--99}, Title = {{IP}-Raising, Tone Sandhi and The Creation of {S}-Final Particles: Evidence for Cyclic {S}pell-{O}ut}, Volume = {11}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This paper examines how information provided by tone sandhi provides potential insights into processes of movement. The paper focuses on the Taiwanese element kong (Mandarin shuo) `say' which is grammaticalizing as a complementizer-type particle in an unexpected sentence-final position. Evidence from tone sandhi phenomena indicates that this results from an operation of IP-raising in which the clausal com- plement ofkongis raised to its left after the application of tone sandhi rules. The active grammaticalization patterning offers both a clear insight into the creation of clause/sentence-final particles in SVO languages and also provides strong evidence for the idea of `cyclic Spell-Out'. It is also argued that a derivational rather than a purely representational model of grammar is required to accommodate the patterns found.}} @article{Kang:2002, Author = {Kang, Hyunsook}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL11.1Kang.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {43--66}, Title = {On the Optimality-Theoretic Analysis of {K}orean Nasal-Liquid Alternations}, Volume = {11}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {Davis and Shin (1999) recognize the importance of the Syllable Contact Law in Korean phonology and showed that by incorporating a syllable contact constraint many of the consonant alternations in Korean can be insightfully explained. However, their analysis is not complete in that they failed to recognize the importance of word structure or did not fully consider it. This is most relevant in accounting for the different alternations involving /nl/ and /ln/ sequences. There are certain alternations involving these sequences which occur but are not predicted under the Davis and Shin analysis. I will show that such alternations reflect the importance of word structure and can be accounted for by implementing output-to-output constraints in addition to the constraints and rankings posited by Davis and Shin.}} @article{Fiengo:2002, Author = {Fiengo, Robert and McClure, William}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL11.1Fiengo_McClure.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {5--41}, Title = {On How to use \emph{-WA}}, Volume = {11}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {The distribution of the particle -wa in Japanese sentences depends to a very signifi- cant extent on which speech act those sentences are used to perform. In an Austinian theory of assertive speech acts, four types of assertive speech act are distinguished. It is argued here that the dimensions along which the structures of these speech acts vary are the dimensions that serve to explain the presence of -wa. Furthermore, the various uses of -wathat have been identified in the literature, including the thematic and contrastive uses, are brought under a unified system. There are, however, two more general themes that are addressed here. First, it is claimed that, once a principled theory of speech acts is in play, the relative contributions of syntax and semantics to the study of natural language become more easy to distinguish. This provides an antidote to the tendency to syntacticize problems that are properly pragmatic (or pragmaticize problems that are properly syntactic, etc.). The attempt is made to separate these domains without favor. The other theme involves Austin's account of predication in terms of matching types of items and senses of predicates. That proposal, which stands in contrast to common assumptions in the semantics literature, and which is central to his account of assertive speech acts, deserves attention}} @article{Toda:2007, Author = {Toda, Tatsuhiko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/38.1Toda.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {188--195}, Title = {\emph{So}-Inversion Revisited}, Volume = {38}, Year = {2007}} @article{Soh:2007, Author = {Soh, Hooi Ling}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/38.1Soh.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {178--188}, Title = {Ellipsis, Last Resort, and the Dummy Auxiliary \emph{shi} `be' in {M}andarin {C}hinese}, Volume = {38}, Year = {2007}} @article{Craenenbroeck:2007, Author = {Craenenbroeck, Jeroen van and Haegeman, Liliane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/38.1Craenenbroeck.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {167--178}, Title = {The Derivation of Subject-Initial {V2}}, Volume = {38}, Year = {2007}} @article{Bruening:2007, Author = {Bruening, Benjamin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/38.1Rubach.85.pdf}, Number = {1}, Title = {Wh-in-situ does not Correlate with \emph{Wh}-Indefinites or Question Particles}, Volume = {38}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {Two theories, the Clausal Typing Hypothesis (Cheng 1991) and the unselective binding theory of wh-in-situ, have linked wh-in-situ to two other phenomena typologically: the use of a question particle, and the use of wh-words as indefinites. This article shows, through a typological survey and a detailed comparison of Passamaquoddy and Mandarin Chinese, that there is no connection between wh-in-situ and either property. Passamaquoddy uses wh-words as indefinites in all the contexts Chinese does, but it is a robust wh-movement language. Crosslinguistically, languages of all possible types are attested: most crucially, wh-in-situ languages without question particles exist, and wh-in-situ languages that do not use wh-words as indefinites also exist. In fact, most languages, regardless of whether they are wh-movement or whin- situ languages, have question particles, and most languages use whwords as indefinites.}} @article{Rubach:2007, Author = {Rubach, Jerzy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/38.1Rubach.85.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {85--138}, Title = {Feature Geometry from the Perspective of {P}olish, {R}ussian, and {U}krainian}, Volume = {38}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {This article looks at two current models of feature geometry, the Halle- Sagey model as modified by Halle (2005) and the Clements-Hume model, from the perspective of palatalization and related processes in Polish, Russian, and Ukrainian. The Halle-Sagey model predicts that palatalization should be analyzed by assuming derivational levels and is thus at odds with the tenet of strict parallelism in Optimality Theory. In contrast, the Clements-Hume model appears to be able to achieve the same goal without recourse to derivational stages because it is based on the assumption that, in the ways relevant for palatalization, vowels and consonants are characterized by the same features. However, analysis of palatalization and related processes shows that this assumption is incorrect. The consequence is that derivational stages cannot be avoided and that the tenet of strict parallelism must be rejected.}} @article{Ko:2007, Author = {Ko, Heejeong}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/38.1Ko.49.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {49--83}, Title = {Asymmetries in Scrambling and Cyclic Linearization}, Volume = {38}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {I argue that linear order in constructions with scrambling is constrained by Cyclic Linearization of syntactic structure at the interface, and I show that this proposal provides a unified account for a variety of asymmetries in scrambling. Arguments in this article establish novel evidence for the thesis that the architecture of grammar requires linearization in phonology to be cyclically determined by the syntax. The article also sheds light on the distribution of floating quantifiers, possessor- raising constructions, and formal properties of scrambling.}} @article{Han:2007, Author = {Han, Chung-hye and Lidz, Jeffrey and Musolino, Julien}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/38.1Han_etal.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--47}, Title = {V-Raising and Grammar Competition in {K}orean: Evidence from Negation and Quantifier Scope}, Volume = {38}, Year = {2007}, Abstract = {In a head-final language, V-raising is hard to detect since there is no evidence from the string to support a raising analysis. If the language has a cliticlike negation that associates with the verb in syntax, then scope facts concerning negation and a quantified object NP could provide evidence regarding the height of the verb. Even so, such facts are rare, especially in the input to children, and so we might expect that not all speakers exposed to a head-final language acquire the same grammar as far as V-raising is concerned. Here, we present evidence supporting this expectation. Using experimental data concerning the scope of quantified NPs and negation in Korean, elicited from both adults and 4-year-old children, we show that there are two populations of Korean speakers: one with V-raising and one without.}} @article{Hendricks:2001a, Author = {Hendricks, Petra and de Hoop, Helen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP24(1)_Hendriks.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--32}, Title = {Optimality Theoretic Semantics}, Volume = {24}, Year = {2001}} @article{Muller:2006, Author = {M{\"u}ller, Stefan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/82.4muller.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {850--883}, Title = {Phrasal or lexical constructions}, Volume = {82}, Year = {2006}} @article{Dalrymple:2006, Author = {Dalrymple, Mary and Nikolaeva, Irina}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/82.4dalrymple.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {824--849}, Title = {Syntax of Natural and Accidental Coordination: Evidence from Agreement}, Volume = {82}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {Adjective agreement with coordinated nouns in Finnish presents a puzzling pattern: in some cases, a plural adjective is required with coordinated singular nouns, while in other cases that seemto be syntactically identical, a plural adjective is disallowed. The key to this puzzle lies at the syntax-semantics interface: plural adjectives are required in cases of NATURAL COORDINATION, where a salient close relation holds between the conjuncts, but disallowed in cases of ACCIDENTAL COORDINATION. The semantic distinction between natural and accidental coordination has a syntactic reflex in Finnish, where only the features of the natural-coordination structure are compatible with the agreement requirements of plural adjectives. We show that the distinction between natural and accidental coordination is syntactically reflected not only in Finnish, but in other languages as well, including Tundra Nenets, Russian, and Kurdish.*}} @article{Phillips:2006a, Author = {Phillips, Colin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/82.4phillips.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {795--823}, Title = {The Real-Time Status of Island Phenomena}, Volume = {82}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {In parasitic-gap constructions an illicit gap inside a syntactic island becomes acceptable in combination with an additional licit gap, a result that has interesting implications for theories of grammar. Such constructions hold even greater interest for the question of the relation between grammatical knowledge and real-time language processing. This article presents results from two experiments on parasitic-gap constructions in English in which the parasitic gap appears inside a subject island, before the licensing gap. An off-line studyconfirms that parasitic gaps are acceptable when theyoccur inside the infinitival complement of a subject NP, but not when they occur inside a finite relative clause. An on-line self-paced reading studyusing a plausibility manipulation technique shows that incremental positing of gaps inside islands occurs in just those environments where parasitic gaps are acceptable. The fact that parasitic gaps are constructed incrementallyin language processing presents a challenge for attempts to explain subject islands as epiphenomena of constraints on language processing and also helps to resolve apparent conflicts in previous studies of the role of island constraints in parsing.*}} @article{Vasishth:2006, Author = {Vasishth, Shravan and Lewis, Richard L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/82.4vasishth.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {767--794}, Title = {Argument-Head Distance and Processing Complexity: Explaining Both Locality and Antilocality Effects}, Volume = {82}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {Although proximity between arguments and verbs (locality) is a relatively robust determinant of sentence-processing difficulty (Hawkins 1998, 2001, Gibson 2000), increasing argument-verb distance can also facilitate processing (Konieczny 2000). We present two self-paced reading (SPR) experiments involving Hindi that provide further evidence of antilocality, and a third SPR experiment which suggests that similarity-based interference can attenuate this distance-based facilitation. A unified explanation of interference, locality, and antilocality effects is proposed via an independently motivated theory of activation decay and retrieval interference (Anderson et al. 2004).*}} @article{Baltin:2006, Author = {Baltin, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/82.4baltin.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {734--766}, Title = {The Nonunity of {VP}-Preposing}, Volume = {82}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {This article shows that a VP in English is only a VP at the outset of a derivation, and that VPpreposing in English is in fact preposing of the internal arguments of the verb, followed by remnant movement of the original VP, making English and German (Mueller 1998) more similar than they might appear at first glance. The evidence for the nonconstituency of the verb and its original arguments inpreposed position comes from its solution to what has been termed Pesetsky's paradox, in that an object of a preposed VP can bind into an adverbial at the end of a sentence, creating an apparent conflict between the assumptions that binding requires c-command and that only constituents move. This article also provides evidence for c-command as the prominence constraint on binding, rather than o-command (Pollard & Sag 1994) or f-command (Dalrymple 1999).*}} @article{Bybee:2006a, Author = {Bybee, Joan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/82.4bybee.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {711--733}, Title = {From Usage to Grammar: The Mind's Response to Repetition}, Volume = {82}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {A usage-based view takes grammar to be the cognitive organization of one's experience with language. Aspects of that experience, for instance, the frequency of use of certain constructions or particular instances of constructions, have an impact on representation that is evidenced in speaker knowledge of conventionalized phrases and in language variation and change. It is shown that particular instances of constructions can acquire their own pragmatic, semantic, and phonological characteristics. In addition, it is argued that high-frequency instances of constructions undergo grammaticization processes (which produce further change), function as the central members of categories formed by constructions, and retain their old forms longer than lower-frequency instances under the pressure of newer formations. An exemplar model that accommodates both phonological and semantic representation is elaborated to describe the data considered.*}} @article{Marusic:2006, Author = {Maru{\v{s}}i\v{c}, Franc and {\vZ}aucer, Rok}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/24.4Marusic_Zaucer.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {1093--1159}, Title = {On the Intensional \emph{FEEL-LIKE} Construction in {S}lovenian: A Case of a Phonologically Null Verb}, Volume = {24}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {This paper discusses an apparently monoclausal construction which has a dispositional interpretation (`x feels like V-ing') but no overt dispositional element. The paper is a detailed study of the construction as it is realized in Slovenian, although similar constructions are found in some other languages, most notably Slavic. We argue that the construction is best analyzed as biclausal, containing a covert matrix psych-predicate. We thus go against the monoclausal treatment proposed by Rivero and Milojevic Sheppard (2003). The discussion touches on a number of theoretical issues, such as (deficient) clausal complements, the phase theory, adverbial syntax, and the sententialist/intensionalist debate on intensionality.}} @article{Hyams:2006, Author = {Hyams, Nina and Ntelitheos, Dimitris and Manorohanta, Cecile}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/24.4Hyams.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {1049--1092}, Title = {Acquisition of {M}alagasy voicing system: implications for the adult grammar}, Volume = {24}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {In this paper we discuss the acquisition of the voicing system of Malagasy, an Austronesian language. Our study is based on the longitudinal data of three children ages 19--32 months, and is to our knowledge the first systematic investigation of the acquisition of Malagasy. The Malagasy voicing system has a distinctive morphology and involves the promotion of an argument (actor, theme, instrument, etc.) to a referentially and syntactically prominent position, typically clause-final.We look at two competing accounts of the Malagasy voicing system, one in which the promoted argument is analyzed as a subject and the promotion operation an instance of A-movement (Guilfoyle, Hung, & Travis, 1992) and a more recent account in which Malagasy is analyzed as a V2-like language in which the promoted argument is a topic and the promotion an instance of A -movement (Pearson, M. (2001); Pearson, M. (2005)). Both analyses have clear implications for acquisition, which we examine in this paper. Our acquisition results favor the analysis of the promoted argument as an A -element. We also show that there is a developmental stage in Malagasy that parallels the root infinitive (RI) stage widely observed in various European languages. Apparent differences between the Germanic RIs and the analogous phenomenon in Malagasy are derived from differences in the functional structure associated with a voicing system as opposed to an agreement system.}} @article{Giorgi:2006, Author = {Giorgi, Alessandra}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/24.4Giorgi.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {1009--1047}, Title = {From temporal anchoring to long distance anaphors}, Volume = {24}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {This paper investigates the distribution of long distance anaphors in two typologically unrelated languages, Italian and Chinese, and shows that in spite of the superficial differences they are ruled by the same grammatical principles. It is proposed that the properties determining the temporal location of events at the interface level --- i.e., Sequence of Tense --- also allow the identification of the antecedent of long distance anaphors. The paper focuses on so-called blocking effects---namely, the impossibility for a long distance anaphor to extend its binding domain beyond certain elements, such as an indicative verbal form in Italian or an indexical or context-related item in Chinese. I also consider backward binding phenomena, and show how they might follow from the same generalizations. The paper investigates the role of the speaker and the bearer of attitude in the sentence, and capitalizing on the proposals by Giorgi and Pianesi (1997, 2001a, 2001b, 2004a, 2004b) on Sequence of Tense, argues that they are syntactically realized and might act as binders and blockers both for temporal anchoring and for binding.}} @article{Danon:2006, Author = {Danon, Gabi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/24.4Danon.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {977--1008}, Title = {Caseless nominals and projection of {DP}}, Volume = {24}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {Modern Hebrew differentiates between definite and indefinite objects, using a prepositional object marker only in front of definites. This article explores the hypothesis that lack of an object marker when the object is indefinite follows from lack of abstract Case on indefinite objects. It is shown that indefinites in Hebrew are allowed in various other positions in which Case seems to be unavailable and in which definites are not allowed, a fact that receives a straightforward account under the proposed hypothesis that indefinites do not require Case. The possibility of having Caseless indefinites is then argued to follow from lack of a DP projection in Hebrew indefinites. The second part of this article aims to show that an analysis of indefinites in Hebrew as lacking a DP projection is indeed possible and can be motivated on independent grounds. This involves a reexamination of the arguments that have motivated the influential N-to-D analysis of Semitic noun phrases. I claim that most previous work on Semitic nominals is in fact compatible with an analysis in which nouns do not raise as high as the D position, and that the hypothesis that indefinites in Hebrew are not full DPs has some explanatory advantages over the view that all construct state nominals in Hebrew are DPs.}} @article{Cecchetto:2006, Author = {Cecchetto, Carlo and Geraci, Carlo and Zucchi, Sandro}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/24.4Cecchetto.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {945--975}, Title = {Strategies of relativization in {I}talian {S}ign {L}anguage}, Volume = {24}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {We discuss a construction of Italian Sign Language (LIS) that we call PROREL clauses. This construction is used to translate Italian relative clauses by native signers of LIS. We show, however, that it differs from Italian relative clauses both syntactically and semantically. From a syntactic standpoint, we argue that PROREL clauses are correlative constructions on a par with left-adjoined relative clauses investigated for Hindi by Dayal (Locality in WH quantification: Questions and relative clauses in Hindi. Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1996). On the semantic side, we argue however that unlike Hindi correlatives, PROREL clauses lack restrictive interpretations and are interpreted instead as subject-predicate structures. In this respect, they are similar to Japanese internally headed relative clauses (IHRCs) investigated by Shimoyama (Journal of East Asian Linguistics 8:147--182, 1999). We propose that like Japanese IHRCs in Shimoyama's proposal, PROREL clauses are related to the main clause via e-type anaphora.}} @article{Anttila:2006, Author = {Anttila, Arto}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/24.4Anttila.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {893--944}, Title = {Variation and Opacity}, Volume = {24}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {Phonological variation and phonological opacity have been extensively studied independently of each other. This paper examines two phonological processes that simultaneously exhibit both phenomena: Assibilation and Apocope in Finnish. The evidence converges on two main conclusions. First, variation results from the presence of MULTIPLE METRICAL SYSTEMS within Finnish. Assibilation and Apocope are metrically conditioned alternations and the segmental variation reflects metrical variation. The metrical analysis explains a number of apparently unrelated phenomena, including typological asymmetries across dialects, quantitative asymmetries within dialects, differences between nouns and verbs, differences among noun classes, and the loci of lexical frequency effects. Second, phonological opacity arises from MORPHOLOGICAL LEVEL ORDERING. By interleaving transparent phonologies with independently motivated morphosyntactic constituents (stems, words, phrases) we derive the transparent and opaque interactions of four phonological processes, including Assibilation and Apocope.}} @article{Aguilar-Mediavilla:2006, Author = {Aguilar-Mediavilla, Eva M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Number = {4}, Pages = {371--372}, Title = {The Incidence of Phonological Competence on the Morpho-Syntax of Children with {S}pecific {L}anguage {I}mpairment: A Longitudinal Study}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2006}} @article{Gualmini:2006, Author = {Gualmini, Andrea}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Number = {4}, Pages = {363--370}, Title = {Some Facts about Quantification and Negation One Simply Cannot Deny: A Reply to {G}ennari and {M}ac{D}onald}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2006}} @article{Sugisaki:2006, Author = {Sugisaki, Koji and Snyder, William}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Number = {4}, Pages = {349--361}, Title = {The Parameter of Preposition Stranding: A View from Child {E}nglish}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2006}} @article{Hendriks:2006, Author = {Hendriks, Petra and Spenader, Jennifer}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Number = {4}, Pages = {319--348}, Title = {When Production Precedes Comprehension: An Optimization Approach to the Acquisition of Pronouns}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2006}} @article{Gruter:2006, Author = {Gr{\"u}ter, Theres}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Number = {4}, Pages = {287--317}, Title = {Another Take on the {L2} Initial State: Evidence from Comprehension in {L2} {G}erman}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2006}} @article{Hegarty:1996, Author = {Hegarty, Michael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Number = {1}, Pages = {111--119}, Title = {The role of categorization in contribution of conditional \emph{then}: Comments on {I}atridou}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1996}} @article{Stechow:1996, Author = {Stechow, Arnim von}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Number = {1}, Pages = {57-110}, Title = {Against {LF} Pied-Piping}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1996}, Abstract = {The arguments for LF Pied-Piping given by Nishigauchi and others are represented. It is shown that Nishigauchi's semantics for pied-piped phrases gives the wrong meaning for interrogatives. We argue that none of the arguments for LF Pied-Piping is tenable and most of the arguments against the traditional approach (unbounded wh-movement at LF) do not stand up to scrutiny. However, some data turn out to be problematic for the traditional account. The alternative considered here involves pied-piping at an intermediate level between S-structure and LF. It is called WH-structure and is followed by reconstruction at LF. This proposal will combine the essential insights of Nishigauchi's idea and have all its advantages over the traditional view, without running into the problems of his approach.}} @phdthesis{Hallman:2000a, Author = {Hallman, Peter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, School = {University of California, Los Angeles}, Title = {The Structure of Predicates: Interactions of Derivation, Case and Quantification}, Year = {2000}} @unpublished{Sportiche:2003, Author = {Sportiche, Dominique}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Note = {unpublished manuscript, University of California, Los Angeles}, Title = {Reconstruction, Binding and Scope}, Year = {2003}} @article{Heycock:2005a, Author = {Heycock, Caroline and Zamparelli, Roberto}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS13(3)_Heycock.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {201--270}, Title = {Friends and Colleagues: Plurality, Coordination, and the Structure of {DP}}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {Starting from an analysis for the crosslinguistic variation in the grammaticality of DP- internal conjunctions such as This [man and woman] are in love, this article develops a theory of the syntax/semantics interface within the DP and a novel proposal for the interpretation of conjunction. The main claims are that plural/mass denotations are built in stages within the DP, by the combined effect of number features and semantic operators associated with functional heads; that languages differ in whether the deno- tation of nouns is filtered for singular or plural number; and that the word and cross- linguistically denotes SET PRODUCT, an operation which, in different contexts, can mimic the behavior of intersection and union.}} @article{Riggle:2006, Author = {Riggle, Jason}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/24.3Riggle.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {857--891}, Title = {Infixing Reduplication in {P}ima and its theoretical consequences}, Volume = {24}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {Pima (Uto-Aztecan, central Arizona) pluralizes nouns via partial reduplication. The amount of material copied varies between a single C (mavit / ma-m-vit `lion(s)') and CV (hodai / ho-ho-dai `rock(s)'). The former is preferred unless copying a single C would give rise to an illicit coda or cluster, in which case CV is copied. In contrast to previous analyses of similar patterns in Tohono O'odham and Lushootseed, I analyze the reduplicant as an infix rather than a prefix. The infixation of the reduplicant can be generated via constraints requiring the first vowel of the stem to correspond to the first vowel of the word. Furthermore, the preference for copying the initial consonant of the word can be generated by extending positional faithfulness to the base-reduplicant relationship. I argue that the infixation analysis is superior on two grounds. First, it reduces the C vs. CV variation to an instance of reduplicant size conditioned by phonotactics. Second, unlike the prefixation analyses, which must introduce a new notion of faithfulness to allow syncope in the base just in the context of reduplication (e.g. ``existential faithfulness'' (Struijke 2000a)), the infixation analysis uses only independently necessary constraints of Correspondence Theory.}} @article{Hall:2006a, Author = {Hall, T. A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/24.3Hall.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {803--856}, Title = {Derived Environment Blocking Effects in {O}ptimality {T}heory}, Volume = {24}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {The present study examines a particular kind of rule blockage -- referred to below as `Derived Environment Blocking' -- which has not been recognized to date in the literature. Derived Environment Blocking (DEB) occurs if a phonological process is prevented from deriving a sequence of sounds [XY], but underlying (i.e. nonderived) /XY/ sequences are permitted to surface as [XY]. It will be argued below that Derived Environment Blocking effects can be captured in Optimality Theory in terms of a general ranking involving FAITHFULNESS and MARKEDNESS constraints and that individual languages invoke a specific instantiation of this ranking. DEB will be compared to Comparative Markedness (McCarthy 2003) and it will be shown that the former approach is preferable to the latter.}} @article{Francis:2006, Author = {Francis, Elaine J. and Matthews, Stephen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/24.3Francis_Matthews.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {751--801}, Title = {Categoriality and Object Extraction in {C}antonese Serial Verb Constructions}, Volume = {24}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {The Cantonese `coverb' construction, a serial verb construction in which the first verb (the `coverb') has a preposition-like meaning and function, presents a challenge for theories of wh-dependencies and island constraints. Coverbs resist extraction of their objects by topicalization or relativization, a fact which has often been explained in terms of a preposition-stranding constraint in accounts of similar facts in Mandarin. However, Cantonese coverbs display the morphosyntactic properties of verbs, suggesting that they cannot be prepositions. In this paper, we propose that coverbs are verbs, and that the relevant extraction constraint is a kind of adjunct island constraint. This proposal is supported with experimental evidence from a sentence judgment task. Two key findings are as follows: (1) listeners judged extraction from a coverb phrase as significantly less acceptable than extraction from a simple clause; (2) listeners judged sentences both with and without aspectual marking (verbal morphosyntax) on the coverb as highly acceptable. Together, these findings support our proposal that coverbs are verbs (not prepositions) and that coverb phrases form a kind of adjunct island. However, we show that existing adjunct island conditions (such as the CED) are not adequate to account for our data. Following Hawkins' (1999) processing-based theory of filler-gap dependencies, we propose a simple, languagespecific formulation of the extraction constraint, and we argue that this constraint is more generally motivated by a processing principle called Avoid Competing Subcategorizers -- one of the same principles that motivates preposition-stranding constraints in other languages. Thus, although object extraction is prohibited by a kind of adjunct island constraint, the function of the constraint in processing efficiency is similar to that of a preposition-stranding constraint.}} @article{Dikken:2006b, Author = {Dikken, Marcel den}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/24.3denDikken.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {689--749}, Title = {\emph{Either}-Float and the Syntax of Co-\emph{or}-dination}, Volume = {24}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {The syntax of either . . . or . . . treats the analyst to two main puzzles: the `either too high' puzzle (either can be dissociated from the contrastive focus, surfacing in positions higher up the syntactic tree), and the `either too low' puzzle (either is apparently too low in the tree, embedded inside the first disjunct). Covering data beyond the range of extant accounts, this paper presents an integrated solution to both puzzles. The paper's central claim is that both either and or are phrasal categories. They originate in a position adjoined to their disjunct, to the contrastive focus or to a higher node on the `h-path' projected from the contrastive focus. Though either itself is immobile, its [+NEG] counterpart, neither, can undergo phrasal movement from its base-generation site to a higher position in the tree, from which it triggers negative inversion; [+WH] whether must move to SpecCP; and or and [+NEG] nor must, if they are not base-generated there, front to the initial position in the second disjunct in order to be able to participate in a feature-checking relationship with the abstract head J(unction), the functional head that takes the second disjunct as its complement and the first disjunct as its specifier. The movement of whether, neither and (n)or will be diagnosed on the basis of the familiar restrictions on movement.}} @article{Cozier:2006, Author = {Cozier, Franz K.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {655--688}, Title = {The Co-Occurrence of Predicate Clefting and \emph{WH}-Questions in {T}rinidad {D}ialectal {E}nglish}, Volume = {24}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {This paper examines the properties of a grammatical construction called a predicate cleft (PC), which occurs in a regional dialect of English, Trinidad Dialectal English (TDE), spoken on the Eastern Caribbean island of Trinidad. The examination of the PC in TDE is of typological interest inasmuch as it resembles similar constructions in certain West African languages. A PC renders focus or contrastive focus to a verb in a given sentence by copying the verb and preposing it. Similar verb focusing constructions have been observed for many West African languages, including Vata and Nweh, as well as for Caribbean Creoles (Koopman 1984, Piou 1982). The PC in TDE is also of theoretical interest when combined with wh-question formation; the wh-subject/object asymmetries explored here provide interesting support for an escape hatch for whphrases in an intermediate position between VP and Tense that is comparable to a VP-adjoined position (Chomsky 1986). Evidence is also provided for a CP-like domain lower in the clause; I argue that both a wh-phrase and a verb focused in a PC have focus features that must be checked in a Focus Phrase (FocP). The current investigation enriches the characterization of both PCs and wh-question formation by looking not only at each operation individually but also examining their interaction with one another as well as with adverbs.}} @article{Adger:2006, Author = {Adger, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/24.3Adger.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {605--654}, Title = {Post-Syntactic Movement and the {O}ld {I}rish Verb}, Volume = {24}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {The placement of second position clitics has been analysed as involving syntactic movement, morphological transpositions, or prosodic inversion. This paper argues that a syntactic treatment of the Old Irish verbal complex is untenable and that facts about allomorphy and phonological phrasing preclude a prosodic inversion analysis. I show how application of a morphological transposition operation (the Morphological Merger operation in a Distributed Morphology framework) not only to overt clitics in the language, but also to the functional head Force, provides a unified analysis of this highly intricate system.}} @article{Haiden:2006, Author = {Haiden, Martin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JCGL/9.2Haiden.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {143--160}, Title = {Review of ``Complex Predicates: Verbal Complexes, Resultative Constructions, and Paricle Verb in {G}erman''}, Volume = {9}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {Complex Predicates presents the results of an ambitious project: a formally explicit, unified analysis of complex predicate-formation in German. Apart from infinitival constructions, which are discussed in chapter 2, the book addresses the passive (chapter 3), resultatives (chapter 4), depictives (chapter 5), and verb--particle constructions (chapter 6). Complex Predicates presents this wide area of phenomena in a concise and insightful manner, and develops an analysis that is based on few specific assumptions in the framework of Head-driven Phrase Structure Grammar (HPSG). This said, the book obviously targets an audience wider than HPSG. Chapter 1 offers a brief introduction into general assumptions of the framework, developed along with a basic HPSG-analysis of German clause structure, and throughout the book the author has made every effort to find a good balance between empirical scrutiny, theoretical explicitness, and accessibility for readers who are not familiar with HPSG. Comparable monographs are hard to find and badly needed.}} @article{Lee-Schoenfeld:2006, Author = {Lee-Schoenfeld, Vera}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JCGL/9.2Lee-Schoenfeld.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {101--142}, Title = {German possessor datives: raised \emphg{and} affected}, Volume = {9}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {The German POSSESSOR DATIVE CONSTRUCTION (PDC) is an instance of EXTERNAL POSSESSION: a single nominal acts simultaneously as possessor, that is, a subpart of a larger nominal phrase, and as a BENEFACTIVE or MALEFACTIVE (AFFECTEE) argument of the verb. The challenge is to understand the mechanisms that make this dual functioning possible. Following Landau [Lingua 107 (1999) 1], this paper presents a POSSESSOR RAISING analysis, arguing that the POSSESSOR DATIVE (PD) moves from the specifier of the possessed nominal to a verbal argument position. The analysis is implemented in a dynamic structure-building framework, where heads with their selectional features are introduced in the course of the derivation, and it is in principle possible that an argument that gets merged into the structure to take on one thematic role raises into a newly built sentence domain to fulfill another thematic role. This movement and the resulting double h-role assignment are crucially driven by formal features; that is, both stem from the fact that, in its origin site, the raised argument is not case-licensed. An additional caselicensing head is needed for the derivation to converge. This head is an affectee light verb which assigns inherent dative case to the argument in its specifier. Thus, unlike Landau's account of PDCs in Hebrew, where PDs can be interpreted as affected without actually being h-related to the verb, the analysis here offers an explanation for the crosslinguistically more general case of the PDC, where the PD's role as both possessor and affectee needs to be syntactically encoded.}} @book{Kimenyi:1980, Author = {Alexandre Kimenyi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Publisher = {University of California Press}, Title = {A Relational Grammar of {K}inyarwanda}, Year = {1980}} @article{Jayaseelan:2001, Author = {Jayaseelan, K. A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax4(2)_Jayaseelan.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {63--93}, Title = {Questions and Question-Word Incorporating Quantifiers in {M}alayalam}, Volume = {4}, Year = {2001}} @article{Stepanov:2001a, Author = {Stepanov, Arthur}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax4(2)_Stepanov.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {94--125}, Title = {Late Adjunction and Minimalist Phrase Structure}, Volume = {4}, Year = {2001}} @article{Brody:2001, Author = {Brody, Michael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax4(2)_Brody.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {126--138}, Title = {One More Time}, Volume = {4}, Year = {2001}} @article{Lillo-Martin:2001, Author = {Lillo-Martin, Diane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax4(2)_LilloMartin.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {139--143}, Title = {Review of ``The Syntax of American Sign Language''}, Volume = {4}, Year = {2001}} @article{Carstens:2001, Author = {Carstens, Vicki}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax4(3)_Carstens.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {147--163}, Title = {Multiple Agreement and Case Deletion: Against $phi$-(In)completeness}, Volume = {4}, Year = {2001}} @article{Frazier:2001, Author = {Frazier, Lyn and Clifton, Charles, Jr.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax4(1)_Frazier_Clifton.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--22}, Title = {Parsing Coordinates and Ellipsis: Copy {$\alpha$}}, Volume = {4}, Year = {2001}} @article{Tsohatzidis:2001, Author = {Tsohatzidis, Savas L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax4(1)_Tsohatzidis.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {23--33}, Title = {Correlative and Noncorrelative Conjunctions in Argument and Nonargument Positions}, Volume = {4}, Year = {2001}} @article{Zwart:2001a, Author = {Zwart, C. Jan-Wouter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax4(1)_Zwart.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {34--62}, Title = {Syntactic and Phonological Verb Movement}, Volume = {4}, Year = {2001}} @article{Simpson:2002b, Author = {Simpson, Andrew}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax5(2)_Simpson.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {148--166}, Title = {Review of ``Phrasal Movement and its Kin''}, Volume = {5}, Year = {2002}} @article{Picallo:2006, Author = {Picallo, M. Carme}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax5(2)_Picallo.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {116--147}, Title = {Abstract Agreement and Clausal Arguments}, Volume = {5}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {CP arguments have been argued to be Caseless and u-featureless. Empirical evidence mainly drawn from Spanish suggests that this claim should be reconsidered. In this paper, I claim that clausal arguments and nominalized clauses have a u content and Case specification. These types of arguments are therefore able to relate by agreement with a functional category. The facts examined support minimalist guidelines by claiming that the concrete realization of the u and Case content of a syntactic object is irrelevant for computational mechanisms to take place.}} @article{Goria:2002, Author = {Goria, Cecilia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax5(2)_Goria.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {89--115}, Title = {The Complexity of the Left Periphery: Evidence from {P}iedmontese}, Volume = {5}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {Central to this paper is the relation, in Piedmontese, between verbinterrogative clitic inversion and main wh-questions introduced by the complementizer che (wh+che). Parry (1998a) takes these structures to be in complementary distribution, claiming that che preempts V-to-C movement in interrogative inversion and destroys the licensing environment for interrogative clitics. In this paper, I argue for the revision of this claim. Building on Chomsky's (1995) checking theory, I propose an analysis of Piedmontese interrogatives in the spirit of Roberts and Roussou's (1999) dissociation of features [wh] and [Q]. I maintain that interrogative V-to-C movement and matrix wh+che questions target different CPs, hence the verb in C and che do not compete for the same position. Factors other than syntactic ones are responsible for the rare use of interrogative clitics in wh+che structures. The analysis presented in this paper supports the complexity of the Left Periphery proposed by Rizzi (1997).}} @article{Potts:2006, Author = {Potts, Christopher}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax5(1)_Potts.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {55--88}, Title = {The Lexical Semantics of Parenthetical-\emph{as} and Appositive-\emph{which}}, Volume = {5}, Year = {2006}} @article{Hornstein:2002a, Author = {Hornstein, Norbert and Nunes, Jairo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax5(1)_Hornstein_Nunes.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {26--54}, Title = {On Asymmetries Between Parasitic Gap and Across-the-Board Constructions}, Volume = {5}, Year = {2002}} @article{Anton-Mendez:2002, Author = {Ant{\'o}n-M{\'e}ndez, In{\'e}s and Nicol, Janet L. and Garrett, Merrill F.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax5(1)_AntonMendez_etal.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--25}, Title = {The Relation Between Gender and Number Agreement Processing}, Volume = {5}, Year = {2002}} @article{Rezac:2006, Author = {Rezac, Milan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.4rezac.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {685--697}, Title = {The Interaction of Th/Ex and Locative Inversion}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}} @article{Nakajima:2006, Author = {Nakajima, Heizo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.4nakajima.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {674--684}, Title = {Adverbial Cognate Objects}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}} @article{Dye:2006, Author = {Dye, Cristina}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.4dye.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {665--674}, Title = {A- and A$'$-Movement in {R}omanian Supine Constructions}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}} @article{Craenenbroeck:2006, Author = {Craenenbroeck, Jeroen van and Dikken, Marcel den}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.4boeckx.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {653--664}, Title = {Ellipsis and {EPP} Repair}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}} @article{Williams:2006, Author = {Williams, Edwin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.4williams.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {648--651}, Title = {The Subject-Predicate Theory of \emph{There}}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {The ``associate'' NP in the English existential there-construction is a predicative NP, and there is its subject.}} @article{Nakatani:2006, Author = {Nakatani, Kentaro}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.4nakatani.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {625--647}, Title = {Processing Complexity of Complex Predicates: A Case Study in {J}apanese}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {Complex predicates, by definition, behave like representationally ``reduced'' predicates, as extensively discussed in the syntax literature. This article reports the results from an experimental study using a type of complex predicate in Japanese (the V-te V predicate), testing how people process this type of complex ``restructured'' predicate in real time. Because of the properties of the V-te V predicate, it was possible to compare restructured predicates with nonrestructured ones, keeping such factors as event composition, Case licensing, and lexical choice constant. The results of the experiment suggest that the tested restructured predicates involve a single array of predicate-argument association rather than two separate arrays, even though they contain two verbs. The results also revealed that syntactically complex ditransitive predicates are processed with the same ease as lexical ditransitives.}} @article{Miyagawa:2006, Author = {Miyagawa, Shigeru}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.4miyagawa.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {607--624}, Title = {On the ``Undoing'' Property of Scrambling: A Response to {B}o\v{s}kovi\'c}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {Boskovic(2004) argues that what defines scrambling in languages such as Japanese is its ``undoing'' property (Saito 1989). Boskovic (2004) and Boskovic and Takahashi (1998) argue that this ``undoing'' property shows the way for scrambling to count as a last-resort operation, instead of being purely optional as is widely believed. In this article, I give empirical evidence that ``undoing'' does not occur and that the reconstruction effect simply reflects a normal property of A'-movements like wh-movement in English. I further show that the condition that governs optional scrambling is Fox's (2000) Scope Economy.}} @article{Boeckx:2006c, Author = {Boeckx, Cedric and Hornstein, Norbert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.4boeckx.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {591--606}, Title = {Control in {I}celandic and Theories of Control}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {This article examines a pervasive argument against a movement approach to control based on Icelandic concord facts. We show that the argument does not undermine the movement approach when the facts are considered in their entirety. The facts divide into two basic groups: instances of quirky Case assignment and instances of structural Case sharing. The former require some theoretical adjustments regarding multiply Case-marked NPs in order to be incorporated into a movement approach. We show that the adjustments needed may be independently required, and may be even more problematic for alternative views on control.}} @article{Chierchia:2006, Author = {Chierchia, Gennaro}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.4chierchia.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {535--590}, Title = {Broaden your Views: Implicatures of Domain Widening and the ``Logicality'' of Language}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {This article presents a unified theory of polarity-sensitive items (PSIs) based on the notion of domain widening. PSIs include negative polarity items (like Italian mai `ever'), universal free choice items (like Italian qualunque `any/whatever'), and existential free choice items (like Italian uno qualunque `a whatever'). The proposal is based on a ``recursive,'' grammatically driven approach to scalar implicatures that breaks with the traditional view that scalar implicatures arise via postgrammatical pragmatic processes. The main claim is that scalar items optionally activate scalar alternatives that, when activated, are then recursively factored into meaning via an alternative sensitive operator similar to only. PSIs obligatorily activate domain alternatives that are factored into meaning in much the same wa}} @article{Frank:2001, Author = {Frank, Robert and Vijay-Shanker, K.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax4(3)_Frank.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {164--204}, Title = {Primitive C-Command}, Volume = {4}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {Work in syntactic theory almost universally assumes that hierarchy in syntactic structure is characterized in terms of an abstract primitive relation of dominance. In this paper, we suggest that hierarchy chould instead be determined via a primitive c-command relation. This perspective turns out to restrict the range of possible syntactic structires in a lingusitically natural way, deriving restrictions on possible configurations that must otherwise be stipulated. Furthermore, we show that a primitive c-command view of syntactic structure provides the basis for a radically simplified conception of adjunction structure, one that not only allows us to understand why the adjuncitons operation exists alongside subsitition, but also explain why these operations have their distinctive structural and derivational properties.}} @article{Schutze:2001, Author = {Sch{\"u}tze, Carson T.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax4(3)_Schutze.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {205--238}, Title = {On the Nature of Default Case}, Volume = {4}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {This paper presents arguments that UG incudes a notion of ``default case'' different from that which has generally been assumed in the literature. It comprises the case forms used to spell out nominals that do not receive a case specification by assignment or other syntactic means. As such, it does not interact with the Case Filter, which is argued to be a purely syntactic constraint as opposed to a morphophonological one. It is shown that diverse phenomena in the distribution of pronouns in English can be parsimoniously treated using default case, and further that English can thereby be assimilated to ``richer'' case languages such as German, rather than being analyzed with arbitrary language-particular rules. A sampling of phenomena from other languages demonstrates that evidence for default case is widespread, and moreover, that crosslinguistic differences in case patterns can often be reduced to the choice of a default case.}} @article{Progovac:2006, Author = {Progovac, Ljiljana}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax5(3)_Progovac.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {277--283}, Title = {Correlative Conjunctions and Events: A Reply to a Reply}, Volume = {5}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {Tsohatzidis (2001) attempts to "dispute the central thesis" of Progovac 1999 that correlative "both" induces a multiple-event interpretation whereas noncorrelative counterparts are ambiguous or vague between single-event and multiple-event readings. As far as I can see, there can be three types of counterexamples to Progovac: (i) noncorrelative constructions necessarily involving multiple-event interpretations (with no independent factor excluding single-event interpretations); (11) correlative coordination involving single-event interpretations; and (iii) pairs in which noncorrelative coordination permits multiple-event interpretation but the correlative couterparts only have single-event interpretation. The alleged counterexamples offered in Tsohatzidis are only of types (i) and (ii). On closer inspection, it turns out that the alleged type (i) counterexamples are not true counterexamples because they involve an independent factor, and that the alleged type (ii) counterexamples can be analyzed as involving multiple events. Tsohatzidis's attempt to dispute the claim in Progovac thus fails.}} @article{Matushansky:2002, Author = {Matushansky, Ora}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax5(3)_Matushansky.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {219--276}, Title = {Tipping the Scales: The Syntax of Scalarity in the Complement of \emph{seem}}, Volume = {5}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This paper argues for a syntactic and semantic distinction between the verb "seem" that takes propositional complements (i.e., CP and IP) and the verb "seem" that takes nonpropositional complements. The latter takes a smaller sized complement (in terms of the presence of functional structure), has a perceptual rather than epistemic interpretation, and imposes a scalarity-related restriction on it complement, which will be formalized as a selectional requirement of a DegP complement. The notion of scalarity, heretofore applicable only to adjectives, is extended to PPs, such as "out of her mind," and nouns, such as "fool." DegP is projected either if a predicate is scalar (has a degree argument slot) or to function as a landing site for QR of degree, which will be shown to function as the licensing mechanism for complements of "seem."}} @article{Boskovic:2002c, Author = {Bo{\v{s}}kovi{\'c}, {\v{Z}}eljko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax5(3)_Boskovic.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {167--218}, Title = {A-Movement and the {EPP}}, Volume = {5}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {The article argues that the EPP should be eliminated. It is shown that in a number of constructions the EPP does not hold at all. Where it does appear to hold, its effects follow from independent mechanisms of the grammar. EPP effects concerning the final landing site of A-movement follow from Case theory. Intermediate [Spec,IP]s are filled as a result of the requirement of successive cyclicity (i.e., locality); otherwise they remain empty, which is unexpected if the EPP were to hold. In particular, intermediate [Spec,IP]s remain empty in constructions involving expletive subjects, which I argue do not move at all. It is also argued that the requirement of successive cyclicity should not be tied to a property of intermediate heads, as in the feature-checking/filled-specifier requirement approach to successive cyclicity, but to a property of the movement itself.}} @article{Runner:2006, Author = {Runner, Jeffrey T.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax9(2)_Runner.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {193--213}, Title = {Lingering Challenges to the Raising-to-Object and Object Control Constructions}, Volume = {9}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {This article provides an overview of the three main approaches to raisingto- object sentences like Cindy believes Marcia to be a genius. The article describes the strengths and challenges faced by these accounts, reaching a number of conclusions. First, the covert LF raising account, though successful at accounting for certain interpretational facts about the construction, does not provide an analysis of the word-order facts. Second, the overt raising account, which can account for the word order facts, still faces two main challenges; there remain important open questions about verb placement, and though none of the current approaches to extraction can easily explain it, extraction and raising-to-object interact in complex ways that are still not well understood. Third, the movement theory of control, which treats object control in a way parallel to overt raising-to-object, faces not only the challenges to the overt raising account, but several others particular to object control. Finally, the article describes the HPSG analysis of raising-to-object, which can account straightforwardly for the word order facts, and with the appropriate constraints can be extended to account for the extraction facts discussed.}} @article{Polinsky:2006, Author = {Polinsky, Maria and Potsdam, Eric}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax9(2)_Polinsky_Potsdam.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {171--192}, Title = {Expanding the Scope of Control and Raising}, Volume = {9}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {This paper presents unusual patterns in raising and control and offers a syntactic account which would validate such patterns. On the empirical side, we present evidence for backward control (data from several languages), backward raising (in Adyghe), copy control (Zapotec, Assamese, Tongan) and copy raising (data from a number of languages). All the unusual cases of raising and control seem to involve an A-movement chain in which the lower, not the higher copy is pronounced, or both copies are spelled out. We also review some constructions which, while superficially resembling backward or copy structure, do not provide any evidence for a movement chain. On the theoretical side, assuming that the more unusual patterns are an empirical reality, linguistic theory should be capable of analyzing them. We present mechanisms from the current Minimalist Program which we believe allow the attested variation.}} @article{Landou:2006, Author = {Landou, Idan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax9(2)_Landau.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {153--170}, Title = {Severing the Distribution of {PRO} from Case}, Volume = {9}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {Deriving the distribution of PRO in a principled manner is a central task for the theory of control. Traditionally, Case has been identified as the key to this problem: PRO was argued to bear no Case at all, or some special ( null ) Case. I argue that PRO bears standard case like normal lexical DPs; clear evidence comes from languages with case-concord (Russian, Hungarian, Icelandic). Moreover, PRO (and obligatory control) may occur in finite clauses (Hebrew, Balkan languages). Conclusion: PRO's distribution must be completely divorced from Case, possibly because abstract Case does not exist. The alternative is to tie the distribution of PRO to the specific values of [T] and [Agr] on the I0 and C0 heads of the embedded clause (Landau 2004). A feature-based algorithm predicts the distribution of PRO in a variety of clausal complements. It is shown that the system naturally explains some intriguing correlations between obligatory control and agreement in Basque and Welsh complementation structures.}} @article{Culicover:2006, Author = {Culicover, Peter W. and Jackendoff, Ray}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax9(2)_Culicover_Jackendoff.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {131--152}, Title = {Turn Over Control to the Semantics!}, Volume = {9}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {Historically, control in generative grammar has fallen within the province of syntactic theory. One primary reason for this is that Mainstream Generative Grammar (MGG) has imposed a strong uniformity criterion on analyses as a measure of their explanatory adequacy. One aspect of this uniformity criterion, which we call Interface Uniformity, holds that the syntax-semantics interface is maximally simple, in that meaning maps transparently into syntactic structure, and that it is maximally uniform, so that the same meaning always maps into the same syntactic structure. It follows from Interface Uniformity that a nonfinite VP has a syntactic subject that is assigned its external h-role. We argue that this view is most sustainable if one does not take into account the full richness and complexity of control phenomena, but treats control strictly in terms of complementation. When a fuller range of phenomena is taken into account, it appears that it is preferable to ``turn over control'' to the semantics, which is better equipped to capture the facts.We outline how to formulate the syntax-semantics interface so as to get the semantic facts to line up properly with the syntactic facts. This analysis of the interface extends naturally to raising.}} @article{Boeckx:2006b, Author = {Boeckx, Cedric and Hornstein, Norbert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax9(2)_Boeckx_Hornstein.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {118--130}, Title = {The Virtues of Control as Movement}, Volume = {9}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {Control has played an important role in theoretical debates within the Minimalist Program. This is so because control implicates notions such as module, h-role, the Last Resort nature of syntactic operations, movement, binding, chains, Case, complementation, and more. Hornstein (1999) has controversially claimed that control is a subspecies of movement. That is, control is just like familiar instances of raising, except that it involves movement into an additional h-position. If correct, the movement analysis has important conceptual and empirical repercussions, some of which are examined here.}} @article{Davies:2006, Author = {Davies, William D. and Dubinsky, Stanley}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax9(2)Davies_Dubinsky.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {111--117}, Title = {The Place, Range, and Taxonomy of Control and Raising}, Volume = {9}, Year = {2006}} @article{Gennari:2006, Author = {Gennari, Silvia P. and MacDonald, Maryellen C.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Number = {2}, Pages = {125--168}, Title = {Acquisition of Negation and Quantification: Insights from Adult Production and Comprehension}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {Inspired by adult models of langauge production and comprehension, we investigate whether children's nonadult interpretation of ambiguous negative quantified sentences reflects their sensitivity to distributional patterns of language use. Studies 1 and 2 show that ambiguous negative quantified sentences of the sort typically used in acquisition studies are strongly avoided in adult production and are judged as poor alternatives by adults. Corpus studies 3 and 4 show that children and adults overwhelmingly use quantifiers and negation in ways that promote one interpretation of these ambiguous quantified sentences over others. We argue that these patterns guide children's ambiguity reolution processes and explain children's interpretations of ambiguous quantified sentences. The origin of distributional patterns in adult production processes is discussed.}} @article{Hoop:2006, Author = {de Hoop, Helen and Kr{\"a}mer, Irene}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Number = {2}, Pages = {103--123}, Title = {Children's Optimal Interpretations of Indefinite Subjects and Objects}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {We find a general, language-independent pattern in child language acquisition in which there is a clear difference between subject and object noun phrases. On one hand, indefinite objects tend to be interpreted nonreferentially, independently of word order and across experiments and languages. On the other hand, indefinite subjects tend to be interpreted referentially in most contexts, even in contexts where adults would favor a nonreferential reading. In this article we offer an explanation for this pattern within the framework of bidrectional Optimality Theory. This explanation focuses on clarifyng in what sense children's interpretations deviate from the adult interpretations and clarifying the nature of the linguistic knowledge that the 4-year-old child will need to acquire to become a competent, adultlike speaker and hearer of her language.}} @article{Lidz:2006a, Author = {Lidz, Jeffrey and Musolino, Julien}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Number = {2}, Pages = {73--102}, Title = {On the Quantificational Status of Indefinites: The View From Child Language}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {Theories of indefinites vary with respect to whether these noun phrases can be treated as quantificational. Although everyone seems to be in agreement that indefinites do not always introduce their own quantificational force, there is widespread disagreement as to whether they ever do. In this article, we present experimental evidence from children learning English and Kannada demonstrating that children's indefinites show scopal restrictions parallel to the restrictions they show with other unambiguously quantificational expressions. Children, unlike adults, show a strong preference to assign quantificational expressions surface scope. This is true for both strong and weak quantifiers, which would be surprising on a theory of indefinites that treated these expressions as uniformly nonquantificational. Consequently, we argue that in adult grammars indefinites must have a quantificational representation at least some of the time.}} @article{Hudson:2006, Author = {Hudson, Richard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/82.3hudson.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {604--627}, Title = {\emph{Wanna} Revisited}, Volume = {83}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {This article addresses general questions about the organization of grammar via a detailed discussion of a small, but well-explored, area of English: the contraction of want to to wanna. It distinguishes three general approaches to the analysis of wanna: a phonological rule, lexicalization, or a derivational rule. Each approach has a different set of strengths, but they all have weaknesses as well. The article then offers a new analysis in terms of REALIZATION, which combines the strengths of all the previous analyses. This analysis, which is based on the theory of word grammar, accounts not only for all the well-known syntactic and morphological constraints on this contraction, but also for a fact that has not been noted before: that, for some speakers, the last vowel alternates in just the same idiosyncratic way as that of to, which suggests strongly that in some sense wanna contains to as well as want. For these (but not all) speakers, the proposed analysis recognizes two words (sublexemes of WANT and TOinf) at the level of syntax and a single form ( wanna , containing variants of want and to ) at the level of form; the relations between these words and forms, and between the forms and their phonological realizations, are defined by a declarative network.}} @article{Giannakidou:2006, Author = {Giannakidou, Anastasia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/82.3giannakidou.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {575--603}, Title = {\emph{Only}, Emotive Factive Verbs, and the Dual Nature of Polarity Dependency}, Volume = {83}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {The main focus of this article is the occurrence of some polarity items (PIs) in the complements of emotive factive verbs and only. This fact has been taken as a challenge to the semantic approach to PIs (Linebarger 1980), because only and factive verbs are not downward entailing (DE). A modification of the classical DE account is proposed by introducing the notion of nonveridicality (Zwarts 1995, Giannakidou 1998, 1999, 2001) as the one crucial for PI sanctioning. To motivate this move, it is first shown that two solutions in the direction of weakening classical monotonicity do not work: Strawson DE (von Fintel 1999) and weak DE (Hoeksema 1986). Weakening DE systematically either overgenerates or undergenerates, in either case failing to characterize the correct set of licensers. Nonveridicality is introduced as a conservative extension of DE and is shown to account for PIs also in contexts that are not DE (i.e. questions, modal verbs, imperatives, directive propositional attitudes). This theory, augmented with the premise that certain PIs (i.e. the liberal class represented by any) are subject to a weaker polarity dependency identified not as LICENSING but as RESCUING by nonveridicality, explains the occurrence of this particular class with only and emotive factive verbs. Crosslinguistic comparisons illustrate that the occurrence of PIs with only and emotive factives is not a general phenomenon, and further support the dual nature of polarity dependency and the semantic characterization of the elements that license or rescue PIs.}} @article{Kawahara:2006, Author = {Kawahara, Shigeto}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/82.3kawahara.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {536--574}, Title = {A Faithfulness Ranking Projected from a Perceptibility Scale: The Case of [+Voice] in {J}apanese}, Volume = {83}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {Within the framework of optimality theory (Prince & Smolensky 2004), Steriade (2001a,b) proposes the P-map hypothesis, whose fundamental tenet is that the rankings of faithfulness constraints are grounded in perceptual-similarity rankings. This article provides empirical support for this hypothesis. In Japanese loanword phonology, a voiced geminate, but not a singleton, devoices to dissimilate from another voiced obstruent within a single stem. Based on this observation, I argue that the [ voice] feature is protected by two different faithfulness constraints, IDENT( voi)Sing and IDENT( voi)Gem, and they are ranked as IDENT( voi)Sing >> IDENT( voi)Gem in Japanese. I further argue that this ranking is grounded in the relative perceptibility of [ voice] in singletons and geminates, and this claim is experimentally supported. The general theoretical implication is that phonetic perceptibility can directly influence patterns in a phonological grammar.}} @article{Ruiter:2006, Author = {Ruiter, J. P. de and Mitterer, Holger and Enfield, N. J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/82.3de_ruiter.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {515--535}, Title = {Projecting the End of a Speaker's turn: A Cognitive Cornerstone of Conversation}, Volume = {83}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {A key mechanism in the organization of turns at talk in conversation is the ability to anticipate or PROJECT the moment of completion of a current speaker's turn. Some authors suggest that this is achieved via lexicosyntactic cues, while others argue that projection is based on intonational contours. We tested these hypotheses in an on-line experiment, manipulating the presence of symbolic (lexicosyntactic) content and intonational contour of utterances recorded in natural conversations. When hearing the original recordings, subjects can anticipate turn endings with the same degree of accuracy attested in real conversation. With intonational contour entirely removed (leaving intact words and syntax, with a completely flat pitch), there is no change in subjects' accuracy of end-of-turn projection. But in the opposite case (with original intonational contour intact, but with no recognizable words), subjects' performance deteriorates significantly. These results establish that the symbolic (i.e. lexicosyntactic) content of an utterance is necessary (and possibly sufficient) for projecting the moment of its completion, and thus for regulating conversational turn-taking. By contrast, and perhaps surprisingly, intonational contour is neither necessary nor sufficient for end-of-turn projection.}} @article{LeSourd:2006, Author = {LeSourd, Philip S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/82.3lesourd.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {486--514}, Title = {Problems for the Pronominal Argument Hypothesis in {M}aliseet-{P}assamaquoddy}, Volume = {83}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {According to the PRONOMINAL ARGUMENT HYPOTHESIS, the characteristic features of many socalled nonconfigurational languages may be accounted for on the assumption that affixes of verbs or auxiliaries in such languages either function as syntactic arguments or identify null pronouns that fill this role. Overt NPs then stand as adjuncts to clauses that are formally complete without them. Several studies have proposed analyses of Algonquian languages that incorporate versions of this hypothesis. This article explores data from several areas of the morphology and syntax of the Eastern Algonquian language Maliseet-Passamaquoddy that suggest that it is not such a pronominal argument language.}} @article{Lee-Schoenfeld:2004, Author = {Lee-Schoenfeld, Vera}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of Germanic Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JGermanicLing/Lee-Schoenfeld_JGL16(2).pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {111--171}, Title = {Binding by phase: (Non-)complementarity in {G}erman}, Volume = {16}, Year = {2004}} @article{Boskovic:2006, Author = {Bo{\v{s}}kovi{\'c}, {\v{Z}}eljko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.3boskovic.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {522--533}, Title = {Case Checking versus Case Assignment and the Case of Adverbial {NP}s}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}} @article{Borroff:2006, Author = {Borroff, Marianne L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.3borroff.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {514--521}, Title = {Degree Phrase Inversion in the Scope of Negation}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}} @article{Beavers:2006, Author = {Beavers, John and Koontz-Garboden, Andrew}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.3beavers.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {503--513}, Title = {A Universal Pronoun in {E}nglish?}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}} @article{Haegeman:2006a, Author = {Haegeman, Liliane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.3haegeman.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {484--501}, Title = {Clitic Climbing and the Dual Status of \emph{Sembrare}}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {For some speakers of Italian (reported in Cinque 2004), Italian sembrare `seem' has dual status. On the one hand, it is a lexical verb, with an experiencer argument; on the other hand, it behaves like a ``restructuring verb.'' In the latter case, sembrare is incompatible with an experiencer argument and it allows clitic climbing. This article identifies several contexts in which clitic climbing is not possible with sembrare and offers an account in terms of Cinque's proposals about the functional hierarchy of the clause. The article also examines sembler, the French cognate of sembrare, and argues, contra Cinque 2002, that it behaves like a lexical verb. Finally, it shows that the two instantiations of Italian sembrare correspond to two verbs in Dutch: schijnen and lijken.}} @article{Grosu:2006, Author = {Grosu, Alexander and Horvath, Julia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.3grosu.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {457--483}, Title = {Reply to {B}hatt and {P}ancheva's ``Late Merger of Degree Clauses'': The Irrelevance of (Non)conservativity}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {According to Bhatt and Pancheva (2004), two effects they attribute to degree constructions (obligatory extraposition effects and scope rigidity effects determined by the superficial position of degree phrases/ clauses) can be given a unified analysis in terms of an extension of Fox and Nissenbaum's (1999) analysis of extraposition in conjunction with the nonconservativity of (certain) degree words. We show that, under full preservation of Bhatt and Pancheva's theoretical assumptions, their account faces at least three problems: (a) one of the phenomena they propose to unify, the one involving scope effects, does not exist; (b) (non)conservativity is irrelevant to obligatory extraposition effects; and (c) contrary to their tacit assumption, Trace Conversion is at most an optional procedure for DegP chains. We propose an alternative, nonsemantic treatment of obligatory extraposition effects, which subsumes them under an independently needed adjacency constraint on prehead modifiers. Furthermore, we note that the facts brought up here and in Bhatt and Pancheva 2004 call into question the quantificational approach to degree constructions.}} @article{Becker:2006, Author = {Becker, Misha}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.3becker.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {441--456}, Title = {There Began to be a Learnability Puzzle}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {One of the fundamental puzzles language learners must solve is the mapping of a string of words onto a particular (correct) syntactic structure. In this article, I examine the problem of how learners should resolve the ambiguity presented by a string that could have either a raising or a control structure. I provide both logical and empirical arguments against the view that children should be biased to assume that such a string has a control structure. Instead, I propose two families of cues, based on a psycholinguistic experiment with adults, which can be used in a probabilistic manner to parse an ambiguous string and to categorize raising and control verbs.}} @article{Rosenthall:2006, Author = {Rosenthall, Sam}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.3rosenthal.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {405--440}, Title = {Glide Distribution in {C}lassical {A}rabic Verb Stems}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {The seemingly idiosyncratic distribution of glides in the weak verb stems of Classical Arabic is given a coherent analysis as the consequence of constraint interaction, as defined by Optimality Theory. At the core of the analysis are two constraint rankings that determine the vowels of the verb stem. One ranking, which ensures harmonic parsing of a low vowel over high vowels, is based on input/output faithfulness; the other ranking, which ensures harmonic parsing of high vowels over a low vowel, is based on intercandidate faithfulness, as defined by Sympathy Theory. These constraint rankings interact with generally defined markedness constraints to account for glide distribution in all measure I verb forms without specific reference to morphological contexts. As a result, the complex distribution of glides in Arabic is not typologically anomalous.}} @article{Halle:2006, Author = {Halle, Morris and Matushansky, Ora}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.3halle.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {351--404}, Title = {The Morphophonology of {R}ussian Adjectival Inflection}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {In this article, we present the morphosyntactic structure underlying the Russian adjectival declension and the phonological rules that apply to it to derive the surface representations. We describe the two declension classes of Russian adjectives and argue that adjectives and nouns employ the same theme suffixes (-oj- and -o-) and, importantly, that choice of theme suffixalso determines choice of Case exponents. On this view, there is no special adjectival declension class; instead, Case exponents are shared between adjectives and nouns, and the choice of a ``paradigm'' is determined by the choice of the theme suffix. The article covers all adjectival inflections, including those of the possessives, demonstratives, interrogatives, and paucal numerals.}} @article{Lehmann:1973, Author = {Lehmann, Winfred P.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Pages = {42--66}, Title = {A structural principle of language and its implications}, Volume = {49}, Year = {1973}} @article{Vennemann:1977, Author = {Vennemann, Theo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Theoretical Linguistics}, Pages = {227--254}, Title = {Categorial grammar and consistent basic {VX} serialization}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1977}} @incollection{Vennemann:1973, Author = {Vennemann, Theo}, Booktitle = {Syntax and Semantics 2}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Kimball, John}, Pages = {1--50}, Publisher = {Seminar Press}, Title = {Explanation in Linguistics}, Year = {1973}} @inproceedings{Wilder:1995a, Author = {Wilder, Chris}, Booktitle = {FAS Papers in Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Pages = {132--165}, Title = {Antecedent containment and ellipsis}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1995}} @book{Stockwell:1968, Address = {Los Angeles}, Author = {Stockwell, Robert P. and Schachter, Paul and Partee, Barbara Hall}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Publisher = {UCLA}, Title = {Integration of Transformational Theories of {E}nglish Syntax}, Year = {1968}} @phdthesis{Pollard:1984, Author = {Pollard, Carl}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, School = {Stanford University}, Title = {Generalized Phrase Structure Grammar}, Year = {1984}} @incollection{Partee:1983, Author = {Partee, Barbara Hall and Rooth, Mats}, Booktitle = {Meaning, Use and Interpretation of Language}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {B{\"a}uerle, R. and Schwarze, C. and von Stechow, Arnim}, Pages = {362--383}, Publisher = {de Gruyter}, Title = {Generalized Conjunction and Type Ambiguity}, Year = {1983}} @incollection{Partee:1976a, Author = {Partee, Barbara Hall}, Booktitle = {Montague Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Partee, Barbara Hall}, Pages = {51--76}, Publisher = {Academic Press, Inc.}, Title = {Some Transformational Extensions of {M}ontague Grammar}, Year = {1976}} @article{Partee:1975, Author = {Partee, Barbara Hall}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {203--300}, Title = {Montague Grammar and Transformational Grammar}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1975}} @incollection{Montague:1974, Address = {New Haven}, Author = {Montague, Richard}, Booktitle = {Formal Philosophy: Selected Papers of {R}ichard {M}ontague}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Thomason, Richmond H.}, Pages = {247--270}, Publisher = {Yale University Press}, Title = {The Proper Treatment of Quantification in Ordinary {E}nglish}, Year = {1974}} @incollection{McCawley:1970, Address = {Waltham, Massachusetts}, Author = {McCawley, James D.}, Booktitle = {Readings in {E}nglish transformational grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Jacobs, R. A. and Rosenbaum, Peter S.}, Pages = {166--183}, Publisher = {Ginn and Company}, Title = {Where do Noun Phrases Come From?}, Year = {1970}} @incollection{Lakoff:1971, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Lakoff, George}, Booktitle = {Semantics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Steinberg, D. and Jakobovits, L.}, Pages = {232--296}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {On Generative Semantics}, Year = {1971}} @incollection{Jacobson:2003, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Jacobson, Pauline}, Booktitle = {Binding and Resource Sensitivity}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Kruiff, G.-J. and Oehrle, Richard}, Pages = {57--96}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Binding without pronouns (and pronouns without binding)}, Year = {2003}} @article{Jacobson:2002, Author = {Jacobson, Pauline}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Number = {5-6}, Pages = {601--626}, Title = {The (Dis)organization of the Grammar: 25 Years}, Volume = {25}, Year = {2002}} @incollection{Jacobson:1992c, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Jacobson, Pauline}, Booktitle = {Formal Grammar: Theory and Implementation}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:52 -0400}, Editor = {Levine, Robert D.}, Pages = {129--167}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Flexible Categorial Grammars: questions and prospects}, Year = {1992}} @incollection{Jacobson:1987, Author = {Jacobson, Pauline}, Booktitle = {Syntax and Semantics 20: Discontinuous Constituency}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Huck, Geoffrey and Ojeda, Almerindo E.}, Pages = {27--69}, Publisher = {Academic Press, Inc.}, Title = {Phrase Structure, Grammatical Relations, and Discontinuous Constituents}, Year = {1987}} @book{Jacobson:1982, Address = {Bloomington, Indiana}, Author = {Jacobson, Pauline}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Publisher = {Indiana University Linguistics Club}, Title = {On the Syntax and Semantics of Multiple Relatives in {E}nglish}, Year = {1982}} @incollection{Hankamer:1977, Address = {Washington, D.C.}, Author = {Hankamer, Jorge and Sag, Ivan}, Booktitle = {Studies in Language Variation}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Fasold, R. and Shuy, R.}, Pages = {121--135}, Publisher = {Georgetown University Press}, Title = {Syntactically vs. Pragmatically Controlled Anaphora}, Year = {1977}} @incollection{Groenendijk:1983, Address = {Tilburg}, Author = {Groenendijk, J. and Stokhof, M.}, Booktitle = {Connectedness in Sentence, Discourse and Text}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Ehlich, Konrad and van Riemsdijk, Henk}, Pages = {71--110}, Publisher = {Tilburg University}, Series = {Tilburg Studies in Language and Literature 4}, Title = {Interrogative Quantifiers and Skolem functions}, Year = {1983}} @incollection{Geach:1972, Author = {Geach, P.}, Booktitle = {Semantics of Natural Language}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Davidson, Donald and Harman, Gilbert H.}, Pages = {483--497}, Publisher = {Reidel Publishing Company}, Title = {A Program for Syntax}, Year = {1972}} @inproceedings{Fox:1999b, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Fox, Danny}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Ninth Conference on Semantics and Linguistic Theory}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Matthews, T. and Strolovitch, Devon}, Pages = {70--90}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Focus, Parallelism, and Accommodation}, Year = {1999}} @incollection{Dowty:1982, Author = {Dowty, David}, Booktitle = {The Nature of Syntactic Representation}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Jacobson, Pauline and Pullum, Geoffrey K.}, Pages = {79--130}, Publisher = {D. Reidel Publishing Company}, Title = {Grammatical Relations and {M}ontague Grammar}, Year = {1982}} @book{Buring:2005a, Author = {B{\"u}ring, Daniel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {The Syntax and Semantics of Binding Theory}, Year = {2005}} @article{Bach:1978, Author = {Bach, Emmon and Cooper, Robin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Number = {1}, Pages = {145--149}, Title = {The {NP-S} Analysis of Relative Clauses and Compositional Semantics}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1978}} @article{Bach:1980a, Author = {Bach, Emmon}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Number = {3}, Pages = {297--341}, Title = {In Defense of Passive}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1980}} @article{Williams:1990, Author = {Williams, Edwin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {The Linguistic Review}, Pages = {265--279}, Title = {The {ATB}-Theory of Parasitic Gaps}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Wilder:1997a, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Wilder, Chris}, Booktitle = {Studies on Universal Grammar and Typological Variation}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:30:59 -0500}, Editor = {Alexiadou, Artemis and Hall, T.}, Pages = {59--107}, Publisher = {Benjamins}, Title = {Some Properties of Ellipsis in Coordination}, Year = {1997}} @unpublished{Wiese:1993, Author = {Wiese, R.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Note = {paper presented at 15th annual meeting of the Deutsche Gesellschaft f{\"u}r Sprachwissenschaft}, Title = {Tilgung prosodischer Konstituenten}, Year = {1993}} @book{Wesche:1995, Address = {T{\"u}bingen}, Author = {Wesche, B.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Publisher = {Niemeyer}, Title = {Symmetric Coordination}, Year = {1995}} @article{Pullum:1986, Author = {Pullum, Geoffrey and Zwicky, Arnold}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Pages = {751--773}, Title = {Phonological resolution of syntactic feature conflict}, Volume = {62}, Year = {1986}} @phdthesis{Nunes:1995, Author = {Nunes, Jairo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, School = {University of Maryland}, Title = {The Copy Theory of Movement and Linearization of Chains in the {M}inimalist {P}rogram}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Hohle:1990, Author = {H{\"o}hle, Tilman N.}, Booktitle = {Grammar in Progress: {GLOW} essays for {H}enk van {R}iemsdijk}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Mascar{\'o}, Joan and Nespor, Marina}, Pages = {221--235}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Assumptions about asymmetric coordination in {G}erman}, Year = {1990}} @phdthesis{Gartner:1997, Author = {G{\"a}rtner, Hans-Martin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, School = {University of Franfurt/Main}, Title = {Generalized Transformations and Beyond}, Year = {1997}} @unpublished{Epstein:1995, Author = {Epstein, Samuel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Note = {unpublished manuscript, Harvard University}, Title = {A derivational approach to syntactic relations}, Year = {1995}} @phdthesis{Camacho:1996a, Author = {Camacho, Jos{\'e}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, School = {University of Southern California}, Title = {The Structure of {NP} Coordination}, Year = {1996}} @incollection{Booij:1985, Author = {Booij, Geert}, Booktitle = {Advances in Nonlinear Phonology}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {van der Hulst, Harry and Smith, N.}, Pages = {143--160}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Coordination reduction in complex words: a case for prosodic phonology}, Year = {1985}} @book{Underhill:1976, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Underhill, R.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Turkish Grammar}, Year = {1976}} @book{Postal:1979, Address = {New York}, Author = {Postal, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Publisher = {Garland Publishing, Inc.}, Title = {Some syntactic rules of {M}ohawk}, Year = {1979}} @phdthesis{Bruening:2001c, Author = {Bruening, Benjamin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Syntax at the Edge: Cross-Clausal Phenomena and the Syntax of {P}assamaquoddy}, Year = {2001}} @book{Wolfart:1973, Address = {Philadelphia, Pennsylvania}, Author = {Wolfart, H. Christoph}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Publisher = {American Philosophical Society Transactions}, Title = {Plains {C}ree: a grammatical study}, Year = {1973}} @book{Bloomfield:1934, Address = {New York}, Author = {Bloomfield, Leonard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Publisher = {American Ethnological Sciety Publications}, Title = {Plains {C}ree texts}, Year = {1934}} @book{Dahlstrom:1991, Author = {Dahlstrom, Amy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Publisher = {Garland Publishing, Inc.}, Title = {Plains {C}ree Morphosyntax}, Year = {1991}} @book{Reinhart:2006, Author = {Reinhart, Tanya}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Interface Strategies}, Year = {2006}} @book{Dikken:2006a, Author = {den Dikken, Marcel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Relators and Linkers}, Year = {2006}} @book{Elbourne:2005a, Author = {Elbourne, Paul D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Situations and Individuals}, Year = {2005}} @book{Postal:2004, Author = {Postal, Paul M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Skeptical Linguistic Essays}, Year = {2004}} @book{Poletto:2000, Author = {Poletto, Cecilia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {The Higher Funcitonal Field: Evidence from {N}orthern {I}talian Dialects}, Year = {2000}} @book{Ogawa:2001, Author = {Ogawa, Yoshiki}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {A Unified Theory of Verbal and Nominal Projections}, Year = {2001}} @article{Evans:2002, Author = {Evans, Nicholas and Brown, Dunstan and Corbett, Greville G.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/78.1evans.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {111--155}, Title = {The Semantics of Gernder in {M}ayali: Partially Parallel Systems and Formal Implementation}, Volume = {78}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {Mayali has four genders and five morphological classes, with formal identity between the gender prefixes and four of the morphological class prefixes. Gender and morphological class are assigned according to different but largely overlapping semantic principles. We analyze these partially overlapping systems within the NETWORK MORPHOLOGY framework; an implemented model demonstrates that the analysis gives the correct forms for the majority of nouns in a basic lexicon, and further extends to understanding assignment in the avoidance register. Our account depends on recognizing two different types of default: NORMAL CASE DEFAULT, the expected outcome in a given domain, and EXCEPTIONAL CASE DEFAULT, the last resort short of full lexical specification.}} @article{Padgett:2002, Author = {Padgett, Jaye}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/78.1padgett.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {81--110}, Title = {Feature Classes in Phonology}, Volume = {78}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This article argues for a particular understanding of feature class behavior---the recurrent patterning together of certain phonological features, such as place of articulation and laryngeal features. The proposals build on the well-known work of feature geometry in assuming the importance of feature classes in phonology, but differ in that features of a class are targeted directly and individually by constraints (or rules), even when a feature class such as Place is mentioned. Further, constraints mentioning feature classes are gradiently violable. Evidence for this view of feature classes comes from two sources. First, assimilation involving feature classes is sometimes only partially successful; an adequate understanding of such cases requires the proposed view of feature classes. Second, there are broad categories of feature class generalization that require it, including dissimilatory effects usually handled by the obligatory contour principle. Overall, the proposals broaden the explanatory potential of the feature class idea due to feature geometry. At a more general level, the results here suggest that linguistic representations sometimes need to be reconsidered in the context of optimality theory (Prince & Smolensky 1993), since they can effectively function as inviolable constraints and so hinder our understanding of the more subtle kind of phenomena revealed by analyses employing gradiently violable constraints.}} @article{Gordon:2002, Author = {Gordon, Matthew}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/78.1gordon.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {51--80}, Title = {A Phonetically Driven Account of Syllable Weight}, Volume = {78}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {The author proposes that syllable weight is driven by considerations of phonetic effectiveness and phonological simplicity, and that the phonetically best distinctions are those which divide syllables into groups that are phonetically most distinct from each other. Phonologically complex distinctions are those which exceed an upper threshold in the number of phonological predicates to which they refer. It is claimed that languages adopt weight distinctions that are phoneticallymost effective without being overly complex phonologically. Syllableweight thus reflects a compromise between phonetic and phonologicalfactors. The proposed modelof weight further suggests that phonological weight distinctions are ultimately predictable from other basic phonological properties, such as syllable structure.}} @article{Carstens:2002, Author = {Carstens, Vicki}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/78.1carstens.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {3--50}, Title = {Antisymmetry and Word Order in Serial Constructions}, Volume = {78}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {Strict head-final surface order derives from underlying left-headedness in Ijo , a Niger-Congo language of Nigeria. A word order anomaly in Ijo SERIAL VERB CONSTRUCTIONS (SVCs) strongly suggests this, and left-to-right asymmetric c-command among internal arguments of SVCs confirms it. The anomaly is universal among surface right-headed languages with SVCs, indicating that deep left-headedness is universal, as antisymmetry theory predicts (Kayne 1994). Assuming complements are in Specs, and that a light verb v selects every VP (Chomsky 1999), I derive VOVO from OVOV by two instances of V-to-v movement. I argue for a nonuniform approach to SVCs, involving relations of both raising (Campbell 1989) and control (Collins 1997). Other aspects of SVC word order are predictable from a universal thematic hierarchy nontheme theme, and short scrambling (Takano 1998).}} @article{Simpson:2002a, Author = {Simpson, Andrew and Wu, Zoe}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/78.2wu.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {287--313}, Title = {Agreement, Shells, and Focus}, Volume = {78}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This article reconsiders the development and licensing of agreement as a syntactic projection and argues for a productive developmental relation between agreement and the category of focus. The authors suggest that focus projections are initially selectedby a variety of functional heads with real semantic content. Over time however such selectedfocus frequently decays into a simple concordshell, and when this occurs, the lower half of the shell becomes a simple agreement projection parasitically licensed by the higher functional head, which does have a genuine semantic value.}} @article{Klamer:2002, Author = {Klamer, Marian}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/78.2klamer.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {258--286}, Title = {Semantically Motivated Lexical Patterns: A Study of {D}utch and {K}ambera Expressives}, Volume = {78}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This article investigates an external variable critical to the understanding of sociolinguistic variation in a rural, tri-ethnic community in the Southern United States. Cultural identity, the orientation of the speaker to the community, was first observed in variationist work by Labov (1963) but has not been regularly analyzed as have sex, age, and ethnicity. Cultural identity is postulated as a speaker's orientation to the local and larger regional cultures, and in Warren County, North Carolina, this orientation correlates strongly with vernacular variants of present and past tense be. For copula absence (e.g. They real nice people), was regularization (e.g. We was going), and past tense wont (e.g. We wont gonna go), the cultural identity of the speaker had statistically significant effects on language variation. To understand language variation in this community, the interactions of cultural identity and other external variables must be considered.}} @article{Hazen:2002, Author = {Hazen, Kirk}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/78.2hazen.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {240--257}, Title = {Identity and Language Variation in a Rural Community}, Volume = {78}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This article investigates an external variable critical to the understanding of sociolinguistic variation in a rural, tri-ethnic community in the Southern United States. Cultural identity, the orientation of the speaker to the community, was first observed in variationist work by Labov (1963) but has not been regularly analyzed as have sex, age, and ethnicity. Cultural identity is postulated as a speaker's orientation to the local and larger regional cultures, and in Warren County, North Carolina, this orientation correlates strongly with vernacular variants of present and past tense be. For copula absence (e.g. They real nice people), was regularization (e.g. We was going), and past tense wont (e.g. We wont gonna go), the cultural identity of the speaker had statistically significant effects on language variation. To understand language variation in this community, the interactions of cultural identity and other external variables must be considered.}} @article{Tiersma:2002, Author = {Tiersma, Peter and Solan, Lawrence M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/78.2solan.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {221--239}, Title = {The Linguist on the Witness Stand: Forensic Linguistics in {A}merican Courts}, Volume = {78}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {It is becoming increasingly common for linguists to testify as expert witnesses in both civil and criminal trials. Often linguistic expertise is clearly helpful to the judge or jury. Based on published judicial opinions, from which we draw our data, it appears that courts have allowed linguists to testify on such issues as the probable origin of a speaker, the comprehensibility of a text, whether a particular defendant understood the Miranda warning, and the phonetic similarity of two competing trademarks. In other areas the admissibility of linguistic testimony has been more controversial, including author and speaker identification, discourse analysis, the meaning of legal texts, and the comprehensibility of jury instructions. Reasons for judicial reluctance to admit linguistic expertise include concerns that it is not sufficiently reliable, the belief that issues like the meaning of a text can just as well be decided by a jury, and sometimes even institutional and political considerations. Despite such reservations, courts generally recognize that there is a place for linguistic expertise in appropriate cases.}} @article{Hay:2002, Author = {Hay, Jennifer}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/78.3hay.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {527--555}, Title = {From Speech Perception to Morphology: Affix Ordering Revisited}, Volume = {78}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This article presents corpus and experimental evidence in support of a parsability-based account of affix ordering in English: an affix that tends to be easily parsed out during speech perception should not occur inside an affix that does not. This generalization holds both at the affix level and the word level. At the affix level, this maxim, when combined with an understanding of the role of frequency and phonotactics in morphological processing, can account for the patterns generally attributed to level ordering. At the word level, it can explain the so-called dual-level behavior of some affixes---anaffix may resist attaching to a complex word that is highly decomposable but be acceptable whenit attaches to a comparable complex word that favors the direct access route in speech perception. Only a parsing account can afford this set of phenomena a unified explanation.}} @article{Harley:2002, Author = {Harley, Heidi and Ritter, Elizabeth}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/78.3harley.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {482--526}, Title = {Person and Number in Pronouns: A Feature-Geometric Analysis}, Volume = {78}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {The set of person and number features necessary to characterize the pronominal paradigms of the world's languages is highly constrained, and their interaction is demonstrably systematic. We develop a geometric representation of morphosyntactic features which provides a principled explanation for the observed restrictions on these paradigms. The organization of this geometry represents the grammaticalization of fundamental cognitive categories, such as reference, plurality, and taxonomy. We motivate the geometry through the analysis of pronoun paradigms in a broad range of genetically distinct languages.}} @article{Kay:2002, Author = {Kay, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/78.3kay.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {453--481}, Title = {English Subjectless Tagged Sentences}, Volume = {78}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {A colloquial English sentence like Fooled us, didn't they?contains a finite main verb but no expressed subject. The identity of the missing subject of fooled is recovered from the tag subject they: compare Fooled us, didn't she?, Fooled us, didn't you?This article argues (1) that such subjectless tagged sentences (STSs) pose a problem for grammatical approaches based on movement and empty categories and (2) that STSs receive a revealing analysis as part of a finely articulated family of tagged sentence constructions when viewed within a nonderivational, constructional, multiple-inheritance-based approach.}} @article{Abeille:2002, Author = {Abeill{\`e}, Anne and Godard, Dani{\`e}le}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/78.3abeille.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {404--452}, Title = {The Syntactic Structure of {F}rench Auxiliaries}, Volume = {78}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {While a consensus has been reached about the monoclausality of the Romance construction with an auxiliary verb and its verbal complement, questions remain about its syntactic structure. We focus here on French auxiliaries---the past tense auxiliaries (avoir and e?tre), and the passive auxiliary (e?tre)---which are unique in French in contributing only tense and aspect and triggering obligatory clitic climbing. Three syntactic structures have been proposed for such auxiliaries: a VP complement analysis, a verbal complex analysis, and a `flat' VP analysis. We show here, working within a HEAD-DRIVEN PHRASE STRUCTURE GRAMMAR framework and basing our arguments on classical constituency tests, bounded dependencies, and lesser-known properties of a subset of manner adverbs, that the flat-structure analysis is to be preferred for tense auxiliaries, which take as their complements the bare participle as well as the complements subcategorized by this participle and `inherited' from it. In contrast, the passive auxiliary, which we identify with the copula, has a predicative complement with different realizations: either an ordinary phrase, `saturated' for its complements, or a `partial' complement, where the predicative head lets some or all of its complements be inherited by the auxiliary. Our analysis allows for a solution to the well-known problem of auxiliary selection, which, we argue, should not be taken as an indicator of syntactic structure but is best handled via lexical constraints.}} @article{Gensler:2002, Author = {Gensler, Orin D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/78.4gensler.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {710--764}, Title = {Why Should a Demonstrative Turn into a Preposition? {T}he Evolution of {W}elsh Predicative \emph{yn}}, Volume = {78}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This article is devoted to the anatomy of an unnatural syntactic change. It presents the life history of the Welsh predicative particle yn---its diachronic genesis in Indo-European, its synchronic status, and(much more centrally) what happenedalong the way, andwhy what happened happenedspecifically in Welsh. Synchronically, I give syntactic, semantic, typological, andtextual arguments---some rather new---that both predicative yn andverb-periphrastic yn are adverbializers andcount as grammatically polysemous subsenses of the preposition `in'. Diachronically, I argue that the pan-Celtic adverbializing particles yn/ent/int/ind (thence ultimately Welsh predicative yn) all derive from an article-like demonstrative *sindo-/sinto- (andnot from a preposition *endo/ ento). Radical categorial changes must therefore have occurred. I trace these changes and motivate a multistage metanalysis (not involving grammaticalization) whereby the original quasi-article first became an adverbializer andthen was attractedinto the orbit of the preposition `in'. Though each microstage in the process makes goodstructural sense vis-a`-vis the evolving syste`me of the language, the achievedmacrochange is highly unnatural.}} @article{Albright:2002, Author = {Albright, Adam}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/78.4albright.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {684--709}, Title = {Islands of Reliability for Regular Morphology: Evidence from {I}talian}, Volume = {78}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {The representation ofregular morphological processes has been the subject of much controversy, particularly in the debate between single and dual route models ofmorphology. I present a model ofmorphological learning that posits rules and seeks to infer their productivity by comparing their reliability in different phonological environments. The result of this procedure is a grammar in which general rules exist alongside more specific, but more reliable, generalizations describing subregularities for the same process. I present results from a nonce-probe (WUG) experiment in Italian, in which speakers rated the acceptability ofnovel infinitives in various conjugation classes. These results indicate that such subregularities are in fact internalized by speakers, even for a regular morphological process.}} @article{Bat-El:2002, Author = {Bat-El, Outi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/78.4bat_el.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {651--683}, Title = {True Truncation in Colloquial {H}ebrew Imperatives}, Volume = {78}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {There are two types of truncation that yield shortening of a morphological constituent, FAKE TRUNCATION (templatic) and TRUE TRUNCATION (a-templatic, subtractive). This article provides an analysis of true truncation in colloquial Hebrew imperatives. It is shown that true truncation cannot target a designated phonological unit, since in some forms CV is truncated and in others only V. In addition, there are cases where truncation is blocked. The framework of optimality theory adopted here allows a unified account of the data in terms of constraint interaction. It is argued that an antifaithfulness truncation constraint, which must be morphological, interacts with both faithfulness and markedness constraints. Truncation is minimized to one segment by a general antideletion faithfulness constraint, but markedness constraints may impose truncation of more than one segment. There are cases where truncation is blocked, which suggests that the truncation constraint is violable. The discussion includes regular and irregular verbs and instances of free variation.}} @article{Perlmutter:2002, Author = {Perlmutter, David M. and Moore, John}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/78.4perlmutter.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {619--650}, Title = {Language-Internal Explanation: The Distribution of {R}ussian Impersonals}, Volume = {78}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This article exemplifies LANGUAGE-INTERNAL EXPLANATION. It seeks to document and to explain the inability of Russian impersonal clauses to be infinitival. We argue that this gap is the consequence of two independent facts of Russian grammar: a case restriction on a silent expletive pronoun and the requirement that subjects of infinitival clauses be dative. These clash in infinitival contexts, which explains the gap. The explanation is language-internal in that it relies on no putatively universal principles. At the same time, each type of device posited is needed independently in the grammars of other languages. Our result bears on the issue of what languageparticular properties expletives may have, on the issue of whether silent expletives exist, and on the more general theoretical issue of whether clauses are required to have subjects universally.}} @article{Gutierrez-Rexach:2001, Author = {Guti{\`e}rrez-Rexach, Javier}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus13(1)Gutierrez-Rexach.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {113--154}, Title = {The semantics of {S}panish plural existential determiners and the dynamics of judgment types}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {In this paper, a semantic analysis of several contrasting properties between the Spanish plural existential determiners unos `a-pl.' and algunos `some-pl.' is presented within the framework of Discourse Representation Theory (DRT). Some of these properties can be directly related to the distinction between the thetic and the categorical judgment, as understood by Kuroda and Ladusaw. Others, related to plurality and the interaction of quantifiers, provide evidence for an extension of the scope of the distinction and its implementation as a procedural semantic difference. It will be argued that the determiner unos contributes a group discourse referent to a Discourse Representation Structure (DRS). This discourse referent is subject to a no linking constraint, and does not trigger box-splitting of the DRS. This forms the basis for the claim that this plural determiner participates only in thetic judgments. On the other hand, the determiner algunos is not subject to a no linking constraint and may contribute a duplex condition to the DRS. Thus, it can participate in categorical judgments. This type of judgment corresponds to a set of construction rules which yields an updated DRS in which a new discourse referent has been introduced and, in contrast to the thetic judgment, a linking condition and a duplex condition are introduced. The analysis is extended to account for the effects of contrastive focus and scopal interactions with other operators in the semantics of Spanish existential determiners.}} @article{Quer:2001, Author = {Quer, Josep}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus13(1)Quer.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {81--111}, Title = {Interpreting mood}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {An analysis of the interpretation of indicative/subjunctive contrasts in embedded clauses is pursued here that, rather than attaching rigid meanings to each mood, views mood shifts as the overt marking of a change in the model for the evaluation of the proposition or property expressed by the embedded clause. From this perspective, mood morphology conveys information about model flow in discourse, which can be determined by a variety of factors ranging from lexical meaning of embedding predicates to different aspects of discourse interpretation and context change. The proposal identifies and analyzes the parameters that induce model shift in subordinated domains. This allows us to distinguish core cases of subjunctive selection from more peripheral ones, both within a language and crosslinguistically, and it also provides us with an explanation for several empirical problems that a rigid interpetation of mood leaves unresolved. The analysis offered concentrates on mood distribution in Catalan and Spanish.}} @article{Llinas-Grau:2001, Author = {Llin{\`a}s-Grau, Mireia and Coll-Alfonso, Merc{\`e}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus13(1)Llinas-Grau.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {69--79}, Title = {Telic verbs in early {C}atalan}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {This article focuses on child speech sequences which diverge from their corresponding adult counterparts in terms of the order of their constituents. Adult Catalan does not allow neutral preverbal objects whereas early Catalan seems to allow objects preceding verbs in the very early stages. We analyse the OV sequences found in our data and show how these only show up co-occuring with a certain type of verbs, namely, `telic' verbs. In line with this observation we propose that aspect is a crucial feature of these sequences projecting whenever one of these verbs is selected and providing a landing site for object movement. Another part of the analysis of the OV constructions implies noticing that the morphological make-up of the verbal elements is not always non-finite. The alternation that we observe between VO-OV constructions seems to be determined by the verb type but it is only fully accounted for if we allow for a framework in which the AGR parameter is not yet set. This possibility follows from the bilingualism proposal in Roeper (1999) where child language permits different grammars to co-exist in a particular stage. In the case under consideration the AGR feature would be allowed to have two values and thus the verb would not raise obligatorily.}} @article{Giorgi:2001a, Author = {Giorgi, Alessandra and Pianesi, Fabio}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus13(1)Giorgi_Pianesi.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {31--68}, Title = {Imperfect dreams: The temporal dependencies of fictional predicates}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {In this paper we discuss the properties of the fictional context created by the verb dream, focusing on Italian data. The relevance of these contexts is twofold: on the one hand, they exhibit very consistent behaviour across Romance languages with respect to mood selection, in that they always select the indicative in their complement clause, rejecting the subjunctive. On the other hand, their interpretive properties change according to the tense used: when containing a subordinate imperfect indicative tense, dream reports have the property that the dreamed eventuality need not be temporally anchored; at the same time, they do not seem to ascribe any specific attitude to the subject (the dreamer). When containing a non-imperfect indicative tense, temporal anchoring is available, and a particular evidential meaning can be detected, revealing the presence of a speaker-oriented attitude towards the content of the dream. The connection between temporal anchoring and the presence/absence of a propositional attitude will be investigated: semantically, within an extensional, truth-theoretical framework by arguing in favour of a reflexive/tensed-thoughts approach to propositional attitudes; and in its morphosyntactic aspects, by motivating a conception according to which the interaction between the temporal features of T and the features of C provide the interface conditions for the interpretive facts to arise.}} @article{Bernstein:2001, Author = {Bernstein, Judy B.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus13(1)Bernstein.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--29}, Title = {Focusing the ``right'' way in {R}omance determiner phrases}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {This article examines constructions involving DP-final demonstratives, possessive adjectives, indefinite quantifiers, and demonstrative reinforcers in several Romance languages. Across these languages the DP-final position of these elements yields a focus interpretation, whereas the prenominal position yields a neutral interpretation. Other approaches to these sorts of facts have (tacitly) treated the two available word orders as equivalent constructions. They have not considered, and so cannot easily account for, the distinct interpretation that each of the word orders yields. Under the assumption that the prenominal position of these elements is basic, the current approach develops the idea that the DP-final element is ``stranded'' DP finally as a result of the leftward movement of a syntactic phrase consisting of an extended NP. The facts examined here recall those characterizing the expression of focus in the Romance clause, recently analyzed as a case of scrambling (Ord{\'o}{\~n}ez 1997, Zubizarreta 1998). If on the right track, the current analysis therefore provides further evidence for the parallelism between noun phrases and clauses. In certain Romance languages, an intermediate (postnominal) position is also available for these DP elements , although the interpretation associated with this position does not exactly match that of either the prenominal or DP-final position. It is proposed that the intermediate position is derived by crossing the noun over the demonstrative (reinforcer), possessive, or indefinite quantifier, whose base positions within DP are relatively high. The prediction then is that only those languages with robust noun movement (that is, movement to a relatively high functional head) will exhibit this word order.}} @article{Sigurd:2004, Author = {Sigurd, Bengt and Eeg-Olofsson, Mats and Weijer, Joost van de}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Studia%20Linguistica/58(1)_Sigurd_etal.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {37--52}, Title = {Word Length, Sentence Length and Frequency --- {Z}ipf Revisited}, Volume = {58}, Year = {2004}} @article{Boeckx:2004c, Author = {Boeckx, Cedric}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Studia%20Linguistica/58(1)_Boeckx.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {23--36}, Title = {Long-Distance Agreement in {H}indi: Some Theoretical Implications}, Volume = {58}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {In this paper I offer an analysis ofLong-Distance (Object) Agreement in Hindi that crucially relies on the operation Agree introduced in Chomsky (2000). I show that an Agree-based account captures the core facts pertaining to Long-Distance Agreement, and is superior to feature movement or Spec-Head agreement alternatives. I also argue that Long-Distance Agreement is a phenomenon akin to clitic climbing, and extend Wurmbrand's (2001) analysis ofrestructuring in terms ofbare VP complement selection to Hindi. Such an extension allows me to view Case and agreement as two sides ofthe same coin.}} @article{Bodomo:2004, Author = {Bodomo, Adams}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Studia%20Linguistica/58(1)_Bodomo.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--22}, Title = {The Syntax of Nominalized Complex Verbal Predicates in {D}agaare}, Volume = {58}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {Nominalization and verb serialization are widely attested phenomena in the generative linguistic literature, but an in-depth study of their interaction remains to be undertaken. Based on data from Dagaare, a Gur language of West Africa, this paper analyzes a type of complex predicate construction, nominalized serial verbs, in which only one of the verbs carries a nominalization affix. With this, a number of issues about the nature of complex predicatehood, syntactic alternations, and lexical categorial differences involving nouns and verbs across languages are addressed. The paper proposes that, basically, serial verb nominalizations are VPs headed by a NomP functional projection.}} @article{Minkoff:2004a, Author = {Minkoff, Seth A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Studia%20Linguistica/58(2)_Minkoff.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {135--174}, Title = {The Cyclic Generation of Interpretational Semantic Roles}, Volume = {58}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This work develops Minkoff (1994) s proposal that so-called logophoric semantic roles license certain semantic dependencies, and are constrained in their occurrence by an optional semantic interpretation of syntax subject to an abstract structural condition, the Logophoric Role Constraint (LRC). I argue that the logophoric roles belong to a broader inventory of interpretational semantic roles; that these roles form two classes, which license distinct sets of semantic dependencies and interact in distinct ways with the lexical semantics of verbs; and that these roles distribution is restricted in ways that argue for replacing the LRC with the more natural conclusion that semantic interpretation applies cyclically and generates just one semantic role per cyclic domain.}} @article{Hrafnbjargarson:2004, Author = {Hrafnbjargarson, Gunnar Hrafn}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Studia%20Linguistica/58(2)_Hrafnbjargarson.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {88--134}, Title = {Stylistic Fronting}, Volume = {58}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {If stylistic fronting is analyzed as feature-driven movement into an articulated CP-domain, in particular FocusP in the sense of Rizzi (1997), it is possible to account for two facts about stylistic fronting that so far have received little attention, namely that stylistic fronting has semantic effects and that there are differences in stylistic fronting in subordinate clauses with no overt subject and subordinate clauses with a weak subject pronoun. In this article, I will propose that there are two types of stylistic fronting, stylistic fronting of XPs into FocusP-Spec and stylistic fronting of heads into Focus . Stylistic fronting of XPs can only be found in clauses with no overt subject, whereas stylistic fronting of heads can be found both in clauses with no overt subject and in clauses with a weak subject pronoun.}} @article{Gergel:2004, Author = {Gergel, Remus}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Studia%20Linguistica/58(2)_Gergel.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {53--87}, Title = {Short-Distance Reanalysis of {M}iddle {E}nglish Modals: Evidence from Ellipsis}, Volume = {58}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This paper argues that the Middle English modals have a shorter distance to diachronically reanalyze to T than traditionally assumed. The claim essentially draws on the analysis of two elliptical constructions in whose licensing the premodals are unexpectedly involved if one assumes the standard account of their full lexical status. Specifically, VP-ellipsis and directional PPs are investigated. The two phenomena have previously led to contradictory results regarding the status of the premodals. In the present account, an economy driven explanation is proposed, based on an intermediate projection which unifies the two phenomena and gives an account of the patterns of modal complementation.}} @article{Anderson:2004a, Author = {Anderson, John}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Studia%20Linguistica/58(3)_Anderson.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {269--287}, Title = {Contrast in Phonology, Structural Analogy, and the Interfaces}, Volume = {58}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This paper is concerned with (some of) the evidence for analogies in structure between phonology and syntax, and with (some of) the evidence for the basis for limitations on analogy. The first half of the paper ({\S}{\S}1--3) looks at syllable structure with a view to determining what aspects of syllable structure are contrastive, so basic. It is concluded that, particularly given the need to satisfy sonority, linearity within the syllable is minimally- or non-contrastive, but that the head-based structural relations of complementation and adjunction may be contrastive. {\S}4 argues indeed that phonological (and specifically syllabic) structure displays the same distinctions among complement, adjunct and specifier that is evident in the syntax, and indicates that this analogy is not an isolated case by pointing to a further one involving harmony, a familiar notion from the phonology that can be applied to syntactic phenomena such as sequence of tenses . The paper concludes ({\S}5) with a brief survey of factors limiting structural analogy. These all have to do with the demands of the interfaces of the linguistic with the extra-linguistic: on the one hand, the need for the syntax to represent complex cognitively-based scenes; on the other, the restrictions imposed by the phoneticity of phonology, particularly the requirements of sonority discussed initially.}} @article{Neef:2004, Author = {Neef, Martin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Studia%20Linguistica/58(3)_Neef.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {252--268}, Title = {Segments with Inherently Falling Sonority}, Volume = {58}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This paper deals with an inconsistency in the application of the concept of sonority in such non-linear approaches to phonology that make use of both the segmental tier and the skeletal tier. I will argue that these approaches are forced to take the skeletal tier as the relevant level for the application of sonority. However, since long vowels occupy two positions on this tier, they form a sonority plateau, a configuration that is generally forbidden by basic sonority constraints. To solve this inconsistency, I will propose the concept of segments with inherently falling sonority. In addition, I will consider other candidates for elements with inherently uneven sonority. The intricacies of sonority will be discussed considering German as an example, following the assumption that phonological concepts, despite having a universal core, are characterised by language-specific adjustments.}} @article{Manninen:2004, Author = {Manninen, Satu and Nelson, Diane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Studia%20Linguistica/58(3)_Manninen_Nelson.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {212--251}, Title = {What is a Passive? The Case of {F}innish}, Volume = {58}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {Several previous authors have argued that Finnish lacks a true passive construction, and relabel the form indefinite, impersonal or suppressive . In this paper, we first devise a set of criteria for passives cross-linguistically; we then present syntactic and morphological evidence to show that the Finnish construction displays all the key features we would expect from a passive.}} @article{Agbayani:2004, Author = {Agbayani, Brian and Zoerner, Ed}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Studia%20Linguistica/58(3)_Agbayani_Zoerner.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {185--211}, Title = {Gapping, Pseudogapping and Sideward Movement}, Volume = {58}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {English Pseudogapping constructions share some surface similarities with both Gapping and Verb Phrase Ellipsis (VPE). Levin (1978, 1979 [main text]) concludes, however, that Pseudogapping is transformationally unrelated to both Gapping and VPE. We argue that this conclusion is only partially correct. Gapping and Pseudogapping are transformationally related in that they both involve the application of verb movement, in particular sideward movement of the main verb. We take Johnson's (1994) ATB Movement analysis of Gapping as an important precedent in this regard, and we draw from proposals of Nunes (2001) and Nunes and Uriagereka (2000) for the possibility of sideward movement out of coordinate structures and adjunct clauses. After pursuing the sideward movement approach to Pseudogapping (and ultimately Gapping as well), we outline some important empirical differences between Pseudogapping and VPE that we think raise substantial problems for any analysis that treats Pseudogapping and VPE on a par (e.g., Jayaseelan 1990, Lasnik 1995, 1999a, 1999b). We present evidence for a fundamental syntactic difference between Pseudogapping and VPE, and conclude that the VPE analysis of Pseudogapping cannot be maintained.}} @article{Tavangar:2006, Author = {Tavangar, Manoochehr and Amouzadeh, Mohammad}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Studia%20Linguistica/60(1)Tavangar_Amouzadeh.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {97--120}, Title = {Deictic Projection: An Inquiry into the Future-Oriented Past Tense in {P}ersian}, Volume = {60}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {The aim of this paper is to investigate the ways in which the Persian past tense form is projected into the future to designate events, states, and processes. While it must be admitted that the phenomenon under consideration is by no means confined to Persian, its examination in this language will reveal certain characteristics which are likely to contribute to a better understanding of how temporal deixis, together with aspectual and modal meanings, interact with contextual factors to yield socio-culturally relevant utterances. Of special theoretical interest in this respect are the semantic-pragmatic constraints levied, in varying degrees, on the projected tense in terms of negation, pronominal choice, speech act assignment, aspectual character, modal status, and pitch contour. Fundamental to the present study are three assumptions. First, the deictic projection at issue has pragmatic motivations, and, in addition, stems largely from the ontological asymmetry between pastness and futurity. Second, it has an indisputable edge over the other future-indicating devices available to Persian speakers in that it denotes factivity with respect to the occurrence of a situation. And third, it is stylistically marked as it digresses from the normal function of the past tense.}} @article{Osborne:2006, Author = {Osborne, Timothy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Studia%20Linguistica/60(1)_Osborne.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {64--96}, Title = {Parallel Conjuncts}, Volume = {60}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {The paper presents a constraint based in Dependency Grammar (DG), called the Parallelism Requirement (PR). The PR predicts the extent to which the conjuncts of coordinate structures must be parallel. It states that the conjuncts must be parallel with respect to the number and syntactic function of the roots appearing in them. The term root is defined in terms of dependency structures. After the validity of the PR in English and German is established, the discussion examines the extent to which constituency grammar can explain the parallelism effect. The argument is made that constituency grammar is indeed in a position to express the PR, although doing so requires that certain non-standard assumptions about constituency structures are adopted. Moreover, it is emphasized that the dependency-based approach is preferable due to its paucity of structure.}} @article{Kiguchi:2006, Author = {Kiguchi, Hirohisa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Studia%20Linguistica/60(1)_Kiguchi.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {34--63}, Title = {Phases and Locality Constraints on {A}-Movement in {J}apanese}, Volume = {60}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {This paper explores locality conditions on A-movement in Japanese and their interaction with Chomsky's phases, based on McGinnis (2001, 2004) proposal. Assuming morphologically derived causative constructions share the same structural status with McGinnis (2001, 2004) applicative constructions in the spirit of Marantz (1993), this paper provides evidence that locality constraints on A-movement exist in Japanese and that they should interact with phrasal and phasal structures. Furthermore, this analysis can provide a unified explanation to the (un)availability of long passives both in causative and applicative constructions in various languages.}} @article{Hall:2006, Author = {Hall, T. A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Studia%20Linguistica/60(1)_Hall.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--33}, Title = {English Syllabification as the Interaction of Markedness Constraints}, Volume = {60}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {The present study offers an Optimality-Theoretic analysis of the syllabification of intervocalic consonants and glides in Modern English. It will be argued that the proposed syllabifications fall out from universal markedness constraints -- all of which derive motivation from other languages -- and a languagespecific ranking. The analysis offered below is therefore an alternative to the traditional rule-based analyses of English syllabification, e.g. Kahn (1976), Borowsky (1986), Giegerich (1992, 1999) and to the Optimality-Theoretic treatment proposed by Hammond (1999), whose analysis requires several language-specific constraints which apparently have no cross-linguistic motivation.}} @article{Zeller:2006, Author = {Zeller, Jochen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Studia%20Linguistica/60(2)Zeller.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {220--249}, Title = {On the Relation Between Noun Prefixes and Grammaticalisation in {N}guni Relative Clauses}, Volume = {60}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {This paper discusses morphological and syntactic aspects of relative clauses in two related Southern Bantu language groups. In Sotho-Tswana, object relative clauses are formed by means of clause-initial relative complementisers which agree with the head noun. In contrast, object relatives in the Nguni languages are formed by means of relative concords which are attached to the relative clause predicate and express agreement with the subject. I suggest that the Nguni relative concords are the result of a grammaticalisation process in which early Nguni relative complementisers first turned into clitics and then into relative concords. On the basis of a detailed analysis of this process I further argue that the syntactic difference between Sotho-Tswana and Nguni relative clauses is correlated with a morphological difference between nouns in these languages.}} @article{Toivonen:2006, Author = {Toivonen, Ida}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Studia%20Linguistica/60(2)_Toivonen.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {181--219}, Title = {On Continuative \emph{On}}, Volume = {60}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {This paper examines the verbal particle on in its use as a marker of continuation. Continuative on is only compatible with verbs of the situation type activity, and on also places restrictions on the overt realizations of verbal arguments. These characteristics follow from an analysis of on as a secondary predicate whose aspect features must unify with the aspect features of the verb.}} @article{Hill:2006, Author = {Hill, Virginia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Studia%20Linguistica/60(2)_Hill.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {156--180}, Title = {Stylistic Inversion in {R}omanian}, Volume = {60}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {This paper investigates the Romanian subject pronoun inversion construction (SPIC), which resembles French subject clitic inversion. It is shown that Romanian inverts subject pronouns, not subject clitics, in speaker oriented direct speech. Tests on the distribution and the interpretation of subjects show that the verb-pronoun inversion and adjacency follow from syntactic versus morpho-phonologic constraints. The analysis relates the syntax of the pronoun to the exclusive speaker oriented environment, and treats this construction as a manifestation of the pragmatic input in syntactic computation.}} @article{Folli:2006, Author = {Folli, Raffaella and Harley, Heidi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Studia%20Linguistica/60(2)Folli_Harley.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {121--155}, Title = {On the Licensing of Causatives of Directed Motion: Waltzing Matlida All Over}, Volume = {60}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {This paper focuses on one famous example of an alternation that has been supposed to depend on telicity, the causative manner-of-motion alternation in English John ran the dog *(to the park). One standard approach has taken telicity to be central to the possibility of causative formation. We argue here that although telicity can be a property of these constructions, it is not necessary for the formation of a motion causative in English. Rather, what licenses the alternation is the availability of a specific syntactic structure, containing a small clause, interacting with non-telicity-related semantic restrictions imposed by verb meanings.}} @article{McGee:2004, Author = {McGee, Vann and McLaughlin, Brian P.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP27(1)_McGee_McLaughlin.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {123--136}, Title = {Logical Commitment and Semantic Indeterminacy: A Reply to {W}illiamson}, Volume = {27}, Year = {2004}} @article{Williamson:2004, Author = {Williamson, Timothy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP27(1)_Williamson.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {113--122}, Title = {Reply to {McGee} and {McLaughlin}}, Volume = {27}, Year = {2004}} @article{McGowan:2004, Author = {McGowan, Mary Kate}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP27(1)_McGowan.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {93--111}, Title = {Conversational Exercitives: Something Else We Do with Our Words}, Volume = {27}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {In this paper, I present a new (i.e., previouslyoverlooked) breed of exercitivespeech act (the conversational exercitive). Iestablish that any conversationalcontribution that invokes a rule of accommodationchanges the bounds ofconversational permissibility and is thereforean (indirect) exercitive speechact. Such utterances enact permissibility factswithout expressing the contentof such facts, without the speaker intending tobe enacting such facts andwithout the hearer recognizing that it is so.Because of the peculiar nature ofthe rules of accommodation that generate them,conversational exercitives haveimportantly different felicity conditions andtherefore constitute a new breed ofexercitive speech act.}} @article{Johnson:2004b, Author = {Johnson, Kent}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP27(1)_Johnson.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {57--91}, Title = {Tacit Belief, Semantics and Grammar}, Volume = {27}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This paper explores speakers'' epistemic access to the semanticand syntactic features of sentences of their language. I argue that there is evidence that ceteris paribus, the actual semantic features of sentences of a language are accessible as such by typical speakers of that language.I then explore various linguistic, cognitive, and epistemic consequences of this position.}} @article{Beaver:2004, Author = {Beaver, David I.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP27(1)_Beaver.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {3--56}, Title = {The Optimization of Discourse Anaphora}, Volume = {27}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {In this paper the Centering model of anaphoraresolution and discourse coherence(Grosz et al. 1983, 1995)is reformulated in terms of Optimality Theory (OT)(Prince and Smolensky 1993). One version of the reformulated modelis proven to be descriptively equivalent to an earlier algorithmicstatement of Centering due to Brennan, Friedman and Pollard(1987). However, the new model is stated declaratively, and makesclearer the status of the various constraints used in the theory. Inthe second part of the paper, the model is extended, demonstratingthe advantages of the OT reformulation, and capturing formallyideas originally described by Grosz, Joshi and Weinstein. Three newapplications of the extended OT Centering model are described:generation of linguistic forms from meanings, the evaluation andoptimization of extended texts, and the interpretation of accentedpronouns.}} @article{Smessaert:2004, Author = {Smessaert, Hans and Ter Meulen, Alice G. B.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP27(2)_Smessaert_TerMeulen.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {209--261}, Title = {Temporal Reasoning with Aspectual Adverbs}, Volume = {27}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {Validity of dynamic temporal reasoning is semantically characterized for Englishand Dutch aspectual adverbs in Discourse Representation Theory. This dynamicperspective determines how the content needs to be revised and what informationis preserved across updates, when the order of premises is considered relevant.Resetting contextual parameters relies on modelling the basic aspectual polaritytransitions and temporal reasoning extensionally. For intensional aspectual adverbialsthe speaker''s attitudes regarding past alternatives to and possible continuations of thecurrent state come into play. Additional considerations are offered for generalizing thissystem to the full logical space for linguistic universals, lexicalized quite differently inDutch and English.}} @article{Gawron:2004, Author = {Gawron, Jean Mark and Kehler, Andrew}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP27(2)_Gawron_Kehler.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {169--207}, Title = {The Semantics of Respective Readings, Conjunction, and Filler-Gap Dependencies}, Volume = {27}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = { We provide a semantic analysis of respective readings, including butnot limited to the interpretation of examples containing the adverbrespectively, which accounts for a number of facts that haveeither proven difficult for previous studies or heretofore goneunnoticed in the literature. The analysis introduces the new notionsof property sum and proposition sum which integrate smoothly with existing analyses of plurals and distributivity. The analysis also admits of a straightforward account of previouslyunacknowledged examples involving filler-gap dependencies that areproblematic for contemporary syntactic theories. Ramifications anddirections for future research are discussed.}} @article{Cohen:2004a, Author = {Cohen, Ariel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP27(2)_Cohen.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {137--168}, Title = {Existential Generics}, Volume = {27}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {While opinions on the semantic analysis of generics vary widely, most scholars agree that generics have a quasi-universal flavor. However, there are cases where generics receive what appears to be an existentialinterpretation. For example, B''s response is true, even though only theplatypus and the echidna lay eggs: (1) A: Birds lay eggs. B: Mammals lay eggs too. In this paper I propose a uniform account of the semantics of generics,which accounts for their quasi-existential readings as well as for their more familiar quasi-universal ones. Generics are focus-sensitiveoperators: their domain is restricted by a set of alternatives, which may be provided by focus. I claim that, unlike otherfocus-sensitive operators, generics may, but do not have to, associate with focus. When alternatives are introduced, either by focus or by other means, generics get their usual quasi-universal readings. But when no alternatives are introduced, quasi-existential readings result.I argue that generics, unlike adverbs of quantification, do not introduce tripartite structures directly, but are initially interpreted as cases ofdirect kind predication. Only when this interpretation fails to make sense, the phonologically null generic quantifier is derived, and tripartite structures result. This two-level interpretation has the effect that while adverbs of quantification require focus to determine which elements go to the restrictor and which to the nuclear scope, and hence must associate with focus, generics do not, and hence may fail to associate with focus, resulting in quasi-existential readings.}} @article{Sauerland:2004b, Author = {Sauerland, Uli}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP27(3)_Sauerland.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {367--391}, Title = {Scalar Implicatures in Complex Sentences}, Volume = {27}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This article develops a Gricean account for the computation of scalarimplicatures in cases where one scalar term is in the scope ofanother. It shows that a cross-product of two quantitative scalesyields the appropriate scale for many such cases. One exception iscases involving disjunction. For these, I propose an analysis that makesuse of a novel, partially ordered quantitative scale for disjunction andcapitalizes on the idea that implicatures may have different epistemic status.}} @article{Ginzburg:2004, Author = {Ginzburg, Jonathan and Cooper, Robin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP27(3)_Ginzburg_Cooper.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {297--365}, Title = {Clarification, Ellipsis, and the Nature of Contextual Updates in Dialogue}, Volume = {27}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {The paper investigates an elliptical construction, Clarification Ellipsis, that occurs in dialogue. We suggest that this provides data that demonstrates that updates resulting from utterances cannot be defined in purely semantic terms, contrary to the prevailing assumptions of existing approaches to dynamic semantics. We offer a computationally oriented analysis of the resolution of ellipsis in certain cases of dialogue clarification. We show that this goes beyond standard techniques used in anaphora and ellipsis resolution and requires operations on highly structured, linguistically heterogeneous representations. We characterize these operations and the representations on which they operate. We offer an analysis couched in a version of Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar combined with a theory of information states (IS) in dialogue. We sketch an algorithm for the process of utterance integration in IS which leads to grounding or clarification. The account proposed here has direct applications to the theory of attitude reports, an issue which is explored briefly in the concluding remarks of the paper.}} @article{Bohnemeyer:2004, Author = {Bohnemeyer, J{\"u}rgen and Swift, Mary}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP27(3)_Bohnemeyer_Swift.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {263--296}, Title = {Event Realization and Default Aspect}, Volume = {27}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {There are languages -- e.g., German, Inuktitut, andRussian -- in which the aspectual reference of clausesdepends on the telicity of their event predicates. Weargue that in such languages, clauses or verb phrasesnot overtly marked for viewpoint aspect implicateor entail `event realization'', a property akin toParsons''s (1990) `culmination''. The aspectualreference associated with the use of clauses notovertly marked for aspect is computed in accordancewith the dependence of realization conditions ontelicity and in line with principles of Gricean pragmatics.We formalize event realization and capture thetelicity-dependent patterns of aspectual reference onwhich it is based by combining Krifka''s (1989, 1992,1998) event lattices with a model-theoreticinterpretation of Klein''s (1994) theory of tense andaspect. The latter permits us to treat the `topic times''of aspectual operators as temporal constraints on event realization.}} @article{Van-Rooy:2004, Author = {Van Rooy, Robert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP27(4)_Rooy.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {493--527}, Title = {Signalling Games Select {H}orn Strategies}, Volume = {27}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {In this paper I will discuss why (un) marked expressionstypically get an (un)marked interpretation: Horn''sdivision of pragmatic labor. It is argued that it is aconventional fact that we use language this way.This convention will be explained in terms ofthe equilibria of signalling games introduced byLewis (1969), but now in an evolutionary setting. Iwill also relate this signalling game analysis withParikh''s (1991, 2000, 2001) game-theoretical analysis ofsuccessful communication, which in turn is compared withBlutner''s: 2000) bi-directional optimality theory.}} @article{Lin:2004, Author = {Lin, Jo-Wang}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP27(4)_Lin.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {451--491}, Title = {Choice Functions and Scope of Existential Polarity Wh-Phrases in {M}andarin {C}hinese}, Volume = {27}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {A recent popular analysis of English indefinites isthat they involve a choice function mechanism in their semantic interpretation. However,there are diversified views regarding how intermediate scope readings should be dealt withand which level(s) existential closure should apply to. This paper attempts to make acontribution to this debate by examining existential polarity wh-phrases in Chinese. I showthat unlike the behaviors of polarity indefinites in St''{\'a}t''imcets reported by Matthewson(1999), intermediate scope readings are possible for polarity wh-phrases in Chinese but aresubject to some locality conditions. I suggest that implicit arguments of choice functionsmight have a parametric value the choice of which affects availability of intermediate readings.The findings in this paper thus revive the possibility, rejected by Matthewson (1999), that thechoice function mechanism may vary from language to language or from indefinite NPs in onelanguage to indefinite NPs in another language or even from one type of indefiniteNP to another type of indefinite NP within the same language.}} @article{Dayal:2004, Author = {Dayal, Veneeta}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP27(4)_Dayal.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {393--450}, Title = {Number Marking and (In)Definiteness in Kind Terms}, Volume = {27}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This paper explores the link between number marking and(in)definiteness in nominals and their interpretation. Differencesbetween bare singulars and plurals in languages without determinersare explained by treating bare nominals as kind terms. Differencesarise, it is argued, because singular and plural kinds relatedifferently to their instantiations. In languages with determiners,singular kinds typically occur with the definite determiner, butplural/mass kinds can be bare in some languages and definite inothers. An account of singular kinds in terms of taxonomic readingsis proposed, with number marking playing a crucial role inexplaining the obligatory presence of the determiner. The variationbetween languages with respect to plural/mass kinds is explained bypositing a universal scale of definiteness, with individual languageschoosing different cut-off points for lexicalization of the definitedeterminer. The possibility of further cross-linguistic variation isalso considered.}} @article{Romero:2004, Author = {Romero, Maribel and Han, Chung-Hye}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP27(5)_Romero_Han.pdf}, Number = {5}, Pages = {609--658}, Title = {On Negative \emph{Yes/No} Questions}, Volume = {27}, Year = {2004}} @article{Ogihara:2004, Author = {Ogihara, Toshiyuki}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP27(5)_Ogihara.pdf}, Number = {5}, Pages = {557--608}, Title = {Adjectival Relatives}, Volume = {27}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This article discusses what may be referred to as ``adjectival relatives''''in Japanese and related constructions in other languages (such asadjectival passives in English). The most intriguing characteristicof this construction is that the verb contained in it occurs in the pasttense form, but its primary role is to describe a state that obtains atthe local evaluation time, rather than the past event that producedthis state. In fact, in some cases, the putative event that presumablyproduced the target state is non-existent, and the entire constructionreceives a purely stative interpretation. In other words, it is possiblefor an adjectival relative to describe a target state without having itstriggering event. The proposal I put forth in the article states that whatI refer to as an adjectival relative does not have a clausal structure.It rather has a verbal projection (technically a Tense Phrase, or TP). Mod(the modifier head) then combined with TP to yield a MP (modifierphrase), which denotes a property of states that appear to have resultedfrom an event the verb describes. In order to reach this conclusion, I adopttwo additional ideas: (i) Kratzer''s (1996) idea that the so-called externalargument of a verb is not really its argument at all; (ii) direct causationdoes not have to be overtly represented in natural language syntax (Bittner1999). Having incorporated these two ideas, the proposal explains therelation between the state that the adjectival relative describes and theputative event as a modal one, thereby accounting for the non-existenceof putative past events in some examples.}} @article{Cohen:2004, Author = {Cohen, Ariel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP27(5)_Cohen.pdf}, Number = {5}, Pages = {529--556}, Title = {Generics and Mental Representations}, Volume = {27}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {t is widely agreed that generics tolerate exceptions. It turns out, however, thatexceptions are tolerated only so long as they do not violate homogeneity:when the exceptions are not concentrated in a salient ``chunk'''' of the domain ofthe generic. The criterion for salience of a chunk is cognitive: it is dependent onthe way in which the domain is mentally represented. Findings of psychologicalexperiments about the ways in which different domains are represented, and thefactors affecting such representations, account for judgments of generic sentences,facts which cannot be explained by linguistics alone.The reason for the homogeneity requirement itself is, in turn, also dependenton cognitive considerations. Generics express default rules, and psychologicalfindings have shown that, the more homogeneous the domain, the easier it isfor subjects to infer rules about it. Thus, cognitive results form a crucial part of a comprehensive account of the meaningof a linguistic expression.}} @article{Moltmann:2004a, Author = {Moltmann, Friederike}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP27(6)_Moltmann.pdf}, Number = {6}, Pages = {793--776}, Title = {Two Kinds of Universals and Two Kinds of Collections}, Volume = {27}, Year = {2004}} @article{Merchant:2004, Author = {Merchant, Jason}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP27(6)_Merchant.pdf}, Number = {6}, Pages = {661--738}, Title = {Fragments and Ellipsis}, Volume = {27}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {Fragmentary utterances such as short answers and subsentential XPs without linguistic antecedents are proposed to have fully sentential syntactic structures, subject to ellipsis. Ellipsis in these cases is preceded by A-movement of the fragment to a clause-peripheral position; the combination of movement and ellipsis accounts for a wide range of connectivity and anti-connectivity effects in these structures. Fragment answers furthermore shed light on the nature of islands, and contrast with sluicing in triggering island effects; this is shown to follow from an articulated syntax and the PF theory of islands. Fragments without linguistic antecedents are argued to be compatible with an ellipsis analysis, and do not support direct interpretation approaches to these phenomena.}} @article{Zwarts:2005, Author = {Zwarts, Joost}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP28(6)_Zwarts.pdf}, Number = {6}, Pages = {739--779}, Title = {Prepositional Aspect and the Algebra of Paths}, Volume = {28}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {The semantics of directional prepositions is investigated from the perspective of aspect. What distinguishes telic PPs (like to the house) from atelic PPs (like towards the house), taken as denoting sets of paths, is their algebraic structure: atelic PPs are cumulative, closed under the operation of concatenation, telic PPs are not. Not only does this allow for a natural and compositional account of how PPs contribute to the aspect of a sentence, but it also guides our understanding of the lexical semantics of prepositions in important ways. Semantically, prepositions turn out to be quite similar to nouns and verbs. Nominal distinctions (like singular and plural, mass and count) and verbal classes (like semelfactives and degree achievements) have their prepositional counterparts.}} @article{Romero:2005, Author = {Romero, Maribel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP28(6)_Romero.pdf}, Number = {6}, Pages = {687--737}, Title = {Concealed Questions and Specificational Subjects}, Volume = {28}, Year = {2005}} @article{Laserson:2005, Author = {Laserson, Peter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP28(6)_Lasersohn.pdf}, Number = {6}, Pages = {643--686}, Title = {Context Dependence, Disagreement, and Predicates of Personal Taste}, Volume = {28}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {This paper argues that truth values of sentences containing predicates of ``personal taste'' such as fun or tasty must be relativized to individuals. This relativization is of truth value only, and does not involve a relativization of semantic content: If you say roller coasters are fun, and I say they are not, I am negating the same content which you assert, and directly contradicting you. Nonetheless, both our utterances can be true (relative to their separate contexts). A formal semantic theory is presented which gives this result by introducing an individual index, analogous to the world and time indices commonly used, and by treating the pragmatic context as supplying a particular value for this index. The context supplies this value in the derivation of truth values from content, not in the derivation of content from character. Predicates of personal taste therefore display a kind of contextual variation in interpretation which is unlike the familiar variation exhibited by pronouns and other indexicals. Most of the work for this paper was completed before I became aware of K{\"o}lbel (2002), which argues for a very similar position (though without the Kaplan-style formalization I develop here). Readers are referred to K{\"o}lbel's book for a fuller philosophical defense of this position, and for programmatic suggestions of a slightly different approach to formal implementation.}} @article{Schulz:2006, Author = {Schulz, Katrin and Van Rooij, Robert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP29(2)_Schulz_Rooij.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {205--250}, Title = {Pragmatic Meaning and Non-Monotonic Reasoning: The Case of Exhaustive Interpretation}, Volume = {29}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {In this paper an approach to the exhaustive interpretation of answers is developed. It builds on a proposal brought forward by Groenendijk and Stokhof (1984). We will use the close connection between their approach and McCarthy's (1980, 1986) predicate circumscription and describe exhaustive interpretation as an instance of interpretation in minimal models, well-known from work on counterfactuals (see for instance Lewis (1973)). It is shown that by combining this approach with independent developments in semantics/pragmatics one can overcome certain limitations of Groenenedijk and Stokhof's (1984) proposal. In the last part of the paper we will provide a Gricean motivation for exhaustive interpretation building on work of Schulz (to appear) and van Rooij and Schulz (2004).}} @article{Siegel:2006, Author = {Siegel, Muffy E. A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP29(2)_Siegel.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {167--203}, Title = {Biscuit Conditionals: Quantificationover Potential Literal Acts}, Volume = {29}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {Abstract In biscuit conditionals (BCs) such as If you're hungry, there's pizza in the fridge, the if clause appears to apply to the illocutionary act performed in uttering the main clause, rather than to its propositional content. Accordingly, previous analyses of BCs have focused on illocutionary acts, and, this, I argue, leads them to yield incorrect paraphrases. I propose, instead, that BCs involve existential quantification over potential literal acts such as assertions, questions, commands, and exclamations, the semantic objects associated with declarative, interrogative, imperative, and exclamative sentences, respectively. Such an existential interpretation of BCs requires only that we add potential literal acts to our inventory of individuals, and it produces reasonable paraphrases in which if has its normal meaning: If you're hungry,[there's a (relevant/salient) assertion that] there's pizza in the fridge. These potential literal act variables are introduced into semantic interpretations and then undergo Existential Closure. Hence, we would expect to see similar interpretations in contexts other than BCs, that is, with other if constructions, with connectives other than if, with potential literal acts other than assertion, and in root sentences. This prediction is borne out, along with the parallel prediction that we cannot quantify over purely illocutionary acts like offers, but only over potential literal acts, those conventionally associated with a particular morphosyntactic shape.}} @article{Marti:2006, Author = {Mart{\'\i}, Luisa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP29(2)_Marti.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {135--166}, Title = {Unarticulated Constituents Revisited}, Volume = {29}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {An important debate in the current literature is whether ``all truth-conditional effects of extra-linguistic context can be traced to [a variable at; LM] logical form'' (Stanley, `Context and Logical Form', Linguistics and Philosophy, 23 (2000) 391). That is, according to Stanley, the only truth-conditional effects that extra-linguistic context has are localizable in (potentially silent) variable-denoting pronouns or pronoun-like items, which are represented in the syntax/at logical form (pure indexicals like I or today are put aside in this discussion). According to Recanati (`Unarticulated Constituents', Linguistics and Philosophy, 25 (2002) 299), extra-linguistic context can have additional truth-conditional effects, in the form of optional pragmatic processes like `free enrichment'. This paper shows that Recanati's position is not warranted, since there is an alternative line of analysis that obviates the need to assume free enrichment. In the alternative analysis, we need Stanley's variables, but we need to give them the freedom to be or not to be generated in the syntax/present at logical form, a kind of optionality that has nothing to do with the pragmatics-related optionality of free enrichment.}} @article{Shan:2006, Author = {Shan, Chung-Chieh and Barker, Chris}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP29(1)_Shan_Barker.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {91--134}, Title = {Explaining Crossover and Superiority as Left-to-Right Evaluation}, Volume = {29}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = { We present a general theory of scope and binding in which both crossover and superiority violations are ruled out by one key assumption: that natural language expressions are normally evaluated (processed) from left to right. Our theory is an extension of Shan's (2002) account of multiple-wh questions, combining continuations (Barker, 2002) and dynamic type-shifting. Like other continuation-based analyses, but unlike most other treatments of crossover or superiority, our analysis is directly compositional (in the sense of, e.g., Jacobson, 1999). In particular, it does not postulate a level of Logical Form or any other representation distinct from surface syntax. One advantage of using continuations is that they are the standard tool for modeling order-of-evaluation in programming languages. This provides us with a natural and independently motivated characterization of what it means to evaluate expressions from left to right. We give a combinatory categorial grammar that models the syntax and the semantics of quantifier scope and wh-question formation. It allows quantificational binding but not crossover, in-situ wh but not superiority violations. In addition, the analysis automatically accounts for a variety of sentence types involving binding in the presence of pied piping, including reconstruction cases such as Whose criticism of hisi mother did each personi resent?}} @article{Moschovakis:2006, Author = {Moschovakis, Yiannis N.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP29(1)_Moschovakis.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {27--89}, Title = {A Logical Calculus of Meaning and Synonymy}, Volume = {29}, Year = {2006}} @article{Frota:2001, Author = {Frota, S{\'o}nia and Vig{\'a}rio, Marina}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus13(2)Frota_Vigario.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {247--275}, Title = {On the correlates of rhythmic distinctions: The {E}uropean/{B}razilian {P}ortuguese case}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {Although European and Brazilian Portuguese have long been considered to belong to different rhythmic types, no clear support for this distinction has been given. In agreement with recent proposals for other languages, this paper presents an account of Portuguese rhythm based on acoustic measures of consonantal and vocalic intervals, and explores the relation between these measures and the phonological properties specific to the European and Brazilian varieties (EP and BP). The approach followed is both successful in providing evidence for the rhythmic distinction between the two varieties and in relating it to the traditional rhythm typology. Overall, the results show that EP and BP have clearly distinct mixed rhythms: stress- and syllable-timing characterise EP, whereas syllable and moratiming characterise BP. The data further suggest that mixed rhythm is not equivalent to intermediate rhythm, thus supporting the notion of rhythmic classes against the scattering of languages along a rhythmic continuum.}} @article{Face:2001, Author = {Face, Timothy L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus13(2)Face.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {223--246}, Title = {Focus and early peak alignment in {S}panish intonation}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {Recent work on Spanish intonation has shown that words in narrow focus often have an F0 peak within the stressed syllable, while when not in focus the peak generally follows the stressed syllable. Agreement has not been reached, however, as to an appropriate phonological analysis of this intonation pattern. It is shown here that this early F0 peak is the result of a focal pitch accent rather than the phonetic effect of a following intermediate phrase boundary. In addition, it is shown that this is not the only strategy in Spanish for conveying narrow focus through intonation, as increased F0 peak height may also be used. While either strategy may be used to convey focus in different positions within an utterance, there is a difference in frequency which is explained based on the ability to counteract downstep in all positions except initial position, where there is no previous peak from which to downstep.}} @article{Depiante:2001a, Author = {Depiante, Marcela A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus13(2)Depiante.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {193--221}, Title = {On null complement anaphora in {S}panish and {I}talian}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {This paper provides evidence from Spanish and Italian for the distinction between deep and surface anaphora as first proposed by Hankamer and Sag's (1976). We observe that certain verbs in Spanish and Italian allow their infinitival/clausal complements to be null. However, sentences containing them become ungrammatical when we try to extract an element that would have appeared inside the clausal complement in the non-null version, such as a clitic, a wh-phrase, etc : : : or when restructuring has occurred. We propose, and provide evidence that these null clausal complements in Spanish and Italian are instances of Null Complement Anaphora, a type of deep anaphor in Hankamer and Sag's (1976) sense and not an instance of surface anaphor such as VP ellipsis in English. We claim that Null Complement Anaphors and deep anaphors in general are elements that do not have internal structure in the syntax, and therefore cannot host a trace. They contrast with surface anaphors which do have internal structure in the syntax and can host a trace, allowing for extraction out of them.}} @article{Bullock:2001, Author = {Bullock, Barbara E.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus13(2)Bullock.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {173--192}, Title = {Double prosody and stress shift in {P}roto-{R}omance}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {In this article, I present evidence from Latin and Proto-Romance to demonstrate that quantity is not always stable under prosodic analysis. I document several cases of mismatches between the structure of a syllable and its weight; these are similar to the well-known case of Latin shortening, brevis brevians, but they crucially involve covert lengthening rather than shortening. Such mismatches give rise to violations of what I call Double Prosody constraints. The proposals in this paper critically support the covert weight analysis of compensatory lengthening and the formalization of opacity of Goldrick (2000) and they readdress longstanding problems in Latin and Romance linguistics. Here, I maintain, contra previous analyses, that the stress computation for Late Latin is the same as that of Preclassical Latin but that, by Late Latin, double prosody violations had become frequent in the stressed penultimate syllable, obscuring a once transparent relationship between prosody and segmentism.}} @article{Borsley:2001, Author = {Borsley, Robert D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus13(2)Borsley.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {155--171}, Title = {What do `Prepositional Complementizers' do?}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {It is traditionally assumed that prepositional complementizers originate in their surface position and neither move nor cause other constituents to move. In a recent paper, Kayne (1999) argues that they have both these properties. He proposes that a prepositional complementizer originates above VP and attracts an infinitival constituent to its specifier position. The prepositional complementizer then moves to a higher functional head, and VP moves to the specifier position of this head. I argue that Kayne has provided very little motivation for this analysis and that it faces a variety of problems. In the circumstances it seems reasonable to prefer the much simpler traditional analysis.}} @article{Suner:2006, Author = {Su{\~n}er, Margarita}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus18(1)Suner.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {127--158}, Title = {Left dislocations with and without epithets}, Volume = {18}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {Left dislocated constructions in the Porte{\~n}o dialect of Spanish may have, in addition to the obligatory clitic and/or subject agreement marker, an anaphoric epithet doubled by the clitic (CL). This construction sheds some light on the controversial issue of whether the LD phrase reaches its final position via movement or whether it is directly merged where it appears. After summarizing the properties of Clitic Left Dislocations (CLLD), I briefly discuss the movement and the base-generation hypotheses for the LD constituent. I also point out the strengths and weaknesses of each approach. I derive the examples of CLLD with and without epithets by merging the LD phrase directly into TopP while accounting for connectivity effects and select island sensitivity through long distance agreement between the CL and TopP. Finally, I show that the proposal explains the properties of both subtypes of CLLD constructions without the disadvantages of previous accounts.}} @article{Sandalo:2006, Author = {Sandalo, Filomena and Abaurre, Maria Bernadete and Mandel, Arnaldo and Galves, Charlotte}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus18(1)Sandalo_etal.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {97--125}, Title = {Secondary stress in two varieties of {P}ortuguese and the {S}otaq optimality based computer program}, Volume = {18}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {This paper presents an analysis of secondary stress in Brazilian and European Portuguese (BP and EP) based on Optimality Theory (OT). We argue that a representational analysis has the following advantages: (i) generating all the facts of Brazilian and European Portuguese without postulating any cases of absolute neutralization; (ii) not forcing the usage of the notion of directionality, thus implying a simplification of the phonological theory; and (iii) being able to generate variant forms in parallel. We have developed a computer program, sotaq, that tests proposed stress systems (formulated in terms of constraint hierarchies) for both varieties of Portuguese against observed actual stresses and in large corpora, thus allowing for automatic testing of Optimality Theory predictions for secondary stress.}} @article{Ordonez:2006, Author = {Ord{\'o}{\~n}ez, Francisco and Olarrea, Antxon}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus18(1)Ordonez_Olarrea.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {59--96}, Title = {Microvariation in {C}aribbean/non {C}aribbean {S}panish interrogatives}, Volume = {18}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {This paper is a comparative study in the micro-variation of the syntax of interrogatives in Caribbean versus non Caribbean Spanish. In field work done by us, we show that the lack of inversion effects with subjects in Caribbean Spanish only occurs with pronominal elements. We characterize those pronominal subjects as weak pronouns in the sense of Cardinaletti and Starke (1999) and we assume they land preverbally in Spec AGRS. We argue that inversion involves IP movement to an exploded CP as Kayne and Pollock (2001). The IP that moves to the exploded CP contains preverbal weak pronominals in Caribbean Spanish. Non Caribbean Spanish lacks these weak pronominals and therefore subjects are either in situ (postverbal) or have been topicalized to the CP, previous movement of the whole IP.}} @article{Gutierrez:2006, Author = {Guti{\'e}rrez, {\'A}ngeles Carrasco}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus18(1)Gutierrez.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {35--58}, Title = {Aspectual anteriority and sequence of tense}, Volume = {18}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {This paper deals with complement clauses embedded under a present perfect. In such a context a simple past can exhibit the same ambiguity between a simultaneous and a shifted reading as if it were embedded under another simple past. Our purpose is to provide an explanation of this similarity. We begin with a review of Brugger's (1997) approach to the relevant data. Contra this author, we will first demonstrate that there is just one underlying structure for the three present perfects, i.e., the existential, the resultative and the continuative. Second, we will highlight the role of aspectual anteriority instead of temporal anteriority in the licensing of the simultaneous reading of the embedded simple past.}} @article{Bradley:2006, Author = {Bradley, Travis G.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus18(1)Bradley.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--33}, Title = {Spanish rhotics and {D}ominican hypercorrect /s/}, Volume = {18}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {In Dominican Spanish, consonantal reduction in the syllable rhyme is so pervasive that /s/ is systematically absent from this position. Some speakers attempt to emulate more conservative styles by reinserting postnuclear /s/, often resulting in hypercorrection. Epenthesis is unattested before intervocalic taps and trills, which can be explained in terms of structure preservation if the intervocalic trill is analyzed as a heterosyllabic geminate tap (Harris 1983, 2001, 2002, N{\'u}{\~n}ez Cede{\~n}o 1988, 1989, 1994). The present study reconsiders the issue of rhotic representation in light of the Dominican hypercorrection facts. I show how Padgett's (2003) analysis of Catalan and Spanish, cast within a recent version of Dispersion Theory (Flemming 1995, 2002), offers a simpler account of the behavior of syllable-initial rhotics that does not require a geminate representation. I develop a constraint-based account of epenthesis in which the appearance of non-underlying [s] is driven by a high-ranking output-output correspondence constraint. The failure of hypercorrect [s] to appear before intervocalic rhotics is accounted for by a phonetically-grounded phonotactic constraint against [strident][vibrant] clusters in the output. Since an analysis in terms of surface phonotactics does not require an underlying geminate representation of intervocalic trills in Spanish, it is fully compatible with the Dispersion-theoretic account.}} @article{Pineros:2005, Author = {Pi{\~n}eros, Carlos-Eduardo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus17(2)Pineros.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {253--301}, Title = {Syllable-consonant formation in {T}raditional {N}ew {M}exico {S}panish}, Volume = {17}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {This paper presents a constraint-based analysis of a process that in Traditional New Mexico Spanish (TNMS) generates a syllabic consonant from a sonorant consonant + stressed high vowel combination. It is argued that although vowels are more suitable than consonants to function as prosodic heads, consonants may sometimes be favored over vowels in the role of foot and syllable head. This situation arises when a positional markedness constraint barring the marked value on the place-of-articulation scale (e.g., Dorsal) from the position of foot DTE becomes active. Contrary to previous approaches that assume that vowel deletion is a condition for the syllabization of the consonant, it is argued that the vowel that disappears in the process of syllabizing a consonant is not deleted but either absorbed by that consonant or assimilated to it. It is also demonstrated that syllabic consonants are subject to two universal alignment constraints that govern their distribution by forcing them to be coarticulated with another consonant. Although languages may vary as to whether the syllabic consonant is coarticulated with a preceding or with a following consonant, there are no languages where syllabic consonants appear between two vowels or between a vowel and a pause precisely because in such environments there is not an adjacent consonant available for coarticulation. The condition that the syllabic consonants of TNMS be coarticulated not with a preceding, but with a following consonant, is the reason why they do not occur in prevocalic or prepausal position.}} @article{Kramer:2005, Author = {Kr{\"a}mer, Martin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus17(2)Kramer.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {227--251}, Title = {Contiguity and non-derived environment blocking of s-voicing in {L}ombardian and {T}uscan {I}talian}, Volume = {17}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {Intervocalic s-voicing in Italian has been frequently used to motivate or illustrate theoretical concepts, such as the prosodic word or base-output correspondence. In this paper, I provide a detailed examination of the pattern in two varieties of Italian, Lombardian and Tuscan. This closer look at the data reveals problems for previous accounts. I will provide an analysis of the pattern within Optimality Theory and show that derived environment effects can be accounted for by recourse to the featural level in the interpretation of alignment constraints and by the use of a lesser studied faithfulness constraint, i.e., the contiguity constraint. Furthermore, I will give an account of the fact that only s shows this pattern while all other consonants are excluded.}} @article{Knittel:2005, Author = {Knittel, Marie Laurence}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus17(2)Knittel.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {185--226}, Title = {Some remarks on adjective placement in the {F}rench {NP}}, Volume = {17}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {This paper introduces a typology of adjectives and adjective uses in French that is based on a division between NP-internal and NP-external adjectives. These two classes may be distinguished by their lexico-semantic relationship to the noun, and also by their syntactic properties. I argue that adjectives entering into a close relation with nouns exhibit positional properties that leads to the idea that they are NP-internal. It is shown that, in contrast, regular qualificatives admit postcopular use and thus occur NP-externally. The last part of the paper sets up a syntactic analysis of postnominal NP-external adjectives according to which these adjectives enter into a marked predication relationship with the noun they qualify.}} @article{Baauw:2005, Author = {Baauw, Sergio and Delfitto, Denis}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus17(2)Baauw_Delfitto.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {145--184}, Title = {New views on reflexivity: Delay effects in {R}omance}, Volume = {17}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {In this contribution, we intend to offer an interesting exemplification of the kind of positive interaction that may arise between acquisition studies and linguistic theory. Starting from a full range of comparative studies showing the presence of a delay in the acquisition of the interpretive properties of non-reflexive pronominals and the absence of such a delay in languages where clitic pronominals are involved, we argue that this range of effects is elegantly derived from a general constraint on extra-lexical operations of valency-reduction, turning relations into one-place predicates. This analysis leads to a sort of cross-modular (re)interpretation of Principle B of Binding Theory and to a radically new analysis of the relation between (semantic) binding and coreference. Another important consequence of the proposed analysis is that it supports the view of Romance clitics as morphosyntactically encoding a lexical operation of reflexivization. In the second part of this article, we show that this analysis explains some intriguing and so far poorly understood asymmetries between reflexive and non-reflexive clitics arising within the domain of complex predicate constructions in Romance.}} @article{Torner:2005, Author = {Torner, Sergi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus17(1)Torner.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {115--144}, Title = {On the morphological nature of {S}panish adverbs ending in \emph{-mente}}, Volume = {17}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {The morphological status of adverbs ending in -mente in Spanish (-ly in English) has been the object of many studies and continues to be the subject of debate. The two main proposals regarding the morphology of these adverbs treat them as either compounds or derivatives as the result of suffixation, but both hypotheses present problems. In this study an analysis will be defended which treats -mente as a phrasal affix (cf. Zwicky 1987, Nevis 1985 and Miller 1992). The notion of phrasal affix has been used to describe clitics which, from a morphological standpoint, are similar to affixes but which, simultaneously manifest characteristics of independent words. The argument for analyzing -mente as a phrasal affix is based on both synchronic and diachronic data, including some similarities with object clitic pronouns.}} @article{Ledgeway:2005, Author = {Ledgeway, Adam and Lombardi, Alessandra}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus17(1)Ledgeway_Lombardi.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {79--113}, Title = {Verb movement, adverbs and clitic positions in {R}omance}, Volume = {17}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {The present article explores so-called interpolation structures in the dialects of southern Italy where, in contrast to most standard Romance varieties, the otherwise inseparable nexus consisting of clitic and verb can be interrupted by a specific class of intervening adverbs. In addition to providing substantial independent evidence for Cinque's (1999) richly-articulated clause structure and strictly ordered sequence of adverb positions, the proposed analysis of the southern Italian dialect data is demonstrated to shed light on the nature of pronominal cliticization and verb movement in Romance more generally. In particular, cliticization and verb movement are argued to variously target one of two positions in Romance, one associated with a clause-medial functional projection and the other associated with a relatively low functional projection, giving rise to four possible language types in accordance with attested Romance parametric variation.}} @article{Bonet:2005, Author = {Bonet, Eul{\`a}lia and Lloret, Maria-Rosa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus17(1)Bonet.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {37--78}, Title = {More on alignment as an alternative to domains: The syllabification of {C}atalan clitics}, Volume = {17}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {In Catalan vowel epenthesis and consonant deletion seem to have a different conditioning in simple words, in verb-clitic or clitic-verb sequences, and in clitic-clitic sequences (where an emergence of the unmarked effect with respect to syllable structure is found). In this paper, it is argued that, in spite of these domain effects, which would suggest the need for a serial analysis, all the facts concerning epenthesis and consonant deletion can be accounted for in a parallel optimality-theoretic approach. The differences in behavior are the consequence of the different ranking of morphological Alignment constraints with respect to other constraints and an Alignment constraint that makes reference to subsyllabic constituents.}} @article{Belletti:2005, Author = {Belletti, Adriana}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus17(1)Belletti.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--35}, Title = {Extended doubling and the {VP} periphery}, Volume = {17}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {A family of `doubling' structures is presented based, on one side, on analyses from the literature on `clitic doubling' of the Spanish type (Jaeggli 1982, Torrego 1995, Uriagereka 1995, Belletti 1999, Sportiche 1998, Kayne 1994, Rouveret 1989), and, on the other, on the classical analysis of the Floated quantifier phenomenology (Sportiche (1988)). A further kind of structure implementing doubling is identified in Italian, involving strong pronouns. It is claimed that doubling characteristically exploits the clause internal VP periphery (Belletti 2001, 2004) and is thus typically associated with particular discourse related interpretations and constraints. It is also claimed that doubling can be assumed to be at work in more structures than meet the eye; its role is particularly investigated in the crucial domains of subject inversion and nominative Case assignment. Finally, the status of doubling structures is addressed with respect to economy considerations; some speculative remarks concerning the comparative side of the analysis are briefly sketched out.}} @article{Zagona:2004, Author = {Zagona, Karen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus16(2)Zagona.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {273--315}, Title = {``Measuring out'' complement clause tenses}, Volume = {16}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This article addresses the phenomenon commonly referred to as ``the double access reading'' (DAR) of complement clause tenses, which concerns a type of restriction on the reading of the complement in relation to a matrix tense. The restrictions in question have been analyzed previously as deriving from ``double anchoring'' of the complement tense, both by the matrix event and by utterance time. On the basis of evidence from Spanish and Italian, this article claims that only one of these relations is genuine tense anchoring: anchoring by utterance time. The other relation, ``event anchoring'' is shown to derive from the role of complement constituents in ``measuring out'' the aspect of the matrix predicate. Spanish and Italian provide evidence that the distribution of the DAR correlates with aspectual properties of the matrix predicate. This generalization is argued to derive from the capacity of complement clauses to express a temporal ``Path'' along which a Theme progresses, analogous to Paths expressed by other constituents such as PPs and DPs. Tense anchoring is simplified as a consequence.}} @article{Poletto:2004, Author = {Poletto, Cecilia and Pollock, Jean-Yves}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus16(2)Poletto.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {241--272}, Title = {On wh-clitics and wh-doubling in {F}rench and some {N}orth {E}astern {I}talian dialects}, Volume = {16}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {The main goal of this paper is to shed light on the doubling wh structures that many North Eastern Italian dialects exhibit, on the one hand, and on the `hidden' doubling at work in French que questions, on the other. Both constructions we claim should be analysed as the A-bar counterparts of pronominal clitic doubling. The execution of these ideas rests on a highly split left periphery and Remnant movement to the different layers of the CP domain.}} @article{Pineros:2004, Author = {Pi{\~n}eros, Carlos-Eduardo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus16(2)Pineros.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {203--240}, Title = {The creation of portmanteaus in the extragrammatical morphology of {S}panish}, Volume = {16}, Year = {2004}} @article{Cote:2004, Author = {C\^{o}t{\'e}, Marie-H{\'e}l{\`e}ne}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus16(2)Cote.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {151--201}, Title = {Consonant cluster simplification in {Q}u{\'e}bec {F}rench}, Volume = {16}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This paper investigates the process of word-final consonant cluster simplification in Quebec French. Three categories of clusters are distinguished: (1) those that may be reduced in all lexical items (unrestricted simplification), (2) those that may be reduced in some lexical items but not in others (lexicallydetermined simplification), (3) those that are always stable. Consonant deletion is motivated by two distinct factors: the Sonority Sequencing Principle and a principle requiring that every segment be perceptually salient. The likelihood that a consonant deletes correlates with the degree to which it violates one of these principles. Appeal to perceptual factors explains in particular two tendencies. First, final stops are less susceptible to deletion than other consonants. Second, cluster simplification correlates with the amount of contrast within the cluster, in terms of voicing, manner and place of articulation. This analysis of cluster reduction supports the integration of perception in phonological theory advocated in a growing body of work. It is formalized within Optimality Theory and uses in particular perceptually-motivated markedness and faithfulness constraints militating against perceptually weak segments.}} @article{Cabre:2004, Author = {Cabr{\'e}, Teresa and Prieto, Pilar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus16(2)Cabre.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {113--150}, Title = {Prosodic and analogical effects in lexical glide formation in {C}atalan}, Volume = {16}, Year = {2004}} @article{Yu:2003a, Author = {Yu, Alan C. L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS11(3)_Yu.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {289--321}, Title = {Pluractionality in {C}hechen}, Volume = {11}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {Pluractionality (PLR) is the morphological category that generally signifies multiple actions. This paper, based on original fieldwork, provides the first investigation of PLR in Chechen, a Nakh language spoken in the eastern central part of the North Caucasus. The data reflects the standard dialect of Chechen spoken in and near the cities of Murus-Martan and Grozny. Chechen PLR, which is marked by stem vowel alternations, prototypically signifies the repetition of an event (e.g., saca/sieca `to stop once/many times'; laaca/liica `to catch once/many times'). The plurality of the nominative argument can affect the interpretation of some verbs (e.g., ghitta `to wake up'; hitta `to assume a standing position'), rendering the reading distributive. More interestingly, a durative reading, signaling the prolongation of an event, is available for some verbs (e.g., xouzha/xiizha `to ache momentarily/for a while', zouza/ziiza `to itch momentarily/for a while') but not others. Following Ojeda (1998) and Lasersohn (1995), PLR is accounted for in terms of the pluralization of the event argument of a predicate. The various semantic effects are the results of interactions between the aspectual properties of individual verbs and event pluralization.}} @article{Zimmermann:2003, Author = {Zimmermann, Malte}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS11(3)_Zimmermann.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {249--287}, Title = {Pluractionality and Complex Quantifier Formation}, Volume = {11}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {This paper investigates the effects of (surface) DP-internal quantifying expressions on semantic interpretation. In particular, I investigate two syntactic constructions in which an adjective takes scope out of its embedding DP, thus raising an interesting question for strict compositionality. Regarding the first construction, I follow Larson (1999) and assume that the adjective incorporates into the determiner of its DP, forming a complex quantifier [D+A]. I present new evidence in favor of this analysis. Since Larson's semantic analysis of complex quantifiers [D+A] makes a wrong prediction, I propose an alternative, empirically more adequate analysis that treats D+A compounds as pluractional quantifiers in the sense of Lasersohn (1995). Finally, I turn to the second construction, arguing that -- despite superficial similarities to the first construction - it should not be analyzed in terms of complex quantifier formation, but in terms of LF-movement of the adjective to Spec,DP. The discussion suggests that there is more than one way for DP-internal modifiers to take DP-external scope in natural language.}} @article{Larson:2003a, Author = {Larson, Richard and Cho, Sungeun}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS11(3)_Larson_Cho.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {217--247}, Title = {Temporal Adjectives and The Structure of Possessive {DP}s}, Volume = {11}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {The presence of temporal adjectives in possessive nominals like John's former car creates two interpretations. On one reading, the temporal adjective modifies the common noun (N-modifying reading). On the other, it modifies the possession relation (POSS-modifying reading). An explanation for this behavior is offered that appeals to what occurs in possessive sentences like John has a former car (N-modifying reading) and John formerly had a car (POSS-modifying reading). In the sentential cases, the source of two readings is two distinct, modifiable phrases. Given the parallels, we propose a structure for possessive nominals analogous to that of possessive clauses. Specifically, we argue that such nominals include a locative small-clause structure, following Freeze (1992), and we explain the ambiguity structurally, as a simple matter of where temporal adjectives attach (NP vs. PP). We show that this analysis provides a straightforward basis for the semantic composition of possessive nominals.}} @article{Glasbey:2004, Author = {Glasbey, Sheila}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS12(2)_Glasbey.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {191--211}, Title = {Event Structure, Punctuality, and \emph{when}}, Volume = {12}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {In this paper, I discuss observations on when given by Sandstr{\"o}m (1993) for constructions of the form When A B, where A and B both describe events (as opposed to states). Sandstr{\"o} m proposes that for events described in the simple past, the temporal interpretation of such sequences varies according to whether A describes a culminated process (CP)(accomplishment) or a culmination (CULM)(roughly, an achievement). She offers an account of this behaviour based on the claim that culminations denote changes of state while culminated processes do not. I argue that this claim is unmotivated, and in addition, draw attention to a range of counterexamples to her generalisation. I present an analysis which is not based on the CP/CULM distinction but relies instead on the distinction originally proposed by Dowty (1979) between the event structures CAUSE-BECOME and BECOME. I show that this distinction is closely related to whether the event has a prototypical agent. It is therefore thematic structure rather than temporal structure that determines the behaviour of when in these cases.}} @article{Geenhoven:2004, Author = {Geenhoven, Veerle van}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS12(2)_Geenhoven.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {135--190}, Title = {\emph{For}-Adverbials, Frequentative Aspect, and Pluractionality}, Volume = {12}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {In this paper, I develop a novel interval-based approach to some well-known semantic puzzles related to aspect shift, in particular, to the interaction of for-adverbials with accomplishment and achievement verbs that take indefinite, bare plural, and mass noun complements. My approach is based on the insight that implicit frequentative aspect plays a central role in this interaction, a fact that was largely ignored in previous analyses. Specifically, I interpret frequentative aspect as an abstract verb-level pluractional operator that brings about aspect shift and that is responsible for the distribution of subevent times and subevent participants over the event time of an atelic sentence. What Zucchi and White (2001) call "the aspectual effect of frequency adverbs" thus becomes the general rule for all frequentatively understood for-adverbial sentences. Linguistic support for silent verb-level frequentativity in English is drawn from overt frequentative aspect marking in West Greenlandic verbs.}} @article{Buring:2004, Author = {B{\"u}ring, Daniel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS12(1)_Buring.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {23--62}, Title = {Crossover Situations}, Volume = {12}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {Situation semantics as conceived in Kratzer (1989) has been shown to be a valuable companion to the e-type pronoun analysis of donkey sentences (Heim 1990, and recently refined in Elbourne 2001b), and more generally binding out of DP (BOOD; Tomioka 1999; B{\"u}ring 2001). The present paper proposes a fully compositional version of such a theory, which is designed to capture instances of crossover in BOOD.}} @article{Artstein:2004, Author = {Artstein, Ron}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS12(1)_Artstein.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--22}, Title = {Focus Below the Word Level}, Volume = {12}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {Abstract Intonational focus can be observed on parts of words that appear to lack intrinsic meaning, and triggers alternatives that are similar in form. In order to provide a unified treatment of focus above and below the word level (they do, after all, behave the same in most respects), I develop a theory of denotations for arbitrary word parts in which focused word parts denote their own sound and the unfocused parts are functions from sounds to word meanings. This allows focus theories to generalize below the word level; any differences with focus above the word level are located in the semantics of word parts. The paper also explores phonological constraints on focus placement, and shows that the focusability of a word part depends solely on its prosodic status, not on any semantic factors.}} @article{Ionin:2006, Author = {Ionin, Tania}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS14(2)_Ionin.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {175--234}, Title = {\emph{This} is Definitely Specific: Specificity and Definiteness in Article Systems}, Volume = {14}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {This paper argues for the reality of specificity as noteworthiness, a concept built upon Fodor and Sag's (1982) view of referentiality. Support for this view of specificity comes from the behavior of indefinite this in spoken English, as well as from specificity markers in Samoan, Hebrew, and Sissala. It is shown that the conditions on the use of this-indefinites cannot be accounted for by previous analyses of specificity. The relationship between definiteness and specificity in article systems crosslinguistically is examined, and a distinction between presuppositions and felicity conditions is argued for. Additional evidence for the reality of specificity comes from a study of article choice in the English of adult second language learners (whose L1s, Russian and Korean, lack articles). It is shown that the learners' errors are tied to specificity: they consist largely of overuse of the in specific indefinite contexts, and overuse of a in non-specific definite contexts. It is concluded that specificity is a universal semantic distinction, which receives morphological expression crosslinguistically and is available to second language learners.}} @article{Shimoyama:2006, Author = {Shimoyama, Junko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS14(2)_Shimoyama.pdf}, Number = {14}, Pages = {2}, Title = {Indeterminate Phrase Quantification in {J}apanese}, Volume = {139--173}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {This paper examines the question of how so-called indeterminate phrases in Japanese (Kuroda 1965) associate with relevant particles higher in the structure. In the universal construction in Japanese, the restrictor (provided by an indeterminate phrase) sometimes appears to be separate from the universal particle mo. It is proposed that quantification at a distance is only apparent, and that the restriction is in fact provided locally by the sister constituent of mo as a whole. The proposal leads us to a straightforward uniform picture of the syntax-semantics mapping of the universal construction and wh-questions, building upon Hamblin's (1973) semantics for wh-phrases as sets of alternatives. It allows for a switch of perspective on a long-standing puzzle regarding locality effects in the indeterminate--particle association by deriving the locality pattern from the way indeterminate phrases are interpreted and associated with particles, without any stipulations.}} @article{Hulsey:2006, Author = {Hulsey, Sarah and Sauerland, Uli}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS14(2)_Hulsey_Sauerland.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {111--137}, Title = {Sorting Out Relative Clauses}, Volume = {14}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {This paper investigates the structure of English restrictive relative clauses. It provides support for the view that restrictive relative clauses are structurally ambiguous between two structures: the head-internal, raising structure and the matching structure, which has both an internal and an external head. We present a new test from extraposition facts that distinguishes between the raising and matching structures for relative clauses. Furthermore, this paper presents an account of the semantics of raising relative clauses which is intended to complete the picture of the semantics of relative clauses. In particular, we argue that raising relative clauses are not islands for Quantifier Raising (QR) and that in these clauses there is successive cyclic movement through a CP-adjoined position.}} @article{Beck:2006, Author = {Beck, Sigrid}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS14(1)_Beck.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--56}, Title = {Intervention Effects Follow From Focus Interpretation}, Volume = {14}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {he paper provides a semantic analysis of intervention effects in wh-questions. The interpretation component of the grammar derives uninterpretability, hence ungrammaticality, of the intervention data. In the system of compositional interpretation that I suggest, wh-phrases play the same role as focused phrases, introducing alternatives into the computation. Unlike focus, wh-phrases make no ordinary semantic contribution. An intervention effect occurs whenever a focus-sensitive operator other than the question operator tries to evaluate a constituent containing a wh-phrase. It is argued that this approach can capture the universal as well as the crosslinguistically variable aspects of intervention effects, in a way that is superior to previous approaches. Further consequences concern other focus-related constructions: multiple focus data, NPI licensing, and alternative questions.}} @article{Kim:2004, Author = {Kim, Mi-Ryoung and Duanmu, San}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL13.1Kim_Duanmu.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {59--104}, Title = {``Tense'' and ``Law'' Stops in {Korean}}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {Korean is thought to be unique in having three kinds of voiceless stops: aspirated /ph th kh/, tense /p* t* k*/, and lax /p t k/. The contrast between tense and lax stops raises two theoretical problems. First, to distinguish them either a new feature [tense] is needed, or the contrast in voicing (or aspiration) must be increased from two to three. Either way there is a large increase in the number of possible stops in the world's languages, but the expansion lacks support beyond Korean. Second, initial aspirated and tense consonants correlate with a high tone, and lax and voiced consonants correlate with a low tone. The correlation cannot be explained in the standard tonogenesis model (voiceless-high and voiced-low). We argue instead that (a) underlyingly "tense" stops are regular voiceless unaspirated stops, and "lax" stops are regular voiced stops, (b) there is no compelling evidence for a new distinctive feature, and (c) the consonant-tone correlation is another case of voiceless-high and voiced-low. We conclude that Korean does not have an unusual phonology, and there is no need to complicate feature theory.}} @article{Miyagawa:2004, Author = {Miyagawa, Shigeru and Tsujioka, Takae}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL13.1Miyagawa_Tsujioka.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--38}, Title = {Argument Structure and Ditransitive Verbs in {J}apanese}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {Ditransitive verbs such as send and give appear in two distinct structures in English, the double object and the to-dative constructions. It is well known that the two differ semantically and syntactically. In some recent works, it is suggested that the semantic differences observed by Bresnan (1978), Oehrle (1976) and others, and the structural properties noted by Barss and Lasnik (1986), Larson (1988), and others, can both be captured by postulating an extra head for the Double Object Construction (DOC, e.g., Marantz (1993), Harley (1995), Pylkk{\"a}nen (2002)). This head, which corresponds to the applicative head in Bantu languages, takes the goal as its specifier and relates it either to the VP that contains the verb and the theme (Marantz (1993)), or directly to the theme (Pylkk{\"a}nen (2002)). The applicative head contributes the meaning distinct to the DOC, and it gives rise to the hierarchical structure noted by Barss and Lasnik. This applicative head is missing in the to-dative so that this construction has an argument structure distinct from the DOC. In this paper, we will look at the corresponding construction(s) in Japanese. Unlike English, Japanese appears to have only one structure, in which the goal is marked with the dative and the theme with the accusative case marking. The goal-theme order is assumed to be the basic order (Hoji (1985), Takano (1998), Yatsushiro (1998, 2003)). The only variation is that the theme can occur before the goal, but this is viewed simply as an instance of optional scrambling. We will give arguments that the difference between English and Japanese is only apparent. With close scrutiny, we find that the two argument structures corresponding to the DOC and the to-dative in English exist in Japanese.}} @article{Han:2006, Author = {Han, Chung-Hye}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL15.2Oshima.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {167--193}, Title = {Variation in Form-Meaning Mapping Between {K}orean and {E}nglish Counterfactuals}, Volume = {15}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {This paper extends and applies to Korean, Iatridou's analysis of past tense morphology in counterfactuals. The paper shows that just as in English, past tense morphology can be used to convey counterfactuality in Korean. While this fact accounts for many similarities between English and Korean counterfactuals, some differences between the two languages are also attested. The variation in form-meaning mapping between English and Korean counterfactuals is accounted for with the proposal that once the past tense is mapped onto the meaning component that conveys counterfactuality, the range of possible temporal interpretations for a counterfactual is literally determined by the LF of the relevant clause minus the past tense morpheme. If this LF has a present (or past) interpretation, the counterfactual will have a present (or past) interpretation. But if this LF is not interpretable, the counterfactual will not be interpretable either, resulting in ungrammaticality.}} @article{Oshima:2006, Author = {Oshima, David Y.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL15.2Oshima.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {137--166}, Title = {Adversity and {K}orean/{J}apanese Passives: Constructional Analogy}, Volume = {15}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {In past studies of the Korean and Japanese morphological passives (KMP and JMP, respectively), emphasis has been put on their similarities. To explain their differences (e.g., only the JMP has a subvariety called indirect passive), several authors have attempted to capture the relation between the KMP and JMP on a continuous scale, where the KMP is more ``restricted'' than the JMP. The ``continuity'' approach to the KMP/JMP is, however, hard to maintain for two reasons. First, under the continuity hypothesis it is hard to explain the link between the KMP/JMP and their related constructions, i.e., the causative for the former and the spontaneous, potential, and honorific for the latter. Second, the continuity hypothesis cannot explain why the two constructions invoke an adversity implicature under different conditions. I argue that the KMP and JMP have substantially different core syntax/semantics and examine the sources of adversity implicatures associated with them. The KMP is semantically monostratal and is associated with a construction-specific adversative meaning (conventional implicature). By contrast, the JMP encodes the triadic relation of ``lack of control'' among an agent, an undergoer, and an event; the adversative meaning of the indirect passive is derived as a conversational implicature.}} @article{Law:2006, Author = {Law, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL15.2Law.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {97--136}, Title = {Adverbs in {A}-Not-{A} Questions in {M}andarin {C}hinese}, Volume = {15}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {This paper argues that the distribution of adverbs in A-not-A questions bears on the base-position of an abstract morpheme Q and is subject to the same general locality condition on variable binding. It claims that adverbs that have semantic relations with an element in the clause or the clause itself mostly allow inference and interact syntactically with the A-not-A operator, whereas those having no such relations do not. It shows that the lack of syntactic interaction between temporal and locative adverbs on the one hand and the A-not-A operator on the other follows directly from their being related to the world and time coordinates of the formal interpretive model.}} @article{Lee:2006, Author = {Lee, Hanjung}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL15.1Lee.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {69--96}, Title = {Parallel Optimization in {C}ase Systems: Evidence from Case Ellipsis in {K}orean}, Volume = {15}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {It is well-known that hierarchies of person, animacy, and definiteness have effects on case marking systems in various languages, where certain classes of subjects and objects are marked, but not others. This paper presents evidence of frequency effects of those hierarchies on case ellipsis in Korean. The two major aims of this paper are the following. First of all, the significance of variable case ellipsis patterns of Korean, as found in the CallFriend Korean corpus (LDC (1996)), will be demonstrated when looked at from a functional-typological perspective: variation in case marking between style levels within a single language reflects variation across languages. In a second step, the findings from a comparative study of Korean and other languages are integrated into a coherent theoretical framework -- stochastic Optimality Theory (OT) (Boersma (1998), Boersma and Hayes (2001)). It is shown that quantitative patterning found in Korean case ellipsis can be analyzed within the stochastic OT framework in a way analogous to an account of categorical differential case marking effects proposed by Aissen (2003). In this analysis, categorical differential case marking found in various languages is viewed as conventionalization of the same universal pragmatic tendency to mark disharmonic elements, which is also present in the variable case-marking systems of languages like Japanese and Korean.}} @article{Yanagida:2006, Author = {Yanagida, Yuko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL15.1Yanagida.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {37--67}, Title = {Word Order and Clause Structure in {E}arly {O}ld {J}apanese}, Volume = {15}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {The purpose of this paper is to show that there is a striking difference in word order between Modern Japanese and Early Old Japanese. Early Old Japanese lacks the canonical transitive pattern [Subject-ga Object-o V]. The basic word order in Early Old Japanese is [Subject-ga/no Object-{\O} V], in which the subject is marked by the genitive ga or no and a morphologically unmarked object must appear immediately adjacent to the verb. When the object is marked by wo, it is obligatorily moved over a subject, resulting in [Object-wo Subject-ga/no V]. Following Miyagawa (1989) and Miyagawa and Ekida (2003), I argue that a bare object is assigned abstract case under the strict adjacency requirement, but that wo in Early Old Japanese does not function as an accusative case. The particle wo differs crucially from the case particle o in Modern Japanese in that it marks not only the direct object of a transitive verb, but all kinds of internal arguments of both transitive and intransitive verbs. Furthermore, wo conveys a definite interpretation. An element marked by wo moves to a particular structural position, namely Spec(vP) or Spec(CP), where it is assigned definite/topic interpretations.}} @article{Takahashi:2006c, Author = {Takahashi, Daiko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL15.1Takahashi.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--35}, Title = {Apparent Parasitic Gaps and Null Arguments in {J}apanese}, Volume = {15}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {The purpose of this article is twofold: first, it aims to point out that though what appear to be parasitic gaps exist in Japanese, they behave differently from their English counterpart in crucial ways; second, it argues that the existence of those apparent parasitic gaps in Japanese is closely related to the possibility of null arguments in the language. The argument crucially relies on the proposal, independently made in the literature, that certain cases of null arguments involve ellipsis rather than empty pronouns.}} @article{Wu:2005, Author = {Wu, Jiun-Shiung}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL14.4Wu.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {299--336}, Title = {The Semantics of the Perfective \emph{LE} and Its Context-Dependency: An {SDRT} Approach}, Volume = {14}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {This paper provides a new semantics for the perfective le. The perfective le can denote completion, termination and inception. It has context-dependent semantic behaviors: it denotes termination only when completion is canceled, and it cannot go with an activity without an appropriate linguistic context. The Significant Point (SigP) analysis is proposed to account for the different semantics of the perfective le. The SigP of an achievement is its natural final endpoint. The SigP of an accomplishment is, by default, its natural final endpoint. The SigP of an activity is underspecified and an appropriate linguistic context can impose a SigP on an activity. The SigP of a stage-level state is its starting point and the SigP of an individual-level state is undefined. The perfective le is argued to identify the SigP of the predicate it goes with, and to locate the interval from the starting point to the SigP before a reference time. Different SigPs of different situation types result in different readings when predicates of different situation types go with the perfective le. In order to capture the context-dependent semantics of le, this paper argues that, in addition to a compositional semantics, the perfective le is also associated with a set of meaning postulates which specify contextual affects on the semantics of le.}} @article{Matthews:2005, Author = {Matthews, Stephen and Xu, Huilin and Yip, Virginia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL14.4Matthews.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {267--298}, Title = {Passive and Unaccusative in the {J}ieyang Dialect of {C}haozhou}, Volume = {14}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {A distinctive syntactic feature of the Chaozhou dialect group is the use of the same morpheme in the passive and in certain intransitive constructions. In the Jieyang variety, the passive marker k'eG derived from the verb `give' requires an agent, a requirement which we relate to the subcategorization of the lexical verb `give'. We show that the same morpheme is used with unaccusative verbs in the form [k'eG i V], where i is an expletive pronominal: it cannot encode an agent because the unaccusative predicates concerned lack an agent argument. Therefore what appears to be a passive marker with agent in fact constitutes overt coding of unaccusativity, of a kind unusual in Chinese dialects but paralleled in several Indo-European languages. The passive and unaccusative constructions are shown to share thematic and aspectual properties: the surface subject carries the role of theme or patient, and the predicate denotes a change of state, hence the requirement for a resultative verbal complement (RVC). The [k'eG i V-RVC] construction is shown to involve formation of an unaccusative complex predicate, with the RVC contributing a change of state component to the aspectuality of the predicate.}} @article{Kong:2005, Author = {Kong, Stano}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL14.3Kong.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {227--265}, Title = {The Partial Access of Universal Grammar in Second Language Acquisition: An Investigation of the Acquisition of {E}nglish Subjects fo {L1} {C}hinese Speakers}, Volume = {14}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {This study looks at the acquisition of obligatory overt arguments in L2 English by adult L1 Chinese speakers and sets out to explain the divergence between non-native speakers and native speakers in relation parameter-resetting in SLA within the framework of Principles and Parameters. In particular, we test a proposal made by Yuan [1997, Studies in Second Language Acquisition 2, 16--32] which argues for initial full transfer of the Chinese functional category features into L2 English. Chinese speakers then readjust the features of Infl as a result of contact with English, and this requires their grammars to have obligatory subjects. However, they continue to allow null objects in their English simply because positive evidence is not available to eliminate them. The implication of Yuan's proposal is that features of functional categories in the L2 which differ from those in the L1 are in principle resettable, which argues against the claim made by Tsimpli and Roussou [1991, UCL Workings Papers in Linquistics 3, 149--170], and Smith and Tsimpli [1995, The Mind of Savant: Language Learning and Modulority, Blackwell, Oxford.] that parameter values associated with functional categories are inaccessible to L2 learners after the critical period. The results do not lend support to Yuan's claim that the recognition of the features of Infl in English causes Chinese speakers to unlearn null subjects while lack of positive evidence in relation to functional category features allows them to continue accepting null objects. Rather, they support the view of Tsimpli and Roussou and Smith and Tsimpli that older learners do not reset their parameters. It could be argued that learners are more successful in disallowing null matrix subjects than null arguments in other positions because they make a small adjustment to the use of topic chains while the parameter settings of Chinese are maintained. This adjustment is that one topic at the head of every sentence must be overt.}} @article{Kurisu:2005, Author = {Kurisu, Kazutaka}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL14.3Kurisu.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {175--226}, Title = {Gradient Prosody in {J}apanese}, Volume = {14}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {This paper examines five independent morphological processes in contemporary Japanese: renyookei reduplication, dvandva compounds, plural reduplication, mimetic reduplication, and zuuzya-go. Common to them is that the resulting form can be divided into two portions (e.g., base and reduplicant, or two members of a compound). Some of the morphological processes exhibit prosodic augmentation through vowel lengthening or segmental epenthesis, but others do not. Among the group of those phenomena with prosodic augmentation, the augmentation is shared by the two halves of a produced word in one case but not in others. Given these two parameters, the five morphological operations display a three-way gradient pattern: (i) both prosodic augmentation and prosodic sharing occur (renyookei reduplication), (ii) neither occurs (dvandva compounds and plural reduplication), and finally, (iii) prosodic augmentation occurs, but it is not shared by the two halves of a word (mimetic reduplication and zuuzya-go). This paper has both descriptive and theoretical goals. First, I demonstrate that prosody of the five morphological constructions exhibits such a gradient pattern through a careful description. Second, on the theoretical side, I offer a detailed comprehensive analysis of the prosodic gradation within the framework of Optimality Theory (Prince and Smolensky (1993)). I argue that the notion of relativized faithfulness is essential, relativization referring to morphemes. This intra-linguistic comparative study thus lends support to Kurisu (2001b; 2005) who argues for the necessity of morpheme-specific faithfulness constraints.}} @article{Soh:2005a, Author = {Soh, Hooi Ling}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL14.2Soh.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {155--173}, Title = {Mandarin Distributive Quantifier {Ge} `each', The Structures of Double Complement Constructions and the Verb-Preposition Distinction}, Volume = {14}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {n this paper, I present an argument from Mandarin Chinese for the claim that the double object construction involves more structure than the dative construction (Marantz (1993), Bruening (2001), Miyagawa and Tsujioka (2004)). The evidence involves a contrast between the double object and the dative constructions in the distribution of the distributive quantifier GE each. I propose that GE may adjoin to a vP or a VP (cf. Lin (1998), Kung (1993)), and the distribution of GE may be used to diagnose the presence of a vP or a VP layer. The proposed analysis provides evidence for the existence of the verb--preposition distinction in Mandarin Chinese.}} @article{Irwin:2005, Author = {Irwin, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL14.2Irwin.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {121--153}, Title = {Rendaku-Based Lexical Hierarchies in {J}apanese: The Behaviour of {S}ino-{J}apanese Monoms in Hybrid Noun Compounds}, Volume = {14}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {Takayama (1999) recently proposed a new rendaku-based vocabulary stratum hierarchy for Japanese, in which what he terms a vulgarized Sino-Japanese stratum is treated separately from, and occupies a more core position than, the traditional Sino-Japanese (SJ) stratum. However, Takayama deliberately excludes from his analysis one particular subset of the SJ vocabulary layer, monomorphemic SJ lexemes (SJ mononoms), and focuses exclusively on bimorphemic SJ lexemes (SJ binoms), claiming that analytical difficulties caused by another voicing phenomenon known as shindaku(Okumura (1952)), which occurs only in the SJ stratum, hampers any attempt to ascertain the frequency of rendaku amongst SJ mononoms. As it has been established that the stratum to which the initial element in a dual element noun compound belongs is not a factor conditioning rendaku in the second element (Ohno (2000)), examining comparatively under-researched hybrid noun compounds whose second element is a SJ mononom allows us to bypass any interference caused by shindakuand establish the frequency of rendaku occurrence amongst SJ mononoms. Such a corpus of hybrid noun compounds whose second element is a SJ mononom is presented here, to the authors knowledge the first time any such corpus has appeared in print, an analysis of which shows that rendaku is in fact more than twice as likely to occur amongst SJ mononoms as amongst SJ binoms. When a further dynamic, the faithfulness of SJ mononoms to a prosodic size factor proposed by Rosen (2001) for native Japanese lexemes, is taken into consideration, it is clear that not only, at the very least, must Takayamas vulgarized SJ stratum be amended to incorporate SJ mononoms, but that there is also a strong case for proposing an independent vulgarized SJ mononom stratum occupying an even more central position than the vulgarized SJ binom stratum.}} @article{Tomioka:2005, Author = {Tomioka, Satoshi and Tsai, Yaping}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL14.2Tomioka_Tsai.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {89--120}, Title = {Domain Restrictions for Distributive Quantification in {M}andarin {C}hinese}, Volume = {14}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {The topic of this paper is distributive quantification in Mandarin Chinese and how it is constrained. The starting point is the two adverbial expressions, dou and quan, both of which are often translated as all. Despite their syntactic and semantic similarities, closer examinations reveal that the occurrence of quan is more restricted than that of dou. While we concur with the view that dou can function as a distributive operator, we argue that quan itself is neither distributive nor quantificational. Its sole semantic function is to restrict the domain of distributive quantification. The incompatibility of quan in various environments is attributed to this single reason: quan is merely a domain regulator for distributivity.}} @article{Kabak:2006, Author = {Kabak, Bari\c{s} and Schiering, Ren{\'e}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JCGL/9.1Kabak.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {53--99}, Title = {The Phonology and Morpohology of Funciton Word Contractions in {G}erman}, Volume = {9}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {The observation that adjacent function words are typically contracted has been made for a number of languages including German. The problems this phenomenon poses for phonology still need to be treated, however, and the extent to which function word contractions set the stage for the evolution of inflected function words from simple cliticization remains to be explored. This paper first addresses issues with regard to the prosodic representation of function word sequences preceding lexical words (i.e., [Fnc Fnc Lex]). Investigating such contractions in a number of German dialects, it will be shown that a sequence of Fnc Fnc constitutes a special phonological unit of its own, which is arguably a trochaic foot that adjoins to the neighboring prosodic word. It will be argued that this analysis accounts for several phonological processes that are peculiar to function word contractions, and also predicts phonological fusion in which the second function word is reduced. Second, the paper suggests that the phonological fusion of function words sets the stage for a number of diachronic processes such as reanalysis and analogical extension, which arguably lead to the evolution of paradigms of inflected function words.}} @article{Vries:2006a, Author = {Vries, Mark de}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic LinguisticsJourn}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JCGL/9.1deVries.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--52}, Title = {Possessive Relatives and (Heavy) Pied-Piping}, Volume = {9}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {This article discusses the phenomenon of pied-piping in restrictive relative clauses in the Germanic languages Dutch, German, and English. Since it concerns possessive relatives primarily, an integrated approach to the syntax of relativization and attributive possession is sought for. Possessive relatives directly reflect the three basic types of attributive possession, namely, the prepositional, the genitive, and the possessive pronoun construction. It is claimed that the promotion theory of relative clauses can be successfully combined with an analysis of possession in which the prepositional construction is taken to be the basis for the other types. Furthermore, it is shown that heavy pied-piping is normally dependent on the presence of a prepositional phrase. In general, pied-piping is claimed to be a possible consequence of overt or covert head movement. Finally, the effect of the so-called R-transformation on pied-piping and preposition stranding in relative clauses is discussed. The different possibilities shown by English, Dutch, and German are argued to be consequences of the theoretical possibilities of creating a syntactic relation, namely, by XP movement, overt head movement, or covert movement.}} @article{Blevins:2003, Author = {Blevins, James P.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/79.4blevins.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {737--767}, Title = {Stems and Paradigms}, Volume = {79}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {This article presents an analysis of the conjugational systems of West Germanic that highlights the central role of two basic stem types and suggests some consequences for the description of inflectional systems in general. The analyses distinguish morphomic stems, which underlie morphosyntactically distinct word forms, from inflectional stems, which realize tense and mood features and provide the input to regular agreement rules. It is argued that the recognition of these stem types simplifies the description of West Germanic conjugations, supports a general realization-based approach, and suggests a reinterpretation of current realizational models.}} @article{Bickel:2003, Author = {Bickel, Balthasar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/79.4bickel.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {708--736}, Title = {Referential Density in Discourse and Syntactic Typology}, Volume = {79}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {Narrative production experiments reveal systematic crosslinguistic differences in the preferred ratio of overt to possible argument NPs (called here the REFERENTIAL DENSITY value) between three pro-drop languages of the Himalayas (Belhare, Maithili, Nepali). These differences can be accounted for by the degree to which morphosyntactic features of NPs, especially case features, are relevant for syntactic processing. This degree is the higher the more there are pivots or controllers of syntactic rules (e.g. verb agreement) that are defined not only on the basis of a thematic role hierarchy but also by a case feature (as when, for example, verb agreement is blocked by quirky case on the thematically highest argument).}} @article{Newmeyer:2003, Author = {Newmeyer, Frederick J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/79.4newmeyer.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {682--707}, Title = {Grammar is Grammar and Usage is Usage}, Volume = {79}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {A number of disparate approaches to language, ranging from cognitive linguistics to stochastic implementations of optimality theory, have challenged the classical distinction between knowledge of language and use of language. Supporters of such approaches point to the functional motivation of grammatical structure, language users' sensitivity to the frequency of occurrence of grammatical elements, and the great disparity between sentences that grammars generate and speakers' actual utterances. In this article I defend the classical position, and provide evidence from a number of sources that speakers mentally represent full grammatical structure, however fragmentary their utterances might be. The article also questions the relevance of most corpus-based frequency and probability studies to models of individual grammatical competence. I propose a scenario for the origins and evolution of language that helps to explain why grammar and usage are as distinct as they are.}} @article{Bird:2003, Author = {Bird, Steven and Simons, Gary}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/79.3bird.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {557--582}, Title = {Seven Dimensions of Portability for Langauge Documentation and Description}, Volume = {79}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {The process of documenting and describing the world's languages is undergoing radical transformation with the rapid uptake of new digital technologies for capture, storage, annotation, and dissemination. While these technologies greatly enhance our ability to create digital data, their uncritical adoption has compromised our ability to preserve this data. Consequently, new digital language resources of all kinds---lexicons, interlinear texts, grammars, language maps, field notes, recordings---are proving difficult to reuse and less portable than the conventional printed resources they replace. This article is concerned with the portability of digital language resources, specifically with their ability to transcend computer environments, scholarly communities, domains of application, and the passage of time. We review existing software tools and digital technologies for language documentation and description, and analyze portability problems in the seven areas of CONTENT, FORMAT, DISCOVERY, ACCESS, CITATION, PRESERVATION, and RIGHTS. We articulate the values that underlie our intuitions about good and bad practices, and lay out an extensive set of recommendations to serve as a starting point for the community-wide discussion that we envisage.}} @article{Jackendoff:2003, Author = {Jackendoff, Ray and Culicover, Peter W.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/79.3jackendoff.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {517--556}, Title = {The Semantic Basis of {C}ontrol in {E}nglish}, Volume = {79}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {Our intent here,in the face of a persistent tradition of studying control in purely syntactic terms,is to reiterate the fundamental importance of semantics in the control problem, and to articulate some of the semantic factors more precisely than has heretofore been possible. After presenting familiar obstacles to a theory of control based on syntactic binding,we make a threeway distinction between `unique control' (usually called OBLIGATORY CONTROL),`free control', and `nearly free control' (the last two falling under traditional NONOBLIGATORY CONTROL). We show that in a very large class of cases of unique control,the controlled VP denotes an action and the controller is the character who has the onus for that action. This analysis is applied to four major classes of control verbs and their nominals,as well as a class of adjectives,showing that semantic role reliably identifies the controller,and syntactic position does not. Through a formalization in terms of CONCEPTUAL STRUCTURE,we begin to be able to explain much of control directly from the lexical decomposition of the matrix verb. Several classes of exceptions to the conditions on unique control are treated as cases of coercion,in which extra conventionalized semantic material is added that is not present in syntax.}} @article{Levinson:2003, Author = {Levinson, Stephen and Meira, S{\'e}rgio and The Language and Cognition Group}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/79.3levinson.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {485--516}, Title = {`Natural Concepts' in the Spatial Topological Domain -- Adpositional Meanings in Crosslinguistic Perspective: An Exercise in Semantic Typology}, Volume = {79}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {Most approaches to spatial language have assumed that the simplest spatial notions are (after Piaget) topological and universal (containment, contiguity, proximity, support, represented as semantic primitives such as IN, ON, UNDER, etc.). These concepts would be coded directly in language, above all in small closed classes such as adpositions---thus providing a striking example of semantic categories as language-specific projections of universal conceptual notions. This idea, if correct, should have as a consequence that the semantic categories instantiated in spatial adpositions should be essentially uniform crosslinguistically. This article attempts to verify this possibility by comparing the semantics of spatial adpositions in nine unrelated languages, with the help of a standard elicitation procedure, thus producing a preliminary semantic typology of spatial adpositional systems. The differences between the languages turn out to be so significant as to be incompatible with stronger versions of the UNIVERSAL CONCEPTUAL CATEGORIES hypothesis. Rather, the language-specific spatial adposition meanings seem to emerge as compact subsets of an underlying semantic space, with certain areas being statistical ATTRACTORS or FOCI. Moreover, a comparison of systems with different degrees of complexity suggests the possibility of positing implicational hierarchies for spatial adpositions. But such hierarchies need to be treated as successive divisions of semantic space, as in recent treatments of basic color terms. This type of analysis appears to be a promising approach for future work in semantic typology.}} @article{Temperley:2003, Author = {Temperley, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/79.3temperley.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {464--484}, Title = {Ambiguity Avoidance in {E}nglish Relative Clauses}, Volume = {79}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {Are syntactic choices influenced by the need to avoid ambiguity? Studies of the use of that with English embedded clauses have reached negative conclusions on this point. It is argued here that these conclusions may be premature. Statistical analysis of another phenomenon of English---use of the optional relative pronoun or complementizer with object relative clauses---in written text suggests that both AMBIGUITY AVOIDANCE and ANAPHORICITY contribute to syntactic choices. Ambiguity avoidance is shown to operate at a `strategic' level, influenced by general considerations of syntactic structure, but not by lexical distinctions or pragmatic factors.}} @article{DeGraff:2003, Author = {DeGraff, Michel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/79.2degraff.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {391--410}, Title = {Against {C}reole Exceptionalism}, Volume = {79}, Year = {2003}} @article{Polinsky:2003, Author = {Polinsky, Maria and Everbroeck, Ezra Van}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/79.2polinsky.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {356--390}, Title = {Development of Gender Classificaitons: Modeling the Historical Change from {L}atin to {F}rench}, Volume = {79}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {We present and analyze the results of a connectionist simulation which modeled the reanalysis of the Latin gender system in its transition to Old French. The network reanalysis was based solely on formal cues (word endings and analogy with other words) and on frequency. The results are in accordance with the historical data, and certain errors in simulations are also amenable to principled explanations. Simulations improve dramatically when the networks incorporate information about the Celtic substrate which presumably interfered with gender assignment in Gallo- Romance. This finding has a bearing on issues of gender assignment and processing in bilinguals. Simulations also improve with the introduction of more elaborate recurrent networks, which suggests implications for future connectionist modeling. In particular, the results could be applied to the modeling of gender change in other Romance languages and to the modeling of comparative Romance gender systems. The method proposed here would be advantageous for such simulations since it allows the modeler to take into account a rich variety of facts reflecting actual linguistic history.}} @article{Gafos:2003, Author = {Gafos, Adamantios I.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/79.2gafos.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {317--355}, Title = {Greenberg's Asymmetry in {A}rabic: A Consequence of Stems in Paradigms}, Volume = {79}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {How different is the phonology and morphology of nontemplatic (concatenative) word formation from that of templatic (nonconcatenative) word formation? In this article, I focus on the Arabic verbal system, the prototypical example of templatic morphology, with the aim of deriving some of its distinctly special traits from basic principles. The key novel aspect of the approach is its focus on paradigms. The main result is that the paradigm coupled with general phonotactic constraints sets limits on the theoretically possible diversity of stems within that paradigm. As a consequence of its generality, the proposed approach obviates a range of highly specific tools and postulates. Broader implications are developed for the phonological and morphological prerequisites of templatic (nonconcatenative) word formation.}} @article{Wolfram:2003, Author = {Wolfram, Walt}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/79.2wolfram.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {282--316}, Title = {Reexamining the Development of {A}frican {A}merican {E}nglish: Evidence from Isolated Communities}, Volume = {79}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {Despite extensive research over the past several decades, a number of issues concerning the development of AFRICAN AMERICAN VERNACULAR ENGLISH (AAVE) remain unresolved. These include the regional accommodation of earlier African American speech; the sources of its current, distinctive structural features; and the past and present trajectory of change. To address these questions, this study examines several longstanding, isolated biracial sociolinguistic situations in the coastal and the Appalachian regions of North Carolina. One of these situations involves a core community of African Americans, whereas two of the situations involve case studies of isolated speakers. A comparison of diagnostic phonological and morphosyntactic variables for speakers representing different generations of African Americans and baseline European American speakers suggests that extensive accommodation to localized dialects characterized earlier African American speech. At the same time, the maintenance of an exclusive subset of dialect features suggests persistent substrate influence and long-term ethnolinguistic distinctiveness along with local dialect accommodation. Younger African Americans in some historically isolated rural regions appear to be moving away from the localized dialects toward a more generalized AAVE norm.}} @article{Schneider:2003, Author = {Schneider, Edgar W.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/79.2schneider.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {233--281}, Title = {The Dynamics of New {E}nglishes: From Identity Construction to Dialect Birth}, Volume = {79}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {So-called NEW ENGLISHES, distinct forms of English which have emerged in postcolonial settings and countries around the globe, have typically been regarded individually, as unique varieties shaped by idiosyncratic historical conditions and contact settings, and no coherent theory to account for these processes has been developed so far. This article argues that despite all obvious dissimilarities, a fundamentally uniform developmental process, shaped by consistent sociolinguistic and language-contact conditions, has operated in the individual instances of rerooting the English language in another territory. At the heart of this process there are characteristic stages of identity construction by the groups involved, with similar relationships between the parties in migration contact settings (i.e. the indigenous population and immigrant groups, respectively) having resulted in analogous processes of mutual accommodation and, consequently, similar sociolinguistic and structural outcomes. Outlining a basic developmental scenario, I suggest that speech communities typically undergo five consecutive phases in this process---FOUNDATION, EXONORMATIVE STABILIZATION, NATIVIZATION, ENDONORMATIVE STABILIZATION, and DIFFERENTIATION--- and I describe the sociolinguistic characteristics of each one. This framework is then applied to case studies of seven different countries (Fiji, Hong Kong, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, Australia, and New Zealand) which, I argue, are currently positioned at different points along the developmental cycle.}} @article{Lely:2003, Author = {Lely, Heather K. J. van der and Battel, Jackie}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/79.1lely.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {153--181}, Title = {WH-Movement in Children with Grammatical {SLI}: A Test of the {RDDR} Hypothesis}, Volume = {79}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {This article presents a test of the proposal that a subgroup of children with GRAMMATICALSPECIFIC LANGUAGE IMPAIRMENT (G-SLI) have optional movement (the REPRESENTATIONAL DEFICIT FOR DEPENDENT RELATIONS (RDDR) account, van der Lely 1998) by investigating WH-movement in fifteen G-SLI subjects and twenty-four younger children matched on language abilities (LA controls). The RDDR/optional movement account predicts that G-SLI subjects would have deficits with both WH-operator and Q-feature movement and therefore would have particular problems producing object questions. We elicited 36 questions balanced for subject and object questions and WH-words (who, which, what). The G-SLI subjects were significantly impaired in producing WH-questions, showing particular difficulties with object questions in relation to the control children. The majority of G-SLI subjects (80%) evinced both WH-operator and T/Q-feature movement errors whereas only one control child (4%) did so, yet on occasion all the G-SLI subjects used appropriate movement operations to satisfy the WH-criterion. We conclude that the RDDR account whereby movement is optional is consistent with the findings of correct and incorrect WH-question formation. Thus, this first test of the RDDR account of G-SLI is supported by the findings. We discuss the possible underlying nature of a grammar that could cause such optionality, the implications for normal and impaired language acquisition, and the generalizability of the findings to other groups of children with SLI. We propose that in the face of no movement, the WH-word and, on occasion, do are merged in situ in the CP, and function as an interrogative adjunct.}} @article{Martineau:2003, Author = {Martineau, France and Mougeon, Raymond}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/79.1martineau.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {118--152}, Title = {A Sociolinguitic Study of the Origins of \emph{ne} Deletion in {E}uropean and {Q}uebec {F}rench}, Volume = {79}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {We present and discuss the results of a sociolinguistic historical study of variable deletion of the preverbal negative particle ne `not', a phenomenon observable in many contemporary varieties of spoken French, but which has not yet made its way into standard written French. Our study's two main goals are (i) to contribute to the resolution of a debate over the point in time when ne deletion became a prevalent feature of nonstandard spoken French, and (ii) to assess the role of the affixal status of subject clitic pronouns in the rise of ne deletion. Our study is based on the analysis of an extensive database comprising a wide range of seventeenth-, eighteenth-, nineteenth-, and early twentieth-century sources providing information on the typical features of nonstandard spoken European and Quebec French. It reveals that ne deletion became widespread in nonstandard spoken French only in the nineteenth century and leads us to hypothesize that the affixal status of subject clitic pronouns contributed to the rise of ne deletion.}} @article{Enfield:2003, Author = {Enfield, N. J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/79.1enfield.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {82--117}, Title = {Demonstratives in Space and Interaction: Data From {L}ao Speakers and Implications for Semantic Analysis}, Volume = {79}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {The semantics of simple (i.e. two-term) systems of demonstratives have in general hitherto been treated as inherently spatial and as marking a symmetrical opposition of distance (`proximal' versus `distal'), assuming the speaker as a point of origin. More complex systems are known to add further distinctions, such as visibility or elevation, but are assumed to build on basic distinctions of distance. Despite their inherently context-dependent nature, little previous work has based the analysis of demonstratives on evidence of their use in real interactional situations. In this article, video recordings of spontaneous interaction among speakers of Lao (Southwestern Tai, Laos) are examined in an analysis of the two Lao demonstrative determiners nii4 and nan4. A hypothesis of minimal encoded semantics is tested against rich contextual information, and the hypothesis is shown to be consistent with the data. Encoded conventional meanings must be kept distinct from contingent contextual information and context-dependent pragmatic implicatures. Based on examples of the two Lao demonstrative determiners in exophoric uses, the following claims are made. The term nii4 is a semantically general demonstrative, lacking specification of ANY spatial property (such as location or distance). The term nan4 specifies that the referent is `not here' (encoding `location' but NOT `distance'). Anchoring the semantic specification in a deictic primitive `here' allows a strictly discrete intensional distinction to be mapped onto an extensional range of endless elasticity. A common `proximal' spatial interpretation for the semantically more general term nii4 arises from the paradigmatic opposition of the two demonstrative determiners. This kind of analysis suggests a reappraisal of our general understanding of the semantics of demonstrative systems universally. To investigate the question in sufficient detail, however, rich contextual data (preferably collected on video) is necessary.}} @article{Zanuttini:2003, Author = {Zanuttini, Rafaella and Portner, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/79.1zanuttini.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {39--81}, Title = {Exclamative Clauses: At the Syntax-Semantics Interface}, Volume = {79}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {A central issue in the theory of clause types is whether force is represented in the syntax. Based on data from English, Italian, and Paduan, we examine this question focusing on a less wellstudied clause type, exclamatives. We argue that there is no particular element in syntax responsible for introducing force. Rather, there are two fundamental syntactic components which identify a clause as exclamative, a factive and a WH-operator. These are crucial because they are responsible for two fundamental semantic properties characteristic of exclamatives, namely that they are factive and denote a set of alternative propositions. The force of exclamatives, which we characterize as WIDENING, is derived indirectly, based on the semantic properties.}} @article{Ernestus:2003, Author = {Ernestus, Mirjam and Baayen, R. Harald}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/79.1ernestus.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {5--38}, Title = {Predicting the Unpredictable: Interpreting Neutralized Segments in {D}utch}, Volume = {79}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {Among the most fascinating data for phonology are those showing how speakers incorporate new words and foreign words into their language system, since these data provide cues to the actual principles underlying language. In this article, we address how speakers deal with neutralized obstruents in new words. We formulate four hypotheses and test them on the basis of Dutch word-final obstruents, which are neutral for [voice]. Our experiments show that speakers predict the characteristics ofneutralized segments on the basis ofphonologically similar morphemes stored in the mental lexicon. This effect of the similar morphemes can be modeled in several ways. We compare five models, among them STOCHASTIC OPTIMALITY THEORY and ANALOGICAL MODELING OF LANGUAGE; all perform approximately equally well, but they differ in their complexity, with analogical modeling oflanguage providing the most economical explanation.}} @article{Port:2005, Author = {Port, Robert F. and Leary, Adam P.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/81.4port.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {927--964}, Title = {Against Formal Phonology}, Volume = {81}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {Chomsky and Halle (1968) and many formal linguists rely on the notion of a universally available phonetic space defined in discrete time. This assumption plays a central role in phonological theory. Discreteness at the phonetic level guarantees the discreteness of all other levels of language. But decades of phonetics research demonstrate that there exists no universal inventory of phonetic objects. We discuss three kinds of evidence: first, phonologies differ incommensurably. Second, some phonetic characteristics of languages depend on intrinsically temporal patterns, and, third, some linguistic sound categories within a language are different from each other despite a high degree of overlap that precludes distinctness. Linguistics has mistakenly presumed that speech can always be spelled with letter-like tokens. A variety of implications of these conclusions for research in phonology are discussed.}} @article{Hendrick:2005, Author = {Hendrick, Randall}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/81.4hendrick.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {907--926}, Title = {Tongan Determiners and Semantic Composition}, Volume = {81}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {This article describes the syntactic distribution and semantic interpretation of determiners in Tongan (Polynesian). This determiner system is unusual because it contains, in addition to the familiar definite and indefinite, a third contrasting morpheme, labeled `semi-definite' in traditional descriptions. A description of the behavior of these three determiners is offered that makes use of some conceptual tools provided by recent crosslinguistic work in formal semantics.}} @article{Diessel:2005, Author = {Diessel, Holger and Tomasello, Michael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/81.4diessel.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {882--906}, Title = {A New Look at the Acquisition of Relative Clauses}, Volume = {81}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {This study reconsiders the acquisition of relative clauses based on data from two sentencerepetition tasks. Usingmaterials modeled on the relative constructions of spontaneous child speech, we asked four-year-old English- and German-speaking children to repeat six different types of relative clauses. Although English and German relative clauses are structurally very different, the results were similar across studies: intransitive subject relatives caused fewer errors than transitive subject relatives and direct object relatives, which in turncaused fewer errors thanin direct object relatives and oblique relatives; finally, genitive relatives caused by far the most problems. Challenging previous analyses in which the acquisition of relative clauses has been explained by the varying distance between filler and gap, we propose a multifactorial analysis in which the acquisitionprocess is determined primarily by the similarity betweenthe various types of relative clauses and their relationship to simple sentences.}} @article{Eythorsson:2005, Author = {Eyth{\'o}rsson, Th{\'o}rhallur and Bar{\dh}dal, J{\'o}hanna}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/81.4eythorsson.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {824--881}, Title = {Oblique Subjects: A Common {G}ermanic Inheritance}, Volume = {81}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {We argue that subject-like obliques of the impersonal construction show behavioral properties of syntactic subjects in Old Germanic, contrary to standard assumptions (Cole et al. 1980). Subject tests, including control infinitives, reveal that subject-like obliques in Old and Early Middle English, Old Swedish, and Old Norse-Icelandic exhibit behavioral properties of subjects, as they do in Modern Icelandic and Faroese. We also present new data from Modern German, illustrating the same syntactic behavior of corresponding arguments in that language. Thus, we conclude that subject-like obliques exhibit behavioral properties of syntactic subjects from the earliest attested Germanic period onwards. Our findings contradict the standard view that these arguments were objects, which gradually acquired subject properties. We show that data from Gothic intended to support the standard view has been misinterpreted. Given the validity of our findings there are no grounds for reconstructing a stage at which subject-like obliques were objects in Germanic.}} @article{Hay:2005, Author = {Hay, Jennifer and Sudbury, Andrea}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/81.4hay.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {799--823}, Title = {How Rhoticity Became /r/-Sandhi}, Volume = {81}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {It is well known that nearly all nonrhotic dialects of English exhibit linking and/or intrusive /r/. What is not known are the details about how linking and intrusive /r/ emerge. This article provides the first empirical data on the diachronic relationship between the decline of rhoticity and the emergence of /r/-sandhi in a dialect of English. The results are based on an analysis of rhoticity and /r/-sandhi in the speech of New Zealanders born between 1860 and 1925, dates that encompass the formative years of New Zealand English. The results demonstrate that the /r/- sandhi system in New Zealand English emerged gradually and overlapped with the decline of rhoticity. This is a significant advance on previous descriptive work on this topic and provides results that should both inform and constrain potential phonological theories of /r/-sandhi.}} @article{McGinnis:2005, Author = {McGinnis, Martha}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/81.3mcginnis.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {699--718}, Title = {On Markedness Asymmetries in Person and Number}, Volume = {81}, Year = {2005}} @article{Baayen:2005, Author = {Baayen, Harald R. and Mart{\'\i}n, Ferm{\'\i}n Moscoso del Prado}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/81.3baayen.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {666--698}, Title = {Semantic Density and Past-Tense Formation in Three {G}ermanic Languages}, Volume = {81}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {It is widely believed that the difference between regular and irregular verbs is restricted to form. This study questions that belief. We report a series of lexical statistics showing that irregular verbs cluster in denser regions in semantic space. Compared to regular verbs, irregular verbs tend to have more semantic neighbors that in turn have relatively many other semantic neighbors that are morphologically irregular. We show that this greater semantic density for irregulars is reflected in association norms, familiarity ratings, visual lexical-decision latencies, and word-naming latencies. Meta-analyses of the materials of two neuroimaging studies show that in these studies, regularity is confounded with differences in semantic density. Our results challenge the hypothesis of the supposed formal encapsulation of rules of inflection and support lines of research in which sensitivity to probability is recognized as intrinsic to human language.}} @article{Davies:2005, Author = {Davies, William D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/81.3davies.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {645--665}, Title = {Madurese Prolepsis and its Implications for a Typology of Raising}, Volume = {81}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {This article focuses on the grammatical properties of aMadurese structure in which an argument of a complement clause appears to occur in a nonthematic position in its dominating clause. RAISING-TO-OBJECT (or its analogue in nonderivational theories) has been proposed over the past thirty years or so for the corresponding construction in the closely related Austronesian languages of Balinese, Indonesian/Malay, and Javanese. Close examination of the Madurese data reveals that a proleptic NP analysis, in which the matrix NP is generated in the matrix clause, proves superior to the raising analysis and shares virtually all of the same properties as the parallel English construction (I believe about Marlena that she left for Jakarta on Wednesday). Enumeration of these properties and comparison with both RAISING and COPY RAISING provide the initial step in identifying the hallmarks of each construction and how they might differ typologically.}} @article{Rosenbach:2005, Author = {Rosenbach, Anette}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/81.3rosenbach.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {613--644}, Title = {Animacy versus Weight as Determinants of Grammatical Variation in {E}nglish}, Volume = {81}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {This article investigates whether certain animacy effects are an artifact of syntactic weight (because statistically, animate referents tend to be short) or whether animacy is an independent variable in grammatical variation. The empirical domain of investigation is a case of grammatical variation in the noun phrase, specifically, English genitive variation. Data from a corpus study as well as the results of an experimental study are brought forward, showing that animacy and weight are independent factors. These data are further supported by typological evidence. Moreover, the analysis of the interaction of animacy and weight provides evidence that animacy can even dominate weight up to a certain cut-off point. Finally, it is argued that animacy is a processing factor influencing grammatical variation, just as weight is.}} @article{Fukushima:2005, Author = {Fukushima, Kazuhiko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/81.3fukushima.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {568--612}, Title = {Lexical {V-V} Compounds in {J}apanese: Lexicon vs. Syntax}, Volume = {81}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {One of the central issues in morphology/morphosyntax has been the locus of the mechanisms responsible for word formation. LEXICALISM claims that the mechanisms employed forwor d formation are distinct from those found in other domains (e.g. syntax). I examine in this article so-called `lexical' V-V compound formation in Japanese from a lexicalist point of view and show that it is indeed LEXICAL (some claim that it is syntactic). Though Japanese V-V compounds have been studied extensively, a principled and unified account has not been proposed due to their complexities, especially one that deals with the question of how arguments of component verbs are to be synthesized into a single argument structure. The current proposal embodies the notion of THEMATIC PROTO-ROLE and devises semantically driven argument matching giving rise to an argument structure of a V-V compound as a whole. In such a process, syntactic apparatuses or grammatical relations per se play no central role.}} @article{Demuth:2005, Author = {Demuth, Katherine and Machobane, Malillo and Moloi, Francina and Odata, Christopher}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/81.2demuth.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {421--447}, Title = {Learning Animacy Hierarchy Effects in {S}esotho Double Object Applicatives}, Volume = {81}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {Researchers have long debated the means by which children learn the argument structure of verbs. Making syntactic generalizations often entails learning the semantics of different verbs, complicating and delaying the acquisition process. This study investigates four- to twelve-yearolds' and adults' knowledge of animacy hierarchy restrictions on postverbal word order in Sesotho double object applicatives, constructions where verb semantics is kept constant. Performance on forced-choice elicited production tasks showed that four-year-olds have early knowledge of the animacy hierarchy restrictions, providing evidence of syntactic generalization even on low-frequency constructions. Although there were no verb frequency effects, performance was also better on the highest-frequency animacy constructions. The results suggest that learning restrictions on verb-argument structure is facilitated when verb semantics is not a confound, but that construction frequency also plays a role in mastering the argument structure of verbs.}} @article{Nakhleh:2005, Author = {Nakhleh, Luay and Ringe, Don and Warnow, Tandy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/81.2nakhleh.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {382--420}, Title = {Perfect Phylogenetic Networks: A New Methodology for Reconstructing the Evolutionary History of Natural Languages}, Volume = {81}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {In this article we extend the model of language evolution exemplified in Ringe et al. 2002, which recovers phylogenetic trees optimized according to a criterion of weighted maximum compatibility, to include cases in which languages remain in contact and trade linguistic material as they evolve. We describe our analysis of an Indo-European (IE) dataset (originally assembled by Ringe and Taylor) based on this new model. Our study shows that this new model fits the IE family well and suggests that the early evolution of IE involved only limited contact between distinct lineages. Furthermore, the candidate histories we obtain appear to be consistent with archaeological findings, which suggests that this method may be of practical use. The case at hand provides no opportunity to explore the problem of conflict between network optimization criteria; that problem must be left to future research.}} @article{Kennedy:2005, Author = {Kennedy, Christopher and McNally, Louise}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/81.2kennedy.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {345--381}, Title = {Scale Structure, Degree Modification, and the Semantics of Gradable Predicates}, Volume = {81}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {In this article we develop a semantic typology of gradable predicates, with special emphasis on deverbal adjectives. We argue for the linguistic relevance of this typology by demonstrating that the distribution and interpretation of degree modifiers is sensitive to its twomajor classificatory parameters: (1) whether a gradable predicate is associated with what we call an open or closed scale, and (2) whether the standard of comparison for the applicability of the predicate is absolute or relative to a context. We further showthat the classification of an important subclass of adjectives within the typology is largely predictable. Specifically, the scale structure of a deverbal gradable adjective correlates either with the algebraic part structure of the event denoted by its source verb or with the part structure of the entities to which the adjective applies. These correlations underscore the fact that gradability is characteristic not only of adjectives but also of verbs and nouns, and that scalar properties are shared by categorially distinct but derivationally related expressions.}} @article{Aronoff:2005, Author = {Aronoff, Mark and Meir, Irit and Sandler, Wendy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/81.2aronoff.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {301--344}, Title = {The Paradox of {S}ign {L}anguage Morphology}, Volume = {81}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {Sign languages have two strikingly different kinds of morphological structure: sequential and simultaneous. The simultaneous morphology of two unrelated sign languages, American and Israeli Sign Language, is very similar and is largely inflectional, while what little sequential morphology we have found differs significantly and is derivational. We show that at least two pervasive types of inflectional morphology, verb agreement and classifier constructions, are iconically grounded in spatiotemporal cognition, while the sequential patterns can be traced to normal historical development. We attribute the paucity of sequential morphology in sign languages to their youth. This research both brings sign languages much closer to spoken languages in their morphological structure and shows how the medium of communication contributes to the structure of languages.}} @article{Newmeyer:2005, Author = {Newmeyer, Frederick J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/81.1newmeyer.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {229--236}, Title = {A reply to the critiques of `Grammar is grammar and usage is usage'}, Volume = {81}, Year = {2005}} @article{Meyer:2005, Author = {Meyer, Charles F. and Tao, Hongyin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/81.1meyer.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {226--228}, Title = {Response to {N}ewmeyer's `Grammar is grammar and usage is usage'}, Volume = {81}, Year = {2005}} @article{Laury:2005, Author = {Laury, Ritva and Ono, Tsuyoshi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/81.1laury.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {218--225}, Title = {Data is data and model is model: You don't discard the data that doesn't fit your model!}, Volume = {81}, Year = {2005}} @article{Clark:2005, Author = {Clark, Brady}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/81.1clark.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {207--217}, Title = {On Stochastic Grammar}, Volume = {81}, Year = {2005}} @article{Foulkes:2005, Author = {Foulkes, Paul and Docherty, Gerard and Watt, Dominic}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/81.1foulkes.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {177--206}, Title = {Phonological Variation in Child-Directed Speech}, Volume = {81}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {Segmental features of child-directed speech (CDS) were studied in a corpus drawn from thirtynine mothers living in Tyneside, England. Focus was on the phonetic variants used for (t) in word-medial and word-final prevocalic contexts since it is known that these variants display clear sociolinguistic patterning in the adult community. Variant usage in CDS was found to differ markedly from that in interadult speech. Effects were also found with respect to the age and gender of the children being addressed. Speech to girls generally contained more standard variants than speech to boys, which, by contrast, contained higher rates of vernacular variants. The differentiation by gender was most apparent for the youngest children. The findings are assessed in comparison to other studies of CDS. It has previously been claimed that modifications made in the CDS register help children to learn linguistic structures and also to learn that speech is a social activity. Our findings suggest that CDS may play an additional role, providing boys and girls as young as 2;0 with differential opportunities to learn the social-indexical values of sociolinguistic variables.}} @article{Baker:2005, Author = {Baker, Mark C. and Aranovich, Roberto and Golluscio, Luc{\'\i}a A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/81.1baker.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {138--176}, Title = {Two Types of Syntactic Noun Incorporation: Noun Incorporation in {M}apudungun and its Typological Implications}, Volume = {81}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {NOUN INCORPORATION (NI) in Mapudungun is different from NI in better-studied languages like Mohawk in three ways: the incorporated noun is invisible to verbal agreement, incorporation into unaccusative verbs is impossible unless a possessor is stranded, and possessors are the only modifiers that can be stranded. These differences can be explained by saying that the trace of NI retains its person, number, and gender features in Mohawk but not in Mapudungun. Those aspects of grammar that do not involve these features treat NI in the two languages the same; thus, NI has the same gross distribution and anaphoric possibilities in both languages. We extend these results to Nahuatl, Chukchee, Ainu, Southern Tiwa, Mayali, and Wichita, showing that our theory accounts for Mithun's (1984) distinction between Type III and Type IV noun incorporation in a general way.}} @article{Farrell:2006, Author = {Farrell, Patrick}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/81.1farrell.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {96--137}, Title = {English Verb-Preposition Constructions: Constituency and Order}, Volume = {81}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {This article offers a comprehensive analysis of the constituent-structure and linear-order properties of English transitive and intransitive V-P constructions involving so-called `particles' (turn on the lights/the lights on, mess up the song/the song up, shut up, sit down, etc.). Drawing on both standard and certain new evidence and arguments, it is proposed that V-P constructions generally come in one or both of two varieties: lexical compounds (mess up in mess up the song) and/or discontinuous verbs, that is, lexemes with more than one piece projected as a word or phrase (mess . . . up in mess the song up), and that the alternation, for those that have both manifestations, reflects different argument structure possibilities for a lexemewith the same overall conceptual semantics. The internal structure of VPs built on V-P lexemes is examined in some detail. The popular `small-clause' approach, according to which the DP of transitive V-P structures is the subject of a phrase that has the P as its predicate, is shown to be problematic, primarily because there in fact exists a true small-clause construction that can have a P as its predicate and the putative small clause of cases like mess the song up systematically lacks the defining properties of this construction. The word-order restrictions that the small-clause approach is designed, in part, to account for are shown to follow from a set of independently needed linearization constraints, which are motivated by functional principles.}} @article{Crowhurst:2005, Author = {Crowhurst, Megan J. and Michael, Lev D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/81.1crowhurst.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {47--95}, Title = {Iterative Footing and Prominence-Driven Stress in {N}anti ({K}ampa)}, Volume = {81}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {In this article we describe and develop an optimality-theoretic (OT) analysis of foot-level (secondary) and word-level (primary) stress in Nanti, a Kampa language of Peru. The distribution of stress in Nanti is sensitive to rhythmic factors, syllable quantity, vowel quality, and to whether a syllable is open or closed. The interaction of these independent variables produces a complex, multigrade stress scale married to an iterative stress system whose default preference is alternating, iambic rhythm. While each of the interacting factors in this system is familiar to phonologists, Nanti is special because the particular combination of influences and factors in Nanti contributes to a complexity of interactions that has not been documented in any other language to date.}} @article{Cowper:2005a, Author = {Cowper, Elizabeth}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/81.1cowper.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {10--46}, Title = {The Geometry of Interpretable Features: {Infl} in {E}nglish and {S}panish}, Volume = {81}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {This article proposes a feature-geometric analysis of the interpretable features of Infl, using MINIMALIST syntax and DISTRIBUTED MORPHOLOGY. A small universal set of monovalent interpretable features and a set of entailment relations among them provide the basis for a principled account of the tense systems of English and Spanish. While each feature, each lexical item, and each vocabulary item has a unified representation, surface polysemy is shown to arise from the mappings between them. Crosslinguistic variation is shown to arise from the different features chosen by each language and from the ways in which each language assembles its features into lexical items and vocabulary items. In addition, the presence or absence of a dependent feature F in a given language is shown to have important consequences for the semantic interpretation of the feature dominating F. These three possible differences interact to produce the significant superficial differences between the tense systems of the two languages.}} @article{Donohue:2006, Author = {Donohue, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/82.2donohue.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {383--398}, Title = {Negative Gramamtical Functions in {S}kou}, Volume = {82}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {Negation is known to correlate with changes of word order, agreement, or case marking in the clause. I present data from Skou, a language of north-central New Guinea, which show obliques and adjuncts appearing postverbally in the SOV positive clause and preverbally in negative clauses. Moreover, in addition to these changes in the order of constituents, the grammatical functions assigned in the negated clause are not the same as in a positive clause, with obliques and adjuncts assuming object properties in the negated clause, as well as object positions. This results in otherwise unattested trivalent constructions in the language.}} @article{Coates:2006, Author = {Coates, Richard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/82.2coates.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {356--382}, Title = {Properhood}, Volume = {82}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {A history of the notion of PROPERHOOD in philosophy and linguistics is given. Two long-standing ideas, (i) that proper names have no sense, and (ii) that they are expressions whose purpose is to refer to individuals, cannot be made to work comprehensively while PROPER is understood as a subcategory of linguistic units, whether of lexemes or phrases. Phrases of the type the old vicarage, which are potentially ambiguous with regard to properhood, encourage the suggestion that PROPER is best understood as a mode of reference contrasting with SEMANTIC reference; in the former, the intension/sense of any lexical items within the referring expression, and any entailments they give rise to, are canceled. PROPER NAMES are all those expressions that refer nonintensionally. Linguistic evidence is given that this opposition can be grammaticalized, a speculation is made about its neurological basis, and psycholinguistic evidence is adduced in support. The PROPER NOUN, as a lexical category, is argued to be epiphenomenal on proper names as newly defined. Some consequences of the view that proper names have no sense in the act of reference are explored; they are not debarred from having senses (better: synchronic etymologies) accessible during other (meta)linguistic activities.}} @article{Bybee:2006, Author = {Bybee, Joan and Eddington, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/82.2bybee.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {323--355}, Title = {A Usage-Based Approach to {S}panish Verbs of `Becoming'}, Volume = {82}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {A usage-based analysis of four constructions in Spanish, each with a different verb meaning `become' used with an animate subject and an adjective, provides evidence for exemplar representations of constructions, with analogy to these representations accounting for productive use. We analyze 423 tokens from spoken and written corpora, which we take to represent a subset of a speaker's experience with these constructions. The analysis, based on token frequency and semantic similarity, leads to the organization of tokens with two of the verbs into dense clusters of semantically related adjectives centered on a high-frequency exemplar. The other two verbs are used with more diverse sets of adjectives. We supplement the initial analysis with an experiment in which speakers were asked to rate the semantic similarity of pairs of adjectives. When subjected to multidimensional scaling, the results of the experiment support the initial analysis. We argue that novel instances of verb adjective sequences are based on analogies to previous experience and not on rules that refer to abstract features. In a second experiment, speakers judged the acceptability of sentences taken from the corpora; the results showed that high-frequency expressions and expressions semantically similar to the high-frequency ones lead to an expression being judged more acceptable. Overall the results support exemplar representations, which are heavily based on usage experience.}} @article{Stump:2006, Author = {Stump, Gregory T.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/82.2stump.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {279--322}, Title = {Heteroclisis and Paradigm Linkage}, Volume = {82}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {Heteroclisis is the property of a lexeme whose inflectional paradigm involves two or more distinct inflection classes. Although heteroclisis is widely observable, its implications for grammatical theory remain underexplored, perhaps because its canonical instances have the appearance of sporadic lexical exceptions. But heteroclisis cannot be assumed to lack any role in the definition of a language's morphology, since (i) it is sometimes highly systematic, involving whole classes of lexemes, and (ii) it obeys a universal constraint. These two facts show that heteroclisis is rulegoverned. On the assumption that inflectional morphology involves a linkage of content-paradigms with form-paradigms (Stump 2002), heteroclisis can be seen as a kind of mismatch regulated by rules of paradigm linkage. Such rules account for the range of empirical phenomena subsumed by observations (i) and (ii).}} @article{Harris:2006, Author = {Harris, Alice C.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/82.1harris.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {114--130}, Title = {Revisiting Anaphoric Islands}, Volume = {82}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {Postal (1969) discusses words as anaphoric islands. So-called OUTBOUND ANAPHORA was further discussed in a series of papers published in the 1970s through the early 1990s, but INBOUND ANAPHORA, such as Postal's *himite (beside McCarthyite), has received less attention. It is shown here that a wide variety of words in Georgian are based on pronouns, including fully referential personal pronouns, reflexive pronouns, question words, quantifiers, and negative pronouns. Thus, the nonoccuring combinations of English are a language-particular problem.}} @article{Bock:2006, Author = {Bock, Kathryn and Cutler, Anne and Eberhard, Kathleen M. and Butterfield, Sally and Cutting, J. Cooper and Humphreys, Karin R.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/82.1bock_etal.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {64--113}, Title = {Number Agreement in {B}ritish and {A}merican {E}nglish: Disagreeing to Agree Collectively}, Volume = {82}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {British andAmerican speakers exhibit different verb number agreement patterns when sentence subjects have collective headnouns. From linguistic andpsycholinguistic accounts of how agreement is implemented, three alternative hypotheses can be derived to explain these differences. The hypotheses involve variations in the representation of notional number, disparities in how notional andgrammatical number are used, and inequalities in the grammatical number specifications of collective nouns. We carriedout a series of corpus analyses, production experiments, andnorming studies to test these hypotheses. The results converge to suggest that British and American speakers are equally sensitive to variations in notional number andimplement subjectverb agreement in much the same way, but are likely to differ in the lexical specifications of number for collectives. The findings support a psycholinguistic theory that explains verb and pronoun agreement within a parallel architecture of lexical andsyntactic formulation.}} @article{Keyser:2006, Author = {Keyser, Samuel Jay and Stevens, Kenneth Noble}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/82.1keyser_Stevens.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {33--63}, Title = {Enhancement and Overlap in the Speech Chain}, Volume = {82}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {A model of speech production is proposed in which the input is a planning stage at which lexical items are arrayed, accompanied by the full panoply of phonological representations from distinctive features to their attendant tree structures. A set of instructions for control of the vocal tract is calculated leading to a sound output. Two parallel processes are involved in the calculation of these instructions, both of which replace the planning-stage representation by the appropriate motoric instructions. One of these processes is universal and involves replacing each distinctive feature with an appropriate set of motoric instructions, either unmodified or modified by the process of overlap. We postulate a parallel language-specific process that is sensitive to those features in danger of losing their perceptual saliency as a consequence of the environment in which they appear. This process, referred to as ENHANCEMENT, adds additional motoric instructions to enhance the saliency of the jeopardized features. We provide a number of examples to illustrate how enhancement works. We conclude from these examples that whereas defining gestures related to distinctive features are, in many instances, weakened or even absented from the speech stream, enhancement gestures, once added to the set of motoric instructions, appear never to be subject to obliteration by overlap.}} @article{Lidz:2006, Author = {Lidz, Jeffrey}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/82.1lidz.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {10--32}, Title = {The Grammar of Accusative Case in {K}annada}, Volume = {82}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {This article examines the distribution of accusative case morphology in Kannada, detailing the syntactic, semantic, and morphological factors that contribute to its occurrence. Accusative case morphology is optional on inanimate direct objects. When optional, its presence indicates a specific reading, which I argue is best modeled as a choice function. The specific readings due to morphological formare distinct fromspecific readings that arise fromsyntactic position. Positional specificity is detectable only on morphologically noncasemarked object NPs. When the accusative case morpheme is obligatory, specificity effects are positional and not due to the presence of the morpheme. In this situation, additional morphology is required to achieve an inherently specific interpretation, suggesting a separation between morphological signals and meaning}} @article{Grohmann:2003a, Author = {Grohmann, Kleanthes K.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax6(3)Grohmann.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {260--312}, Title = {Successive Cyclicity Under (Anti-)Local Considerations}, Volume = {6}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {Locality effects are typically understood to ensue when a dependency between two positions is too long --that is, as an upper bound on the distance an element may move (standard locality). This article explores some consequences of asking whether the opposite effect exists also, in terms of the Anti-Locality Hypothesis: movement must be local, but not too local. Anti-locality is formulated through a tripartite split of clause structure into Prolific Domains, subdomains of the derivation relevant for the operation Spell-Out. The focus of the investigation will be generalized successive-cyclic movement: clause-internal movement from thematic to A- to A0-positions as well as movement across clause boundaries, thereby unifying the derivational steps involved in unrelated constructions. I argue that, within a clause, an element can only ever move to the next higher Prolific Domain (Intraclausal Movement Generalization), whereas movement across clauses targets a position within the next higher Prolific Domain of the same type (Interclausal Movement Generalization). These two generalizations are claimed to boil down to an interaction between standard locality and anti-locality considerations. Consequently, we can observe a transparent symmetry in locality issues, which I take to be a desirable result.}} @article{Boeckx:2003, Author = {Boeckx, Cedric}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax6(3)Boeckx.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {213--236}, Title = {{(In)direct} Binding}, Volume = {6}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {This paper provides a syntactic configuration for the licensing of donkey anaphors that is common to virtually all other cases of variable binding, viz. c- command. To achieve this, I am led to refine the notion of ``adjunct''; in particular, the status of the if-clause in conditionals. I argue for the well-foundedness of such an attempt by establishing a detailed parallelism between donkey anaphors and parasitic gaps. It is shown that recent accounts of parasitic gaps in terms of sideward movement (Nunes 1995, 2001) can also capture the core properties of donkey anaphora. If correct, the arguments presented here strengthen the derivational approach to syntactic relations pursued in much recent work, and the recent attempts to capture rules of construal via movement operations (Hornstein 2000, Kayne 2002, Boeckx 2001}} @article{Kandybowicz:2003, Author = {Kandybowicz, Jason and Baker, Mark C.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax6(2)Kandybowicz_Baker.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {115--155}, Title = {On the Directionality and the Structure of the Verb Phrase: Evidence from {N}upe}, Volume = {6}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {We propose a movement account of why some verb phrases seem to be head-final in the Nupe language whereas others seem to be head-initial. Several converging arguments are given that verbs come before their complements in the underlying structure. Apparent counterexamples come from the presence of identifiable functional heads within the verb phrase structure that attract NPs to their specifier position. Two such heads are distinguished: AgrO 0, which attracts an NP nonlocally for purposes of licensing accusative Case, and Infin0, which attracts the closest NP to check an EPP feature regardless of whether it is Case marked. We briefly compare our analysis to remnant movement analyses to sharpen the typology of leftward movement in natural language. We conclude that the success of Kayne's (1994) approach to word order depends on uncovering and cataloging the triggers of these movements.}} @article{Sobin:2003, Author = {Sobin, Nicholas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax6(2)Sobin.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {183-212}, Title = {Negative Inversion as Nonmovement}, Volume = {6}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {In a substantial body of work, negative inversion (NI) is argued to be movement of a verb toward a negative expression and out of IP/AgrP. NI constructions are claimed to work in parallel with wh-questions. This paper offers an AgrP-internal account of NI constructions, which is consistent with positing a simpler CP layer. I argue here that there is no attraction of the verb to the negative expression (i.e., no Negative Criterion) and that the apparent inversion is impeded movement where the elements involved (verb and subject) fail to arrive at the normal declarative surface positions. It is demonstrated that such an analysis accounts straightforwardly for a variety of phenomena that require complexity or dual analysis in IP/AgrP-external approaches to NI.}} @article{Foley:2003, Author = {Foley, Claire and del Prado, Zelmira N{\'u}{\~n}ez and Barbier, Isabella and Lust, Barbara}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax6(1)Foley_etal.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {52--83}, Title = {Knowledge of Variable Binding in {VP}-Ellipsis: Language Acquisition Research and Theory Converge}, Volume = {6}, Year = {2003}} @article{Brody:2003, Author = {Brody, Michael and Szabolcsi, Anna}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax6(1)Brody_Szabolcsi.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {19--51}, Title = {Overt Scope in {H}ungarian}, Volume = {6}, Year = {2003}} @article{Amritavalli:2003, Author = {Amritavalli, R.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax6(1)Amritavalli.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--18}, Title = {Question and Negative Polarity in the Disjunction Phrase}, Volume = {6}, Year = {2003}} @inproceedings{Lee:2003b, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Lee, Felicia}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Journal = {Syntax}, Keywords = {morphology; inflection; library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax6(1)Lee.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {84--114}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Anaphoric {R}-Expressions as Bound Variables}, Volume = {6}, Year = {2003}} @article{Milan:2003, Author = {Rezac, Milan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax6(2)Rezac.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {156--182}, Title = {The Fine Structure of Cyclic Agree}, Volume = {6}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {This paper argues for an implementation of cyclicity through a natural economy condition, the Earliness Principle (EP), which requires a feature to be eliminated as early as possible. EP predicts that the search space for feature checking should increase throughout the derivation with the growth of the phrase marker. This prediction is shown to be manifested in ``agreement displacement,'' where agreement morphology under certain conditions cross-references a noncanonical argument. Agreement displacement shows that u-features of a head may seek a DP outside the complement of that head, after the cycle on which search exhausts the complement, as predicted by EP. A detailed look at Basque ergative displacement, which differentially affects person and number, leads to the conclusion that agreement may happen only once per interpretable feature. The blocking of multiple Agree relationships is implemented as a locality effect, based on the construal of Case as a functional category introduced by Agree.}} @article{Davies:2003a, Author = {Davies, William D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax6(3)Davies.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {237--259}, Title = {Extreme Locality in {M}adurese \emph{Wh}-Questions}, Volume = {6}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {This article investigates the apparently three types of wh-questions in Madurese --- wh in situ, overt wh-movement, and partial wh-movement --- and argues that the three are actually instantiations of a single wh-in-situ strategy and that the relation between the wh-element and its operator obeys extreme locality. An analysis is proposed in which overt long distance and partial wh-movement are actually reflexes of A-movement to subject position in a proleptic-object construction. Madurese wh-phenomena are situated in term of Cole and Hermon's (1998) typology of wh-movement. It is further suggested here that movement across clause boundaries is illicit in Madurese.}} @article{Schwarzschild:2006, Author = {Schwarzschild, Roger}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/syntax9(1)Schwarzschild.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {67--110}, Title = {The Role of Dimensions in the Syntax of Noun Phrases}, Volume = {9}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {An extended noun phrase may contain an expression that describes some dimension. Weight is described by each of the prenominal expressions in heavy rock, too much ballast, 2 pound rock, 2 pounds of rocks. The central claim of this paper is that the position of these types of expressions within the noun phrase limits the kinds of dimensions they may describe. The limitations have to do with whether or not the dimension tracks relevant part-whole relations. An analogy is made between these constraints and the well-known constraints on thematic relations that are incurred by the position of a noun phrase in a clause. A proposal is made about the meanings of expressions like too much and 2 pounds which explains their common cross-categorial distribution and this informs the analysis of their use in noun phrases. A position is taken on the meaning of the count mass distinction which, in conjunction with the hypothesis about dimensions, explains asymmetries in the distribution of prenominal adjectives with count and mass nouns.}} @article{Landau:2006, Author = {Landau, Idan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax9(1)Landau.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {32--66}, Title = {Chain Resolution in {H}ebrew {V(P)}-fronting}, Volume = {9}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {The copy theory of movement receives the strongest form of support from instances of movement leaving phonetically visible copies. Such is hte case in Hebre VP-fronting, where teh fronted verb surfaces as an infinitive, and its ``trace'' is pronounced as an inflected verbal copy. This paper argues that V-doubling is explained by the same algorithm that determines pronunciation of single copies in canonical chains. The phonetic resolution of chains is PR-internal, strictly local, and need not appeal to cross-interface recoverability constraints. Crosslinguistic variation in predicate clefts largely reflects different morpho-phonological strategies of realizing the fronted predicate head.}} @article{Herdan:2006, Author = {Herdan, Simona and Sharvit, Yael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax9(1)Herdan_Sharvit.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--31}, Title = {Definite and Nondefinite Superlatives and {NPI} Licensing}, Volume = {9}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {We observe that superlative noun phrases are often not definite and may be headed by an indefinite determiner and other determiners. We attribute this fact tot hte semantics of the superlative morpheme which creates a (not necessarily singleton) set of individuals. A welcome prediction made by this proosal is that negative polarity items (NPIs) are licensed in the postnominal position only when the determiner that precedes the sperulative morpheme is definite, because only then does the superlative morpheme have the semantic property required for NPI licensing --- namely, Strawson Downward Entailingness. We explore some semantic and syntactic consequences of the proposal.}} @incollection{Ogihara:2006, Author = {Ogihara, Toshiyuki}, Booktitle = {Crosslinguistic Research in Syntax and Semantics. Negation, Tense and Clausal Architecture}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Zanuttini, Rafaella and Campos, H{\'e}ctor and Herburger, Elena and Portner, Paul H.}, Pages = {231--247}, Publisher = {Georgetown University Press}, Title = {Tense, Adverbials, and Quantification}, Year = {2006}} @incollection{Meulen:2006, Author = {Meulen, Alice G. B. ter}, Booktitle = {Crosslinguistic Research in Syntax and Semantics. Negation, Tense and Clausal Architecture}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Zanuttini, Rafaella and Campos, H{\'e}ctor and Herburger, Elena and Portner, Paul H.}, Pages = {221--230}, Publisher = {Georgetown University Press}, Title = {Cohesion in Temporal Context: Aspectual Adverbs as Dynamic Indexicals}, Year = {2006}} @incollection{Swart:2006, Author = {Swart, Henri{\"e}tte de}, Booktitle = {Crosslinguistic Research in Syntax and Semantics. Negation, Tense and Clausal Architecture}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Zanuttini, Rafaella and Campos, H{\'e}ctor and Herburger, Elena and Portner, Paul H.}, Pages = {199--220}, Publisher = {Georgetown University Press}, Title = {Marking and Interpretation of Negation: A Bidirectional Optimality Theory Approach}, Year = {2006}} @incollection{Schwarz:2006, Author = {Schwarz, Bernhard and Bhatt, Rajesh}, Booktitle = {Crosslinguistic Research in Syntax and Semantics. Negation, Tense and Clausal Architecture}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Zanuttini, Rafaella and Campos, H{\'e}ctor and Herburger, Elena and Portner, Paul H.}, Pages = {175--198}, Publisher = {Georgetown University Press}, Title = {Light Negation and Polarity}, Year = {2006}} @incollection{Dikken:2006, Author = {den Dikken, Marcel}, Booktitle = {Crosslinguistic Research in Syntax and Semantics. Negation, Tense and Clausal Architecture}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Zanuttini, Rafaella and Campos, H{\'e}ctor and Herburger, Elena and Portner, Paul H.}, Pages = {151--174}, Publisher = {Georgetown University Press}, Title = {Parasitism, Secondary Triggering, and Depth of Embedding}, Year = {2006}} @incollection{Travis:2006, Author = {Travis, Lisa deMena}, Booktitle = {Crosslinguistic Research in Syntax and Semantics. Negation, Tense and Clausal Architecture}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Zanuttini, Rafaella and Campos, H{\'e}ctor and Herburger, Elena and Portner, Paul H.}, Pages = {127--150}, Publisher = {Georgetown University Press}, Title = {{VP}-, {D}-Movement Languages}, Year = {2006}} @incollection{McCloskey:2006, Author = {McCloskey, James}, Booktitle = {Crosslinguistic Research in Syntax and Semantics. Negation, Tense and Clausal Architecture}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Zanuttini, Rafaella and Campos, H{\'e}ctor and Herburger, Elena and Portner, Paul H.}, Pages = {87--126}, Publisher = {Georgetown University Press}, Title = {Questions and Questioning in a Local {E}nglish}, Year = {2006}} @incollection{Beninca:2006, Author = {Beninc{\`a}, Paola}, Booktitle = {Crosslinguistic Research in Syntax and Semantics. Negation, Tense and Clausal Architecture}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Zanuttini, Rafaella and Campos, H{\'e}ctor and Herburger, Elena and Portner, Paul H.}, Pages = {53--86}, Publisher = {Georgetown University Press}, Title = {A Detailed Map of the Left Periphery of {M}edieval {R}omance}, Year = {2006}} @incollection{Haegeman:2006, Author = {Haegeman, Liliane}, Booktitle = {Crosslinguistic Research in Syntax and Semantics. Negation, Tense and Clausal Architecture}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Zanuttini, Rafaella and Campos, H{\'e}ctor and Herburger, Elena and Portner, Paul H.}, Pages = {27--52}, Publisher = {Georgetown University Press}, Title = {Argument Fronting in {E}nglish, {R}omance {CLLD}, and the Left Periphery}, Year = {2006}} @incollection{Phillips:2006, Author = {Phillips, Colin}, Booktitle = {Crosslinguistic Research in Syntax and Semantics. Negation, Tense and Clausal Architecture}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Zanuttini, Rafaella and Campos, H{\'e}ctor and Herburger, Elena and Portner, Paul H.}, Pages = {13--26}, Publisher = {Georgetown University Press}, Title = {Three Benchmarks for Distributional Approaches to Natural Language Syntax}, Year = {2006}} @phdthesis{Prust:1992, Author = {Pr{\"u}st, Hub}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, School = {University of Amsterdam}, Title = {On Discourse Structuring, {VP} Anaphora, and {G}apping}, Year = {1992}} @article{Jusczyk:2002, Author = {Jusczyk, Peter W. and Smolensky, Paul and Allocco, Theresa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language_Acquisition/10.1Jusczyk_etal.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {31-73}, Title = {How {E}nglish-Learning Infants Respond to Markedness and Faithfulness Constraints}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {According to the nativist interpretation of Optimality Theory (Prince and Smolensky (1993)), all language learners are born with a set of universal constraints. Learnability arguments entail that, in the initial state, markedness constraints outrank faithfulness constraints (Prince (personal communication, September 26, 1993), Smolensky (1996a), Tesar and Smolensky (2000)). This study investigates whether English learners give evidence of observing markedness and faithfulness constraints relating to nasal place assimilation. Employing the Headturn Preference Procedure (Jusczyk (1998b), Kemler Nelson et al. (1995)), these investigations introduce a general experimental paradigm for exploring infants' phonological grammars. English learners at 4.5 and 10 months of age gave evidence of observing both markedness and faithfulness constraints and ranked markedness above faithfulness. After a brief instability around 15 months, at 20 months they display the adult English pattern, with markedness outranking faithfulness.}} @article{Petinou:2002, Author = {Petinou, Kakia and Terzi, Arhonto}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language_Acquisition/10.1Petinou_Terzi.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--28}, Title = {Clitic Misplacement Among Normally Developing Children and Children with Specific Language Impairment and the Status of {I}nfl Heads}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {In this article, we focus on an exceptional instance of nonadult positioning of clitics in early Cypriot Greek and Cypriot Greek with specific language impairment (SLI). We attribute misplaced clitics to children's incomplete knowledge concerning properties of the inflectional (Infl) particles, which interact in crucial ways with finite V(erb) movement to M(ood). We claim that children perceive Infl particles as phrasal specifiers or adjuncts, unable to check the V-features of M, hence perform V-to-M movement even in their presence, and clitics emerge in (nonadult) postverbal position, giving the impression that they have been misplaced. We point out that functional heads seem to be perceived as phrasal in other early languages and possibly also in domains other than Infl, and we explain why clitics are not found misplaced in standard Greek and standard Romance, with the exception of Portuguese. Finally, the absence of qualitative differences between the early populations and populations with SLI we studied corroborates with views that consider SLI a language delay, but the degree to which quantitative differences were attested raises questions.}} @article{Borer:2002, Author = {Borer, Hagit and Rohrbacher, Bernhard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language_Acquisition/10.2Borer_Rohrbacher.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {123--175}, Title = {Minding the Absent: Arguments for the Full Competence Hypothesis}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {Children, it is well known, go through a developmental stage in which they omit functional material, a fact that is often attributed to a missing of deficient functional structure in the early grammar. We argue that the systematic omission of functional material, on the contrary, argues for the presence of functional structure, as in the absence of such structure what is expected is not a systematic omission of functional material but rather its random (over)use. Random use of functional material is attested in agrammatic speech in which we suggest it may indeed stem from absent or deficient functional structure. On the other hand, the early grammar is characterized by full, albeit phonologically unrealized, functional structures. Such phonologically unrealized functional structures, we suggest, are interpreted in the early grammar through Discourse-linking using principles that are available through Universal Grammar and that are otherwise attested in natural language.}} @article{Drozd:2002, Author = {Drozd, Kenneth F.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language_Acquisition/10.2Drozd.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {77--122}, Title = {Negative {DP}s and Elliptical Negation in Child {E}nglish}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {In this article, I present a new syntactic analysis of the negative marker no in child English. The main claim of the article is that the majority of no constructions in early child English are determiner phrases (DPs) in which no appears as a determiner. This claim is supported on the basis of distributional and morphosyntactic tests, a discourse analysis of children's elliptical negatives, and a comparison of no constructions in child and adult English. These results suggest that the Sentence Operator analysis, the standard analysis of child English no for more than 30 years, is untenable as a general analysis of child English no. The results also suggest that although children make many mistakes using no, they represent no as a determiner in abstract syntax and control the Phonetic Form principles that regulate the use of discourse ellipsis with no DPs at a very early age.}} @article{Thornton:2002, Author = {Thornton, Rosalind}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language_Acquisition/10.3Thornton.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {229-271}, Title = {Let's Change the Subject: Focus Movement in Early Grammar}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {Universal Grammar (UG) allows a multitude of devices that can be drawn on to express focus. The child's task is to reconcile the possible UG options with the positive data provided by the target language. In English, except for the cleft structure, focus is indicated by word stress. I argue that some children initially hypothesize that focus is signaled by syntactic movement. The empirical evidence in favor of this argument comes from a longitudinal diary data from one child, A.L., from age 1;9 to 2;4. In contexts in which the subject of the sentence receives either contrastive or emphatic focus, A.L. produces utterances like ``You're do it,'' or ``I'm do it.'' The nominative pronoun and an agreeing form of be are claimed to be moved to a position of focus in the phrase structure. Further, the first-person utterances like ``I'm do it'' are preceded by utterances with the form ``My do it'' in the same contexts. This leads to the proposal that my is a metathesized form of I'm, not a genitive pronoun as claimed in previous literature. As a consequence, subjects bearing genitive case are claimed not to exist in child English.}} @article{Legendre:2002, Author = {Legendre, G{\'e}raldine and Hagstrom, Paul and Vainikka, Anne and Todorova, Marina}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language_Acquisition/10.3Legendre_etal.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {189--227}, Title = {Partial Constraint Ordering in Child {F}rench Syntax}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2002}} @article{Bar-Shalom:2002, Author = {Bar-Shalom, Eva}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language_Acquisition/10.4BarShalom.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {321--337}, Title = {Tense and Aspect in {E}arly {C}hild {R}ussian}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2002}} @article{Josefsson:2002, Author = {Josefsson, Gunl{\"o}g}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language_Acquisition/10.4Josefsson.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {273--320}, Title = {The Use and Function of Nonfinite Root Clauses in {S}wedish Child Language}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2002}} @article{Minkoff:2003, Author = {Minkoff, Seth}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language_Acquisition/11.1Minkoff.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {33--62}, Title = {Syntax and Epistemology in {G}uatemalan Children's {S}panish: The Case of Non-Consciousness and Non-Coreference}, Volume = {11}, Year = {2003}} @article{Pollmann:2003, Author = {Pollmann, Thijs}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language_Acquisition/11.1Pollmann.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--31}, Title = {Some Principles Involved in the Acquisition of Number Words}, Volume = {11}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {Number acquisition is a field of research with a wealth of studies mainly by psychologists. In this article, I try to add some linguistic insights. To acquire all number words with their meanings as a basis for further mathematical thinking---at least other numerals than those for small numerosities like [two] or [three] (and maybe [ four])---a child has to learn a number sequence as a list of speech forms meaningless at first. It is claimed that general principles of rhythm and coordination explain the child's ability to learn by rote a sequence of such speech forms and their word class. I show that these principles also apply in the acquisition of sequences of the names of the days of the week and the names of the months. As far as the development of the counting abilities for numbers up to [a hundred] is concerned, I argue that the particular rhythmical structure of the sequence provides the child with the raw material to develop a concept ``decade word.'' The child will have to learn by rote a second sequence, that is, the sequence of the decade numbers [10, 20, 30, etc.]. This is an important step in the detection of the algorithm that ultimately makes the generation of all natural numbers possible. I argue that the theory of reduction from Lerdahl and Jackendoff's (1996) generative theory of music may explain this step.}} @article{Hiramatsu:2003, Author = {Hiramatsu, Kazuko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language_Acquisition/11.2Hiramatsu.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {99--126}, Title = {Children's Judgments of Negative Questions}, Volume = {11}, Year = {2003}} @article{McDaniel:2003a, Author = {McDaniel, Dana and Lech, Dorota}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language_Acquisition/11.3McDaniel_Lech.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {63--97}, Title = {The Production System's Formulation of Relative Clause Structures: Evidence from {P}olish}, Volume = {11}, Year = {2003}} @article{Slabakova:2003, Author = {Slabakova, Roumyana and Montrul, Silvina}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language_Acquisition/11.3Slabakova_Montrul.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {165-196}, Title = {Genericity and {A}spect in {L2} Acquisition}, Volume = {11}, Year = {2003}} @article{Felser:2003, Author = {Felser, Claudia and Marinis, Theodore and Clahsen, Harald}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language_Acquisition/11.3Felser_etal.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {127--163}, Title = {Children's Processing of Ambiguous Sentences: A Study of Relative Clause Attachment}, Volume = {11}, Year = {2003}} @article{Musolino:2003, Author = {Musolino, Julien and Lidz, Jeffrey}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language_Acquisition/11.4Musolino_Lidz.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {277--291}, Title = {The Scope of Isomorphism: Turning Adults Into Children}, Volume = {11}, Year = {2003}} @article{Baauw:2003, Author = {Baauw, Sergio and Cuetos, Fernando}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language_Acquisition/11.4Baauw_Cuetos.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {219--275}, Title = {The Interpretation of Pronouns in {S}panish Language Acquisition and Breakdown: Evidence for the ``Principle {B} Delay'' as a Non-Unitary Phenomenon}, Volume = {11}, Year = {2003}} @article{Geurts:2003, Author = {Geurts, Bart}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language_Acquisition/11.4Geurts.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {197--218}, Title = {Quantifying Kids}, Volume = {11}, Year = {2003}} @article{Paradis:2006, Author = {Paradis, Johanne and Crago, Martha and Genesee, Fred}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language_Acquisition/13.1Paradis_etal.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {33--62}, Title = {Domain-General Versus Domain-Specific Accounts of Specific Langauge Impairment: Evidence from Bilingual Children's Acquisition of Object Pronouns}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {In this study, we tested the predictions of 2 opposing perspectives on the nature of the deficit in specific language impairment (SLI): the domain-general, cognitive/ perceptual processing view and the domain-specific, linguistic representational view. Data consisted of spontaneous speech samples from French--English bilingual children with SLI; younger, typically developing, bilingual language peers, and monolingual French comparison groups. We analyzed the children's use of direct object clitics/pronouns and definite articles in French and English. The bilingual children had more difficulty with clitics in French than articles in French and pronouns in English; and bilingual children with SLI performed like their younger, unaffected bilingual peers and like monolinguals with SLI. We argue that these findings present challenges to the domain-general perspective and support the claim that domain-specific limitations in linguistic representation are a component of SLI.}} @article{Grolla:2006, Author = {Grolla, Elaine}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language_Acquisition/13.1Grolla.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {63--66}, Title = {Pronouns as Elsewhere Elements: Implications for Language Acquisition}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2006}} @article{Eisenbeiss:2006, Author = {Eisenbeiss, Sonja and Bartke, Susanne and Clahsen, Harald}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language_Acquisition/13.1Eisenbeiss_etal.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {3--32}, Title = {Structural and Lexical Case in {C}hild {G}erman: Evidence from Language-Impaired and Typically Developing Children}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {In this study, we examined the system of case marking in two groups of Germanspeaking children, 5 children with specific language impairment (SLI) and 5 typically developing (TD) children matched to the children with SLI on a general measure of language development. The data from both groups demonstrate high accuracy scores for structural case marking and overapplications of structural cases to instances that require lexical case marking in the adult language. These results, we argue, provide evidence for the sensitivity of both TD children and children with SLI for abstract, structure-based regularities and are incompatible with accounts of SLI that posit broad syntactic deficits for these children.}} @article{Thompson:2006a, Author = {Thompson, Robin and Emmorey, Karen and Kluender, Robert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/24.2Thompson_etal.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {571--604}, Title = {The Relationship between Eye Gaze and Verb Agreement in {A}merican {S}ign {L}anguage: An Eye-Tracking Study}, Volume = {24}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {The representation of agreement is a crucial aspect of current syntactic theory, and therefore should apply in both signed and spoken languages. Neidle et al. (2000) claim that all verb types in American Sign Language (agreeing, spatial, and plain) can occur with abstract syntactic agreement for subject and object. On this view, abstract agreement can be marked with either manual agreement morphology (verb directed toward locations associated with the subject/object) or non-manual agreement (eye gaze toward the object/head tilt toward the subject). Non-manual agreement is claimed to function independently as a feature-checking mechanism since it can occur with plain verbs not marked with overt morphological agreement. We conducted a language production experiment using head-mounted eye-tracking to directly measure signers' eye gaze. The results were inconsistent with Neidle et al.'s claims. While eye gaze accompanying (manually/morphologically) agreeing verbs was most frequently directed toward the location of the syntactic object, eye gaze accompanying plain verbs was rarely directed toward the object. Further, eye gaze accompanying spatial verbs was toward the locative argument, rather than toward the object of transitive verbs or the subject of intransitive verbs as predicted by Neidle et al. Additionally, we found a consistent difference in the height of directed eye gaze between spatial and agreeing verbs. Gaze was directed lower in signing space for locative marking than for object marking, thus clearly distinguishing these two argument types. Plain verbs occurring with null object pronouns were not marked by gaze toward the location of the object and always occurred with an overt object topic. Thus, Neidle et al.'s analysis of null objects as licensed by agreement (manual or non-manual) was not supported. Rather, the data substantiated Lillo-Martin's (1986) claim that null arguments for plain verbs are licensed by topics. To account for the observed patterns of eye gaze, we propose an analysis of eye gaze agreement for agreeing and spatial verbs as marking the `lowest' available argument on a noun phrase accessibility hierarchy.}} @article{Stiebels:2006, Author = {Stiebels, Barbara}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/24.2Stiebels.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {501--570}, Title = {Agent Focus in {M}ayan Languages}, Volume = {24}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {A subset of the Mayan languages makes use of a specific verb form if the subject of a transitive verb is to be focused, questioned or relativized; this form, which renders the verb morphologically intransitive, though semantically transitive, is called `agent focus' among Mayanists. The respective Mayan languages differ in the morphosyntactic implementation of agent focus, i.e. the agreement patterns, the marking of the internal argument and the contexts in which agent focus occurs. The goal of this paper is to provide a lexical approach that accounts for the cross-Mayan variation by means of a small set of faithfulness and markedness constraints. It is proposed that the agent focus marker emerged as a means of disambiguation (by Bidirectional Optimization) and was grammaticalized, thus extending it to contexts where it is not needed and is even counterproductive in terms of the visibility of the arguments' /-features (person and number).}} @article{Pereltsvaig:2006, Author = {Pereltsvaig, Asya}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/24.2Pereltsvaig.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {433--500}, Title = {Small Nominals}, Volume = {24}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {This paper investigates Small Nominals, that is nominals that lack the DP projection. It is shown that Small Nominals can appear in argument positions, but even in argument positions they are non-referential. Thus, it is proposed that thematic relations underpinning argumenthood, on the one hand, and referentiality, on the other hand, do not rely on the same mechanism (e.g., referential indices). The analysis developed in this paper makes use of u-features instead of referential indices; specifically, referentiality is said to be encoded by means of u-feature values, which are unavailable until D is merged. Finally, it is argued that the differences between languages without overt articles (e.g., Russian) and those with overt articles (e.g., Norwegian) are purely morphological rather than syntactic; both types of languages are shown to have both DPs and Small Nominals.}} @article{Fitzpatrick:2006, Author = {Fitzpatrick, Justin M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/24.2Fitzpatrick.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {399--431}, Title = {Deletion Through Movement}, Volume = {24}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {What appears to be deletion is, in some cases, the result of syntactic movement out of a phonologically and. semantically interpreted domain. Support for this conclusion comes from a phenomenon of question truncation that I call auxdrop. I show that aux-drop questions differ minimally from full questions in that their auxiliary, though present early in the derivation, moves to a position in which it is interpreted neither phonologically nor semantically. I also argue that this deletion through movement is not subject to a recoverability condition. The analysis finds a natural place in a theory where head movement is syntactic (not purely phonological) and spell-out is cyclic. This approach explains the emergence of the factative effect -- a type of tense interpretation pattern found in ``bare sentences'' in, e.g., Haitian Creole and F cngbe` -- in an obscure corner of certain languages that normally require full tense specification in finite clauses. My approach finds further support in the patterning of aux-drop questions with VP topicalization and pseudoclefts with respect to morphological mismatch, a pattern of verbal perfect interpretation in the absence of participial morphology.}} @article{Boeckx:2006a, Author = {Boeckx, Cedric}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/24.2Boeckx.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {385--398}, Title = {Honorification as Agreement}, Volume = {24}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {Bobaljik and Yatsushiro (this volume) take issue with Boeckx and Niinuma's (2004) claim that object honorification in Japanese can (and should) be assimilated to more familiar instances of (verb--object) agreement. I show that Bobaljik and Yatsushiro's criticism is too weak to abandon the kind of analysis Boeckx and Niinuma proposed. First, Bobaljik and Yatsushiro offer no alternative analysis. I claim that in the absence of a full-fledged alternative conception of honorification, Boeckx and Niinuma's kind of analysis is the null hypothesis. Second, the details they take issue with are not nearly as lethal to Boeckx and Niinuma's original analysis as Bobaljik and Yatsushiro suggest.}} @article{Bobaljik:2006, Author = {Bobaljik, Jonathan David and Yatsushiro, Kazuko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/24.2Bobaljik_Yatsushiro.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {355--384}, Title = {Problems with Honorification-As-Agreement in {J}apanese: A Reply to {B}oeckx and {N}iinuma}, Volume = {24}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {Boeckx and Niinuma (2004) argue that a particular object honorification (OH) construction in Japanese should be seen as a special case of more familiar object agreement configurations and that Chomsky's (2000) government-like Agree relation, along with the notion of defective intervention, suffices to predict the syntactic properties of this construction. We question here certain (largely tacit) key assumptions of their analysis, including the appropriateness of their morphological gloss, the c-command relations that drive the analysis, and the degree to which honorification is similar to the agreement configurations in the other languages they consider. We suggest that various omissions in their article have led them to posit a greater degree of similarity than the data actually show, and we conclude that an assimilation of honorification to object agreement along the lines Boeckx and Niinuma propose is a much more ambitious task than their article suggests; in part, this is precisely because OH does not look like (object) agreement by any of the criteria that they consider.}} @article{Baker:2006, Author = {Baker, Mark C. and Collins, Chris}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/24.2Baker_Collins.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {307--354}, Title = {Linkers and the Internal Structure of vP}, Volume = {24}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {In a variety of languages a particle, which we call the linker, appears between the direct object and a secondary object or nominal adpositional phrase. We compare the syntax of this linker particle in Kinande (Niger-Congo) to its syntax in two Khoisan languages, Ju|'hoansi and 4Hoan. We propose an account of the properties that linkers in these languages share, including the linkers' word order properties and Case-theoretic contributions. We then go on to explore the range of variation that the linker construction tolerates, with respect to what phrases can move into the linker's specifier, and whether or not the linker manifests agreement with its specifier. In so doing, we uncover both the principles and the parameters relevant to these linker constructions. Finally, we point to some evidence that the linker category even exists in Chichewa (and other Bantu languages) in which it is not spelled out overtly. Our analysis provides striking support for the existence of vPinternal functional projections. The data in this paper also lead us to the surprising conclusion that the Minimal Link Condition can be parameterized.}} @article{Lawrence:2006, Author = {Lawrence, Wayne P.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.2lawrence.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {346--350}, Title = {Sound Change, Abstract Representations, and Simplicity}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}} @article{Kishimoto:2006, Author = {Kishimoto, Hideki}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.2kishimoto.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {339--345}, Title = {On the Existence of Null Complementizers in Syntax}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}} @article{Kawai:2006, Author = {Kawai, Michiya}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.2kawai.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {329--339}, Title = {Raising to Object in {J}apanese: A Small Clause Analysis}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}} @article{Hirata:2006, Author = {Hirata, Ichiro}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.2hirata.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {318--329}, Title = {Coordination, Subject Raising, and {AgrP} in {J}apanese}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}} @article{Adesola:2006, Author = {Adesola, Oluseye}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.2adesola.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {309--318}, Title = {On the Absence of {S}uperiority and {W}eak {C}rossover Effects in {Y}oruba}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}} @article{Sigurdhsson:2006, Author = {Sigur{\dh}sson, Hald{\'o}r {\'A}rmann}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.2sigurdsson.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {289--308}, Title = {The {N}ominative Puzzle and the Low {N}ominative Hypothesis}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {Under the view of nominative Case taken by Chomsky (2000, 2001), one would expect nominative to be the marked or complex Case, being merged after accusative. In fact, however, it is the other way around, nominative preconditioning accusative and also being the Case of simple structures (unaccusative, etc.). The article argues that this Nominative Puzzle is not real, the nominative argument in fact being the first argument merged, raised across the accusative later in the derivation for independent reasons. This approach not only accounts for the dependency correlation between accusative and nominative (Burzio's Generalization), but also offers a derivational account of Condition A correlations (anaphors being merged higher than their ``antecedents''). Importantly, it also makes it possible to explain Icelandic quirky constructions in terms of a general matching theory. In addition, the article develops a novel approach to Move as applying for the purpose of successful feature matching.}} @article{Idsardi:2006, Author = {Idsardi, William J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.2idsardi.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {271--275}, Title = {A Simple Proof that {O}ptimality {T}heory is Computationally Intractable}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {Adapting arguments from Eisner 1997, 2000, this remark provides a simple proof that the generation problem for Optimality Theory (Prince and Smolensky 2004) is NP-hard. The proof needs only the binary evaluation of constraints and uses only constraints generally employed in the Optimality Theory literature. In contrast, rule-based derivational systems are easily computable, belonging to the class of polynomialtime algorithms, P (Eisner 2000).}} @article{Vries:2006, Author = {de Vries, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.2de_vries.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {229--270}, Title = {The Syntax of Appositive Relativization: On Specifying Coordination, False Free Relatives, and Promotion}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {Appositive relative clauses differ in some essential respects from restrictive relative clauses. I argue that appositive relatives and appositions can be put together as a third class of coordination denoting specification. Thus, an appositive relative is a specifying conjunct to the visible antecedent. It is a semifree relative with a pronominal head that is normally empty. Therefore, its internal syntax is equivalent to that of restrictive relatives; hence, there is one syntax for both types of relative clauses. In essence, it is the context of specifying coordination that accounts for the different behavior of appositive relatives. In the light of this analysis, the properties of appositive relatives (as opposed to restrictive relatives) are systematically reviewed.}} @article{Thompson:2006, Author = {Thompson, Ellen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.2thompson.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {211--228}, Title = {The Structure of Bounded Events}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {To explain the semantic and syntactic compositionality of bounded interpretations, I propose here that events with a definite end point involve interpretation of the verb and either a bounded direct object or a bounded PP in the checking domain of Asp(ect)P, whereas unbounded events involve interpretation in a projection lower in the clause. This analysis explains the syntactic behavior of the ambiguous adverb quickly. In addition, it follows from the analysis that durative adjuncts are adjoined to VP, while time frame adjuncts are adjoined to AspP. Constructions involving preposition stranding, scope of only, parasitic gaps, and semantic restrictions on adjunct PP objects support this approach.}} @article{Bat-El:2006, Author = {Bat-El, Outi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.2bat-el.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {179--210}, Title = {Consonant Identity and Consonant Copy: The Segmental and Prosodic Structure of {H}ebrew Reduplication}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {The article addresses two issues regarding Hebrew reduplication: (a) the distinction between reduplicated and nonreduplicated stems with identical consonants (e.g., minen `to apportion' vs. mimen `to finance'), and (b) the patterns of reduplication (C1VC2VC2C, C1VC2C3VC3C, C1VC2C1CVC2C,and C1C2VC3C2CVC3C). These issues are studied from a surface point of view,accounting for speakers' capacity to parse forms with identical consonants regardless of their base. It is argued that the grammar constructed by the learner on the basis of structural relations (base -- output) can also serve for parsing surface forms without reference to a base.}} @unpublished{Hankamer:2005a, Author = {Hankamer, Jorge and Depiante, Marcela A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Month = {October}, Note = {talk given at the Identity in Ellipsis Workshop, {UC}, Berkeley}, Title = {Non-Constituency Ellipsis}, Year = {2005}} @article{Hardt:2004, Author = {Hardt, Daniel and Romero, Maribel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of Semantics}, Number = {4}, Pages = {375--414}, Title = {Ellipsis and the Structure of Discourse}, Volume = {21}, Year = {2004}} @phdthesis{Repp:2006, Author = {Repp, Sophie}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, School = {Humboldt-Universit\"at zu Berlin}, Title = {Interpreting Ellipsis. {T}he Changeable Presence of the Negation in {G}apping}, Year = {2006}} @book{Winkler:1996, Address = {Berlin/New York}, Author = {Winkler, Susanne}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter}, Title = {Focus and Secondary Predication}, Year = {1996}} @booklet{Drubig:1994, Author = {Drubig, Hans Bernhard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Howpublished = {Arbeitspapiere des Sonderforschungsbereichs 340}, Institution = {University of Stuttgart}, Number = {109}, Title = {Island Constraints and the Syntactic nature of Focus and Association with Focus}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Heim:2001, Address = {Berlin}, Author = {Heim, Irene}, Booktitle = {Audiatur Vox Sapientiae. A Festschrift for {A}rnim von {S}techow}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Fery, Caroline and Sternefeld, Wolfgang}, Pages = {214--239}, Publisher = {Akademie Verlag}, Title = {Degree Operators and Scope}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Tomioka:2004, Address = {Utrecht University, Utrecht}, Author = {Tomioka, Satoshi}, Booktitle = {Generative Grammar in a Broader Perspective: Proceedings of the Fourth {GLOW} in {A}sia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Yoon, Han-Jin}, Pages = {383--404}, Publisher = {Generative Linguists of the Old World}, Title = {Another Sloppy Identity Puzzle}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Lopez:2003, Author = {L{\'o}pez, Luis and Winkler, Susanne}, Booktitle = {The Interfaces: Deriving and Interpreting Omitted Structures}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Schwabe, Kerstin and Winkler, Susanne}, Pages = {227--248}, Publisher = {John Benjamins}, Title = {Variation at the syntax-semantics interface: Evidence from Gapping.}, Year = {2003}} @inproceedings{Hardt:1992a, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Hardt, Daniel}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT} 2}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Barker, Chris and Dowty, David}, Pages = {145--162}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {{VP} Ellipsis and Semantic Identity}, Year = {1992}} @inproceedings{Heim:1983, Address = {Stanford University, Stanford, California}, Author = {Heim, Irene}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {WCCFL} 2}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Flickinger, Daniel P.}, Pages = {114--125}, Publisher = {{CSLI} Publications}, Title = {On the Projection Problem for Presuppositions}, Year = {1983}} @incollection{Soames:1989a, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Soames, Scott}, Booktitle = {Handbook of Philosophical Logic}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Gabbay, Dov and Guenther, Franz}, Pages = {553--616}, Publisher = {Reidel Publishing Company}, Title = {Presupposition}, Volume = {IV}, Year = {1989}} @inproceedings{Krifka:1999, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Krifka, Manfred}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT} 8}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Strolovitch, Devon and Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {111--128}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Additive Particles under Stress}, Year = {1999}} @unpublished{Heim:1994, Author = {Heim, Irene}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Month = {March}, Note = {Unpublished Handout}, Title = {Puzzling reflexive pronouns in \emph{de se} reports}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{Jacobson:2000a, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Jacobson, Pauline}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT X}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Matthews, T. and Jackson, B.}, Pages = {65--82}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Paychecks, stress, and variable free semantics}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Dimitriadis:2001, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Dimitriadis, Alexis}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT} 11}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Hastings, Rachel and Jackson, Brendan and Zvolenszky, Zsofia}, Pages = {134--151}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Function Domains in Variable Free Semantics}, Year = {2001}} @book{Frege:1879, Address = {Halle, Germany}, Author = {Frege, Gottlob}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Publisher = {Neubert}, Title = {Begriffsschrift. Eine der arithmetischen nachgebildete {F}ormelsprache des reinen {D}enkens}, Year = {1879}} @inproceedings{Sauerland:2003b, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Sauerland, Uli}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT} 13}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Pages = {258--275}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {A New Semantics for Number}, Year = {2003}} @inproceedings{Sauerland:2000, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Sauerland, Uli}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT X}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan and Matthews, Tanya}, Pages = {167--184}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {The Content of Pronouns: Evidence from Focus}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Tomioka:2001, Address = {Stanford University}, Author = {Tomioka, Satoshi}, Booktitle = {Linguistic Form and its Computation}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Roher, Christian and Rossdentscher, Antje and Kamp, Hans}, Pages = {183--203}, Publisher = {{CSLI} Publications}, Title = {A certain scope asymmetry in {VP} ellipsis contexts}, Year = {2001}} @unpublished{Merchant:2005, Author = {Merchant, Jason}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Note = {talk given at the University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign}, Title = {On the Role of Unpronounced Syntactic Structures}, Year = {2005}} @book{Hellan:1981, Address = {{T\''ubingen}}, Author = {Hellan, Lars}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Publisher = {Gunter Narr}, Title = {Towards an Integrated Theory of Comparatives}, Year = {1981}} @article{Stechow:1984, Author = {von Stechow, Arnim}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of Semantics}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--77}, Title = {Comparing Semantic Theories of Comparison}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1984}} @article{Russell:1905, Author = {Russell, Bertrand}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Mind}, Pages = {479--493}, Title = {On Denoting}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1905}} @article{Brame:1983, Author = {Brame, Michael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Analysis}, Number = {3}, Pages = {323--328}, Title = {Ungrammatical Notes 4: smarter than me}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1983}} @book{Wurmbrand:2001, Author = {Wurmbrand, Susi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter}, Title = {Infinitives: {R}estructuring and clause structure}, Year = {2001}} @unpublished{Fintel:2002, Author = {Fintel, Kai von and Heim, Irene}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Note = {unpublished manuscript, {MIT}, Cambridge}, Title = {Notes on Intensional Semantics}, Url = {www.phil-fak.uni-duesseldorf.de/summerschool2002/fintel.pdf}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Kennedy:1995, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Kennedy, Chris}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of Twelfth Eastern States Conference on Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Przezdziecki, Marek and Whaley, Lindsay}, Pages = {103--114}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {An Indexical Account of Certain Ambiguities}, Year = {1995}} @article{Hoeksema:1984, Author = {Hoeksema, Jack}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of Semantics}, Pages = {93--107}, Title = {To be continued: The Story of the Comparative}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1984}} @unpublished{Heim:1985, Author = {Heim, Irene}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Note = {Unpublished manuscript, University of Texas-Austin}, Title = {Notes on Comparatives and Related Matters}, Year = {1985}} @book{Pinkham:1982, Author = {Pinkham, Jessie E.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Publisher = {Indiana University Linguistics Club}, Title = {The Formation of Comparative Clauses in {E}nglish and {F}rench}, Year = {1982}} @inproceedings{Hankamer:1973a, Address = {Chicago Illinois}, Author = {Hankamer, Jorge}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Chicago Linguistic Society 9}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Corum, Claudia and Smith-Stark, T. Cedric and Weiser, Ann}, Pages = {179--191}, Publisher = {Chicago Linguistics Society}, Title = {Why there are two than's in {E}nglish}, Year = {1973}} @book{Lechner:2004, Address = {Berlin/New York}, Author = {Lechner, Winfried}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter}, Title = {Ellipsis in {C}omparatives}, Year = {2004}} @phdthesis{Lechner:1999, Author = {Lechner, Winfried}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, School = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Title = {Comparatives and {DP}-{S}tructure}, Year = {1999}} @inproceedings{Bhatt:2006, Author = {Bhatt, Rajesh}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {C}hicago {L}inguistics {S}ociety}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Title = {Variable Case Marking, Argument Structure, and Interpretation}, Year = {2006}} @phdthesis{Butler:2004, Author = {Butler, Jonny}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/literature/_A-E/_B/butler_thesis.pdf}, School = {The University of York}, Title = {Phase Structure, Phrase Structure, and Quantification}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Woolford:2003, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Ellen Woolford}, Booktitle = {New Perspectives on {C}ase {T}heory}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Ellen Brandner and Heike Zinsmeister}, Pages = {301--329}, Publisher = {{CSLI}}, Title = {{B}urzio's {G}eneralization, Markedness, and Locality Constraints on {N}ominative Objects}, Year = {2003}} @inproceedings{Rullmann:1998, Author = {Rullmann, Hotze and Beck, Sigrid}, Booktitle = {Proceedings from Semantics and Linguistic Theory VIII}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Strolovitch, Devon and Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {215--233}, Publisher = {Cornell University}, Title = {Presupposition Projection and the Interpretation of \emph{which}-Questions}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Kratzer:2005, Address = {T\"ubingen}, Author = {Kratzer, Angelika}, Booktitle = {Event Arguments in Syntax, Semantics, and Discourse}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Editor = {Maienborn, Claudia and W{\"o}llstein-Leisten, Angelika}, Pages = {177--212}, Publisher = {Niemeyer}, Title = {Building Resultatives}, Year = {2005}} @phdthesis{Landman:2006, Author = {Landman, Meredith}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, School = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Title = {Variables in Natural Language}, Year = {2006}} @book{Riemsdijk:1986, Author = {Riemsdijk, Henk van and Williams, Edwin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:53 -0400}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Introduction to the Theory of Grammar}, Year = {1986}} @phdthesis{Takahashi:2006b, Author = {Takahashi, Shoichi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Decompositionality and Identity}, Year = {2006}} @article{Thomason:1973, Author = {Thomason, Richmond H. and Stalnaker, Robert C.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {195--220}, Title = {A semantic theory of adverbs}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1973}} @article{Karttunen:1973, Author = {Karttunen, Lauri}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {169--193}, Title = {Presupposition of compound sentences}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1973}} @article{Brame:1973, Author = {Brame, Michael and Bordelois, Ivonne}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {111--168}, Title = {Vocalic alternations in {S}panish}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1973}} @article{Keenan:1973, Author = {Keenan, Edward L. and Ebert, Karen H.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {421--424}, Title = {A note on marking transparency and opacity}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1973}} @article{Eisenberg:1973, Author = {Eisenberg, Peter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {417--420}, Title = {A note on ``{I}dentity of constituents''}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1973}} @article{Bolinger:1973, Author = {Bolinger, Dwight}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {414--417}, Title = {Objective and subjective: sentences without performatives}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1973}} @article{Bierman:1973, Author = {Bierman, Michael H.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {403--414}, Title = {Preposed infinitives in {R}ussian relative clauses}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1973}} @article{Berman:1973, Author = {Berman, Arlene}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {401--403}, Title = {Tripl-ing}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1973}} @article{Phelps:1973, Author = {Phelps, Elaine and Brame, Michael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {387--400}, Title = {On local ordering of rules in {S}anskrit}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1973}} @article{Kaye:1973, Author = {Kaye, J.D. and Piggott, G. L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {345--362}, Title = {On the cyclical nature of {O}jibwa {T}-palatalization}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1973}} @article{Reisman:1973, Author = {Reisman, Karl}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {562--564}, Title = {Neanderthal man speaks?}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1973}} @article{Otero:1973, Author = {Otero, Carlos}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {551--562}, Title = {Agrammaticality in performance}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1973}} @article{Mistler-Lachman:1973, Author = {Mistler-Lachman, Janet L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {549--551}, Title = {Comments on vagueness}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1973}} @article{Leskosky:1973, Author = {Leskosky, Richard J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {546--549}, Title = {Garbo}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1973}} @article{Lee:1973, Author = {Lee, Chungmin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {545--546}, Title = {May {I} talk about ``embedded performatives''?}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1973}} @article{Kean:1973, Author = {Kean, Mary-Louise}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {541--545}, Title = {Re: ``{A}n argument against the principle of simultaneous application of phonological rules''}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1973}} @article{Huddleston:1973, Author = {Huddleston, Rodney}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {539--541}, Title = {Embedded performatives}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1973}} @article{Freeman:1973, Author = {Freeman, Michael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {534--539}, Title = {On the source of {O}ld {F}rench [{\"u}]: a rejoinder}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1973}} @article{Frantz:1973, Author = {Frantz, Donald G.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {531--534}, Title = {On question word movement}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1973}} @article{Fairclough:1973, Author = {Fairclough, Norman}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {526--531}, Title = {Relative clauses and performative verbs}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1973}} @article{Darden:1973, Author = {Darden, Bill J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {523--526}, Title = {What rains?}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1973}} @article{Kuvcera:1973, Author = {Ku\v{c}era, Henry}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {499--521}, Title = {Language variability, rule interdependency, and the grammar of {C}zech}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1973}} @article{Halle:1973, Author = {Halle, Morris}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {451--464}, Title = {Stress rules in {E}nglish: a new version}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1973}} @article{Gruber:1973, Author = {Gruber, Jeffrey S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {427--449}, Title = {=H\`{\={o}}{\~a} kinship terms}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1973}, Abstract = {=Hoa, a Bushman language of the Northern or Southern Group, is spoken by a vanishing people in the southeastern portion of the Kalahari Desert, Botswana. Its set of kinship terms presents an opportunity to investigate the categories constituting their underlying semantic nature, which in turn can be described formally in terms of the interrelated processes of base generation of underlying forms and lexical attachment of the kinship terms to yield the surface forms. The principle of disjunctive lexical sttachment of the terms with respect to their underlying categorial specifications affords an elegant characterization of meaning whereby each term has one such specification for all its apparently varied surface meanings. The universal validity of this and other principles is suggested.}} @article{Watanabe:2006, Author = {Watanabe, Akira}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/24.1Watanabe.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {241--306}, Title = {Functional Projections of Nominals in {J}apanese: Syntax of Classifiers}, Volume = {24}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {Japanese allows the numeral+classifier combination to appear in a variety of positions in relation to the head noun. Thsi paper argues that it is necessary to posit at least four functional projections above NP (\#P, CaseP, QP, and DP) and massive phrasla movement of such functional projections in order to provide a principled account for the structural diversity of the numeral + classifier combination in Japanese. New evidence from minimizer expressions and pseudo-partitives, which have not been systematically investigated before, is brought to bear on details of the analysis. Japanese is an excellent testing ground for exploring the nature of the noun-related functional projections, becuase some of them, such as \# and Case, are argued to be overtly realized (as a classifier and Case particle, respectively).}} @article{Urbanczyk:2006, Author = {Urbanczyk, Suzanne}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/24.1Urbanczyk.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {179--240}, Title = {Reduplicative Form and Root-Affix Asymmetry}, Volume = {24}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {Lushootseed (Central Salish) has three reduplicative morphemes, CVC-'distributive', CV-`dimunitive' and -VC `out-of-control'. A straightforward analysis of this system can be provided in McCarthy and Prince's (1994a, 1999) Generalized Template Theory (GTT), in which the shape of reduplicative morphemes is derived by general constraints on the phonological properties of morphological categories. In Lushootseed, roots tend to permit codas and stressed schwa, while affixes avoid both. The differences between the three Lushootseed reduplicants follow from the assumptions that the CVC-reduplicative morpheme is a root, while CV- and -VC are affixes. In addition to confirming the central tenets of GTT, this study uncovers a markedness implication for reduplication: if a langauge has unmarked root reduplicants it will aslo have unmarked affix reduplicants.}} @article{Moren:2006, Author = {Mor{\'e}n, Bruce and Zsiga, Elizabeth}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/24.1Moren_Zsiga.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {113--178}, Title = {The Lexical and Post-Lexical Phonology of {T}hai Tones}, Volume = {24}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {At first glance, the five-tone system of Thai looks quite simple. However, a detailed examination of the phonological distributions of segments and tones, combined with a careful analysis of the phonetic realizations of duration and pitch in both citation forms and connected speech, lead to the conclusion that the system is in fact complex and interesting. Based on data from an acoustic experiment, we claim that the tone bearing unit in Thai is the mora, and that previously unexplained restrictions on the distributions of tones in syllables closed by obstruents are the result of a relationship between the glottal feature and low tones. We describe and explain unespected differences int he realization of tones in different phrasal positions in connected speech, and show that there are non-neutralizing contour tone simplifications that take place non-finally at the post-lexical level. Our analysis combines decriptive phonetics and phonology with both representational and constraint-based explanations (incorporating positional faithfulness and stratal OT) to provide a unified account of hte Thai tonal system. Our study supports a view of the grammar in which phonetics and phonology are separate, yet intricately related.}} @article{Alexopoulou:2006, Author = {Alexopoulou, Theodora}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/24.1Alexopoulou.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {57--111}, Title = {Resumption in Relative Clauses}, Volume = {24}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {The paper focuses on resumption in Greek relative clauses. It is argued that resumption arises on two occasions: (i) as a last resort strategy when identification of phe-features of non-arguments fails; (ii) in the absence of a syntactic feature on C trigerring Agree/Move. In the first case obligatory resumption is restricted to non-argument positions and is sensitive to islands. This is the case of Greek null operator restrictive relatives. In particular, it is argued that identification requirements are grammaticised on Greek C (pu), which is endowed with phi-features. Failure of Agree of the phi-features of pu leads to resumption in non-argument positions. In quiestions and operator restrictive relatives identification reqruirements are straightforwardly satisfied by the presence of an overt operator; resumption therefore is never obligatory in these structures. In the secon case, where resumption is the consequence of absence of a sytactic relation (agree/move) between C and the relativeised site, resumption is obligatory in argument and non-argument positions (modulo the highest subject restriction) and insensitive to islands. Greek non-restrictive relatives and Semit restrictive relatives exemplfy this case.}} @article{Aboh:2006, Author = {Aboh, Enoch Olad{\'e}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/24.1Aboh.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--55}, Title = {Complementation in {S}aramaccan and {G}ungbe: The Case of {C}-type Modal Particles}, Volume = {24}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {This paper shows that Saramaccan and Gungbe exhibit a complementizer system that provides room for discrete functional projections, the heads of which are realized as markers that encode C-type features (e.g., iterrogative, topic, focus) and whose specifiers host distinct fronted elements. These projections occur between Force and Finiteness, which delimit the complementizer system, and may be realized by various modal particles in Saramaccan and Gungbe. It is argued that the Saramaccan form `fu' represents two complementizers typels `fu1', which encodes irrealis mood under Force, and fu2, which realized deontic modality under Finiteness. The same holds for the Gungbe conditional complementizer ni1, which merges under Force, and ni2, which expresses deontic modality under Fin. This would mean that both Force and Fin express mood specifications, contrary to what is commonly assumed in the literature.}} @article{Miller:2004, Author = {Miller, Karen and Schmitt, Cristina}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language_Acquisition/12.3Miller_Schmidt.pdf}, Number = {3-4}, Pages = {247--256}, Title = {An Experimental Study on Child Comprehension of {S}panish Indefinites and Bare Singulars}, Volume = {12}, Year = {2004}} @article{Leonard:2004, Author = {Leonard, Laurence B. and Hansson, Kristina and Nettelbladt, Ulrika and Deevy, Patricia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language_Acquisition/12.3Leonard_etal.pdf}, Number = {3-4}, Pages = {219--246}, Title = {Specific Language Impairment in Children: A Comparison of {E}nglish and {S}wedish}, Volume = {12}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {We report a cross-linguistic investigation of English and Swedish speaking children with specific language impairment in an attempt to determine whether Exler's (1998; 2003) (Extended) Unique Checking Constraint can account for the gramamtical profiles of these groups of children. In study 1, a group of Swedish-speaking preschoolers with SLI showed greater use of finite verb inflections and copula forms than a groups of English-speaking preschoolers with SLI, even though the two grups were carefully matched according to both age and severity of language impairment. In study 2, the same Swedish-speaking children with SLI showed high levels of appropriate verb-second use with finite verbs. However, they were less proficient in this regard than a group of younger typically developing Swedish children with similar mean lengths of utterance. The findings from both studies are generally compatible with predictions based on the EUCC. Issues in need of future investigation are discussed.}} @article{Armon-Lotem:2004, Author = {Armon-Lotem, Sharon and Crain, Stephen and Varlokosta, Spyridoula}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language_Acquisition/12.3ArmonLotem_etal.pdf}, Number = {3-4}, Pages = {171--218}, Title = {Interface Conditions in Child Language: Cross-Linguistic Studies on the Nature of Possession}, Volume = {12}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This article is concerned with the correspondence conditions that hold between certain semantic relations --- including part-whole relations, possession, location, and the semantic features [animate] or [count] --- and certain syntactic structures including genitives and relative clauses. The objective is to determine the extent to which these correspondence conditions derive from UG or are "learned" by children in response to input from caretakers and others. Interface conditions imposed by UG are expected to appear early in the course of language development despite the vagaries of the primary linguistic data. In this article, we show that children as young as 3 years old adhere to specific semantic distinctions and to specific constraints ont he mapping of these distinctions onto syntacic structures. Moreover, the children show more stingent adherence to interface conditions than adult speakers of the same languages do, indicating that children's mapping relations between syntax and semantics are not based on their experience but rather projected from UG. }} @article{Takahashi:2006a, Author = {Takahashi, Shoichi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS14(1)_Takahashi.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {57--101}, Title = {More Than Two Quantifiers}, Volume = {14}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {Comparative quantifiers, such as more than three books, cannot take scope over any quantifier in subject position if they occupy object position. This is clearly different from the behavior of other quantifiers (e.g., universal quantifiers). This paper argues that this scope puzzle is due to a more complex internal structure of comparative quantifiers than other quantifiers. In the decompositional approach that I pursue, comparative quantifiers are decomposed into two generalized quantifiers (i.e., in the case above, the comparative operator er than three and the DP many books). In this approach, obligatory narrow scope of comparative quantifiers in object position is a consequence of the interplay of the independently motivated principles of grammar that also con- strain other quantifiers. On the basis of the scope puzzle, I specifically argue for two constraints on Scope Shifting Operations (SSOs): a locality condition on SSOs and Scope Economy, proposed by Fox (2000), which prohibits SSOs that have no effect on semantic interpretation. Thus, I argue that the apparently peculiar facts of comparative quantifiers are, in fact, additional evidence for the core properties of SSOs.}} @inproceedings{Heim:2000, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Heim, Irene}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT X}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Brendan and Matthews, Tanya}, Pages = {40--64}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Degree Operators and Scope}, Year = {2000}} @article{Woolford:2006, Author = {Woolford, Ellen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.1woolford.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {111--130}, Title = {Lexical Case, Inherent Case, and Argument Structure}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {In addition to the division in Case theory between structural and non-structural Case, the theory must distinguish two kinds of nonstructural Case: lexical Case and inherent Case. Lexical Case is idiosyncratic Case, lexically selected and licensed by certain lexical heads (certain verbs and prepositions). Inherent Case is more regular, associated with particular -positions: inherent dative Case with DP goals, and ergative Case with external arguments. Lexical and inherent Case turn out to be in complementary distribution with respect to -positions: only themes/internal arguments may have lexical Case, and only external arguments and DP goals may have inherent Case. This complementary distribution can be accounted for under recent views of vP structure that place both external arguments and (shifted) DP goals outside the VP proper at the point at which nonstructural Case is licensed. Claims in the literature that the more regular datives and ergatives are actually structural Cases are based on faulty or misleading diagnostic tests. }} @article{Panagiotidis:2006, Author = {Panagiotidis, Phoevos and Tsiplakou, Stavroula}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.1panagiotidis.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {167--177}, Title = {An {A}-Binding Asymmetry in Null Subject Languages for {U}niversal {G}rammar}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}} @article{Matushansky:2006, Author = {Matushansky, Ora}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.1matushansky.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {69--109}, Title = {Head Movement in Linguistic Theory}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {In this article, I address the issue of head movement in current linguistic theory. I propose a new view of the nature of heads and head movement that reveals that head movement is totally compliant with the stan- dardly suggested properties of grammar. To do so, I suggest that head movement is not a single syntactic operation, but a combination of two operations: a syntactic one (movement) and a morphological one (m-merger). I then provide independent motivation for m-merger, ar- guing that it can be attested in environments where no head movement took place.In this article, I address the issue of head movement in current linguistic theory. I propose a new view of the nature of heads and head movement that reveals that head movement is totally compliant with the stan- dardly suggested properties of grammar. To do so, I suggest that head movement is not a single syntactic operation, but a combination of two operations: a syntactic one (movement) and a morphological one (m-merger). I then provide independent motivation for m-merger, ar- guing that it can be attested in environments where no head movement took place.In this article, I address the issue of head movement in current linguistic theory. I propose a new view of the nature of heads and head movement that reveals that head movement is totally compliant with the stan- dardly suggested properties of grammar. To do so, I suggest that head movement is not a single syntactic operation, but a combination of two operations: a syntactic one (movement) and a morphological one (m-merger). I then provide independent motivation for m-merger, ar- guing that it can be attested in environments where no head movement took place. }} @article{Ishii:2006, Author = {Ishii, Toru}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.1ishii.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {155--167}, Title = {A Nonuniform Analysis of Overt Wh-Movement}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}} @article{Clifton:2006, Author = {Clifton, Charles, Jr. and Fanselow, Gisbert and Frazier, Lyn}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.1clifton.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {51--68}, Title = {Amnestying Superiority Violations: Processing Multiple Questions}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {Two experiments investigated the acceptability of multiple questions. As expected, sentences violating the Superiority Condition were ac- cepted less often than sentences obeying it. The status of the Superior- ity violations was not improved by the addition of a third wh, regardless of whether the third wh was an adjunct or an argument, though it was improved by the addition of a second question (e.g., and when ). Fur- ther, in a small pilot study directly comparing a sentence with adjacent final wh-phrases that may induce a stress clash ( I'd like to know who hid it where when ) with a sentence violating Superiority but avoiding the final adjacent wh-phrases ( I'd like to know where who hid it when ), half the participants indicated that the Superiority violation sentence sounded better. This suggests that the status of some additional-wh sentences may appear to improve simply because the comparison sen- tence with adjacent final wh-phrases is degraded. Overall, the results of the studies suggest that there is no need to complicate syntactic theory to account for the additional-wh effect, because there is no general additional-wh effect. }} @article{Bruening:2006, Author = {Bruening, Benjamin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.1bruening.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {25--49}, Title = {Differences between the Wh-Scope-Marking and Wh-Copy Constructions in {P}assamaquoddy}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {Several phenomena in Passamaquoddy clearly distinguish wh-scope marking with `what' from an apparently similar wh-copy construction. These facts argue for a theory of wh-scope marking like that in Bruen- ing 2004 (based on Dayal 1994), where the embedded question is the syntactic and semantic restriction on the matrix wh-word `what'. The wh-copy construction, in contrast, is best analyzed as spelling out multiple copies of a long-distance movement chain. This copy theory is extended to scope marking with tan and comparatives in Passama- quoddy.}} @article{Boeckx:2006, Author = {Boeckx, Cedric}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.1boeckx.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {150--155}, Title = {Intervention and Repair}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}} @article{Benmamoun:2006a, Author = {Benmamoun, Elabbas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.1benmamoun02.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {141--149}, Title = {Licensing Configurations: The Puzzle of Head Negative Polarity Items}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}} @article{Benmamoun:2006, Author = {Benmamoun, Elabbas and Lorimor, Heidi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.1benmamoun01.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--23}, Title = {Featureless Expressions: When Morphophonological Markers are Absent}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}, Abstract = {Ackema and Neeleman (2003) discuss three phenomena that arise in the context of agreement and pronominals: agreement asymmetries, cliticization, and null subjects. They develop a unified analysis for these phenomena, claiming that they all involve a process of weaken- ing within prosodic domains. While we agree with their important insight that the PF interface is responsible for some of these phenom- ena, we will argue against their weakening analysis. We provide argu- ments that agreement asymmetries cannot be uniformly analyzed as involving the same processes as phonological cliticization or null sub- jects. We instead propose that the observed asymmetries arise because of the alternative forms of spelling out features at the PF interface.}} @article{Barrie:2006, Author = {Barrie, Michael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/37.1barrie.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {131--140}, Title = {Tone Circles and Contrast Preservation}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2006}} @incollection{Zucchi:1998, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Zucchi, Sandro}, Booktitle = {Events and Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Rothstein, Susan}, Pages = {349--370}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Aspect Shift}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Wyner:1998, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Wyner, Adam Zachary}, Booktitle = {Events and Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Rothstein, Susan}, Pages = {333--348}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Subject-oriented Adverbs are Thematically Dependent}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Mittwoch:1998, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Mittwoch, Anita}, Booktitle = {Events and Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Rothstein, Susan}, Pages = {309--332}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Cognate Objects as Reflections of {D}avidsonian Event Arguments}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{McNally:1998, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {McNally, Louise}, Booktitle = {Events and Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Rothstein, Susan}, Pages = {293--308}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Stativity and Theticity}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Lasersohn:1998, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Lasersohn, Peter}, Booktitle = {Events and Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Rothstein, Susan}, Pages = {273--292}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Events in the Semantics of Collectivizing Adverbials}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Landman:1998, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Landman, Fred}, Booktitle = {Events and Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Rothstein, Susan}, Pages = {237--272}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Plurals and Maximalization}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Krifka:1998a, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Krifka, Manfred}, Booktitle = {Events and Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Rothstein, Susan}, Pages = {197--236}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {The Origins of Telicity}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Kiss:1998, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Kiss, Katalin {\'E}.}, Booktitle = {Events and Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Rothstein, Susan}, Pages = {145--162}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {On Generic and Existential Bare Plurals and the Classification of Predicates}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Greenberg:1998, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Greenberg, Yael}, Booktitle = {Events and Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Rothstein, Susan}, Pages = {125--144}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {An Overt Syntactic Marker for Genericity in {H}ebrew}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Glasbey:1998, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Glasbey, Sheila}, Booktitle = {Events and Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Rothstein, Susan}, Pages = {105--124}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Progressives, States and Backgrounding}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Chierchia:1998a, Author = {Chierchia, Gennaro}, Booktitle = {Events and Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Rothstein, Susan}, Pages = {53--104}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Plurality of Mass Nouns and the Notion of ``Semantic Parameter''}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Abusch:1998, Author = {Abusch, Dorit}, Booktitle = {Events and Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Rothstein, Susan}, Pages = {13--34}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Generalizing Tense Semantics for Future Contexts}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Munaro:2003, Author = {Munaro, Nicola}, Booktitle = {The Syntax of {I}talian Dialects}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Tortora, Christina}, Pages = {137--249}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {On Some Differences between Exclamative and Interrogative Wh-phrases in {B}ellunese: Further Evidence for Split-{CP} Hypothesis}, Year = {2003}} @incollection{Kayne:2003, Author = {Kayne, Richard S.}, Booktitle = {The Syntax of {I}talian Dialects}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Tortora, Christina}, Pages = {102--136}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Person Morphemes and Reflexives in {I}talian, {F}rench, and Related Languages}, Year = {2003}} @incollection{Cresti:2003, Author = {Cresti, Diana}, Booktitle = {The Syntax of {I}talian Dialects}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Tortora, Christina}, Pages = {67--101}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Aspects of the Syntax and Semantics of \emph{ne}}, Year = {2003}} @incollection{Cinque:2003, Author = {Cinque, Guglielmo}, Booktitle = {The Syntax of {I}talian Dialects}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Tortora, Christina}, Pages = {50--66}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {The Interaction of Passive, Causative and `Restructuring' in {R}omance}, Year = {2003}} @incollection{Cardinaletti:2003, Author = {Cardinaletti, Anna and Giusti, Giuliana}, Booktitle = {The Syntax of {I}talian Dialects}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Tortora, Christina}, Pages = {31--49}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Motion Verbs as Functional Heads}, Year = {2003}} @incollection{Calabrese:2003, Author = {Calabrese, Andrea}, Booktitle = {The Syntax of {I}talian Dialects}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Tortora, Christina}, Pages = {3--30}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {On Fission and Impoverishment in the Verbal Morphology of the Dialect of {L}ivinallongo}, Year = {2003}} @inproceedings{Tiedeman:1995, Address = {Tokyo}, Author = {Tiedeman, Robyne}, Booktitle = {Minimalism and Linguistic Theory}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Haraguchi, Shosuke and Funaki, Michio}, Pages = {67--103}, Publisher = {Hituzi Syobo}, Title = {Some remarks on antecedent contained deletion}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Aoun:1982, Author = {Aoun, Joseph}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 12}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Pustejovsky, James and Sells, Peter}, Pages = {16--36}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {On the logical nature of the binding principles: Quantifier lowering, double raising of \emph{there} and the notion of empty element}, Year = {1982}} @incollection{Fox:2003a, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Fox, Danny}, Booktitle = {Minimalist Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Hendrick, Randall}, Pages = {82--123}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishers}, Title = {On Logical Form}, Year = {2003}} @phdthesis{Rullmann:1995, Author = {Rullmann, Hotze}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, School = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Title = {Maximality in the semantics of \emph{wh}-constructions}, Year = {1995}} @article{Engdahl:1982, Author = {Engdahl, Elisabet}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Number = {4}, Pages = {505--516}, Title = {A Note on the Use of Lambda Conversion in Generalized Phrase Structure Grammars}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1982}} @article{McCloskey:1977, Author = {McCloskey, James}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {604--609}, Title = {An acceptable ambiguity in {M}odern {I}rish}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @article{Hinds:1977, Author = {Hinds, John}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {602--604}, Title = {Particle deletion in {J}apanese and {K}orean}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @article{Dixon:1977, Author = {Dixon, R. M. W.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {599--602}, Title = {Semantic neutralization for phonological reasons}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @article{Derbyshire:1977, Author = {Derbyshire, Desmond C.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {590--599}, Title = {Word order universals and the existence of {OVS} languages}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @article{Carden:1977, Author = {Carden, Guy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {586--590}, Title = {Comparatives and factives}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @article{Oh:1977, Author = {Oh, Choon-Kyu}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {586--586}, Title = {Nodes do not dominate themselves}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @article{Ball:1977, Author = {Ball, Catherine N. and Prince, Ellen F.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {585--585}, Title = {A note on stress and presupposition}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @article{Katz:1977, Author = {Katz, Jerrold J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {559--584}, Title = {The real status of semantic representations}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @article{Hornstein:1977a, Author = {Hornstein, Norbert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {521--557}, Title = {Towards a theory of {T}ense}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @article{Fay:1977, Author = {Fay, David A. and Cutler, Anne}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {505--520}, Title = {Malapropisms and the structure of the mental lexicon}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @article{Chomsky:1977a, Author = {Chomsky, Noam and Lasnik, Howard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {425--504}, Title = {Filters and control}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @article{Wasow:1977a, Author = {Wasow, Thomas and Akmajian, Adrian}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {772--776}, Title = {More on \emph{have got}}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @article{VanDevelde:1977, Author = {VanDevelde, Robert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {767--772}, Title = {Mistaken views of \emph{see}}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @article{Nanni:1977, Author = {Nanni, Debbie L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {752--763}, Title = {Stressing words in \emph{-ative}}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @article{Morin:1977, Author = {Morin, Yves-Charles}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {747--751}, Title = {Re: {O}n a class of circumstantial deletion rules}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @article{Malsch:1977, Author = {Malsch, Derry L. and Lant, Kathleen M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {744--746}, Title = {On ``normal state'' deixis}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @article{Ladusaw:1977, Author = {Ladusaw, William A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {742--744}, Title = {Super {E}qui {NP} deletion and the {D}irect {D}iscourse {A}nalysis}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @article{Kornfilt:1977, Author = {Kornfilt, Jaklin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {736--742}, Title = {A note on subject raising in {T}urkish}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @article{Huddleston:1977, Author = {Huddleston, Rodney}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {730--736}, Title = {The futurate construction}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @article{Grosu:1977, Author = {Grosu, Alexander}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {726--729}, Title = {Is \emph{make the claim} a complex lexical item?}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @article{Plessis:1977, Author = {du Plessis, Hans}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {723--726}, Title = {\emph{{W}h} movement in {A}frikaans}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @article{Dieterich:1977, Author = {Dieterich, Thomas G.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {713--722}, Title = {Front end shift}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @article{Cole:1977, Author = {Cole, Peter and Sridhar, S. N.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {700--713}, Title = {Clause union and relational grammar: evidence from {H}ebrew and {K}annada}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @article{Arimoto:1977, Author = {Arimoto, Masatake}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {697--699}, Title = {A note on \emph{tendency}}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @article{Johnson:1977, Author = {Johnson, David E.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {673--692}, Title = {On {K}eenan's definition of ``subject of''}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @article{Kuno:1977, Author = {Kuno, Susumu and Kaburaki, Etsuko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {627--672}, Title = {Empathy and syntax}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @article{Halle:1977, Author = {Halle, Morris}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {611--625}, Title = {Tenseness, vowel shift, and the phonology of the back vowels in {M}odern {E}nglish}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @article{Sag:1978, Author = {Sag, Ivan A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {146--150}, Title = {Floated quantifiers, adverbs, and extraction sites}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Perini:1978, Author = {Perini, M\'{a}rio A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {144--146}, Title = {The latest note on {L}achmann's {L}aw}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Odden:1978, Author = {Odden, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {141--144}, Title = {Further evidence for the feature [grave]}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Nash-Webber:1978, Author = {Nash-Webber, Bonnie L. and Sag, Ivan A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {138--141}, Title = {Under whose control?}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Herschensohn:1978, Author = {Herschensohn, Julia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {135--137}, Title = {Deep and surface nominalized adjectives in {F}rench}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Declerck:1978, Author = {Declerck, Renaat}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {133--134}, Title = {On deriving nouns from relative clauses}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Cushing:1978, Author = {Cushing, Steven}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {127--132}, Title = {Not only \emph{only} but also \emph{also}}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Vago:1978, Author = {Vago, Robert M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {116--125}, Title = {Some controversial questions concerning the description of vowel harmony}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Ringen:1978, Author = {Ringen, Catherine O.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {105--115}, Title = {Another view of the theoretical implications of {H}ungarian vowel harmony}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Phelps:1978, Author = {Phelps, Elaine}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {98--105}, Title = {Exceptions and vowel harmony in {H}ungarian}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Jensen:1978, Author = {Jensen, John T.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {89--97}, Title = {Reply to ``{T}heoretical implications of {H}ungarian vowel harmony''}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Maling:1978b, Author = {Maling, Joan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {75--89}, Title = {An asymmetry with respect to \emph{wh} islands}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Fodor:1978a, Author = {Fodor, Janet Dean and Smith, Mary R.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {45--66}, Title = {What kind of exception is \emph{have got}?}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Roeper:1978, Author = {Roeper, Thomas and Siegel, Muffy E. A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {199--260}, Title = {A lexical transformation for verbal compounds}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Langendoen:1978, Author = {Langendoen, D. Terence}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {177--197}, Title = {The logic of reciprocity}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Rivero:1978, Author = {Rivero, Maria-Luisa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {513--517}, Title = {Topicalization and \emph{wh} movement in {S}panish}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Manaster-Ramer:1978, Author = {Manaster-Ramer, Alexis}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {510--513}, Title = {Some language-specific ordering constraints}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Knowles:1978, Author = {Knowles, John}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {505--510}, Title = {A cross relative from {S}pain}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Hendrick:1978, Author = {Hendrick, Randall}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {502--505}, Title = {An argument that adjectives leave traces}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Feldman:1978, Author = {Feldman, Harry}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {499--502}, Title = {Passivizing on datives in {G}reek}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Maling:1978a, Author = {Maling, Joan and Zaenen, Annie}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {475--497}, Title = {The nonuniversality of a surface filter}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Fodor:1978, Author = {Fodor, Janet Dean}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {427--473}, Title = {Parsing strategies and constraints on transformations}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Dowty:1978, Author = {Dowty, David R.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {393--426}, Title = {Governed transformations as lexical rules in a {M}ontague grammar}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Bresnan:1987, Author = {Bresnan, Joan and Grimshaw, Jane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {331--391}, Title = {The syntax of free relatives in {E}nglish}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1987}} @article{Zwicky:1978, Author = {Zwicky, Arnold M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {725--728}, Title = {Across the {C}hannel and across the {A}tlantic}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Maling:1978, Author = {Maling, Joan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {719--725}, Title = {The complementizer in {M}iddle {E}nglish appositives}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Lightfoot:1978, Author = {Lightfoot, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {717--719}, Title = {A restructuring rule}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Vat:1978, Author = {Vat, Jan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {695--716}, Title = {On footnote 2: evidence for the pronominal status of \emph{p\o er} in {O}ld {E}nglish relatives}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Milner:1978, Author = {Milner, Jean-Claude}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {673--693}, Title = {Cyclicit\'{e} successive, comparatives, et {C}ross-over en fran{\c c}ais (premi\`{e}re partie)}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Besten:1978, Author = {den Besten, Hans}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {641--671}, Title = {On the presence and absence of \emph{wh}-elements in {D}utch comparatives}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Taraldsen:1978, Author = {Taraldsen, Knut Tarald}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {623--640}, Title = {The sope of \emph{wh} movement in {N}orwegian}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Kayne:1978, Author = {Kayne, Richard and Pollock, Jean-Yves}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {595--621}, Title = {Stylistic inversion, successive cyclicity, and {M}ove {NP} in {F}rench}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Koster:1978b, Author = {Koster, Jan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:59:27 -0500}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {551--593}, Title = {Conditions, empty nodes, and markedness}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Freidin:1978, Author = {Freidin, Robert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {519--549}, Title = {Cyclicity and the theory of grammar}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Jackendoff:1979, Author = {Jackendoff, Ray}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {172--177}, Title = {How to keep ninety from rising}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{Cattell:1979, Author = {Cattell, Ray}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {168--172}, Title = {On extractability from quasi-{NP}s}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{Becker:1979, Author = {Becker, Donald A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {165--167}, Title = {Speech error evidence for autosegmental levels}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{Kato:1979, Author = {Kato, Kazuo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {149--152}, Title = {Empathy and passive resistance}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{Abbott:1979, Author = {Abbott, Barbara}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {143--149}, Title = {Remarks on ``{O}n belief-contexts''}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{Timberlake:1979, Author = {Timberlake, Alan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {109--141}, Title = {Reflexivization and the cycle in {R}ussian}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{Lightfoot:1979, Author = {Lightfoot, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {83--108}, Title = {Rule classes and syntactic change}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{Dresher:1979, Author = {Dresher, Bezalel Elan and Hornstein, Norbert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {65--82}, Title = {Trace {T}heory and {NP} movement rules}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{Wachtel:1979, Author = {Wachtel, Tom}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {511--514}, Title = {Nouns, relative clauses, and pragmatic control}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{Bennett:1979, Author = {Bennett, Paul A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {510--511}, Title = {On {U}niversal 23}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{Bauer:1979, Author = {Bauer, Laurie}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {508--509}, Title = {Against word-based morphology}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{Asakawa:1979, Author = {Asakawa, Teruo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {505--508}, Title = {Where does the extraposed element move to?}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{Andrews:1979, Author = {Andrews, Avery D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {503--505}, Title = {Trace and the {I}ntervention {C}onstraint}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{Schane:1979, Author = {Schane, Sandford A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {483--502}, Title = {Rhythm, accent, and stress in {E}nglish words}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{Nespor:1979, Author = {Nespor, Marina and Vogel, Irene}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {467--482}, Title = {Clash avoidance in {Italian}}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{McCarthy:1979, Author = {McCarthy, John J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {443--465}, Title = {On stress and syllabification}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{Kiparsky:1979, Author = {Kiparsky, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {421--441}, Title = {Metrical structure assignment is cyclic}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{Chen:1979, Author = {Chen, Matthew Y.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {371--420}, Title = {Metrical structure: evidence from {C}hinese poetry}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{Piera:1979, Author = {Piera, Carlos}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {732--735}, Title = {Some subject sentences}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{Murray:1979, Author = {Murray, Dinah}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {727--732}, Title = {Well}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{Morreall:1979, Author = {Morreall, John}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {725--727}, Title = {Possible words}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{May:1979, Author = {May, Robert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {719--725}, Title = {Must {COMP}-to-{COMP} movement be stipulated?}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{Kayne:1979, Author = {Kayne, Richard S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {710--719}, Title = {Rightward {NP} movement in {F}rench and {E}nglish}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{Kaisse:1979, Author = {Kaisse, Ellen M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {707--710}, Title = {Auxiliary reduction and the derivation of pseudoclefts}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{Pullum:1979, Author = {Pullum, Geoffrey K. and Postal, Paul M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {689--706}, Title = {On an inadequate defense of ``trace theory''}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{Lieber:1979, Author = {Lieber, Rochelle}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {667--688}, Title = {The {E}nglish passive: an argument for historical rule stability}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{Soames:1979, Author = {Soames, Scott}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {623--666}, Title = {A projection problem for speaker presuppositions}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{Seiter:1979, Author = {Seiter, William J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {595--621}, Title = {Instrumental advancement in {N}iuean}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{Oehrle:1979, Author = {Oehrle, Richard T.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {583--593}, Title = {A theoretical consequence of constituent structure in \emph{tough} movement}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{Baker:1979, Author = {Baker, C. L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {533--581}, Title = {Syntactic theory and the projection problem}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{Bach:1979a, Author = {Bach, Emmon}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {515--531}, Title = {Control in {M}ontague {G}rammar}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{Srivastav:1991a, Author = {Srivastav, Veneeta}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {4}, Pages = {637--686}, Title = {The syntax and semantics of correlatives}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1991}, Abstract = {This paper argues against the view that Hindi has a single strategy of relativization, traditionally referred to as the correlative construction, which is typologically distinct from relativization in languages like English. It is shown that Hindi, in fact, has two types of relative clauses which are syntactically and semantically distinct. Hindi embedded and right-adjoined relative clauses are generaqted inside NP and function like noun modifiers. They are similar in essential respects to restrictive relative clauses in English. Hindi left-adjoined relative clauses, on the other hand, are adjoined to IP at D-structure. They do not function like noun modifiers but are quantificational expressions binding variables inside their scope domain. It is suggested that left-adjoined relatives belong typologically with free relatives in English and internally-headed relatives in Quechua, since they have certain significant properties in common with these constructions.}} @article{Baker:1991a, Author = {Baker, Mark C.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {4}, Pages = {537--576}, Title = {On some subject/object non-asymmetries in {M}ohawk}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1991}, Abstract = {This article considers certain differences between subjects and objects in English that are not found in Mohawk, a nonconfigurational language with extensive agreement porphology. In particular, disjoint reference effects, island conditions, and weak crossover phenomena are investigated in some detail. Facts from these domains mtivate a theory of Mohawk clause structure in which most NPs are generated in adjunct positions, alon the lines proposed by Jelinek (1984) and others. Clausal arguments, however, do not show standard subject-object asymmetries, unlike NPs. This motivates a Case-driven theory of nonconfigurationality, and shows that it is correct to attribute configurational representations to Mohawk after all.}} @article{Hestvik:1991, Author = {Hestvik, Arild}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {455-496}, Title = {Subjectless binding domains}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1991}, Abstract = {A proposal by Bresnan that binding domains for pronouns shold not contain subjects is incorporated into the binding theory of Chomsky (1986a). Coupled with BT-compatibility, this predicts non-complementary distribution in any subjectless category. The article focuses on examining the predictions for PPs as subjectless binding domains, as seen in examples like 'John(i) looked behind him(i)/himself(i). Bresnan's insight that only PPs with "semantic content" function as binding domains is predicted by using results in theta-theory in conjunction with defining CFC in terms of theta-role assignment, as in Freidin (1986) and Giorgi (1987). Subjectless VPs and NPs are discussed, as well as the effect of Specificity on binding domains.}} @article{Grodzinsky:1991, Author = {Grodzinsky, Yosef and Pierce, Amy and Marakovitz, Susan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {431--453}, Title = {Neuropsychological reasons for a transformational analysis of verbal passive}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1991}, Abstract = {Experimental findings from the neuropsychological study of language are used to evaluate grammatical theories. Data from test sentence comprehension by agrammatic aphasic patients reveal a pattern of selectivity that is used as a means for assessing competing syntacitic hypothesis. In particular, it is argued that agrammatic linguistic behavior provides evidence for a transformational analysis of verbal passive. This is so because the patients failed to comprehend properly verbal passives and structures involving Wh-movement, but succeeded in tasks that required the proper comprehension of lexical passive. Grammatical theories in which such a performance pattern can be readily described-- namely, theories that allow for generalizations such as Move-alpha-- pass a test of psychological reality in that they are compatible with patterns of language breakdown observed following brain damage. By contrast, syntactic frameworks in which all passives are derived by lexical rules cannot account for this performance pattern without the introduction of ad hoc devices. Neurolinguistic findings are thereby shown to restrict the class of biologically feasible grammars.}} @article{Emonds:1991, Author = {Emonds, Joseph E.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {369--429}, Title = {Subcategorization and syntax-based theta-role assignment}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1991}, Abstract = {Classic problems of how to generalize over predicate-argumetn realtions (e.g., 'buy' vs. 'sell'; 'spray paint' vs. 'spray a wall') have led to postulating semantic representations which are structured differently than deep syntax, such as (linked) theta grids and (lexical) conceptual structures. I argue that such autonomous semantics massively violates parsimony, and that theta-roles are better predicted by using onlyl modestly enhanced, independently justified deep structures. In addition, I claim that several recent generalizations (of Rizzi, Levin and Rappaport, and Randall) are better formulated as deep syntactic properties than in terms of theta-roles. The syntactic approach to predicate-argument relations thus reinitiates a line of research implicit in Chomsky's 'Aspects' but never developed. The first section argues that only this approach faithfully applies to the syntactic revolution to lexical (head-complement) semantics. Principles invoked include Chomsky's Full Interpretation and Rule for Agents and Talmy's Figure/Ground separation, along with a new Ground Specification and syntactic counterparts to two formal devices from Jackendoff's Conceptual Structures. The thematic role constellations for many verb classes (mostly but not all from English) are shown to follow from these principles. The conclusion speculates that the theta-roles assigned to a sentence are not its properties at a linguistic level, but rather indicate how that sentence is to modify cogniitive representations.}} @article{Sigurdhsson:1991, Author = {Sigur{\dh}sson, Halld{\'o}r {\'A}rmann}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {327--363}, Title = {Icelandic case-marked {PRO} and the licensing of lexical arguments}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1991}, Abstract = {On the basis fo evidence from Icelandic I argue that PRO can be both governed and case-marked, but crucially not properly governed. Lexical arguments must be both case-marked and prpoperly head governed, and proper head government is a strictly local relation is a strictly local relation whereas case-marking is not. As the subject postion of PRO clauses is not properly head goverened, it must not be lexicalized, irrespective of whether it is case-marked or not.}} @article{Mohanan:1991, Author = {Mohanan, K.P.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {285--325}, Title = {On the bases of {R}adical {U}nderspecification}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1991}, Abstract = {Radical Underspecification theories omit from underlying representations the specification of redundant feature values as well as one member of each contraastive pair of feature values. These theories also crucially employ structure building rules, delinking rules, and constraints on representations. This paper attempts to identify the empirical substance that these formal devices aim to express, and thereby evaluate the claims of Radical Underspecification. The basic insights of Radical Underspecification theories are the preservation of distributional regularities in patterns of alternation, and the asymmetric status of feature values in distribution and alternation. A careful examination reveals that the formalism of Radical Underspecification is neither successful nor necessary in expressing these insights.}} @article{Archangeli:1991, Author = {Archangeli, Diana}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {231--283}, Title = {Syllabification and prosodic templates in {Y}awelmani}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1991}, Abstract = {This article addresses the interaction of syllabification adn templatic morphology in Yawelmani. The morphological templates (in CV terms, CVCC, CVVCC, and CVCVVC) do not parse directly into well-formed Yawelmani surface syllables (CV, CVV, CVC). Nonetheless, as argued here, these templates can be expressed in terms of legitimate prosodic units, thereby supporting the prosodic morphology hypothesis (McCarthy and Prince 1986, 1987, 1990). The basic idea is that segments map from left to right to the template, but if the template is too small, any leftover stem consonants simply undergo left to right syllabification. This analysis accounts for the general templatic mapping of verbs and nouns as well as the different kinds of reduplication in Yawelmani. It also provides a more explanatory account of the 'ghost' consonants-- initial consonants in some of the suffixes which surface only when the stem is biconsonantal, but not if the stem is larger. The analysis not only provides support for the prosodic morphology hypothesis, it also argues in favor of a templatic view of syllabification (Ito 1986, 1989) and a rule of Weight-by-Position (Hayes 1989) operating independently of the general syllabification process.}} @article{Beard:1991, Author = {Beard, Robert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {195--229}, Title = {Decompositional composition: the semantics of scope ambiguities and `bracketing paradoxes'}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1991}, Abstract = {The assumption that attribute phrases like 'nuclear physicist' constitute a bracketing paradox which may be resolved by special rules such as head rules, rebracketing rules, and productive backformation has gone unchallenged for more than a decade. This paper argues that such structural solutions do not work, since the same scope problems are reflected in phrases based on underived words with no morphological bracketing at all. In their place, a solution based on Decompostitional or Featural Composition is proposed, in which attributes compose semantically not with the full set of features of their head, but rather with only one particular feature. This solution reduces the wide and narrow scope readings of attribute phrases to a question of which feature is selelcted, in effect making all attribute composition the same and obviating the distinction between wide and narrow scope readings of attribute phrases.}} @article{Van-Valin:1991, Author = {Van Valin, Robert D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {145--194}, Title = {Another look at {I}celandic case marking and grammatical relations}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1991}, Abstract = {The phenomenon of 'quirky' case in Icelandic and the syntactic status of NPs bearing 'quirky' case has been the subject of much discussion in contemporary grammatical theory. Zaenen, Maling and Thr{\'a}insson (1985) and Andrews (1982a,b) present Lexical-Functional Grammar analyses of these phenomenon. This paper proposes a Role and Reference Grammar account. Under the RRG account, 'quirky' case is less pervasive than LFG analyses claim, with many instances due not to idiosyncratic case marking but to the irregular transitivity of particular verbs. Further, RRG analyses of passive and 'subject' selection correctly predict the existence of dual passives for ditransitive verbs and the non-existence of impersonal passives for intransitive verbs with 'quirky' subjects.}} @article{Hukari:1991, Author = {Hukari, Thomas E. and Levine, Robert D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {97--144}, Title = {On the disunity of unbounded dependency constructions}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1991}, Abstract = {Since Noam Chomsky's 1977 paper 'On wh-movement', syntactic theorists almost universally have assumed that 'tough/too/enough' constructions are to be treated by the same formal mechanism as wh-extraction constructions, in spite of well-known syntactic divergences between the two types. We argue that these divergences reflect a real dichotomy between unbounded dependencies with fillers in A(rgument) positions, e.g. 'tough' constructions, and those whose fillers occupy non-argument (A-bar) positions, e.g. topicalization. We first show that strong external evidence exists supporting the GPSG-internal prediction of full syntactic connectivity between A-position fillers and their gap sites, but that this result seems contradicted by the existence of case conflict between the filler and gap. To overcome this contradiction, we introduce a new gap-licensing feature GAP, and show how a number of other divergences between A- and A-bar filler/gap constructions follow as a consequence.}} @article{Georgopoulos:1991, Author = {Georgopoulos, Carol}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--46}, Title = {Canonical government and the {S}pecifier {P}arameter: an {ECP} account of weak crossover}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1991}, Abstract = {Current analyses of Weak Crossover (WCO) focus on the properties of the antecedent-variable binding relation (bijection) or of the variables themselves (homogeneity), or on the structural relation between the trace and pronoun involved (c-command). All of these theories fail in a significant case, that in which both bound positions are canonically governed. Here, there is frequently no WCO effect. This paper pursues a government-theoretic account, analyzing the presence or absence of the WCO effect in terms of an ECP which incorporates canonical government. The grammar in focus is that of Palauan, whose basic order is VOS. A principled distinction among SVO, VOS, and other grammars is provided by a specifier parameter, which sets the specifier position in realtion to that of other constituents of the phrase and determines how specifiers are governed. The distribution of WCO effects follows from the interaction of the specifier parameter and canonical government.}} @article{Bresnan:1973, Author = {Bresnan, Joan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {275--343}, Title = {Syntax of the Comparative Clause Construction in {E}nglish}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1973}} @article{Abbott:1976, Author = {Abbott, Barbara}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {639--642}, Title = {Right Node Raising as a test for constituency}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1976}} @incollection{Abe:1999, Author = {Abe, Jun and Hoshi, Hiroto}, Booktitle = {Fragments: Studies in Ellipsis and Gapping}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Lappin, Shalom and Benmamoun, Elabbas}, Pages = {193--226}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Directionality of Movement in Ellipsis Resolution in {E}nglish and {J}apanese}, Year = {1999}} @incollection{Aoun:1999, Author = {Aoun, Joseph and Benmamoun, Elabbas}, Booktitle = {Fragments: Studies in Ellipsis and Gapping}, Chapter = {175--192}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Lappin, Shalom and Benmamoun, Elabbas}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Gapping, {PF} Merger, and Patterns of Partial Agreement}, Year = {1999}} @incollection{Lasnik:1999a, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Lasnik, Howard}, Booktitle = {Fragments: Studies in Ellipsis and Gapping}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Lappin, Shlom and Benmamoun, Elabbas}, Pages = {141--174}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Pseudogapping Puzzles}, Year = {1999}} @incollection{Lobeck:1999, Author = {Lobeck, Anne}, Booktitle = {Fragments: Studies in Ellipsis and Gapping}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Lappin, Shalom and Benmamoun, Elabbas}, Pages = {98--123}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {{VP} Ellipsis and the {M}inimalist {P}rogram: Some Speculations and Proposals}, Year = {1999}} @incollection{Lappin:1999, Author = {Lappin, Shalom}, Booktitle = {Fragments: Studies in Ellipsis and Gapping}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Lappin, Shalom and Benmamoun, Elabbas}, Pages = {68--97}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {An \emph{HPSG} Account of Antecedent-Contained Ellipsis}, Year = {1999}} @incollection{Crouch:1999, Author = {Crouch, Richard}, Booktitle = {Fragments: Studies in Ellipsis and Gapping}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Lappin, Shalom and Benmamoun, Elabbas}, Pages = {32--67}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Ellipsis and {G}lue Languages}, Year = {1999}} @incollection{Shieber:1999, Author = {Shieber, Stuart M. and Pereira, Fernando and Dalrymple, Mary}, Booktitle = {Fragments: Studies in Ellipsis and Gapping}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Lappin, Shalom and Benmamoun, Elabbas}, Pages = {8--31}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Interactions of Scope and Ellipsis}, Year = {1999}} @inproceedings{Cooper:1979, Address = {New York}, Author = {Cooper, Robin}, Booktitle = {Syntax and Semantics 10: Selections from the Third Groningen Round Table}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Heny, Frank and Schnelle, H.}, Pages = {61--92}, Publisher = {Academic Press}, Title = {The Interpretation of Pronouns}, Year = {1979}} @article{Hirschberg:1991, Author = {Hirschberg, Julia and Ward, Gregory}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Cognitive Linguistics}, Number = {2}, Pages = {101--121}, Title = {Accent and Bound Anaphora}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1991}} @article{Evans:1977, Author = {Evans, Gareth}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Canadian Journal of Philosophy}, Pages = {467--536}, Title = {Pronouns, Quantifiers, and Relative Clauses}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1977}} @article{Hayes:1991, Author = {Hayes, Bruce and Lahiri, Aditi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {47--96}, Title = {Bengali intonational phonology}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1991}, Abstract = {This paper proposes a phonological analysis of the Bengali intonational system, using a descriptive framework developed by Pierrehumbert (1980) and others. Our analysis bears on a number of theoretical points. We argue that the Bengali facts support a typology of intonational tones that includes only pitcha ccents and boundary tones, and that the docking sites for boundary tones are the phrase edges provided under the theory of the Prosodic Hierarchy (Selkirk 1980). We show that Bengali intonational contours are governed by the {O}bligatory {C}ontour {P}rinciple ({OCP}), which forbids adjacent identical tones. Underlying contours that violate the {OCP} are converted to permissible surface forms by a phonological rule. We also bring Bengali data to bear on a long-standing controversy concerning phrasal stress: Bengali can be shown to have a default, phonologically assigned phrasal stress pattern; thus phrasal stress assignment cannot be reduced exclusively to focus and other semantic factors.}} @article{Bordelois:1988, Author = {Bordelois, Ivonne}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {57--93}, Title = {Causatives: from lexicon to syntax}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1988}} @article{Warner:1988, Author = {Warner, Anthony R.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {39--54}, Title = {Feature percolation, unary features, and the coordination of {E}nglish {NP}s}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1988}} @article{Authier:1988, Author = {Authier, J.-Marc}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {19--37}, Title = {Null {O}bject constructions in {K}inande}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1988}} @article{Lasnik:1988, Author = {Lasnik, Howard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--17}, Title = {Subjects and the $\theta$-criterion}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1988}} @article{Morin:1988, Author = {Morin, Yves-Charles}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {271--282}, Title = {Disjunctive ordering in {F}rench morphology}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1988}} @article{Hammond:1988a, Author = {Hammond, Michael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {247--270}, Title = {Templatic transfer in {A}rabic broken plurals}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1988}} @article{Everett:1988, Author = {Everett, Daniel L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {297--246}, Title = {On metrical constituent structure in {P}irah\~{a} phonology}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1988}} @article{Shlonsky:1988a, Author = {Shlonsky, Ur}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {191--205}, Title = {Complementizer-cliticization in {H}ebrew and the {E}mpty {C}ategory {P}rinciple}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1988}} @article{McCloskey:1988, Author = {McCloskey, James and Sells, Peter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {143--189}, Title = {Control and {A}-chains in {M}odern {I}rish}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1988}} @article{Yip:1988a, Author = {Yip, Moira}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {4}, Pages = {551--577}, Title = {Template morphology and the direction of association}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1988}} @article{Hoberman:1988, Author = {Hoberman, Robert D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {4}, Pages = {541--549}, Title = {Local and long-distance spreading in {S}emitic morphology}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1988}} @article{Fabb:1988, Author = {Fabb, Nigel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {4}, Pages = {527--539}, Title = {English suffixation is constrained only by selectional restrictions}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1988}} @article{Fukui:1988, Author = {Fukui, Naoki}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {4}, Pages = {503--526}, Title = {{LF} extraction of \emph{naze}: some theoretical implications}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1988}} @article{Levine:1989, Author = {Levine, Robert D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {123--135}, Title = {Downgrading constructions in {GPSG}}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1989}} @article{Enc:1989, Author = {En{\c c}, M{\"u}rvet}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {51--92}, Title = {Pronouns, licensing, and binding}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1989}, Abstract = {It has become customary to classify pronouns according to the values of the features [anaphor] and [pronominal], and to constrain their distribution through Binding Theory, which is formulated in terms of these features. This paper argues against this feature system on the grounds that it can not both capture the distribution of various classes of pronouns observed in natural languages and correctly characterize their semantics. An alternative approach is proposed for lexical pronouns, where the various classes of pronouns are distinguished according to the licensers and binders they require, and their distribution is determined through the specification of the position of their licensers and binders and the specificaations of the relation that must hold between them.}} @article{Rosen:1989, Author = {Rosen, Carol and Wali, Kashi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--50}, Title = {Twin passsives, inversion, and multistratalism in {M}arathi}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1989}, Abstract = {Under certain conditions, Marathi personal and impersonal Passive are homophonous. The modal ('capability') reading for a passive, available under appropriate pragmatic conditions, proves to be consistently associated with the impersonal Passive structure. Neutralization of the personal vs. impersonal distinction is traceable to a single, typologically unusual, case marking rule which, depending on an animacy criterion, can mark a nominal bearing the 2 relation 'dative' regardless of whether it also advances to 1 via Passive. True 'dative subjects' occur in Marathi personal Passives. This in turn bears on the analysis of Inversion clauses, where the datives, by contrast, are not subjects at the final level, contrary to popular counteranalyses.}} @article{Stump:1989a, Author = {Stump, Gregory T.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {261--273}, Title = {a note on {B}reton pluralization and the {E}lsewhere {C}ondition}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1989}, Abstract = {Anderson (1986) has argued that Breton 'double plurals,' though apparently disconfirming the Elsewhere Condition, can be brought into conformity with it if they are viewed as deriving from basic collective nouns rather than from plural nouns. This solution is here shown to be unworkable: on the one hand, certain double plurals derive from forms with transparently plural morphology; moreover double plurals counterexemplify the Elsewhere Condition even if they are assumed to derive from basic collectives, since the latter are not distinct in their morphosyntactic feature content from ordinary plurals. Plural diminutives present similar difficulties, since their formation requires the successive appliation of two rules whose application is predicted by the Elsewhere Condition to be disjunctive. Besides suggesting that the Elsewhere Condition cannot be maintained in its strongest form, the Breton evidence raises questions about the existence of a strict division between inflectional and derivational morphology.}} @article{Ito:1989, Author = {Ito, Junko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {217--259}, Title = {A prosodic theory of epenthesis}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1989}, Abstract = {This paper argues for a theory in which epenthesis results from the interrelated requirements of prosody and not from obligatory skeletal insertion rules. Prosodic Licensing requires the incorporation of unsyllabified melodies into higher prosodic structure; syllabification conditions determine the particular insertion site; and contrasting epenthesis strategies are predicted by general prosodic principles of directionality and maximality.}} @article{Cohn:1989, Author = {Cohn, Abigail C.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {167--216}, Title = {Stress in {I}ndonesian and bracketing paradoxes}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1989}, Abstract = {Most solutions to bracketing paradoxes involve the restructuring of either the morphological or the phonological structure. Yet the bracketing paradoxes cited in the literature offer no independent evidence for the primacy of either morphological or phonological structure. Indonesian has bracketing paradoxes and also offers the crucial evidence needed to decide between these types of approaches: evidence from cyclic assignment of stress shows that the only possible type of solution is one in which the morphological structure is primal and there is restructuring to account for the phonological facts.}} @article{Borowsky:1989, Author = {Borowsky, Toni}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {145--166}, Title = {Structure preservation and the syllable coda in {E}nglish}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1989}, Abstract = {Complex codas in English syllables have an asymmetrical distribution: rimes of more than two positions are limited to word edges. This fact is attributed to a {\sc coda condition} which restricts syllabification to two rime positions, but which no longer holds at the word level. At Level 1, the principle of {\sc structure preservation} (Kiparsky 1985) enforces conformity with the Coda Condition, thus explaining the distribution of complex codas as well as the application of vowel shortening. Apparent exceptions to the Coda Condition result from an independent principle which licenses an additional rime position if the position is half of a partial geminate (Ito 1986). After Level 1, Structure Preservation is turned off, and as a result, syllable structure is less restrictive, allowing larger codas and making vowel shortening unnecessary.}} @article{Suner:1988a, Author = {Su{\~n}er, Margarita}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {391--434}, Title = {The role of agreement in clitic-doubled constructions}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1988}} @article{Stump:1989, Author = {Stump, Gregory T.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {429--471}, Title = {Further remarks on {B}reton agreement}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1989}, Abstract = {Borsley and Stephens (1989/this issue) argue that the analysis of Breton agreement developed by Stump (1984) is untenable for two reasons: first, they argue that the fundamental empirical generalization which his analysis is designed to capture (the 'Complementarity Principle') is invalid; second, they argue that contrary to the assumptions underlying Stump's analysis, S cannot be a barrier to government in Breton. Here, Borsley and Stephens' claims are evaluated: it is shown that contrary to their first claim, the Complementarity Principle is a valid generalization for most if not all varieties of Breton; and while the truth of their second claim is acknowledged, it is nevertheless shown that the two principal claims embodied in the 1984 analysis can be maintained in a simle revision of that analysis. The revised account is shown to be fully consistent with the evidence cited by Borsley and Stephens, and is contrasted with the alternative analysis of Breton agreement proposed by Hendrick (1988).}} @article{Borsley:1989a, Author = {Borsley, Robert D. and Stephens, Janig}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {407--427}, Title = {Agreement and the position of subjects in {B}reton}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1989}, Abstract = {Like the other celtic languages, Breton is generally considered to be a VSO language. Stump (1984) argues that affirmative subject-initial sentences in Breton are ordinary subject-verb sentences. His argument is based on the fact that these sentences show no verbal agreement. Stump suggests that this lack of agreement is an instance of a Complementary Principle, a generalization which states that overt argument NPs do not cooccur with agreement in Breton. In this paper, we show that the empirical generalization underlying Stump's analysis is quite dubious. Moreover, it is impossible to prevent a topicalization analysis for affirmative subject-initial sentences; indeed, evidence from coordination shows that the topicalization analysis must be available. We suggest that the absence of agreement is due to a different generalization: there is no agreement with wh-trace subjects in affirmative clauses. Thus there is no reason to think that Breton has a class of ordinary subject-veb sentences.}} @article{Stenson:1989, Author = {Stenson, Nancy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {379--406}, Title = {Irish autonomous impersonals}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1989}} @article{Timm:1989, Author = {Timm, Lenora A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {361--378}, Title = {Word order in 20th century {B}reton}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1989}, Abstract = {Drawing on original data from a spoken subdialect of Breton and on a variety of texts written by 20th century Breton authors, this study examines the hypothesis of Varin (1979) that modern Breton as it is spoken and written by native speakers is essentially SVO in constituent order. This contrasts with the VSO sequence characteristic of the older, more Celtic-like traditions of word order within the language and charateristic also of the 'purist' camp of neo-Breton writers who have learned Breton through formal training. The data analyzed for this study reveal a strong pattern of preference for VSO, with SVO occurring as an important but definitely minor word order alternative.}} @article{Stowell:1989a, Author = {Stowell, Tim}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {317--359}, Title = {Raising in {I}rish and the {P}rojection {P}rinciple}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1989}, Abstract = {This paper provides a new analysis of an exceptional raising construction in {M}odern {I}rish, and examines its consequences for two putative principles of Universal Grammar (UG): (i) Chomsky's (1981) Projection Principle, which excludes nonthematic complement positions, and (ii) Chomsky's (1986a) Uniformity Condition, which excludes nonthematic inherent Case assignment. McCloskey (1984) argues that the Irish raising construction involves NP-movement to a VP-internal position, contrary to the Projection Principle. The new analysis proposed here claims that it really involves movement (of an inherently Case-marked NP) to subject position, and thus poses no problem for the Projection Principle. However, this analysis does pose a direct challenge to the Uniformity Condition, since it involves a verb assigning inherent Case to an NP that it does not theta-mark. The paper proposes a new theory of inherent Case assignment that allows for the possibility of the Irish construction, but is sufficiently restrictive so as to account for the rarity of nonthematic inherent Case assignment.}} @article{Harlow:1989, Author = {Harlow, Steve}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {289--316}, Title = {The syntax of {W}elsh soft mutation}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1989}, Abstract = {The Welsh morphophonological phenomenon known as {\sc soft mutation} is one which attracts recurrent attention from linguists, both for its phonological properties and for its relationship with morphosyntax. In this paper I review two recent discussions by Lieber and Zwicky which attempt tp account for a particular subclass of soft mutation by an appeal to case. I argue that neither successfully accounts for the full range of relevant data and suggest a novel interpretation of the phenomenon which generalises beyond the occurrence of soft mutation in NPs to its occurrence in other categories. Instead of an account founded on a treatment of soft mutation as a manifestation of case, I propose that it can be satisfactorily and elegantly accounted for if we recognise phrasal categories as triggers of phonological phenomena.}} @article{McDaniel:1989, Author = {McDaniel, Dana}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {4}, Pages = {565--604}, Title = {Partial and multiple {W}h-movement}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1989}, Abstract = {This paper deals with two types of Wh-constructions that occur in German and Romani: partial and multiple Wh-movement. In these constructions a Wh-phrase moves to the specifier of a CP that is lower than the CP over which the Wh-phrase takes scope. In partial Wh-movement, the scope position contains a scope-marker, and in multiple Wh-movement, the scope position contains another Wh-phrase. Both constructions are restricted by a Subjacency-like constraint. It is argued that the data can be accounted for by considering Subjacency to be a condition on representation. In addition, it is claimed that Absorption applies at S-structure, as well as LF, in these languages, whereas in languages like English, it applies only at LF. The possibility of S-structure Absorption unifies partial and multiple Wh-movement and accounts for their existnece in a language.}} @article{Franks:1989, Author = {Franks, Steven}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {4}, Pages = {551--563}, Title = {The monosyllabic head effect}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1989}, Abstract = {Conditions on extrametricality can be understood as restricting either the application of extrametricality rules or the visibility of the extrametricality feature. Macedonian provides crucial evidence that only the former interpretation is viable for the Non-Exhaustiveness Condition, while the Peripherality Condition pertains necessarily to visibility. Fixed antepenultimate stress in this language is analyzed as the final extrametricality variant of penultimate stress. A consideration of stress domains consisiting of several words reveals that a phrase-final monosyllabic word unexpectedly induces penultimate stress. It is argued that this \emph{Monosyllabic Head Effect} results from applying Final Extrametricality lexically, but Constituent Construction postlexically. The final syllable remains extrametrical even though it no longer exhausts the stress domain; internal extrametrical syllables, on the other hand, may be stressed. This treatment of Macedonian supports the compositional analysis of antepenultimate stress and clarifies the nature of the Non-Exhaustiveness and Peripherality Conditions.}} @article{Bagemihl:1989, Author = {Bagemihl, Bruce}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {4}, Pages = {481--549}, Title = {The crossing constraint and `backwards languages'}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1989}, Abstract = {In this paper I argue that the Crossing Constraint, which forbids the crossing of association lines, is actually composed of several different parameter settings, and that processes of reversal are to be analyzed as the result of introducing crossed association lines into the representation. Within ordinary languages, the 'no crossing' setting is in effect (and therefore reversal is rarely found in this domain), whereas in certain language games, the marked 'crossing' setting may be utilized. I will show that by allowing association lines to cross in ways which are tighly restricted by a hierarchy of parameters, we can explain the full typology of reversal processes found in language games.}} @article{Picallo:1990, Author = {Picallo, M. Carme}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {285--312}, Title = {Modal verbs in {C}atalan}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1990}, Abstract = {In this paper it is argued that Catalan sequences of a (semi-) modal verb and an infinitive, which are traditionally known as {\sc restructuring constructions}, should be analyzed as base-gegnerated monosentential complexes. It is claimed that in such comlexes the infinitive verb, not the modal or the semi-modal, is the primary predicate determining the argument structure of the sentnece adn its basic syntactic configuration. Modals with the epistemic reading are analyzed as constituents of INFL, whereas root modals and semi-modals are analyzed as VP adjuncts. Evidence for this analysis is provided by a number of independent phenomena, including the distribution of \emph{en/ne} cliticization of the subject, locality conditions on srgument chain formation, interpretation of adjacent modals, restrictions on infinitive and gerund markers, interpretation of plural null pronominals, the distribution of auxiliaries, and clitic climbing.}} @article{McCarthy:1990, Author = {McCarthy, John J. and Prince, Alan S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {209--283}, Title = {Foot and word in prosodic morphology: the {A}rabic broken plural}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1990}, Abstract = {This article proposes a theory of {\sc prosodic domain circumscription}, by means of which rules sensitive to morphological domain may be restricted to a prosodically characterized (sub-)domain in a word or stem. The theory is illustrated primarily by a comprehensive analysis of the Arabic broken plural; it is further supported by analysis of a number of processes from other languages, yielding a formal typology of domain-circumscription effects. The results obtained here depend on, and therefore confirm,two central principle of Prosodic Morphology: (1) the Prosodic Morphology Hypothesis, which requires that templates be expressed in prosodic, not segmental terms; and (2) the Template Satisfaction Condition, which requires that all elements in templates are satisfied obligatorily.}} @article{Li:1990a, Author = {Li, Yafei}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {177--207}, Title = {On {V}-{V} compounds in {C}hinese}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1990}, Abstract = {In this study of resultative V-V compounds in Chinese, it is shown that only certain theta-grid patterns are allowed. The restrictions on theta assignment are shown to follow automatically from standard Case theory and three other independently motivated assumptions of current Government-Binding Theory: theta-identification (Higginbotham 1985), a structured theta-grid (Grimshaw 1989) and head-feature percolation. Given the assumption that theta roles are assigned hierarchically, these theoretical devices interact so as to allow all well-formed V-V compounds while excluding all impossible compounds.}} @article{Halle:1990, Author = {Halle, Morris}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {149--176}, Title = {Respecting metrical structure}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1990}, Abstract = {The paper argues that in order to locate stress in languages such as Macedonian, Latin, and Cairene Arabic, where words have one stressed syllable, it is unnecessary to assign metrical structure to the entire word even though most of it is subsequently erased. In a discussion of Latin enclitic stress it is shown that this erasure of metrical structure must be combined with stages in the derivation where previously assigned metrical structure is srupulously resepected. This leads to a digression concerning the similar enclitic stress in the Austronesian language Manam. Attention is then focussed on the fact that in some languages-- e.g., in Winnebago-- foot boundaries may occur inside sylklables that have more than one stress-bearing element, whereas in other languages-- e.g., in Cairene Arabic and Yupik Eskimo-- syllable-internal foot boundaries are not allowed. To deal with this type of variablility it is proposed that in addition to idiosyncratic stresses the theoretical framework must admit also idiosyncratic constituent boundaries. The effects of these theoretical innovations are illustrated by an examination of stress assignment in different Yupik dialects.}} @article{Rubach:1990, Author = {Rubach, Jerzy and Booij, Geert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {427--463}, Title = {Edge of constituent effects in {P}olish}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1990}, Abstract = {Abundant violations of the Sonority Sequencing Generalization in Polish are studied from the perspective of prosodic phonology. We argue that word-initial and non-word-initial extrasyllabic consonants play distinct roles in th eoperation of phonological rules. We further claim that they are integrated prosodically by linking to the phonological word node and that this is done at different stages of derivation. Transparency of extrasyllabic consonantns is also investigated.}} @article{Lombardi:1990, Author = {Lombardi, Linda}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {375--425}, Title = {The nonlinear organization of the affricate}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1990}, Abstract = {This paper proposes that affricates are composed of [-cont] and [+cont] specifications which are unordered at underlying representation and throughout the phonological derivation, although they are ordered phonetically. Previous autosegmental treatments of the affricate, which include this ordering as part of the underlying representation, can handle edge effects, which are cases where rules refer to only the adjacent value of [cont]. But the ordered representation cannot account for anti-edge effects: those rules which involve the nonadjacent value of [cont]. Moreover, it predicts that ordering of the gestures is a possible phonological contrast, but this is incorrect, as no language has [+cont][-cont] single segments. As predicted by the unordered representation, all apparent cases of phonological edge effects can simply be stated as rules referring to a value of [cont]; all rules which show true edge effects occur after the values are phonetically ordered.}} @inproceedings{Jacobson:2004, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Jacobson, Pauline}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT} 14}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Young, Robert B.}, Pages = {145--162}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Kennedy's Puzzle: What {I'm} Named or Who {I} Am?}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Jacobson:1998, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Jacobson, Pauline}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT} 8}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Strolovitch, Devon and Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {74--91}, Publisher = {{CLC} Publications}, Title = {{ACE} and pied-piping: Evidence for a variable-free semantics}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Fox:1999a, Address = {Somerville, Massachusetts}, Author = {Fox, Danny and Nissenbaum, Jon}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics 18}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Bird, Sonya and Carnie, Andrew and Haugen, Jason D. and Norquest, Peter}, Pages = {132--144}, Publisher = {Cascadilla Press}, Title = {Extraposition and scope: a case for overt {QR}}, Year = {1999}} @inproceedings{Johnson:2004a, Author = {Johnson, Kyle}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Chicago Linguistic Society 39}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Title = {How to be Quiet}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Takahashi:2006, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Takahashi, Shoichi and Fox, Danny}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {Semantics} and {Linguistic Theory}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Georgala, Effi and Howell, Jonathan}, Pages = {223--240}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {{MaxElide} and the Re-binding Problem}, Volume = {15}, Year = {2006}} @article{Berendsen:1985, Author = {Berendsen, Egon}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {95--106}, Title = {Tracing case in phonology}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1985}} @article{Georgopoulos:1985, Author = {Georgopoulos, Carol}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {59--94}, Title = {Variables in {P}alauan syntax}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1985}} @article{Grimshaw:1985, Author = {Grimshaw, Jane and Mester, Ralf-Armin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--19}, Title = {Complex verb formation in {E}skimo}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1985}} @article{Battistella:1985, Author = {Battistella, Edwin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {317--340}, Title = {On the Distribution of {PRO} in {C}hinese}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1985}} @article{Jackendoff:1985a, Author = {Jackendoff, Ray}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {271--295}, Title = {Multiple subcategorization and the $\theta$-criterion: the case of \emph{climb}}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1985}} @article{Sadock:1985, Author = {Sadock, Jerrold M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {4}, Pages = {379--439}, Title = {Autolexical syntax: a proposal for the treatment of noun incorporation and similar phenomena}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1985}} @article{Rappaport:1986, Author = {Rappaport, Gilbert C.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {97--120}, Title = {On anaphor binding in {R}ussian}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1986}} @article{Farkas:1986, Author = {Farkas, Donka F.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {77--96}, Title = {On the syntactic position of focus in {H}ungarian}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1986}} @article{Jaeggli:1986a, Author = {Jaeggli, Osvaldo A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {43--76}, Title = {Arbitrary plural pronominals}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1986}} @article{Farmer:1986, Author = {Farmer, Ann K. and Hale, Ken and Tsujimura, Natsuko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {33--42}, Title = {A Note on Weak Crossover in {J}apanese}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1986}} @article{Woodbury:1986, Author = {Woodbury, Anthony C. and Sadock, Jerrold M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {229--244}, Title = {Affixial verbs in syntax: a reply to {G}rimshaw and {M}ester}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1986}} @article{Hammond:1986, Author = {Hammond, Michael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {185--228}, Title = {The {O}bligatory-branching {P}arameter in {M}etrical {T}heory}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1986}} @article{Legendre:1986, Author = {Legendre, G{\'e}raldine}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {137--183}, Title = {Object raising in {F}rench: a unified account}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1986}} @article{Heath:1986, Author = {Heath, Jeffrey}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {375--408}, Title = {Syntactic and lexical aspects of nonconfigurationality in {N}unggubuyu ({A}ustralia)}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1986}} @article{Koopman:1986, Author = {Koopman, Hilda and Sportiche, Dominique}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {357--374}, Title = {A note on long extraction in {V}ata and the {ECP}}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1986}} @article{Postal:1986, Author = {Postal, Paul M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {333--356}, Title = {Why {I}rish raising is not anomalous}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1986}} @article{Gibson:1986, Author = {Gibson, Jeanne and Raposo, Eduardo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {295--331}, Title = {Clause Union, the {S}tratal {U}niqueness {L}aw and the {C}h\^{o}meur {R}elation}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1986}} @article{Liddell:1986, Author = {Liddell, Scott K. and Johnson, Robert E.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {4}, Pages = {445--513}, Title = {American {S}ign {L}anguage compound formation processes, lexicalization, and phonological remnants}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1986}} @article{Lillo-Martin:1986, Author = {Lillo-Martin, Diane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {4}, Pages = {415--444}, Title = {Two kinds of null arguments in {A}merican {S}ign {L}anguage}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1986}} @article{Babby:1987, Author = {Babby, Leonard H.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {91--138}, Title = {Case, prequantifiers, and discontinuous agreement in {R}ussian}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1987}} @article{Harris:1987, Author = {Harris, James W.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {61--90}, Title = {The accentual patterns of verb paradigms in {S}panish}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1987}} @article{Sobin:1987, Author = {Sobin, Nicholas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {33--60}, Title = {The variable status of {C}omp-trace phenomena}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1987}} @article{Adams:1987, Author = {Adams, Marianne}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--32}, Title = {From {O}ld {F}rench to the theory of {P}ro-drop}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1987}} @article{Cole:1987a, Author = {Cole, Peter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {277--302}, Title = {The Structure of Internally Headed Relative Clauses}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1987}} @article{Everett:1987, Author = {Everett, Daniel L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {245--276}, Title = {Pirah{\~a} clitic doubling}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1987}} @article{Contreras:1987, Author = {Contreras, Heles}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {225--243}, Title = {Small clauses in {S}panish and {E}nglish}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1987}} @article{Hukari:1987, Author = {Hukari, Thomas E. and Levine, Robert D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {197--222}, Title = {Parasitic gaps, slash termination and the {C}-command condition}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1987}} @article{Grosu:1987, Author = {Grosu, Alexander and Horvath, Julia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {181--196}, Title = {On Non-finiteness in extraction constructions}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1987}} @article{Williams:1987a, Author = {Williams, Edwin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {151--180}, Title = {Implicit Arguments, the {B}inding {T}heory, and control}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1987}} @article{Frazier:1987, Author = {Frazier, Lyn}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {4}, Pages = {519-559}, Title = {Syntactic processing: evidence from {D}utch}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1987}} @article{Kac:1987, Author = {Kac, Michael B.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {441--452}, Title = {Surface transitivity, \emph{respectively} coordination and context-freeness}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1987}} @article{Steedman:1987, Author = {Steedman, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {403--439}, Title = {Combinatory Grammars and parasitic gaps}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1987}} @article{Platzack:1987, Author = {Platzack, Christer}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {377--401}, Title = {The {S}candinavian languages and the {N}ull-{S}ubject {P}arameter}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1987}} @article{Padden:1987, Author = {Padden, Carol A. and Perlmutter, David M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {335--375}, Title = {American {S}ign {L}anguage and the architecture of phonological theory}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1987}} @article{Hyman:1987, Author = {Hyman, Larry M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {311--333}, Title = {Prosodic domains in {K}ukuya}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1987}} @article{Halle:1983, Author = {Halle, Morris}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {91--105}, Title = {On Distinctive features and their articulatory implementation}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1983}} @article{Kayne:1983a, Author = {Kayne, Richard S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {107--139}, Title = {Chains, categories external to {S}, and {F}rench complex inversion}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1983}} @article{Bach:1983, Author = {Bach, Emmon}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {65--89}, Title = {On the relationship between word-grammar and phrase-grammar}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1983}} @article{Simpson:1983a, Author = {Simpson, Jane and Bresnan, Joan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {49--64}, Title = {Control and obviation in {W}arlpiri}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1983}} @article{Chung:1983a, Author = {Chung, Sandra}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {207--244}, Title = {The {ECP} and government in {C}hamorro}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1983}} @article{Hoeksema:1983, Author = {Hoeksema, Jack}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {403--434}, Title = {Negative polarity and the comparative}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1983}} @article{Zwicky:1983, Author = {Zwicky, Arnold M. and Pullum, Geoffrey K.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {385--402}, Title = {Phonology in syntax: the {S}omali {O}ptional {A}greement {R}ule}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1983}} @article{Archangeli:1983, Author = {Archangeli, Diana}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {347--384}, Title = {The {R}oot {CV}-template as a property of the affix: evidence from {Y}awelmani}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1983}} @article{Broselow:1983, Author = {Broselow, Ellen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {317--346}, Title = {Salish double reduplication: subjacency in morphology}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1983}} @article{Jacobson:1984, Author = {Jacobson, Pauline}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {4}, Pages = {535--581}, Title = {Connectivity in {P}hrase {S}tructure {G}rammar}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1984}} @article{McCloskey:1984a, Author = {McCloskey, James and Hale, Kenneth}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {4}, Pages = {487--533}, Title = {On the Syntax of person-number inflection in {M}odern {I}rish}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1984}} @article{McCloskey:1984, Author = {McCloskey, James}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {4}, Pages = {441--485}, Title = {Raising, subcategorization and selction in {M}odern {I}rish}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1984}} @article{Fodor:1984, Author = {Fodor, Janet Dean}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {105--150}, Title = {Learnability and parsability}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1984}} @article{Culicover:1984, Author = {Culicover, Peter W.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {77--104}, Title = {Learnability explanations and processing explanations}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1984}} @article{Jelinek:1984, Author = {Jelinek, Eloise}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {39--76}, Title = {Empty Categories, case, and configurationality}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1984}} @article{Jackendoff:1984, Author = {Jackendoff, Ray}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {25--37}, Title = {On the phrase \emph{the phrase 'the phrase'}}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1984}} @article{Akmajian:1984, Author = {Akmajian, Adrian}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--23}, Title = {Sentence types and the form-function fit}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1984}} @article{Stump:1984, Author = {Stump, Gregory T.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {289--348}, Title = {Agreement vs. incorporation in {B}reton}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1984}} @article{Geernberg:1984, Author = {Geernberg, Gerald R.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {283--287}, Title = {Left dislocation, topicalization, and interjections}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1984}} @article{Schachter:1984a, Author = {Schachter, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {269--281}, Title = {A note on syntactic categories and coordination in {GPSG}}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1984}} @article{Ishihara:1984, Author = {Ishihara, Roberta}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {4}, Pages = {397--418}, Title = {Clausal Pied-Piping: a problem for {GB}}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1984}} @article{Mohanan:1984a, Author = {Mohanan, K.P.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {4}, Pages = {357--396}, Title = {Operator binding and the {P}ath {C}ontainment {C}condition}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1984}} @article{Williams:1982a, Author = {Williams, Edwin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {160--163}, Title = {Another argument that passive is transformational}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Ruhl:1982, Author = {Ruhl, Charles and Hines, Carole P.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {154--160}, Title = {Modal phrases}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Rigau:1982, Author = {Rigau, Gemma}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {146--150}, Title = {Inanimate indirect object in {C}atalan}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Cole:1982, Author = {Cole, Peter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {139--145}, Title = {On defining bounding nodes for subjacency}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Postal:1982, Author = {Postal, Paul M. and Pullum, Geoffrey K.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {122--138}, Title = {The contraction debate}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Mittwoch:1982, Author = {Mittwoch, Anita}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {113--122}, Title = {On the difference between \emph{eating} and \emph{eating something}: activites versus accomplishments}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Cutler:1982a, Author = {Cutler, Anne and Fay, David A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {107--113}, Title = {One mental lexicon, phonologically arranged: comments on {H}urford's comments}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{McCawley:1982, Author = {McCawley, James D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {91--106}, Title = {Parentheticals and discontinuous constituent structure}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Goldsmith:1982, Author = {Goldsmith, John and Woisetschlaeger, Erich}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {79--89}, Title = {The Logic of the {E}nglish progressive}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Chung:1982, Author = {Chung, Sandra}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {39--77}, Title = {Unbounded Dependencies in {C}hamorro grammar}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Wachtel:1982, Author = {Wachtel, Tom}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {336--341}, Title = {Some problems in tense theory}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Sag:1982, Author = {Sag, Ivan A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {329--336}, Title = {Coordination, extraction, and generalized phrase structure grammar}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Ono:1982, Author = {Ono, Kiyoharu}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {327--329}, Title = {Is {NP}-\emph{wa} {NP}-\emph{ga} {V}\emph{te ar} ungrammatical?}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Mohanan:1982, Author = {Mohanan, K.P.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {323--327}, Title = {Infinitival subjects, government, and the abstract case}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Kanai:1982, Author = {Kanai, Yoshimitsu}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {320--323}, Title = {A case against the morphophonemic-allophonic principle}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Cutler:1982, Author = {Cutler, Anne}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {317--320}, Title = {Idioms: the colder the older}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @inproceedings{Hobbs:1997, Address = {Madrid, Spain}, Author = {Hobbs, Jerry and Kehler, Andrew}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the 35th Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Association of Computational Linguistics}, Pages = {394--401}, Title = {A theory of parallelism and the case of {VP} Ellipsis}, Year = {1997}} @article{Kehler:1997, Author = {Kehler, Andrew and Shieber, Stuart}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Computational Linguistics}, Number = {3}, Pages = {457--466}, Title = {Anaphoric dependencies in ellipsis}, Volume = {23}, Year = {1997}} @book{Gawron:1990, Address = {Stanford University}, Author = {Gawron, Jean~Mark and Peters, Stanley}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Langauge and Information}, Title = {Anaphora and Quantification in {S}ituation {S}emantics}, Year = {1990}} @book{Asher:1993, Author = {Asher, Nicholas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Press}, Title = {Reference to Abstract Objects in {E}nglish}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Asher:1997, Address = {Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Asher, Nicholas and Hardt, Daniel and Joan Busquets}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Seventh Conference on Semantics and Linguistic Theory}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Editor = {Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {19--36}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Discourse parallelism, scope, and ellipsis}, Volume = {VII}, Year = {1997}} @article{Asher:2001, Author = {Asher, Nicholas and Hardt, Daniel and Busquets, Joan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of Semantics}, Number = {1}, Title = {Discourse parallelism, ellipsis, and ambiguity}, Volume = {18}, Year = {2001}} @article{Andrews:1982, Author = {Andrews, Avery D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {313--317}, Title = {A note on the constituent structure of adverbials and auxiliaries}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Plann:1982, Author = {Plann, Susan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {297--312}, Title = {Indirect questions in {S}panish}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Williams:1982, Author = {Williams, Edwin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {277--295}, Title = {The {NP} cycle}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Hayes:1982, Author = {Hayes, Bruce}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {227--276}, Title = {Extrametricality and {E}nglish stress}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Cairns:1982, Author = {Cairns, Charles E. and Feinstein, Mark H.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {193--225}, Title = {Markedness and the theory of syllable structure}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Berwick:1982, Author = {Berwick, Robert C. and Weinberg, Amy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {165--191}, Title = {Parsing efficiency, computational complexity, and the evaluation of grammatical theories}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Rognvaldsson:1982, Author = {R{\"o}gnvaldsson, Erikur}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {557--561}, Title = {We need (some kind of a) rule of conjunction reduction}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Oirsouw:1982, Author = {Oirsouw, Robert R. van}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {553--557}, Title = {Gazdar on coordination and constituents}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Malone:1982, Author = {Malone, Joseph L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {550--553}, Title = {Generative phonology and {T}urkish rhyme}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Hudson:1982, Author = {Hudson, Richard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {547--550}, Title = {Incomplete adjuncts}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Soames:1982, Author = {Soames, Scott}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {483--545}, Title = {How presuppositions are inherited: a solution to the projection problem}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Marantz:1982, Author = {Marantz, Alec}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {435--482}, Title = {Re reduplication}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Bresnan:1982b, Author = {Bresnan, Joan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {343--434}, Title = {Control and complementation}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Strauss:1982, Author = {Strauss, Steven L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {694--700}, Title = {On ``relatedness paradoxes'' and related paradoxes}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Safir:1982, Author = {Safir, Ken}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {689--694}, Title = {Nasal spreading in {C}apanahua}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Riviere:1982, Author = {Rivi{\`e}re, Claude}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {685--689}, Title = {Objectionable Objects}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Clements:1982, Author = {Clements, George N.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {682--685}, Title = {A remark on the elsewhere condition}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Bloemen:1982, Author = {Bloemen, Johan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {681--682}, Title = {Syncategorematic words}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Russom:1982, Author = {Russom, Jacqueline Haring}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {677--680}, Title = {An examination of the evidence for {OE} indirect passives}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Gazdar:1982, Author = {Gazdar, Gerald and Pullum, Geoffrey K. and Sag, Ivan A. and Wasow, Thomas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {663--677}, Title = {Coordination and transformational grammar}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Yip:1982, Author = {Yip, Moira}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {637--661}, Title = {Reduplication and {C-V} skeleta in {C}hinese secret languages}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Bresnan:1982a, Author = {Bresnan, Joan and Kaplan, Ronald M. and Peters, Stanley and Zaenen, Annie}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {613--635}, Title = {Cross-serial dependencies in {D}utch}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Tasmowski-De-Ryk:1981, Author = {Tasmowski-De Ryk, Liliane and Verluyten, S. Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {153--154}, Title = {Pragmatically controlled anaphora and linguistic form}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Nathan:1981, Author = {Nathan, Geoffrey S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {151--153}, Title = {What's these facts about?}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Jackendoff:1981, Author = {Jackendoff, Ray}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {150--151}, Title = {On the Constituent structure of \emph{all three of the men}}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Grosu:1981, Author = {Grosu, Alexander}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {149--150}, Title = {Should there be a (restricted) rule of conjuntion reduction?}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Gathercole:1981, Author = {Gathercole, Virginia C.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {147--148}, Title = {Support for a unified {QP} analysis}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Hirschbuhler:1981, Author = {Hirschb{\"u}hler, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {135--146}, Title = {The ambiguity of iterated multiple questions}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Hornstein:1981, Author = {Hornstein, Norbert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {55--91}, Title = {Case theory and preposition stranding}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Freidin:1981, Author = {Freidin, Robert and Lasnik, Howard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {39--53}, Title = {Disjoint reference and \emph{{W}h}-trace}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Dell:1981, Author = {Dell, Fran{\c c}ois}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {31--37}, Title = {On the learnability of optional phonological rules}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Cole:1981, Author = {Cole, Peter and Hermon, Gabriella}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--30}, Title = {Subjecthood and islandhood: evidence from {Q}uechua}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{McCarthy:1981a, Author = {McCarthy, John J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {322--327}, Title = {The Representation of consonant length in {H}ebrew}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Langendoen:1981, Author = {Langendoen, D. Terence}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {320--322}, Title = {The generative capacity of word-formation components}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Kuhns:1981, Author = {Kuhns, Robert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:54 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {316--320}, Title = {Trace binding and trace replacement}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Baker:1981, Author = {Baker, C. L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {309--315}, Title = {Auxiliary-adverb word order}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Cinque:1981, Author = {Cinque, Guglielmo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {293--308}, Title = {On {K}eenan and {C}omrie's {P}rimary {R}elativization constraint}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Brame:1981, Author = {Brame, Michael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {275--293}, Title = {Trace theory with filters vs. lexically based syntax without}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Kiss:1981, Author = {Kiss, Katalin E.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {185--213}, Title = {Structural relations in {H}ungarian, a ``free'' word order language}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Gazdar:1981, Author = {Gazdar, Gerald}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {155--184}, Title = {Unbounded Dependencies and coordinate structure}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Sobin:1981, Author = {Sobin, Nicholas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {488--491}, Title = {On {A}dv/{PP}-first reductions}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Poser:1981, Author = {Poser, William J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:46:32 -0500}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {483--488}, Title = {On the directionality of the tone-voice correlation}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{May:1981a, Author = {May, Robert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 11:26:58 -0500}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {477--483}, Title = {On the Parallelism of movement and bound anaphora}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Lobner:1981, Author = {L{\"o}bner, Sebastian}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {471--477}, Title = {Intensional Verbs and functional concepts: more on the ``rising temperature'' problem}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Landman:1981, Author = {Landman, Fred}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {467--471}, Title = {A note on the projection problem}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Boolos:1981, Author = {Boolos, George}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {465--467}, Title = {For every {A} there is a {B}}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Pullum:1981, Author = {Pullum, Geoffrey K.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {435--463}, Title = {Evidence against the ``{AUX}'' node in {L}uise{\~n}o and {E}nglish}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Kaisse:1981, Author = {Kaisse, Ellen M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {424--434}, Title = {Luise{\~n}o particles and the universal behavior of clitics}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Hurford:1981, Author = {Hurford, James R.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {419--423}, Title = {Malapropisms, left-to-right listing, and lexicalism}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{McCarthy:1981, Author = {McCarthy, John J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {373--418}, Title = {A prosodic theory of nonconcatenative morphology}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Aronoff:1981, Author = {Aronoff, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {329--347}, Title = {Automobile semantics}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Zaenen:1981, Author = {Zaenen, Annie and Engdahl, Elisabet and Maling, Joan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {679--682}, Title = {Resumptive Pronouns can be syntactically bound}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Oden:1981, Author = {Oden, Gregg C. and Lopes, Lola L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {673--679}, Title = {Preferences for order in freezes}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Newman:1981, Author = {Newman, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {670--673}, Title = {Syllable weight and tone}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Erteschik-Shir:1981, Author = {Erteschik-Shir, Nomi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 11:14:03 -0500}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {665--670}, Title = {More on extractability from quasi-{NP}s}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Brandon:1981, Author = {Brandon, Frank Roberts and Seki, Lucy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {659--665}, Title = {A note on {COMP} as a universal}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Borsley:1981, Author = {Borsley, Robert D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {655--659}, Title = {On movement out of {COMP}}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Williams:1981a, Author = {Williams, Edwin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {645--653}, Title = {Transformationless grammar}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Aoun:1981a, Author = {Aoun, Youssef}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {637--645}, Title = {{ECP}, {M}ove $\alpha$, and subjacency}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Reinhart:1981, Author = {Reinhart, Tanya}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {605--635}, Title = {Definite {NP} anaphora and {C}-command domains}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Lowenstamm:1981, Author = {Lowenstamm, Jean}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {575--604}, Title = {On the {M}aximal {C}luster approach to syllable structure}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Goldsmith:1981, Author = {Goldsmith, John}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {541--574}, Title = {Complementizers and root sentences}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Anderson:1981, Author = {Anderson, Stephen R.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {493--539}, Title = {Why phonology isn't ``natural''}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Wali:1980, Author = {Wali, Kashi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {258--260}, Title = {Olbique causee and the passive explanation}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Sag:1980a, Author = {Sag, Ivan A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {255--257}, Title = {A further note on floated quantifiers, adverbs, and extraction sites}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{OGrady:1980, Author = {O'Grady, William D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {252--255}, Title = {A note on minor movement}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Levine:1980, Author = {Levine, Arvin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:55:34 -0500}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {250--252}, Title = {Reading writing in `rithmetic}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Baltin:1980, Author = {Baltin, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {247--249}, Title = {On the Notion ``quantifier phrase''}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Kayne:1980, Author = {Kayne, Richard S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {75--96}, Title = {Extensions of binding and case-marking}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Dresher:1980, Author = {Dresher, Bezalel Elan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {47--73}, Title = {The {M}ercian {S}econd {F}ronting: a case of rule loss in {O}ld {E}nglish}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Yip:1980, Author = {Yip, Moira}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {432--436}, Title = {Why {S}canian is not a case for multivalued features}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Kefer:1980, Author = {Kefer, Michel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {429--432}, Title = {A note on lexical entries}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Kay:1980, Author = {Kay, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {426--429}, Title = {On the Syntax and Semantics of early questions}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Joseph:1980, Author = {Joseph, Brian}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {420--426}, Title = {Lexical productivity versus syntactic generativity}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Cattell:1980, Author = {Cattell, Ray}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {419--420}, Title = {More on quasi-{NP}s}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Bosque:1980, Author = {Bosque, Ignacio}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {415--419}, Title = {Retrospective imperatives}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Jackendoff:1980, Author = {Jackendoff, Ray}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 11:04:59 -0500}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {395--413}, Title = {Belief-contexts revisited}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Evans:1980, Author = {Evans, Gareth}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {337-362}, Title = {Pronouns}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Chambers:1980, Author = {Chambers, J.K. and Shaw, Patricia A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {325-336}, Title = {Systematic obfuscation of morphology in {D}akota}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Allen:1980a, Author = {Allen, Cynthia L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {261--323}, Title = {Movement and deletion in {O}ld {E}nglish}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Zwicky:1980, Author = {Zwicky, Arnold M. and Levin, Nancy S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {631--636}, Title = {You don't have \emph{t\'{o}}}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Weisler:1980, Author = {Weisler, Steven}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {624--631}, Title = {The Syntax of \emph{that}-less relatives}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Reinhart:1980a, Author = {Reinhart, Tanya}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {621--624}, Title = {On the position of extraposed clauses}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Pullum:1980, Author = {Pullum, Geoffrey K.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {613--620}, Title = {Languages in which movement does not parallel bound anaphora}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Plann:1980, Author = {Plann, Susan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {607--613}, Title = {The nonevidence for a cross relative from {S}pain}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Selkirk:1980, Author = {Selkirk, Elisabeth O.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {563--605}, Title = {The role of prosodic categories in {E}nglish word stress}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Prince:1980, Author = {Prince, Alan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {511--562}, Title = {A metrical theory for {E}stonian quantity}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Leben:1980, Author = {Leben, William R.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {497--509}, Title = {A metrical analysis of length}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Ingria:1980, Author = {Ingria, Robert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {465--495}, Title = {Compensatory lengthening as a metrical phenomenon}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Bing:1980, Author = {Bing, Janet Mueller}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {437--463}, Title = {Linguistic rhythm and grammatical structure in {A}fghan {P}ersian}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Wachtel:1980, Author = {Wachtel, Tom}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {807--810}, Title = {Double indexing and tail-to-head binding}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Harris:1980, Author = {Harris, Martin and Vincent, Nigel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {805--807}, Title = {On zero relatives}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Carlson:1980a, Author = {Carlson, Greg N.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {799--804}, Title = {Polarity \emph{any} is existential}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Bolozky:1980, Author = {Bolozky, Shmuel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {793--799}, Title = {On the monophonematic interpretation of {M}odern {H}ebrew affricates}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Allen:1980, Author = {Allen, Cynthia L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {789--793}, Title = {\emph{Whether} in {O}ld {E}nglish}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Lapointe:1980, Author = {Lapointe, Stephen G.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {770--787}, Title = {A note on {A}kmajian, {S}teele, and {W}asow's treatment of certain verb complement types}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Fodor:1980, Author = {Fodor, Jerry A. and Fodor, Janet Dean}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {759--770}, Title = {Functional structure, quantifiers, and meaning postulates}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Wilkins:1980, Author = {Wilkins, Wendy K.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {709--758}, Title = {Adjacency and variables in syntactic transformations}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Miller:1984, Author = {Miller, Philip H.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {716--718}, Title = {On {P}eters and {R}itchie's definition of an \emph{n}-term transformational mapping}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Haegeman:1984, Author = {Haegeman, Liliane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {712--715}, Title = {Remarks on adverbial clauses and definite {NP}-anaphora}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Everett:1984, Author = {Everett, Daniel and Everett, Keren}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {705--711}, Title = {On the relevance of syllable onsets to stress placement}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Dyla:1984, Author = {Dyla, Stefan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {701--705}, Title = {Across-the-Board Dependencies and case in {P}olish}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Beukema:1984, Author = {Beukema, Frits and Hoekstra, Teun}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {689--698}, Title = {Extractions from \emph{with}-constructions}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Williams:1984a, Author = {Williams, Edwin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {639--673}, Title = {Grammatical relations}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Safir:1984, Author = {Safir, Ken}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {603--638}, Title = {Multiple variable binding}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Mohanan:1984, Author = {Mohanan, K.P. and Mohanan, Tara}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {575--602}, Title = {Lexical phonology of the consonant system in {M}alayalam}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Siegel:1984, Author = {Siegel, Muffy E. A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {523--530}, Title = {Gapping and interpretation}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Schachter:1984, Author = {Schachter, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {514--523}, Title = {Auxiliary reduction: an argument for {GPSG}}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Ito:1984, Author = {Ito, Junko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {505--513}, Title = {Melodic dissimilation in {A}inu}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Jensen:1984, Author = {Jensen, John T. and Strong-Jensen, Margaret}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 11:04:15 -0500}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {474--498}, Title = {Morphology is in the lexicon!}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Aoun:1984, Author = {Aoun, Joseph and Lightfoot, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {465--473}, Title = {Government and contraction}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Allen:1984, Author = {Allen, Cynthia L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {461--465}, Title = {On the dating of raised empty subjects in {E}nglish}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Keyser:1984, Author = {Keyser, Samuel Jay and Roeper, Thomas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {381--416}, Title = {On the middle and ergative constructions in {E}nglish}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Brody:1984, Author = {Brody, Michael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {355--380}, Title = {On contextual definitions and the role of chains}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Grosu:1984, Author = {Grosu, Alexander and Horvath, Julia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {348--353}, Title = {The {GB} {T}heory and {R}aising in {R}umanian}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Gil:1984, Author = {Gil, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {344--348}, Title = {Remarks on nonrecursivity in syntax}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Boolos:1984, Author = {Boolos, George}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {343--343}, Title = {Nonfirstorderizability again}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Kenesei:1984, Author = {Kenesei, Istvaan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {328--342}, Title = {Word order in {H}ungarian complex sentences}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Joseph:1984, Author = {Joseph, Brian and Wallace, Rex}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {319--328}, Title = {Latin morphology: another look}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{McCarthy:1984, Author = {McCarthy, John J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {291--318}, Title = {Theoretical consequences of {M}onta{\~n}es vowel harmony}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Higginbotham:1984, Author = {Higginbotham, James}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {225--234}, Title = {{E}nglish is not a context-free language}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Sparks:1984, Author = {Sparks, Randall B.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:36:33 -0500}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {179--183}, Title = {Here's a few more facts}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Solan:1984, Author = {Solan, Lawrence}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {174--178}, Title = {Focus and levels of representation}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Ojeda:1984, Author = {Ojeda, Almerindo E.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {171--173}, Title = {A note on the {S}panish neuter}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Chen:1984, Author = {Chen, Matthew Y.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {167--170}, Title = {Abstract symmetry in {C}hinese verse}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Bosque:1984, Author = {Bosque, Ignacio and Moreno, Juan-Carlos}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {164--167}, Title = {A condition on quantifiers in logical form}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Baker:1984, Author = {Baker, C. L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 11:24:08 -0500}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {155--157}, Title = {Two observations on {B}ritish {E}nglish \emph{do}}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Torrego:1984, Author = {Torrego, Esther}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {103--129}, Title = {On Inversion in {S}panish and some of its effects}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Picallo:1984, Author = {Picallo, M. Carme}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {75--102}, Title = {The {I}nfl node and the {N}ull {S}ubject {P}arameter}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Hayes:1984, Author = {Hayes, Bruce}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {33--74}, Title = {The Phonology of rhythm in {E}nglish}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Stuurman:1983, Author = {Stuurman, Frits}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {736--744}, Title = {Appositives and {X}-bar {T}heory}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Safir:1983, Author = {Safir, Ken}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {730--735}, Title = {On small clauses as constituents}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Lebeaux:1983, Author = {Lebeaux, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {723--730}, Title = {A distributional difference between reciprocals and reflexives}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Freidin:1983, Author = {Freidin, Robert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {713--722}, Title = {X-bar {T}heory and the analysis of {E}nglish infinitivals}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Chung:1983, Author = {Chung, Sandra and McCloskey, James}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {704--713}, Title = {On the interpretation of certain island facts in {GPSG}}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Battistella:1983, Author = {Battistella, Ed}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {698--704}, Title = {A subjacency puzzle}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Andrews:1983, Author = {Andrews, Avery D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {695--697}, Title = {A note on the constituent structure of modifiers}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Napoli:1983, Author = {Napoli, Donna Jo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {675--694}, Title = {Comparative Ellipsis: a phrase structure analysis}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Mohanan:1983, Author = {Mohanan, K.P.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {641--674}, Title = {Functional and anaphoric control}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Marlett:1983, Author = {Marlett, Stephen A. and Stemberger, Joseph Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {617--639}, Title = {Empty Consonants in {S}eri}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Halvorsen:1983, Author = {Halvorsen, Per-Kristian}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {567--615}, Title = {Semantics for {L}exical-{F}unctional {G}rammar}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Torrego:1983, Author = {Torrego, Esther}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {561--565}, Title = {More effects of successive cyclic movement}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Harbert:1983, Author = {Harbert, Wayne}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {549--553}, Title = {A note on {O}ld {E}nglish free relatives}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Ernst:1983, Author = {Ernst, Thomas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {542--549}, Title = {More on adverbs and stressed auxiliaries}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Carden:1983, Author = {Carden, Guy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {537--541}, Title = {Th non-finite = state-ness of the word formation component}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Pullum:1983a, Author = {Pullum, Geoffrey K.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {447--467}, Title = {How many possible human languages are there?}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Hayes:1983, Author = {Hayes, Bruce}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {357--393}, Title = {A Grid-based theory of {E}nglish meter}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Sherwood:1983, Author = {Sherwood, David F.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {351--356}, Title = {Maliseet verbs of possession}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Koopman:1983a, Author = {Koopman, Hilda}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {346--350}, Title = {{ECP} effects in main clauses}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Decarrico:1983, Author = {Decarrico, Jeanette S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {343-346}, Title = {On quantifier raising}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Borsley:1983a, Author = {Borsley, Robert D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {338--343}, Title = {A note on preposition stranding}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Bell:1983, Author = {Bell, Sarah J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {332--338}, Title = {Internal {C} reduplication in {S}huswap}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Aoun:1983, Author = {Aoun, Joseph}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {325--332}, Title = {Logical forms}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Rzivcka:1983, Author = {R\r{u}\v{z}i\v{c}ka, Rudolph}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {309--324}, Title = {Remarks on control}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Kayne:1983, Author = {Kayne, Richard S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {223--249}, Title = {Connectedness}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Burzio:1983, Author = {Burzio, Luigi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {193--221}, Title = {Conditions on representation and {R}omance syntax}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Suner:1983, Author = {Su{\~n}er, Margarita}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {188--191}, Title = {\emph{pro}$_{arb}$}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Siegel:1983, Author = {Siegel, Muffy E. A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {184--188}, Title = {Problems in preposition stranding}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Pullum:1983, Author = {Pullum, Geoffrey K.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {179--184}, Title = {Morphophonemic rules, allophonic rules, and counterfeeding}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Franks:1983, Author = {Franks, Steven}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {175--179}, Title = {A note on {NP}-structure and {S}$'$ deletion}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Borsley:1983, Author = {Borsley, Robert D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {169--174}, Title = {A note on the {G}eneralized {L}eft {B}ranch {C}ondition}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Woisetschlaeger:1983, Author = {Woisetschlaeger, Erich}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {137--154}, Title = {On the question of definiteness in ``an old man's book''}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Prince:1983, Author = {Prince, Alan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {19--100}, Title = {Relating to the grid}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Clements:1983, Author = {Clements, George N. and McCloskey, James and Maling, Joan and Zaenen, Annie}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--17}, Title = {String-vacuous rule application}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Miyagawa:1987a, Author = {Miyagawa, Shigeru}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {362--367}, Title = {{LF} {A}ffix {R}aising in {J}apanese}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Choe:1987, Author = {Choe, Jae W.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {348--353}, Title = {{LF} movement and {P}ied-{P}iping}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Bickerton:1987, Author = {Bickerton, Derek}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {345--348}, Title = {\emph{He himself}: anaphor, pronoun, or...?}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Afarli:1987, Author = {{\AA}farli, Tor A. and Creider, Chet}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {339--345}, Title = {Nonsubject pro-drop in {N}orwegian}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Huang:1987a, Author = {Huang, C.-T. James}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {321--337}, Title = {Remarks on empty categories in {C}hinese}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Davis:1987, Author = {Davis, Lori J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {311--321}, Title = {Remarks on government and proper government}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Larson:1987, Author = {Larson, Richard K.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:57:19 -0500}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {239--266}, Title = {``Missing prepositions'' and the analysis of {E}nglish free relative clauses}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Chung:1987a, Author = {Chung, Sandra and McCloskey, James}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {173--237}, Title = {Government, barriers, and small clauses in {M}odern {I}rish}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Ristad:1987, Author = {Ristad, Eric Sven}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {530--536}, Title = {{GPSG}-recognition is {NP}-hard}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Odden:1987, Author = {Odden, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {523--529}, Title = {Arguments against the vowel plane in {G}ta\textipa{P}}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Hou:1987, Author = {Hou, John Y. and Kitagawa, Chisato}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {518--523}, Title = {Null operators and the status of empty categories in {C}hinese}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Giorgi:1987, Author = {Giorgi, Alessandra}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {511--518}, Title = {The notion of complete functional complex: some evidence from {I}talian}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Prince:1987, Author = {Prince, Alan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {491--509}, Title = {Planes and copying}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Keenan:1987a, Author = {Keenan, Edward L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {481--490}, Title = {Muliply-headed noun phrases}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Manzini:1987, Author = {Manzini, M. Rita and Wexler, Kenneth}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {413--444}, Title = {Parameters, binding theory, and learnability}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Jackendoff:1987, Author = {Jackendoff, Ray}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {369--411}, Title = {The Status of thematic relations in linguistic theory}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Woolford:1987, Author = {Woolford, Ellen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {166--171}, Title = {An {ECP} account of constraints on across-the-board extraction}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Fiengo:1987a, Author = {Fiengo, Robert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {163--166}, Title = {Definiteness, specificity, and familiarity}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Farmer:1987, Author = {Farmer, Ann K.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {157--163}, Title = {\emph{They held each other's breath} and other puzzles for the binding theory}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Demonte:1987, Author = {Demonte, Violeta}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 11:16:11 -0500}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {147--157}, Title = {C-command, prepositions, and predication}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Basri:1987, Author = {Basri, Hasan and Finer, Daniel L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {141--147}, Title = {The Definiteness of trace}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Pesetsky:1987a, Author = {Pesetsky, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {126--140}, Title = {Binding problems with experiencer verbs}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Hoeksema:1987, Author = {Hoeksema, Jack}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {119--126}, Title = {Relating word structure and logical form}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Hintikka:1987, Author = {Hintikka, Jaakko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {111--119}, Title = {A note on anaphoric pronouns and information processing by humans}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Raposo:1987, Author = {Raposo, Eduardo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {85--109}, Title = {Case theory and {I}nfl-to-{C}omp: the inflected infinitive in {E}uropean {P}ortuguese}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Halle:1987, Author = {Halle, Morris and Vergnaud, Jean-Roger}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {45--84}, Title = {Stress and the cycle}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Booij:1987, Author = {Booij, Geert and Rubach, Jerzy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--44}, Title = {Postcyclic versus postlexical rules in lexical phonology}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Massam:1989, Author = {Massam, Diane and Roberge, Yves}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {134--139}, Title = {Recipe context null objects in {E}nglish}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @article{Lasersohn:1989, Author = {Lasersohn, Peter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {130--134}, Title = {On the readings of plural noun phrases}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @article{Borsley:1989, Author = {Borsley, Robert D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {125--130}, Title = {A note on ellipsis and case}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @article{Authier:1989, Author = {Authier, J.-Marc}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {117--125}, Title = {Two types of empty operator}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @article{Badecker:1989, Author = {Badecker, William and Caramazza, Alfonso}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {108--116}, Title = {A lexical distinction between inflection and derivation}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @article{McCarthy:1989, Author = {McCarthy, John J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {71--99}, Title = {Linear order in phonological representation}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @article{Bromberger:1989, Author = {Bromberger, Sylvain and Halle, Morris}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 11:20:07 -0500}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {51--70}, Title = {Why phonology is different}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @article{Tsujimura:1989, Author = {Tsujimura, Natsuko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {334--338}, Title = {Some accentuation properties in {J}apanese and lexical phonology}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @article{Bresnan:1989, Author = {Bresnan, Joan and Kanerva, Jonni M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--50}, Title = {Locative inversion in {C}hichewa: a case study of factorization in grammar}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @article{Nakajima:1989, Author = {Nakajima, Heizo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {328--334}, Title = {Bounding of rightward movements}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @article{Campos:1989, Author = {Campos, H{\'e}ctor}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {321--327}, Title = {Modern {G}reek and {CP} transparency}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @article{Epstein:1989a, Author = {Epstein, Samuel David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {307--319}, Title = {Adjunction and pronominal variable binding}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @article{Hayes:1989, Author = {Hayes, Bruce}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {253--306}, Title = {Compensatory lengthening in moraic phonology}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @article{Archangeli:1989, Author = {Archangeli, Diana and Li, Audrey Yen-Hui}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {173--217}, Title = {Yoruba vowel harmony}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @article{Hukari:1989, Author = {Hukari, Thomas E. and Levine, Robert D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {506--512}, Title = {On the Definiteness of trace}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @article{Goddard:1989, Author = {Goddard, Dani{\`e}le}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {497--506}, Title = {Empty categories as subjects of tensed {S}s in {E}nglish or {F}rench?}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @article{Everett:1989, Author = {Everett, Daniel L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {491--497}, Title = {Anaphoric indices an inalienable possession in {B}razilian {P}ortuguese}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @article{Abaglo:1989, Author = {Abaglo, Poovi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {457--480}, Title = {Language underspecification: {G}engbe /e/ and {Y}oruba /i/}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @article{Harris:1989, Author = {Harris, James W.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {339--363}, Title = {The stress erasure convention and cliticization in {S}panish}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @article{Piera:1985, Author = {Piera, Carlos}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {681--683}, Title = {Gaps in gaps in {GPSG}}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Pandit:1985, Author = {Pandit, Ira}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {678--681}, Title = {Exceptions to weak and strong crossover in {H}indi}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Elliott:1985, Author = {Elliott, W. Neil}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {669--678}, Title = {A note on the {CED}}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Clark:1985, Author = {Clark, Robin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {663--669}, Title = {The syntactic nature of logical form: evidence from {T}oba {B}atak}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Mohanan:1985, Author = {Mohanan, K.P.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {637--648}, Title = {Remarks on control and control theory}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Aoun:1985, Author = {Aoun, Joseph and Hornstein, Norbert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {623-637}, Title = {Quantifier types}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Odden:1985, Author = {Odden, David and Odden, Mary}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {497--504}, Title = {Ordered reduplication in {K}{\'\i}hehe}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Levine:1985, Author = {Levine, Robert D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {492--497}, Title = {Right {N}ode (non)-{R}aising}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Lehiste:1985, Author = {Lehiste, Ilse}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {490--492}, Title = {An {E}stonian word game and the phonematic status of long vowels}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Lasnik:1985, Author = {Lasnik, Howard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {481--490}, Title = {Illicit {NP} movement: locality conditions on chains?}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Goldberg:1985, Author = {Goldberg, Jeffrey}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {478--481}, Title = {A nonsolution for a problem of {PP} extraction}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Bouchard:1985a, Author = {Bouchard, Denis}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {471--477}, Title = {{PRO}, pronominal or anaphor}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Sportiche:1985, Author = {Sportiche, Dominique}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {460--469}, Title = {Remarks on Crossover}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Jackendoff:1985, Author = {Jackendoff, Ray}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {445--460}, Title = {Believing and intending: two sides of the same coin}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Pelletier:1985, Author = {Pelletier, Francis Jeffrey}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {330--334}, Title = {Scope ambiguity with tense and quantifiers}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Everett:1985, Author = {Everett, Daniel and Seki, Lucy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {326--330}, Title = {Reduplication and {CV} skeleta in {K}amaiur{\'a}}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Dryer:1985, Author = {Dryer, Matthew S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {320--326}, Title = {The role of thematic relation in adjectival passives}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Byrne:1985, Author = {Byrne, Francis}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {313--320}, Title = {\emph{pro}$_{prox}$ in {S}aramaccan}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Adams:1985, Author = {Adams, Marianne}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {305--313}, Title = {Government of empty subjects in factive clausal complements}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Higginbotham:1985a, Author = {Higginbotham, James}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {298--304}, Title = {Reply to {P}ullum}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Pullum:1985, Author = {Pullum, Geoffrey K.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {291--298}, Title = {\emph{Such that} clauses and the context-freeness of {E}nglish}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Rice:1985, Author = {Rice, Keren}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {155--161}, Title = {On the Placement of inflection}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Nylander:1985, Author = {Nylander, Dudley K.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {152--155}, Title = {{ECP} effects in {K}rio}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Neto:1985, Author = {Neto, Jos{\'e} Borges}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {151--152}, Title = {Syncategorematic words again}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Franks:1985, Author = {Franks, Steven}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {144--151}, Title = {Extrametricality and stress in {P}olish}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Al-Mozainy:1985, Author = {Al-Mozainy, Hamza Qublan and Bley-Vroman, Robert and McCarthy, John J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {135--144}, Title = {Stress shift and metrical structure}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Bouchard:1985, Author = {Bouchard, Denis}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {117--133}, Title = {The binding theory and the notion of accessible {SUBJECT}}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Shlonsky:1988, Author = {Shlonsky, Ur}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {710--717}, Title = {A note on {N}eg raising}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @article{Roberts:1988, Author = {Roberts, Ian}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {703--710}, Title = {Predicative {AP}s}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @article{Iatridou:1988, Author = {Iatridou, Sabine}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {698--703}, Title = {Clitics, anaphors, and a problem of coindexation}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @article{Dasgupta:1988, Author = {Dasgupta, Probal}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {691--698}, Title = {Bangla quantifier exrtraction, unaccusative in situ, and the {ECP}}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @article{Borsley:1988, Author = {Borsley, Robert D. and Jaworska, Ewa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {685--691}, Title = {A note on prepositions and case marking in {P}olish}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @article{Suner:1988, Author = {Su{\~n}er, Margarita and Y{\'e}pez}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {511--519}, Title = {Null definite objects in {Q}uite{\~n}o}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @article{Rigau:1988, Author = {Rigau, Gemma}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {503--511}, Title = {Strong pronouns}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @article{Poser:1988, Author = {Poser, William J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {494--503}, Title = {Glide formation and compensatory lengthening in {J}apanese}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @article{Ouhalla:1988a, Author = {Ouhalla, Jamal}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {485--494}, Title = {A note on bound pronouns}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @article{Bat-El:1988, Author = {Bat-El, Outi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {477--485}, Title = {Remarks on tier conflation}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @article{Odden:1988, Author = {Odden, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {451--475}, Title = {Anti antigemination and the {OCP}}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @article{Wilkinson:1988, Author = {Wilkinson, Karina}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {325--334}, Title = {Prosodic structure and {L}ardil Phonology}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @article{Hammond:1988, Author = {Hammond, Michael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {319--325}, Title = {On deriving the well-formedness condition}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @article{Culy:1988, Author = {Culy, Christopher D. and Dicko, Boureima Gnalibouly}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {315--319}, Title = {Fula \emph{makko} and theories of anaphora}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @article{Williams:1988a, Author = {Williams, Kemp}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {161--168}, Title = {Exceptional behavior of anaphors in {A}lbanian}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @article{Stemberger:1988, Author = {Stemberger, Joseph Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {154--160}, Title = {Underspecification and constraints on geminates}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @article{Durie:1988, Author = {Durie, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {147--154}, Title = {So-called Initial 1 verbal agreement in {K}apampangan}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @article{Williams:1988, Author = {Williams, Edwin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {135--146}, Title = {Is {LF} distinct from {S}-structure? A reply to {M}ay}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @article{May:1988, Author = {May, Robert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {118--135}, Title = {Ambiguities of quantification and \emph{{W}h}: a reply to {W}illiams}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @article{Sagey:1988, Author = {Sagey, Elizabeth}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {109--118}, Title = {On the ill-formedness of crossing association lines}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @article{Hornstein:1988, Author = {Hornstein, Norbert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {101--109}, Title = {\emph{A certain} as a wide-scope quantifier: a reply to {H}intikka}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @article{Yip:1988, Author = {Yip, Moira}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {65--100}, Title = {The obligatory contour principle and phonological rules: a loss of identity}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @article{Bever:1988, Author = {Bever, Thomas G. and McElree, Brian}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {35--43}, Title = {Empty Categories Access Their Antecedents during Comprehension}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @article{Steriade:1988, Author = {Steriade, Donca}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {271--314}, Title = {Greek accent: a case for preserving structure}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @article{Pulleyblank:1988a, Author = {Pulleyblank, Douglas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {233--270}, Title = {Vocalic underspecification in {Y}oruba}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @article{Grimshaw:1988, Author = {Grimshaw, Jane and Mester, Armin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {205--232}, Title = {Light Verbs and $\theta$ -marking}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @article{Fagan:1988, Author = {Fagan, Sarah M. B.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {181--203}, Title = {The {E}nglish middle}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @article{Brekke:1988, Author = {Brekke, Magnar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {169--180}, Title = {The experiencer constraint}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @article{Roca:1988, Author = {Roca, Iggy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {335--391}, Title = {Theoretical implications of {S}panish word stress}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @article{Milsark:1988, Author = {Milsark, G.L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {611--634}, Title = {Singl-\emph{ing}}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @article{Cinque:1988, Author = {Cinque, Guglielmo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {521--581}, Title = {On \emph{si} constructions and the theory of \emph{{A}rb}}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @article{Halle:1985, Author = {Halle, Morris and Mohanan, K.P.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {57--116}, Title = {Segmental phonology of modern {E}nglish}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Finer:1985, Author = {Finer, Daniel L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {35--55}, Title = {The Syntax of switch-reference}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Carrier-Duncan:1985, Author = {Carrier-Duncan, Jill}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--34}, Title = {Linking of thematic roles in derivational word formation}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Longobardi:1985, Author = {Longobardi, Giuseppe}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {163--192}, Title = {Connectedness, scope, and {C}-command}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Chierchia:1985, Author = {Chierchia, Gennaro}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {417--443}, Title = {Formal Semantics and the grammar of predication}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Archangeli:1985, Author = {Archangeli, Diana}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {335--372}, Title = {Yokuts harmony: coplanar representation in nonlinear phonology}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{Brody:1985, Author = {Brody, Michael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {505--546}, Title = {On the complementary distribution of empty categories}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @inproceedings{Akinlabi:2001a, Author = {Akinlabi, Akin and Liberman, Mark}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 31}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Pages = {1--20}, Title = {Tonal complexes and tonal alignment}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Lechner:2002, Author = {Lechner, Winfried}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {287--306}, Title = {Deriving {PS}-paradoxes by conditions on {M}erge}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Landau:2002a, Author = {Landau, Idan}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {271--286}, Title = {A typology of psych passives}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Kiguchi:2002, Author = {Kiguchi, Hirohisa and Thornton, Rosalind}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {257--269}, Title = {Children's understanding of {P}rinciple {B} in {ACD} constructions}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Ippolito:2002, Author = {Ippolito, Michela}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {237--255}, Title = {On the temporal dimension of counterfactuality}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Harrison:2002, Author = {Harrison, K. David and Dras, Mark and Kapicioglu, Berk}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {217--236}, Title = {Agent-based modeling of the evolution of vowel harmony}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Han:2002, Author = {Han, Chung-hye and Romero, Maribel}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {197--216}, Title = {Ellipsis and movement in the syntax of \emph{whether/{Q}...or} questions}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Hall:2002, Author = {Hall, Daniel Currie}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {183--195}, Title = {A source-filter model for generative metrics}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Hackl:2002, Author = {Hackl, Martin}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {171--182}, Title = {The ingredients of essentially plural predicates}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Guerzoni:2002, Author = {Guerzoni, Elena}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {153--170}, Title = {\emph{Even}-{NPI}s in questions}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Gonzalez:2002, Author = {Gonzalez, Carolina}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {133--152}, Title = {The effect of prosody on glottal stop deletion in {C}apanahua}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Fodor:2002, Author = {Fodor, Janet Dean}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {113--132}, Title = {Prosodic disambiguation in silent reading}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Lacy:2002, Author = {de Lacy, Paul}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {93--112}, Title = {Conflation and scales}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Deguchi:2002, Author = {Deguchi, Masanori and Kitagawa, Yoshihisa}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {73--92}, Title = {Prosody and {W}h-questions}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Copley:2002, Author = {Copley, Bridget}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {53--72}, Title = {A linguistic argument for indeterministic futures}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Cohan:2002, Author = {Cohan, Jocelyn and Quene, Hugo and Kager, Rene and Nooteboom, Sieb}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {41--52}, Title = {Heavy constituent extraposition: experimental evidence for parallel processing}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Boskovic:2002, Author = {Bo{\v{s}}kovi{\'c}, {\v{Z}}eljko}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {21--40}, Title = {Expletives don't move}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Barnes:2002, Author = {Barnes, Jonathan}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {1--20}, Title = {Domain-initial strengthening and the phonetics and phonology of positional neutralization}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Aygen:2002, Author = {Aygen, G{\"u}ls{\c{s}}at}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {563--579}, Title = {Subject case in {T}urkic subordinate clauses: {K}azakh, {T}urkish, and {T}uvan}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Walker:2002, Author = {Walker, Rachel}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {551--562}, Title = {Yuhup prosodic morphology and a case of augmentation}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Ussishkin:2002, Author = {Ussishkin, Adam and Wedel, Andrew}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {539--550}, Title = {Neighborhood density and the {R}oot-{A}ffix distinction}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Terzi:2002, Author = {Terzi, Arhonto and Wexler, Ken}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {519--537}, Title = {A-{C}hains and {S}-{H}omophones in children's grammar: evidence from {G}reek passives}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Simpson:2002, Author = {Simpson, Andrew and Wu, Zoe}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {499--518}, Title = {Understanding cyclic {S}pell-{O}ut}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Richards:2002a, Author = {Richards, Norvin}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {487--498}, Title = {Lowering and cyclicity: attraction by {X} from {S}pec {XP}}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Rackowski:2002, Author = {Rackowski, Andrea}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {471-486}, Title = {Subject and specificity: the case of {T}agalog}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Potts:2002a, Author = {Potts, Christopher}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {451--470}, Title = {No vacuous quantification constraints in syntax}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Nevins:2002, Author = {Nevins, Andrew Ira}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {441--450}, Title = {Counterfactuality without Past tense}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Nakanishi:2002, Author = {Nakanishi, Kimiko and Tomioka, Satoshi}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {423--439}, Title = {On {J}apanese associative plurals}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Mikkelsen:2002, Author = {Mikkelsen, Line Hove}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {403--422}, Title = {Specification is not inverted Predication}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Mielke:2002, Author = {Mielke, Jeff}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {383--402}, Title = {Turkish /h/ deletion: evidence for the interplay of speech perception and phonology}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Menendez-Benito:2002, Author = {Menendez Benito, Paula}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {365--382}, Title = {Aspect and Adverbial Quantification in {S}panish}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{McFadden:2002, Author = {McFadden, Thomas}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {347--363}, Title = {The Morphosyntax of {F}inno-{U}gric {C}ase-marking: a {DM} account}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Manzini:2002, Author = {Manzini, M. Rita and Savoia, Leonardo M.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {327--346}, Title = {Negative Aderbs are Neither {A}dv nor {N}eg}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Lee:2002, Author = {Lee, Felicia}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 32}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako}, Pages = {307--326}, Title = {Anaphoric {R}-Expressions: ``Bound'' Names as Variables}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2002}} @article{Larson:1985a, Author = {Larson, Richard K.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {595--621}, Title = {Bare-{NP} Adverbs}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @article{McNally:1993, Author = {McNally, Louise}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {347--379}, Title = {Comitative Coordination: A Case Study in Group Formation}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1993}, Abstract = {This paper argues that in Russian a (singular) NP can combine with a comitative PP to form a complex plural NP, and that this NP denotes a group in the sense of Landman (1989). A single-headed GPSG analysis of the construction is proposed and argued for, and the implications of the analysis for number agreement are discussed. The semantic properties of the construction (and its counterpart in Polish) are subsequently detailed and are compared with those of `ordinary' NP coordination: the preliminary conclusion is that the construction differs both in denotation adn in conventional meaning from NP coordination.}} @article{Kusumoto:2005a, Author = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS13(4)_Kusumoto.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {317--357}, Title = {On the Quantification over Times in Natural Language}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {The aim of this paper is to seek the optimal way to represent time in natural language. It discusses whether or not natural language employs a temporal system that explicitly quantifies over times at the level where semantic interpretation takes place. I first argue that a single-index theory is not empirically adequate for natural language. I then pro- pose a system in which times are syntactically represented. The system works in such a way that tense morphemes saturate the time argument slots of the predicates they attach to. Consequently it predicts that only the times of the main tensed predicates of clauses are accessible. Empirical evidence is presented showing such a distinction between tenseless and tensed predicates in terms of the accessibility to the times introduced by them.}} @article{Vassilieva:2005, Author = {Vassilieva, Masha and Larson, Richard K.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS13(2)_Vassilieva.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {101--124}, Title = {The Semantics of the Plural Pronoun Construction}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {The meaning of `we' is usually seen as `I + others'. Russian, along with many other languages, has a construction that allows an overt specification of `others', the so-called Plural Pronoun Construction (PPC), which involves a plural pronoun and a comitative phrase. The syntactic behavior of this comitative phrase differs from that of other with- phrases such as VP-adjuncts, NP-adjuncts, and comitative conjuncts. We will argue that the syntactic behavior of the PPC-comitative follows from its syntactic status as a complement of the plural pronoun D. We will also suggest a formal semantic analysis of PPC, where the comitative phrase is argued to supply the unsaturated element in the interpretation of the plural pronoun.}} @article{Schwarz:2005, Author = {Schwarz, Bernhard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS13(2)_Schwarz.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {125--168}, Title = {Scalar Additive Particles in Negative Contexts}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {German has a family of expressions corresponding to the English scalar additive particle even, featuring the negative polarity items einmal and auch nur in addition to affirmative sogar. This study reports novel findings on the meanings of einmal and auch nur which are unexpected under existing analyses of English even. First, the particles einmal and auch nur are shown to differ from sogar in that they consistently contribute information about the truth values of alternative propositions, as opposed to their mere likelihood. Second, it is shown that the implications in question do not have the compositional behavior of presuppositions and instead call for the assumption that einmal and auch nur quantify existentially over alternative propositions at the level of truth conditions. }} @inproceedings{Evans:1988, Address = {Linguistics Department, The Ohio State University}, Author = {Evans, Frederic}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the 5th Annual Eastern States Conference on Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Powers, Joyce and Jong, Kenneth de}, Pages = {122--129}, Publisher = {ESCOL Publications Committee}, Title = {Binding into Anaphoric Verb Phrases}, Year = {1988}} @article{Safir:1986, Author = {Safir, Ken}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Pages = {663--689}, Title = {Relative Clauses in a Theory of Binding and Levels}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1986}} @article{Reinhart:1983a, Author = {Reinhart, Tanya}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Pages = {47--88}, Title = {Coreference and bound anaphora: A restatement of the anaphora questions}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1983}} @inproceedings{Sauerland:1996, Author = {Sauerland, Uli}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of ConSoLE}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Pages = {297--311}, Title = {Guess how?}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Rosen:1976, Author = {Rosen, Carol}, Booktitle = {Papers from the sixth meeting ofthe North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Ford, Alan and Reighard, John and Singh, Rajendra}, Pages = {205--211}, Title = {Guess what about?}, Year = {1976}} @incollection{Rooth:1996, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Rooth, Mats}, Booktitle = {The Handbook of Contemporary Semantic Theory}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Lappin, Shalom}, Pages = {271--297}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishers}, Title = {Focus}, Year = {1996}} @unpublished{Potts:1999, Author = {Potts, Christopher}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Note = {University of California, Santa Cruz}, Title = {Vehicle Change and anti-pronominal contexts}, Year = {1999}} @book{Perlmutter:1971, Address = {New York}, Author = {Perlmutter, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Publisher = {Holt, Rinehart and Winston}, Title = {Deep and Surface Structure constraints in Syntax}, Year = {1971}} @unpublished{Merchant:2006, Author = {Merchant, Jason}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Note = {University of Chicago}, Title = {I-to-{C} Movement in matrix sluices: A reply to {L}asnik}, Year = {in preparation}} @incollection{Merchant:2002, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Merchant, Jason}, Booktitle = {Studies in Comparative {G}ermanic Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Zwart, C. Jan-Wouter and Abraham, Werner}, Pages = {295--321}, Publisher = {John Benjamins}, Title = {Swiping in {G}erman}, Year = {2002}} @article{Merchant:2000a, Author = {Merchant, Jason}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of Greek Linguistics}, Number = {1}, Pages = {39--62}, Title = {Islands and {LF}-movement in {G}reek Sluicing}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Lobeck:1991, Address = {San Diego}, Author = {Lobeck, Anne}, Booktitle = {Perspectives on Phrase Structure}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Rothstein, Susan}, Pages = {81--103}, Publisher = {Academic Press}, Title = {The Phrase Structure of Ellipsis}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Levin:1982, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Levin, Lori}, Booktitle = {The Mental Representation of Grammatical Relations}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Bresnan, Joan}, Pages = {590--654}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Sluicing: A Lexical Interpretation Procedure}, Year = {1982}} @article{Lakoff:1972, Author = {Lakoff, George}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Number = {1}, Pages = {76--87}, Title = {The Arbitrary Basis of Transformational Grammar}, Volume = {48}, Year = {1972}} @incollection{Kratzer:1991a, Author = {Kratzer, Angelika}, Booktitle = {Handbook of Contemporary Semantic Theory}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Vennemann, T. and Stechow, Arnim von}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishers}, Title = {Focus}, Year = {1991}} @article{King:1970, Author = {King, H. V.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {134--136}, Title = {On Blocking Rules for Contraction in {E}nglish}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1970}} @inproceedings{Kennedy:2001a, Address = {Somerville, Massachusetts}, Author = {Kennedy, Christopher and Lidz, Jeffrey}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the 20th West Coast Conference in Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Megerdoomian, Karine and Bar-el, Leora Anne}, Pages = {318--331}, Publisher = {Cascadilla Press}, Title = {A (Covert) Long Distance Anaphor in {E}nglish}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Kempson:1999, Author = {Kempson, Ruth and Meyer-Viol, Wilfried and Gabbay, Dov}, Booktitle = {Fragments: Studies in Ellipsis and Gapping}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Lappin, Shalom and Benmamoun, Elabbas}, Pages = {227--289}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {{VP} Ellipsis: Toward a dynamic, structural account}, Year = {1999}} @inproceedings{Hoji:1999, Address = {Somerville, Massachusetts}, Author = {Hoji, Hajime and Fukaya, Teruhiko}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the 18th West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Bird, S. and Carnie, A. and Haugen, J. and Norquest, P.}, Pages = {145--158}, Publisher = {Cascadilla Press}, Title = {Stripping and Sluicing in {J}apanese and some Implications}, Year = {1999}} @phdthesis{Hirschbuhler:1978, Author = {Hirschb{\"u}hler, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, School = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Title = {The Syntax and Semantics of wh-constructions}, Year = {1978}} @article{Giannakidou:1998a, Author = {Giannakidou, Anastasia and Merchant, Jason}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {The Linguistic Review}, Pages = {233--256}, Title = {Reverse Sluicing in {E}nglish and {G}reek}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1998}} @book{Giannakidou:1998, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Giannakidou, Anastasia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Polarity Sensitivity as (non)veridicality}, Year = {1998}} @article{Frampton:1999, Author = {Frampton, John and Gutmann, Sam}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--27}, Title = {Cyclic Computation: A Computationally Efficient {M}inimalist Syntax}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1999}} @inproceedings{Farkas:1995, Author = {Farkas, Donka and Giannakidou, Anastasia}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {SALT} 6}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Gallway, T.}, Pages = {35--52}, Title = {How Clause-Bounded is the Scope of Universals?}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Farkas:1981, Address = {University of Chicago}, Author = {Farkas, Donka}, Booktitle = {Papers from the 17th regional meeting of the {C}hicago {L}inguistic {S}ociety}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Hendrick, Randall and Masek, Carrie and Miller, Mary Frances}, Pages = {59--66}, Publisher = {Chicago Linguistics Society}, Title = {Quantifier Scope and Syntactic Islands}, Year = {1981}} @phdthesis{Erteschik-Shir:1977, Author = {Erteschik-Shir, Nomi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {On the Nature of Island Constraints}, Year = {1977}} @incollection{Chomksy:1972, Address = {Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey}, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Booktitle = {The Goals of Linguistic Theory}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Editor = {Peters, Stanley}, Pages = {63--130}, Publisher = {Prentice-Hall}, Title = {Some Empirical Issues in the Theory of Transformational Grammar}, Year = {1972}} @article{Baker:1972, Author = {Baker, C. L. and Brame, Michael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Number = {1}, Pages = {51--75}, Title = {`Global Rules': A rejoinder}, Volume = {48}, Year = {1972}} @article{Suner:1987, Author = {Su{\~n}er, Margarita}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {683--690}, Title = {\emph{Haber} + Past Participle}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Safir:1987c, Author = {Safir, Ken}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {678--683}, Title = {The Anti-C-Command Condition on {P}arasitic {G}aps}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Borowsky:1987, Author = {Borowsky, Toni}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {671--678}, Title = {Antigemination in {E}nglish Phonology}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Grimshaw:1987, Author = {Grimshaw, Jane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {659--669}, Title = {Subdeletion}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Enc:1987, Author = {En{\c c}, M{\"u}rvet}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {633--657}, Title = {Anchoring Conditions for Tense}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Emonds:1987, Author = {Emonds, Joseph E.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {613--633}, Title = {The Invisible Category Principle}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Cole:1987, Author = {Cole, Peter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:55 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {597--612}, Title = {Null Objects in {U}niversal {G}rammar}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Aoun:1987, Author = {Aoun, Joseph and Hornstein, Norbert and Lightfoot, David and Weinberg, Amy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {537--577}, Title = {Two Types of Locality}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @unpublished{Albert:1993, Author = {Albert, Chris}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Note = {{UC}, Santa Cruz}, Title = {Sluicing and Weak Islands}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Yu:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Yu, Alan C. L.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {619--633}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Reduplication in {E}nglish {H}omeric Infixation}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Wolter:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Wolter, Lynsey}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Molton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {603--618}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Demonstratives, Definiteness, and Determined Reference}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Wagner:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Wagner, Michael}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Molton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {587--602}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Prosody as a Diagonalization of Syntax. Evidence from Complex Predicates}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Son:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Son, Minjeong and Cole, Peter}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {555--570}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Event Decomposition and the Syntax and Semantics of \emph{-kan} in {S}tandard {I}ndonesian}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Chang-Yong:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Chang-Yong, Sim}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {541--554}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Two Types of Multiple Accusative Constructions in {K}orean: Inalienable Possession Type and Set Relation Type}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Shank:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Shank, Scott}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {529--540}, Publisher = {Graduate Student Linguistic Association}, Title = {Preverbal Negative Polarity Items in {C}antonese}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2003}} @inproceedings{Sauerland:2004a, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Sauerland, Uli and Kazuko Yatsushiro}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {505-516}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {A Silent Noun in Partitives}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Sawada:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Sawada, Miyuki and Larson, Richard K.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {517--528}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Presupposition \& Root Transforms in Adjunct Clauses}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Runner:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Runner, Jeffrey T. and Sussman, Rachel S. and Tanenhaus, Michael K.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {497--505}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The Influence of Binding Theory on the On-line Reference Resolution of Pronouns}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Riggle:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Riggle, Jason}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {485--496}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Nonlocal Reduplication}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Pancheva:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Pancheva, Roumyana and Stechow, Arnim von}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {469--484}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {On the Present Perfect Puzzle}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Nakanishi:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Nakanishi, Kimiko and Romero, Maribel}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {453--468}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Two Constructions with \emph{Most} and their Semantic Properties}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Miyamoto:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Miyamoto, Edson T. and Nakamura, Michiko and Takahashi, Shoichi}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {441--452}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Processing Relative Clauses in {J}apanese with Two Attachment Sites}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Markman:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Markman, Vita G.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {425--440}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Causatives Without Causers and {B}urzio's Generalization}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Liptak:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Lipt{\'a}k, Anik{\'o}}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {405--424}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Scope marking with adjunct clauses: new arguments for {D}ayal's approach}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Lidz:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Lidz, Jeffrey and Williams, Alexander}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {389--404}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {C-locality and Interaction of Reflexives and Ditransitives}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Lee:2003a, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Lee, Youngjoo}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {373--388}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Syntax and Semantics of Focus Particles: Scope and the {M}irror {P}rinciple}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Landau:2003a, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Landau, Idan}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {357--372}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Chain Resolution in {H}ebrew {V(P)}-fronting}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Kinyalolo:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Kinyalolo, Kasangati K. W.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {345--356}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The Case for Null Subject-Verb Agreement Morphology in {B}antu}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Kim:2003b, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Kim, Min-Joo}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {333--344}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Internally-Headed Relatives Instantiate Situation Subordination}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Kim:2003a, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Kim, Hyunsoon}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {319--332}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The Feature [Tense] Revisited: The Case of {K}orean Consonants}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Kim:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Kim, Eun-Sook}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {311--318}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Foot Structure in {N}uu-chah-nulth: Reconsidering Foot Typology in {OT}}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Kawahara:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Kawahara, Shigeto}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {295--310}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Locality in Echo Epenthesis: Comparison with Reduplication}, Volume = {2}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Huang:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Huang, C.-T. James and Ochi, Masao}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {279--294}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Syntax of the Hell: Two Types of Dependencies}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Herburger:2003a, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Herburger, Elena}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {267--278}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {\emph{Only}, \emph{if}, and \emph{only if}}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Henderson:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Henderson, Brent Mykel}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {255--266}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {{PF} Evidence for Phases and Distributed Morphology}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Harley:2003a, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Harley, Heidi}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {239--254}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Merge, conflation, and head movement: The {F}irst {S}ister {P}rinciple revisited}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Grodner:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Grodner, Daniel and Sedivy, Julie}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {227--238}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The Triggers and Time Course of {G}ricean Inference}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Fedorenko:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Fedorenko, Evelina and Babyonyshev, Maria and Gibson, Edward}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {215--226}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The Nature of Case Interference in On-line Sentence Processing in {R}ussian}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Ebert:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Ebert, Christian and Endriss, Cornelia}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {203--214}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Topic Interpretation and Wide Scope Indefinites}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Cowper:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Cowper, Elizabeth}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {191--202}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Why Dual is Less Marked than Plural}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Cohn:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Cohn, Abigail C.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {175--190}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Truncation in {I}ndonesian: Evidence for Violable Minimal Words and \textsc{AnchorRight}}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Campos-Astorkiza:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Campos-Astorkiza}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {163--174}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Faith in Moras: A Revised Approach to Prosodic Faithfulness}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Brown:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Brown, Jason and Koch, Karsten and Wiltschko, Martina}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {147--162}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The {P}erson {H}ierarchy: Primitive or Epiphenomenal?}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Barrie:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Barrie, Michael}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {133--146}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Moving Towards Partial Control}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Bachrach:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Bachrach, Asaf}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {117--132}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Pseudoclefts}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Anttila:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Anttila, Arto and Omaki, Akira and Tatsuta, Natsuko}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {89--104}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Psycholinguistic Evidence of {TRO} Construction in {J}apanese}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Alonso-Ovalle:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Alonso-Ovalle, Luis}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Number = {1}, Pages = {73--88}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Simplification of Disjunctive Antecedents}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{DAlessandro:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {D'Alessandro, Roberta}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {61--72}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Impersonal \emph{si} constructions. How semantics determines agreement}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Abels:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Abels, Klaus}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Number = {1}, Pages = {45--60}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Right {N}ode {R}aising: Ellipsis or Across the Board Movement?}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Larson:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Larson, Richard K.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {23--44}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Sentence-Final Adverbs and ``Scope''}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Broselow:2003, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Broselow, Ellen}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 34}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Moulton, Keir and Wolf, Matthew}, Pages = {1--22}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Langauge Contact Phonology: Richness of the stimulus, poverty of the base}, Volume = {1}, Year = {2004}} @article{Ticio:2005, Author = {Ticio, M. Emma}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/syntax8(3)_ticio.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {229--286}, Title = {Locality and Anti-Locality in {S}panish {DP}s}, Volume = {8}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {The paper develops an analysis of Spanish DPs that establishes a complete parallelism between CP and DP. The analysis adopts some of the latest developments regarding CP structure (e.g., Grohmann's [2003] division of clause structure into three domains) and extends them to account for the properties of Spanish DPs (following Grohmann & Haegeman 2002). The resulting analysis enables us to explain the full paradigm regarding the different possibilities of extraction observed in Spanish DPs from the locality (Manzini 1994, Fox & Lasnik 2003) and anti-locality (Bos? kovic ? 1994, 1997; Grohmann 2003, among others) conditions on movement that elements within DPs must satisfy. The differences among nonspecific DPs, specific DPs, and some definite DPs with respect to extraction are the result of the presence or absence of the DP projection in the structure.}} @article{Carlson:2005, Author = {Carlson, Katy and Dickey, Michael Walsh and Kennedy, Christopher}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/syntax8(3)_carlson.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {208--228}, Title = {Structural Economy in the Processing and Representation of {G}apping Sentences}, Volume = {8}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {The processing of ellipsis sentences can provide clues to their structure, as their structure can influence their processing. We present two studies examining the processing of a previously unexplored subclass of ellipsis sentence, gapping sentences in which one of the remnants is a preposed PP (PPGs). Like some other gapping structures, PPGs are ambiguous between readings in which a DP remnant is interpreted as a subject or as an object. However, we find that PPGs exhibit a weaker and more flexible object bias than other ambiguous gapping sentences (Carlson 2001a, 2002), one comparable to clausal ellipsis constructions like comparatives and replacives. We argue that this result supports the syntactic assumption that gapping is a nonuniform phenomenon: PPGs involve clausal conjunction on either reading, much like comparative ellipsis, while regular gapping has a nonellipsis alternative (Johnson 1996), which underlies the strong preference for an object reading.}} @article{Alrenga:2005, Author = {Alrenga, Peter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/syntax8(3)_alrenga.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {175--207}, Title = {A Sentential Subject Asymmetry in {E}nglish and its Implications for Complement Selection}, Volume = {8}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {In this article, I defend a particular solution to a long-standing problem concerning the syntactic behavior of the verb seem---namely, its failure to take a sentential subject (*That the Giants lost the World Series seems). I show that this restriction follows straightforwardly if, following Koster (1978), sentential subjects are analyzed as topic phrases linked to a phonetically null DP in Spec,IP. I further suggest that this DP is an argument (not an expletive) and that it eventually undergoes A'-movement, making sentential subject constructions a species of the null operator constructions discussed in Chomsky 1977. The analysis is supported by (i) active/ passive asymmetries involving sentential subjects, (ii) agreement phenomena, (iii) restrictions on A'-movement across sentential subjects, (iv) parallels between sentential subject and CP-topicalization constructions, and (v) the distribution of embedded sentential subjects. The analysis also correctly predicts certain facts concerning the co-occurrence of seem and sentential subjects in raising constructions. An interesting consequence of the analysis is that some form of idiosyncratic selection for DP complementation must be available within the lexicon, contrary to what has been suggested elsewhere.}} @article{Wexler:2004, Author = {Wexler, Kenneth and Schaeffer, Jeannette and Boll, Gerard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/syntax7(2)_wexler.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {148--198}, Title = {Verbal Syntax and Morphology in Typically Developing {D}utch Children and Children with {SLI}: How Developmental Data Can Play an Important Role in Morphological Theory}, Volume = {7}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This paper is a study of normal and impaired (SLI) linguistic development, especially in verbal morphology and syntax. The paper studies both linguistic development and how developmental phenomena provide evidence for adult linguistic theory. We use extensive developmental data to test models of normal and impaired development that have been applied to other languages---in particular, the Agr/Tense Omission Model (ATOM). We develop detailed models of Dutch morphology that---together with ATOM---predict that Dutch-speaking children will produce more root infinitives than English-speaking children. Furthermore, the model predicts particular errors of tense and agreement will occur in Dutch but not English-speaking children. These predictions are confirmed. We also investigate how developmental data can help us to solve a problem concerning the interpretation of features in adult morphology.}} @article{Lambek:2004, Author = {Lambek, J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/syntax7(2)_lambek.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {128--147}, Title = {A Computational Algerbraic Approach to {E}nglish Grammar}, Volume = {7}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This article extends Howard Lasnik's commentary in Syntactic Structures Revisited (2000) on Chomsky's transformational analyses of the verbal morphology system. It reviews Lasnik's critique of the transformational machinery in Syntactic Structures and shows how the problems he identifies are resolved under a more minimal theory of transformations that developed circa 1980. Considering the three central topics in the analysis of this system---the order and form of verbal elements, the main verb movement parameter, and the distribution of periphrastic do---it discusses some problems that arise in Lasnik's hybrid account and proposes a lexicalist alternative that eliminates the rules of affix hopping and do-support.}} @article{Freidin:2004, Author = {Freidin, Robert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/syntax7(2)_freidin.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {101--127}, Title = {Syntactic {S}tructures Redux}, Volume = {7}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This article extends Howard Lasnik's commentary in Syntactic Structures Revisited (2000) on Chomsky's transformational analyses of the verbal morphology system. It reviews Lasnik's critique of the transformational machinery in Syntactic Structures and shows how the problems he identifies are resolved under a more minimal theory of transformations that developed circa 1980. Considering the three central topics in the analysis of this system---the order and form of verbal elements, the main verb movement parameter, and the distribution of periphrastic do---it discusses some problems that arise in Lasnik's hybrid account and proposes a lexicalist alternative that eliminates the rules of affix hopping and do-support.}} @book{Vos:2005, Address = {Utrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Vos, Mark Andrew de}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Publisher = {LOT}, Title = {The syntax of verbal pseudo-coordination in {E}nglish and {A}frikaans}, Year = {2005}, Annote = {library}} @article{Walker:2005, Author = {Walker, Rachel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/NLLT23(4)_Walker.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {917--989}, Title = {Weak Triggers in Vowel Harmony}, Volume = {23}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {This paper examines vowel harmony initiated by a weak trigger. Height harmony in Veneto Italian dialects, wherein a post-tonic high vowel triggers raising of preceding mid vowels, forms a case study. Veneto presents two variable patterns: stress-targeted harmony, in which harmony propagates to the stressed syllable, and maximal extension harmony, in which raising persists to pretonic vowels. The conditions under which weak vowels trigger and control harmony are examined. It is argued that weak trigger harmony is motivated by perceptual dis- advantage: harmony improves exposure of the spreading feature, accomplished either by extending to a stressed position or maximizing duration in the word. The apparent primacy of the vowel quality in weak position in Veneto is accounted for by markedness factors that independently prevent the stressed vowel from overriding it. In regard to positional privilege, it is argued that positional licensing (markedness) drives stress-targeted spreading -- positional faithfulness cannot be responsible for strong targets. A weak trigger pattern emerges when licensing constraints operating over perceptually marked structure dominate positional faithfulness. Crosslinguistic applications are also explored.}} @article{Ko:2005, Author = {Ko, Heejeong}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/NLLT23(4)_Ko.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {867--916}, Title = {Syntax of \emph{Why-in-situ}: {M}erge into {[Spec,CP]} in the Overt Syntax}, Volume = {23}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {This paper proposes that `why' in wh-in-situ languages (Korean, Japanese, and Chinese) is directly merged into [Spec,CP] of the clause it modifies. This proposal not only captures long-standing issues regarding the peculiarity of `why', as opposed to other wh-phrases, but also accounts for previously unnoticed asymmetries among why-constructions. In particular, I argue that due to its initial merge position, `why' in an interrogative clause is licensed with external merge while `why' in a declarative clause must undergo LF-movement. This argument is supported by the non-uniform behavior of `why' with respect to the Intervention Effect in Korean and Japanese (cf. Beck and Kim 1997) and is further confirmed by the question-marker drop phenomenon in Japanese. Under this proposal, a puzzling divergence between Chinese and Korean/Japanese in why-constructions is reduced to the fact that Chinese disallows Abar-scrambling. The proposal also captures a syntactic parallelism between `why' in wh-in-situ languages and `why' in wh-fronting languages, like Italian and Irish. Among the theoretical consequences of this paper is a demonstration that a subject may scramble (cf. Saito 1985) and that string-vacuous scrambling is responsible for judgment variations concerning the Intervention Effect.}} @article{Bobaljik:2005, Author = {Bobaljik, Jonathan David and Wurmbrand, Susi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/NLLT23(4)_Bobaljik.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {809--865}, Title = {The Domain of Agreement}, Volume = {23}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = { In certain types of infinitival complementation constructions in three quite dissimilar languages (German, Japanese, and Itelmen) expected interpretations curiously, but systematically, fail to arise. The missing interpretations are precisely those that would be expected if Agree -- the establishment of licensing relations without movement -- were possible; this is shown by comparison to minimally dif- ferent constructions that establish both the existence of the Agree operation and the independent possibility of the interpretations in question. The account we are led to suggests that locality domains are not absolute but are relativized in two ways: firstly, Agree and A-movement respect different (if overlapping) locality conditions, and secondly, whether or not a given projection constitutes a domain boundary depends partly on its syntactic context. At the core of the paper is the proposed generalization that A-movement is forced, and cannot reconstruct, exactly when a DP originates in a lower agreement domain than its licensor.}} @article{Bhatt:2005, Author = {Bhatt, Rajesh}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/NLLT23(4)_Bhatt.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {757--807}, Title = {Long Distance Agreementi n {H}indi-{U}rdu}, Volume = {23}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {This paper provides a new analysis of the phenomenon of Long Distance Agreement in Hindi-Urdu and argues for a dissociation between case and agreement. Long Distance Agreement involves a verb agreeing with a constituent inside the verb's clausal complement. Long Distance Agreement and Object Agreement in Hindi-Urdu are shown to involve the same structural configurations. They both involve a head (T0 ) agreeing with an argument whose case-features T0 does not value. In particular, it is argued the operation Agree of Chomsky (1998, 1999, 2001) needs to be reformulated to be able to handle the facts of Hindi-Urdu Long Distance Agreement. The analysis is largely motivated on the basis of evidence from Hindi-Urdu but is shown to extend to the Long Distance Agreement facts of Tsez (Polinsky and Potsdam 2001) and Kashmiri (Subbarao and Munshi 2000).}} @article{Moltmann:2005, Author = {Moltmann, Friederike}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP28(5)_Moltmann.pdf}, Number = {5}, Pages = {599--641}, Title = {Part Structures in Situations: The Semantics of \emph{Individual} and \emph{Whole}}, Volume = {28}, Year = {2005}} @article{Artstein:2005, Author = {Artstein, Ron}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP28(5)_Artstein.pdf}, Number = {5}, Pages = {541--597}, Title = {Quantificational Arguments in Temporal Adjunct Clauses}, Volume = {28}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {Quantificational arguments can take scope outside of temporal adjunct clauses, in an apparent violation of locality restrictions: the sentence few secretaries cried after each executive resigned allows the quantificational NP each executive to take scope above few secretaries. I show how this scope relation is the result of local operations: the adjunct clause is a temporal generalized quantifier which takes scope over the main clause (Pratt and Francez, Linguistic and Philosophy 24(2), 187--222. [2001]), and within the adjunct clause, the quantificational argument takes scope above the implicit determiner which forms the temporal generalized quantifier. The paper explores various relations among quantificational arguments across clause boundaries, including temporal clauses that are modified internally by a temporal adverbial and temporal clauses with embedded sentential complements.}} @article{Aloni:2005, Author = {Aloni, Maria}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP28(5)_Aloni.pdf}, Number = {5}, Pages = {505--539}, Title = {A Formal Treatment of the Pragmatics of Questions and Attitudes}, Volume = {28}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {This article discusses pragmatic aspects of our interpretation of intensional constructions like questions and prepositional attitude reports. In the first part, it argues that our evaluation of these constructions may vary relative to the identification methods operative in the context of use. This insight is then given a precise formalization in a possible world semantics. In the second part, an account of actual evaluations of questions and attitudes is proposed in the framework of bi-directional optimality theory. Pragmatic meaning selections are explained as the result of specific rankings of potentially conflicting generation and interpretation constraints}} @article{Muskens:2005, Author = {Muskens, Reinhard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP28(4)_Muskens.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {473--504}, Title = {Sense and the Computation of Reference}, Volume = {28}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {The paper shows how ideas that explain the sense of an expression as a method or algorithm for finding its reference, preshadowed in Frege's dictum that sense is the way in which a referent is given, can be formalized on the basis of the ideas in Thomason (1980). To this end, the function that sends propositions to truth values or sets of possible worlds in Thomason (1980) must be replaced by a relation and the meaning postulates governing the behaviour of this relation must be given in the form of a logic program. The resulting system does not only throw light on the properties of sense and their relation to computation, but also shows circular behaviour if some ingredients of the Liar Paradox are added. The connection is natural, as algorithms can be inherently circular and the Liar is explained as expressing one of those. Many ideas in the present paper are closely related to those in Moschovakis (1994), but receive a considerably lighter formalization}} @article{Barker:2005, Author = {Barker, Chris}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP28(4)_Barker.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {447--472}, Title = {Remark on {J}acobson 1999: Crossover as a Local Constraint}, Volume = {28}, Year = {2005}} @article{Asudeh:2005, Author = {Asudeh, Ash}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP28(4)_Asudeh.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {375--446}, Title = {Relational Nouns, Pronouns, and Resumption}, Volume = {28}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {This paper presents a variable-free analysis of relational nouns in Glue Semantics, within a Lexical Functional Grammar (LFG) architecture. Relational nouns and resumptive pronouns are bound using the usual binding mechanisms of LFG. Special attention is paid to the bound readings of relational nouns, how these interact with genitives and obliques, and their behaviour with respect to scope, crossover and reconstruction. I consider a puzzle that arises regarding relational nouns and resumptive pronouns, given that relational nouns can have bound readings and resumptive pronouns are just a specific instance of bound pronouns. The puzzle is: why is it impossible for bound implicit arguments of relational nouns to be resumptive? The puzzle is highlighted by a well-known variety of variable-free semantics, where pronouns and relational noun phrases are identical both in category and (base) type. I show that the puzzle also arises for an established variable-based theory. I present an analysis of resumptive pronouns that crucially treats resumptives in terms of the resource logic linear logic that underlies Glue Semantics: a resumptive pronoun is a perfectly ordinary pronoun that constitutes a surplus resource; this surplus resource requires the presence of a resumptive-licensing resource consumer, a manager resource. Manager resources properly distinguish between resumptive pronouns and bound relational nouns based on differences between them at the level of semantic structure. The resumptive puzzle is thus solved. The paper closes by considering the solution in light of the hypothesis of direct compositionality. It is argued that a directly compositional version of the theory is possible, although perhaps not desirable. The implications for direct compositionality are considered.}} @article{Predelli:2005, Author = {Predelli, Stefano}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP28(3)_Predelli.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {351--374}, Title = {Painted Leaves, Context, and Semantic Analysis}, Volume = {28}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {This essay aims at neutralizing the contextualist challenge against traditional semantics. According to contextualism, utterances of non-elliptical, nonambiguous, and non-indexical sentences may be associated with contrasting truthconditions. In this essay, I grant the contextualist analysis of the sentences in question, and the contextualist assessment of the truth-conditions for the corresponding utterances. I then argue that the resulting situation is by no means incompatible with the traditional approach to semantics, and that the evidence put forth by the contextualists may easily be taken into account by the customary treatment of natural languages.}} @article{Nelson:2005, Author = {Nelson, Michael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP28(3)_Nelson.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {319--350}, Title = {The Problem of Puzzling Pairs}, Volume = {28}, Year = {2005}} @article{Humberstone:2005, Author = {Humberstone, Lloyd}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP28(3)_Humberstone.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {281--317}, Title = {Geach's Categorial Grammar}, Volume = {28}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {Geach's rich paper `A Program for Syntax' introduced many ideas into the arena of categorial grammar, not all of which have been given the attention they warrant in the thirty years since its first publication. Rather surprisingly, one of our findings (Section 3 below) is that the paper not only does not contain a statement of what has widely come to be known as ``Geach's Rule'', but in fact presents considerations which are inimical to the adoption of the rule in question. With regard to at least some amongst the numerous other points extracted here from Geach's discussion, we shall not be able to reach so definitive a conclusion, and content ourselves with giving the issues an airing.}} @article{Hershfield:2005, Author = {Hershfield, Jeffrey}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP28(3)_Hershfield.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {269--280}, Title = {Rule Following and Background}, Volume = {28}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {In his work on language John Searle favors an Austinian approach that emphasizes the speech act as the basic unit of meaning and communication, and which sees speaking a language as engaging in a rule-governed form of behavior. He couples this with a strident opposition to cognitivist approaches that posit unconscious rule following as the causal basis of linguistic competence. In place of unconscious rule following Searle posits what he calls the Background, comprised of nonintentional (nonrepresentational) mental phenomena. I argue that these two aspects of his philosophy of language cannot be reconciled. In order to preserve his view of language as a rule-governed activity, he must embrace the cognitivist idea of unconscious rule following. Finally, I try to show how such an accommodation would be far less traumatic to Searle's philosophical system than it might otherwise seem.}} @article{Winter:2005, Author = {Winter, Yoad}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP28(2)_Winter.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {233--267}, Title = {Cross-Categorial Restrictions on Measure Phrase Modification}, Volume = {28}, Year = {2005}} @article{Kaufmann:2005, Author = {Kaufmann, Stefan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP28(2)_Kaufmann.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {181--231}, Title = {Conditional Predictions: A Probabilistic Account}, Volume = {28}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {The connection between the probabilities of conditionals and the corresponding conditional probabilities has long been explored in the philosophical literature, but its implementation faces both technical obstacles and objections on empirical grounds. In this paper I first outline the motivation for the probabilistic turn and Lewis' triviality results, which stand in the way of what would seem to be its most straightforward implementation. I then focus on Richard Jeffrey's `random-variable' approach, which circumvents these problems by giving up the notion that conditionals denote propositions in the usual sense. Even so, however, the random-variable approach makes counterintuitive predictions in simple cases of embedded conditionals. I propose to address this problem by enriching the model with an explicit representation of causal dependencies. The addition of such causal information not only remedies the shortcomings of Jeffrey's conditional, but also opens up the possibility of a unified probabilistic account of indicative and counterfactual conditionals.}} @article{Cocchiarella:2005, Author = {Cocchiarella, Nino B.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP28(2)_Cocchiarella.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {135--179}, Title = {Denoting Concepts, Reference, and the Logic of Names, Classes as Many, Groups, and Plurals}, Volume = {28}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {Bertrand Russell introduced several novel ideas in his 1903 Principles of Mathematics that he later gave up and never went back to in his subsequent work. Two of these are the related notions of denoting concepts and classes as many. In this paper we reconstruct each of these notions in the framework of conceptual realism and connect them through a logic of names that encompasses both proper and common names, and among the latter, complex as well as simple common names. Names, proper or common, and simple or complex, occur as parts of quantifier phrases, which in conceptual realism stand for referential concepts, i.e., cognitive capacities that inform our speech and mental acts with a referential nature and account for the intentionality, or directedness, of those acts. In Russell's theory, quantifier phrases express denoting concepts (which do not include proper names). In conceptual realism, names, as well as predicates, can be nominalized and allowed to occur as ``singular terms'', i.e., as arguments of predicates. Occurring as a singular term, a name denotes, if it denotes at all, a class as many, where, as in Russell's theory, a class as many of one object is identical with that one object, and a class as many of more than one object is a plurality, i.e., a plural object that we call a group. Also, as in Russell's theory, there is no empty class as many. When nominalized, proper names function as ``singular terms'' just the way they do in so-called free logic. Lesniewski's ontology, which is also called a logic of names can be completely interpreted within this conceptualist framework, and the well-known oddities of Lesniewski's system are shown not to be odd at all when his system is so interpreted. Finally, we show how the pluralities, or groups, of the logic of classes as many can be used as the semantic basis of plural reference and predication. We explain in this way Russell's ``fundamental doctrine upon which all rests'', i.e., ``the doctrine that the subject of a proposition may be plural, and that such plural subjects are what is meant by classes [as many] which have more than one term'' (Russell 1938, p. 517).}} @article{Salmon:2005, Author = {Salmon, Nathan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP28(1)_Salmon.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {117--134}, Title = {Are General Terms Rigid?}, Volume = {28}, Year = {2005}} @article{McCord:2005, Author = {McCord, Michael and Bernth, Arendse}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP28(1)_McCord_Bernth.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {73--116}, Title = {A Metalogical Theory of Natural Langauge Semantics}, Volume = {28}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {We develop a framework for natural language semantics which handles intensionality via metalogical constructions and deals with degree truth values in an integrated way. We take an axiomatic set theory, ZF, as the foundation for semantic representations, but we make ZF a metalanguage for part of itself by embedding a language L within ZF which is basically a copy of the part of ZF consisting of set expressions. This metalogical set-up is used for handling propositional attitude verbs (limited to believe in this paper). We define a truth functions which determines the truth values p:t iff of an L-proposition p with respect to a theory T. Theories are sets of L-propositions with associated truth values, and can be viewed as a (much more well-defined) replacement for possible worlds. We develop a mechanism for defining belief worlds as theories. We simultaneously develop two different versions of our system -- a Boolean version where the set X of truth values is f0-1g, and a degree-truth version where X is the interval [0,1] of real numbers. We use degrees of truth in handling a broad class of semantic predicates that we call base--focus predicates, which include generalized quantifiers as well as many adverb and adjective senses and certain discourse-level predicates.}} @article{Jayez:2005, Author = {Jayez, Jacques and Tovena, Lucia M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*LandP/LP28(1)_Jayez_Tovena.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--71}, Title = {Free Choiceness and Non-Individuation}, Volume = {28}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {ABSTRACT. Fresh evidence from Free Choice Items (FCIs) in French question the current perception of the class. The role of some standard distinctions found in the literature is weakened or put in a new perspective. The distinction between universal and existential is no longer an intrinsic property of FCIs. Similarly, the opposition between variation-based vs intension-based analyses is relativized. We show that the regime of free choiceness can be characterized by an abstract constraint, that we call Non-Individuation (NI), and which can be satisfied in different ways that match current distinctions. NI says that the information conveyed by a sentence containing a FCI should not be reducible to a referential situation, that is a situation in which particular individuals satisfy the sentence in the current world. The widely used resource of modal variation becomes a particular scenario of free-choiceness, not its `essence'. In fact, we show that under certain conditions, FCIs can occur in episodic, non-modal sentences, a fact that NI can accommodate. We also discuss more fine-grained aspects of the semantics of FCIs, such as their emotional colour.}} @article{Geurts:2005, Author = {Geurts, Bart}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS13(4)_Guerts.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {383--410}, Title = {Entertaining Alternatives: Disjunctions as Modals}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {Following Zimmermann (2000), I propose that disjunctions are to be treated as conjunctions of modal propositions, and that the essential contribution of `or' is merely to present a list of alternatives. Any further ingredients in the interpretation of a disjunctive sentence (such as exhaustivity) are due to extraneous factors; they are not part of the meaning of `or'. My analysis differs from Zimmermann's in that it is more general and renders the logical form of disjunctive sentences less complex, but the main innovation is that the context dependence of modality is called upon to play a leading role. The theory applies not only to disjunctions of `may'-sentences but also covers universal modalities and conditional disjuncts. The paper concludes with a discussion of narrow-scope `or'.}} @article{Heycock:2005, Author = {Heycock, Caroline}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS13(4)_Heycock.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {359--382}, Title = {On the Interaction of Adjectival Modifiers and Relative Clauses}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {This paper addresses data concerning the interpretation of adjectives such as first, last and only when they modify the head of a relative clause, as discussed by Bhatt (2002). The ``low'' readings for these modifiers are shown to be much more restricted in their distribution than is predicted by the reconstruction analysis; if these interpretations are derived by allowing the head NP+modifier to be interpreted in the position of the ``gap'' in the relative clause this results in considerable overgeneration. A generalization is proposed for the distribution of the available readings, and it is argued that the phenomenon of ``Neg-Raising'' is implicated in their interpretation.}} @article{Vives:2002, Author = {Vives, Pilar Prieto I}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus14(1)Vives.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {173--204}, Title = {Tune-text association patterns in {C}atalan: An argument for a hierarchical structure of tunes}, Volume = {14}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This article describes a variety of intonation patterns in Central Catalan and examines the process of tonal realization of these tunes over short sequences, namely, monosyllabic phrases and utterances containing just one stressed syl- lable. When faced with multiple association, Catalan displays at least three different procedures to adapt intonational contours: when the tune is composed of one pitch accent plus a boundary tone sequence, the general strategy used by this language is compression; by contrast, when the tune is made out of two pitch accents plus an edge tone sequence the solution is either to delete (or fail to associate) the first pitch accent (a process which could be understood as tune truncation) or the second one. The contrast between compression and deletion strategies falls out directly from an autosegmental view of intonational contours: since a given metrically strong position cannot bear more than one pitch accent, compression is thus ruled out when melodic tunes contain a minimum of two pitch accents. The contrast between the failure to link the first or the second pitch accent, though, cannot be easily predicted if we follow standard autosegmental assumptions: since this framework assumes that all of the pitch accents have the same status, it offers no way to predict which pitch accent is going to associate to the text. The main goal of this article is to explore the implications of the Catalan compression data for the theory of tune-text association and the structure of pitch contours and to propose ways to modify standard autosegmental assumptions to accommodate the different compression strategies displayed by Catalan. It will be argued that the most convincing way to account for such contrasts has to rely on the postulation of a hierarchical structure for such tunes.}} @article{Montreuil:2004, Author = {Montreuil, Jean-Pierre}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus16(1)Montreuil.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {91--111}, Title = {From velar codas to high nuclei: Phonetic and structural change in {OT}}, Volume = {16}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This paper uses the formalism of Optimality Theory (OT) to retrace the evolution of the phonological fragment responsible for the structure of rimes, as Gallo-Romance evolved into Middle French. It is shown that the well-formedness of rimes responded to constant pressure to obey emergent markedness criteria and evolved through repeated violations of faithfulness. Two specific issues are closely scrutinized: (1) the interaction that took place, in 4th-c. Gallo-Romance, between various types of yod and two general processes of the phonology of the time: diphthongization and voicing, and (2) the left to right alignment shift within Old French diphthongs and triphthongs which gave to the reflex of former velar consonants full vocalic value and the structural properties of a nucleus head. Reranking of universal constraints, as it reflects perceptual enhancements, provides, together with appropriate stages of relexification, the main tool for an analysis of sound change.}} @article{Jun:2002, Author = {Jun, S.-A. and Fougeron, C.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus14(1)Jun.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {147--172}, Title = {Realizations of accentual phrase in {F}rench intonation}, Volume = {14}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {In this paper we provide a detailed account of the various realizations of the accentual phrase in our phonological model of French intonation (Jun & Fougeron 1995, 2000), and introduce a slight revision in tone-syllable association. In addition to the default and unmarked phrases, we examine the intonational contour of long polymorphemic words and utterances containing a sequence of several clitics. We discuss the status of additional H tones found in the marked phrases and the constraints on the distribution of these H tones.}} @article{Hualde:2002, Author = {Hualde, Jos{\'e} Ignacio}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus14(1)Hualde.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1-7}, Title = {Intonation in {R}omance: Introduction to the special issue}, Volume = {14}, Year = {2002}} @article{Frota:2002, Author = {Frota, S{\'o}nia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus14(1)Frota.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {113--146}, Title = {Nuclear falls and rises in {E}uropean {P}ortuguese: A phonological analysis of declarative and question intonation}, Volume = {14}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This paper investigates the tonal structure of nuclear falls and rises in European Portuguese declarative and question intonation. Declarative sentences, wh-questions and yes-no questions are examined. The interaction between utterance type and the expression of broad and narrow focus is also inspected. The alternative phonological analyses for the falling and rising patterns are evaluated in detail. It is shown that a system of phonological contrasts between accentual tones and intonational-phrase boundary tones provides a unified account of all the contours examined. Specifically,t he I-boundary tone bears the utterace type distinguishing funciton (declarative Li vs. interrogative LH/Hli), while the bitonal nuclear tone carries the focus marker (broad focus H+L* vs. narrow focus H*+L?L*+H). The phrase accent category can be dispensed with. A brief comparison with the role played by accentual and phrase tones in teh same tunes of other Romance languages highlights some similarities and differences in the melodic systems within Romance.}} @article{Fagyal:2002, Author = {Fagyal, Zsuzsanna}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus14(1)Fagyal.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {93--111}, Title = {Prosodic boundaries in the vicinity of utterance-medial parentheticals in {F}rench}, Volume = {14}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This paper investigates prosodic boundary cues in and around utterance-medialparenthetical clauses in French. Three native speakers were recorded in a sound booth reading thirty-six utterances. Each utterance contained a parenthetical (PA) of variable length, preceded by a noun phrase (NP) and followed by a verb phrase (VP) whose lengths were also varied. Utterances contained only voiced sounds, and the same ratio of high and low vowels. Speakers uttered each Phonological Utterance (PU) as three separate Intonation Phrases (IPs) corresponding to the NPs, PAs, and VPs. The final syllable of each phrase was realized with significantly more lengthening than syllables within the phrase, and pitch was scaled higher at the edges of than within major syntactic phrases. Silent pauses within the PU were optional. If occurred, they were only realized at the edges of PAs. These results support prosodic and non-linear syntactic representations of parentheticals as autonomous phrase structures within the utterance.}} @article{Face:2002, Author = {Face, Timothy L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Probus/Probus14(1)Face.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {71-92}, Title = {Local intonational marking of {S}panish contrastive focus}, Volume = {14}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {The majority of studies on Spanish focus have dealt with the way word order is used to convey focus. Recent studies have shown that prosody is also used in marking Spanish focus, though the role of intonation has not been extensively investigated. This paper examines the ways in which intonation is used locally at the focal word to mark contrastive focus in Spanish. It is shown that there are four different intonational patterns that are used in the local marking of contrastive focus, including three patterns differing phonologically from broad focus utterances and one differing phonetically. The phonological marking of focus through intonation involves the use of a focal pitch accent and interme- diate phrase boundary tones, while the phonetic marking involves the use of an expanded pitch range.}} @article{Rackowski:2005, Author = {Rackowski, Andrea and Richards, Norvin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/36.4rackowski.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {565--599}, Title = {Phase Edge and Extraction: A {T}agalog Case Study}, Volume = {36}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {In this article, we examine evidence for the phase theory of movement (Chomsky 2000, 2001) in the context of Tagalog, arguing in particular that Tagalog has overt morphology that signals movement of arguments to checkan EPP-feature on the head of the vP phase. We show that this morphology interacts with extraction in ways Chomsky's theory leads us to expect, and we develop a theory of the Tagalog facts that also accounts for the effects of Huang's (1982) Condition on Extraction Domain.}} @article{Koopman:2005, Author = {Koopman, Hilda}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/36.4koopman.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {601--633}, Title = {Korean (and {J}apanese) Morphology from a Syntactic Perspective}, Volume = {36}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {This article concentrates on Sells's (1995) arguments against the syntactic view that words are built in the syntax, and it develops a syntactic account that yields a parsimonious account of the properties of ``morphological units.'' Inflected words in Korean (and Japanese) are derived syntactically from head-initial structures by phrasal movement. Properties of words follow from regular syntactic principles and phonological properties of affixes. Agreement can be triggered under piedpiping. Word structure interacts with scope (Lee 2004, 2005), arguing for the presence of case affixes in the narrow syntax.}} @article{Holmberg:2005, Author = {Holmberg, Anders}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/36.4holmberg.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {533--564}, Title = {Is There a Litte Pro? Evidence from {F}innish}, Volume = {36}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {The traditional view of the null subject as pro identified by Agr (the -features of I) cannot be maintained in a theory where Agr is uninterpretable. Two hypotheses are compared with regard to the predictions they make for Finnish null subject constructions: (A) Agr is interpretable in null subject languages, and pro is therefore redundant; (B) null subjects are specified but unpronounced pronouns that assign values to the uninterpretable features of Agr. Since Finnish observes the Extended Projection Principle and has an expletive pronoun, Hypothesis A predicts that null subjects should cooccur with expletives. The prediction is false, favoring B over A. A typology of null subjects is proposed: Null bound pronouns and null generic pronouns in partial null subject languages, including Finnish, are D-less Ps, and so are null subjects in consistent null subject languages with Agr, such as Spanish and Greek. Null 1st and 2nd person subjects in Finnish are DPs that are deleted. Null pronouns in languages without Agr, such as Chinese and Japanese, are the only true instances of pro, aminimally specified null noun.}} @article{Dikken:2005, Author = {Dikken, Marcel den}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/36.4dikken.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {497-532}, Title = {Comparative Correlatives Comparatively}, Volume = {36}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {The comparative correlative construction (The more you eat, the fatter you get) has received sporadic attention in the literature, with few concrete results when it comes to our understanding of the syntax of the construction. This article analyzes comparative correlatives as wellbehaved, crosslinguistically consistent correlative constructions whose initial clause is a relative clause adjoined to the second clause, which functions as the root of the construction. Examining comparative correlative data from a variety of languages, the article subjects the internal structure of the construction's two clauses to careful scrutiny, as well as the microscopic structure of the comparative-headed constituents introducing the two clauses.}} @article{Citko:2005, Author = {Citko, Barbara}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/36.4citko.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {475-496}, Title = {On the Nature of Merge: External Merge, Internal Merge, and Parallel Merge}, Volume = {36}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {This article argues in favor of a new type of Merge, Parallel Merge, which combines the properties of External Merge and Internal Merge. Parallel Merge creates symmetric, multidominant structures, which become antisymmetric in the course of the derivation.The main empirical goal of the article is to revive a multidominance approach to across-the-board wh-questions and to show that a number of otherwise puzzling properties of across-the-board questions follow naturally from such an account.}} @article{Ritter:2005, Author = {Ritter, Elizabeth and Rosen, Sara Thomas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/36.4ritter.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {648--660}, Title = {Agreement without {A}-Positions: Another look at {A}lgonquian}, Volume = {36}, Year = {2005}} @article{Authier:2005, Author = {Authier, J.-Marc and Reed, Lisa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/36.4authier.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {635--647}, Title = {The Diverse Nature of Non-Interrogative WH}, Volume = {36}, Year = {2005}} @article{Carnie:2005, Author = {Carnie, Andrew and Harley, Heidi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Studia%20Linguistica/59(1)_Carnie.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {46--65}, Title = {Existential Impersonals}, Volume = {59}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {We claim that impersonal passive constructions are a type of existential that assert the novel existence (or occurrence) of an event. We claim that the well- known restriction against telic predicates in impersonal passive constructions follows naturally from this characterization. Telic predicates are made up of two events; a process and an endpoint. We show, using standard tests for presupposi- tionality, that presupposition of the process component of the bipartite event structure in telics is forced by the assertion of the endpoint component. Presupposed elements are not pragmatically consistent with existentials, hence telic predicates are ruled out in these constructions. The approach presented here is contrasted with other analyses in the literature, particularly that of Goldberg 1995. }} @article{Vries:2005, Author = {Vries, Mark de}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Studia%20Linguistica/59(1)_deVries.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {83--105}, Title = {Coordination and Syntactic Hierarchy}, Volume = {59}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {This article discusses the syntax of coordinate structures, in particular the status of initial coordinators, multiple coordination, and the asymmetries between conjuncts with respect to c-command relations. The idea of coordinators as heads -- hence the CoP -- is endorsed, but not for initial coordinators; rather they figure in a separate distributive phrase, which is transparently correlated to the (often ambiguous) semantics of the construction. Furthermore, it is argued that the lack of c-command between conjuncts is an instance of a broader effect, namely the invisibility of paratactic material in general -- and of second conjuncts in particular. Therefore, the grammar must have means to attach a paratactic constituent to the rest of the structure in a way that will eventually block c-command relations from the context. As this is not standardly available, we are led to define an operation called b-Merge, which induces a special type of inclusion relation, behindance. Thus, a modern revival of the 3D approach to coordination is brought about}} @article{Marefat:2005, Author = {Marefat, Hamideh}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Studia%20Linguistica/59(1)_Marefat.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {66--82}, Title = {The Impact of Information Structure as a Discourse Factor on the Acquisition of Dative Alternation by {L2} Learners}, Volume = {59}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {Across two tasks, the sensitivity of Persian learners of English as a Foreign Language (PLEFL) to the impact of discourse factors on the dative alternation is tested. In Task 1, elicited production data from both native speakers of English and the PLEFL at different levels of proficiency shows that neither group's responses are affected by the discourse factors. The native speakers performance can only be meaningfully interpreted when individual verbs are brought into consideration; the Persian learners, excluding the elementary ones, who consistently produce prepositional datives, echo the construction in the question. In Task 2, data from acceptability judgements show that the native speakers, advanced and high-intermediate subjects prefer the responses with a Given-New order. The incongruity between the two tasks is attributed to the nature of the tasks. Additionally, evidence is provided for the existence of a very specific developmental sequence in the acquisition of the interaction between discourse factors and dative alternation. The consequences of the findings of this study for perspectives on interlanguage are discussed. }} @article{Elordieta:2005, Author = {Elordieta, Gorka and Frota, S{\'o}nia and Vig{\'a}rio, Marina}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Studia%20Linguistica/59(2-3)_Elordieta.pdf}, Number = {2-3}, Pages = {110--143}, Title = {Subjects, {O}bjects and Intonational Phrasing in {S}panish and {P}ortuguese}, Volume = {59}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {This article investigates the role of prosodic length and syntactic complexity on intonational phrasing in Spanish and European Portuguese. Spanish presents a clear tendency to divide utterances into (S)(VO) phrasings, depending on branchingness. In EP (SVO) is the predominant phrasing, but a long branching subject can trigger the phrasing (S)(VO). The main differences between the two languages are analyzed as arising from two properties: the different syntactic position of subjects (external or internal to Extended VP) and the different parameters of prosodic weight (number of syllables vs. number of words/branchingness) realized by each language. Constraints of the syntax- prosody interface and prosodic constraints on the maximum size of major phrases refer to these properties and produce different outcomes. The preference shared by EP and Spanish to have the material in a VP contained in the same major phrase (disallowing (V)(O) phrasings) also stems from a syntax-phonology constraint. }} @article{Fery:2005, Author = {F{\'e}ry, Caroline and Truckenbrodt, Hubert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Studia%20Linguistica/59(2-3)_Fery.pdf}, Number = {2-3}, Pages = {223--243}, Title = {Sisterhood and Tonal Scaling}, Volume = {59}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {This paper discusses central aspects of the effects of hierarchical structure on tonal scaling in intonation. The core results of a number of phonetic studies on this topic, by Ladd, by van den Berg, Gussenhoven and Rietveld, as well as experimental results of our own, are reviewed. We review the suggestions of this earlier work and argue for an addition to the theory. The principle The deeper the steeper says that downstep among sister nodes is relatively larger if these sister-nodes are relatively more deeply embedded in the prosodic represen- tation. }} @article{Gussenhoven:2005, Author = {Gussenhoven, Carlos}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Studia%20Linguistica/59(2-3)_Gussenhoven.pdf}, Number = {2-3}, Pages = {174--193}, Title = {Procliticized Phonological Phrases in {E}nglish: Evidence from Rhythm}, Volume = {59}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {Post-lexical stress shift in English, as exemplified by FIFteen MEN (cf. fifTEEN or FIFTEEN) is sensitive to rhythm and constituency. Rhythm can be accounted for by constraints like NoClash, forbidding adjacent accents within the phonological phrase. Constituency has been accounted for by a cyclic application of right-alignment and left-alignment of accents in the phonological phrase. However, such an account fails to take care of multiply premodified NPs like Fifteen Japanese CDs. Ranking right-alignment above left-alignment gives fifTEEN japaNESE ceeDEES and the reverse ranking gives the equally unacceptable FIFteen JAPanese CEEdees. Abandoning a cyclic treatment, I propose a procliticized structure in which procliticized phonological phrases correspond to embedding premodifiers like fifteen in the above example. Such premodifiers align with the left edge with a phonological phrase but fail to align their right edge with a phonological phrase. As a result, the correct (FIFteen (JAPaNESE ceeDEES)) is produced, or, if NoClash is given a stricter interpretation so as to ban accents with only one unaccented syllable between them, the equally correct (FIFteen (JAPanese ceeDEES)). A systematic but hitherto unnoticed stress contrast is discussed, that between e.g. TOO high BUILdings and TWO HIGH BUILdings, and it is shown that the new account deals with it effortlessly. }} @article{Kang:2005, Author = {Kang, Soyoung and Speer, Shari R.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Studia%20Linguistica/59(2-3)_Kang.pdf}, Number = {2-3}, Pages = {244--258}, Title = {Effects of Prosodic Boundaries on Syntactic Disambiguation}, Volume = {59}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {This article investigates the role of syntactic and prosodic markedness constraints on the construction of phonological phrases (/- or p-phrases) in Catalan. It is shown that the construction of prosodic structure in this language cannot solely rely on syntactic information but rather also has to refer to prosodic markedness constraints which regulate the size and eurhythmicity of phrase constituents. Specifically, phonological phrasing in Catalan is determined, among other things, by the interaction of right-alignment of syntactic and phonological phrases (Align-XP,R; Selkirk 1986) and the requirement that each XP is contained in a p-phrase (Wrap-XP; Truckenbrodt 1995) together with the following set of prosodic factors: 1) a maximal requirement on the length of p-phrases at the end of utterances, Max-Bin-End, which requires that each p-phrase containing a nuclear stress should contain at most two prosodic words; 2) a minimality constraint on the prosodic parsing of utterances, Min- Utt, which requires that each utterance contains a minimally binary p-phrase; 3) a eurhythmic condition, No-Clash, which does not allow the presence of two immediately adjacent stressed syllables, partly affects phrasing decisions in this language. Size and eurhythmic effects of this type are also active, though in a weaker fashion, in other Romance languages such as Italian (Ghini 1993a, 1993b), in Brazilian Portuguese (Sandalo & Truckenbrodt 2002), and in European Portuguese and Spanish (Elordieta et al. 2003, Prieto (forthcoming)). }} @article{Prieto:2005, Author = {Prieto, Pilar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Studia%20Linguistica/59(2-3)_Prieto.pdf}, Number = {2-3}, Pages = {194--222}, Title = {Syntactic and Eurhythmic Constraints on Phrasing Decisions in {C}atalan}, Volume = {59}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {This article investigates the role of syntactic and prosodic markedness constraints on the construction of phonological phrases (/- or p-phrases) in Catalan. It is shown that the construction of prosodic structure in this language cannot solely rely on syntactic information but rather also has to refer to prosodic markedness constraints which regulate the size and eurhythmicity of phrase constituents. Specifically, phonological phrasing in Catalan is determined, among other things, by the interaction of right-alignment of syntactic and phonological phrases (Align-XP,R; Selkirk 1986) and the requirement that each XP is contained in a p-phrase (Wrap-XP; Truckenbrodt 1995) together with the following set of prosodic factors: 1) a maximal requirement on the length of p-phrases at the end of utterances, Max-Bin-End, which requires that each p-phrase containing a nuclear stress should contain at most two prosodic words; 2) a minimality constraint on the prosodic parsing of utterances, Min- Utt, which requires that each utterance contains a minimally binary p-phrase; 3) a eurhythmic condition, No-Clash, which does not allow the presence of two immediately adjacent stressed syllables, partly affects phrasing decisions in this language. Size and eurhythmic effects of this type are also active, though in a weaker fashion, in other Romance languages such as Italian (Ghini 1993a, 1993b), in Brazilian Portuguese (Sandalo & Truckenbrodt 2002), and in European Portuguese and Spanish (Elordieta et al. 2003, Prieto (forthcoming)). }} @article{Sugahara:2005, Author = {Sugahara, Mariko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Studia%20Linguistica/59(2-3)_Sugahara.pdf}, Number = {2-3}, Pages = {144--173}, Title = {Post-Focus Prosodic Phrase Boundaries in {T}okyo {J}apanese Asymmetric Behavior of an {F0} Cue and Domain-Final Lengthening}, Volume = {59}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {The present study shows an asymmetric behaviour between an F0 cue and a durational cue in a post-FOCUS part of an utterance in Tokyo Japanese. Though F0 resetting which marks the left edge of a Major Phonological Phrase is missing at the left edge of a post-FOCUS clause boundary, word-final lengthening which marks the right edge of an Intonational Phrase is retained there. Based on this observation, Headless Post-FOCUS IP Structure is proposed, and such prosodic structure is argued to be compatible with not only the facts obtained in this study but also the theory of FOCUS and prosodic prominence.}} @article{Watson:2005, Author = {Watson, Duane and Gibson, Edward}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Studia%20Linguistica/59(2-3)_Watson.pdf}, Number = {2-3}, Pages = {279--300}, Title = {Intonational Phrasing and Constituency in Language Production and Comprehension}, Volume = {59}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {In this paper, we investigate the relationship between intonational phrase boundaries and syntax in production and comprehension. Watson & Gibson (2004a) proposed that the likelihood of an intonational boundary at a word boundary is a function of 1) the size of the most recently completed constituent and 2) the size of the upcoming constituent if it is not an argument of the most recent head. We explore an alternate hypothesis to (1): the distance of integration between an upcoming word and its attachment site in the sentence influences the likelihood of an intonational boundary. In a production experiment (Experiment 1), we found that speakers intonational phrasing patterns were consistent with Watson & Gibson's original hypothesis. We then present two studies of sentence comprehension using converging paradigms which test the hypothesis that listeners exploit the relationship between syntax and the production-based intonational boundaries by using a special parsing heuristic. In particular, we propose that listeners prefer not to attach incoming words to lexical heads that are followed by an intonational boundary. This hypothesis is validated in both Experiments 2 and 3.}} @article{Samek-Lodovici:2005, Author = {Samek-Lodovici, Vieri}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/23(3)_Samek-Lodovici.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {687--755}, Title = {Prosody-Syntax Interaction in the Expression of Focus}, Volume = {23}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {Constraints on prosodic and syntactic well-formedness conflict with each other. This is particularly evident in the expression of new information focus, where the best prosodic position for main stress does not necessarily match the best syntactic position for the constituent being focused. Since focus must be stressed, either stress or the focused constituent must abandon their best position, violating either the syntactic or the prosodic constraints responsible for it. This paper argues for an optimality theoretic analysis of this conflict, showing how different focus paradigms reflect different rankings of the relevant syntactic and prosodic constraints. As we will see, only an optimality analysis can account for the paradigm of Italian focus while maintaining the kind of prosodic theory of main stress emerged from prosodic studies in the last two decades. Furthermore, the analysis extends naturally to focus paradigms in English, French, and Chichewa with no need for language-specific parametric devices. The conflicting nature of prosodic and syntactic constraints determines a complex crosslinguistic typology from a single set of universal constraints with interface conditions kept to an absolute minimum.}} @article{Ouhalla:2005, Author = {Ouhalla, Jamal}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/23(3)_Ouhalla.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {655--686}, Title = {Agreement Features, Agreement and Antiagreement}, Volume = {23}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {There are empirical reasons to think that the role traditionally assigned to specialized categorial features such as [V] and [N] is performed by independently needed features, some of which are agreement features. In appropriate contexts, the verbal feature reduces to [PERSON] and the nominal feature to [CLASS]. This view, along with the fact that agreement features come in bundles, leads to a novel way of looking at verbasubject agreement. Understood as the reflex of featurematching and deletion, verbasubject agreement is essentially a mechanism of categorization by computation. It leads to deletion of the nominal agreement feature from the verb and related functional heads and the verbal agreement feature from the subject. Further empirical support for this way of looking at agreement comes from the antiagreement phenomenon, which turns out to be a reflex of the peculiar categorial identity of the predicate in relevant sentences. The examples used in the article are mainly from Berber.}} @article{Gorden:2005, Author = {Gorden, Matthew}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/23(3)_Gordon.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {595--653}, Title = {A Perceptually-Driven Account of Onset-Sensitive Stress}, Volume = {23}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {This paper explores onset-sensitive stress from a typological, phonetic and phonological perspective. A phonetic study of three onset-sensitive stress systems suggests a close match between onset weight distinctions and a phonetic measure of perceptual energy, such that phonological weight criteria are the phonetically most effective ones. Perceptual considerations also offer an explanation for other typological observations, including the relative rarity of onset-sensitive stress, the greater weight of low sonority onsets, and the subordination of onset-sensitive weight distinctions to rime-based ones in languages with both types of weight distinctions. Onset-based weight criteria are effectively modelled using a skeletal slot model of the syllable referenced by a family of prominence constraints requiring that heavy syllables be stressed and that light syllables be unstressed.}} @article{Boivin:2005, Author = {Boivin, Marie Claude}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/23(3)_Boivin.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {543--593}, Title = {Case Theory, {DP} Movement, and Interpretation: A New Approach to the Distribution of {F}rench Subnominal Clitic \emph{en}}, Volume = {23}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {This article proposes a new solution to an old problem in the syntax of French, namely the contrast in grammaticality observed with the two clitics en (genitive and quantitative) when used with raised subjects. I propose that the contrast observed in these contexts should be explained by Case theory, and show that a Case-theoretic approach is superior to an ECP/Binding approach in accounting for the distribution of en in a variety of contexts, including similar contexts in Italian and Catalan. I argue that Case is a feature of the nominal head (N) of a DP, that Case may be checked in configurations other than [Spec, head], and that there is no need for features such as Nominative or Accusative, [+/) Case] being sufficient. The proposal has consequences for Case theory and for checking theory in general. More generally the article is a contribution to the understanding of phenomena that used to be understood in terms of the Empty Category Principle (ECP). It exemplifies how properties of the internal structure of moved elements can explain their distribution.}} @article{Alber:2005, Author = {Alber, Birgit}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/23(3)_Alber.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {485--542}, Title = {Clash, Lapse and Directionality}, Volume = {23}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {Directionality effects in the parsing of rhythmical secondary stress are analyzed in this paper as the result of two conflicting types of constraints. A dominant alignment constraint ALLFTL, requiring feet to be aligned as much as possible to the left edge of the prosodic word, is responsible for the generation of metrical structures where feet are left-aligned. Right-alignment, on the other hand, is not the result of an alignment constraint, but the consequence of the rhythmical constraints *CLASH and *LAPSE demanding alternating rhythm. This approach to directionality makes the right typological predictions excluding from the set of possible metrical structures right-aligning iambic systems, which are not attested among the worldas languages. The interaction between the constraints determining rhythmical secondary stress and the constraints determining main stress placement is discussed and it is shown how one more typological observation, the non-existence of initial dactyl systems, is predicted by the system.}} @article{Frazier:2005, Author = {Frazier, Lyn and Clifton, Charles, Jr.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/syntax8(2)_frazier.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {121--174}, Title = {The Syntax-Discourse Divide: Processing Ellipsis}, Volume = {8}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {VP-ellipsis and slucing are forms of ellipsis that can cross a sentence boundary. we present a series of comprehension studies on these forms of ellipsis to elucidate their processing and the relation of syntacic and discourse processing. One set of studies examines the hypothesis that hte representation of elided material is syntactically structured. We present evidence supporting the hypothesis and tentatively attribute the effects to sharing of the sturcture of hte antecedent constituent, with structure building or substitution of a variable for a constituent permitted if it is licensed by the syntactic principles of the language. Another set of studies tests the hypothesis that a new utterance is preferentially related to the main assertion of the preceding utterace, which is typically a constituent high in the syntactic tree. Teh results suggest that discourse processing differs from syntacic processing, where the most accessible material is recent material found low int he synatctic tree. A final set of studies examines the interplay of the syntactic processor, which may not violate "islands," and the discourse processor, whch may, in the processing of ellipsis sentences involving islands. A novel explanation is offered for the observation (Ross 1967) that slucing out of relative clause islands is grammatical except when sprouting is required.}} @article{Collins:2005a, Author = {Collins, Chris}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Keywords = {Passive, remnant movement}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/syntax8(2)_collins.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {81--120}, Title = {A Smuggling Approach to the Passive in {E}nglish}, Volume = {8}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {I propose a theory of the passive that combines aspects ofth e principles and parameters analysis (no specific rules, no downward movement) and Chomsky's (1957) "Syntactic Structures" anaylsis (the arguments int eh passive are generated in the same positions as they are in the active).}} @article{Becker:2004, Author = {Becker, Misha}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language_Acquisition/12.2Becker.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {157--167}, Title = {Copula Omission Is a Gramamtical Reflex}, Volume = {12}, Year = {2004}} @article{Reinhart:2004a, Author = {Reinhart, Tanya}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language_Acquisition/12.2Reinhart.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {109--155}, Title = {The Processing Cost of Reference Set Computation: Acquisition of Stress Shift and Focus}, Volume = {12}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {Reference set comutatoin --- the construction of a (global) comparison set to determine whether a given derivation is appropriate in context -- comes with a processing cost. I argue that this cost is directly visible at the acquisition stage: In those linguistic areas in which it has been independently established that such computation is indeed at work, experiments have consistently found group performance at the range of 50 percent (in dual-choice tasks). The proposed explanation is that children are aware of the innately required computation, but they cannot carry it out because of their limited working-memory resources, and they resort instead to strategies that enable bypassing it.\\ \\ Previous stides have extablished already the 50 percent range of performance in the acquisition of 2 areas requiring reference set compuatation -- coreference (Condition B) and implicatures. In this study, I examine the acquisition of stress shift and focus. I argue that compuating the focus obtained by stress shift requires constructing a comparison set. Contrary to some prevailing views, there is no evidence tha tchildren have general problems with stress, but still, one finds the 50 percent range of perfromance when stress shift applies as predicted by the processing cost hyptohesis. Analysis of the explanations children give for their answers has revelaed that they are attempting to construct the relevant comparison derivaiton, but they get stuck at that stage. Combined with the anlysis of individual responses, 2 bypassing strategies are found in this area: one is simple guessing, dominant in tasks involving switch reference with stress shift in whihc one finds individual performance at the range of 50 percent. The other, dominant in tasks involving semantic disambiguation, is the selection of an arbitrary default, which may be fixed for a given child across tasks. However, because the choice of the default is itself arbitrary, the group results remain at the 50 percent range.}} @article{Abbott:1995, Author = {Abbott, Barbara}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {341--346}, Title = {Some remarks on specificity}, Volume = {26}, Year = {1995}} @article{Abbott:1997a, Author = {Abbott, Barbara}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library efinites xistentials}, Number = {1}, Pages = {103--108}, Title = {Definiteness and existentials}, Volume = {73}, Year = {1997}} @article{Abbott:1997b, Author = {Abbott, Barbara}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {117--138}, Title = {Models, truth and semantics}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1997}} @phdthesis{Abe:1993a, Author = {Abe, Jun}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Keywords = {library; Japanese; Scrambling; Binding Theory; Reconstruction; Connectivity}, School = {University of Connecticut, Storrs}, Title = {Binding conditions and scrambling without {A/A$'$} distinction}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Abe:1993b, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Abe, Jun}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North east Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library cope xpletives}, Pages = {1--15}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Expletive replacement and quantifier scope}, Volume = {23}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Abe:1994, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Abe, Jun}, Booktitle = {{J}apanese/{K}orean Linguistics(4)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Akatsuka, Noriko}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {277--294}, Publisher = {Stanford Linguistics Association}, Title = {Scrambling without {A/A$'$} distinction}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{Abe:1996, Author = {Abe, Jun}, Booktitle = {Thirteenth national conference of the {E}nglish linguistic society of {J}apan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Keywords = {library ycle}, Title = {What triggers successive-cyclic movement}, Year = {1996}} @book{Abe:1998, Address = {Nagoya University}, Author = {Abe, Jun}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Title = {On bare output conditions and language (im)perfections}, Year = {1998}} @article{Abe:1997, Author = {Abe, Jun and Hoshi, Hiroto}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {101--136}, Title = {Gapping and {P}-stranding}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {Jayaseelan (1990) and Lasnik and Saito (1991) observe that English Gapping exhibits properties typical of rightward movement. In this paper, we address the question of why this is the case. We propose that in Gapping, a contrasted element in the full-fledged conjunct can move leftward or rightward to create a structure for copying and that illegitimate derivations are excluded by independently motivated constraints. As one such constraint, we adopt Saito's (1985) condition on adjunction sites, which requires that an element adjoin to the side of the category which is opposite to the head. Since Saito's constraint relies on the head parameter, this analysis makes the obvious prediction that Gapping constructions in head-final languages should involve leftward movement. We show that this is indeed the case with Japanese. The most important theoretical consequences are: (i) that the directionality of adjunction is constrained in LF in the same way as in overt syntax and (ii) that constraints such as the Right Roof constraint and the Subjacency Condition apply both in overt syntax and in LF. The other important consequence is that P-stranding is universally allowed at LF for leftward movement but not for rightward movement.}} @incollection{Abe:1987, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Abe, Yasuaki}, Booktitle = {Issues in {Japanese} Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Keywords = {library; phonology; Japanese}, Pages = {5--52}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Metrical structure and compounds in {Japanese}}, Year = {1987}} @phdthesis{Abney:1987, Author = {Abney, Steven}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {The {E}nglish noun phrase in its sentential aspect}, Year = {1987}} @incollection{Abraham:1975, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Abraham, Werner}, Booktitle = {Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-1973}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Kraak, A.}, Keywords = {library; linguistic theory; pragmatics}, Pages = {68--79}, Publisher = {Van Gorcum}, Title = {The necessity of inserting `speaker' and `hearer' as basic categories of a practicable grammatical model}, Year = {1975}} @article{Abraham:1993, Author = {Abraham, Werner}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library iddles rgument structure}, Number = {4}, Pages = {817--824}, Title = {Fagan: the syntax and semantics of middle constructions: a study with special reference to {G}erman}, Volume = {69}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Abusch:1990, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Abusch, Dorit}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the eighth west coast conference on formal linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Fee, E. Jane and Hunt, Katherine}, Keywords = {anaphora; reflexives; library}, Pages = {1--13}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Reflexives, reference shifters and attitudes}, Year = {1990}} @inproceedings{Abusch:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Abusch, Dorit}, Booktitle = {The proceedings of the tenth west coast conference on formal linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {tense; library}, Pages = {1--12}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {The present under past as de re interpretation}, Year = {1992}} @article{Abusch:1994, Author = {Abusch, Dorit}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library ndefinites cope}, Number = {2}, Pages = {83--136}, Title = {The scope of indefinites}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1994}} @article{Abusch:1997a, Author = {Abusch, Dorit}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library ense}, Number = {3}, Pages = {303--313}, Title = {Remarks on the state formulation of de re present tense}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1997}} @article{Abusch:1997b, Author = {Abusch, Dorit}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--50}, Title = {Sequence of tense and temporal de re}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1997}} @book{Ackema:1995a, Address = {Utrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Ackema, Peter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Keywords = {library orphology}, Publisher = {OTS Dissertation Series}, Title = {Syntax below zero}, Year = {1995}} @article{Ackema:2001, Author = {Ackema, Peter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 32.4ackema.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/32.4ackema.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {717--726}, Title = {Colliding complementizers in {D}utch: another syntactic {OCP} effect}, Volume = {32}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Ackema:1998a, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Ackema, Peter and Neeleman, Ad}, Booktitle = {Is the Best Good Enough?}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Barbosa, Pilar and Fox, Danny and Hagstrom, Paul and McGinnis, Martha and Pesetsky, David}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {15--34}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {{WHOT}?}, Year = {1998}} @article{Ackema:1998b, Author = {Ackema, Peter and Neeleman, Ad}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {443--490}, Title = {Optimal questions}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {In this paper we present an anlysis of question formation couched in an optimality-theoretic framework. Particular attention will be paid to the typology of multiple questions. It will be argued that this typology can be derived from the reranking of two constraints on question formation and a condition disfavoring movement. The discussion is mainly based on English, Bulgarian, Czech and Chinese/Japanese, which instantiate four basic patterns of multiple question formation. Some specific problems posed by French and Irish are also addressed.}} @inproceedings{Ackema:1993, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Ackema, Peter and Neeleman, Ad and Weerman, Fred}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the north east linguistic society 23}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library unctional projections}, Pages = {17--31}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Deriving functional projections}, Year = {1993}} @article{Ackema:1995b, Author = {Ackema, Peter and Schoorlemmer, Maaike}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library iddles}, Number = {2}, Pages = {173--198}, Title = {Middles and nonmovement}, Volume = {26}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Ackerman:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Ackerman, Farrell}, Booktitle = {Lexical matters}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Sag, Ivan A. and Szabolcsi, Anna}, Keywords = {theta roles; lexicon; Hungarian; complex predicates; library}, Pages = {55--84}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Complex predicates and morpholexical relatedness: locative alternations in {H}ungarian}, Year = {1992}} @article{Ackerman:1994, Author = {Ackerman, Farrell}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; causatives}, Number = {1}, Pages = {535--546}, Title = {Entailments of predicates and the encoding of causees}, Volume = {25}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Ackerman:1997, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Ackerman, Farrell and Lesourd, Philip}, Booktitle = {Complex predicates}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Alsina, Alex and Bresnan, Joan and Sells, Peter}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {67--106}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Toward a lexical representation of phrasal predicates}, Year = {1997}} @incollection{Ackerman:1989, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Ackerman, Felicia}, Booktitle = {Themes from {K}aplan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Almog, Joseph and Perry, John and Wettstein, Howard}, Keywords = {library; philosophy: language; semantics}, Pages = {5--22}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Content, character, and nondescriptive meaning}, Year = {1989}} @article{Acquaviva:1994, Author = {Acquaviva, Paolo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library; negation}, Number = {2}, Pages = {91--132}, Title = {The representation of operator-variable dependencies in sentential negation}, Volume = {48}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Adams:1989, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Adams, Robert Merrihew}, Booktitle = {Themes from {K}aplan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Almog, Joseph and Perry, John and Wettstein, Howard}, Keywords = {library; philosophy: language; semantics}, Pages = {23--42}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Time and thisness}, Year = {1989}} @phdthesis{Adger:1994, Address = {Edinburgh}, Author = {Adger, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, School = {University of Edinburgh}, Title = {Functional heads and interpretation}, Year = {1994}} @article{Adger:1996a, Author = {Adger, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library inimalism}, Number = {2}, Pages = {117--136}, Title = {Economy and optionality: interpretations of subjects in {I}talian}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Adger:1996, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Adger, David and Quer, Josep}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of north east linguistic society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {1--16}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Subjunctives, unselective embedded questions, and clausal polarity items}, Year = {1996}} @article{Adger:1992, Author = {Adger, David and Rhys, Catrin Siacn}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Title = {Eliminating disjunction in lexical specification}, Year = {1992}} @inproceedings{Agbanyani:1998a, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Agbanyani, Brian}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the north east linguistic society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {1--14}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Generalized pied-piping and island effects}, Year = {1998}} @phdthesis{Agbanyani:1998b, Address = {Irvine, California}, Author = {Agbanyani, Brian}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, School = {University of California}, Title = {Feature attraction and category movement}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Agbanyani:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Agbanyani, Brian}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Northeast Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {1--10}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {The locality and optionality of scrambling}, Year = {1999}} @article{Agbanyani:2000, Author = {Agbanyani, Brian}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/31.4Agbanyani.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {703--713}, Title = {Wh-subjects in {E}nglish and the vacuous movement hypothesis}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}} @phdthesis{Ahn:1991, Author = {Ahn, Hee-Don}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Keywords = {Korean; light verbs; VP movement; negation; clausal structure}, School = {University of Wisconsin-Madison}, Title = {Light verbs, {VP}-movement, negation and clausal architecture in {K}orean and {E}nglish}, Year = {1991}} @inproceedings{Ahn:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Ahn, Mee-Jin}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North east Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {11--26}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Vowel length-driven syllable weight}, Year = {1999}} @article{Ahrens:2001, Author = {Ahrens, Kathleen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {337--358}, Title = {On-line sentence comprehension of ambiguous verbs in {M}andarin}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {The current work explores the issue of category in lexical ambiguity resolution. The central question is whether the preceding sentential context can influence access of lexical meaning in on-going sentence comprehension. Previous studies have concentrated on lexical ambiguity resolution of nouns. These studies, on teh whole, have demonstrated that the lexical access system operates independently of previous sentential context. However, previous psycholinguistic work on semantic change suggests that verbs are more susceptible to coercive change than nouns. I explore the possibility that this susceptibility of verbs to semantic change will allow sentential context to influence their lexical access. I find, instead, that the lexical access system still operates independently of preceding sentential context. Teh implications of this finding are presented in terms of two different views of cognitive processing -- the modular and the interactionist view.}} @article{Aikhenvald:1995, Author = {Aikhenvald, Alexandra}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {152--195}, Title = {Person marking and discourse in {N}orth {A}rawak languages}, Volume = {49}, Year = {1995}} @article{Aissen:1974, Author = {Aissen, Judith}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {325--366}, Title = {Verb raising}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1974}} @article{Aissen:1996, Author = {Aissen, Judith}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library greement unctional projections}, Number = {3}, Pages = {447--491}, Title = {Pied-piping, abstract agreement, and functional projections in {T}zotzil}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1996}} @article{Aissen:1997, Author = {Aissen, Judith}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {705--769}, Title = {On the syntax of obviation}, Volume = {73}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {This article explores the idea that obviation systems like those found in the Algonquian languages are a less parochial solution to the syntactic organizaiton othan is gneerally thought. Some simple constraints on obviation provide interesting analyses of key facts in Algonquian. Once certain language-particular differences are recognized, a number of syntactici problems in two unrelated languages, Tzotzil (Mayan) and Chamorro (Western Austronesian), yield easily to solutions based on obviation, despite the absence of obviative-based morphology in either language. Hierarchy alignmnet constraints play a central role in the analysis. The account is articulated within optimality theory, which provides an appropriate framework for representing the fact that these languges must select from their resources for expressing transitive propositions the optimal mode of expression for each such proposition.}} @article{Aissen:1999, Author = {Aissen, Judith}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {673--711}, Title = {Markedness and subject choice in optimality theory}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {Among the most robust generalizations in syntactic markedness is the association of semantic role with person/animacy rank, discussed first in Silverstein (1976). The present paper explores how Silverstin's generalization might be expressed in a formal theory of grammar, and how it can play a role in individual grammars. The account, which focuses here on the role of person, is developed in Optimality Theory. Central to it are two formal devices which have been proposed in connection with phonology: harmonic alignment of prominence scales, and local conjunction of constraints. It is shown that application of harmonic alignment to scales involving syntactic relations and several substantive dimensions characterizes the universal markedness relations operative in this domain, and provides the constraints necessary for grammar construction. Differences between languages can be described as differences in the ranking of universal constraints.}} @incollection{Aissen:1990, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Aissen, Judith L.}, Booktitle = {Studies in relational grammar 3}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Postal, Paul M. and Joseph, Brian D.}, Keywords = {library elational grammar greement}, Pages = {279--320}, Publisher = {University of Chicago}, Title = {Towards a theory of agreement controllers}, Year = {1990}} @article{Aissen:1992, Author = {Aissen, Judith L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {Mayan; topic; focus}, Number = {1}, Pages = {43--80}, Title = {Topic and focus in {M}ayan}, Volume = {68}, Year = {1992}} @incollection{Akatsuka:1994, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Akatsuka, Noriko and Sohn, Sung-Ock S.}, Booktitle = {Japanese/Korean Linguistics(4)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Akatsuka, Noriko}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {203--220}, Publisher = {Stanford Linguistics Association}, Title = {Negative conditionality: the case of {J}apanese \emph{-tewa} and {K}orean\emph{ -taka}}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{Akinlabi:2001, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {Akinlabi, Akin and Liberman, Mark}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Northeast Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {1--20}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Toanl complexes and tonal alignment}, Year = {2001}} @article{Akmajian:1975a, Author = {Akmajian, Adrian}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library djunction ycle}, Number = {1}, Pages = {115--130}, Title = {More evidence for an {NP} cycle}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1975}} @incollection{Akmajian:1977a, Address = {New York, New York}, Author = {Akmajian, Adrian}, Booktitle = {Formal Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Culicover, Peter and Wasow, Thomas and Akmajian, Adrian}, Keywords = {perception verbs; passive; gerunds}, Publisher = {Academic Press}, Title = {The complement structure of perception verbs in an autonomous syntax framework}, Year = {1977}} @article{Akmajian:1977b, Author = {Akmajian, Adrian and Lehrer, A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Analysis}, Keywords = {DP; extraposition; specificity; phrase structure}, Pages = {395--413}, Title = {{DP} like quantifiers and the problem of determining the head of an {NP}}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1977}} @article{Akmajian:1979, Author = {Akmajian, Adrian and Steele, Susan and Wasow, Tom}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {auxiliaries; verb movement; Linguistics}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--64}, Title = {The category {AUX} in universal grammar}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{Akmajian:1975b, Author = {Akmajian, Adrian and Wasow, Thomas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Analysis}, Keywords = {VP Ellipsis}, Number = {3}, Pages = {205--245}, Title = {The constituent structure of {VP} and {AUX} and the position of the verb \emph{be}}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1975}} @inproceedings{Alderete:1996, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Alderete, John}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of north east linguistic society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {17--32}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Dissimilation as local conjunction}, Year = {1996}} @article{Alderete:2001, Author = {Alderete, John}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {455--502}, Title = {Root-controlled accent in {C}upe{\~n}o}, Volume = {19}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {Recent work on the nature of faithfulness constraints in Optimality Theory (Prince and Smolensky 1993) has proposed distinct faithfulness constraints for roots and affixes. The distinction betwen root and affix faithfulness has been employed in the analysis of hte privileged status of roots in a variety of phonological systems, such as root-controlled vowel harmony. In this article, I argue that this distinction is equally important in explaining the observation in CupeA+-o that inherent accent in roots takes precedence over inherent accent in affixes. In addition, morphologically dispersed faithfulness is shown to be instrumental in extending the analysis beyond previous accounts, providing the right tools for the analysis of pre-accentuation and the special phonology of the nominalizer suffix.}} @article{Alderete:1999, Author = {Alderete, John and Beckman, Jill and Benua, Laura and Gnanadesikan, Amalia and McCarthy, John and Urbanczyk, Suzanne}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library orrespondence arkedness}, Number = {3}, Pages = {327--364}, Title = {Reduplication with fixed segmentism}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {Fixed segmentism is the phenomenon whereby a reduplicative morpheme contains segments that are invariant rather than copied. We investigate it within Optimality Theory, arguing that it falls into two distinct types, phonological and morphological. Phonoloigical fixed segmentism is analyzed under the OT rubric of emergence of the unmarked. It therefore has significant connections to markedness theoyr, sharing properties with other domains where markedness is relevant and showing context-dependence. In contrast, morphological fixed segmentism is a kid of affixation, and so it resembles affixign morphology generally, The two types are contrasted, and claims about impossible patterns of fixed segmentism are developed.}} @article{Aldridge:2001, Author = {Aldridge, Edith}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {169--200}, Title = {{H}entai {K}ambun perspective on short scrambling}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {This paper undertakes an analysis of the word order characteristics of hentai kambun, the archaic Japanese writing style employed for recording Japanese in a way that outwardly resembles Chinese. AS a method of writing Japanese, however, hentai kambun differs conspicuously from standard classical Chinese. Traditional accounts of these deviations tend to treat them as random mistakes in Chinese grammar due to influence from the writer's native Japanese. In contrast to this, the current paper views hentai kambun as a systematic representation of Japanese, rather than as an imitation of Chinese. Specifically, I propose that hentai kambun word order can recieve a systematic account by assuming that Japanese has underlying head-initial word order, as proposed by Kayne (1994) and Whitman (2000), and that hentai kambun is a represenation of this underlying order. This paper further investigates word order in ditransitive clauses and finds that the hentai kambun represenation of dative-accusative and accusative-dative word order alternation provides evidence that what is traditionally referred to as "short scrambling" can in fact be analyzed as base-generation, as proposed in Miyagawa (1997).}} @inproceedings{Alexiadou:1999c, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Alexiadou, Artemis}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Pius, Tamanji and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {1--16}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Remarks on the syntax of process nominals: An Ergative pattern in Nominative-Accusative languages}, Year = {1999}} @inproceedings{Alexiadou:2000b, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Alexiadou, Artemis and Anagnostopoulou, Elena}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {17--28}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Clitic-doubling and (non-)configurationality}, Year = {2000}} @article{Alexiadou:2001, Author = {Alexiadou, Artemis and Anagnostopoulou, Elena}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 32.2alexiadou.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/32.2alexiadou.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {193--231}, Title = {The subject-in-situ generalization and the role of case in driving computations}, Volume = {32}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {The article establishes a novel generalization concerning the placement of arguments by Spell-Out. It centers on teh principles that force arguments to leave the VP across languages. The empirical domain consists of constructions where subject movement is not required for reasons that have to do with the Extended Projection Principle. In these environments and whenever a sentence contains both a subject and a direct object, one of the arguments must vacate the VP. We argue that argument externalization is related to Case. It is forced because movement of both arguments to a single head To that contains two active Case features in the covert componenet is banned.}} @article{Alexiadou:1998a, Author = {Alexiadou, Artemis and Anagnostopoulou, Elena}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {491--539}, Title = {Parametrizing {A}gr: word order, {V}-movement and {EPP}-checking}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {The paper investigates a number of asymmetries in the behavior of subjects in Germanic, Celtic/Arabic, Romance, and Greek. The langauges under investigation divide into two main groups with respect to a cluster of properties, including the availability of pro-drop with referential subjects, the possibility of VSO/VOS orders, the A/A' status of subjects in SVO orders, the presence/absence of Definiteness Restriction (DR)-effects in unaccusative constructions, the existence of verb-raising independently of V-2, and others. We argue that the key factor in this split is a parametrization in the way the Extended Projection Principle (EPP) is checked: move/merge XP vs. move/merge Xo. The fist option is taken in Germanic, the second in Celtic, Greek, and Romance. According to our proposal, the EPP relates to checking of a nominal feature of AGR (cf. Chomsky 1995), and move/merge Xo languages satsify the EPP via V-raising, as their verbal agreement morphology includes the requisite nominal feature (cf. Taraldsen 1978). Moreover, we demonstrate that the further differences that exist between Celtic/Arabic on the one hand and Romance/Greek on the other are related to the parametric availability of Spec, TP for subjects (cf. Jonas and Bobljik 1993, Bobaljik and Jonas 1996). In Celtic and Arabic, Spec, TP for subjects is licensed, resulting in VSO orders with VP external subjects. IN Greek and Romance, Spec, TP is not licensed, resulting in 'subject inverted' orders with VP internal subjects. In other words, we show that within the class of move/merge Xo languages, a further partition emerges which is due to the same parameter divding Germanic langauges into two major classes. We demonstrate that combining the proposed EPP/AGR parameter with the Spec, TP parameter gives four language-types with distinct properties.}} @incollection{Alexiadou:1999a, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Alexiadou, Artemis and Anagnostopoulou, Elena}, Booktitle = {Specifiers}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Adger, David and Plunkett, Bernadette and Tsoulas, George and Pintzuk, Susan}, Pages = {93--109}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {{EPP} without {S}pec, {IP}}, Year = {1999}} @inproceedings{Alexiadou:1999d, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Alexiadou, Artemis and Anagnostopoulou, Elena}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {27--40}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Non-active morphology and the direction of transitivity alternations}, Year = {1999}} @book{Alexiadou:2000a, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Alexiadou, Artemis and Law, Paul and Meinunger, Andr{\'e} and Wilder, Chris}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Pages = {395}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {The syntax of relative clauses}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Alexiadou:1998b, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Alexiadou, Artemis and Wilder, Chris}, Booktitle = {Possessors, predicates and movement in the determiner phrase}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Alexiadou, Artemis and Wilder, Chris}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {305--332}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Adjectival modification and multiple determiners}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Allen:1990, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Allen, Barbara J. and Frantz, Donald G. and Gardiner, Donna B. and Perlmutter, David M.}, Booktitle = {Studies in relational grammar 3}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Postal, Paul M. and Joseph, Brian D.}, Keywords = {library elational grammar greement ossessor raising}, Pages = {321--384}, Publisher = {University of Chicago}, Title = {Verb agreement, possessor ascension, and multistratal representation in {S}outhern {T}iwa}, Year = {1990}} @phdthesis{Allen:1978, Author = {Allen, Margaret}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Keywords = {morphology}, School = {University of Connecticut, Storrs}, Title = {Morphological Investigations}, Year = {1978}} @incollection{Almog:1989, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Almog, Joseph}, Booktitle = {Themes from {K}aplan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Almog, Joseph and Perry, John and Wettstein, Howard}, Keywords = {library; philosophy: language; semantics}, Pages = {43--66}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Logic and the world}, Year = {1989}} @article{Almog:1997, Author = {Almog, Joseph}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {5}, Pages = {545--569}, Title = {The complexity of marketplace logic}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1997}} @incollection{Alphonce:1997, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Alphonce, Carl and Davis, Henry}, Booktitle = {Rightward Movement}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Beerman, Dorothee and LeBlanc, David and van Riemsdijk, Henk}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {7--35}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Motivating non-directional movement}, Year = {1997}} @article{Alsina:1996, Author = {Alsina, Alex}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library assives}, Number = {4}, Pages = {673--723}, Title = {Passive types and the theory of object asymmetries}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1996}, Abstract = {This paper addresses the question whether the type of passive that a language has is or is not related to apparently independent properties of the language, such as object marking, found in Bantu languages. The theory of object asymmetries (Baker, 1988a; Bresnan and Moshi, 1990) makes the fundamental claim that passive types are just one of the possible manifestations of an underlying asymmetry among objects. I argue that facts that might be taken as evidence against this claim turn out to have an analysis that is consistent with it and thus preserves important predictions made by the theory of object asymmetries. The analysis of these and other facts that reveal asymmetries among objects supports the assumption that the theory of object asymmetries relies heavily on a level of representation in which arguments are ranked by prominence, as determined by their thematic roles. The conclusion that an adequate theory must view the type of passive not as a property of the passive morpheme (contra Woolford, 1993), but as a manifestation of an underlying feature of the language, argues against the view that requries parameters to be morpheme-based: at least in some cases, paramters must be language-based.}} @incollection{Alsina:1997b, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Alsina, Alex}, Booktitle = {Complex Predicates}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Alsina, Alex and Bresnan, Joan and Sells, Peter}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {203--246}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Causatives in {B}antu and {R}omance}, Year = {1997}} @incollection{Alsina:2002, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Alsina, Alex}, Booktitle = {Objects and Other Subjects}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Davies, William D. and Dubinsky, Stanley}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {77--102}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Is Case another name for grammatical function? Evidence from object asymmetries}, Year = {2002}} @incollection{Alsina:1997a, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Alsina, Alex and Bresnan, Joan and Sells, Peter}, Booktitle = {Complex predicates}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Alsina, Alex and Bresnan, Joan and Sells, Peter}, Pages = {1--12}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Complex predicates: structure and theory}, Year = {1997}} @article{Alsina:1990, Author = {Alsina, Alex and Mchombo, Sam}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {Chichewa; Bantu; applicatives; theta theory}, Number = {4}, Pages = {493--506}, Title = {The syntax of applicatives in {C}hichewa: problems for a theta theoretic asymmetry}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Ambar:2000, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Ambar, Manuela}, Booktitle = {Portuguese Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Costa, Jo{\~a}o}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {14--30}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Infinitives versus participles}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Anagnostopoulou:1999b, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Anagnostopoulou, Elena}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {41--56}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {On clitics, feature movement and double object alternations}, Year = {1999}} @article{Anagnostopoulou:1999a, Author = {Anagnostopoulou, Elena and Everaert, Martin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {97--119}, Title = {Toward a more complete typology of anaphoric expressions}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {Reinhart and Reuland (1993) propose the following typology of anaphoric expressions: SELF anaphors (+SELF, -R), SE anaphors (-SELF, -R), and pronouns (-SELF, +R). We argue that the Greek anaphor o eaftos tu 'the self his' exemplifies a fourth type, predicted by Reinhart and Reuland's typology but not instantiated in their system: an "inalienable possession" anaphor (+SELF, +R). Within Reinhart and Reuland's framework such anaphors are allowed provided that (a) they do not enter into chain formation and (b) they satisfy the (reflexivity) finding conditions through abstract incorporation of the nominal head into the predicate they reflexivize. The proposed analysis makes valid predictions concerning the distribution of Greek anaphors as opposed to English/Dutch anaphors.}} @inproceedings{Anagnostopoulou:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Anagnostopoulou, Elena and Iatridou, Sabine and Izvorski, Roumyana}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the north east linguistic society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {15--32}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {On the morpho-syntax of the perfect and how it relates to its meaning}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Anderson:1989, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Anderson, C. Anthony}, Booktitle = {Themes from {K}aplan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Almog, Joseph and Perry, John and Wettstein, Howard}, Keywords = {library; philosophy: language; semantics}, Pages = {67--104}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Russelian intensional logic}, Year = {1989}} @article{Anderson:1996, Author = {Anderson, J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library honology}, Number = {2}, Pages = {91--105}, Title = {The representation of vowel reduction: non-specification and reduction in {O}ld {E}nglish and {B}ulgarian}, Volume = {50}, Year = {1996}} @article{Anderson:1982, Author = {Anderson, Stephen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; morphology; inflection}, Number = {4}, Pages = {571--612}, Title = {Where's morphology?}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Anderson:1986a, Author = {Anderson, Stephen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--31}, Title = {Disjunctive ordering in inflectional morphology}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1986}} @incollection{Anderson:1986b, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Anderson, Stephen R.}, Booktitle = {Topics in {S}candinavian Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Hellan, Lars and Christensen, Kirsti Koch}, Keywords = {Icelandic; anaphora}, Pages = {65--88}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {The typology of anaphoric dependencies: {I}celandic (and other) reflexives}, Year = {1986}} @inproceedings{Anderson:1988, Author = {Anderson, Stephen R.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Title = {Inflection}, Year = {1988}} @book{Anderson:1992, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Anderson, Stephen R.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Keywords = {library; morphology; inflection}, Pages = {434}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {A-Morphous Morphology}, Volume = {62}, Year = {1992}} @article{Anderson:1993, Author = {Anderson, Stephen R.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {morphology; clitics; V2; library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {68--98}, Title = {Wackernagel's revenge: clitics, morphology, and the syntax of second position}, Volume = {69}, Year = {1993}} @article{Andrews:1990, Author = {Andrews, Avery D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {morphology}, Number = {4}, Pages = {507--558}, Title = {Unification and morphological blocking}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1990}} @inproceedings{Androutsopoulou:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Androutsopoulou, Antonia}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the north east linguistic society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {1--16}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Contrastive focus and remnant {DP}-movement in Modern {G}reek}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Adroutsopoulou:2001, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Androutsopoulou, Antonia}, Booktitle = {Comparative Syntax of {B}alkan Languages}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Luisa Rivero, Mar{\'\i}a and Ralli, Angela}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {161--199}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Adjectival Determiners in {A}lbanian and {G}reek}, Year = {2001}} @article{Anttila:2002, Author = {Anttila, Arto}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--42}, Title = {Morphologically conditioned phonological alternations}, Volume = {20}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {Alternations that are partly phonologically, partly morphologically conditioned are a central problem in phonological theory. In Optimality Theory, two types of solutions have been porposed: morphologically specialized phonological constraints (interface constraints) and different constraint rankings for different morphological categories (cophonologies). This paper presents empirical evidence that distinguishes between these two hypthoeses. Stem-final vowel alternations in Finnish are governed by a mixed set of conditions that range from purely phonological to morphological and lexical, from iron-clad exceptionless regularities to quantitative tendencies. Using a standard distionary as the data base, we show that phonolgical conditioning plays the dominant role, but in cases where phonology underdetermines the output, morphological conditioning may emerge. We then show that partial ordering of constraints, commonly used to model variation, extends to morphological conditioning as well. The partial ordering model is a restrictive version of the cphonology model, which is thus supported.}} @inproceedings{Anttila:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Anttila, Arto and Rvithiadou, Anthi}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {29--42}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Variation in allomorph selection}, Year = {2000}} @article{Aoun:1998, Author = {Aoun, Joseph and Benmamoun, Elabbas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library litic left-dislocation}, Number = {4}, Pages = {569--597}, Title = {Minimality, Reconstruction, and {PF} Movement}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {We investigate the interaction of clitic left-dslocation (CLLD), wh-interrogatives, and topicalization in Lebanese Arabic. A wh-phrase or a topicalized phrase can be fronted across a CLLDed element derived by movement but not across a bse-generated one. A CLLDed element cannot be fronted across another CLLDed eleement, a wh-phrase, or a topicalized phrase. These interception effects are accounted for only in Minimality 8is construed as a constraint on derivations rather than representations and if fronting of the CLLDed elements is seen to apply in the PF component. It is thuse suggested that the mapping between overt Syntax and the Articulatory-Perceptual level is not trivial.}} @article{Aoun:1994, Author = {Aoun, Joseph and Benmamoun, Elabbas and Sportiche, Dominique}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; Arabic; agreement; word order; coordination}, Number = {2}, Pages = {195--220}, Title = {Agreement, Word Order, and Conjunction in Some Varieties of {A}rabic}, Volume = {25}, Year = {1994}} @article{Aoun:1995, Author = {Aoun, Joseph and Benmamoun, Elabbas and Sportiche, Dominique}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/30.4Aoun_etal.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {669--681}, Title = {Further Remarks on First Conjunct Agreement}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {Aoun, Benmamoun and Sportiche (ABS, 1994) propose an analysis of first conjunct agreement in VS sentences in Lebanese Arabic and Moroccan Arabic. On the basis of the distribution of number-sensitive items, they argue that this type of agreement is due to clausal coordination. Munn (1999) argues against ABS's account and proposes that first conjunct agreement in the Arabic dialects arises because coordination of NP subjects is semantically plural but syntacticially singular. In this reply we show that Munn's alternative analysis is empirically inadequate.}} @article{Aoun:2000, Author = {Aoun, Joseph and Choueiri, Lina}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--39}, Title = {Epithets}, Volume = {18}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {Epithet phrases in Lebanese Arabic can occur as resumptive elements and as bound ariables only when they appear with a pronominal morpheme that can be used anaphorically. Based on this generalization, we argue that epithet phrases are not intrinsically pronominal. Rather, it is the anaphoric pronominal element which occurs with those epithet phrases that accounts for their pronominal behavior. We discuss the cross-linguistic consequences of this claim by examining the behavior of epithet phrases in a language, Moroccan Arabic, where epithet phrases cannot be used anaphorically as bound variables or as resumptive elements. Furthermore, the distribution of epithet phrases is regulated by a constraint htat prevents these elements from being linked to the most local operator. This restriction is responsible for the limited distribution of resumptive epithet phrases, and its effects could mislead one into assuming that epithet phrses cannot be used as resumptive elements.}} @article{Aoun:2001, Author = {Aoun, Joseph and Choueiri, Lina and Hornstein, Norbert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library pronouns epithets bound variables}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/32.3aoun.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {371--403}, Title = {Resumption, movement, and derivational economy}, Volume = {32}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {This article investigates the interaction between resumption and movement. Lebanese Arabic distinguishes between tru resumption, where a pronoun or an epithet phrase is related to an A'-antecedent via Move. Only apparent resumption displays reconstruction effects for scope and binding. As resumptives, strong pronouns and epithet phrases cannot be related to a quantificational antecedent unless they occur inside islands. We account for this Obviation Requirement as follwos: (a) (true) resumption is a last resort device, (b) strong pronouns and epithet phrases in apparent resumption contexts are generated as appositive modifiers of a DP, which is fronted to an A'-position, and (c) appositive modifiers are interpreted as independent clauses. Obviation is reduced to the inability of quantifiers to bind a pronominal element across sentential boundaries.}} @article{Aoun:1981, Author = {Aoun, Joseph and Hornstein, Norbert and Sportiche, Dominique}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of Linguistic Research}, Keywords = {LF}, Number = {3}, Pages = {69--95}, Title = {Some aspects of wide scope quantification}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1981}} @article{Aoun:1989, Author = {Aoun, Joseph and Li, Audrey Yen-Hui}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {141--172}, Title = {Scope and constituency}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @incollection{Aoun:1991, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Aoun, Joseph and Li, Audrey Yen-hui}, Booktitle = {Principles and parameters in comparative grammar(20)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Freidin, Robert}, Keywords = {library; quantifiers; chinese}, Pages = {163--181}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {The interaction of operators}, Year = {1991}} @article{Aoun:1993a, Author = {Aoun, Joseph and Li, Audrey Yen-hui}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {wh movement; A' movement; questions; LF}, Number = {2}, Pages = {199--238}, Title = {Wh-Elements in Situ: Syntax or {LF}?}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @article{Aoun:1993b, Author = {Aoun, Joseph and Li, Audrey Yen-hui}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {questions h movement}, Number = {2}, Pages = {365--372}, Title = {On Some Differences Between {C}hinese and {J}apanese ``Wh''-Elements}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @book{Aoun:1993c, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Aoun, Joseph and Li, Yen-hui Audrey}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {225}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Syntax of Scope}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Aoyagi:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Aoyagi, Hiroshi}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {17--32}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Particles as Adjunct Clitics}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Aoyagi:1994, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Aoyagi, Hiroshi and Ishii, Toru}, Booktitle = {{J}apanese/{K}orean Linguistics(4)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Akatsuka, Noriko}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {295--312}, Publisher = {Stanford Linguistics Association}, Title = {On {NPI} Licensing in {J}apanese}, Year = {1994}} @article{Arad:2002, Author = {Arad, Maya}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Location = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Pages = {241--266}, Title = {Hebrew lexical causatives}, Volume = {Themes in {A}rabic and {H}ebrew Syntax}, Year = {2002}} @article{Ardid:1995, Author = {Ardid, Ana}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library djunction}, Number = {2}, Pages = {103--132}, Title = {Not Always is Adjunction True Adjunction}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1995}} @article{Aristar:1991, Author = {Aristar, Anthony Rodrigues}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {typology}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--33}, Title = {On diachronic sources and synchronic pattern: An investigation into the origin of linguistic universals}, Volume = {67}, Year = {1991}} @inproceedings{Arnold:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Arnold, Mark D.}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Pages = {121--134}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Notions of Economy in Language Change: The Spread of Periphrastic `Do'}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Arnold:1996, Address = {Harvard University and MIT}, Author = {Arnold, Mark D.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {1--16}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {A Unified Analysis of {P}-stranding, {ECM}, and That-deletion, and the Subsequent Loss of Verb Movement in {E}nglish}, Year = {1996}} @book{Aronoff:1976, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Aronoff, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Word formation in generative grammar}, Year = {1976}} @book{Aronoff:1994, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Aronoff, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Keywords = {library; morphology; inflection; paradigms}, Pages = {210}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Morphology by Itself}, Year = {1994}} @article{Aronoff:2001, Author = {Aronoff, Mark and Cho, Sungeun}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/32.1aronoff.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {167--173}, Title = {The semantics of \emph{-ship} suffixation}, Volume = {32}, Year = {2001}} @article{Aronoff:2002, Author = {Aronoff, Mark and Fuhrhop, Nanna}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {451--490}, Title = {Restricting suffix combinations in {G}erman and {E}nglish: closing suffixes and the monosuffix constraint}, Volume = {20}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {In both German and English many fewer combinations of derivational suffixes exist than should be possible, given the types of selectional restrictions that have been posited in the existing literature. For each language we found a pervasive restriction that is responsible for the missing cominations: german has closing suffixes, which individually prevent further suffixation. English allows only one Germanic suffix per word. In both languages the restriction holds for inflection and for clitics as well. For German, we also found that all closing suffixes are followed by linking elements in compounds, and that this constitutes the major productive use of linking elements. for English, we also found that Latinate suffixes are much more susceptible to combination, so that the Germanic and Latinate suffixes follow complementary patterns. Our findings for English show that the often-repeated observation that English inflectional morphology is simpler than that of related languages extends to derivation as well.}} @incollection{Aronoff:1988, Address = {San Diego, California}, Author = {Aronoff, Mark and Sridhar, S. N.}, Booktitle = {Theoretical Morphology}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Hammond, Michael and Noonan, Michael}, Keywords = {library; morphology; Kannada}, Pages = {179--192}, Publisher = {Academic Press, Inc.}, Title = {Prefixation in {K}annada}, Year = {1988}} @inproceedings{Arregui:2001, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {Arregui, Ana}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {21--31}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Avoid-{F} in {ACD}}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Ausin:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Ausin, Adolfo}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {43--54}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Where does idiom interpretation apply?}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Austin:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Austin, Jennifer and L{\'o}pez, Luis}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {1--16}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Nominative, Absolutive and Dative Languages}, Year = {1995}} @article{Austin:1996, Author = {Austin, Peter and Bresnan, Joan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library onfigurationality}, Number = {2}, Pages = {215--268}, Title = {Non-Configurationality in {A}ustralian Aboriginal Languages}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Authier:1990, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Authier, J.-Marc}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Eighth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Fee, E. Jane and Hunt, Katherine}, Keywords = {Pro Drop; Case; library}, Pages = {14--28}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {V-Governed pro, Case Theory and the Projection Principle}, Year = {1990}} @article{Authier:1991a, Author = {Authier, J.-Marc}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {expletives; Case}, Number = {4}, Pages = {721--740}, Title = {V-Governed Expletives, Case Theory and the Projection Principle}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1991}} @inproceedings{Authier:1991b, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Authier, J.-Marc}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Ninth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Halpern, Aaron L.}, Keywords = {DP}, Pages = {15--28}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Null Subjects in the {DP} and Inalienable Construal in {F}rench}, Year = {1991}} @article{Authier:1992a, Author = {Authier, J.-Marc}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {pro; Romance}, Number = {3}, Pages = {345--374}, Title = {A Parametric Account of {V}-Governed Arbitrary Null Arguments}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1992}} @article{Authier:1993, Author = {Authier, J.-Marc}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Weak crossover; crossover; wh-movement; quantification; library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {161--168}, Title = {Nonquantificational Wh and Weakest Crossover}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @article{Authier:1998a, Author = {Authier, J.-Marc}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {244--275}, Title = {On Presuppositions and (Non)Coreference}, Volume = {52}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {The central objective of this paper is to explore some as yet to be understood aspects of the status and character of Bare Output Conditions, those conditions which, in Chomsky's Minimalist framework, are assumed to be imposed from the 'outside' by cognitive systems that use information from the computational (syntactic) component. I argue for a more articulated theory of the syntax-semantics interface, one which recognizes the ability of BOCs such as referential disjointness conditions to make reference to semantic information from two distinct sources, one of which uses lexically encoded material known as conventional implicature or semantic presupposition. This hypoothesis accounts for why lexical elements such as even, only, emphatic anaphors, etc. seem to allow the nominal elements which they focus to freely violate the well-known disjointness requirements known as Condition B, Condition C and Weak Crossover. It also leads to the conclusion that Condition A is not a BOC and that proposals which attempt to derive its effects from movement constraints internal to the computational system are probably on the right track.}} @inproceedings{Authier:1998b, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Authier, J.-Marc}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {33--42}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {When Syntax Overrules Semantics}, Year = {1998}} @article{Authier:1999, Author = {Authier, J.-Marc}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {165--176}, Title = {On the Issue of Syntactic Primacy: Evidence from {F}rench}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This paper examines empirical evidence based on the distribution and coreference properties of a French pronoun, demonstrative ce, and it is argued that this evidence leads to two basic conclusions. First, interpretive constraints which use information form the computational system take precedence over those which do not. Second, the principles of economy which regulate grammatical operations in the computational component appear to extend beyond LF. The first conclusion would seem to indicate that the idea that syntax is autonomous is on the right track. That is, at least in the case discussed, it would seem that the output of the computational system is not influenced by the cognitive systems which access its interface representations; in fact, quite the opposite. The second conclusion, on the other hand, would seem to argue for an integrated model of grammar in which each module, computational or representational, is subject to similar economy conditions and is therefore as much part of grammatical theory as the other.}} @inproceedings{Authier:1992b, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Authier, J.-Marc and Reed, Lisa}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {datives; Romance; French; Case; library}, Pages = {27--40}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Case Theory, Theta Theory, and the Distribution of {F}rench Affected Datives}, Year = {1992}} @article{Authier:1997, Author = {Authier, J.-Marc and Reed, Lisa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {429--463}, Title = {On Some Split Binding Paradigms}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {This paper examines the chameleon-like coreference properties of one use of the French nominal element ce and shows that this element is subject to different noncoreference constraints depending on the quantificational status of its antecedent. Based on previous observations made by Aoun (1986) regarding the binding properties of overt pronouns in a dialect of Mandarin Chinese, it is argued that elements which obey a "split binding condition," such as French ce, are not restricted to one language. An analysis of these facts is proposed in terms of iterpretive strategies at LF stemming from the use languages make of typing particles in Co. This analysis has the advantage of providing adequate empirical coverage while preserving the cross-linguistic/cross-dialectal universality of Binding Theory. It also raises new prospects for Chomsky's (1995) Minimalist approach to grammatical theory.}} @article{Avrutin:1994b, Author = {Avrutin, Sergey}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; Russian; variables; pronouns; Binding Theory}, Number = {4}, Pages = {709--728}, Title = {The Structural Position of Bound Variables in {R}ussian}, Volume = {25}, Year = {1994}} @article{Avrutin:1997, Author = {Avrutin, Sergey and Babyonyshev, Maria}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {229--262}, Title = {Obviation in Subjunctive Clauses and {Agr}: Evidence from {R}ussian}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {Subjunctive cluases of many Romance and Slavic languages show subject obviation phenomena; that is, the requirement that a pronominal subject of a subjunctive clause be disjoint in reference from the matrix subject. Most of the previous explanations of the phenomenon stipulated that the anaphoric nature of subjunctive Tense leads to an extension of the binding domain of the subject pronoun to include the matrix clause, thus leading to the pronoun being locally bound in violation of Principle B. Using evidence from Russian, we show that the domain extension approaches cannot be correct. We argue for an analysis in which the subjunctive Complementizer is an operator which moves at LF to bind the events of the matrix and the subjunctive cluases. The resulting configuration creates a violation of Principle B with respect to the subjunctive AgrS which is coindexed with the subjunctive subject. Our approach can explain all of the known facts and makes strong cross-linguistic predictions that we show to be correct.}} @article{Avrutin:1994a, Author = {Avrutin, Sergey and Thornton, Rosalind}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; acquisition; anaphora; binding theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {165--171}, Title = {Distributivity and Binding in Child Grammar}, Volume = {25}, Year = {1994}} @article{Baayen:1996, Author = {Baayen, R. Harald and Renouf, Antoinette}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library exts}, Number = {1}, Pages = {69--96}, Title = {Chronicling the Times: Productive Lexical Innovations in an {E}nglish Newspaper}, Volume = {72}, Year = {1996}} @incollection{Babby:1980, Author = {Babby, Leonard}, Booktitle = {Cornell Working Papers in Linguistics, Number 1}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Pages = {1--32}, Title = {The Syntax of Surface Case Marking}, Year = {1980}} @article{Babyonyshev:2001, Author = {Babyonyshev, Maria and Ganger, Jennifer and Pesetsky, David and Wexler, Ken}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library anguage acquisition}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/32.1babyonyshev.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--44}, Title = {The maturation of grammatical principles: evidence from {R}ussian unaccusatives}, Volume = {32}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {This article tests the hypothesis that young children have a maturational difficulty with A-chain formation that makes them unable to represent unaccusative verbs in an adultlike fashion. We report the results of a test of children's performance on the genitive-of-negation construction in Russian, which, for adults, is an "unaccusativity diagnostic," since genitive case is allowed to appear on the underlying direct object argument of unaccusatives as well as on direct objects of standard transitive verbs within the scope of negation. We show that although Russian children know the porperties oft he construction, they have notable difficulty using it with unaccusative verbs. Since the input evidence for genitive of negation with unaccusative verbs is quite robust, we interpret our results as support for the hypothesis.}} @incollection{Bach:1974, Address = {Washington}, Author = {Bach, Emmon}, Booktitle = {Georgetown University 22nd Annual Round Table}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {O'Brien, Richard J.}, Keywords = {Gapping; generative semantics}, Pages = {1--17}, Publisher = {Georgetown University}, Title = {Syntax since \emph{{A}spects}}, Year = {1974}} @article{Bach:1976, Author = {Bach, Emmon and Horn, George M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; conditions; bounding}, Number = {2}, Pages = {265--299}, Title = {Remarks on ``Conditions on Transformations''}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1976}} @book{Bach:1995, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Bach, Emmon and Jelinek, Eloise and Kratzer, Angelika and Partee, Barbara H.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Quantification in Natural Languages}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Bach:1980, Address = {Chicago Illinois}, Author = {Bach, Emmon and Partee, Barbara H.}, Booktitle = {Papers from the Parasesion on Pronouns and Anaphora}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Kreiman, Jody and Ojeda, Almerindo E.}, Keywords = {anaphora; binding theory; pronouns}, Pages = {1-28}, Publisher = {University of Chicago}, Title = {Anaphora and Semantic Structure}, Year = {1980}} @book{Bach:1964, Address = {New York,}, Author = {Bach, Emmon W.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Keywords = {Generative grammar.}, Pages = {x, 205}, Publisher = {Holt Rinehart and Winston}, Title = {An introduction to transformational grammars}, Year = {1964}} @book{Bach:1982, Address = {Washington, D.C.}, Author = {Bach, Emmon W.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Keywords = {Grammar, Comparative and general Syntax.}, Pages = {ix, 298}, Publisher = {University Press of America}, Title = {Syntactic theory}, Year = {1982}} @book{Bach:1989, Address = {Albany, N.Y.}, Author = {Bach, Emmon W.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Keywords = {Semantics.}, Pages = {150}, Publisher = {State University of New York Press}, Title = {Informal lectures on formal semantics}, Year = {1989}} @book{Bach:1979, Address = {Amherst, Mass.}, Author = {Bach, Emmon W. and Engdahl, Elisabet and Stein, Mark J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Keywords = {Bach, Emmon W., 1929-}, Pages = {vi, 232}, Publisher = {G.L.S.A. Department of Linguistics South College University of Massachusetts}, Title = {Studies presented to {E}mmon {B}ach by his students}, Year = {1979}} @article{Bach:1995a, Author = {Bach, Kent}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 11:24:24 -0500}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library ragmatics}, Number = {6}, Pages = {677--686}, Title = {Standardization vs Conventionalization}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1995}} @article{Bach:1999, Author = {Bach, Kent}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {327--366}, Title = {The Myth of Conventional Implicature}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1999}} @incollection{Baek:1995, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Baek, Judy Yoo-Kyung}, Booktitle = {Papers on Minimalist Syntax(27)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Pensalfini, Rob and Ura, Hiroyuki}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {11--40}, Publisher = {MITWPL}, Title = {Scrambling and Anti-Superiority in {K}orean}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Baek:1998, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Baek, Judy Yoo-Kyung}, Booktitle = {The Interpretive Tract(25)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Percus, Orin and Sauerland, Uli}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {73--86}, Publisher = {MIT, Department of Linguistics}, Title = {Negation and Object Shift in Early Child {K}orean}, Year = {1998}} @article{Bahan:2000, Author = {Bahan, Benjamin and Kegl, Judy and Lee, Robert G. and MacLaughlin, Dawn and Neidle, Carol}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library greement ign language}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/31.1Bahan_etal.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--27}, Title = {The licensing of null arguments in {A}merican {S}ign {L}anguage}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {The distribution of null arguments across languages has been accounted for in terms of two distinct strategies: licensing by agreement and licensing by topic. Lillo-Martin (1986, 1991) claims that American Sign Language (ASL) exploits both strategies for licensing null arguments, depending on the morphological characteristics of the verb. Here we show that this is incorrect. Once the nonmanual correlates of agreement features (comparable to the nonmanual expressions of other syntactic features) in ASL are recognized, it becomes apparent that null argument in this language are systematically licnesed by an expression of syntactic agreement.}} @article{Bailyn:2001, Author = {Bailyn, John Frederick}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 32.4bailyn.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/32.4bailyn.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {635--658}, Title = {On scrambling: a reply to {B}o{\vs}kovic and {T}akahashi}, Volume = {32}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {In this article I argue against Boskovic and Takahashi's (1998) analysis of scrambling as base generation (with lowering for A'-cases). I present evidence from Russian of scope and antireconstruction effects and scrambling/wh-movement parallels, all implicating a "classical" overt movement account of A'-scrambling. I then discuss theoretical issues unresolved by the base generation/lowering account. Having shown that A'-scrambling is (upward) movement, I argue that the accout of A-scrambled arguments as base-generated also loses its force. In conclusion I suggest an alternative way to eliminate the apparent optionality associated with scrambling, while maintaining the classical analysis of scrambling as upward movement.}} @article{Baker:1991, Author = {Baker, C. Lee}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {head movement ot}, Number = {3}, Pages = {387--430}, Title = {The syntax of {E}nglish ``not'': the limits of core grammar}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1991}, Abstract = {Notes that "although" must follow adjective in AP in section 5. He argues against Pollock/Chomsky inclusion of verb movement past neg as an instance of principles and parameters type grammar, and urges instead that these phenomena should not be part of core grammar but rather should remain part of the periphery. The facts with "although" are used to form a sort of reductio -- they would require a theory that allowed adjectives to move, and this he finds absurd.}} @article{Baker:1995, Author = {Baker, C. Lee}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library eflexives naphora}, Number = {1}, Pages = {63--101}, Title = {Contrast, discourse prominence, and intensification, with special reference to locally free reflexives in {B}ritish {E}nglish}, Volume = {71}, Year = {1995}} @article{Baker:1985a, Author = {Baker, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Number = {3}, Pages = {373--416}, Title = {The Mirror Principle and Morphosyntactic Explanation}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @inproceedings{Baker:1985b, Address = {Stanford University, Stanford, California}, Author = {Baker, Mark}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Goldberg, Jeffrey and MacKaye, Susannah and Wescoat, Michael T.}, Keywords = {gerunds; morphology}, Pages = {1--11}, Publisher = {Stanford Linguistics Association}, Title = {Syntactic Affixation and {E}nglish Gerunds}, Year = {1985}} @article{Baker:1988a, Author = {Baker, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Number = {3}, Pages = {353--390}, Title = {Theta theory and the syntax of Applicatives in {C}hichewa}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1988}} @incollection{Baker:1988b, Address = {Montr{\'e}al}, Author = {Baker, Mark}, Booktitle = {McGill Working Papers in Linguistics, Special Issue on Comparative Germanic Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Fekete, Denise and Laubitz, Zofia}, Keywords = {verb raising; Head movement}, Pages = {35--60}, Publisher = {McGill University}, Title = {Against Reanalysis of Heads}, Year = {1988}} @book{Baker:1988c, Address = {Chicago, Illinois}, Author = {Baker, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Keywords = {Incorporation}, Publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, Title = {Incorporation}, Year = {1988}} @book{Baker:1996b, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Baker, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {556}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {The Polysynthesis Parameter}, Year = {1996}} @article{Baker:1997c, Author = {Baker, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library articles}, Number = {3}, Pages = {641--666}, Title = {On Particles in Universal Grammar: A Review of {D}en {D}ikken (1995)}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1997}} @incollection{Baker:1997d, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Baker, Mark}, Booktitle = {Elements of Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Haegeman, Liliane}, Pages = {73--137}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Thematic Roles and Syntactic Structure}, Year = {1997}} @article{Baker:2002, Author = {Baker, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {321--328}, Title = {Building and merging, no checking: the nonexistence of {(Aux)-S-V-O} languages}, Volume = {33}, Year = {2002}} @incollection{Baker:2002a, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Baker, Mark}, Booktitle = {Objects and Other Subjects}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Davies, William D. and Dubinsky, Stanley}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {21--52}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Phrase structure as a representation of ``primitive'' grammatical relations}, Year = {2002}} @article{Baker:1990, Author = {Baker, Mark and Hale, Kenneth}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library ead movement}, Number = {2}, Pages = {289--297}, Title = {Relativized Minimality and Pronoun Incorporation}, Volume = {21}, Year = {1990}} @article{Baker:1989a, Author = {Baker, Mark and Johnson, Kyle and Roberts, Ian}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Number = {2}, Pages = {219--251}, Title = {Passive Arguments Raised}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @article{Baker:1997a, Author = {Baker, Mark and Travis, Lisa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {213--269}, Title = {Mood as Verbal Definiteness in a ``Tenseless'' Language}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {This article argues that the mood morphemes found on punctual verbs in Mohawk are to be analyzed semantically as markers of verbal definiteness/specificity. In particular, the so-called future marker is an indefinite morpheme, indicating that the event argument of the verb undergoes Heim's (1982) rule of Quantifier Indexing. In contrast, the seeming past marker is a marker of definiteness/specificity, indicating that the event argument is immune to Quantifier Indexing. This explains many apparent peculiarities of the Mohawk verbal system, including: the use of "future" as a past habitual form, the use of mood prefixes in conditionals, free relatives, and complement clauses, and the incompatibility of "past" with negation. The relationship between indefinite mood and future events, where it exists, is explicated in terms of the branching theory of time proposed by Dowty (1979) and Kamp and Reyle (1993), which is grounded in a fundamental asymmetry in how humans conceive of the future versus the past.}} @article{Baker:1989b, Author = {Baker, Mark C.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library erial verbs}, Number = {4}, Pages = {513--554}, Title = {Object Sharing and Projection in Serial Verb Constructions}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @article{Baker:1992, Author = {Baker, Mark C.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library ronouns inding theory litics}, Number = {1}, Pages = {33--74}, Title = {Unmatched Chains and the Representation of Plural Pronouns}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1992}} @inproceedings{Baker:1993, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Baker, Mark C.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 23}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library naccusative atives ouble object ative shift}, Pages = {33--47}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Why Unaccusative Verbs cannot Dative-Shift}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Baker:1997b, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Baker, Mark C.}, Booktitle = {Complex Predicates}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Alsina, Alex and Bresnan, Joan and Sells, Peter}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {247--288}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Complex Predicates and Argument in Polysynthetic Languages}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Baker:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Baker, Mark C. and Stewart, O. T.}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Pius, Tamanji and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {17--32}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Verb Movement, objects, and serialization}, Year = {1999}} @inproceedings{Baker:1996a, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Baker, Mark C. and Stewart, Osamuyimen Thompson}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {33--48}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Unaccusativity and the Adjective-Verb Distinction: {E}do Evidence}, Year = {1996}} @incollection{Bakovic:1998, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Bakovic, Eric}, Booktitle = {Is the Best Good Enough?}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Barbosa, Pilar and Fox, Danny and Hagstrom, Paul and McGinnis, Martha and Pesetsky, David}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {35--58}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Optimality and Inversion in {S}panish}, Year = {1998}} @article{Baltin:1975, Author = {Baltin, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; English; extraposition}, Number = {3}, Pages = {463--468}, Title = {On the Cyclicity of Extraposition}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1975}} @phdthesis{Baltin:1978, Author = {Baltin, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Keywords = {extraposition; bounding}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Toward a Theory of Movement Rules}, Year = {1978}} @incollection{Baltin:1981, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Baltin, Mark}, Booktitle = {The Logical Problem of Language Acquisition}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Baker, C. Lee and McCarthy, John}, Keywords = {extraposition}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Strict Bounding}, Year = {1981}} @article{Baltin:1982, Author = {Baltin, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--38}, Title = {A landing site theory of movement rules}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @article{Baltin:1983, Author = {Baltin, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Pages = {155--162}, Title = {Extraposition: Bounding vs. {G}overnment-{B}inding}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Baltin:1984, Author = {Baltin, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {extraposition}, Pages = {157--163}, Title = {Extraposition rules and discontinuous constituents}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Baltin:1987, Author = {Baltin, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {VP Ellipsis; extraposition; bounding}, Number = {4}, Pages = {579--596}, Title = {Do Antecedent-Contained Deletions Exist}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Baltin:1995, Author = {Baltin, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {199--248}, Title = {Floating Quantifiers, {PRO}, and Predication}, Volume = {26}, Year = {1995}} @article{Baltin:1996, Author = {Baltin, Mark and Postal, Paul M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library eanalysis}, Number = {1}, Pages = {127--145}, Title = {More on Reanalysis Hypothesis}, Volume = {27}, Year = {1996}} @article{Baltin:1991, Author = {Baltin, Mark R.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {225--250}, Title = {Head Movement in {L}ogical {F}orm}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1991}} @article{Baltin:1998, Author = {Baltin, Mark R.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/29.3Baltin.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {513--515}, Title = {A Nonargument for Small Clauses as Constituents}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1998}} @article{Bao:1995, Author = {Bao, Zhi Ming}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {175--196}, Title = {Syllable Structure and Partial Reduplication in {C}lassical {C}hinese}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1995}} @article{Bao:1999, Author = {Bao, Zhiming}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {485--493}, Title = {Tonal Contour and Register Harmony in {C}haozhou}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}} @article{Bar-Hillel:1971, Author = {Bar-Hillel, Yehoshua}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {401--406}, Title = {Out of the Pragmatic Wastebasket}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1971}} @book{Barbiers:1995, Address = {The Hague}, Author = {Barbiers, Sjef}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Keywords = {library xtraposition odals ocus}, Pages = {225}, Publisher = {Holland Academic Graphics}, Title = {The Syntax of Interpretation}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Barbosa:2000, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Barbosa, Pilar}, Booktitle = {Portuguese syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Costa, Jo{\~a}o}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {31--93}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Clitics: a window into the null subject property}, Year = {2000}} @article{Bard:1996, Author = {Bard, Ellen Gurman and Robertson, Dan and Sorace, Antonella}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library rammaticality}, Number = {1}, Pages = {32--68}, Title = {Magnitude Estimation of Linguistic Acceptability}, Volume = {72}, Year = {1996}} @article{Barkema:1996, Author = {Barkema, Henk}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {125--160}, Title = {Idiomaticity and Terminology: A Multidimensional Descriptive Model}, Volume = {50}, Year = {1996}} @article{Barker:1996, Author = {Barker, Chris}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {237--259}, Title = {Presuppositions and Proportional Quantifiers}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1996}} @article{Barker:1998, Author = {Barker, Chris}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {679--717}, Title = {Partitives, Double Genitives and Anti-Uniqueness}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This paper offers an explanation for a little-known but striking phenomenon first discussed by Jackendoff (1968b) that I will call ANTI-UNIQUENESS: partitives are incompatible with the definite determiner (*I met the one of John's friends), unless the partitive first receives additional modification (I met the [ [one of John's friends] that he traveled with from Mexico]). I argue that an independently needed refinement of the semantic analyses of the partitive of Ladusaw (1982) and Hoeksema (1984) automatically predicts these anti-uniqueness facts. More specifically, I propose that partivitiy is always propoer partivity. This will guarantee that any property denoted by a partitive will have at least two entities in its extension, and cannot uniquely identify an individual; thus partitives are anti-unique. In addition, this paper makes a new case for analyzing double genitives as partitives. A number of syntactic and semantic arguments will show that, despite appearances, so-called double genitives (a friend of John's) have less in common with a superficially quite similar type of simple genitive (a friend of John) than with standard partitives (one of John's friends). If double genitives are indeed a type of partitive, this explains why they also exhibit anti-uniqueness effects: *I met [the friend of John's] is bad but I met the [[ friend of John's] that he traveled with from Mexico] is perfect fine.}} @article{Barker:1999, Author = {Barker, Chris}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/30.4Barker.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {683--691}, Title = {Individuation and Quantification}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}} @inproceedings{Barker:1993, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Barker, Chris and Dowty, David}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 23}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {theta roles rgument structure ibrary}, Pages = {49--62}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Non-Verbal Thematic Proto-roles}, Year = {1993}} @article{Barker:1997, Author = {Barker, S. J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {195--228}, Title = {E-Type Pronouns, {DRT}, {D}ynamic {S}emantics and the Quantifier/Variable-Binding Model}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1997}} @article{Barker:1994, Author = {Barker, Stephen J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library; semantics}, Number = {3}, Pages = {249--260}, Title = {The Consequent-Entailment Problem for \emph{even if}}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1994}} @book{Barlow:1982, Address = {Bloomington, Ind.}, Author = {Barlow, Michael and Flickinger, Daniel P. and Sag, Ivan A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Keywords = {Montague grammar.}, Pages = {iv, 148}, Publisher = {Indiana University Linguistics Club}, Title = {Developments in generalized phrase structure grammar}, Year = {1982}} @phdthesis{Barss:1986b, Author = {Barss, Andrew}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Keywords = {library onnectivity inding theory}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Chains and Anaphoric Dependence: On Reconstruction and its Implications}, Year = {1986}} @article{Barss:1995, Author = {Barss, Andrew}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library hat-t ontraction}, Number = {4}, Pages = {681--694}, Title = {Extraction and Contraction}, Volume = {26}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Barss:2000, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Barss, Andrew}, Booktitle = {Step by Step}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Martin, Roger and Michaels, David and Uriagereka, Juan}, Pages = {31--52}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Minimalism and Asymmetric {Wh}-Interpretation}, Year = {2000}} @article{Barss:1986a, Author = {Barss, Andrew and Lasnik, Howard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Pages = {347--354}, Title = {A note on anaphora and double objects}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1986}} @book{Barton:1987, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Barton, Edward G. Jr. and Berwick, Robert C. and Ristad, Eric Sven}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Keywords = {library; computation; complexity; parsing}, Pages = {335}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Computational Complexity and Natural Language}, Year = {1987}} @article{Bartra:1997, Author = {Bartra, Anna and Su{\~n}er, Avellina}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--31}, Title = {Inert Agreement Projection and the Syntax of Bare Adjectives}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {The aim of this paper is to provide a syntactic account for one type of exceptional adverbs, the adverbial adjectives of some romance languages. Keeping in mind the traditional view that they are "empoverished adjectives", we argue that their apparent adverbial behavior can be explained as a result oftheir properties at Lexical Conceptual Structure and their interaction with Funcitonal Categories in Syntax. More specifically, we propose that they are the predicate of an ec at LCA and that they raise to a duplicate of a non-agreeing FC in (over or covert) syntax.}} @article{Barwise:1981, Author = {Barwise, John and Cooper, Robin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Pages = {159--219}, Title = {Generalized Quantifiers and Natural Language}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1981}} @article{Barthdal:2001, Author = {Bar{\dh}dal, J{\'o}hanna and Eyth{\'o}rsson, Th{\'o}rhallur}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Working Papers in Scandinavian Syntax}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {57--83}, Title = {The evolution of oblique subjects in {S}candinavian}, Volume = {67}, Year = {2001}} @article{Basilico:1996, Author = {Basilico, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {498--532}, Title = {Head Position and Internally Headed Relative Clauses}, Volume = {72}, Year = {1996}} @article{Basilico:1997, Author = {Basilico, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {278--316}, Title = {The Topic is `There'}, Volume = {51}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {This paper claims that the appropriate associate for 'there' is the small cluase complement to the copula. It is argued that 'there' acts as a topic quantifier and that the small clause acts to provide a restriction for this topic quantifier. Furthermore, the SC in a 'there' existential sentence is licensed not by the To head of Tense by by the Do of the expletive 'there'. This approach is able to explain several puzzles associated with 'there' existential sentences, including the predicate restriction, the definiteness effect, and the contradictory subject (agreement) and object (extraction, scope) properties of the postcopular NP.}} @article{Basilico:1998, Author = {Basilico, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {541--595}, Title = {Object Position and Predication Forms}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This paper gives an in-depth analysis of a number of well-known verbal diathesis alternations (creation/transformation, locative and dative alternations), and specifically investigates the position of the direct object/indirect object across and between such alternations. It is argued that with each pair of alternants there is a difference in the positions of the direct object/indirect object: in one variant the object is generated within the 'inner' VP of a VP Shell, while in the other variant the direct object/indirect object is not generated within the inner VP but within a functional projection (TransP, for Transitivity Phrase) located between the two VPs of a VP shell. This positioning of the direct object/indirect object is seen in the context of the thetic/categorical distinction in predication involving the inner subject (the direct object and the inner predicate (the verb plus any complements).}} @article{Bauer:1996, Author = {Bauer, Laurie}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {189--206}, Title = {No Phonetic Iconicity in Evaluative Morphology}, Volume = {50}, Year = {1996}} @incollection{Bayer:1990, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Bayer, Josef}, Booktitle = {Scrambling and Barriers}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Grewendorf, G{\''u}nther and Sternefeld, Wolfgang}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {341--422}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Interpretive Islands: Evidence for {C}onnectedness and {G}lobal {H}armony in {L}ogical {F}orm}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Bayer:1997, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Bayer, Josef}, Booktitle = {Rightward Movement}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:56 -0400}, Editor = {Beerman, Dorothee and LeBlanc, David and van Riemsdijk, Henk}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {37--58}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {{CP} extraposition as argument shift}, Year = {1997}} @article{Bayer:1996, Author = {Bayer, Samuel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {579--616}, Title = {The Coordination of Unlike Categories}, Volume = {72}, Year = {1996}} @article{Beard:1993, Author = {Beard, Robert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library; morphology}, Number = {4}, Pages = {716--741}, Title = {Simultaneous dual derivation in word formation}, Volume = {69}, Year = {1993}} @book{Bech:1983, Address = {T{\"u}bingen}, Author = {Bech, Gunnar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {German language Syntax.}, Pages = {ix, 406}, Publisher = {M. Niemeyer}, Title = {Studien {\"u}ber das deutsche Verbum infinitum}, Year = {1983}} @article{Beck:1997a, Author = {Beck, Jean}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {77--119}, Title = {The Deictic Structure Hypothesis: An Overview}, Volume = {51}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {The Deictic Structure hypothesis is a proposal for a generative grammar based on predication and deictic reference. It can be applied to a variety of linguistic data from typologically different languages. A Deictic Structure (DS) is the deep structure of a clause. It consists of a predicate together with referentially indicated 'Deictics' that can be developed into a Surface Structure (SS) by universal grammatical processes. Language-specific linear ordering rules apply to the Verb and Deictics of the DS. A lexically explicit, syntactically complex phrase or clause can be substituted in Surface Structure for a Deictic from the DS. The Deictic or a phonetically null PRO may appear in SS. Phrase structure is a Surface Structure phenomenon.}} @incollection{Beck:1995, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Beck, Sigrid}, Booktitle = {On Extraction and Extraposition in {G}erman}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Lutz, Uli and Pafel, J{\"u}rgen}, Pages = {121--144}, Publisher = {John Benjamins}, Title = {Negative Islands and Reconstruction}, Year = {1995}} @phdthesis{Beck:1996a, Address = {T{\"u}bingen}, Author = {Beck, Sigrid}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library uantification uestions cope}, Pages = {215}, School = {Universit{\"a}t T{\"u}bingen}, Title = {Wh-Constructions and Transparent {L}ogical {F}orm}, Year = {1996}} @article{Beck:1996b, Author = {Beck, Sigrid}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--56}, Title = {Quantified Structures as Barriers for {LF} Movement}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1996}, Abstract = {In this paper I argue for a restriction on certain types of LF movement, which I call 'wh-realted LF movement'. Evidence comes from a number of wh-in-situ constructions in German, such as the scope-marking construction and multiple questions. For semantic reasons, the in situ element in those constructions has to move at LF to either a position reserved for wh-phrases, or even higher up in the structure. The restriction (the Minimal Quantified Structure Cosntraint, MQSC) is that an intervening quantified expression blocks this movement. In the case of every, the MQSC leads to an unambiguously ditributive interpretation of the question. In the case of all other intervening operators, including negation, it leads to ungrammaticality.}} @article{Beck:1997c, Author = {Beck, Sigrid}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {229--271}, Title = {On the Semantics of Comparative Conditionals}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1997}} @incollection{Beck:2000b, Address = {Amherst, Massachusetts}, Author = {Beck, Sigrid}, Booktitle = {Unviersity of Massachusetts occasional papers in linguistics: Issues in semantics(23)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi and Villalta, Elisabeth}, Pages = {1--23}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Star operators episode 1: defense of the double star}, Year = {2000}} @article{Beck:2001, Author = {Beck, Sigrid}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {69--138}, Title = {Reciprocals are definites}, Volume = {9}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {This paper proposes that elementary reciprocal sentences have four emantic readings: a strongly reciprocal interpretation, a weakly reciprocal interpretaiton, a situation-based weakly reciprocal reading, and a collective reading. Interpretational possibilities of reciprocal sentences that have been discussed in the literature are identified as one of these four. A compositional semantic analysis of all of these readings is provided in which the reciprocal expression is uniformly represented as 'the other ones among them' (recasting Heim, Lasnik and May 1991a,b). A reciprocal sentenc is thus a special kind of relational plural. Interpretational variability comes about by the same mechanisms of plural predication at work in relational plurals: pluralization operators, LF operations like QR, and addition of contextual information.}} @article{Beck:1997b, Author = {Beck, Sigrid and Kim, Shin-Sook}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {339--384}, Title = {On WH- and Operator Scope in {K}orean}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {This paper presents an anlysis of the interaction of wh-phrases and negation in Kroean. We observe that a wh-phrase must not be c-commanded by negative polarity item. This is related to the observation that in German, a wh-phase must not be c-commanded by negation or a negative quantifier. We suggest that both languages are sensitive to a restriction that prohibits LF movement across negation, the Minimal Negative Structure Constraint MNSC, proposed in Beck (1996). Since a negative polarity item must always be in the scope of negation, the MNSC covers the Korean data as well as the German facts. Our analysis has several interesting implications for LFstructures in Korean. One is that negation cannot be interpreted in its S-structure position. Another concerns the semantic effect of scrambling. Contra Saito (1989; 1992), we argue that scrambling serves to identify intended relative scope and is thus by no means vacuous. We propose that short scrambling is never reconstructed.}} @article{Beck:1999, Author = {Beck, Sigrid and Rullmann, Hotze}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {249--298}, Title = {A Flexible Approach to Exhaustivity in Questions}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {A semantics for interrogatives is presented which is based on Karttunen's theory, but in a flexible manner incorporates both weak and strong exhaustivity. The paper starts out by considering degree questions, which often require an answer picking out the maximal degree from a certain set. However, in some cases, depending on the semantic properties of the question predicate, reference to the minimal degree is required, or neither specifying the maximum nor the minimum is sufficient. What is needed is an operation which defines the maximally informative answer on the basis of the Karttunen question denotation. Shifting attention to non-degree questions, two notions of answerhood are adopted from work by Heim. The first of these is weakly exhaustive adn the second strongly enhaustive. The second notion of answerhood is proven to be equivalent to Groenendijk adn Stokhof's interrogative semantics. On the basis of a wide range of empirical data showing that questions often are not interpreted exhaustively, it is argued that a fairly rich system of semantic objects associated with questions is needed to account for hte various ways in which questions contribute to the semantics and pragmatics of the utterances in which they appear.}} @article{Beck:2000a, Author = {Beck, Sigrid and Sauerland, Uli}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {349--371}, Title = {Cumulation is needed: a reply to {W}inter (2000)}, Volume = {8}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {Winter (2000) argues that so-called co-distributive or cumulative readings do not involve polyadic quantification (contra proposals by Krifka, Schwarzschild, Sternefeld, and others). Instead, he proposed that all such readings involve a hidden anaphoric dependency or a lexical mechanism. We show that Winter's proposal is insufficient for a number of cases of cumulative readings, and that Krifka's and Sternefeld's polyadic **-operator is needed in addition to dependent definites. Our arguments come from new observations concerning dependent plurals and cluase-boundedness effects with cumulative readings.}} @incollection{Beck:2001a, Address = {Berlin}, Author = {Beck, Sigrid and Snyder, William}, Booktitle = {Auditur vox Sapientiae: a festschrift for {A}rnim von {Stechow}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Fery, Caroline and Sternefeld, Wolfgang}, Pages = {48--69}, Publisher = {Akademie Verlag}, Title = {The resultative parameter and restitutive `again'}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Beckman:1993, Address = {University of Iowa}, Author = {Beckman, Jill}, Booktitle = {Fourth Annual Meeting of the Formal Lingusitics Society of MidAmerica}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Davison, Alice and Maier, Nicole and Silva, Glaucia and Yan, Wan Su}, Keywords = {library honology}, Pages = {1--19}, Title = {Constraint Interaction and Subsegmental Organization of {Z}ulu}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Beghelli:1993, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Beghelli, Filippo}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 23}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library uantifiers cope}, Pages = {65--80}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {A Minimalist Approach to Quantifier Scope}, Year = {1993}} @phdthesis{Beghelli:1995, Address = {Los Angeles}, Author = {Beghelli, Filippo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, School = {UCLA}, Title = {The Phrase Structure of Quantifier Scope}, Year = {1995}} @article{Belazi:1994, Author = {Belazi, Hedi M. and Rubin, Edward J. and Toribio, Almeida Jacqueline}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {221--238}, Title = {Code Switching and {X}-Bar Theory: The Functional Head Constraint}, Volume = {25}, Year = {1994}} @article{Belletti:1982, Author = {Belletti, Adriana}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {The Linguistic Review}, Pages = {101--138}, Title = {On the anaphoric status of the reciprocal construction in {I}talian}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1982}} @article{Belletti:1988b, Author = {Belletti, Adriana}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library artitive xpletives}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--34}, Title = {The Case of Unaccusatives}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @book{Belletti:1990, Author = {Belletti, Adriana}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {verb movement; clausal structure; library; Romance; Italian; inflection}, Publisher = {Rosenberg \& Sellier}, Title = {Generalized Verb Movement}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Belletti:1994, Address = {Cambridge, Great Britain}, Author = {Belletti, Adriana}, Booktitle = {Verb Movement}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Lightfoot, David and Hornstein, Norbert}, Keywords = {library; italian; verb movement}, Pages = {19--40}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Verb positions: evidence from {I}talian}, Year = {1994}} @article{Belletti:1988a, Author = {Belletti, Adriana and Rizzi, Luigi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {psych verbs; Binding Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {291--352}, Title = {Psych verbs and Theta-Theory}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1988}} @incollection{Belletti:1991, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Belletti, Adriana and Rizzi, Luigi}, Booktitle = {Principles and Parameters in Comparative Grammar(20)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Freidin, Robert}, Keywords = {library; argument structure; psych verbs; binding theory; anaphora}, Pages = {132--162}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Notes on Psych-Verbs, q-theory, and Binding}, Year = {1991}} @article{Belletti:1995, Author = {Belletti, Adriana and Shlonsky, Ur}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library omplementation ord order}, Number = {3}, Pages = {489--526}, Title = {The Order of Verbal Complements: A Comparative Study}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1995}} @phdthesis{Bellugi:1967, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Bellugi, Ursula}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library cquisition egation}, School = {Harvard University}, Title = {The Acquisition of Negation}, Year = {1967}} @incollection{Benedicto:1994, Address = {Amherst}, Author = {Benedicto, Elena}, Booktitle = {Functional Projections}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library; pro drop}, Pages = {1--18}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {{AGR}, phi-features, {V}-Movement: Identifying pro}, Year = {1994}} @article{Benmamoun:1997, Author = {Benmamoun, Elabbas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {263--287}, Title = {Licensing of Negative Polarity Items in {M}oroccan {A}rabic}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {This paper deals with the syntactic constraints on the licensing of the negative polarity item (NPI) hetta + NP 'any NP' in Moroccan Arabic. It explores various asymmetris that arise in the context of the interaction between NPIs and the licensing negative head. These asymmetries raise various important issues that go to the heart of current syntactic debates concerning the appropriate syntactic configurations where certain syntactic relations must obtain. It is shown that the NPI hetta + NP 'any NP' must be either c-commanded by or in overt Spec-head relation with the negative head ma 'not' within the same clause. We explore hypotheses that dispense with this disjunction, such as overt M-command or Spec-head agreement plus LF movement. Finally, we show, on the basis of various arguments from reconstruction and locality, that such a reduction is not empirically viable.}} @incollection{Benmamoun:1999a, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Benmamoun, Elabbas}, Booktitle = {Specifiers}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Adger, David and Plunkett, Bernadette and Tsoulas, George and Pintzuk, Susan}, Pages = {110--125}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Spec-Head Agreement and Overt Case in {A}rabic}, Year = {1999}} @article{Benmamoun:1999b, Author = {Benmamoun, Elabbas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/30.4Benmamoun.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {621--642}, Title = {The Syntax of Quantifiers and Quantifier Float}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {The Arabic quantifier kull displays a Q_NP and NP_Q alternation. Shlonsky (1991) argues that in both patterns Q heads a QP projection with the NP as a complement that may undergo movement to [Spec, QP] or beyond to yield the NP_Q pattern and Q-float structures. On the contrary, I argue on the basis of evidence from reconstruction, Case, and agreement that the two patterrns are radically different. In the Q_NP pattern Q is indeed the head of a QP projection that contains the NP. In the NP_Q pattern, however, Q heads a QP adjunct that modifies the NP and in some cases the VP.}} @article{Bennett:1994, Author = {Bennett, Jonathan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library; semantics}, Number = {1}, Pages = {29--52}, Title = {The ``Namely" Analysis of the ``by"-Locution}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1994}} @article{Bennis:1998, Author = {Bennis, Hans and Corver, Norbert and Den Dikken, Marcel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {85--117}, Title = {Predication in Nominal Phrases}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {The main theoretical subject of this paper is the symmetry between nominal and verbal projections. It is demonstrated that predication exists in the nominal domain, in a way quite similar to predication in the clausal domain. An analysis of predication in a configurational way -- such that the subject adn the predicate together constitute a small clause -- makes it possible to provide detailed analyses of complex nominal constructions involving predication, and predicate inversion in particular. This paper focusses on three construction types from Dutch: the N-VAN-EEN-N construction (EEN BEER VAN EEN KEREL 'a bear of a guy'), the WAT-VOOR construction (WAT VOOR EEN KEREL 'what kind of guy'), and the WAT-EEN exclamative (WAT EEN KEREL 'what a guy'). Another aspect of symmetry concerns the fact that the nature of the functional projections in the nominal domain is not significantly different from that of functional projections in teh clausal domain. For instance, it is argued that copular elements and complementisers are not peculiar to clausal domain, but that these are found in the nominal domain as well.}} @article{Bentley:1999, Author = {Bentley, John R.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {131--146}, Title = {The Verb toru in {O}ld {J}apanese}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This paper looks at the established theory that the verb toru in Old Japanese exhibits anomalous spelling. A careful examination of poems in kjiki (Kurano (1958)), Nihon shoki (Ienaga et al. (1967)), and Man' yoshu (Gomi et al. (1957) shows that there originally were two different verbs which alter merged into one, toru. These two verbs had different meanings. Twor- meant 'hold support', but tor- meant 'take, pick up, capture'. Another important distinction between these verbs was aspect.}} @article{Berckmans:1993, Author = {Berckmans, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library; even; quantification}, Number = {6}, Pages = {589--612}, Title = {The Quantifier Theory of Even}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Beretta:2001, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {Beretta, Alan and Halliwell, John and Munn, Alan and Schmitt, Cristina}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {33--42}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Syntactic dependencies versus trace deletion:evidence from {K}orean and {S}panish}, Year = {2001}} @article{Beretta:1996, Author = {Beretta, Alan and Harford, Carolyn and Patterson, Janet and PiA+-ango, Maria}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library ostverbal subjects}, Number = {4}, Pages = {725--748}, Title = {The Derivation of Postverbal Subjects: Evidence from Agrammatic Aphasia}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1996}, Abstract = {The study reported in this paper appeals to data from agrammatic aphasia to confront two competing analyses of the derivation of postverbal subjects in languages which permit free inversion. IN one of hte analyses, postverbal subjects are derived by movement, while in the other, they are base-generated in situ. According to a prominent hypothesis which attempts to explain the pattern of sparing and loss in agrammatism in terms of current linguistic theory, the only syntactic deficit is the loss of trace. This movement-derived 'trace-deletion' hypothesis has been successful in predicting what agrammatics can and cannot comprehend. In the present study, these predictions are first of all confirmed for Spanish-speaking agrammatics on a range of structures for which predictions are identical under both movement and non-movement analyses. These structures serve as a control, establishing that the claims of the trace-deletion hypothesis are valid. They pave the way for the critical test of the VS passive, the only structure for which the competing analyses yield different predictions. Agrammatic data on the VS passive are used to adjudicate between the competing analyses. Since agrammatic subjects perform randomly on VS passives, it is concluded that the postverbal subject is derived by movement.}} @incollection{Berinstein:1990, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Berinstein, Ava}, Booktitle = {Studies in Relational Grammar 3}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Postal, Paul M. and Joseph, Brian D.}, Keywords = {library; relational grammar; datives; K'ekchi}, Pages = {3--48}, Publisher = {University of Chicago}, Title = {On Distinguishing Surface Datives in {K}'ekchi}, Year = {1990}} @book{Berlin:1969, Address = {Berkeley}, Author = {Berlin, Brent and Kay, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {typology}, Publisher = {University of California Press}, Title = {Basic color terms: their universality and evolution}, Year = {1969}} @inproceedings{Berman:1990, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Berman, Stephen}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Eighth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Fee, E. Jane and Hunt, Katherine}, Keywords = {wh movement; questions; library}, Pages = {29--43}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Quantificational Variability in Indirect Wh-Questions}, Year = {1990}} @phdthesis{Berman:1991, Address = {Amherst}, Author = {Berman, Stephen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, School = {University of Massachusetts}, Title = {On the Semantics and Logical Form of Wh-Clauses}, Year = {1991}} @article{Bernstein:1991, Author = {Bernstein, Judy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {Romance; French; DP; nominals; Head movement}, Number = {2}, Pages = {101--126}, Title = {{DP}s in {F}rench and {W}alloon: Evidence for Parametric Variation in Nominal Head Movement}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1991}} @phdthesis{Bernstein:1993, Author = {Bernstein, Judy B.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, School = {City University of New York}, Title = {Topics in the syntax of nominal structure across {R}omance}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Bernstein:1996, Address = {San Diego}, Author = {Bernstein, Judy B.}, Booktitle = {Linguistic Society of America}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Title = {Demonstratives and Reinforcers in {R}omance and {G}ermanic Languages}, Year = {1996}} @article{Bernstein:1999, Author = {Bernstein, Judy B. and Cowart, Wayne and McDaniel, Dana}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {493--502}, Title = {Bare Singular Effects in Genitive Constructions}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}} @incollection{Bertinetto:2001, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Bertinetto, Pier Marco}, Booktitle = {Semantic interfaces: reference, anaphora and aspect}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Cecchetto, Carlo and Chierchia, Gennaro and Guasti, Maria Teresa}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {177--210}, Publisher = {CSLI}, Title = {On a frequent misunderstanding in the temporal-aspectual domain: the `perfective-telic' confusion}, Year = {2001}} @article{Bertolo:1995, Author = {Bertolo, Stefano}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Keywords = {library earnability arameters}, Number = {4}, Pages = {277--318}, Title = {Maturation and Learnability in Parametric Systems}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1995}} @book{Berwick:1985, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Berwick, Robert C.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library; computation; acquisition; learnability}, Pages = {368}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {The Acquisition of Syntactic Knowledge}, Year = {1985}} @article{Berwick:1996, Author = {Berwick, Robert C. and Niyogi, Partha}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library earnability}, Number = {4}, Pages = {605--622}, Title = {Learning from Triggers}, Volume = {27}, Year = {1996}} @incollection{Beukema:1989, Address = {Dordrecht, Holland}, Author = {Beukema, Frits and den Dikken, Marcel}, Booktitle = {Sentential Complementation and the Lexicon}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Jaspers, Dany and Klooster, Wim and Putseys, Yvan and Seuren, Pieter}, Keywords = {Germanic nfinitives}, Pages = {57--76}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {The Position of the Infinitival Marker in the {G}ermanic Languages}, Year = {1989}} @incollection{Bever:1976a, Address = {New York}, Author = {Bever, Thomas G.}, Booktitle = {An Integrated Theory of Linguistic Ability}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Bever, Thomas G. and Katz, Jerrold J. and Langendoen, D. Terence}, Keywords = {library sychology: speech}, Pages = {65--88}, Publisher = {Thomas Y Crowell Company}, Title = {The Influence of Speech Performance in Linguistic Structure}, Year = {1976}} @incollection{Bever:1976c, Address = {New York}, Author = {Bever, Thomas G. and Carroll, M. Jr. and Hurtig, Richard}, Booktitle = {An Integrated Theory of Linguistic Ability}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Bever, Thomas G. and Katz, Jerrold J. and Langendoen, D. Terence}, Keywords = {library; psychology; language; acquisition; diachrony}, Pages = {149--182}, Publisher = {Thomas Y Crowell Company}, Title = {Analogy or Ungrammatical Sequences that are Utterable and Comprehensible Are the Origins of New Grammars in Langauge Acquistion and Linguistic Evolution}, Year = {1976}} @incollection{Bever:1976b, Address = {New York}, Author = {Bever, Thomas G. and Langendoen, D. Terence}, Booktitle = {An Integrated Theory of Linguistic Ability}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Bever, Thomas G. and Katz, Jerrold J. and Langendoen, D. Terence}, Keywords = {library sychology anguage}, Pages = {115--148}, Publisher = {Thomas Y Crowell Company}, Title = {A Dynamic Model of the Evolution of Language}, Year = {1976}} @article{Bever:1997, Author = {Bever, Thomas G. and Sanz, Montserrat}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library sycholinguistics sychology: language}, Number = {1}, Pages = {69--81}, Title = {Empty Categories Access Their Antecedents during Comprehension: Unaccusatives in {S}panish}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {Spanish speakers who scan their syntactici representation to find a word from the subject NP in a just-comprehended sentence recognize the word faster in unaccusative-verb sentences than in unergative-verb sentences. This is consistent with an analysis of unaccusatives as raising verbs with a trace: the trace corresponds to an extra mental representation of its anteceent. Spanish speakers who scan their conceptual representation to find the target word recognize it more slowly in unaccusative-verb sentences: this may indicate that the conceptual representation of unaccusatives is more complex than that of unergatives. Overall, the results give experimental support to linguistic frameworks that differentiate conceptual from linguistic levels of representation and to syntactic models that postulate NP-trace.}} @inproceedings{Bhatt:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Bhatt, Rajesh}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {55--68}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Adjectival modifiers and the raising analysis of relative clauses}, Year = {2000}} @article{Bhatt:2002, Author = {Bhatt, Rajesh}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {43--90}, Title = {The raising analysis of relative clauses: evidence from adjectival modification}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This paper provides a new argument for the raising analysis of relative cluases. This argument is based on the observation that certain adjectival modifiers on the head of a relative clause can be interpreted in positions internal to the relative clause. It is shown that the raising anlysis of relative clauses is able to generate the readings corresonding to the relative clause internal interpretation of adjectival modifiers and that two competing analyses of relative clauses, the mathcing anlysis and the head exteernal analysis, are not able to do so.}} @inproceedings{Bhatt:1993, Address = {University of Iowa}, Author = {Bhatt, Rakesh}, Booktitle = {Fourth Annual Meeting of the Formal Lingusitics Society of MidAmerica}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Davison, Alice and Maier, Nicole and Silva, Glaucia and Yan, Wan Su}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {20--34}, Title = {The Case of Quirky Constructions}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Bhatt:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Bhatt, Rakesh and Yoon, James}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {V2}, Pages = {41--52}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {On the Composition of {COMP} and Parameters of {V2}}, Year = {1992}} @article{Bianchi:2000a, Author = {Bianchi, Valentina}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/31.1Bianchi.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {123--140}, Title = {The raising analysis of relative clauses: a reply to {B}orsley}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {Borsley (197) criticized the raising analysis of relative clauses revived by Kayne (1994) in the framework of antisymmetry theory. Most of his remarks concern the analysis of English headed relative clauses. This article presents a revised version of Kayne's proposal that provides an answer to these criticisms. It is argued that the raising approach is indeed tenable and that the analysis of this empirical domain is full consistent with the restrictiveness of the antisymmetry theory.}} @incollection{Bianchi:2000b, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Bianchi, Valentina}, Booktitle = {The syntax of relative clauses}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Alexiadou, Artemis and Law, Paul and Meinunger, Andr{\'e} and Wilder, Chris}, Pages = {53--81}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Some issues in the syntax of relative determiners}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Bickerton:1988, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Bickerton, Derek}, Booktitle = {Linguistics: The Cambridge Survey(II)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Newmeyer, Frederick J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {268--284}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Creole Languages and the Bioprogram}, Year = {1988}} @incollection{Bickmore:1990, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Bickmore, Lee}, Booktitle = {The Phonology-Syntax Connection}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Inkelas, Sharon and Zec, Draga}, Keywords = {library rosody}, Pages = {1--18}, Publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, Title = {Branching Nodes and Prosodic Categories}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Bierwisch:1976, Address = {New York}, Author = {Bierwisch, Manfred}, Booktitle = {An Integrated Theory of Linguistic Ability}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Bever, Thomas G. and Katz, Jerrold J. and Langendoen, D. Terence}, Keywords = {library; language}, Pages = {271--312}, Publisher = {Thomas Y Crowell Company}, Title = {Social Differentiation of Language Structure}, Year = {1976}} @inproceedings{Bird:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Bird, Steven}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Pius, Tamanji and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Multidimensional exploration of online linguistic field data}, Year = {1999}} @article{Birner:1994, Author = {Birner, Betty J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {233--259}, Title = {Information status and word order: An analysis of {E}nglish inversion}, Volume = {70}, Year = {1994}} @article{Bittner:1994, Author = {Bittner, Maria}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library; semantics}, Number = {1}, Pages = {53--108}, Title = {Cross-Linguistic Semantics}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1994}} @article{Bittner:1999, Author = {Bittner, Maria}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--78}, Title = {Concelaed Causatives}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {Crosslinguistically, causative constructions conform to the following generalization: If the causal relation is syntactically concealed, then it is semantically direct. Concealed causatives span a wide syntactic spectrum, ranging from resultative complements in English to causative subjects in Mikitu. A unified type-driven theory is proposed which attributes the understood causal relation -- and other elements of constructional meaning -- to type lifting operations predictably licensed by type mismatch at LF. The proposal has far-reaching theoretical implications not only for the theory of compositionality and causation, but also for the underlying theory of events, space, and time in natural language discourse.}} @article{Bittner:1996a, Author = {Bittner, Maria and Hale, Ken}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--68}, Title = {The Structural Determination of Case and Agreement}, Volume = {27}, Year = {1996}} @article{Bittner:1996b, Author = {Bittner, Maria and Hale, Ken}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library rgative rgativity}, Number = {4}, Pages = {531--604}, Title = {Ergativity: Toward a Theory of a Heterogeneous Class}, Volume = {27}, Year = {1996}} @article{Blevins:1995, Author = {Blevins, James P.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library yncretism aradigms nflection}, Number = {2}, Pages = {113--152}, Title = {Syncretism and Paradigmatic Opposition}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Blight:1997, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Blight, Ralph}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {49--63}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Verb Movement and the Distribution of Copular \emph{be}}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Blight:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Blight, Ralph C.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {33--46}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Syntax of the Dative and As Alternations}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Blight:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Blight, Ralph C.}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {71--80}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Subject positions and ellipsis}, Year = {1999}} @incollection{Blom:1975, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Blom, A.}, Booktitle = {Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-1973}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Kraak, A.}, Keywords = {library onjunction reduction oordination llipsis}, Pages = {128--140}, Publisher = {Van Gorcum}, Title = {Against Conjunction Reduction}, Year = {1975}} @book{Bloom:1970, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Bloom, Lois}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {acquisition ord order}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Language Development: Form and Function in Emerging Grammars}, Year = {1970}} @article{Bloom:1990, Author = {Bloom, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {acquisition; pro drop}, Number = {4}, Pages = {491--504}, Title = {Subjectless Sentences in Child Language}, Volume = {21}, Year = {1990}} @article{Bloom:1993, Author = {Bloom, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; language acquisition; learnability; pro drop}, Number = {4}, Pages = {721--734}, Title = {Grammatical Continuity in Language Development: the Case of Subjectless Sentences}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @article{Bloom:1994, Author = {Bloom, Paul and Barss, Andrew and Nicol, Janet and Conway, Laura}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library; acquisition; binding; anaphor; pronouns}, Number = {1}, Pages = {53--71}, Title = {Children's knowledge of binding and coreference: Evidence from spontaneous speech}, Volume = {70}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Bobaljik:1994a, Address = {MIT}, Author = {Bobaljik, Jonathan}, Booktitle = {The Morphology-Syntax Connection}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Harley, Heidi and Phillips, Colin}, Keywords = {library; morphology}, Pages = {1--32}, Title = {What does Adjacency Do?}, Year = {1994}} @phdthesis{Bobaljik:1995a, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Bobaljik, Jonathan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library ord order nflection erb movement}, Pages = {383}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Morphosyntax: The Syntax of Verbal Inflection}, Year = {1995}} @article{Bobaljik:2002, Author = {Bobaljik, Jonathan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {197--267}, Title = {A-chains at the {PF}-interface: copies and `covert' movement}, Volume = {20}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This paper develops an argument forthe copy theory of movement based on consideration of Holmberg's Generalization, a well-documentted constraint on object shift in the Germanic languages. A particular formulation of HG is presented, tying it to verb movement, and this is defended against the alternative formulation presented in Holmberg (1999). It is argued that HG is the result of a morphophonological constraint on verb inflection, requiring merger under PF-adjacency, support for which comes from differences between VO and OV langauges. The account of HG is related to PF-merger proposals for do-support, and a theory of adverb ordering within the Spell Out component is sketched, accounting for the apparent invisibility of adverbs, problematic on earlier approaches. On the standard model, the characterization of HG presented here requires invocation of a PF filter; the copy theory permits an alternative with more local evaluation. By treating the overt/covert distinction as an effect of whcih copy is pronounced, the copy theory allows satisfaction of the PF adjacency constraint for merger to be a PF matter. Moving to a model in which both LF and PF ahve the ability to privilege either the higher or lower position in a non-trivial chain predicts the existence of a range of phenomena in with the lower position is privileged by both LF and PF. It is argued that such phenomena are attested, and further implications of the copy theory are explored.}} @article{Bobaljik:1992, Author = {Bobaljik, Jonathan and Carnie, Andrew}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {word order; Celtic; Irish}, Location = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {A Minimalist Approach to Some Problems of {I}rish Word Order}, Year = {1992}} @incollection{Bobaljik:1995b, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Bobaljik, Jonathan David}, Booktitle = {Papers on Minimalist Syntax(27)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Pensalfini, Rob and Ura, Hiroyuki}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {41--64}, Publisher = {MITWPL}, Title = {In Terms of Merge: Copy and Head Movement}, Year = {1995}} @article{Bobaljik:1997, Author = {Bobaljik, Jonathan David and Brown, Samuel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {345--356}, Title = {Interarboreal Operations: Head Movement and the Extension Requirement}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1997}} @article{Bobaljik:1996, Author = {Bobaljik, Jonathan David and Jonas, Dianne}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library ord order}, Number = {2}, Pages = {195--236}, Title = {Subject Positions and the Roles of {TP}}, Volume = {27}, Year = {1996}} @article{Bobaljik:1998, Author = {Bobaljik, Jonathan David and Thr{\'a}insson, H{\'o}skuldur}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {37--71}, Title = {Two heads aren't always better than one}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {We propose a novel theory of verb raising in which different surface positions of the finite verb across langauges reflect differences in phrase structure in a principled manner. Assuming that the inventory of functional projections dominating VP is not universal (e.b., the presence of Agr-PHrases is a point of parametric variation) current assumptions about locality predict obligatory verb raising in a langauge with Agr-Phrases, but obligatory V in situ in a simple IP-VP configuration. We predict a correlation with other morpho-syntactic phenomena reflecting the presence/absence of AgrPs: "extra" subject and object positions, transitive expletive constructions, multiple inflectional affixes, etc. This prediction is borne out for the VO Germanic languages; for the OV languages we predict the existence of head-final Infl projections.}} @inproceedings{Boeckx:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Boeckx, Cedric}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {57--70}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Expletive split: Existentials and presentationals}, Year = {1999}} @article{Boeckx:2000a, Author = {Boeckx, Cedric}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/31.2Boeckx.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {357--366}, Title = {A note on contraction}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Boeckx:2000b, Address = {T{\''u}bingen}, Author = {Boeckx, Cedric}, Booktitle = {Ellipsis in conjunction}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Schwabe, Kerstin and Zhang, Ning}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {117--132}, Publisher = {Niemeyer}, Title = {An additional note on pseudogapping}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {I offer a way out of the paradox that arises from Lasnik's recent claim that A-movement and Head-movement do not leave a trace/copy, and the assumption that pseudogapping is an instance of VP-ellipsis in which only the verb has failed to move out of VP in the second conjunct and is deleted under identity with the trace/copy left by verb movement in the first conjunct. I argue that the paradox can be solved once we adopt a strictly derivational view of syntactic computation of the type recelty advocated by Eptstein, Uriagereka, and others.}} @inproceedings{Boeckx:2000c, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Boeckx, Cedric}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {69--82}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Interpreting {A}-chains at the interface}, Year = {2000}} @article{Boeckx:2001b, Author = {Boeckx, Cedric}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 32.2boeckx.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/32.2boeckx.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {345--355}, Title = {Head-ing toward {PF}}, Volume = {32}, Year = {2001}} @article{Boeckx:2001c, Author = {Boeckx, Cedric}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {503--548}, Title = {Scope reconstruction and {A}-movement}, Volume = {19}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {This paper re-examines recent arguments against A-movement reconstruction in general, and the idea that there is a reconstruction residue. It argues that A-moving quantifiers do not usually exhibit reconstruction effects because arguments are interpreted in the position where their uninterpretable Case feature is erased. It shows how the Case-checking condition on scope taking can be obviated in the case of indefinites by means of covert insertion of an expletive, and goes on to provide arguments that lowered readings of indefinites involve literal lowering. This movement is subject to Relativized Minimality, thereby further supporting the claim that Quantifier Movement is a syntactic operation. The paper considers the possibility that such an account can be reconciled with the idea that copies left by A-movement necessarily delete, and argues that this is possible only if hte derivational character of syntax is strengthened.}} @article{Boersma:2001, Author = {Boersma, Paul and Hayes, Bruce}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library earnability}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/32.1boersma.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {45--86}, Title = {Empirical tests of the gradual learning algorithm}, Volume = {32}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {The Gradual Learning Algorithm (Boersma 1997) is a constraint-ranking algorithm for learning optimality-theoretic grammars. The purpose of this article is to assess the capabilities of the Gradual Learning Algorithm, particularly in comparison with the Constraint Demotion algorithm of Tesar and Smolensky (1993, 1996, 1998, 2000), whichinitiated the learnability research program for Optimality Theory. We argue that the Gradual Learning Algorithm has a number of special advantages: it can learn free variation, deal effectively with noisy learning data, and account for gradient well-formedness judgments. The case studies we examine involve Ilokano reduplicaiton and metathesis, Finnish genitive plurals, and the distribution of English light and dark /l/.}} @article{Boertien:1997, Author = {Boertien, Harmon}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {689--697}, Title = {Left-headed compound prepositions}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1997}} @phdthesis{Bohnacker:1994, Author = {Bohnacker, Ute}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {L2}, School = {University of Durham}, Title = {Determiner Phrases and Early Child Language Acquisition}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Boivin:1998, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Boivin, Marie Claude}, Booktitle = {The Interpretive Tract(25)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Percus, Orin and Sauerland, Uli}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {103--123}, Publisher = {MIT, Department of Linguistics}, Title = {Complementation and Interpretation: the Concrete and Imaginative Readings of Visual Perception Verbs}, Year = {1998}} @book{Bolinger:1971, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Bolinger, Dwight}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {particles; adverbs; Linguistics}, Publisher = {Harvard University Press}, Title = {The phrasal verb in {E}nglish}, Year = {1971}} @incollection{Bolinger:1978, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Bolinger, Dwight}, Booktitle = {Questions}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Hiz, H.}, Keywords = {library uestions}, Pages = {87--105}, Publisher = {Reidel Publishing Company}, Title = {Yes-No Questions are not Alternative Questions}, Year = {1978}} @incollection{Bondre:1993, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Bondre, Priya}, Booktitle = {The Parametrization of Universal Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Fanselow, Gisbert}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {17--36}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Parameter Setting and the Binding Theory: No Subset Problem}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Bonet:1994, Address = {MIT}, Author = {Bonet, Eulalia}, Booktitle = {The Morphology-Syntax Connection}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Harley, Heidi and Phillips, Colin}, Keywords = {library; morphology; person; Case}, Pages = {33--52}, Title = {The Person-Case Constraint: A Morphological Approach}, Year = {1994}} @article{Bonet:1995, Author = {Bonet, Eul{\'a}lia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library litics}, Number = {4}, Pages = {607--647}, Title = {Feature Structure of {R}omance Clitics}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1995}} @phdthesis{Bonneau:1992, Author = {Bonneau, Jose}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library elative clauses hrase structure}, School = {McGill University}, Title = {The Structure of Internally Headed Relative Clauses: Implications for Configurationality}, Year = {1992}} @inproceedings{Bonneau:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Bonneau, Jose and Pica, Pierre}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Pages = {135--150}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {On the Development of the Complementaion System in {E}nglish and its Relation to Switch-Reference}, Year = {1995}} @article{Bonomi:1997, Author = {Bonomi, Andrea}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {5}, Pages = {469--514}, Title = {Aspect, Quantification and When-Clauses in {I}talian}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1997}} @article{Bonomi:1993, Author = {Bonomi, Andrea and Casalegno, Paolo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library; focus}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--46}, Title = {Only: Association with Focus in Event Semantics}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1993}} @book{Booij:1977, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Booij, G. E.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library orphology}, Pages = {181}, Publisher = {The Peter De Ridder Press}, Title = {Dutch Morphology}, Year = {1977}} @incollection{Booij:2000, Address = {New York}, Author = {Booij, G. E.}, Booktitle = {The first Glot International state-of-the-article book}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Cheng, Lisa L.-S. and Sybesma, Rint}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {287--305}, Publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter}, Title = {The phonology-morphology interface}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Bordelois:1986, Address = {Utrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Bordelois, Ivonne}, Booktitle = {Going Romance II}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Coopmans, Peter and Bordelois, Ivonne and Smith, Bill Dotson}, Keywords = {library; binding theory; control}, Pages = {1--10}, Title = {On Control Chains as Accessible Subjects}, Year = {1986}} @inproceedings{Borer:1984a, Address = {Amherst, Massachusetts}, Author = {Borer, Hagit}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of NELS}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, Title = {The Projection Principle and rules of morphology}, Year = {1984}} @book{Borer:1984b, Address = {Dordrecht, Holland}, Author = {Borer, Hagit}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {clitics}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Parametric Syntax}, Year = {1984}} @incollection{Borer:1989, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Borer, Hagit}, Booktitle = {The Null Subject Parameter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Jaeggli, Osvaldo and Safir, Ken}, Keywords = {control; PRO; agreement}, Publisher = {Reidel}, Title = {Anaphoric {AGR}}, Year = {1989}} @article{Borer:1990, Author = {Borer, Hagit}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {gerunds; participles; adjectives; morphology}, Number = {1}, Pages = {95--102}, Title = {V+ing: It Walks like an Adjective, It Talks like an Adjective}, Volume = {21}, Year = {1990}} @article{Borer:1991, Author = {Borer, Hagit}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {The Linguistic Review}, Keywords = {morphology}, Number = {22D4}, Pages = {119--158}, Title = {The Causative-Inchoative Alternation: a Case Study in Parallel Morphology}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Borer:1994, Address = {Amherst}, Author = {Borer, Hagit}, Booktitle = {Functional Projections}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library; theta theory; argument structure}, Pages = {19--48}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {On the Projection of Arguments}, Year = {1994}} @article{Borer:1995, Author = {Borer, Hagit}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library erb movement}, Number = {3}, Pages = {527--606}, Title = {The Ups and Downs of {H}ebrew Verb Movement}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Borer:1987a, Address = {San Diego}, Author = {Borer, Hagit and Grodzinsky, Yosef}, Booktitle = {The Syntax of Pronominal Clitics(19)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Borer, Hagit}, Keywords = {clitics; hebrew; unaccusative}, Publisher = {Academic Press}, Title = {Syntactic vs. Lexical Cliticization: the Case of {H}ebrew Dative Clitics}, Year = {1987}} @article{Borer:1992, Author = {Borer, Hagit and Wexler, Ken}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {acquisition}, Number = {2}, Pages = {147--190}, Title = {Bi-unique Relations and the Maturation of Grammatical Principles}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1992}} @incollection{Borer:1987b, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Borer, Hagit and Wexler, Kenneth}, Booktitle = {Parameter Setting}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Roeper, Thomas and Williams, Edwin}, Keywords = {library; acquisition; parameters; maturation}, Pages = {123--172}, Publisher = {D. Reidel Publishing Company}, Title = {The Maturation of Syntax}, Year = {1987}} @phdthesis{Borowsky:1986, Author = {Borowsky, T.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {morphology exical phonology}, School = {University of Massachusetts, Amherst}, Title = {Topics in the Lexical Phonology of {E}nglish}, Year = {1986}} @book{Borsley:1991, Address = {London ; New York}, Author = {Borsley, Robert D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {Grammar, Comparative and general Syntax.}, Pages = {xii, 238}, Publisher = {E. Arnold ;}, Title = {Syntactic theory : a unified approach}, Year = {1991}} @article{Borsley:1997, Author = {Borsley, Robert D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {629--647}, Title = {Relative clauses and the theory of phrase structure}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {Kayne (1994) proposes a restrictive theory of phrase sturcture in which asymmetrical c-command invariably maps into linear precedence. One of its implicaitons is that there are no right-adjunction structures, either base-generated or derived. Among other things, this means that traditional analyses of relative clauses must be rejected. Kayne proposes an alternative analysis, in which teh "head" is raised out of the relative clause. The analysis faces a variety of problems and needs numerous additional mechanisms to achieve observational adquacy. Thus, it seems that relative clauses cast serious doubt on Kayne's theory.}} @article{Borsley:1994, Author = {Borsley, Robert D. and Rivero, Maria Luisa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {373--422}, Title = {Clitic Auxiliaries and Incorporation in {P}olish}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1994}} @book{Borsley:1996, Address = {Cambridge [England] ; New York, NY, USA}, Author = {Borsley, Robert D. and Roberts, Ian G.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {Celtic languages Syntax.}, Pages = {368}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {The Syntax of the {C}eltic languages : a comparative perspective}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Bosch:1993, Address = {University of Iowa}, Author = {Bosch, Anna R. K.}, Booktitle = {Fourth Annual Meeting of the Formal Lingusitics Society of MidAmerica}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Davison, Alice and Maier, Nicole and Silva, Glaucia and Yan, Wan Su}, Keywords = {library honology honotactics}, Pages = {35--47}, Title = {Syncope and Epenthesis in Scottish Gaelic: Rules an Phonotactics}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Boser:1992, Author = {Boser, K. and Lust, B. and Santelmann, L. and Whitman, J.}, Booktitle = {NELS}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Pages = {55--63}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistics Student Association}, Title = {The syntax of {CP} and {V2} in early child {G}erman: The strong continuity hypothesis}, Year = {1992}} @article{Bouma:2001, Author = {Bouma, Gosse and Malouf, Robert and Sag, Ivan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--65}, Title = {Satisfying constraints on extraction and adjunction}, Volume = {19}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {In this paper, we present a unified feature-based theory of complement, adjunct, and subject extraction, in which there is no need either for valence reducing lexical rules or for phonologoically null traces. Our analysis rests on the assumption that the mapping between argument structure and valence is defined by realization constraints which are satisfied by all lexical heads. Arguments can be realized as local dependents, in whcih case they are selected via the head's valence features. Alternatively, arguments may be realized in a long-distance dependency construction, in which case they are selected via the head's SLASH features. Furthermore, we argue that English post-verbal adjuncts, as well as complements, are syntactic dependents selected by the verb, thus providing a uniform analysis of complement and adjunct extractionj. Finally, we show that our analysis provides an alternative treatment of subject extraction and we offer a new account of the that-trace effect.}} @inproceedings{Bouton:1970, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Bouton, L. F.}, Booktitle = {Papers from the Sixth Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {VP Ellipsis}, Organization = {Chicago Linguistics Society}, Pages = {154--167}, Title = {Antecedent Contained Pro-Forms}, Year = {1970}} @inproceedings{Bowers:1991, Address = {Cornell University}, Author = {Bowers, John}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the First Semantics and Linguistic Theory Conference}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Moore, Steven and Wyner, Adam Zachary}, Keywords = {library ominals}, Pages = {1--30}, Publisher = {Cornell University Working Papers in Linguistics}, Title = {The Syntax and Semantics of Nominals}, Year = {1991}} @article{Bowers:1993, Author = {Bowers, John}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; predication; Q float; agreement; Case; double object}, Number = {4}, Pages = {591--656}, Title = {The Syntax of Predication}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @article{Bowers:2002, Author = {Bowers, John}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {183--234}, Title = {Transitivity}, Volume = {33}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {It is argued in this article that there is a functional category Tr (=transitivity) located between v/Pr and V, which is universally present in all transitive sentences, regardless of whether they are active, passive, middle, or impersonal in form. Tr may contain a probe with (object) phi-features and assign accusative Case. In contrast to v/PR, Tr does not assign a theta-role in its specifier position. hence, the functions of the traditional light verb cateogry "v" are split between v/PR adn Tr. Empirical evidence from English, Russian, Scottish Gaelic, Icelandic, Ukrainian, and German supports this claim.}} @article{Boskovic:1995, Author = {Bo{\v{s}}kovi{\'c}, {\v{Z}}eljko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library reed inimalism}, Number = {1}, Pages = {32--53}, Title = {Case properties of clauses and the Greed Principle}, Volume = {49}, Year = {1995}} @article{Boskovic:1996, Author = {Bo{\v{s}}kovi{\'c}, {\v{Z}}eljko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library nfinitives election}, Number = {2}, Pages = {269--304}, Title = {Selection and the Categorial Status of Infinitival Complements}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1996}} @article{Boskovic:1997a, Author = {Bo{\v{s}}kovi{\'c}, {\v{Z}}eljko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library bject shift}, Number = {2}, Pages = {357--365}, Title = {Coordination, Object Shift, and {V}-Movement}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1997}} @book{Boskovic:1997b, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Bo{\v{s}}kovi{\'c}, {\v{Z}}eljko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library nfinitives}, Pages = {247}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {The Syntax of Nonfinite Complementation: An Economy Approach}, Year = {1997}} @article{Boskovic:1997c, Author = {Bo{\v{s}}kovi{\'c}, {\v{Z}}eljko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {235--277}, Title = {Pseudoclefts}, Volume = {51}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {This paper focuses on the syntax of specificational pseudoclefts. To account for the fact that in spite of the apparent lack of c-command, elements in the wh-clause of specificational pseudoclefts are able to enter into connectivity relations that require c-command with the elements in the focus phrase, including the antecedent-trace relation in certain well-defined cases, I argue that the focused phrsae moves in LF into the wh-clause. The movement is shown to have broad theoretical cnosequences and to provide a uniform account of a number of otherwise puzzling properties of pseudoclefts, including several differences between regular specificational, inverted specificational, and predicational pseudoclefts.}} @inproceedings{Boskovic:1998b, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Bo{\v{s}}kovi{\'c}, {\v{Z}}eljko}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {43--58}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {{LF} Movement and the Minimalist Program}, Year = {1998}} @article{Boskovic:1999a, Author = {Bo{\v{s}}kovi{\'c}, {\v{Z}}eljko and Lasnik, Howard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/30.4Boskovic.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {691--703}, Title = {How strict is the cycle?}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}} @incollection{Boskovic:1999, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Bo{\v{s}}kovi{\'c}, {\v{Z}}eljko}, Booktitle = {Working minimalism}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Epstein, Samuel and Hornstein, Norbert}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {159--187}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {On multiple feature checking: multiple Wh-fronting and multiple head movement}, Year = {1999}} @incollection{Boskovic:2000a, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Bo{\v{s}}kovi{\'c}, {\v{Z}}eljko}, Booktitle = {Step by Step}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Martin, Roger and Michaels, David and Uriagereka, Juan}, Pages = {53--156}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Sometimes in [{S}pec, {CP}], Sometimes in situ}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Boskovic:2000b, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Bo{\v{s}}kovi{\'c}, {\v{Z}}eljko}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {83--108}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {What is special about multiple wh-fronting?}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Boskovic:2001, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {Bo{\v{s}}kovi{\'c}, {\v{Z}}eljko}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {59--78}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Floating quantifiers and theta-role assignment}, Year = {2001}} @article{Boskovic:2002a, Author = {Bo{\v{s}}kovi{\'c}, {\v{Z}}eljko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {329--340}, Title = {Clitics and nonbranching elements and the linear correspondence axiom}, Volume = {33}, Year = {2002}} @article{Boskovic:2002b, Author = {Bo{\v{s}}kovi{\'c}, {\v{Z}}eljko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/33.3boskovic.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {351--383}, Title = {On multiple wh-fronting}, Volume = {33}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {I show that multiple wh-fronting languages (MWFL) do not behave uniformly regarding wh-movement and eliminate MWFL from the crosslinguistic typology concerning wh-movement in multiple questions. Regarding when they have sh-movement, MWFL behave like non-MWFL: some behave like English (they always have wh-movement), some like Chinese (they never have it), and some like French (they have it optionally although, as in French, wh-movement is sometimes required). MWFL differ from English, Chinese, and French in that in MWFL even wh-phrases that do not undergo wh-movement still must front for an independent reason, argued to involve focus. The fronting has several exceptions (semantic, phonological, and syntactic in nature), explanation for which leads me to posit a new type of in-situ wh-phrase and argue for the possibility of pronunciation of lower copies of chains.}} @article{Boskovic:1998a, Author = {Bo{\v{s}}kovi{\'c}, {\v{Z}}eljko and Takahashi, Daiko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/29.3Boskovic_Takahashi.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {347--366}, Title = {Scrambling and Last Resort}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {Under the standard analysis (e.g. Fukui 1993, Saito 1985, 1992), scrambling in Japanese raises a serious problem for the last resort view of Move alpha, since it is considered to involve optional overt movement that has no driving force. In this article we propose a new analysis of scrambling that puts scrambling in conformity with the Last Resort principle. We argue that scrambled elements are base-generated in their surface non-theta-positions and undergo obligatory LF movement to the position where they receive theta-roles, which we consider to be formal features capable of driving movement. We show that our LF analysis of scrambling is both conceptually and empirically superior to the standard optional movement analysis.}} @inproceedings{Bradley:2001, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {Bradley, Travis G.}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {79--97}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {A typology of rhotic duration contrast and neutralization}, Year = {2001}} @phdthesis{Branchadell:1992, Author = {Branchadell, Albert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library; grammatical functions; datives; Romance; Catalan; double object}, School = {Universitat Autonoma de Barcelona}, Title = {A Study of Lexical and non-Lexical Datives}, Year = {1992}} @incollection{Brandner:1993, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Brandner, Ellen}, Booktitle = {The Parametrization of Universal Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Fanselow, Gisbert}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {73--122}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {The Projection of Categories and the Nature of Agreement}, Year = {1993}} @article{Branigan:1996, Author = {Branigan, P.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {50--79}, Title = {Verb-second and the {A}-bar syntax of subjects}, Volume = {50}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Branigan:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Branigan, Phil and Mackenzie, Marguerite}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Pius, Tamanji and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {459--474}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Binding relations and the nature of `pro' in {I}nnu-aimun}, Year = {1999}} @article{Branigan:2002, Author = {Branigan, Phil and Mackenzie, Marguerite}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/33.3boskovic.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {385--407}, Title = {Altruism, {A$'$}-movement, and object agreement in {I}nnu-aimun}, Volume = {33}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This article examines the syntactic properties of a long-distance agreement construction in Innu-aimun (Algonquian) in which a matrix verb may agree with an argument in its complement clause, normally with an associated topic interpretation for the DP target of agreement. It is shown that this is true cross-clausal agreement into a finite complement, rather than agreement with a prothetic object or exceptional Case marking. The topic interpretation effect is shown to reflect a (covert) A'-movement that produces a complement clause with an accessible target for agreement at the left periphery.}} @phdthesis{Branigan:1992, Author = {Branigan, Philip}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {clausal structure; object shift; agreement; Case}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Subjects and Complementizers}, Year = {1992}} @article{Branigan:2000, Author = {Branigan, Philip}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/31.3Branigan.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {553--557}, Title = {Binding effects with covert movement}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}} @article{Breen:1999, Author = {Breen, Gavan and Pensalfini, Rob}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--25}, Title = {Arrernte: A Language with No Syllable Onsets}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {That syllable onsets are present in all languages is widely regarded as axiomatic, and the preference for syllabifying cononants as onsets over codas is considered a linguistic universal. The Central Australian language Arrernte provides the strongest possible counterevidence to this universal, with phenomena generally used to determine syllabification suggesting that all consonants in Arrernte are syllabified as codas at the word level. Attempts to explain the Arrernte facts in terms of syllables with onsets either make the wrong predictions or require proposals that render the putative onset universal unfalsifiable.}} @article{Brennan:1997, Author = {Brennan, Virginia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library odals}, Number = {1}, Pages = {165--169}, Title = {Quantificational Modals}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1997}} @article{Bresnan:1971, Author = {Bresnan, Joan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {ellipsis}, Number = {4}, Pages = {589--597}, Title = {Note on the Notion `Identity of Sense Anaphora'}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1971}} @phdthesis{Bresnan:1972, Author = {Bresnan, Joan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {complementation}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Theory of complementation in {E}nglish syntax}, Year = {1972}} @article{Bresnan:1975, Author = {Bresnan, Joan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Analysis}, Keywords = {library; comparatives; comparatives deletion; constraints}, Number = {1}, Pages = {25--74}, Title = {Comparative Deletion and Constraints on Transformations}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1975}} @article{Bresnan:1976a, Author = {Bresnan, Joan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; movement; constraints; A' movement}, Number = {4}, Pages = {353--393}, Title = {Evidence for a Theory of Unbounded Transformations}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1976}} @article{Bresnan:1976b, Author = {Bresnan, Joan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; raising to object; object shift; ECM}, Number = {3}, Pages = {463--484}, Title = {Nonarguments for Raising}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1976}} @article{Bresnan:1976c, Author = {Bresnan, Joan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {constraints}, Number = {1}, Pages = {3--40}, Title = {On the form and functioning of transformations}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1976}} @book{Bresnan:1982, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Bresnan, Joan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {grammatical functions}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {The mental representation of grammatical functions}, Year = {1982}} @article{Bresnan:1994, Author = {Bresnan, Joan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library; locative inversion}, Number = {1}, Pages = {72--131}, Title = {Locative inversion and the architecture of Universal Grammar}, Volume = {70}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Bresnan:1998, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Bresnan, Joan}, Booktitle = {Is the Best Good Enough?}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Barbosa, Pilar and Fox, Danny and Hagstrom, Paul and McGinnis, Martha and Pesetsky, David}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {59--92}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Morphology Competes with Syntax: Explaining Typological Variation in {W}eak {C}rossover Effects}, Year = {1998}} @article{Bresnan:2002, Author = {Bresnan, Joan and Aissen, Judith}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {81--95}, Title = {Optimality and functionality: objections and refutations}, Volume = {20}, Year = {2002}} @article{Bresnan:1995, Author = {Bresnan, Joan and Mchombo, Sam A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library exical intergrity}, Number = {2}, Pages = {181--254}, Title = {The Lexical Integrity Principle: Evidence from {B}antu}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1995}} @article{Bresnan:1990, Author = {Bresnan, Joan and Moshi, Lioba}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Bantu; Objects}, Number = {2}, Pages = {147--186}, Title = {Object Asymmetries in Comparative {B}antu Syntax}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1990}} @inproceedings{Brisson:1996, Address = {Harvard University and MIT}, Author = {Brisson, Christine}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library oth istributivity}, Pages = {17--30}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Distributivity, Asymmetry, and \emph{Both}}, Year = {1996}} @article{Brody:1993, Author = {Brody, Michael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {theta roles rgument structure ibrary}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--24}, Title = {Theta-Theory and Arguments}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @book{Brody:1995, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Brody, Michael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Pages = {155}, Publisher = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Lexico-Logical Form: A Radically Minimalist Theory}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Brody:1997, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Brody, Michael}, Booktitle = {Elements of Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Haegeman, Liliane}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {139--167}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Perfect Chains}, Year = {1997}} @article{Brody:1998, Author = {Brody, Michael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {adjunction}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/29.3Brody.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {367--398}, Title = {Projection and Phrase Structure}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {Perfect Syntax dispenses with the idea of externally forced imperfections in syntax. This article presents a system of principles relating (L)LF representations and lexical items that aims to be compatible with this assumption. The core of this theory is that phrase structures are viewed as projection lines (lexical items and their projections) linked by an Insert relation. This explains uniqueness and locality of projection, the fact that phrases and nonphrasal elements can immediately dominate each other only when they are part of the same projection line, and most effects of the "target projects" requirement. I attribute a residue to the Generalized Projection Principle, for which I also provide an explanation. In addition, I explore various consequences of the present approach for the Move/Chain relation.}} @article{Brody:2000, Author = {Brody, Michael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library command ependency}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/31.1Brody.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {29--56}, Title = {Mirror Theory: syntactic representation in perfect syntax}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {In the better-developed sciences it is the departures from symmetry rather than the symmetries that are typically taken to be in need of explanation. Mirror theory is an attempt to look at some of the central properties of syntactic representations in this spirit. The core hypothesis of this theory is that in syntactic representations complementation expresses morphological structure: X is the complement of Y only if Y-X form a morphological unit -- a word. A second central assumption is the elimination of phrasal projection: a head X in a syntactic tree should be taken to ambiguously represent both the zero-level head(s) and its (their) associated phrasal node(s).}} @book{Broekhuis:1992, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Broekhuis, Hans}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library; Dutch; Germanic; Verb Raising; passive; NP movement; A movement; Case}, Pages = {228.}, Publisher = {Holland Institute of Generative Linguistics}, Title = {Chain-government: Issues in {D}utch syntax}, Year = {1992}} @article{Broekhuis:2000, Author = {Broekhuis, Hans}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {673--721}, Title = {Against feature strength: the case of {S}candinavian object shift}, Volume = {18}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {In this article, it is argued that the distinction between strong and weak formal features can and must be eliminated. I adopt the derivation-and-evaluation model of grammar, according to which Chomsky's compuatational system (CHL) functions as a generator which produces candidates that are evaluated in an optimality theoretic manner, and it is shown that the strong/weak distinction can be captured by assuming an interaction between a constraint that disfavors movement (STAY) and a constraint (family) F that requires checking of the formal features. The discussion of Scandinavian Object Shift shows that this is not just a reformulation of the original distinction, but has various desirable empirical consequences. The article concludes with a discussion of Scrambling of the Dutch/German type.}} @inproceedings{Broihier:1994, Address = {Boston University, Boston Massachusetts}, Author = {Broihier, Kevin and Hyams, Nina and Johnson, Kyle and Pesetsky, David and Poeppel, David and Schaeffer, Jeanette and Wexler, Ken}, Booktitle = {Boston University Language Acquisition Conference}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Publisher = {Cascadilla Press}, Title = {The Acquisition of the {G}ermanic Verb Particle Construction}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{Brousseau:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Brousseau, Anne-Marie and Ritter, Elizabeth}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {Theta Theory; lexicon; Agent; library}, Pages = {53--64}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {A Non-Univied Anaysis of Agentive Verbs}, Year = {1992}} @article{Browning:1990, Author = {Browning, M. A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {ECP; bounding; linguistics}, Number = {3}, Pages = {481--491}, Title = {{ECP} $\neq$ {CED}}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1990}} @article{Browning:1991, Author = {Browning, M. A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Bounding Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {541--562}, Title = {Bounding Conditions on Representation}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1991}} @inproceedings{Browning:1993, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Browning, M. A.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 23}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library naphora dverbs inding theory}, Pages = {83--94}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Adverbial Reflexives}, Year = {1993}} @article{Browning:1996, Author = {Browning, M. A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {237--256}, Title = {{CP} Recursion and that-t Effects}, Volume = {27}, Year = {1996}} @book{Brucart:1987, Author = {Brucart, Jose}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {ellipsis}, Publisher = {Bellaterra: Publicacions de la Universitat Autonoma de Barcelona}, Title = {La Elision Sintactica en Espa{\~n}ol}, Year = {1987}} @article{Bruening:2001a, Author = {Bruening, Benjamin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; quantification; scope ; double object; superiority; 32.2bruening.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/32.2bruening.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {233--273}, Title = {{QR} obeys superiority: frozen scope and {ACD}}, Volume = {32}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {The phenomenon of "frozen scope" in double object and spray-load constructions is shown to hold robustly across contexts, constructions, and quantifier types. Nevertheless, frozen scope is not absolute, holding only between two objects but not between an object and a subject or an object and some other operator. The rigidity of two object quantifiers follows the pattern of multiple instances of movement crosslinguistically (multiple wh-movement, multiplie A-scrambling, multiple object shift): movement paths cross, reccreating the hierarchical order of the moving elements (Richards 1997). Hypothesizing that quantifier scope is derived by quantifier-specific syntactic movement, movement that is constrained in the same way as other types of movement, permits these phenomena to be unified under accounts of Relativized Minimality effects generally.}} @inproceedings{Bruening:2001b, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {Bruening, Benjamin and Flagg, Elissa and Lin, Vivian}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {43--57}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {An {MEG} study of tone processing asymmetries in {E}nglish versus {M}andarin speakers}, Year = {2001}} @article{Bruge:1996, Author = {Brug{\'e}, Laura and Brugger, Gerhard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--52}, Title = {On the Accusative a in {S}panish}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1996}} @article{Buanmu:1999, Author = {Buanmu, San}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--38}, Title = {Metrical Structure and Tone: Evidence from {M}andarin and {S}hanghai}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {A well-known problem in Chinese phonology is that in some dialects most regular syllables keep their underlying tones, but in others the initial syllable determines the tonal pattern of a multisyllabic domain. Mandarin and Shanghai, two of the most studied dialects, best represent the contrast. Duanmu (1993) proposes that the two dialects differ in syllable structure but otherwise obey the same phonological constraints, including moraic trochee. However, a number of problems remain, such as questions regarding the metrical counting units, the precited weight of a syllable and its phonetic duration, the economy of underlying tones, the mechanism of tone deletion, and the relation between weight and stress. This article offers a solution to the problems. The main proposal is that Chinese is both mora-counting and syllable-counting, in that a heavy syllable forms a bimoraic trochee, which I call M-foot, yet a minimal word must be a disyllabic trochee, which I call a S-foot. In addition, both Madnarin adn Shanghai are subject to toanl polarity, which is independently found in African languages. I also discuss the implication of the S-foot for metrical theory and other consequences of the present analysis.}} @article{Buckley:1994, Author = {Buckley, Eugene}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library; phonology}, Number = {3}, Pages = {423--464}, Title = {Persistent and Cumulative Extrametricality in {K}ashaya}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1994}} @article{Buckley:1998a, Author = {Buckley, Eugene}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/29.3Buckley.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {475--496}, Title = {Alignment in {M}anam Stress}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {Derivational analyses of Manam stress, in particular that of Halle and Kenstowicz (1991), employ abstract intermediate representations to account for the interaction of the basic right-to-left trochaic foot structure, the special status of extrametrical suffices and clitics, and the disrupting effect of "stress shift" caused by closed syllables and vowels in hiatus. Such analyses are empirically inadequate, failing to account for secondary stress, and theoretically problematic, using ad hoc rules to produce the necessary effects. The analysis presented here uses alignment in Optimality Theory to generate the basic stress pattern and two well-motivated constraints, ONSET and *CLASH, to account for stress shift in a natural way.}} @inproceedings{Buckley:1998b, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Buckley, Eugene}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {59--68}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Integrity and Correspondence in {M}anam Double Reduplication}, Year = {1998}} @article{Burton:1992, Author = {Burton, Strang and Grimshaw, Jane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {coordination; derived subjects}, Number = {2}, Pages = {305--312}, Title = {Coordination and {VP}-Internal Subjects}, Volume = {23}, Year = {1992}} @inproceedings{Burton:1997, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Burton, Strang C.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {65--77}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Past Tense on Nouns as Death, Destruction, and Loss}, Year = {1997}} @book{Burzio:1986, Author = {Burzio, Luigi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {Italian; causative; clitics; unaccusative}, Publisher = {Reidel Publishers}, Title = {Italian Syntax}, Year = {1986}} @incollection{Burzio:1998, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Burzio, Luigi}, Booktitle = {Is the Best Good Enough?}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Barbosa, Pilar and Fox, Danny and Hagstrom, Paul and McGinnis, Martha and Pesetsky, David}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {93--114}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Anaphora and Soft Constraints}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Burzio:2000, Address = {New York}, Author = {Burzio, Luigi}, Booktitle = {The first Glot International state-of-the-article book}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Cheng, Lisa L.-S. and Sybesma, Rint}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {199--220}, Publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter}, Title = {The rise of {O}ptimality {T}heory}, Year = {2000}} @article{Burzio:2001, Author = {Burzio, Luigi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 32.4burzio.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/32.4burzio.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {658--677}, Title = {Zero derivations}, Volume = {32}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {Rubach (2000) proposes a modified version of Optimality Theory (OT) that features derivaitons. While Prince and Smolensky's (1993) original formulation requires some modification, I argue here that, rather than reintroducing derivaitons, the correct approach is to take fuller advantage of OT's inherent parallelism. I propose that ouputs must be related not only to inputs, but to other, "neighboring" representations as well -- a feature that is shared by both the output-to-ouput faithfulness approach and the theory of targeted constraints developed by Wilson (2000, to appear). I show that all the cases cited by Rubach that seem to support derivations are in fact handled by the latter two related theories, and that both of these have significant advantages over derivations.}} @inproceedings{Bush:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Bush, Ryan and Tevdoradze, Magda}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {109--120}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Broad and narrow identificational foci}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Butt:1997, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Butt, Miriam}, Booktitle = {Complex Predicates}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Alsina, Alex and Bresnan, Joan and Sells, Peter}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {107--150}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Complex Predicates in {U}rdu}, Year = {1997}} @incollection{Bybee:1988, Address = {San Diego, California}, Author = {Bybee, Joan L.}, Booktitle = {Theoretical Morphology}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Hammond, Michael and Noonan, Michael}, Keywords = {library; morphology}, Pages = {119--142}, Publisher = {Academic Press, Inc.}, Title = {Morphology as Lexical Organization}, Year = {1988}} @inproceedings{Bye:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Bye, Patrik and de Lacy, Paul}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {121--136}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Edge asymmetries in phonology and morphology}, Year = {2000}} @article{Buring:1997a, Author = {B{\"u}ring, Daniel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {175--194}, Title = {The great scope inversion conspiracy}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1997}} @incollection{Buring:1995, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {B{\"u}ring, Daniel and Hartmann, Katharina}, Booktitle = {On extraction and extraposition in {G}erman}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Lutz, Uli and Pafel, J{\"u}rgen}, Pages = {179--212}, Publisher = {John Benjamins}, Title = {All right!}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Buring:1997b, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {B{\"u}ring, Daniel and Hartmann, Katharina}, Booktitle = {Rightward movement}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Beerman, Dorothee and LeBlanc, David and van Riemsdijk, Henk}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {59--79}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {The {K}ayne mutiny}, Year = {1997}} @article{Buring:1998, Author = {B{\"u}ring, Daniel and Hartmann, Katharina}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistische Berichte}, Pages = {172--201}, Title = {Asymmetrische {K}oordination}, Volume = {174}, Year = {1998}} @article{Cabre:1995, Author = {Cabr{\'e}, Teresa and Kenstowicz, Michael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library honology rosody}, Number = {4}, Pages = {694--705}, Title = {Prosodic Trapping {C}atalan}, Volume = {26}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Cahill:1997, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Cahill, Mike and Parkinson, Frederick}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {79--91}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Partial Class Behavior and Feature Geometry: Remarks on Feature Class Theory}, Year = {1997}} @article{Cairns:1994, Author = {Cairns, Helen Smith and McDaniel, Dana and Hsu, Jennifer Ryan and Rapp, Michelle}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library; acquisition}, Number = {2}, Pages = {260--288}, Title = {A longitudinal study of principles of control and pronominal reference in child {E}nlgish}, Volume = {70}, Year = {1994}} @article{Calabrese:1995a, Author = {Calabrese, Andrea}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {373--464}, Title = {A Constraint-Based Theory of Phonological Markedness and Simplification Procedures}, Volume = {26}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Calabrese:1995b, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Calabrese, Andrea}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Pages = {151--174}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Syncretism Phenomena in the Clitic Systems of {I}talian and {S}ardinian Dialects and the Notion of Morphological Change}, Year = {1995}} @article{Camacho:2000a, Author = {Camacho, Jos{\'e}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/31.2Camacho.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {366--375}, Title = {Structural restrictions on comitative coordination}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Camacho:2000b, Address = {T{\''u}bingen}, Author = {Camacho, Jos{\'e}}, Booktitle = {Ellipsis in conjunction}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Schwabe, Kerstin and Zhang, Ning}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {23--49}, Publisher = {Niemeyer}, Title = {On the structure of conjunction}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {This paper analyzes the differences between symmetric and asymmetric coordination. It provides evidence in favor of distinguishing two types of asymmetry in coordination: the first type involves structural asymmetry (i.e. c-command asymmetry between conjuncts) and the second type structural-relations asymmetry (i.e. asymmetry with respect to feature-checking configurations). Using evidence from conjunction of temporal elements in Spanish, the paper argues that asymmetry in grammatical relations is not tenable, although structural asymmetry must be maintained. A structure that respects both conclusions is proposed, where conjuncts have the same relation with respect to feature-checking heads and still display asymmetric c-command relations with respect to each other.}} @article{Camacho:2002, Author = {Camacho, Jos{\'e}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {157--164}, Title = {Wh-doubling: implications for the syntax of wh-movement}, Volume = {33}, Year = {2002}} @article{Camacho:1995, Author = {Camacho, Jos{\'e} and Paredes, Liliana and S{\'a}nchez, Liliana}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {133--146}, Title = {The Genitive Clitic and the Genitive Construction in {A}ndean {S}panish}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Camacho:1996, Address = {Harvard University and MIT}, Author = {Camacho, Jos{\'e} and Sanchez, Liliana}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library oordination}, Pages = {31--42}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Three Types of Conjunction}, Year = {1996}} @article{Cameron-Faulkner:2000, Author = {Cameron-Faulkner, Thea and Carstairs-McCarthy, Andrew}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {813--835}, Title = {Stem alternants as morphological signata: evidence from blur avoidance in {P}olish nouns}, Volume = {18}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {At first sight, the suffixal inflection of Polish masculine nouns violates massively the No Blur Principle proposed by Carstairs-McCarthy (1994) as a constraint on inflection class prliferation but, when stem alternation is taken into account, Polish turns out to comply with the No Blur Principel perfectly -- provided that characteristics of stem alternants are permitted to be constitute part of the 'meaning' of affixes, i.e., to be morphological signata. This supports the hypothesis that affixal inflection and nonaffixal inflection are subject to different constraints, and sheds new light on how the two kinds of inflection can interact.}} @inproceedings{Campana:1993, Address = {University of Iowa}, Author = {Campana, Mark}, Booktitle = {Fourth Annual Meeting of the Formal Lingusitics Society of MidAmerica}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Davison, Alice and Maier, Nicole and Silva, Glaucia and Yan, Wan Su}, Keywords = {library rgative}, Pages = {48--63}, Title = {Argument Association in an Ergative Language}, Year = {1993}} @article{Campbell:1997, Author = {Campbell, Lyle}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {339--351}, Title = {Amerind Personal Pronouns: A Second Opinion}, Volume = {73}, Year = {1997}} @article{Campbell:1991a, Author = {Campbell, Richard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {extraposition}, Title = {Extraposition, Unaccusativity, and {L}ogical {F}orm}, Year = {1991}} @article{Campbell:1991b, Author = {Campbell, Richard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {The Linguistic Review}, Keywords = {morphology}, Number = {2-4}, Pages = {159--184}, Title = {Tense and Agreement in Different Tenses}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1991}} @inproceedings{Campbell:1996a, Address = {Harvard University and MIT}, Author = {Campbell, Richard}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {43--56}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {One(s): The Lonely Number}, Year = {1996}} @article{Campbell:1996b, Author = {Campbell, Richard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {161--188}, Title = {Specificity Operators in Spec {DP}}, Volume = {50}, Year = {1996}} @article{Campbell:1998, Author = {Campbell, Richard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/29.1Campbell.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {153--160}, Title = {A Null Pronominal in the Noun Phrase}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Campbell:1990, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Campbell, Richard and Martin, Jack}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Eighth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Fee, E. Jane and Hunt, Katherine}, Keywords = {psych verbs; anaphora; library}, Pages = {44--55}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Sensation Predicates and the Syntax of Stativity}, Year = {1990}} @article{Campos:1986, Author = {Campos, Hector}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; pro drop; A' movement; null operators; constraints}, Number = {2}, Pages = {354--359}, Title = {Indefinite Object Drop}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1986}} @incollection{Campos:1991, Address = {Washington, D.C.}, Author = {Campos, Hector}, Booktitle = {Current Studies in Spanish Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Campos, Hector and Mart{\'\i}nez-Gil, Fernando}, Keywords = {library; Romance:Spanish; pro; null objects; null subjects; null topic}, Pages = {117--142}, Publisher = {Georgetown University Press}, Title = {Silent objects and subjects in {S}panish}, Year = {1991}} @article{Campos:1997, Author = {Campos, Hector}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {92--119}, Title = {On Subject Extraction and the Antiagreement Effect in {R}omance}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {According to Ouhalla's (1993) analysis of the relationship between extracted subjects and subject-verb agreement, all silent-subject langauges should show an antiagreement effect when the subject is extracted since a resumptive pro in this position would violate the A'-Disjointness Requirement. However, languages like Spanish show agreement between the extracted subject and the verb; Ouhalla attributes this, not the the presence of a resumptive pro, but to the lack of short movement of wh-subjects in the syntax. I show that Ouhalla's predictions are wrong regarding Spanish and Fiorentino; that subject extraction in these langauges (and in Galegan, Italian and Piedmontese) proceeds from postverbal position in both embedded and main clauses; and that the antiagreement effect results from the different nature of the expletive subjects licensed in these languages.}} @article{Cancado:1999, Author = {Can{\c c}ado, M{\'a}rcia and Franchi, Carlos}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {133--143}, Title = {Exceptional Binding with Psych Verbs?}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}} @book{Cantrall:1974, Address = {The Hague, The Netherlands}, Author = {Cantrall, Willam R.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {anaphora; reflexives}, Publisher = {Mouton}, Title = {Viewpoint, Reflexives, and the Nature of Noun Phrases}, Year = {1974}} @book{Carden:1976, Address = {New York}, Author = {Carden, Guy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Publisher = {Academic Press}, Title = {English Quantifiers, Logical Structure and Linguistic Variation}, Year = {1976}} @article{Cardinaletti:1994, Author = {Cardinaletti, Anna}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {The Linguistic Review}, Keywords = {DP ronouns}, Number = {3-4}, Pages = {195--220}, Title = {On the Internal Structure of Pronominal {DP}s}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1994}} @article{Cardinaletti:1997, Author = {Cardinaletti, Anna}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {521--533}, Title = {Agreement and Cotnrol in Expletive Constructions}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1997}} @incollection{Cardinaletti:1998, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Cardinaletti, Anna}, Booktitle = {Possessors, predicates and movement in the determiner phrase}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Alexiadou, Artemis and Wilder, Chris}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {17--54}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {On the deficient/strong oppositionin possessive systems}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Cardinaletti:1995b, Address = {San Diego, California}, Author = {Cardinaletti, Anna and Guasti, Maria Teresa}, Booktitle = {Small Clauses(28)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Cardinaletti, Anna and Guasti, Maria Teresa}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {1--26}, Publisher = {Academic Press}, Title = {Small Clauses: Some Controversies and Issues of Acquisition}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Cardinaletti:1995a, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Cardinaletti, Anna and Starke, Michal}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Pages = {1--12}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The Tripartition of pronouns and its Acquisition: Principle {B} Puzzles are Ambiguity Problems}, Year = {1995}} @article{Carlson:1977, Author = {Carlson, G.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {ACD}, Pages = {520--542}, Title = {Amount Relatives}, Volume = {53}, Year = {1977}} @incollection{Carlson:1980, Address = {Dordrecht, Holland}, Author = {Carlson, Greg and Roeper, Tom}, Booktitle = {Lexical Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Hoekstra, Teun and Hulst, Harry van der and Moortgat, M.}, Keywords = {particles}, Pages = {123--164}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Morphology and Subcategorization: Case and the unmarked complex verb}, Year = {1980}} @article{Carlson:1997, Author = {Carlson, Greg N. and Spejewski, Beverly}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library enerics uantification}, Number = {2}, Pages = {101--165}, Title = {Generic Passages}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {This paper examines a type of discourse structure we here call 'generic passages'. We argue that generic passages whould be analyzed as sequences of generic sentences, each sentence containing itw own GEN operator (Krifka et al. 1995). The GEN operators produce tripartitie matrix/restrictor structures; the main discourse connection among the sentences is that the restrictor produced by each sentence in sequence has as its contents the information in the matrix produced by the previous sentence in the discourse. We also argue that an identity of reference times is required for this process to occur. In the end generic passages are a natural product of the interatction of generic operators in sentences with independently-established principles structuring ordinary extensional narrative.}} @phdthesis{Carlson:1977a, Author = {Carlson, Gregory N.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library; semantics; kinds; plurals; reference}, School = {University of Massachusetts, Amherst}, Title = {Reference to Kinds in {E}nglish}, Year = {1977}} @article{Carmack:1997a, Author = {Carmack, Stanford}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library nflection}, Number = {2}, Pages = {314--338}, Title = {Blocking in {G}eorgian Verb Morphology}, Volume = {73}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {Georgian person-number affixes reflecting subject and object agreement coexist on verb stems. As a result of limited morphotactic space, in several contexts certain markers surface while others that are equally semantically motivated do not. Inflectional blocking, relying on general linguistic principles of specificity and analogy, accounts for surface verb forms in a novel, explanatory fashion. The implication for Georgian is that instead of employing inflection produced by syntactically relevant affixation rules, its verb morphology results from morphtactic constraints, blocking of potential affix combinations, and verb stem insertion into instantiated inflectional affix frames.}} @article{Carmack:1997b, Author = {Carmack, Stanford}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {33--77}, Title = {Object-Participle Agreement with Complex Controllers in Eastern {I}bero-{R}omance}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {In object-participle constructions with complex agreement controllers the closest conjunct, whether preceding or following the target past participle, typically triggers agreement. In addition, every conjunct may control past particple agreement: masculine plural and feminine plural conjuncts may resolve as masculine plural, and singular and plural conjuncts may resolve as plural (pure gender and mixed number resolution, respectively). The resolution of mulitple signular conjuncts as plural, however, is rare, attested only once. While the control of agreement by the closest conjunct is the norm, pre-targe first conjuncts, regardless of their gender adn number, may trigger agreement as well. On the other hand, there is no clear textual evidence that pre-target middle conjuncts or post-target remote conjuncts control agreement. Hence, these observations admit the following generalization (taking first conjuncts to be underlying closest conjuncts): the only individual conjunct capable of controlling object-participle agreement is an (underlying) closest conjunct.}} @book{Carnap:1937, Address = {New York}, Author = {Carnap, Rudolf}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library; semantics; logic; philosophy: language}, Pages = {352}, Publisher = {Harcourt, Brace and Company}, Title = {The Logical Syntax of Language}, Year = {1937}} @incollection{Carreira:1991, Address = {Washington, D.C.}, Author = {Carreira, Maria}, Booktitle = {Current Studies in Spanish Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Campos, Hector and Mart{\'\i}nez-Gil, Fernando}, Keywords = {library; Romance:Spanish; phonology}, Pages = {407--446}, Publisher = {Georgetown University Press}, Title = {The alternating diphthongs in {S}panish: a paradox revisited}, Year = {1991}} @article{Carrier:1992, Author = {Carrier, Jill and Randall, Janet H.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {resultatives; argument structure}, Number = {2}, Pages = {173--234}, Title = {The Argument Structure and Syntactic Structure of Resultatives}, Volume = {23}, Year = {1992}} @article{Carstairs:1984, Author = {Carstairs, Andrew}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Folia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library; morphology: inflection; paradigms}, Number = {1-2}, Pages = {73--85}, Title = {Outlines of a Constraint on Syncretism}, Volume = {XVIII}, Year = {1984}} @incollection{Carstairs:1988, Address = {San Diego, California}, Author = {Carstairs, Andrew}, Booktitle = {Theoretical Morphology}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Hammond, Michael and Noonan, Michael}, Keywords = {library; morphology; inflection; paradigms}, Pages = {71--79}, Publisher = {Academic Press, Inc.}, Title = {Nonconcatenative Inflection and Paradigm Economy}, Year = {1988}} @article{Carstairs-McCarthy:1994, Author = {Carstairs-McCarthy, Andrew}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library; inflection; paradigms; Gender}, Number = {4}, Pages = {737--788}, Title = {Inflection Classes, Gender, and the Principle of Contrast}, Volume = {70}, Year = {1994}} @phdthesis{Carstens:1991, Author = {Carstens, Vicki}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {bantu; kiswahili; DP; morphology; inflection; clausal structure; nominals}, School = {University of California, Los Angeles}, Title = {The Morphology and Syntax of Determiner Phrases in {K}iswahili}, Year = {1991}} @article{Carstens:2000, Author = {Carstens, Vicki}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/31.2Carstens.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {319--355}, Title = {Concord in {M}inimalist Theory}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {Concord within DP argues that movement is driven by uninterpretable features of either the target or the moved item, contra Chomsky 1995. The uninterpretable phi-features of which concord consists must be eliminated by LF, to satisfy Full Interpretation. But raising of inflected APs and KPs into checking relations with N cannot be motivated, in Chomsky's system, since N has no uninterpretable features that these items can check. ASsuming Kayne's (1994, 1998) proposal for APs, the problem can be partially overcome, but inflected 'of' constructions still lack an account. Chomsky's (1998) probe-goal approach applied to concord also encounters difficulties, avoided under revision of the (1995) system: if the phi-features of APs and KPs drive them to raise for checking, correct results are obtained.}} @article{Carstens:1988, Author = {Carstens, Vicki and Kinyalolo, K. K. W.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, Title = {On {IP} structure: tense, aspect and agreement}, Year = {1988}} @inproceedings{Carter:1993, Address = {University of Iowa}, Author = {Carter, Juli A.}, Booktitle = {Fourth Annual Meeting of the Formal Lingusitics Society of MidAmerica}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Davison, Alice and Maier, Nicole and Silva, Glaucia and Yan, Wan Su}, Keywords = {library nflection}, Pages = {64--78}, Title = {The Lexical Status of Inflectional Morphemes}, Year = {1993}} @article{Casali:1995, Author = {Casali, Roderic}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library honology}, Number = {4}, Pages = {649--663}, Title = {Labial Opacity and Roundness Harmony in {N}awuri}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1995}} @article{Casali:1997, Author = {Casali, Roderic F.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {493--533}, Title = {Vowel Elision in Hiatus Contexts: Which Vowel Goes?}, Volume = {73}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {Among the common strategies for eliminating vocalic hiatus is vowel elision. In some cases, it is the first vowel (V1) that elides, while in others it is the second (V2). Analyses of elision have, virtually without exception, simply stipulated which vowel is elided, for example, by encoding this information directly in a langauge-specific rule. This implies that the targeted position is not predictable, but simply a matter of which of two equally available options is selected by the language. A cross-linguistic study suggests, however, that this is not strictly the case, but that in some environments the choice of target is universally determined. This article accounts for the observed restrictions on elision target within a constraint-based theory which claims that langauges preferentially preserve phonological elements in certain prominent positions.}} @incollection{Casielles:1994, Address = {Amherst}, Author = {Casielles, E.}, Booktitle = {Functional Projections}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library; aspect}, Pages = {49--62}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {Aspect and Arbitrary Interpretation}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{Causley:1997, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Causley, Trisha}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {93--1021}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Identity and Featural Correspondence: The {A}thapaskan Case}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Causley:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Causley, Trisha}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {69--78}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Variable Markedness and Fixed Hierarchies}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Cecchetto:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Cecchetto, Carlo}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {137--152}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Connectivity and anti-connectivity in pseudoclefts}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Cecchetto:2001, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {Cecchetto, Carlo}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {99--115}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Proper binding condition effects are phase impenetrability condition effects}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Cecchetto:2001b, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Cecchetto, Carlo}, Booktitle = {Semantic interfaces: reference, anaphora and aspect}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Cecchetto, Carlo and Chierchia, Gennaro and Guasti, Maria Teresa}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {90--144}, Publisher = {CSLI}, Title = {Syntactic or semantic reconstruction? Evidence from pseudoclefts and clitic left dislocation}, Year = {2001}} @article{Cedeno:1994, Author = {Cede{\~n}o, Rafael A. N{\'u}{\~n}ez}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library; Spanish; phonology; geminates}, Number = {1}, Pages = {23--42}, Title = {The alterability of {S}panish geminates and its effects on the Uniform Applicability Condition}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Cedeno:1991, Address = {Washington, D.C.}, Author = {Cede{\~n}o, Rafael A. N{\'u}{\~n}ez}, Booktitle = {Current Studies in Spanish Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Campos, H{\'e}ctor and Mart{\'\i}nez-Gil, Fernando}, Keywords = {library; Romance:Spanish; morphology; compounds}, Pages = {573--598}, Publisher = {Georgetown University Press}, Title = {Headship Assignment Resolution in {S}panish compounds}, Year = {1991}} @article{Centineo:1996, Author = {Centineo, Giulia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library uxiliaries}, Number = {3}, Pages = {223--271}, Title = {A Lexical Theory of Auxiliary Selection in {I}talian}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1996}, Abstract = {An alternative to former syntactic and semantic treatments of auxiliary selection, this paper accounts for the distribution of avere 'to have' and essere 'to be' in terms of lexical semantics and the notions of prototypicality and markedness of subject choice. Works on Italian auxiliary selection are reviewed and their shortcomings highlighted. Burzio's unaccusative analysis of the Italian auxiliary phenomenon is ad hoc with respect to the selection of essere with si-impersonal and fails to account for the occurrence of verbs such as correre 'to run' with both essere and avere. Also earlier semantic descriptions of the phenomenon cannot account for the occurrence of essere with si-constructions, and do not provide independent criteria to attribute semantic structures to verbs and semantic roles to arguments.}} @inproceedings{Channon:1974, Address = {Harvard University}, Author = {Channon, R}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Kaisse, Ellen M. and Hankamer, Jorge}, Pages = {276--298}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The {NAC} and how not to get it}, Year = {1974}} @phdthesis{Chao:1987, Author = {Chao, Wynn}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library; ellipsis}, School = {University of Massachusetts, Amherst}, Title = {On Ellipsis}, Year = {1987}} @inproceedings{Cheek:2001, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {Cheek, Adrianne}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {117--129}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Synchronic handshape variation in {ASL}: evidence of coarticulation}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Chen:1990, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Chen, Matthew Y.}, Booktitle = {The Phonology-Syntax Connection}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Inkelas, Sharon and Zec, Draga}, Keywords = {library; phonology: syntax}, Pages = {19--46}, Publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, Title = {What must Phonology Know about Syntax}, Year = {1990}} @article{Chen-Sheng:2001, Author = {Chen-Sheng, Luther Liu}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {307--336}, Title = {Antilogophoricity, sympathy and the sympathetic antilogophor renjia}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {The specific referential renjia 'people-home' cannot be analyzed simply as a contra-reference code in contrast with a co-reference code, namnely, the Mandarin Chinese reflexive ziji 'self', as suggested in R. Cheng (1989: 1993). We believe that all the phenomena shown by the specific referential renjia 'people-home' fall under the notion of sympthetic antilogophoricity. That is, whenever the speaker attempts to appeal to the addressee's sympathy (or agreement) in his (or her) thoughts or feel, he/she usually uses the specific referental renjia 'people-home' and has it take as reference some identifiable or unidentifiable external protagonist(s) other than the speaker or the addressee, or someone who plays a pragmatically downgraded logphoric role in teh discourse, namely the downgraded speaker or addressee. CAses involving either a speaker-reference or an addressee-reference can be regarded as an extension of core sympathetic antilogophoricity, which is limited to cases of reference to an external protagonist other than the speaker or the addressee. Only in a non-core case of sympathetic antilogophoricity is it a necessary property of the sympathetic antilogophor renjia 'people-home' that its antecedent denotes an individual consceious of the relevant even tbeing reported. The differences between the specific referential renjia 'people-home' and English epithets (i.e., antilogophors) lead to our claim: there exist at least two types of antilogophors and the notion of sympathy plays an important role in interpreting some type of antilogophors.}} @article{Cheng:1996, Author = {Cheng, Lisa L.-S. and Huang, C.-T. James}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library onkey anaphora hinese}, Number = {2}, Pages = {121--163}, Title = {Two Types of Donkey Sentences}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1996}} @book{Cheng:2000, Address = {New York}, Author = {Cheng, Lisa L.-S. and Sybesma, Rint}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {406}, Publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter}, Title = {The first Glot International state-of-the-article book}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Cheng:1991, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Cheng, Lisa Lai Shen and Demirdache, Hamida}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Ninth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Halpern, Aaron L.}, Keywords = {Basque; clauses; library}, Pages = {125--140}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {External Arguments in {B}asque}, Year = {1991}} @phdthesis{Cheng:1991b, Author = {Cheng, Lisa Lai-Shen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library; questions; A' movement; Chinese; typology}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {On the Typology of WH-Questions}, Year = {1991}} @article{Cheng:1995, Author = {Cheng, Lisa Lai-Shen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {197--234}, Title = {On Dou-Quantification}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1995}} @article{Cheng:1999, Author = {Cheng, Lisa Lai-Shen and Sybesma, Rint}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/30.4Cheng_Sybsema.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {509--542}, Title = {Bare and Not-So-Bare Nouns and the Structure of {NP}}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This article examines the distribution and interpretational variability of bare nouns and [classifier+noun] phrases in Cantonese and Mandarin. We argue that bare nouns are never bare in structure and that [classifier+noun] phrases may have more structure than just Classifier Phrase. We show that hte lack of articles and number morphology in Cantonese/Mandarin leads to many interesting differences between Chinese-type languages and English-/Italian-type languages.}} @phdthesis{Chierchia:1984, Author = {Chierchia, Gennaro}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library; gerunds; infinitives; PRO; control}, School = {University of Massachusetts, Amherst}, Title = {Topics in the Syntax and Semantics of Infinitives and Gerunds}, Year = {1984}} @inproceedings{Chierchia:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Chierchia, Gennaro}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {wh movement; quantification; weak crossover; pronouns; library}, Pages = {75--90}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Functional WH and Weak Crossover}, Year = {1992}} @article{Chierchia:1992a, Author = {Chierchia, Gennaro}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 11:18:47 -0500}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {quantifiers; questions; library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {181--234}, Title = {Questions with Quantifiers}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1992}} @book{Chierchia:1995, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Chierchia, Gennaro}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library resupposition naphora onkey anaphora}, Pages = {270}, Publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, Title = {Dynamics of Meaning}, Year = {1995}} @article{Chierchia:1998, Author = {Chierchia, Gennaro}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {339--405}, Title = {Reference to Kinds across Languages}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This paper is devoted to the study of bare nominal arguments (i.e. determinerless NPs occurring in canonical argumental positions) from a crosslinguistic point of view. It is proposed that languages may vary in what they let their NPs denote. In some languages (like Chinese), NPs are argumental (names of kinds) and can thus occur freely without determiner in argument position; in others they are predicates (Romance), and this prevents NPs from occurring as arguments, unless the category D(eterminer) is projected. Finally, there are langauges (like Germanic or Slavic) which allow bothpredicative and argumental NPs; these languages, being the 'union' of the previous two types, are expected to behave like Romance for certain aspects of their nominal system (the singular count portion) and like Chinese for others (the mass and plural portions). This hypothesis (the 'Nominal Mapping Parameter') is investigated not just through typological considerations, but also through a detailed constrastive analysis of bare arguments in Germanic (English) vs. Romance (Italian). Some general consequences of this view, which posits a limited variation in the mapping form syntax into semantics, for current theories of Universal Grammar and acquisition are considered.}} @incollection{Chierchia:2001, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Chierchia, Gennaro}, Booktitle = {Semantic interfaces: reference, anaphora and aspect}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Cecchetto, Carlo and Chierchia, Gennaro and Guasti, Maria Teresa}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {51--89}, Publisher = {CSLI}, Title = {A puzzle about indefinites}, Year = {2001}} @book{Chierchia:1989, Address = {Dordrecht ; Boston}, Author = {Chierchia, Gennaro and Partee, Barbara Hall and Turner, Raymond}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {Semantics Congresses.}, Pages = {2 v.}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Properties, types and meaning}, Year = {1989}} @incollection{Chisolm:1989, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Chisolm, Roderick M.}, Booktitle = {Themes From Kaplan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Almog, Joseph and Perry, John and Wettstein, Howard}, Keywords = {library; philosophy: language; semantics}, Pages = {145--150}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Why Singular Propositions?}, Year = {1989}} @article{Chiu:1995, Author = {Chiu, Bonnie}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {77--117}, Title = {An Object Clitic Projection in {M}andarin {C}hinese}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Cho:1994, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Cho, Mi-Hui}, Booktitle = {Japanese/Korean Linguistics(4)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Akatsuka, Noriko}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {431--446}, Publisher = {Stanford Linguistics Association}, Title = {Vowel Harmony in {K}orean: A Grounded Phonology Approach}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{Cho:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Cho, Sungeun}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {79--94}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {A New Analysis of {K}orean Inalienable Possession Constructions}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Cho:1990, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Cho, Young-Mee Yu}, Booktitle = {The Phonology-Syntax Connection}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Inkelas, Sharon and Zec, Draga}, Keywords = {library; phonology:syntax; Korean}, Pages = {47--62}, Publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, Title = {Syntax and Phrasing in {K}orean}, Year = {1990}} @phdthesis{Choe:1988, Author = {Choe, H.-S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {Korean; restructuring; complex predicates}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Restructuring parameters and complex predicates: a transformational approach}, Year = {1988}} @book{Chomsky:1957, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, Publisher = {Mouton}, Title = {Syntactic structures}, Year = {1957}} @incollection{Chomsky:1964, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Booktitle = {The structure of language}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Fodor, Jerry and Katz, Jerry}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, Pages = {211--245}, Publisher = {Prentice Hall}, Title = {A transformational approach to syntax}, Year = {1964}} @book{Chomsky:1965, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library exical insertion ransformations}, Pages = {251}, Publisher = {M.I.T. Press}, Title = {Aspects of the theory of syntax}, Year = {1965}} @book{Chomsky:1966, Address = {New York}, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library; philosophy: language}, Pages = {119}, Publisher = {Harper \\& Row, Publishers}, Title = {Cartesian linguistics}, Year = {1966}} @book{Chomsky:1975, Address = {New York}, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Publisher = {Pantheon Books}, Title = {Reflections on language}, Year = {1975}} @book{Chomsky:1975b, Address = {The Hague}, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library; linguistic theory}, Publisher = {Mouton}, Title = {Current issues in linguistic theory}, Year = {1975}} @incollection{Chomsky:1977, Address = {New York, New York}, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Booktitle = {Essays on form and interpretation}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {anaphora; binding theory}, Pages = {81--162}, Publisher = {Elsevier North-Holland, Inc.}, Title = {Conditions on transformations}, Year = {1977}} @book{Chomsky:1977b, Address = {Amsterdam, The Netherlands}, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Publisher = {North-Holland Publishing Company}, Title = {Essays on form and interpretation}, Year = {1977}} @incollection{Chomsky:1977c, Address = {New York, New York}, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Booktitle = {Formal syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Culicover, P. and Wasow, T. and Akmajian, A.}, Keywords = {Subjacency}, Publisher = {Academic Press}, Title = {On wh-movement}, Year = {1977}} @book{Chomsky:1980, Address = {New York}, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Pages = {299}, Publisher = {Columbia University Press}, Title = {Rules and representations}, Year = {1980}} @article{Chomsky:1980b, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {anaphora; binding theory; control}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--46}, Title = {On binding}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @book{Chomsky:1981, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {anaphora; Case; bounding; LF; ecp; Linguistics}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Lectures on government and binding}, Year = {1981}} @book{Chomsky:1982, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Booktitle = {Linguistic Inquiry Monographs}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library; parasitic gaps; A' movement; null operators}, Pages = {110}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Some concepts and consequences of the theory of government and binding}, Year = {1982}} @book{Chomsky:1985, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {phrase structure; Linguistics}, Pages = {592}, Publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, Title = {The Logical Structure of Linguistic Theory}, Year = {1985}} @book{Chomsky:1986, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {ecp; LF; bounding; Linguistics}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Barriers}, Year = {1986}} @book{Chomsky:1986b, Address = {New York, New York}, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Publisher = {Praeger Publishers}, Title = {Knowledge of language}, Year = {1986}} @incollection{Chomsky:1991, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Booktitle = {Principles and Parameters in Comparative Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Freidin, Robert}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, Pages = {417--454}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Some notes on economy of derivation and representation}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Chomsky:1992, Address = {Berkeley, California}, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Booktitle = {Inference, Explanation, and other Frustrations}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Earman, John}, Keywords = {philosophy; philosophy of science; explanation}, Pages = {99--128}, Publisher = {University of California Press}, Title = {Language and interpretation: philosophical reflections and empirical inquiry}, Year = {1992}} @book{Chomsky:1992b, Address = {MIT, Cambridge Massachusetts}, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library inimalism}, Publisher = {MIT Working Papers in Linguistics}, Title = {A minimalist program for linguistic theory}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1992}} @book{Chomsky:1993b, Address = {Wakefield, Rhode Island}, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Publisher = {Moyer Bell}, Title = {Language and thought}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Chomsky:1993c, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Booktitle = {The view from {B}uilding 20}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-09-16 12:08:24 -0400}, Editor = {Hale, Ken and Keyser, Jay}, Keywords = {library inimalism}, Pages = {1--52}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {A minimalist program for linguistic theory}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Chomsky:1993d, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Booktitle = {The chomskyan turn}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Kasher, Asa}, Keywords = {library; chomsky; cognitive science}, Pages = {3--25}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishers}, Title = {Linguistics and adjacent fields: a personal view}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Chomsky:1993e, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Booktitle = {The chomskyan turn}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Kasher, Asa}, Keywords = {library; chomsky; cognitive science}, Pages = {26--55}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishers}, Title = {Linguistics and cognitive science: problems and mysteries}, Year = {1993}} @book{Chomsky:1995, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library inimalism}, Pages = {420}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {The minimalist program}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Chomsky:1995b, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Booktitle = {Government binding theory and the minimalist program}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Webelhuth, Gert}, Pages = {383--439}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Bare phrase structure}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Chomsky:1998, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Booktitle = {Is the best good enough?}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Barbosa, Pilar and Fox, Danny and Hagstrom, Paul and McGinnis, Martha and Pesetsky, David}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {115--128}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Some observations on economy in generative grammar}, Year = {1998}} @book{Chomsky:1968, Address = {New York}, Author = {Chomsky, Noam and Halle, Morris}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library; phonology}, Pages = {470}, Publisher = {Haper \& Row, Publishers}, Title = {The Sound Pattern of {E}nglish}, Year = {1968}} @incollection{Chomsky:1993, Address = {Berlin}, Author = {Chomsky, Noam and Lasnik, Howard}, Booktitle = {Syntax: an International Handbook of Contemporary Research}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {von Stechow, Arnim and Sternefeld, W. and Vennemann, T.}, Keywords = {library inimalism}, Pages = {506--569}, Publisher = {Walter de Gruyter}, Title = {Principles and parameter theory}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Christensen:1986, Address = {Stockholm}, Author = {Christensen, Kirsti K.}, Booktitle = {Workshop at the Ninth Scandinavian Conference}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {sten, Dahl and Holmberg, Anders}, Pages = {21--35}, Publisher = {University of Stockholm}, Title = {Norwegian ingen: a case of post-syntactic lexicalization}, Year = {1986}} @incollection{Christensen:1989, Address = {Dordrecht, Holland}, Author = {Christensen, Kirsti Koch and Taraldsen, Tarald}, Booktitle = {Dialect variation and the theory of grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Beninca, Paola}, Keywords = {scandinavian; agreement; participles}, Pages = {53--84}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Expletive chain formation and past participle agreement in {S}candinavian dialects}, Year = {1989}} @incollection{Chung:1987, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Chung, Sandra}, Booktitle = {The representation of (in)definiteness(14)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Reuland, Eric J. and Meulen, Alice G. B. ter}, Keywords = {library; Chamorro; definiteness; existentials}, Pages = {191--225}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {The syntax of {C}hamorro existential sentences}, Year = {1987}} @article{Chung:1990, Author = {Chung, Sandra}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {Chamorro; verb movement; derived subjects; clausal structure}, Number = {4}, Pages = {559--620}, Title = {{VP}'s and verb movement in {C}hamorro}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1990}} @article{Chung:1994, Author = {Chung, Sandra}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; chamorrow; wh-movement; A' movement; agreement; reference}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--44}, Title = {Wh-Agreement and ``Referentiality'' in {C}hamorro}, Volume = {25}, Year = {1994}} @article{Chung:2000, Author = {Chung, Sandra}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {157--171}, Title = {On reference to kinds in {I}ndonesian}, Volume = {8}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {Chierchia's (1998) theory of noun denotations, formalized in the Nominal Mapping Parameter, makes the prediction that no langauge will have both a generalized classifier system and a singular-plural contrast in nouns. Evidence presented in this note suggests that Indonesian is just such a language. The evidence is used to raise the more general issue of the extent to which the morphosyntax of nouns can be reliably predicted from the routes by which they are mapped into their denotations (and vice versa).}} @article{Chung:1995, Author = {Chung, Sandra and Ladusaw, William A. and McCloskey, James}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library luicing llipsis ndefinites}, Number = {3}, Pages = {239--282}, Title = {Sluicing and {L}ogical {F}orm}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Church:1989, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Church, Alonzo}, Booktitle = {Themes from Kaplan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Almog, Joseph and Perry, John and Wettstein, Howard}, Keywords = {library; philosophy: language; semantics}, Pages = {151--166}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Intensionality and the paradox of the name relation}, Year = {1989}} @article{Cinque:1975, Author = {Cinque, Guglielmo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library elative clauses}, Number = {1}, Pages = {140--145}, Title = {The shadow pronoun hypothesis and ``chopping'' rules in {R}omance}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1975}} @article{Cinque:1990, Author = {Cinque, Guglielmo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {ergative; adjectives; theta theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--41}, Title = {Ergative adjectives and the lexicalist hypothesis}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1990}} @book{Cinque:1990b, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Cinque, Guglielmo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library; Romance; Italian; A' movement; constraints; bounding}, Pages = {223}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Types of {A$'$}-dependencies}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Cinque:1990c, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Cinque, Guglielmo}, Booktitle = {Scrambling and barriers}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Grewendorf, G{\"u}nther and Sternefeld, Wolfgang}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {261--294}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Two classes of intransitive adjectives in {I}talian}, Year = {1990}} @article{Cinque:1993, Author = {Cinque, Guglielmo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {stress; compound; phonology; library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {239--298}, Title = {A null theory of phrase and compound stress}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @article{Cinque:1993b, Author = {Cinque, Guglielmo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library; DP; nominals; Head movement}, Location = {Venezia}, Title = {On the evidence for partial {N} movement in the {R}omance {DP}}, Year = {1993}} @book{Cinque:1999, Address = {New York}, Author = {Cinque, Guglielmo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Adverbs and functional heads: a cross-linguistic perspective}, Year = {1999}} @article{Cipria:2000, Author = {Cipria, Alicia and Roberts, Craige}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {297--347}, Title = {Spanish Imperfecto and Pret{\'e}rito: truth conditions and aktionsart effects in a situation semantics}, Volume = {8}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {Spanish verbs display two past-tense forms, the pret{\'e}rito and the imperfecto. We offer an account of the semantics of these forms within a situation semantics, addressing a number of theoretically interesting questions about how to realize a semantics for tense and events in that type of framework. We argue that each of these forms is unambiguous, and that the apparent variety of readings attested for them derives from interaction with other factors in the course o finterpretation. The meaning of the imperfecto is constrained to always reflect atelic aktionsart. In addition, it contains a modal element, and a contextually-given accessibility relation over situations constrains the interpretation of the modal in ways that give rise to all the attested readings. The pret{\'e}rito is indeterminate with respect to aktionsart, neither telic nor atelic. One or the other aktionsart may be forced by other factors in the clause in which the pret{\'e}rito occurs, as well as by pragmatic contrast with the possibility of using the imperfecto.}} @inproceedings{Citko:2001, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {Citko, Barbara}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {132--145}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Deletion under identity in relative clauses}, Year = {2001}} @article{Citko:2002, Author = {Citko, Barbara}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/33.3citko.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {507--511}, Title = {(Anti)reconstruction effects in free relatives: a new argument against the Comp account}, Volume = {33}, Year = {2002}} @incollection{Clahsen:1994, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Clahsen, Harald and Eisenbeiss, Sonja and Vainikka, Anne}, Booktitle = {Language Acquisition Studies in Generative Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Hoekstra, Teun and Schwartz, Bonnie D.}, Keywords = {library; acquisition}, Pages = {85--118}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {The Seeds of Structure: a Syntactic Analysis of the Acquisition of Case Marking}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Clahsen:1992, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Clahsen, Harald and Penke, M.}, Booktitle = {The Acquisition of Verb Placement: Functional Categories and {V2} Phenomena in Language Acquisition}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Meisel, J.}, Publisher = {Kluwer}, Title = {The Acquisition of Agreement Morphology and its Syntactic Consequences: New Evidence from the {S}imone Corpus}, Year = {1992}} @incollection{Clahsen:1986, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Clahsen, Harald and Smolka, Klaus-Dirk}, Booktitle = {Verb Second Phenomena in {G}ermanic Languages}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Haider, Hubert and Prinzhorn, Martin}, Keywords = {library; Germanic; V2; acquisition}, Pages = {137--168}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Psycholiguistic Evidence and the Description of {V2} Phenomena In {G}erman}, Year = {1986}} @article{Clapp:1995, Author = {Clapp, Leonard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library ttitude}, Number = {5}, Pages = {529--565}, Title = {How to Be Direct and Innocent: A Criticism of {C}rimmins and {P}erry's theory of Attitude Ascriptions}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Clark:1987, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Clark, Mary M.}, Booktitle = {Issues in Japanese Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library; phonology; Japanese}, Pages = {53--106}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Japanese as a Tone Language}, Year = {1987}} @book{Clark:1990, Author = {Clark, Robin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {control; infinitives; null arguments}, Publisher = {Routledge Publishers}, Title = {Thematic theory in syntax and interpretation}, Year = {1990}} @article{Clark:1992, Author = {Clark, Robin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {modification}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--28}, Title = {Scope assignment and modification}, Volume = {23}, Year = {1992}} @article{Clark:1993, Author = {Clark, Robin and Roberts, Ian}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {learnability; acquisition; diachrony; library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {299--346}, Title = {A computational model of language learnability and language change}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @article{Cocchi:1994, Author = {Cocchi, Gloria}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Number = {2/3}, Pages = {87--102}, Title = {An explanation of the split in the choice of perfect auxiliaries}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{Cohan:2001, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {Cohan, Jocelyn}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {148--162}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Reconsidering identificational focus}, Year = {2001}} @article{Cohen:1999, Author = {Cohen, Ariel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {221--253}, Title = {Generics, Frequency Adverbs, and Probability}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {Generics and frequency statements are puzzling phenomena: they are lawlike, yet contingent. They may be true even in the absence of any supporting instances, and extending the size of their domain does not change their truth conditions. Generics and frequency statements are parametric on time, but not on pssible worlds; they cannot be applied to temporary generalizations, and yet are contingent. These constructions require a regular distribution of events along the time axis. Truth judgments of generics vary considerably across speakers, whereas truth judgments of frequency statements are much more uniform. A generic may be false even if the vast majority of individuals in its domain satisfy the predicated property, whereas a frequency statement using, e.g., usuallywould be true. This paper argues that all these seeminly unrelated puzzles have a single underlying cause: generics and frequency statements express probability judgments, and these, in turn, are interpreted as statements of hypothetical relative frequency.}} @article{Cohen:2000, Author = {Cohen, Ariel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {291--295}, Title = {The king of {F}rance is, in fact, bald}, Volume = {8}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {According to current theories, sentences with definite descriptions that fail to refer are either false or lack a truth value; but they cannot be true. However, I present examples where such sentences are, in fact, judged true. I propose that a definite description may be accommodated as a conditional, and that, in such cases, it is precisely the failure to refer that makes the sentence true.}} @article{Cohen:2001, Author = {Cohen, Ariel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {41--67}, Title = {Relative readings of many, often, and generics}, Volume = {9}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {In addition to the familiar cardinal and proportional readings of many and few, there is yet another interpretation, the relative proportional reading. This reading, unlike the ordinary absolute proportional reading, is not conservative. Under teh relative reading, 'many phis are psis' is true just in case the porportion of psis among phis is greater than the proportion of psis among members of contextually given alternatives to phi. I proide a definition of proportional readings that reduces the differences between absolute and relative interpretations to the value of a single parameter. I argue that relative readings are not restricted to many and few, but are also exhibited by the adverbs often and seldom, and by generics. Interpretations of determiners that have been treated as "focus-affected readings," interpretations of adverbs of quantification that have been treated as "pure frequency readings," and interpretations of generics which have been claimed to be cases of "revers interpretation" or "direct kind predication" are, in fact, instances of relative readings.}} @article{Cohen:2002, Author = {Cohen, Ariel and Erteschik-Shir, Nomi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {125--165}, Title = {Topic, focus, and the interpretation of bare plurals}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {In this paper we show that focus structure determines the interpretation of bare plurals in English: topic bare plurals are interpreted generically, focused bare plurals are interpreted existentially. When bare plurals are topics they must be specific, i.e. they refer to kinds. After type-shifting they introduce variables which can be bound by the generic quantifier, yielding characterizing generics. Existentially interpreted bare plurals are not variables, but denote properties that are incorporated into the predicate. They type of predicate determines the interpretation of its bare plural subject. The individual/stage-level distinction, though important, is not sufficient: since only arguments can be topics, only those stage-level predicates which have locative arguments can have existential bare plural subjects. Certain verbs (e.g., \emph{hate}) fail to incorporate their bare plural objects; therefore no existential reading of the object is available. We provide a novel solution to this puzzle based on the following two claims: (i) incorporated bare plurals do not introduce discourse referents; (ii) nonincorporating verbs are presuppositional.}} @book{Cohen:1993, Address = {Monroe, Maine}, Author = {Cohen, Jeff and Solomon, Norman}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library; politics; media}, Pages = {259}, Publisher = {Common Courage Press}, Title = {Adventures in medialand}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Cole:1991, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Cole, Jennifer Fitzpatrick}, Booktitle = {The proceedings of the ninth west coast conference on formal linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Halpern, Aaron L.}, Keywords = {morphology; Bengali; library}, Pages = {157--170}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {The minimal word in {B}engali}, Year = {1991}} @inproceedings{Cole:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Cole, Jennifer S. and Kisseberth, Charles W.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the north east linguistic society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library honology armony}, Pages = {17--30}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Paradoxical strength conditions in harmony systems}, Year = {1995}} @article{Cole:1994b, Author = {Cole, Peter and Hermon, Gabriella}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; Wh movement; LF}, Number = {2}, Pages = {239--262}, Title = {Is there {LF} wh-movement?}, Volume = {25}, Year = {1994}} @article{Cole:1998, Author = {Cole, Peter and Hermon, Gabriella}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Number = {3}, Pages = {221--258}, Title = {The typology of wh-movement. Wh-questions in {M}alay}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This article investigates the complex facts of Malaoy wh-questions, and suggests a theory of how Malay wh-questions fit into the typology of wh-questions permitted by a Minimalist conception of UG. The paper examiens the prinicples that account for overt wh-movement, wh-in-situ and partial wh-movement in Malay. We argue that the apparent optionality seen in Malay reduces to whether, in the lexicon, a question word consists of an operator and variable combined in a single word, or of a variable bound by a separate, phonologically null operator. We then apply the analysis based on Malay to other langauges (primarily, to Chinese and English), and show that the principles employed for Malay are sufficient to explain the variation in wh-question formation among these languages.}} @article{Cole:1990, Author = {Cole, Peter and Hermon, Gabriella and Sung, Li-May}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {anaphora}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--22}, Title = {Principles and parameters of long-distance reflexives}, Volume = {21}, Year = {1990}} @article{Cole:1997, Author = {Cole, Peter and Lee, Cher Leng}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {189--211}, Title = {Locality Constraints on Yes/No Questions in {S}ingapore {T}eochew}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {This paper describes the formation of yes/no (Y/N) questions in colloquial Singapore Teochew (ST), a variety of Teochew (Chaozhou) which has borrowed a significat number of lexical items from Malay. The varieties of Y/N questions which we shall describe are A-Not-A questions, questions employing the question particle ka and postposed negative auxiliary (PNA) questions. The three types of Y/N questions can be reduced to two types, A-Not-A questions and ka questions. These two types of questions differ markedly in their propoerties. Ka questions show distributional limitations which indicate that they are derived similarly to adverbial WH questions, suggesting a movement analysis like that proposed by Huang (1982 and 1991) for Mandarin and Taiwanese A-Not-A questions. ST A-Not-A quesitons, however, appear not to be derived by movement. Rather, we follow McCawley's suggestion that A-Not-A questions represent the conventionalization and grammaticization of what earlier were not Y/N questions, but rather alternative or disjunctive questions.}} @article{Cole:1994, Author = {Cole, Peter and Sung, Li-May}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {anaphora inding theory}, Number = {4}, Pages = {335--406}, Title = {Head movement and long-distance reflexives}, Volume = {25}, Year = {1994}} @article{Collins:1994, Author = {Collins, Chris}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library conomy}, Number = {1}, Pages = {45--62}, Title = {Economy of derivation and the generalized proper binding condition}, Volume = {25}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Collins:1995, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Collins, Chris}, Booktitle = {Papers on minimalist syntax(27)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Pensalfini, Rob and Ura, Hiroyuki}, Keywords = {library inimalism}, Pages = {65--104}, Publisher = {MITWPL}, Title = {Toward a theory of optimal derivation}, Year = {1995}} @book{Collins:1996, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Collins, Chris}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Local economy}, Year = {1996}} @article{Collins:1997b, Author = {Collins, Chris}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library erial verb}, Number = {3}, Pages = {461--497}, Title = {Argument sharing in serial verb constructions}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {It is shown that internal argument sharing is a necessary property of serial verb constructions in Ewe. Data involving the marking of oblique/default Case in Ewe show that argument sharing is mediated by the presence of empty categories, contra proposals by Baker (1989, 1991). Serial verb constructions are analyzed as control structures wehre the second verb incorportes into the first verb at LF.}} @article{Collins:2002, Author = {Collins, Chris}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--29}, Title = {Multiple verb movement in {H}oan}, Volume = {33}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {I argue that verbal compounds in Hoan are derived from underlying structures similar to serial verb constructions. I show that the derivation crucially involves multiple verb movement, which is subject to the same kinds of locality constraints as other types of multiple movement. I show how the multiple verb movement analysis applies to a range of verbal compounds in Hoan.}} @article{Collins:1997, Author = {Collins, Chris and Branigan, Phil}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--41}, Title = {Quotative inversion}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {Sentences in which a direct speech complement to a verb of saying is preposed or postposed can trigger inversion of the subject and the finite verb. This structure is analysed in a minimalist framework, leading to a revision of the minimialist theory of locality constraints on movement. Evidence is presented to show that the subject remains in Spec-V and the verb raises to Agro in quotative inversion sentences. The direct speech constituent at the periphery of the clause is shown to control an empty operator which triggers the inversion in a manner parallel to French stylistic inversion. The inversion is derived from the checking theory by supposing a particular complementiser type which then selects weak N-features on its complement. A transitivity constraint on quotative inversion is discussed and the Minimal Link Condition is reformulated so that inversion is blocked in VPs in which there is both a quote and a DP complement. Finally, the position of the verb in quotative inversion is derived from the Revised Minimal Link Condition.}} @incollection{Collins:1993, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Collins, Chris and Thr{\'a}insson, Hoskuldur}, Booktitle = {Papers on case and agreement II}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Phillips, Colin}, Keywords = {library; double object}, Pages = {131--174}, Publisher = {Department of Linguistics and Philosophy}, Title = {Object shift in double object constructions and the theory of case}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Comorovski:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Comorovski, Ileana}, Booktitle = {The proceedings of the tenth west coast conference on formal linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {partitives; definiteness; library}, Pages = {91--102}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Partitives and the definiteness effect}, Year = {1992}} @article{Compos:1995, Author = {Campos, H{\'e}ctor}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library litics}, Number = {3}, Pages = {247--278}, Title = {Full and reduced clitics in {M}egleno-{R}omance}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Condoravdi:1990, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Condoravdi, Cleo}, Booktitle = {The phonology-syntax connection}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Inkelas, Sharon and Zec, Draga}, Keywords = {library; phonology:syntax; sandhi; greek}, Pages = {63--84}, Publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, Title = {Sandhi rules of {G}reek and prosodic theory}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Conradie:1975, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Conradie, C. J.}, Booktitle = {Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-1973}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Kraak, A.}, Keywords = {library; diachrony}, Pages = {141--146}, Publisher = {Van Gorcum}, Title = {A note on the role of `bleeding order' in diachronic syntax}, Year = {1975}} @article{Contreras:1984, Author = {Contreras, Heles}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {698--701}, Title = {A note on parasitic gaps}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @incollection{Contreras:1986, Address = {Utrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Contreras, Heles}, Booktitle = {Going romance II}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Coopmans, Peter and Bordelois, Ivonne and Smith, Bill Dotson}, Keywords = {library; A' movement; constraints}, Pages = {11--20}, Title = {Open and closed {A}-bar chains}, Year = {1986}} @incollection{Contreras:1991, Address = {Washington, D.C.}, Author = {Contreras, Heles}, Booktitle = {Current Studies in Spanish Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Campos, Hector and Mart{\'\i}nez-Gil, Fernando}, Keywords = {library; Romance:Spanish; resumptive pronouns}, Pages = {143--164}, Publisher = {Georgetown University Press}, Title = {On resumptive pronouns}, Year = {1991}} @article{Contreras:1993, Author = {Contreras, Heles}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {null operators ibrary}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--30}, Title = {On null operator structures}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Contreras:1995, Address = {San Diego, California}, Author = {Contreras, Heles}, Booktitle = {Small clauses(28)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Cardinaletti, Anna and Guasti, Maria Teresa}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {135--152}, Publisher = {Academic Press}, Title = {Small clauses and complex predicates}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Conway:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Conway, Laura and Crain, Stephen}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the north east linguistic society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library cquisition naphora}, Pages = {31--46}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Donkey anaphora in child grammar}, Year = {1995}} @article{Cook:1994, Author = {Cook, Eung-Do}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; Bella Coola; phonology}, Number = {2}, Pages = {309--326}, Title = {Against Moraic Licensing in {B}ella {C}oola}, Volume = {25}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Coopmans:1994, Address = {Cambridge, Great Britain}, Author = {Coopmans, Peter}, Booktitle = {Verb Movement}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Lightfoot, David and Hornstein, Norbert}, Keywords = {library; Arabic; verb movement}, Pages = {73--86}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Comments on the paper by {O}uhalla}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Coopmans:1986, Author = {Coopmans, Peter and Roovers, I.}, Booktitle = {Utrecht formal parameters yearbook II}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {extraposition}, Pages = {21--35}, Title = {Reconsidering some syntactic properties of {PP}-extraposition}, Year = {1986}} @inproceedings{Coppock:2001, Address = {University of Chicago}, Author = {Coppock, Elizabeth}, Booktitle = {Chicago Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Andronis, Mary and Ball, Christoper and Elston, Heidi and Neuvel, Sylvain}, Keywords = {coppock.pdf}, Pages = {133--148}, Title = {Gapping: in defense of deletion}, Volume = {37}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Cormack:1984, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Cormack, A.}, Booktitle = {Varieties of formal semantics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Landman, F. and Veltman, F.}, Pages = {81--102}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {{VP} anaphora: variables and scope}, Year = {1984}} @incollection{Cormack:1999, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Cormack, Annabel}, Booktitle = {Specifiers}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Adger, David and Plunkett, Bernadette and Tsoulas, George and Pintzuk, Susan}, Pages = {46--68}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Without specifiers}, Year = {1999}} @incollection{Cornell:2000, Address = {New York}, Author = {Cornell, Tom and Rogers, James}, Booktitle = {The first Glot International state-of-the-article book}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Cheng, Lisa L.-S. and Sybesma, Rint}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {171--198}, Publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter}, Title = {Model theoretic syntax}, Year = {2000}} @article{Cornips:1996, Author = {Cornips, L. and Hulk, A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--21}, Title = {Ergative reflexives in {H}eerlen {D}utch and {French}}, Volume = {50}, Year = {1996}} @phdthesis{Corver:1990, Author = {Corver, Norbert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library xtraction onstraints}, School = {Katholieke Universiteit Brabant}, Title = {The syntax of left branch extractions}, Year = {1990}} @article{Corver:1993, Author = {Corver, Norbert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library omparatives inding theory}, Number = {4}, Pages = {773--781}, Title = {A Note on subcomparatives}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @article{Corver:1997, Author = {Corver, Norbert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library omparatives djectives}, Number = {1}, Pages = {119--164}, Title = {Much-Support as a last resort}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {In this article I present evidence for Bresnan's (1973) proposal that there is an underlying QP within the adjective phrase and that a distinction should be made between two types of functional degree words, Deg (heading DegP) and Q (heading QP). The evidence comes from so-pronominalization phenomena in Englsih adjective phrases. I show that in certain pronominalization contexts a dummy adjectival element much is inserted in the functional Q position. This phenomenon of much-support is similar to the phenomenon of do-support in the verbal domain. I further argue that much-insertion is blocked in contexts in which the more economical A-to-Q raising operation can apply.}} @article{Corver:1997b, Author = {Corver, Norbert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {289--368}, Title = {The internal syntax of the {D}utch extended adjectival projection}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {This paper is concerned with the phrase structural and word order properties of the (extended) adjectival projeciton, a phrase structural domain which has received relatively little attention in the generative literature. Focusing on the internal syntax of Dutch adjective phrases, I will come to the following conclusions. First, there is a strong empirical (and theoretical) basis for extending the functional head hypothesis to the adjectival system (i.e. for adopting the DegP-hypothesis). Secondly, a distinction should be made between two types of funcitonal degree categories: Deg(P) and AP (the split degree system hypothesis). Thirdly, there is empirical support for the existence of a third functional projection, AgrP, within the adjectival domain. Fourthly, as regards directionality of headedness within the Dutch funcitonal system, it is concluded that Deg and Q take their complements to the right, whereas Agr takes its complement to the left. It is proposed that this asymmetry of headedness within the functional structure of the adjectival projection relates to the nominal orientation of Deg and Q and the verbal orientation of Agr. Finally, three movement operations will be identified within the Dutch adjectival system: A-to-Q raising, A-to-Agr raising and leftward scrambling. The latter two are at the basis of the word order variation which is found within the Dutch adjectival system.}} @incollection{Corver:1998, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Corver, Norbert}, Booktitle = {Possessors, predicates and movement in the determiner phrase}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Alexiadou, Artemis and Wilder, Chris}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {215--258}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Predicate movement in pseudopartitive constructions}, Year = {1998}} @article{Costa:1996, Author = {Costa, J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {22--34}, Title = {Adverb positioning and {V}-movement in {E}nglish: some more evidence}, Volume = {50}, Year = {1996}} @incollection{Costa:2000, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Costa, Jo{\~a}o}, Booktitle = {Portuguese syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Costa, Jo{\~a}o}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {94--115}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Word order and discourse-configurationality in {E}uropean {P}ortuguese}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Cowper:1990, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Cowper, Elizabeth}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the eighth west coast conference on formal linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Fee, E. Jane and Hunt, Katherine}, Keywords = {passive; morphology; inflection; library}, Pages = {85--93}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Perfective -en is passive -en}, Year = {1990}} @article{Cowper:1998, Author = {Cowper, Elizabeth}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--18}, Title = {The Simple Present Tense in {E}nglish: A Unified Treatment}, Volume = {52}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This paper provides a unified account of the matrix uses of the English simple present. The differences between eventive and stative sentences in the simple present, as well as reportive, futurate and habitual uses of eventive sentences are shown to derive straightforwardly from a single constraint on grammatical tense systems: the Principle of Non-Simultaneity of Points. The analysis supports a view of speech time as a moment, rather than an interval, in the unmarked case, and also supports the purely Davidsonian view that only eventive sentences contain an event-denoting element.}} @article{Cowper:1995, Author = {Cowper, Elizabeth A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Canadian Journal of Linguistics}, Keywords = {library articiples nflection erb movement}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--38}, Title = {English participle constructions}, Volume = {40}, Year = {1995}} @book{Crain:1998, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Crain, Stephen and Thornton, Rosalind}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Pages = {342}, Publisher = {The MIT Press}, Title = {Investigations in {U}niversal {G}rammar: A Guide to Experiments on the Acquisition of Syntax and Semantics}, Year = {1998}} @article{Crain:1996, Author = {Crain, Stephen and Thornton, Rosalind and Boster, Carole and Conway, Laura and Lilo-Martin, Diane and Woodams, Elaine}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Keywords = {library uantification}, Number = {2}, Pages = {83--153}, Title = {Quantification Without Qualification}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1996}} @book{Cresswell:1985, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Cresswell, M. J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Keywords = {library; semantics}, Pages = {202}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Structured Meanings}, Year = {1985}} @article{Cresti:1995, Author = {Cresti, Diana}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library econstruction cope uantification ype-shifting}, Number = {1}, Pages = {79--122}, Title = {Extraction and reconstruction}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Cresti:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Cresti, Diana}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:57 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {153--164}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Ellipsis and reconstruction in relative clauses}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Creswell:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Creswell, Cassandre}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {165--180}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The discourse function of verum focus in wh-questions}, Year = {2000}} @article{Croft:1995, Author = {Croft, William}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {490--532}, Title = {Autonomy and Functionalist Linguistics}, Volume = {71}, Year = {1995}} @article{Crosland:1998, Author = {Crosland, Jeff}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL7.4Crosland.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {257--285}, Title = {Yes-No Question Patterns in {S}outhern {M}in: Variation Across Some Dialects in {F}ujian}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {Zhu Dexi (1985) introduced the idea of the typological significance of the various yes-no question patterns in Chinese dialects. Subsequent research has revealed that variation within one dialect is quite common. Previous accounts of yes-no question patterns in Southern Min dialects have shown that most have more than one pattern. The present study shows that in some Fujian Southern Min dialects the patterns VP-neg and Adv-VP are mutually exclusive. Data from Xiamen is also presented to show recent innovations in the yes-no question pattern. This innovation is described with a view towards explaining how the origin of the innovative patterns and limitations on their further development are influenced by the distribution of the negatives and modal verbs.}} @inproceedings{Crowhurst:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Crowhurst, Megan and Hewitt, Mark S.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library honology rosody}, Pages = {47--62}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Directional Footing, Degeneracy, and Alignment}, Year = {1995}} @article{Crowhurst:1994, Author = {Crowhurst, Megan J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library; phonology}, Number = {2}, Pages = {177--202}, Title = {Foot Extrametricality and Template Mapping in {C}upe{\~n}o}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Culicover:2001b, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Culicover, Peter}, Booktitle = {Parasitic gaps}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Culicover, Peter and Postal, Paul}, Pages = {3--68}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Parasitic gaps: a history}, Year = {2001}} @article{Culicover:1995, Author = {Culicover, Peter and Jackendoff, Ray}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {249--276}, Title = {Something Else for the Binding Theory}, Volume = {26}, Year = {1995}} @book{Culicover:2001, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Culicover, Peter and Postal, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Pages = {447}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Parasitic gaps}, Year = {2001}} @article{Culicover:1973, Author = {Culicover, Peter and Wexler, Kenneth}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Social Sciences Working Papers}, Keywords = {library atives reezing principle}, Title = {An Application of the {F}reezing {P}rinciple to the Dative in {E}nglish}, Volume = {39}, Year = {1973}} @article{Culicover:1993, Author = {Culicover, Peter W.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; ECP; that-t; A' movement; bounding}, Number = {3}, Pages = {557--561}, Title = {Evidence against {ECP} accounts of the that-t effect}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Culicover:1993b, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Culicover, Peter W.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 23}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {97--111}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The Adverb Effect: Evidence against {ECP} Accounts of the that-t Effect}, Year = {1993}} @article{Culicover:1997, Author = {Culicover, Peter W. and Jackendoff, Ray}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library oordination}, Number = {2}, Pages = {195--217}, Title = {Semantic Subordination despite Syntactic Coordination}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {In several respects, including binding and quantification, the left-hand conjunct in "left-subordinating" and-constructions (e.g. you drink one more can of beer and I'm leaving) behaves like a subordinate clause. However, treating it as syntactically subordinate results in an unnatural account of its superficially coordinate structure. Thus, the binding and quantification effects must be due to subordination at the level of conceptual structure, not syntactici structure. In addition, certain extraction and inversion phenomena in the left-hand cluase are consistent only with its being coordinated in syntactici structure. A striking consequence is that the Coordinate Structure Constraint holds at conceptual structure, whereas Condition on Extraction Domain effects are strictly syntactic. The left-subordinating and-construction is thus another example of a significant mismatch between syntactic structure and semantic representation.}} @article{Culicover:1999, Author = {Culicover, Peter W. and Jackendoff, Ray}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/30.4Culicover_Jack.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {543--571}, Title = {The View from the Periphery: The {E}nglish Comparative Correlative}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {The English comparative correlative construction (e.g., The more you eat, the fatter you get) embeds like an ordinary CP, and each of its clauses displays an ordinary long-distance dependency. However, the connection between the two clauses is not ordinary: they are connected paratactically in synatx, but the first clause is interpreted as if it were a subordinate clause. The construction's mixture of the general and the idiosyncratic at all levels of detail challenges the distinction between "core" and "preiphery" in grammar and the assumption that some level of underlying syntax directly mirrors semantic structure.}} @article{Culicover:2001c, Author = {Culicover, Peter W. and Jackendoff, Ray}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/32.3culicover.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {493--512}, Title = {Control is not movement}, Volume = {32}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {We present arguments against Hornstein's recent movement theory of control. Such a theory can be sustained only if a restricted subset of the data is considered. We review additional data that show that hte position of the controller is determined at least in part by semantic constraints. A semantic account captures the generalizations in a manner impossible for a syntactic account.}} @article{Culicover:1990, Author = {Culicover, Peter W. and Rochemont, Michael S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {extraposition}, Number = {1}, Pages = {23--47}, Title = {Extraposition and the Complement Principle}, Volume = {21}, Year = {1990}} @article{Culy:1996, Author = {Culy, C.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {6}, Pages = {599--617}, Title = {Formal Properties of Natural Language and Linguistic Theories}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1996}} @incollection{Cummins:1994, Address = {MIT}, Author = {Cummins, Sarah and Roberge, Yves}, Booktitle = {The Morphology-Syntax Connection}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Harley, Heidi and Phillips, Colin}, Keywords = {library; morphology; Romance; inflection}, Pages = {53--70}, Title = {Romance Inflectional Morphology In and Out of Syntax}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Curtiss:1988, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Curtiss, Susan}, Booktitle = {Linguistics: The Cambridge Survey(II)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Newmeyer, Frederick J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {96--116}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Abnormal Language Acquisition and the Modularity of Language}, Year = {1988}} @inproceedings{Cote:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {C\^{o}t{\'e}, Marie-H{\'e}l{\`e}ne}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Pius, Tamanji and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {51--66}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Edge effects and the prosodic hierarchy: Evidence form stops and affricates in {B}asque}, Year = {1999}} @inproceedings{Da:1996, Address = {Harvard University and MIT}, Author = {Da, Jun}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library honology}, Pages = {57--70}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {A Constraint-based Approach to the Chamelon /r/ in {M}andarin Dialects}, Year = {1996}} @article{Dahl:1973, Author = {Dahl, {\"O}sten}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Synthese}, Keywords = {pronouns; reference; anaphora}, Pages = {81--112}, Title = {On so-called Sloppy Identity}, Volume = {26}, Year = {1973}} @article{Dahl:1993, Author = {Dahl, Veronica and Popowich, Fred and Rochemont, Michael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library; dislocated phrases; bounding}, Number = {4}, Pages = {331--352}, Title = {A principled characterization of dislocated phrases: capturing Barriers with static discontinuity grammars}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1993}} @article{Dalrymple:1998, Author = {Dalrymple, Mary and Hyrapetian, Irene and King, Tracy Holloway}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {597--631}, Title = {The Semantics of the {R}ussian Comitative Construction}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {Russian has two different means of combining two noun phrases to form a plural noun phrase: the coordinate construction (using i 'and') and the comitative construction (using s'with'). The two constructions are associated with different readings for certain sentences. In particular, whereas in certain cases the comitative construction allows only for a collective reading. This difference has been ascribed to a difference in denotation of the two types of phrases. We show that such an analysis is unsatisfactory and propose an alternative anlysis that appeals to pragmatic factors. In particular, we claim that distributive readings are dispreferred in the absence of an overt distributive operator and that pragmatic differences between the types of noun phrases riase the saliency of their subgroups to different degrees, thus making distributive readings more difficult to obtain with comitatives.}} @article{Dalrymple:1995, Author = {Dalrymple, Mary and Kehler, Andrew}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {531--536}, Title = {On the Constraints Imposed by Respectively}, Volume = {26}, Year = {1995}} @article{Dalrymple:1994, Author = {Dalrymple, Mary and Mchombo, Sam A. and Peters, Stanley}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; Chichewa; anaphora; binding theory; reciprocals}, Number = {1}, Pages = {145--164}, Title = {Semantic Similarities and Syntactic Contrasts betweeen {C}hichewa and {E}nglish Reciprocals}, Volume = {25}, Year = {1994}} @article{Dalrymple:1991, Author = {Dalrymple, Mary and Sheiber, Stuart M. and Pereira, Fernando C. N.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {Ellipsis}, Number = {4}, Pages = {399--452}, Title = {Ellipsis and Higher-Order Unification}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1991}} @article{Daral:1994, Author = {Daral, Veneeta Srivastav}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library; questions; scope}, Number = {2}, Pages = {137--170}, Title = {Scope Marking as Indirect WH-Dependency}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1994}} @article{Dardel:1999, Author = {Dardel, Robert De}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {177--208}, Title = {Compos{\'e}s rectionnels nominaux nom+nom en protoroman}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This paper deals mainly with the Romance compound illustrated by Spanish bocacalle (BUCCAM-CALLEM), literally 'mouth of a street'. The problem about it can be formulated in the following way: "Where does it come from, since Classical Latin does not possess it, except perhaps with an interfix (BUCC-i-cALLEM), and since it can be reasonably linked neither with previous prepositional phrases (BUCCA DE CALLEM) nor with the Lain genitive construciton (BUCCA CALLIS)?" The answer, obtained by means of the historical comparative linguistics and the reconstruction of Proto-Romance, is that this compound type must have been productive during antiquity in Spoken Latin, as a popular means of coining everyday terms for animals, plants, instruments and place names. It may be that, previous to its Latin origin, it goes back to Indo-European.}} @incollection{Davidson:1967, Address = {Pittsburgh}, Author = {Davidson, Donald}, Booktitle = {The Logic of Decision and Action}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Rescher, Nicholas}, Pages = {81--95}, Publisher = {Pittsburgh University Press}, Title = {The logical form of action sentences}, Year = {1967}} @inproceedings{Davies:2001, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {Davies, William D. and Dubinsky, Stanley}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {199--214}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Bypassing subjacency effects: how event structure amnesties extraction out of object NPs}, Year = {2001}} @book{Davies:2002, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Davies, William D. and Dubinsky, Stanley}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {304}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Objects and Other Subjects}, Year = {2002}} @article{Davies:2002a, Author = {Davies, William D. and Dubinsky, Stanley}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Location = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Pages = {247--280}, Title = {Functional architecture and the distribution of subject properties}, Volume = {Objects and Other Subjects}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Davis:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Davis, Henry and Matthewson, Lisa}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {95--110}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Determiners, Finiteness, and the Entity/Event Distinction}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Davis:1988, Address = {San Diego, California}, Author = {Davis, Stuart}, Booktitle = {Theoretical Morphology}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Hammond, Michael and Noonan, Michael}, Keywords = {library; morphology; phonology: reduplication}, Pages = {305--324}, Publisher = {Academic Press, Inc.}, Title = {On the Nature of Internal Reduplication}, Year = {1988}} @article{Davis:1995, Author = {Davis, Stuart}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {465--498}, Title = {Emphasis Spread in {A}rabic and Grounded Phonology}, Volume = {26}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Davis:1994, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Davis, Stuart and Lee, Jin-Seong}, Booktitle = {Japanese/Korean Linguistics(4)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Akatsuka, Noriko}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {447--460}, Publisher = {Stanford Linguistics Association}, Title = {Infixal Reduplication in Korean Ideophones}, Year = {1994}} @article{Davis:1999, Author = {Davis, Stuart and Shin, Seung-Hoon}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {285--312}, Title = {The Syllable Contact Constraint in {K}orean: An {O}ptimality-{T}heoretic Analysis}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {In this paper, we show that a high-ranking syllable contact constraint is the driving force behind the well-known nasalization and lateralization phenomena in Korean. Previous analyses of Korean nasalization and lateralization have accounted for the patterns of altenration by reference to rules of various types and rule ordering, with more recent analyses incorporating feature geometry with underspecificaiton. While some of the previous reserach has indeed noted the importance of syllable contact as a motivating force behind the Korean nasalization and lateralization phenomena, such research has been unable to directly formalize the role that syllable contact plays in Korean phonology. After first presenting the Korean data that highlights the importance of syllabe contact, we develop an optimiality-theoretic analysis of Korean nasalization and laterlization in which SyllCon is an undominated constraint. The high ranking nature of this constraint determines which underlying consonantal sequences undergo altenration. The specific type of alternation (lateralization or nasalization) is determined by the lower ranking constraints. We compare our analysis with previous approaches to the Korean nasalization and lateralization problem found in the literature and argue for the superiority of the optimality-theoretic approach.}} @inproceedings{Davis:1998a, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Davis, Stuart and Torretta, Gina}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 11:16:41 -0500}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {111--126}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {An Optimality-Theoretic Account of Compensatory Lengthening and Germinate Throwback in Trukese}, Year = {1998}} @article{Davis:2001, Author = {Davis, Stuart and Zawaydeh, Bushra Adnan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/32.3davis.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {512--520}, Title = {Arabic hypocoristics and the status of the consonantal root}, Volume = {32}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {There is currently a controversy regarding the lexical (morphemic) status of hte consonantal root in teh Semitic languages. Bat-El (1994) and Ratcliffe (1997) have argued against the lexical status of the consonantal root in Hebrew and Arabic, respectively. However, Prunet, B{\'e}land, and Idrissi (2000) present Arabic aphasic evidence supporting the lexical (morphemic) status of the consonantal root for Arabic. In this article we offer supporting evidence from Arabic hypocoristics for the morphemic status of the consonantal root. WE argue that hypocoristic formation is an output-to-output word formation process that nonetheless references the consonantal root. We then discuss implications.}} @article{Dayal:2002, Author = {Dayal, Veneeta}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/33.3dayal.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {512--520}, Title = {Single-pair versus multiple-pair answers: wh-in-situ and scope}, Volume = {33}, Year = {2002}} @article{deBoysson1991, Author = {de Boysson-Bardies, Beanedicte and Vihman, Marilyn May}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {acquisition}, Number = {2}, Pages = {297--319}, Title = {Adaptation to language: Evidence from Babbling and First Words in Four Languages}, Volume = {67}, Year = {1991}} @article{deCarvalho:1994, Author = {de Carvalho, Joaquim B.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library; phonology}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--27}, Title = {What are vowels made of? The `no-rule' approach and particle phonology}, Volume = {48}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{deHoop:1991, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {de Hoop, Helen}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Ninth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Halpern, Aaron L.}, Keywords = {Germanic; Dutch; scrambling; object shift; library}, Pages = {277--288}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Restrictions on Existential Sentences and Object-Scrambling: Some Facts from Dutch}, Year = {1991}} @phdthesis{deHoop:1992, Author = {de Hoop, Helen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {Case; Dutch; Scrambling}, School = {Rijksuniversiteit Groningen}, Title = {Case Configuration and Noun Phrase Interpretation}, Year = {1992}} @book{Kuthy:2002, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {De Kuthy, Kordula}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Publisher = {CSLI Publications}, Title = {Discontinuous {NP}s in {G}erman}, Year = {2002}} @article{deKuthy:2001, Author = {de Kuthy, Kordula and Meurers, Walt Detmar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {143--205}, Title = {On partial constituent fronting in {G}erman}, Volume = {3}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {This paper presents reevaluation of the choice between the two analyses for German partial fronting phenomena proposed in the literature, remnant movement and reanalysis. We show that the empirical arguments which were presented in favor of an extraction analysis are not convincing, and we provide empirical evidence supporting a reanalysis-like approach. Turning to a detailed data discussion, we compare three different kinds of partial constituents: verbal, adjectival, and nominal ones. Adjectival complements pattern with coherently selected verbal complements whereas nominal complements turn out to be less restricted. On the theoretical side, we show that a reanalysis-like theory can be given a formally precise rendering in the HPSG architecture in terms of a lexical argument-raising specification, which is already widely employed in HPSG analyses of coherence in Germanic and restructuring verbs in Romance languages. The account we propose generalizes previous HPSG approaches to partial complements of different categories and correctly predicts the interaction of (partial) VP topicalization with embedded partial NPs or APs.}} @article{deVilliers:1995, Author = {de Villiers, Jill and Roeper, Thomas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Number = {1-2}, Pages = {73--104}, Title = {Barriers, Binding, and Acquisition of the {DP}-{NP} Distinction}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Dechaine:1991, Address = {Cornell University}, Author = {Dechaine, Rose-Marie}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the First Semantics and Linguistic Theory Conference}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Moore, Steven and Wyner, Adam Zachary}, Pages = {31--50}, Publisher = {Cornell University Working Papers in Linguistics}, Title = {Bare Sentences}, Year = {1991}} @phdthesis{Dechaine:1993, Author = {Dechaine, Rose-Marie}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {library; predicates; modifiers}, School = {University of Massachusetts-Amherst}, Title = {Predicates Across Categories}, Year = {1993}} @article{Dechaine:1990, Author = {Dechaine, Rose-Marie and Manfredi, Victor}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {library; binding theory; anaphora; pronouns; haitian}, Location = {UMass-Amherst and Harvard University}, Title = {Binding Domains in {H}aitian}, Year = {1990}} @article{Dechaine:1994, Author = {Dechaine, Rose-Marie and Manfredi, Victor}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library; Haitian; anaphora; Binding Theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {203--258}, Title = {Binding Domains in {H}aitian}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1994}} @article{Declerck:1996, Author = {Declerck, R. and Tanaka, K.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library ense}, Number = {3}, Pages = {283--301}, Title = {Constraints on tense choice in reported speech}, Volume = {50}, Year = {1996}, Abstract = {In reported speech, a that-clause depending on a reporting verb in the past tense can under certain conditions use the present tense instead of the past tense: He said that his name was/is John. The conditions in question have often been discussed in the literature (see especially Riddle 1978). The present article concentrates on the factors that hamper or prevent the use of the present tense. Some of these have to do with the fact that a reporting verb creates an intensional domain, others are related to the speaker's choice of 'temporal focus'. All in all, the factors appear to be numerous and of many different types: they have to do with syntax, semantics, pragmatics, communication structure and context. The theoretical relevance of these findings is that they cast doubt on the traditional 'sequence of tense' analysis of reported speech and corroborate the analysis in terms of 'temporal domains' proposed in Declerck (1991).}} @incollection{deHaan:1986, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {deHaan, G. and Weerman, Fred}, Booktitle = {Verb Second Phenomena in Germanic Languages}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Haider, Hubert and Prinzhorn, Martin}, Keywords = {library; Germanic; Frisian; V2}, Pages = {77--110}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Finiteness and Verb Fronting in {F}risian}, Year = {1986}} @inproceedings{Dehe:2001, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {Deh{\'e}, Nicole}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {183--197}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Intonation patterns of particle verb constructions in {E}nglish}, Year = {2001}} @article{Dekker:1993, Author = {Dekker, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library; quantification}, Number = {6}, Pages = {561--588}, Title = {Existential Disclosure}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1993}} @article{Dekker:1996, Author = {Dekker, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {211--257}, Title = {The Values of Variables in Dynamic Semantics}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1996}} @article{Delfitto:1991, Author = {Delfitto, D. and Schroten, J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {DP; Romance}, Number = {2}, Pages = {155--186}, Title = {Bare Plurals and the Number Affix in {DP}}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1991}} @article{Delorme:1972, Author = {Delorme, Evelyne and Dougherty, Ray C.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Foundations of Language}, Keywords = {library ronouns ominals}, Number = {1}, Pages = {2--29}, Title = {Appositive NP Constructions: ``we, the men; we me; I, a man; etc.}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1972}} @article{Delsing:1993, Author = {Delsing, Lars-Olof}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {105--125}, Title = {On Attributive Adjectives in Scandinavian and other Languages}, Volume = {47}, Year = {1993}} @phdthesis{Delsing:1993b, Author = {Delsing, Lars-Olof}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, Pages = {244}, School = {University of Lund}, Title = {The Internal Structure of {N}oun {P}hrases in the {S}candinavian Languages}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Delsing:1998, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Delsing, Lars-Olof}, Booktitle = {Possessors, predicates and movement in the determiner phrase}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Alexiadou, Artemis and Wilder, Chris}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {87--108}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Posession in {G}ermanic}, Year = {1998}} @phdthesis{Demirdache:1991, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Demirdache, Hamida}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {library elative clauses}, Pages = {217}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Resumptive Chains in Restrictive Relatives, Appositives and Dislocation Structures}, Year = {1991}} @inproceedings{Demirdache:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Demirdache, Hamida and Matthewson, Lisa}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {79--94}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {On the Universality of Syntactic Categories}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Demirdache:2000, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Demirdache, Hamida and Uribe-Etxebarria, Myriam}, Booktitle = {Step by Step}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Martin, Roger and Michaels, David and Uriagereka, Juan}, Pages = {157--186}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {The Primitives of Temporal Relations}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Demonte:1991, Address = {Washington, D.C.}, Author = {Demonte, Violeta}, Booktitle = {Current Studies in Spanish Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Campos, Hector and Mart{\'\i}nez-Gil, Fernando}, Keywords = {library; Romance:Spanish; aspect; tense}, Pages = {165--200}, Publisher = {Georgetown University Press}, Title = {Temporal and aspectual constraints on predicative {AP}s}, Year = {1991}} @article{Demonte:1995, Author = {Demonte, Violeta}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library ouble object ative shift}, Number = {1}, Pages = {5--30}, Title = {Dative alternation in {S}panish}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1995}} @article{Demuth:1995, Author = {Demuth, Katherine}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Number = {1-2}, Pages = {49--72}, Title = {Questions, Relatives, and Minimal Projection}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Demuth:1995b, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Demuth, Katherine}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Pages = {13--26}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Markedness and the Development of Prosodic Structure}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{denBesten:1983, Address = {Amsterdam, The Netherlands}, Author = {den Besten, Hans}, Booktitle = {On the Formal Syntax of the {W}estgermania}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Abraham, W.}, Keywords = {verb movement; dutch}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {On the Interaction of Root Transformations and Lexical Deletive Rules}, Year = {1983}} @incollection{denBesten:1985, Address = {Dordrecht, Holland}, Author = {den Besten, Hans}, Booktitle = {Studies in {G}erman grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Toman, Jindrich}, Keywords = {unaccusative; German; Dutch}, Pages = {23--64}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {The ergative hypothesis and free word order in {D}utch and {G}erman}, Year = {1985}} @incollection{denBesten:1986, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {den Besten, Hans and Moed-van, Walraven Corretje}, Booktitle = {Verb Second Phenomena in Germanic Languages}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Haider, Hubert and Prinzhorn, Martin}, Keywords = {library; Germanic; Yiddish; V2}, Pages = {111--136}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {The Syntax of Verbs in {Y}iddish}, Year = {1986}} @incollection{denBesten:1990, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {den Besten, Hans and Webelhuth, Gert}, Booktitle = {Scrambling and Barriers}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Grewendorf, G{\"u}nther and Sternefeld, Wolfgang}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {77--92}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Stranding}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{denBesten:1989, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {den Besten, Henk and Rutten, Jean}, Booktitle = {Sentential Complementation and the Lexicon. Studies in Honour of Wim de Geest.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Jaspers, Dany}, Keywords = {Extraposition}, Pages = {1--16}, Publisher = {Foris}, Title = {On Verb Raising, Extraposition, and Free Word Order in {D}utch}, Year = {1989}} @incollection{Dikken:1996, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {den Dikken, Marcel}, Booktitle = {Minimal ideas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Abraham, Werner and Epstein, Samuel David and Thr{\'a}insson, HAskuldur and Zwart, C. Jan-Wouter}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {67--96}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {The Minimal Links of Verb (Projection) Raising}, Year = {1996}, Abstract = {This article exploits the theory of phrase structure and locality of movement outlined in the original formulation of the minimalist program for linguistic theory (Chomsky 1993) , with its AgrPs and its head-chain based theory of EQUIDISTANCE, to construct an analysis of Verb Raising and Verb Projection Raising phenomena in the Continental West Germanic languages from a minimalist and anitsymmetric (Kayne 1994) perspective. I argue that the essential difference between Verb Raising and Verb Projection Raising constructions is the presence in the latter of a TP in the complement of the matrix verb, a TP whose presence is forced by minimalist locality considerations and whose presence is empirically supported by several properties of VPR constructions, including temporal adverbial modification and cluster-contained subjects in transitive expletive constructions with VPR. The analysis of V(P)R also leads to the conclusion that the Continental West Germanic langauges feature a SCRAMBLING opration distinct from Case-driven NP-movement, a conclusion to which the scope facts of double object Ver (Porjection) Raising constructions lend empirical support.}} @article{Dikken:2002, Author = {den Dikken, Marcel and Giannakidou, Anastasia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {31--61}, Title = {From hell to Polarity: ``aggressively non-{D}-linked'' wh-phrases as polarity items}, Volume = {33}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {Pesetsky's (1987) "aggressively non-d-linked" wh-phrases (like who the hell: hereinafter, wh-the-hell phrases) exhibit a variety of syntactic and semantic peculiarities, including the fact that they cannot occur in situ and do not support nonecho readings when occurring in root multiple questions. While these are familiar from the literature (albeit less than fully understood), our focus will be on a previously unnoted property of wh-the-hell phrases: the fact that their distribution (in single wh-questions) matches that of polarity items (PIs). We lay out the key data supporting this claim, embed the PI nature of wh-the-hell phrases in the theory of polarity developed in Giannakidou 1998, 1999, 2001, and establish the link between the lexical content of these phrases and their PI status by identifying the wh-the-hell as a dependent PI. WE subsequently exploit the PI status of wh-the-hell to explain the more familiar puzzles mentioned above, showing that these are not peculiarities specific to the wh-the-hell but manifestations of the general properties of the class of PIs that wh-the-hell belongs to. The syntactic aspects of the polarity analysis of the wh-the-hell are shown to have important consequences for the fundamental properties of wh-movement in English.}} @article{Denham:2000, Author = {Denham, Kristin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {199--251}, Title = {Optional Wh Movement in {B}abine-{W}itsuswiten}, Volume = {18}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {In this article, I argue that the Athabaskan language Babine-Witsuwit'en exhibits optional wh movement. The optional frunting is shown not to be due to topicalization, focus, or clefting. Optional movement is of theoretical interest because it is not permitted in the Minimalist Program. Derivations are compared and only the most economical succeeds; thus, the optional movement outcome is not expected, and accounting for truly optional movement becomes an interesting question. I solve this problem by allowing optional selection of C from the lexicon. If C and its wh feature appear in the numeration, it will prompt raising of a wh feature and its accompanying wh phrase to check off the wh feature in C. If C does not appear in the numeration, then no wh movement takes place. It is shown how this proposal can account for the position of wh phrases in simple, complex, and embedded quesitons, as well as account for scope facts in Babine-Witsuwit'en. The role of C in other languages -- its selection from the lexicon and the projection of C by certain verbs -- is also briefly discussed.}} @incollection{Dennett:1972, Address = {London}, Author = {Dennett, Daniel C.}, Booktitle = {International Library of Philosophy and Scientific Method}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {library; philosophy:mind}, Pages = {198}, Publisher = {Routledge \& Kegan Paul}, Title = {Content and Consciousness}, Year = {1972}} @inproceedings{Depiante:2001, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {Depiante, Marcela A.}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {215--224}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Ellipsis in {S}panish and the stranded affix filter}, Year = {2001}} @article{Depraetere:1995, Author = {Depraetere, Ilse}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library spect}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--19}, Title = {On the Necessity of Distinguishing between (Un)boundedness and (A)Telicity}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Deutsch:1989, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Deutsch, Harry}, Booktitle = {Themes From {K}aplan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Almog, Joseph and Perry, John and Wettstein, Howard}, Keywords = {library; philosophy: language; semantics}, Pages = {167--196}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {On Direct Reference}, Year = {1989}} @article{Dever:1999, Author = {Dever, Josh}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {311--326}, Title = {Compositionality as Methodology}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1999}} @inproceedings{Dickey:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Dickey, Michael Walsh}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {47--62}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Switch-Reference and Clause Chaining in {M}iskitu}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Diderot:1772, Address = {Geneva}, Author = {Diderot, D. and d'Alembert, J. le R.}, Booktitle = {vol. 9>}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Title = {Encyclpeadie, ou dictionnaire raisoneae des arts et des meatiers.}, Year = {1772}} @phdthesis{Diesing:1990, Author = {Diesing, Molly}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, School = {UMASS-Amherst}, Title = {The Syntactic Roots of Semantic Partition}, Year = {1990}} @article{Diesing:1990b, Author = {Diesing, Molly}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {41--80}, Title = {Verb Movement and the Subject Position in {Y}iddish}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1990}} @article{Diesing:1992, Author = {Diesing, Molly}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Mapping Hypothesis}, Number = {3}, Pages = {353-380}, Title = {Bare Plural Subjects and the Derivation of Logical Representations}, Volume = {23}, Year = {1992}} @book{Diesing:1992b, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Diesing, Molly}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {indefinites; LF; verb; phrase structure}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Indefinites}, Year = {1992}} @article{Diesing:1997, Author = {Diesing, Molly}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {369--427}, Title = {Yiddish {VP} Order and Typology of Object Movement in {G}ermanic}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {The ordering of NPs in Germanic langugaes has received a great deal of attention in the literature on scrambling and object shift. This paper examines the relevant data from Yiddish, and concludes on the basis of a number of tests that the underlying word order in the VP is VO. Among the diagnostic tests used are the semantic constraints placed on shifted objects in Yiddish; that is, they must be definite or specific/generic. It is proposed that this constraint is due to a general interpretation condition which requires the fixing of scope relations in the syntax (relying on the notion of semantically-driven movement developed in Diesing and Jelinek 1995). Examination of the reordering possibilities in Yiddish in comparison with both West Continental Germanic and Scandinavian leads to the conclusion that Yiddish allows scrambling (rather than object shift), placing it in a unique position among the VO Germanic languages. The paper concludes with a discussion of semantically-driven movement in the context of economy conditions such as those proposed by Chomsky (1995).}} @article{Diesing:1998, Author = {Diesing, Molly}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {119--156}, Title = {Light Verbs and Syntax of Aspect in {Y}iddish}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {The stem construction in Yiddish is a type of light verb construction in which a light verb (heading an LVP) takes as Asp(ect)P complement, which in turn takes a VP complement (cf. Travis 1992). The AspP is headed by an aspectual operator, yielding a "diminutivized event" interpretation. A puzzling fact about the stem construction is that the verbal elements seem to reflect an OV order, while Yiddish is in other respects a VO language. Thsi OV-like ordering is a consequence of incorporation. A second, more restricted, type of light vrb construction in Yiddish is also discussed, in which the thematic element is an indefinite NP complement. Here there is no AspP; the light verb takes a VP complement which is headed by a null verb which itself takes the predicate nominal as its complement. In both constructions, light verb semantically selects for a complement which denotes some sort of diminutivized event; the differing distribution of the verbal and nominal forms of the light verb construction results from semantic differences betrween the Asp operator and the indefinite determiner.}} @article{Diesing:2000, Author = {Diesing, Molly}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {231--235}, Title = {Aspect in {Y}iddish: the semantics of an inflectional head}, Volume = {8}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {The paper investigates a light verb construction in Yiddish in which the light verb combines with a verbal stem to produce a special aspectual meaning, the exact nature of which depends on the event type denoted by the stem. Though the specific interpretations associated with the stem construction vary, I show that they have in common the property of denoting an event which is minimized in time. I analyze the semantics of the stem construction in terms of an aspectual operator (located in an inflectional head) which modifies the properties of the event argument of the stem, yielding an appropriately truncated event in each case.}} @article{Diesing:1995, Author = {Diesing, Molly and Jelinek, Eloise}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {123--176}, Title = {Distributing Arguments}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Dik:1975, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Dik, Simon C.}, Booktitle = {Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-1973}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Kraak, A.}, Keywords = {library; adverbs; semantics}, Pages = {96--121}, Publisher = {Van Gorcum}, Title = {The Semantic Representation of Manner Adverbials}, Year = {1975}} @incollection{Dikken:1990, Address = {Dordrecht, Holland}, Author = {Dikken, Marcel den}, Booktitle = {Linguistics in the Netherlands}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Bok-Bennema, R. and Coopmans, P.}, Keywords = {particles}, Pages = {23--32}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {The Structure of {E}nglish Complex Particle Constructions}, Year = {1990}} @article{Dikken:1990b, Author = {Dikken, Marcel den}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {particles}, Title = {Particles and the Dative Alternation}, Year = {1990}} @book{Dikken:1992, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Dikken, Marcel den}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {library; particles; Germanic; Dutch; English; double object; datives; small clauses; head movement; Incorporation; Case; Applicatives; Grammatical Function; causatives}, Pages = {269}, Publisher = {Holland Institute of Generative Linguistics}, Title = {Particles}, Year = {1992}} @incollection{Dikken:1994, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Dikken, Marcel den}, Booktitle = {Linguistics in the Netherlands 1994}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Bok-Benneman, Reineke and Cremers, Crit}, Keywords = {library; Case; A movement; Inversion}, Pages = {1--12}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Predicate Inversion and Minimality}, Year = {1994}} @article{Dikken:1995, Author = {Dikken, Marcel den}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {347--354}, Title = {Binding, Expletives, and Levels}, Volume = {26}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Dikken:1995b, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Dikken, Marcel den}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {95--110}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Verb (Projection) Raising, Scope, and Uniform Phrase Structure}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Dikken:1998, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Dikken, Marcel den}, Booktitle = {Possessors, predicates and movement in the determiner phrase}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Alexiadou, Artemis and Wilder, Chris}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {177--214}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Predicate Inversion in {DP}}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Dikken:2001, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {Dikken, Marcel den and Giannakidou, Anastasia}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {163--182}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {What the hell?!}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Dikken:1991, Address = {Department of Linguistics,Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Author = {Dikken, Marcel den and Mulder, Rene}, Booktitle = {MIT Working Papers in Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Bobaljik, Jonathan David and Bures, Tony}, Keywords = {double object; dutch; scrambling}, Pages = {67--82}, Title = {Double Object Scrambling}, Year = {1991}} @article{Dikken:1993, Author = {Dikken, Marcel den and Naess, Alma}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {The Linguistic Review}, Keywords = {library; inversion; Case; A movement}, Pages = {303--336}, Title = {Case Dependencies: the Case of Predicate Inversion}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1993}} @article{Dimitrova-Vulchanova:1995, Author = {Dimitrova-Vulchanova, Mila}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library litics cquisition}, Number = {1}, Title = {Clitics in {S}lavic}, Volume = {49}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Dimitrova-Vulchanova:1998, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Dimitrova-Vulchanova, Mila and Giusti, Giuliana}, Booktitle = {Possessors, predicates and movement in the determiner phrase}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Alexiadou, Artemis and Wilder, Chris}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {333--360}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Fragments of {B}alkan nominal structure}, Year = {1998}} @book{Dixon:1988, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Dixon, R. M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {library; Fijian; grammar}, Pages = {375.}, Publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, Title = {A Grammar of {B}oumaa {F}ijian}, Year = {1988}} @article{Dobrovie-Sorin:1987, Author = {Dobrovie-Sorin, C.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Rivista di Grammatica Generativa}, Keywords = {DP ominals eterminers}, Pages = {123--152}, Title = {A propos de la structure du groupe nominal en {R}oumain}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1987}} @article{Dobrovie-Sorin:1990, Author = {Dobrovie-Sorin, Carmen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {clitics; Romance; Romanian; A' movement; Quantification}, Number = {3}, Pages = {351--398}, Title = {Clitic Doubling, {Wh}-Movement, and Quantificiation in {R}omanian}, Volume = {21}, Year = {1990}} @article{Dobrovie-Sorin:1998, Author = {Dobrovie-Sorin, Carmen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {399--437}, Title = {Impersonal \emph{se} Constructions in {R}omance and the Passivization of Unergatives}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {Romance constructions of the type SE Vunerg (e.g. , si dorme) are shown to rely not only on nominative SE, as in Italian finite clauses, but also on accusative middle-passive SE. The latter analysis is needed for Romanian, because this language does not have nominative SE, as well as for Italian nonfinite clauses, in which nominative SE is illegitimate. According to my restatement of Cinque's (1988) generalizations, [+/- arg] features are not needed. I assume a constrained theory of passivization, according to which the suspended Agent role cannot surface in the syntax as either -en or SE. The passivization of unergatives depends on analyzing unergatives as transitives with null cognate objects.}} @article{Does:1993, Author = {Does, Jaap van der}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library; semantics; quantification; quantifiers; plurals; reference}, Number = {5}, Pages = {509--550}, Title = {Sums and Quantifiers}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Doetjes:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Doetjes, Jenny}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library uantification}, Pages = {111--126}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Quantification at a Distance and Iteration}, Year = {1995}} @book{Doetjes:1997, Address = {The Hague}, Author = {Doetjes, Jenny}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Pages = {307}, Publisher = {Holland Academic Graphics}, Title = {Quantifiers and Selection}, Year = {1997}} @article{Doherty:1996, Author = {Doherty, Cathal}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--46}, Title = {Clausal Structure and the {M}odern {I}rish Copula}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1996}} @article{Donati:1997, Author = {Donati, Caterina}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {145--166}, Title = {Comparative Clauses as Free Relatives: A Raising Analysis}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {This work deals with comparative clauses on the basis of data mainly taken from French and Italian. It is shown that while displaying all the properties typically associated with wh-movement, comparatives exhibit however a number of weird features that strongly distinguishes them from other movement constructions. A new analysis is proposed which essentially identifies comparative clauses with free relatives, claiming crucially that both structures involve head movement of a wh-element to C. In the first part, this analysis is systematically compared with the standard analysis originally proposed by Bresnan (1973, 1975), while the second part is devoted to the whole comparative construction, providing a new representation of it.}} @incollection{Donati:1997b, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Donati, Caterina and Tomaselli, Alessandra}, Booktitle = {Rightward Movement}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Beerman, Dorothee and LeBlanc, David and van Riemsdijk, Henk}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {331--356}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Language types and generative grammar: a review of some consequences of the universal VO hypothesis}, Year = {1997}} @article{Donohue:1996, Author = {Donohue, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library ausatives pplicatives}, Number = {4}, Pages = {782--793}, Title = {Bajau: A Symmetrical {A}ustronesian Language}, Volume = {72}, Year = {1996}, Abstract = {Reserach on causative and applicative constructions has identified a class of symmetrical languages, in which either of two arguments may pattern like the direct object of a primary transitive verb. To date, symmetry of this sort has been identified only in a small geographically contiguous group of Bantu languages. Bajau, an Austronesian language of Indonesia and the Philippines, is shown to be symmetrical. Unlike the Bantu languges previously described, Bajau permits a benefactive applied object to be treated like an ordinary direct object. The restriction on the extraction of benefactive applied objects must therefore not be universal, contrary to the assumption of previous theories.}} @article{Dorian:1994, Author = {Dorian, Nancy C.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library; sociolinguistics}, Number = {4}, Pages = {631--696}, Title = {Varieties of Variation in a very small place: Social Homogeneity, Prestige Nomrs, and Linguistic Variation}, Volume = {70}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{Doron:1991, Address = {Cornell University}, Author = {Doron, Edit}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the First Semantics and Linguistic Theory Conference}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Moore, Steven and Wyner, Adam Zachary}, Keywords = {logophor}, Pages = {51--64}, Publisher = {Cornell University Working Papers in Linguistics}, Title = {Point of View as a Factor of Content}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Doron:1999, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Doron, Edit and Heycock, Caroline}, Booktitle = {Specifiers}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Adger, David and Plunkett, Bernadette and Tsoulas, George and Pintzuk, Susan}, Pages = {69--92}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Filling and Licensing Multiple Specifiers}, Year = {1999}} @article{Dougherty:1970, Author = {Dougherty, Ray C.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library; coordination}, Number = {4}, Pages = {850--898}, Title = {A grammar of coordinate conjoined structures, {I}}, Volume = {46}, Year = {1970}} @article{Dougherty:1971, Author = {Dougherty, Ray C.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library; coordination}, Number = {1}, Pages = {298--339}, Title = {A grammar of co{\''o}rdinate conjoined structures, {II}}, Volume = {47}, Year = {1971}} @article{Downing:1998, Author = {Downing, Laura J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--52}, Title = {On the Prosodic Misalignment of Onsetless Syllables}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {Cross-linguistically, onsetless syllables not only have limited distribution but also exhibit exceptional prosody: in some langauges they are excluded from reduplication, or cannot bear main stress or a high tone. These exceptional properties are clearly linked to the relative ill-formedness of onsetless syllables, but previous analyses do not formalize this correlation in a way that generalizes straightforwardly to all cases of exceptional prosody. I argue in this paper that the theory of Generalized Alignment (McCarthy and Prince 1993a,b), developed within Optimality Theory, provides us with a unified way of accounting for onsetless syllable exceptionality. By constraining the domains for phonological processes to optimally begin with optimal syllables, the exceptional prosody of onsetless syllables can uniformly be analyzed as prosodically motivated constituent misalignment.}} @book{Dowty:1979, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Dowty, David R.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {library; semantics; lexical semantics; aspect}, Pages = {415}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Word meaning and {M}ontague grammar}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1979}} @article{Dresher:1994, Author = {Dresher, Bezalel Elan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library; phonology; semitic}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--52}, Title = {The prosodic basis of {T}iberian {H}ebrew system of accents}, Volume = {70}, Year = {1994}} @article{Dresher:1999, Author = {Dresher, Bezalel Elan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {27--67}, Title = {Charting the Learning Path: Cues to Parameter Setting}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This article argues for an approach to grammar acquisition that builds on the cue-based parametric model of Dresher and Kaye (1990). On this view, acquisition proceeds by means of an ordered path, in which cues to parameters become progressively more abstract and grammar-internal. A learner does not attempt to match target forms (contra Gibson and Wexler 1994), but uses them as evidence for parameter setting. Cues are local, and there is no global fitness metric (contra Clark and Roberts 1993). Acquisition of representations and acquisition of grammar proceed together and cannot be decoupled in the manner of Tesar and Smolensky (1998).}} @incollection{Dressler:1988, Address = {San Diego, California}, Author = {Dressler, Wolfgang U.}, Booktitle = {Theoretical Morphology}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Hammond, Michael and Noonan, Michael}, Keywords = {library; morphology; universals}, Pages = {143--154}, Publisher = {Academic Press, Inc.}, Title = {Preferences vs. Strict Universals in Morphology: Word-Based Rules}, Year = {1988}} @incollection{Drijkoningen:1986, Address = {Utrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Drijkoningen, Frank}, Booktitle = {Going Romance II}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Coopmans, Peter and Bordelois, Ivonne and Smith, Bill Dotson}, Keywords = {library; chains; romance}, Pages = {37--50}, Title = {On Extending the Use of Extended chains}, Year = {1986}} @incollection{Drijkoningen:1997, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Drijkoningen, Frank}, Booktitle = {Rightward Movement}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Beerman, Dorothee and LeBlanc, David and van Riemsdijk, Henk}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {81--114}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Morphological strength: {NP} positions in {F}rench}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Drozd:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Drozd, Kenneth F. and Koster, Charlotte}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Pius, Tamanji and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {197--212}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Dutch children's comprehension of bound variable constructions}, Year = {1999}} @article{Dryer:1989, Author = {Dryer, Matthew S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics}, Keywords = {DP; morphology; nominals; typology}, Pages = {865--895}, Title = {Plural Words}, Volume = {27}, Year = {1989}} @article{Dryer:1992, Author = {Dryer, Matthew S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {typology}, Number = {1}, Pages = {81--138}, Title = {The {G}reenbergian word order correlations}, Volume = {68}, Year = {1992}} @article{Duanmu:1994, Author = {Duanmu, San}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library honology ones}, Number = {4}, Pages = {555--608}, Title = {Against Contour Tone Units}, Volume = {25}, Year = {1994}} @article{Duanmu:1995, Author = {Duanmu, San}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Number = {2}, Pages = {225--259}, Title = {Metrical and tonal phonology of compounds in two {C}hinese dialects}, Volume = {71}, Year = {1995}} @article{Duanmu:1997, Author = {Duanmu, San}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {465--507}, Title = {Recursive Constraint Evaluation in {O}ptimality {T}heory: Evidence from Cyclic Compounds in {S}hanghai}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {An important assumption in Optimality Theory is parallelism, and a proper analysis of cyclic effects is crucial. I examine a typical case of cyclicity, namely, stress in Shanghai compounds, where the layers of embedding are in principle unlimited. I show that alignment constraints are inadequate. Instead, identity constraints are needed, in particular Stress-ID which requires that stress locations in the immediate constituents of a compound be the same as when the constituents occur alone. In addition, Stress-ID (and other constraints) must be checked recursively, namely, at every layer of syntactic bracketing. This analysis incorporates the essential properties of the cycle and can therefore handle all cyclic cases. Finally, I discuss the compatibility of recursive constraint evaluation with parallelism, and the remaining differences between a cyclic analysis and recursive constraint evaluation.}} @incollection{Duanmu:2000, Address = {New York}, Author = {Duanmu, San}, Booktitle = {The first Glot International state-of-the-article book}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Cheng, Lisa L.-S. and Sybesma, Rint}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {251--286}, Publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter}, Title = {Tone: an overview}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Duarte:2000, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Duarte, In{\^{e}}s and Matos, Gabriela}, Booktitle = {Portuguese syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Costa, Jo{\~a}o}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {116--142}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Romance clitics and the minimalist program}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Dubinsky:1990, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Dubinsky, Stanley}, Booktitle = {Studies in Relational Grammar 3}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Postal, Paul M. and Joseph, Brian D.}, Keywords = {library elational grammar}, Pages = {49--86}, Publisher = {University of Chicago}, Title = {Japanese Direct Object to Indirect Object Demotion}, Year = {1990}} @article{Dubinsky:1998, Author = {Dubinsky, Stanley and Hamilton, Robert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {685--693}, Title = {Epithets as Antilogophoric Pronouns}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1998}} @article{Dubinsky:1996, Author = {Dubinsky, Stanley and Simango, Silvester Ron}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library assive}, Number = {4}, Pages = {749--793}, Title = {Passive and Stative in {C}hichewa: Evidence for Modular Distinctions in Grammar}, Volume = {72}, Year = {1996}, Abstract = {This article examines stative and passive constructions in Chichewa, finding that the syntax of the two constructions is best accommodated in a model that allows argument structure changing operations, such as stative, to be distinguished from operations, such as passive, that affect the mapping from argument structure to grammatical functions. The Chichewa facts recall observations made concerning the differences between English adjectival and verbal passives, first formalized in Wasow 1977, but provide more straightforward evidence for a distinction, due to the absence of surface homophony. The paper concludes by reconsidering English adjectival and verbal passive constructions, and showing them to be morphologically distinct.}} @inproceedings{Dubinsky:1993, Address = {University of Iowa}, Author = {Dubinsky, Stanley and Williams, Kemp}, Booktitle = {Fourth Annual Meeting of the Formal Lingusitics Society of MidAmerica}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Davison, Alice and Maier, Nicole and Silva, Glaucia and Yan, Wan Su}, Keywords = {library repositions}, Pages = {79--89}, Title = {Recategorization in English: the Case of Temporal Prepositions as Complementizers}, Year = {1993}} @article{Dubinsky:1995, Author = {Dubinsky, Stanley and Williams, Kemp}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; gerunds; prepositions; complementizer; Case}, Number = {1}, Pages = {125--136}, Title = {Recategorization of Prepositions as Complementizers: The Case of Temporal Prepositions in English}, Volume = {26}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Sorin:2001, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Dubrovie-Sorin, Carmen}, Booktitle = {Comparative Syntax of {B}alkan Languages}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Luisa Rivero, Mar{\'\i}a and Ralli, Angela}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {44--73}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Head-to-Head merge in {B}alkan Subjunctives and Locality}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Dudman:1991, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Dudman, V. H.}, Booktitle = {Conditionals}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Frank}, Keywords = {library onditionals}, Pages = {202--230}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Interpretations of `If'-Sentences}, Year = {1991}} @article{Duffield:1992, Author = {Duffield, Nigel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {library eltic ominals p rish}, Title = {The Construct State in {I}rish and {H}ebrew: Part I}, Year = {1992}} @inproceedings{Duffield:1993, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Duffield, Nigel}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 23}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {113--127}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Irish Construct State Nominals and the Radical pro-drop Phenomenon}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Duffield:1997, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Duffield, Nigel}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {103--115}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Distributed Mutation}, Year = {1997}} @incollection{Duffield:1999a, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Duffield, Nigel}, Booktitle = {Specifiers}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 11:14:49 -0500}, Editor = {Adger, David and Plunkett, Bernadette and Tsoulas, George and Pintzuk, Susan}, Pages = {126--145}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Adjectival Modifiers and the Specifier-Adjunct Distinction}, Year = {1999}} @inproceedings{Duffield:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Duffield, Nigel and Matsuo, Ayumi}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Pius, Tamanji and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {67--80}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {On the acquisition of ellipsis and anaphora by first and second language learners}, Year = {1999}} @article{Dufresne:1994, Author = {Dufresne, Monique and Dupuis, Fernande}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Number = {2/3}, Pages = {103--124}, Title = {Modularity and the Reanalysis of the {F}rench Subject Pronoun}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Durie:1997, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Durie, Mark}, Booktitle = {Complex Predicates}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Alsina, Alex and Bresnan, Joan and Sells, Peter}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {289--354}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Grammatical Structures in Verb Serialization}, Year = {1997}} @article{Durst-Andersen:1995, Author = {Durst-Andersen, Per}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library peech acts}, Number = {6}, Pages = {611--653}, Title = {Imperative Frames and Modality. Direct vs. Indirect Speech Acts in Russian, Danish and English}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1995}} @article{Dziwirek:1998, Author = {Dziwirek, Katarzyna}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {53--99}, Title = {Reduced Construction in Universal Grammar: Evidence from the Polish Object Constrol Construction}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This paper presents a Relational Grammar analysis of the Polish Object Control Construction (OCC) and considers the viability of clause reduction as a universal analysis of reduced constructions. Polish OCC sentences parallel Romance reduced sentences in exhibiting both monoclausal and biclausal characteristics. To the extent that the OCC and reduced constructions in other languges are a reflex of a singly phenomenon, the Polish data demonstrate that any successful universal analysis should be general enough to allow for simultaneous mono- and biclausal effects. Since Polish and Romance reduced constructions show similar syntactic effects and since analyses which appeal to morphology or place strong emphasis on word order do not extend to the OCC, the Polish data argue that an analysis which is independent of surface expression is more explanatory.}} @inproceedings{Dechaine:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {D{\'e}chaine, Rose-Marie}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library ense e}, Pages = {63--78}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Zero tense in Standard and in African American English}, Year = {1995}} @article{Dechaine:2002, Author = {D{\'e}chaine, Rose-Marie and Wiltschko, Martina}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/33.3dechaine.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {409--442}, Title = {Decomposing pronouns}, Volume = {33}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {Starting with the idea that the notion "pronoun" is not a primitive of linguistic theory, we propose that it is necessary to recognize (at least) three pronoun types: pro-DP, pro-phiP, and pro-NP. Evidence supporting this three-way split comes from the sensitivity of certain proforms to the predicate/argument distinction, the internal structure of pro-forms, and the binding-theoretic properties of proforms. Recognizing different pronoun types also sheds light on the formal (dis)similarities between obviation and switch-reference.}} @article{Deprez:1993, Author = {D{\'e}prez, Vivane and Pierce, Amy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {acquisition; clausal structure; library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {25--68}, Title = {Negation and Functional Projections in Early Grammar}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @phdthesis{Deprez:1989, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {D{\'e}prez, Vivian}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {library bject shift}, Pages = {505}, School = {MIT}, Title = {On the typology of syntactic positions and the nature of chains}, Year = {1989}} @article{Deprez:1992, Author = {D{\'e}prez, Viviane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {raising; A movement}, Number = {2}, Pages = {191--232}, Title = {Raising Constructions in {H}aitian {C}reole}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1992}} @inproceedings{Deprez:1992b, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {D{\'e}prez, Viviane}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {wh movement; library}, Pages = {103--114}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {WH-Movement: Adjunction and Substitution}, Year = {1992}} @article{Deprez:1997, Author = {D{\'e}prez, Viviane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {103--143}, Title = {Two Types of Negative Concord}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {The paper provides a descriptive, comparative and thoeretical analysis of French and Haitian Creole negative Concord constructions which are shown to manifest properties unpredicted under a standard neg Criterion perspective. An alternative approach to Negative Concord is sketched which proposes 1) that N-words are indefinite DPs with varying quantificational force and 2) that crosslinguistic variations are largely deductible from the differing internal syntactic and semantic make-up of N-words rather than from differences in the structure of a putative sentential NegP constituent. On this view, parametrization is shifted from the sentential level into the DP.}} @article{Deprez:2000, Author = {D{\'e}prez, Viviane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {253--342}, Title = {Parallel (a)symmetries and the internal structure of negative expressions}, Volume = {18}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {In many Romance languges, negative expressions exhibit a robust distributional asymmetry. Whne in post-verbal positions, they require the co-presence of negation; when in pre-verbal positions, they are incompatible with it. In the same languages, bare nominal exhibit a distribution that parallels the negative one in some strking respects. They are possible in post-verbal positions, but infelicitous as pre-verbal subjects. Similar distributional parallelisms between these expressions are shown to obtain cross-linguistically and diachronically and are argued to derive from their common internal syntactic and semantics properties. Both expressions have a 'deficient' DP, lack quantificational force, and are unable to check the D feature of EPP. Bare nominals may lack Do, but negative expressions contain a null Do syntactically licensed under DP internal Spec Head agreement or head movement. As these operations result from parametric options in DP syntax and have consequences on the semantic nature of these expressions, the central result of the paper is to derive cross-linguistic variations in negative concord from independent choices in DP syntax.}} @incollection{Deprez:1994, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {D{\'e}prez, Viviane and Pierce, Amy}, Booktitle = {Language Acquisition Studies in Generative Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Hoekstra, Teun and Schwartz, Bonnie D.}, Keywords = {library; acquisition}, Pages = {57--84}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Crosslinguistic Evidence for Functional Projections in Early Child Grammar}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Deprez:1994b, Address = {Amherst}, Author = {D{\'e}prez, Vivianne}, Booktitle = {Functional Projections}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {library; floating quantifiers; islands; constraints}, Pages = {63--84}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {The Weak Island Effect of Floating Quantifiers}, Year = {1994}} @article{Eckardt:2002, Author = {Eckardt, Regine}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {371--412}, Title = {Reanalysing selbst}, Volume = {9}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This paper investigates the meaning of German selbst (=E N-self) in its intensifying use, and the relation of this selbst to the focus particle selbst (= E even). I propose that intensifying selbst denotes type-lifted variants of the identity function on the domain of individuals, and that the observed stress accents must be analysed in terms of by now well-establisehd focus theories. This analysis covers the core range of data correctly, predicting obligatory stress on selbst, sortal restrictions, centrality effects, and the distribution of examples that express some kind of surprise. Moreover, it allows for a treatment of the reanalysis of intensifying selbst into focus prticle selbst that stipulates fewer historical accidents than previous accounts.}} @inproceedings{Eckman:1970, Address = {Chicago, Illinois}, Author = {Eckman, Fred R.}, Booktitle = {Chicago Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {210--219}, Title = {Gapping, Deletion and Derived Constituent Structure}, Year = {1970}} @incollection{Edgington:1991, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Edgington, Dorothy}, Booktitle = {Conditionals}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Frank}, Keywords = {library onditionals}, Pages = {176--201}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Do Conditionals have Truth-Conditions?}, Year = {1991}} @article{Egerland:1998, Author = {Egerland, Verner}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {19--47}, Title = {The Affectedness Constraint and {AspP}}, Volume = {52}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {The present article is an attempt to derive the Affectedness Constraint on the assumption that deliminted predicates project an Aspect node with the feature [+delimieted], in the spirit of Tenny (1987) and Borer (1993). This feature triggers movement of a delimiting argument to the specifier of AspP for checking reasons. Also, it is assumed that a predicate needs a subject and that the specifier of ASp counts as subject of the predicate from which Asp has been projected. If affectedness constructions are distinguished by the fact taht their external argument is missing, having been lexically oppressed, it follows that a derivation converges iff an internal argument can be promoted to subject position; externalization of the internal arguemnt can be promoted to subject position; externalization of the internal argument can be driven only by delimited predicates, because only a delimiting object can be triggered to move to the specifier of Asp [+delimited]. The article concentrates on an affectedness construction in Swedish: have of possession+DP+passive particple. However, it will be argeud that the solution carries over to the other affectedness constructions.}} @article{Eide:1997, Author = {Eide, Kristin M. and {\AA}farli, Tor A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Working Papers in {S}candinavian Syntax}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {33--63}, Title = {A predication operator: evidence and effects}, Volume = {59}, Year = {1997}} @book{Einarsson:1945, Address = {Baltimore, Maryland}, Author = {Einarsson, Stefaan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {Icelandic; grammar}, Publisher = {The Johns Hopkins University Press}, Title = {Icelandic}, Year = {1945}} @inproceedings{Elbourne:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Elbourne, Paul}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Pius, Tamanji and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {81--92}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Some correlations between semantic plurality and quantifier scope}, Year = {1999}} @article{Elbourne:2001, Author = {Elbourne, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {241--288}, Title = {E-Type anaphora as {NP} Deletion}, Volume = {9}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {This paper argues that donkey pronouns should be construed as definite articles, followed by an NP sister which has undergone deletion in the phonology. So Every man who owns a donkey beats it is claimed to share a Logical Form with Every man who owns a donkey beats the donkey, which means the same. There is independent evidence for assimilating pronouns to determiners, and for NP-deletion; so this theory explains E-type anaphora without postulating any special entity ('E-type pronoun') for the purpose. Since NP-deletion, like other ellipsis, requires an antecedent, this theory also explains the requirement for a "formal link" between donkey pronoun and antecedent, which standard E-type theories find difficult to account for. Other empirical advantages of this thoery include its ability to explain the pattern of strict and sloppy identity displayed by donkey sentences with phonologically reduced continuations. It is shown that Bach-Peters sentences, quantificational subordination, and paycheck sentences can also be dealt with ont eh present account.}} @book{Ellis:1993, Address = {Evanston, Illinois}, Author = {Ellis, John M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {library; linguistic theory}, Pages = {163 pp}, Publisher = {Northwestern University Press}, Title = {Language, Thought, and Logic}, Year = {1993}} @article{Elworthy:1995, Author = {Elworthy, David A. H.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library onkey anaphora naphora}, Number = {3}, Pages = {297--332}, Title = {A Theory of Anaphoric Information}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Embick:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Embick, David}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library orphology nflection}, Pages = {127--142}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Mobile Inflections in {P}olish}, Year = {1995}} @article{Embick:2000, Author = {Embick, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library assives istributed morphology}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/31.2Embick.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {185--230}, Title = {Features, syntax and categories in the {L}atin perfect}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {The analysis centers on the notion of category in synthetic and analytic verbal forms an on the status of the feature that determines the forms of hte Latin perfect. In this part of the Latin verbal system, active forms are synthetic ("verbs") but passive forms are analytic (i.e., participle and finite auxiliary). I show that the two perfects occur in essentially the same structure and are distinguished by a difference in movemetn to T; moreover, the difference in forms can be derived without reference to category labels like "verb" or "adjective" on the Root. In addition, the difference in perfects is determined by a feature with clear syntactic consequences, which must be assoicated arbitrarily with certain Roots, the deponent verbs. I discuss the implications of these points in the context of Distributed Morphology, the theory in which the analysis is framed.}} @article{Embick:2001, Author = {Embick, David and Noyer, Rolf}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 32.4embick.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/32.4embick.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {555--595}, Title = {Movement operations after syntax}, Volume = {32}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {We develop a theory of movement operations that occur after the syntactic derivtaion, in the PF component, within the framework of Distributed Morphology. The theory is an extension of what was called Morphological Merger in Marantz 1984 and subsequent work. A primary result is that the locality properties of a Merger operation are determined by the stage in the derivation at which the operation takes place: specifically, Merger that takes place before Vocabulary Insertion, on hierarchical structures, differs from Merger that takes place post-Vocabulary Insertion/ linearization. Specific predictions of the model are tested in numerous case studies. Analyses showing the interaction of syntactic movement, PF movement, and rescue operations are provided as well, including a treatment of English do-support.}} @article{Emonds:1972, Author = {Emonds, Joseph}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Foundations of Language}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {546--561}, Title = {Evidence that indirect object movement is a structure-preserving rule}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1972}} @article{Emonds:1974, Author = {Emonds, Joseph}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Analysis}, Keywords = {library; French; clitics; Romance}, Number = {1}, Pages = {3--24}, Title = {A Transformational Analysis of {F}rench Clitics Without Positive Output Constraints}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1974}} @article{Emonds:1978, Author = {Emonds, Joseph}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library erb movement}, Pages = {151--175}, Title = {The Verbal Complex {V'}-{V} in {F}rench}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Emonds:1980, Author = {Emonds, Joseph}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of Linguistic Research}, Keywords = {word order; typology}, Pages = {33--54}, Title = {Word Order in Generative Grammar}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1980}} @book{Emonds:1976, Address = {New York, New York}, Author = {Emonds, Joseph E.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, Publisher = {Academic Press}, Title = {A Transformational Approach to {E}nglish Syntax}, Year = {1976}} @book{Emonds:1985, Address = {Dordrecht, Holland}, Author = {Emonds, Joseph E.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {A Unified Theory of Syntactic Categories}, Year = {1985}} @article{Enc:1991, Author = {En{\c c}, M{\"u}rvet}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {specificity}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--27}, Title = {The Semantics of Specificity}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1991}} @inproceedings{Endriss:2001, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {Endriss, Cornelia and Haida, Andreas}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {225--243}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {The double scope of quantifier phrases}, Year = {2001}} @article{Engdahl:1983, Author = {Engdahl, E.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Number = {1}, Pages = {5--34}, Title = {Parasitic Gaps}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1983}} @book{Engdahl:1986, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Engdahl, Elisabet}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {questions}, Publisher = {D. Reidel Publishing Company}, Title = {Constituent Questions}, Year = {1986}} @incollection{Engdahl:2001, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Engdahl, Elisabet}, Booktitle = {Parasitic gaps}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Culicover, Peter and Postal, Paul}, Pages = {69--97}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Parasitic gaps}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Engdahl:2001b, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Engdahl, Elisabet}, Booktitle = {Parasitic gaps}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Culicover, Peter and Postal, Paul}, Pages = {127--145}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Versatile parasitic gaps}, Year = {2001}} @article{Engelhardt:2000, Author = {Engelhardt, Miriam}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {41--88}, Title = {The projection of argument-taking nominals}, Volume = {18}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {Drawing on data from Modern Hebrew, I argue that derived argument-taking nominals do not form an aspectually homogeneous class and that the nominal system manifests a perfective/imperfective opposition. Each aspectual type is characterized by a cluster of different syntactic properties. Concretely, it is shown that imperfective nominals, in contrast to perfective nominals, are non-definite, fail to host subjects, and disallow DP internal agreement. The defective nature of imperfective nominals is hypothesized to derive from the absence of the functional head D intheir projection. The difference in the aspectual interpretation of the two types of argument-taking nominals is also attributed to the presence or absence of D. Teh proposed account of aspect in the nominal system provides a prinicipled explanation for the mass properties of argument-taking nominals, linking the latter to the aspectual non-delimitedness of these nominals.}} @incollection{Engelhadt:2002, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Engelhardt, Miriam}, Booktitle = {Themes in {A}rabic and {H}ebrew Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Ouhalla, Jamal and Shlonsky, Ur}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {189--216}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Nominal \emph{Tough} constructions}, Year = {2002}} @book{Epstein:1991, Author = {Epstein, Samuel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Traces and Their Antecedents}, Year = {1991}} @book{Epstein:1999, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Epstein, Samuel and Hornstein, Norbert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {353}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Working minimalism}, Year = {1999}} @article{Epstein:1990b, Author = {Epstein, Samuel D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {ECP}, Title = {Xo Movement, {X}max Movement and a Unified Definition of ``Antecedent Government''}, Year = {1990}} @article{Epstein:1992b, Author = {Epstein, Samuel D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {library; superiority; constraints; anaphora}, Location = {Harvard University}, Title = {Superiority}, Year = {1992}} @article{Epstein:1984, Author = {Epstein, Samuel David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; pro; PRO; infinitives; control}, Number = {3}, Pages = {499--504}, Title = {Quantifier-{PRO} and the {LF} Representation of {PROarb}}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Epstein:1986, Author = {Epstein, Samuel David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; theta criterion; chains; locality; constraints; ECP}, Number = {2}, Pages = {187--206}, Title = {The Local Binding Condition and {LF} Chains}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1986}} @article{Epstein:1989, Author = {Epstein, Samuel David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library ull operators uantification}, Number = {4}, Pages = {647--658}, Title = {Quantification in Null Operator Constructions}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @article{Epstein:1990, Author = {Epstein, Samuel David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {Case}, Number = {3}, Pages = {313--324}, Title = {Differentiation and Reduction in Syntactic Theory: a Case Study}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1990}} @article{Epstein:1992, Author = {Epstein, Samuel David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {2}, Pages = {235--260}, Title = {Derivational Constraints on {A'}-Chain Formation}, Volume = {23}, Year = {1992}} @article{Epstein:1998, Author = {Epstein, Samuel David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/29.2Epstein.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {181--227}, Title = {Overt Scope Marking and Covert Verb-Second}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {In this article I investigate phenomena relating to superiority, the Empty Category Principle (ECP), and scope. I propose a chain-based scope-marking convention and a new analysis of adjunction, and hypothesize that English is a covert verb-second grammar. The analysis is couched within checking theory and ultimately within the bare theory of phrase structure. I propose category-neutral(-ized) LF representations, displaying VP-recursion but lacking functional heads and their projections, and I suggest that this, in turn, allows significant simplification of index-sensitive head government conditions appearing in many contemporary formulations of the ECP}} @incollection{Epstein:1999b, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Epstein, Samuel David}, Booktitle = {Working minimalism}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Epstein, Samuel and Hornstein, Norbert}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {317--345}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Un-principled syntax: the derivation of syntactic relations}, Year = {1999}} @incollection{Epstein:1996, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Epstein, Samuel David and Thr{\'a}insson, H{\'o}skuldur and Zwart, C. Jan-Wouter}, Booktitle = {Minimal Ideas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Abraham, Werner and Epstein, Samuel David and Thr{\'a}insson, H{\'o}skuldur and Zwart, C. Jan-Wouter}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {1--66}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Introduction}, Year = {1996}} @article{Ernst:1994, Author = {Ernst, Thomas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; scope}, Number = {2}, Pages = {327--335}, Title = {M-Command and Precedence}, Volume = {25}, Year = {1994}} @article{Ernst:1995b, Author = {Ernst, Thomas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library egation hinese}, Number = {4}, Pages = {665--707}, Title = {Negation in {M}andarin {C}hinese}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1995}} @article{Ernst:1998, Author = {Ernst, Thomas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {101--148}, Title = {Case and the Parameterization of Scope Ambiguities}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This paper argues for a version of Aoun and Li's account of quantifier-scope ambiguities, and for treating the English/Chinese constrast in ambiguity patterns as a difference in how Case is assigned to subjects: under government (Chinese) vs. agreement (English). I argue that the Copy Theory of movement allows the prediction of ambiguity in Someone must have left and Every doesn't like squid; English subjects in Spec, IP optionally delete at LF, allowing their VP-internal copies to adjoin below mustn't (giving the subject's narrow scope reading). But subjects with governed CAse cannot delete, so the Chinese equivalents are unambiguous. The same distinction underlies the Chinese/English difference for (e.g.) Everyone recommended abook. English subjects, with agreement Case, allow objects to raise over them at LF; but Chinese subjects, with governed Case, block objects from raising, preventing ambiguity. Evidence for this account comes from correct predictions about amiguity in sentences with double objects or PPs; correlations with ECP phenomena; and the fact that Japanese, Korean, and Persian behave (largely) like Chinese.}} @inproceedings{Ernst:1998b, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Ernst, Thomas}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {127--142}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The Scopal Basis of Adverb Licensing}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Ernst:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Ernst, Thomas}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {209--223}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Adjuncts, the universal base, and word order typology}, Year = {1999}} @article{Ernst:1995, Author = {Ernst, Thomas and Wan, Chengchi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {235--260}, Title = {Object Preposing in {M}andarin {C}hinese}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Espanol-Echevarre:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Espa{\~n}ol-Echevarr{\^{e}}, Manuel and Vegnaduzzo, Stefano}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {181--202}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Generalizing exception construction: the case of {R}omance {UNTIL}}, Year = {2000}} @article{Espinal:1991, Author = {Espinal, M. Teresa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {coordination; phrase structure}, Number = {1}, Pages = {726--762}, Title = {The Representation of Disjunct Constituents}, Volume = {67}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Etxepare:2000, Address = {T{\''u}bingen}, Author = {Etxepare, Ricardo and Grohmann, Kleanthes K.}, Booktitle = {Ellipsis in conjunction}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Schwabe, Kerstin and Zhang, Ning}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {133--156}, Publisher = {Niemeyer}, Title = {Conjunction of infinitival exclamatives and the null modal hypothesis}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {Our goal in this article is (at least) two-fold: we will argue that certain constructions lacking a finite verb form receive a modal interpretation, giving rise to the assumption that a "null modal" is involved; we will refer to this construction as Infinitival Exclamatives and point to its place in the grammar. We will also show that conjunction of these does not involve any form of deletion (such as gapping or ellipsis) but movement of a modal morpheme. Coordination of these clauses takes place at a phrasal level below TP -- a funcitonal projection absent in these constructions --, yet above VP; the modal element in each conjunct ATB-moves under parallelism to one C-head arching over the entire construction.}} @article{Eubank:1993, Author = {Eubank, Lynn}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Keywords = {L2; library; acquisition}, Number = {3}, Pages = {183--208}, Title = {On the Transfer of Parametric Values in {L2} Development}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Eubank:1994, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Eubank, Lynn}, Booktitle = {Language Acquisition Studies in Generative Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Hoekstra, Teun and Schwartz, Bonnie D.}, Keywords = {library; L2}, Pages = {369--388}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Optionality and Initial State in {L2} Development}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Eubank:2000, Address = {New York}, Author = {Eubank, Lynn and Juffs, Alan}, Booktitle = {The first Glot International state-of-the-article book}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Cheng, Lisa L.-S. and Sybesma, Rint}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {131--169}, Publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter}, Title = {Recent research on the acquisition of {L2} competence: morphosyntax and argument structure}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Evans:1997, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Evans, Nick}, Booktitle = {Complex Predicates}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Alsina, Alex and Bresnan, Joan and Sells, Peter}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {397--430}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Role or Cast}, Year = {1997}} @incollection{Everaert:1986, Address = {Utrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Everaert, Martin}, Booktitle = {Going Romance II}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Coopmans, Peter and Bordelois, Ivonne and Smith, Bill Dotson}, Keywords = {library; binding theory; romance; obviation; disjoint reference; pronouns}, Pages = {51--72}, Title = {Long Reflexivization and Obviation in the {R}omance Languages}, Year = {1986}} @phdthesis{Everaert:1986b, Author = {Everaert, Martin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {library; Germanic; reflexives; binding theory; anaphora; pronouns}, School = {Utrecht}, Title = {The Syntax of Reflexivization}, Year = {1986}} @book{Evers:1975, Address = {Bloomington, Indiana}, Author = {Evers, Arnold}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {Dutch erb projection raising}, Title = {The Transformational Cycle in {D}utch and {G}erman}, Year = {1975}} @incollection{Evers:1986, Address = {Utrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Evers, Arnold}, Booktitle = {Going Romance II}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Coopmans, Peter and Bordelois, Ivonne and Smith, Bill Dotson}, Keywords = {library; argument structure; romance; French; German; germanic}, Pages = {73--82}, Title = {Long Rule Accessible Arguments in {F}rench and {G}erman}, Year = {1986}} @incollection{Evers:1990, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Evers, Arnold}, Booktitle = {Scrambling and Barriers}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Grewendorf, G{\"u}nther and Sternefeld, Wolfgang}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {217--238}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {The Infinitival Prefix ``zu'' as {INFL}}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Evers:1975b, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Evers, Arnold and Huybregts, Mac}, Booktitle = {Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-1973}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Kraak, A.}, Keywords = {library; Germanic:Dutch; cycle; syntax}, Pages = {25--33}, Publisher = {Van Gorcum}, Title = {The Cycle in {D}utch: Its Relevance to the Theory of Grammar}, Year = {1975}} @incollection{Evers:1975c, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Evers, Aronld}, Booktitle = {Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-1973}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Kraak, A.}, Keywords = {library; pruning; ellipsis}, Pages = {147}, Publisher = {Van Gorcum}, Title = {The Guillotine Principle}, Year = {1975}} @incollection{Ewert:1993, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Ewert, Manfred and Hansen, Fred}, Booktitle = {The Parametrization of Universal Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Fanselow, Gisbert}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {161--182}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {On the Linear Order of the Modifier-Head-Position in {NP}s}, Year = {1993}} @article{Eyer:1995, Author = {Eyer, Julia A. and Leonard, Laurence B.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Keywords = {library unctional projections}, Number = {3}, Pages = {177--204}, Title = {Functional Categories and Specific Language Impairment: A Case Study}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1995}} @article{Eythursson:2001, Author = {Eyth{\'u}rsson, Th{\'u}rhallur}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Working Papers in {S}candinavian Syntax}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--55}, Title = {The syntax of verbs in early {R}unic}, Volume = {67}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Faarlund:1977, Address = {Linguistics Department, University of Trondheim}, Author = {Faarlund, J.}, Booktitle = {Papers from the Trondheim syntax Symposium}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Fretheim, T. and Hellan, Lars}, Keywords = {scandinavian; V2; Linguistics}, Title = {Transformational Syntax in Dialectology: {S}candinavian Word Order Varieties}, Year = {1977}} @incollection{Fabricius:1980, Address = {Bonn}, Author = {Fabricius-Hansen, Catherine}, Booktitle = {Perspektiven der Lexikalischen Semantik}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Kastovsky, D.}, Pages = {26--41}, Title = {Lexikalische Dekomposition, Bedeutungspostulate and \emph{wieder}}, Year = {1980}} @incollection{Fabricius:1983, Address = {Berlin and new York}, Author = {Fabricius-Hansen, Catherine}, Booktitle = {Meaning, Use and Interpretation of Language}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {B\"arle, R. and Schwarze, C. and von Stechow, Arnim}, Publisher = {de Gruyter}, Title = {Wieder ein \emph{wieder}? Zur Semantik von \emph{wieder}}, Year = {1983}} @incollection{Fabricius-Hansen:2001, Address = {Berlin}, Author = {Fabricius-Hansen, Catherine}, Booktitle = {Auditur vox Sapientiae: a Festschrift for {A}rnim von {Stechow}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Fery, Caroline and Sternefeld, Wolfgang}, Pages = {101--130}, Publisher = {Akademie Verlag}, Title = {Wi(e)der and again(st)}, Year = {2001}} @phdthesis{Fagerli:1994, Author = {Fagerli, Ole Torfinn}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, School = {University of Trondheim}, Title = {Verbal Derivations in {F}ulfulde}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Falsgraf:1994, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Falsgraf, Carl and Park, Insun}, Booktitle = {Japanese/Korean Linguistics(4)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Akatsuka, Noriko}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {221--238}, Publisher = {Stanford Linguistics Association}, Title = {Synchronic and Dianchronic Aspects of Complex Predicates in {K}orean and {J}apanese}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Fanselow:1985, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Fanselow, Gisbert}, Booktitle = {Studies in {G}erman Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Toman, Jindrich}, Keywords = {library; germanic; morphology; word}, Pages = {289--318}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {What is a Possible Complex Word?}, Year = {1985}} @incollection{Fanselow:1990, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Fanselow, Gisbert}, Booktitle = {Scrambling and Barriers}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Grewendorf, G{\"u}nther and Sternefeld, Wolfgang}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {113--142}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Scrambling as {NP}-Movement}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Fanselow:1991, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Fanselow, Gisbert}, Booktitle = {Representation and Derivation in the Theory of Grammar(22)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Haider, Hubert and Netter, Klaus}, Keywords = {library; binding theory; bounding}, Pages = {199--216}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Barriers and the Theory of Binding}, Year = {1991}} @article{Fanselow:2001, Author = {Fanselow, Gisbert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/32.3fanselow.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {405--437}, Title = {Features, theta-roles, and free constituent order}, Volume = {32}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {This article proposes a new base generation account of free constituent order. Scrambling as movement is incompatible with central assumptions of the Minimalist Program: it cannot involve the checkign of strong categorial features. Concentrating on German, the article refutes the standard empirical arguments for scrambling and shows that free constituent order is a base-generated phenomenon. The article proposes that theta-role assignment is a by-product of checking the formal features of arguments. When checking features are strong, word order is fixed; when checking features are weak, free constituent order arises owing to a relativized interpretation of the Minimal Link Condition.}} @article{Farkas:1990, Author = {Farkas, Donka F.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {morphology}, Number = {4}, Pages = {539--550}, Title = {Two Cases of Underspecification in Morphology}, Volume = {21}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Farkas:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Farkas, Donka F.}, Booktitle = {Lexical Matters}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Sag, Ivan A. and Szabolcsi, Anna}, Keywords = {obviation; binding theory; pronouns; library}, Pages = {85--110}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {On Obviation}, Year = {1992}} @article{Farkas:2000, Author = {Farkas, Donka F. and Kiss, Katalin E.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {417--455}, Title = {On the comparative and absolute readings of superlatives}, Volume = {18}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {This paper deals with an ambiguity of superlative noun phrases first noticed in Szabolcsi (1986) and discussed in Heim (1985), but which has not been studied in the subsequent literature. After discussing in detaili the special properties of the comparative reading, we develop a semantics for both readings and show how it accounts for these properties.}} @article{Farrell:1990, Author = {Farrell, Patrick}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {Portuguese}, Number = {3}, Pages = {325--346}, Title = {Null Objects in {B}razilian {P}ortuguese}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1990}} @article{Farrell:1991, Author = {Farrell, Patrick and Marlett, Stephen A. and Perlmutter, David M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {switch reference; Binding Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {431--456}, Title = {Notions of Subjecthood and Switch Reference: Evidence from {S}eri}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1991}} @inproceedings{Farwaneh:1997, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Farwaneh, Samira}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {117--126}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Augmentation and Reduction Domains in {A}rabic: The Role of Identity}, Year = {1997}} @book{FassiFehri:1993, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Fassi Fehri, Abdelkader}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Maling, Joan and McCloskey, James}, Pages = {312}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Issues in the Structure of {A}rabic Clauses and Words}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1993}} @article{Fauconnier:1975, Author = {Fauconnier, Gilles}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; pragmatics; semantics}, Number = {3}, Pages = {353--376}, Title = {Pragmatic Scales and Logical Structure}, Volume = {VI}, Year = {1975}} @article{Felser:2000, Author = {Felser, Claudia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {351--385}, Title = {Perception and control: a Minimalist analysis of {E}nglish direct perception complements}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {In this article I argue that both bare infinitival and participial complements of perception verbs in English are clausal constituents headed by the funcitonal category Aspect, and differ only with respect to their aspectual value. Further, I argue that perception verbs license aspectual complements by virtue of being able to function as event control predicates, that is, they allow a control relation to be establisehd between their own and the event argument provided by the predicate of the complement clause. It is shown that the entire cluster of syntactic and semantic properties that characterize direct perception constructions follows from the proposed analysis, in conjunction with independently motivated principles of grammar.}} @article{Feng:1996, Author = {Feng, Shengli}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library hinese}, Number = {4}, Pages = {323--371}, Title = {Prosodically Constrained Syntactic Changes in {E}arly {A}rchaic {C}hinese}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1996}, Abstract = {In diachronic studies of Chinese syntax, an interesting question is why the two SOV structures, [wh-object V] and [Neg Pro-object V] in Early Archaic Chinese (EAC, 1000-5000 BC) disappeared after the Han Dynasty (206 BC). This paper proposes that these two notable OV orders in EAC are structurally distinct and that the structure of [wh V] is also different fromthat of [wh Neg/Aux V]. Furthermore, it is argued that Proto-Chinese is an SOV language and that the change from SOV (Proto-Chinese) to SVO (EAC) caused a stress shift from preverbal to postverbal position. According to the theory developed here, some problems that have remained in the syntax of Classical Chinese cease to exist, including the following: Why did the two OV structures remain in EAC? Why did the [wh-object V] order disappear later than the [Neg Pro-object V] order? Why did monosyllabic wh-words (e.g., he 'what') but not disyllabic wh-expressions (e.g., he-shi 'what thing') immediately precede the verb? And why was the disappearance of the [wh-object V] structure followed by a development of disyllabic wh-words (e.g., he wu 'what thing' > hewu 'what')? Each of these questions is answered in terms of prosody. The arguments made here claim that prosody is very important in resolving questions of how changes take place.}} @incollection{Ferguson:1996, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Ferguson, K. Scott}, Booktitle = {Minimal Ideas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Abraham, Werner and Epstein, Samuel David and Thr{\'a}insson, H{\'o}skuldur and Zwart, C. Jan-Wouter}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {97--111}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Shortest Move and Object Case Checking}, Year = {1996}, Abstract = {This paper examines Chomsky's (1993) "Shortest Move" reanlysis of Rizzi's (1990) Relativized Minimality as applied to the Case adn Agreement feature checking of the direct object. I propose a Shortest Move requirement that essentially disallows movement across a relevant intervening checker (as opposed to a relevant intervening position), thereby eliminating equidistance stipulations and relativization (Rizzi 1990) of movement types (i.e. the [non-natural] class: A, A', Xo). As a result, I obtain a unified account of object shift and incorporation, while partially deducing Holmberg's (1986) Generalization. Disjunctive formulations of the Case Filter and the Visibility Condition are also eliminated.}} @inproceedings{Fernald:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Fernald, Theodore B.}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Pius, Tamanji and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {93--104}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {A anaphoric account of stage-level predicates}, Year = {1999}} @article{Fernando:1997, Author = {Fernando, Tim}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {6}, Pages = {575--606}, Title = {Ambiguity under Changing Contexts}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1997}} @article{Fery:1998, Author = {F{\'e}ry, Caroline}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Keywords = {library; Fery_2(2).pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JCGL/2.2Fery.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {101--142}, Title = {{G}erman Word Stress in Optimality Theory}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1998}} @article{Fiengo:1977, Author = {Fiengo, Robert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {PBC}, Pages = {35--61}, Title = {On Trace Theory}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @book{Fiengo:1980, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Fiengo, Robert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, Publisher = {Harvard University Press}, Title = {Surface Structure}, Year = {1980}} @incollection{Fiengo:1987, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Fiengo, Robert and Haruna, Makiko}, Booktitle = {Issues in Japanese Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {library; binding theory; Japanese; anaphora}, Pages = {107--128}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Parameters in Binding Theory -- some suggestions based on an analysis of {J}apanese}, Year = {1987}} @article{Fiengo:1981, Author = {Fiengo, Robert and Higginbotham, James}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Analysis}, Keywords = {binding theory; anaphora}, Number = {4}, Pages = {395--421}, Title = {Opacity in {NP}}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1981}} @article{Fiengo:1989, Author = {Fiengo, Robert and May, Robert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Title = {{VP} Ellipsis and Reconstruction}, Year = {1989}} @inproceedings{Fiengo:1992, Address = {Stuttgart}, Author = {Fiengo, Robert and May, Robert}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Stuttgart Ellipsis Workshop}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Berman, Steve and Hestvik, Arild}, Keywords = {ellipsis}, Title = {The Eliminative Puzzles of Ellipsis}, Year = {1992}} @book{Fiengo:1994, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Fiengo, Robert and May, Robert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {library naphora ronouns; binding theory; vp ellipsis}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Indices and identity}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{Fikkert:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Fikkert, Paula}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Pages = {27--42}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Models of Acquisition: How to Acquire Stress}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Fikkert:2000, Address = {New York}, Author = {Fikkert, Paula}, Booktitle = {The first Glot International state-of-the-article book}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Cheng, Lisa L.-S. and Sybesma, Rint}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {221--250}, Publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter}, Title = {Acquisition of phonology}, Year = {2000}} @book{Fillmore:1965, Address = {The Hague}, Author = {Fillmore, Charles}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Publisher = {Mouton and Company}, Title = {Indirect object constructions in {E}nglish and the ordering of transformations}, Year = {1965}} @incollection{Fine:1989, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Fine, Kit}, Booktitle = {Themes From Kaplan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Almog, Joseph and Perry, John and Wettstein, Howard}, Keywords = {library; philosophy: language; semantics}, Pages = {197--272}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {The Problem of De Re Modality}, Year = {1989}} @article{Finer:1997, Author = {Finer, Daniel L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {677--728}, Title = {Contrasting A$'$-Dependencies in {S}elayarese}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {This paper deals with wh-questions in Selayarese, discussing two superficially similar constructions that display different properties along the path between the wh-operatr and the gap. The constructions behave differently with respect to weak crossover, the occurrence of overt complementizers and agreement affixes, and word order. I argue that these difference follow from the hypothesis that the gap in one wh-construction is formed by cyclic movement while the other construction involves simple binding between an A' (non-argument) position and a null resumptive element in an A (argument) position. The resumptive A' dependency, however, also displays some surprising movement diagnostics, and so I argue that a wh-operator enters derivation in A' position, binds the A position, and then undergoes movement to its overt position. The analysis also involves the postulation of a Specifier position below C' where focus features are checked. Arguments are presented tha tthis position is an A' position, and that it creates an island for other cyclic movement. In addition, the extraction patterns highlight the role of agreement features on functional heads, in particular C, and the different ways in which they may be checked.}} @incollection{Fintel:1998, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Fintel, Kai von}, Booktitle = {The Interpretive Tract(25)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Percus, Orin and Sauerland, Uli}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {29--44}, Publisher = {MIT, Department of Linguistics}, Title = {The Presupposition of Subjunctive Conditionals}, Year = {1998}} @article{Fitzgerald:2000, Author = {Fitzgerald, Colleen M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/31.4Fitzgerald.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {713--722}, Title = {Vowel hiatus and faithfulness in {T}ohono {O}'odham reduplication}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}} @article{Fitzpatrick:2002, Author = {Fitzpatrick, Justin M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/33.3fitzpatrick.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {443--463}, Title = {On minimalist approaches to the locality of movement}, Volume = {33}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {Several distinct approaches to the locality of movement have emerged within the Minimalist Program, but little attention has been paid to their formal and empirical differences. I examine a range of possible locality constraints on movement that are representative of current approaches. I expose some important formal differences among these alternatives and examine five phenomena, some previously unnoted, that distinguish them empirically. No single approach succeeds in capturing all of the facts that should arguably follow from a theory of locality, but the bulk of the evidence seems to support a theory that defines locality using only simple and independently motivated syntactic objects and relations.}} @incollection{Flynn:1988, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Flynn, Suzanne}, Booktitle = {Linguistics: The Cambridge Survey(II)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Newmeyer, Frederick J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {53--73}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Second Language Acquisition and Grammatical Theory}, Year = {1988}} @article{Fodor:1998, Author = {Fodor, Janet Dean}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library cquisition arameters arsing riggers}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/29.1Fodor.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--36}, Title = {Unambiguous Triggers}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {Triggers for parameter setting may be ambiguous. Strategies for dealing with ambiguity include guessing, parallel processing, and waiting for unambiguous imput. The Trigger Learning Algorithm of Gibson and Wexler (1994) is a guessing system. Gibson and Wexler show that under some reasonable assumptions it may never attain the target grammar. I propose instead a deterministic device that waits for unambiguous triggers to set parameters. This learner must be able to detect parametric ambiguity. This is not possible on the classical conception of triggers as sentences that flip parameter switches. It is possible if a trigger (and the parameter value it triggers is a piece of tree structure, perhaps a single feature, made available by Universal Grammar, and adopted into the learner's grammar if input sentences cannot be parsed without it.}} @article{Fodor:1999, Author = {Fodor, Jerry and Lepore, Ernie}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {445--453}, Title = {Impossible words?}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}} @book{Fodor:1975, Address = {Cambridge, Mass.}, Author = {Fodor, Jerry A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {Cognition.}, Pages = {x, 214}, Publisher = {Harvard University Press}, Title = {The language of thought}, Year = {1975}} @book{Fodor:1981, Address = {Cambridge, Mass.}, Author = {Fodor, Jerry A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {Cognition Philosophy.}, Pages = {ix, 343}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Representations : philosophical essays on the foundations of cognitive science}, Year = {1981}} @book{Fodor:1983, Address = {Cambridge, Mass.}, Author = {Fodor, Jerry A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {Cognition.}, Pages = {145}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {The modularity of mind : an essay on faculty psychology}, Year = {1983}} @book{Fodor:1994, Address = {Cambridge, Mass.}, Author = {Fodor, Jerry A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {Content (Psychology)}, Pages = {xii, 128}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {The elm and the expert : mentalese and its semantics}, Year = {1994}} @book{Fodor:1998b, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Fodor, Jerry A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {Concepts.}, Pages = {ix, 174}, Publisher = {Clarendon Press}, Title = {Concepts : where cognitive science went wrong}, Year = {1998}} @book{Fodor:1998c, Address = {Cambridge, Mass.}, Author = {Fodor, Jerry A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {Philosophy of mind.}, Pages = {x, 219}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {In critical condition : polemical essays on cognitive science and the philosophy of mind}, Year = {1998}} @book{Fodor:2000, Address = {Cambridge, Mass.}, Author = {Fodor, Jerry A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {Cognitive science.}, Pages = {126}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {The mind doesn't work that way : the scope and limits of computational psychology}, Year = {2000}} @book{Fodor:1987, Address = {Cambridge, Mass.}, Author = {Fodor, Jerry A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {Psychology Philosophy.}, Pages = {xiii, 171}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Psychosemantics : the problem of meaning in the philosophy of mind}, Year = {1987}} @article{Fodor:1998a, Author = {Fodor, Jerry A. and Lepore, Ernie}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/29.2Fodor_Lepore.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {269--288}, Title = {The Emptiness of the Lexicon: Reflections on {J}ames {P}ustejovsky's The Generative Lexicon}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {We consider Pustejovsky's account of the semantic lexicon. We discuss and reject his argument that the complexity of lexical entries is required to account for lexical generativity. Finally, we defend a sort of lexical atomism: though, strictly speaking, we concede that lexical entries are typically complex, still we claim that their complexity does not jeopardize either the thesis that lexical meaning is atomistic or the identification of lexical meaning with denotation.}} @incollection{Foley:1997, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Foley, Willam A.}, Booktitle = {Complex Predicates}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Alsina, Alex and Bresnan, Joan and Sells, Peter}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {355--396}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Polysynthesis and Complex Verb Formation: The Case of Applicatives in {Y}imas}, Year = {1997}} @article{Forbes:1993, Author = {Forbes, Graeme}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library; semantics}, Number = {3}, Pages = {311--330}, Title = {Solving the Iteration Problem}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Fox:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Fox, Danny}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library uantification inimalism}, Pages = {143--158}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Economy, scope and semantic interpretation -- evidence from {VP} ellipsis}, Year = {1995}} @article{Fox:1995b, Author = {Fox, Danny}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library uantifiers cope conomy llipsis}, Number = {3}, Pages = {283--341}, Title = {Economy and scope}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Fox:1995c, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Fox, Danny}, Booktitle = {Papers on Minimalist Syntax(27)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Pensalfini, Rob and Ura, Hiroyuki}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {105--120}, Publisher = {MITWPL}, Title = {Condition {C} effects in {ACD}}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Fox:1998b, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Fox, Danny}, Booktitle = {Is the Best Good Enough?}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Barbosa, Pilar and Fox, Danny and Hagstrom, Paul and McGinnis, Martha and Pesetsky, David}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {129--156}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Locality in Variable Binding}, Year = {1998}} @article{Fox:1999, Author = {Fox, Danny}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/30.2Fox.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {157--196}, Title = {Reconstruction, binding theory, and the interpretation of chains}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This article investigates interactions between the scope of QPs and the restriction imposed by binding theory. It presents new evidence that Condition C applies at (and only at) LF and demonstrates that this condition can serve as a powerful tool for distinguishing among various claims regarding the nature of LF and the inventory of semantic mechanisms. The conclusions reached are these (1) Scope reconstruction is represented in the syntax (semantic type-shifting operations are very limited). (2) A'-chains have the following properties: (a) Scope reconstruction results from deleting the head of the chain and interpreting the head of the chain with a copy of the restrictor at the tail (unless this option is impossible, as in antecedent-contained deletion, in which case the copy is changed to a variable as in standard notations). (c) VP adjunction is an intermediate landing site. (3) A-chains are different in a way that at the moment requires a stipulative distinction.}} @book{Fox:2000, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Fox, Danny}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {215}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Economy and semantic interpretation}, Year = {2000}} @article{Fox:2002, Author = {Fox, Danny}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/33.1Fox.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {63--96}, Title = {Antecedent-contained deletion and the copy theory of movement}, Volume = {33}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {Antecedent contained deletion poses a problem for theories of ellipsis, a problem that, according to much literature, is solved by Quantifier Raising. The solution, however, conflicts with the copy theory of movement. This article resolves this new conflict with the aid of a theory of extraposition and covert movement proposed by Fox and Nissenbaum (1999), together with certain assumptions about the structure of relative clauses and the way chains are interpreted. The resolution makes various new predictions and accounts for a range of otherwise puzzling facts.}} @article{Fox:1998, Author = {Fox, Danny and Grodzinsky, Yosef}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/29.2Fox_Grodzinsky.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {311--332}, Title = {Children's Passive: A View from the `by'-phrase}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This article argues that children's difficulty with passive constructions is related to properties of the by-phrase. Specifically, we argue that children are in full control of all aspects of the passive construciton except for the ability to transmit the external theta-role of the predicate to the by-phrase; we thus reject Borer and Wexler's (1987) claim regarding the maturation of A-chains. Our conclusion is dictated by the results of an experiment we conducted, and supported by data already present in the literature.}} @inproceedings{Fox:1996, Address = {Harvard University and MIT}, Author = {Fox, Danny and Sauerland, Uli}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library uantification uantifiers}, Pages = {71--86}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Illusive scope of universal quantifiers}, Volume = {26}, Year = {1996}} @article{Frampton:1990, Author = {Frampton, John}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {parasitic gaps; A' movement}, Number = {1}, Pages = {49--78}, Title = {Parasitic Gaps and the Theory of Wh-Chains}, Volume = {21}, Year = {1990}} @article{Francescotti:1995, Author = {Francescotti, Robert M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library ven}, Number = {2}, Pages = {153--173}, Title = {Even: The Conventional Implicature Approach Reconsidered}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1995}} @book{Frank:2002, Author = {Frank, Robert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {Library}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Phrase structure composition and syntactic dependencies}, Year = {2002}} @article{Frank:1996, Author = {Frank, Robert and Kapur, Shyam}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library earnability}, Number = {4}, Pages = {623--660}, Title = {On the Use of Triggers in Parameter Setting}, Volume = {27}, Year = {1996}} @article{Frank:1995, Author = {Frank, Robert and Kroch, Anthony}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library erivations}, Number = {2}, Pages = {103--151}, Title = {Generalized transformations and the theory of grammar}, Volume = {49}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Frank:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Frank, Robert and Kuminiak, Fero}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {203--218}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Primitive asymmetric c-command derives {X}-bar theory}, Year = {2000}} @article{Franks:1993, Author = {Franks, Steven}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; ATB}, Number = {3}, Pages = {509--528}, Title = {On Parallelism in Across-the-Board Dependencies}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @article{Franks:2001, Author = {Franks, Steven and Bo{\v{s}}kovi{\'c}, {\v{Z}}eljko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/32.1franks.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {174--183}, Title = {An argument for multiple {S}pell-{O}ut}, Volume = {32}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Franks:1992, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Franks, Steven and Hornstein, Norbert}, Booktitle = {Control and Grammar(48)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Larson, Richard K. and Iatridou, Sabine and Lahiri, Utpal and Higginbotham, James}, Keywords = {library; predication; slavic; russian; PRO}, Pages = {1--50}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Secondary Predication in {R}ussian and Proper Government of {PRO}}, Year = {1992}} @article{Frascarelli:1999, Author = {Frascarelli, Mara}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {209--238}, Title = {The Prosody of Focus in Italian (and the Syntax-Phonology Interface)}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {In the recent literature, a number of phonological papers have addressed the question of the relation between Focus and prosodic domains and how Focus determines phonological phrasing (Selkirk 1986, 1993, Kanerva 1990, Kenesei and Vogel 1990, Zec and Inkelas 1990). This paper deals specifically with the prosodic domain of Focus in Italian. Building on the theory of Prosodic Phonology, as presented by Selkirk (1984), Nespor and Vogel (1986), this paper provides evidence for the influence of Focus in the applicaiton of phonological rules in Italian and proposes a theory for deriving prosodic constituency in broad as well as narrow Focus sentences. On the basis of the examined data, the problem of main prominence assignment is also dealt with, proposing a "prosodically revised" version of Cinque's (1993) Null Theory. Finally, prosodic data is examined for the syntactici information that it triggers (syntaictic structure is hte input for prosodic mapping rules). Thus, the inclusion of Focus in the feature-checking mechanism will be proposed. Focus information is encoded in a strong feature, which causes the derivaiton to have specific properties prior to the interface level. The paper concludes by showign that the computational system seems to operate homogeneously with all kinds of Focus constructions, providing a spell out structure which, after prosodic mapping, allows Focus to be interpreted at .}} @book{Fraser:1976, Address = {New York, New York}, Author = {Fraser, Bruce}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Keywords = {particles; adverbs; phrase structure; Linguistics}, Publisher = {Academic Press}, Title = {The Verb-Particle Combination in {E}nglish}, Year = {1976}} @incollection{Frazier:1988, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Frazier, Lyn}, Booktitle = {Linguistics: The Cambridge Survey(II)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Newmeyer, Frederick J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {15--34}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Grammar and Language Processing}, Year = {1988}} @article{Freeze:1992, Author = {Freeze, Ray}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {locatives; existentials}, Number = {3}, Pages = {553--595}, Title = {Existentials and Other Locatives}, Volume = {68}, Year = {1992}} @incollection{Freidin:1999, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Freidin, Robert}, Booktitle = {Working minimalism}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Epstein, Samuel and Hornstein, Norbert}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {95--126}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Cyclicity and minimalism}, Year = {1999}} @incollection{Freidin:1991, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Freidin, Robert and Sprouse, Rex A.}, Booktitle = {Principles and Parameters in Comparative Grammar(20)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Freidin, Robert}, Keywords = {library; Case; morphology; grammatical functions}, Pages = {392--416}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Lexical Case Phenomena}, Year = {1991}} @article{Frellesvig:2001, Author = {Frellesvig, Bjarke}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--35}, Title = {A common {K}orean and {J}apanese copula}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {This paper argues that a number of grammatical morphemes in Korean and Japanese are cognate and reflect two alternating copula roots: proto-Korean-Japanese *t-~*n-.}} @article{Friedemann:1993, Author = {Friedemann, Marc-Ariel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 11:11:53 -0500}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Keywords = {library; acquisition; French; derived subjects}, Number = {3}, Pages = {209--256}, Title = {The Underlying Position of External Arguments in {F}rench: A Study in Adult and Child Grammar}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Frisch:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Frisch, Stefan}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:58 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Pages = {191--204}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Evidence for Economy of Projection in Historical Change}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Fromkin:1993, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Fromkin, Victoria A.}, Booktitle = {The Chomskyan Turn}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Kasher, Asa}, Keywords = {library; aphasia; cognitive science}, Pages = {78--103}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishers}, Title = {Language and Brain: Redefining the Goals and Methodology of Linguistics}, Year = {1993}} @article{Fu:2001, Author = {Fu, Jingqi and Roeper, Tom and Borer, Hagit}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library ominalizations}, Number = {3}, Pages = {549--582}, Title = {The {VP} within process nominals: evidence from adverbs and the {VP} anaphor \emph{do so}}, Volume = {19}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {Recent accounts of process nominals postulate a VP within the nominalized structure. A verb becomes a nominal by a head raising operation to a nominal affix. This view contrasts with analyses of process nominals as (pure) nominals with partial verbal properties, originally due to Chomsky (1970). Contributing to this debate, we will argue that direct evidence indicates that English process nominals contain a VP. Our evidence comes from the ditribution of adverbs on the one hand, and from the presence of the VP anaphor do so in process nominals on the other. We show that a portion of the verbal extended projection specifically excluding IP or CP is present in process nominals. An array of word order facts about process nominals falls into place when we further assume that hte verb is raised from VP over the subject, the object, and adverbs, adjoing to a nominal affix. Our analysis moreover adds to the evidence for functional structure above VP and supports particular claims about the syntax-morphology interface.}} @article{Fujita:1993a, Author = {Fujita, Koji}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Case; anaphora; binding theory; objects; library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {381--388}, Title = {Object Movement and Binding at {LF}}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Fujita:1994, Address = {MIT}, Author = {Fujita, Koji}, Booktitle = {The Morphology-Syntax Connection}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Harley, Heidi and Phillips, Colin}, Keywords = {library orphology iddles assive}, Pages = {71--90}, Title = {Middle, Ergative and Passive in {E}nglish: A Minimalist Perspective}, Year = {1994}} @article{Fujita:1996, Author = {Fujita, Koji}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library ouble object ausatives lausal structure conomy}, Number = {1}, Pages = {146--173}, Title = {Double Objects, Causatives, and Derivational Economy}, Volume = {27}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Fujita:1993, Address = {University of Iowa}, Author = {Fujita, Naoya}, Booktitle = {Fourth Annual Meeting of the Formal Lingusitics Society of MidAmerica}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Davison, Alice and Maier, Nicole and Silva, Glaucia and Yan, Wan Su}, Keywords = {library loating quantifiers}, Pages = {90--103}, Title = {Floating Quantifiers and Adverbs in {J}apanese}, Year = {1993}} @article{Fukuda:1993, Author = {Fukuda, Minoru}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Japanese; Case; Government; library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {168--172}, Title = {Head Government and Case Marker Drop in {J}apanese}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @phdthesis{Fukui:1986, Author = {Fukui, Naoki}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {A Theory of Category Projection and its Application}, Year = {1986}} @article{Fukui:1993, Author = {Fukui, Naoki}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Japanese inimalism arameters ibrary}, Number = {3}, Pages = {399--420}, Title = {Parameters and Optionality}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Fukui:1997, Address = {Irvine, CA}, Author = {Fukui, Naoki}, Booktitle = {UCI working papers in Linguistics (3)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Liu, Chen Sheng and Takeda, Kazue}, Pages = {51--67}, Publisher = {Irvine Linguistics Students Association}, Title = {Attract and the {A-over-A} Principle}, Year = {1997}} @article{Fukui:1998, Author = {Fukui, Naoki and Takano, Yuji}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL7.1Fukui_Takano.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {27--86}, Title = {Symmetry in Syntax: Merge and Demerge}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This article proposes a theory of phrase structure which is free from unmotivated stipulations as much as possible and which is also compatible with the most restrcitive theory of parametric variation currently available (cf. Fukui (1995)), with a special focus on the nature and role of linear order and functional categories. A hypothesis called the "Symmetry of Derivation" is put forth, according to which the computations in the overt syntax (i.e., the pre-Spell-Out computations) and the computations in the (pre-Morphology) phonological component are "symmetric" in the sense that they form mirror images of each other. More specifically, we propose that language computation maps an array of linguistic elements to an interface representation in such a way that it starts with a lexical item (a head) proceeding in a bottom-up fashion (Merge) and at some point of this step-by-step derivational process (Spell-Out) starts "decomposing" the structures already formed in a top-down fashion ("Demerge") until the derivation reaches a completely unstructured sequence with a fixed linear order. It is shown that this symmetry principle explains the major properties of phrsae structure in an elegant way. The principle accounts for the apparently universal "leftness" property of Spec in a straightforward way by attributing its leftness to the top-down computation Demerge encounters. With respect to the order between head and its complement, wich allows for cross-linguistic variation (head-initial vs. head-last), the symmetry principle predicts that the head-last order is derived by movement, in clear contrast with Kayne's (1994) approach. The difference between head-initial English adn head-last Japanese is, then, attributed to different propoerties of "light verb" v (Chomsky (1995b)): v has the property of attracting V in English but not in Japanese. Numerous theoretical and empirical consequences are shown to follow in an interesting way from this hypothesis, coupled with the symmetry principle of derivations.}} @inproceedings{Fulmer:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Fulmer, Lee S.}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {morphology; inflection; library}, Pages = {151--162}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {A Case of Inflection before Derivation}, Year = {1992}} @inproceedings{Fulmer:1991, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Fulmer, S. Lee}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Ninth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Halpern, Aaron L.}, Keywords = {morphology; phonology; library}, Pages = {189--204}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Dual-Position Affixes in Afar: An Argument for Phonologically-Driven Morphology}, Year = {1991}} @article{Fuss:2002, Author = {Fuss, Eric and Trips, Carola}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Number = {3}, Pages = {171--224}, Title = {Variation and change in {O}ld and {M}iddle {E}nglish -- on the validity of the double base hypothesis}, Volume = {4}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This paper investigates the role of Grammar Competition (Kroch 1989) in explaining word order variation in embedded clauses of Old and Early English. It is argued that heretofore unnoticed distributional properties of adverbs point to the conclusion that the finite verb does not leave the extended verbal projection (i.e., vP/VP) in embedded clauses of Old English. Therefore, we claim that in these contexts, variation in the placement of the finite verb has to be attributed to competing grammars that differ with respect to parameter settings associated with the functional head v (contra the Double Bse Hypothesis, Pintzuk 1999). Moreover, the proposed analysis provides a principled account for the intriguing fact that a certain serialisation pattern (S-V-O-Vfin) is absent from the variety of ordering possibilities encountered in Old English. It is further argued that our account opens up a new perspective on a set of syntactic factors whcih can be shown to have a statistically significant influence on the position of the finite verb in embedded clauses.}} @inproceedings{Gafos:1997, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Gafos, Diamandis}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {127--141}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {A Cross-Sectional View of s, f, th}, Year = {1997}} @article{Gafos:1998, Author = {Gafos, Diamandis}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {223--278}, Title = {Eliminating Long-Distance Consonantal Spreading}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {Past theoretical analyses have claimed that some languages employ a special type of phonological spreading of a consonantal over a vowel, long-distance consonantal spreading. I argue that this type of spreading can and must be eliminated from the theory, by reducing it to segmental copying as in reduplication. This elimination is first motivated from a number of perspectives, including considerations of locality and theoretical redundancy. The reduction to reduplication is then developed in detail for Temiar, one of the main indigenous languages of Malayasia, notorious for the complexity of its copying patterns. Crucial to this reduction is the notion of gradient violation of constraints in Optimality Theory (Prince and Smolensky 1993), and the notion of correspondence, with its particular application to reduplication (McCarthy and Prince 1995a). The proposal extends to other languages (e.g. Arabic, Chaha, Modern Hebrew, and Yoruba), where the putative spreading had been thought necessary. The elimination of long-distance consonantal spreading is aruged to further obviate two other special mechanisms, also thought to apply ona language-particular basis: (a) the representation that segregates vowels and consonants on different planes, known as V/C planar segregation, and (b) the distinct mode of word formation consisting of mapping segments to templates}} @article{Gafos:1998b, Author = {Gafos, Diamandis}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/29.3Gafos.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {515--527}, Title = {A-Templatic Reduplication}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1998}} @article{Gafos:2002, Author = {Gafos, Diamandis}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {269--337}, Title = {A grammar of gestural coordination}, Volume = {20}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {Linguistic form is expressed in space, as articulators effect constrictions at various points in the vocal tract, but also in time, as articulators move. A rather wide-spread assumption in theories of phonology and phonetics is that the temporal dimension of speech is largely irrelevant to the description and explanation of the higher-level or more qualitative aspects of sound pattersn. The argument is presented that any theory of phonology must include a notion of temporal coordination of gestures. Linguistic grammars are constructed in part out of this temporal substance. Language-particular sound patters are in part patterns of tempor coordination among gestures.}} @inproceedings{Gafos:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Gafos, Diamandis and Lombardi, Linda}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {81--96}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Consonant transparency and vowel echo}, Year = {1999}} @inproceedings{Gahl:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Gahl, Susanne}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library honology rosody}, Pages = {159--174}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Consonant Gradation as a Prosodic Constraint on Aperture Nodes}, Year = {1995}} @article{Gajewski:2000, Author = {Gajewski, Jon}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/31.4Gajewski.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {722--731}, Title = {Noncyclic operations and the {LCA} in a derivational theory}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Gallmann:1998, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Gallmann, Peter}, Booktitle = {Possessors, predicates and movement in the determiner phrase}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Alexiadou, Artemis and Wilder, Chris}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {141--176}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Case underspecification in morphology, syntax and the lexicon}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Galves:2000, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Galves, Charlotte}, Booktitle = {Portuguese syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Costa, Jo{\~a}o}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {143--168}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Agreement, predication, and pronouns in the history of {P}ortuguese}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Gardent:1992, Address = {Stuttgart}, Author = {Gardent, Claire}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Stuttgart Ellipsis Workshop}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Berman, Steve and Hestvik, Arild}, Keywords = {Gapping}, Title = {A Multi-Level Approach to Gapping}, Year = {1992}} @inproceedings{Garrett:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Garrett, Susan}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {63--76}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Positional Faithfulness and Truncation in Child Speech}, Year = {1998}} @article{Gaurdenfors:1993, Author = {Gaurdenfors, Peter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library; semantics}, Number = {3}, Pages = {285--310}, Title = {The Emergence of Meaning}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1993}} @article{Gawron:1995, Author = {Gawron, Jean Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library omparatives}, Number = {4}, Pages = {333--380}, Title = {Comparatives, Superlatives, and Resoloution}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1995}} @book{Gazdar:1985, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Gazdar, G. and Kein, I. and Pullum, G. and Sag, I.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {gpsg}, Publisher = {Harvard University Press}, Title = {Generalized Phrase Structure Grammar}, Year = {1985}} @article{Geenhoven:2002, Author = {Geenhoven, Veerle van}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {759--821}, Title = {Raised possessors and noun incorporation in {W}est {G}reenlandic}, Volume = {20}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This paper addresses the question of whether noun incorporation is a syntacticially based-generated or a syntactically derived construction. Focusing on so-called 'raised possessors' in West Greenlandic noun incorporating constructions and presenting some new data, I discuss some problems that arise if we use the derivational framework of Bittner and Hale (1996) to analyze them. I show that if we make the predication relations in noun incorporating constructions overt in their syntax and if we adopt a dynamic approach to semantics, a base-generated syntactic input enriched with a coindexation system is all that we need to arrive at an adequate semantic interpretation of these constructions.}} @incollection{Geest:1975, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Geest, Ton van der}, Booktitle = {Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-1973}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Kraak, A.}, Keywords = {library; phonology:stress; Germanic:Dutch; word order}, Pages = {237--250}, Publisher = {Van Gorcum}, Title = {Sentence Stress Assignment. An Independent Argument for {VSO}}, Year = {1975}} @phdthesis{Geis:1970a, Author = {Geis, Michael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Adverbial Subordinate Clauses in {E}nglish}, Year = {1970}} @inproceedings{Geis:1970, Address = {Chicago, Illinois}, Author = {Geis, Michael L.}, Booktitle = {Chicago Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {library ime ense repositions}, Pages = {235--249}, Title = {Time Prepositions as Underlying Verbs}, Year = {1970}} @article{Gelderen:1996, Author = {Gelderen, Elly van}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library reposition}, Number = {2}, Pages = {106--124}, Title = {The Reanalysis of Grammaticalized Prepositions in {M}iddle {E}nglish}, Volume = {50}, Year = {1996}} @phdthesis{Gerdts:1981, Author = {Gerdts, Donna}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, School = {University of California, San Diego}, Title = {Object and Absolutive in {H}alkomelem {S}alish}, Year = {1981}} @incollection{Gerdts:1990, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Gerdts, Donna B.}, Booktitle = {Studies in Relational Grammar 3}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Postal, Paul M. and Joseph, Brian D.}, Keywords = {library elational grammar}, Pages = {203--246}, Publisher = {University of Chicago}, Title = {Revaluation and Inheritance in {K}orean Causative Union}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Gergely:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Gergely, Gyorgy}, Booktitle = {Lexical Matters}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Sag, Ivan A. and Szabolcsi, Anna}, Keywords = {Focus; comprehension; parsing; lexicon; library}, Pages = {209--240}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Focus-Based Inferences in Sentence Comprehension}, Year = {1992}} @article{Gerken:1996, Author = {Gerken, LouAnn}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library cquisition rosody}, Number = {4}, Pages = {683--712}, Title = {Prosodic Structure in Young Children's Language Production}, Volume = {72}, Year = {1996}, Abstract = {Research in prosodic phonology, as well as experiments on adult speech production, suggest that segmental and suprasegmental processes in language are not governed directly by syntactic structure. Rather these processes reflect an independent prosodic structure, which includes prosodic categories such as metrical foot, prosodic word, and phonological phrase. Five experiments examined English-speaking two-year-olds' omissions of object ariticles in different prosodic structures. The data indicate that children omit unfooted syllables and that foot boundaries, in turn, are influenced by prosodic word and phonological phrase boundaries. Thus, it appears that children create prosodic stuctures remarkably similar to those proposed in theories of prosodic phonology.}} @incollection{Gestel:1975, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Gestel, F. Ch. van}, Booktitle = {Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-1973}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Kraak, A.}, Keywords = {library; syntax; DP; nominals; determiners}, Pages = {34--45}, Publisher = {Van Gorcum}, Title = {On the Article}, Year = {1975}} @article{Geurts:1996, Author = {Geurts, Bart}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library resupposition}, Number = {3}, Pages = {259--294}, Title = {Local Satisfaction Guaranteed: A Presupposition Theory and its Problems}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1996}} @article{Geurts:2000, Author = {Geurts, Bart}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/31.4Geurts.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {731--738}, Title = {Indefinites and choice functions}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}} @article{Ghomeshi:1997, Author = {Ghomeshi, Jila}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {729--788}, Title = {Non-Projecting Nouns and the \emph{ezafe}: Construction in {P}ersian}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {With the advent of functional as well as lexical structure within the noun phrase, there exists much syntactic structure that appears to be unused. While there has been discussion as to which inflectional categories project structure, the question of whether lexical categories project has not been raised. In this paper it is claimed that common nouns in Persian do not project to maximal categories, i.e. do not appear with a complement and a specifier position. Several facts follow as a consequence. First, we explain an intriguing property of Ezafe construcution in Modern Persian, namely that all modifiers of nouns must be heads themselves. We also have an explanation for the presence of the Ezafe vowel itself, which is analyzed as a linker affixed to Xos at PF to identify elements forming a nominal constituent. Finally, we explain why only one possessor is possible within Persian noun phrases. Since nouns cannot project complement and specifier positions, the only position available for a possessor is [SPEC, DP].}} @inproceedings{Ghomeshi:1996, Address = {Harvard University and MIT}, Author = {Ghomeshi, Jila and Ritter, Elizabeth}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {87--100}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Binding, Possessives, and the Structure of {DP}}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Giangola:1997, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Giangola, James P.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {143--157}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Constraint Interaction and {B}razilian {P}ortuguese Glide Distribution}, Year = {1997}} @article{Giannakidou:1999, Author = {Giannakidou, Anastasia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {367--421}, Title = {Affective Dependencies}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {Limited distribution phenomena related to negation and negative polairyt are usually thought of in terms of affectivity where affectiveis understood as negative or downward entailing. In this paper I propose an anlysis of affective contexts as nonveridical and treat negative polarity as a manifestation of the more general phenomenon of sensitivity to (non)veridicality (which is, I argue, what affective dependencies boil down to). Empirical support for this analysis will be provided by a detailed examination of affective dependencies in Greek, but the distribution of any will also be shown to follow from (non)veridicality.}} @article{Giannakidou:2000, Author = {Giannakidou, Anastasia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {457--523}, Title = {Negative...concord?}, Volume = {18}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {The main claim of this paper is that a general theory of negative concord (NC) should allow for the possibility of NC involving scoping of a universal quantifier above negation. I propose that Greek NC instantiates this option. Greek n-words will be analyzed as polarity sensitive universal quantifiers whcih need negation in order to be licensed, but must raise above negation in order to yield the scoping Anot. This gives the correct interpretation of NC structures as general negative statements. The effect is achieved by application of QR, and the account is fully compositional, as only sentence negation is the vehicle of logical negation. Greek n-words are also compared to n-words in Romance, Slavic, and Hungarian. This analysis, if correct, has two important consequences. First, the analysis will provide a strong argument for retaining QR in the syntax-semantics mapping: we neet it in order to interpret NC. Second, by employing a mechanism which is present in the grammar for the scope of quantifiers anyway, we have a simpler theory which makes NC look less anomalous; appeal to a mechanism invoked just to account for NC, as in the "negative absorption" tradition, is thus rendered unnecessary.}} @article{Gibson:1992, Author = {Gibson, Edward}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {acquisition}, Number = {4}, Pages = {812--830}, Title = {On the Adequacy of the Competition Model}, Volume = {68}, Year = {1992}} @incollection{Gibson:1998, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Gibson, Edward and Broihier, Kevin}, Booktitle = {Is the Best Good Enough?}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Barbosa, Pilar and Fox, Danny and Hagstrom, Paul and McGinnis, Martha and Pesetsky, David}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {157--192}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Optimality Theory and Human Sentence Processing}, Year = {1998}} @article{Gibson:1994, Author = {Gibson, Edward and Wexler, Kenneth}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {acquisition earnability}, Number = {4}, Pages = {407--454}, Title = {Triggers}, Volume = {25}, Year = {1994}} @phdthesis{Gibson:1980, Author = {Gibson, Jean}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, School = {University of California, San Diego}, Title = {Clause Union in {C}hamorro and in Universal Grammar}, Year = {1980}} @incollection{Gibson:1990, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Gibson, Jeanne D.}, Booktitle = {Studies in Relational Grammar 3}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Postal, Paul M. and Joseph, Brian D.}, Keywords = {library; relational grammar; Chamorro}, Pages = {247--260}, Publisher = {University of Chicago}, Title = {Categorial Grammatical Relations: The {C}hamorro Evidence}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Gil:1987, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Gil, David}, Booktitle = {The Representation of (In)definiteness(14)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Reuland, Eric J. and Meulen, Alice G. B. ter}, Keywords = {library; definiteness}, Pages = {254--269}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Definiteness, Noun Phrase Configurationality, and the Count-Mass Distinction}, Year = {1987}} @phdthesis{Ginzburg:1992, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Ginzburg, Jonathan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, School = {Stanford University}, Title = {Questions, queries and facts: a semantics and pragmatics for interrogatives}, Year = {1992}} @inproceedings{Ginzburg:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Ginzburg, Jonathan}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library uantification}, Pages = {175--190}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The Quantificational Variability Effect (QVE) to some extent defused and generalized}, Year = {1995}} @article{Ginzburg:1995b, Author = {Ginzburg, Jonathan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library uestions}, Number = {5}, Pages = {459--527}, Title = {Resolving Questions, {I}}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1995}} @article{Ginzburg:1995c, Author = {Ginzburg, Jonathan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library uestions}, Number = {6}, Pages = {567--609}, Title = {Resolving Questions, {II}}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1995}} @article{Giorgi:1984, Author = {Giorgi, Alessandra}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {The Linguistic Review}, Pages = {307--361}, Title = {Toward a Theory of Long Distance Anaphors: a {GB} Approach}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1984}} @incollection{Giorgi:1991b, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Giorgi, Alessandra}, Booktitle = {Long-distance Anaphora}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Koster, Jan and Reuland, Eric}, Keywords = {anaphora; reflexives; Italian; Romance}, Pages = {185--208}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Prepositions, Binding and q-marking}, Year = {1991}} @article{Giorgi:1989, Author = {Giorgi, Alessandra and Giuseppe, Longobardi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {nominals; binding theory; anaphora}, Number = {2}, Pages = {181--209}, Title = {Null Pronominals within {NP}s and the Syntax of {DP}s}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1989}} @book{Giorgi:1991, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Giorgi, Alessandra and Longobardi, Giuseppe}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {The Syntax of Noun Phrases}, Year = {1991}} @article{Giorgi:1996, Author = {Giorgi, Alessandra and Pianesi, Fabio}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library erb movement nflection yncretism orphology: inflection}, Number = {2}, Pages = {137--160}, Title = {Verb Movement in Italian and Syncretic Categories}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1996}} @incollection{Giorgi:2001, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Giorgi, Alessandra and Pianesi, Fabio}, Booktitle = {Semantic interfaces: reference, anaphora and aspect}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Cecchetto, Carlo and Chierchia, Gennaro and Guasti, Maria Teresa}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {211--277}, Publisher = {CSLI}, Title = {Ways of terminating}, Year = {2001}} @article{Giusti:1990, Author = {Giusti, Giuliana}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Q float crambling hrase structure}, Number = {1}, Pages = {633--641}, Title = {Floating Quantifiers, Scrambling and Configurationality}, Volume = {21}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Giusti:1990b, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Giusti, Giuliana}, Booktitle = {Grammar in Progress}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-09-03 11:24:04 -0400}, Editor = {Mascar{\'o}, Joan and Nespor, Marina}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {137--146}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Floating Quantifiers in {G}ermanic}, Year = {1990}} @article{Giusti:1994, Author = {Giusti, Giuliana}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {The Linguistic Review}, Number = {3-4}, Pages = {241--256}, Title = {Enclitic Articles and Double Definiteness: A Comparative Analysis of Nominal Structure in Romance and Germanic}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1994}} @article{Glasbey:1992, Author = {Glasbey, Sheila R.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 11:10:51 -0500}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library; time; events}, Number = {3}, Pages = {285--312}, Title = {Distinguishing between Events and Times: Some Evidence from the Semantics of "Then"}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1992}} @book{Gleitman:1994, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Gleitman, Lila and Landau, Barbara}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {492}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {The Acquisition of the Lexicon}, Year = {1994}} @book{Glymour:1999, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Glymour, Clark and Cooper, Gregory F.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Pages = {552}, Publisher = {The MIT Press}, Title = {Computation, Causation and Discovery}, Year = {1999}} @article{Godard:1992, Author = {Godard, Daniele}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {A' movement; nominals; DP; French; Romance}, Number = {2}, Pages = {233--278}, Title = {Extraction out of {NP} in {F}rench}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1992}} @inproceedings{Goh:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Goh, Gwang-Yoon}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {219--230}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Pragmatics of the {E}nglish tough-construction}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Goldberg:1997, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Goldberg, Adele E.}, Booktitle = {Complex Predicates}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Alsina, Alex and Bresnan, Joan and Sells, Peter}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {151--174}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Making One's Way through the Data}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Goldrick:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Goldrick, Matthew}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {231--246}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Turbind output representations and the unity of opacity}, Year = {2000}} @article{Golston:1996, Author = {Golston, Chris}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {713--748}, Title = {Direct Optimality Theory: Representation as Pure Markedness}, Volume = {72}, Year = {1996}, Abstract = {I present a model of phonological representation wich represents morphemes in terms of constraint violations rather than strings of segments or root nodes. The formalism allows representation to be uniform throughout the phonology, mandates permanent underspecification of unmarked structure, derives the linear order of segments within a morpheme, and allows representation and evaluation to be conflated. Marked types of morphology (infixes, circumfixes, zero affixes; subtractive, reduplicative and templatic morphology) are represented in exactly the same way as roots. The markedness of such morphology is arged to follow from the high ranking of the violated constraints in question.}} @article{Golston:1998, Author = {Golston, Chris}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {719--770}, Title = {Constraint-Based Metrics}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This paper offers an analysis of Middle English Alliterative Verse in terms of Prosodic Metrics (Golston and Rian 1995, 1997a,b, 1998) using hte ranked and violable constraints of Optimality Theory (Prince and Smolensky 1993). The analysis uses purely phonological constraints without recourse to language-specific or meter-specific constraints and without an abstract metrical template (Helsloot 1997). I show that the number of tokens per metrical type correlates with phonological well-formedness in one of five areas: binarity, weight, alignment, identity, and thythm. In addition, I showt hat poems written in this meter have no perfectly metrical lines in them: every line violates some constraint because absolute metrical well-formedness is not possible given the constraints in this type of meter. Gradient well-formedness in meter (Youmans 1989) is shown to be both demonstrable and formalizable.}} @incollection{Gonzalez:1990, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Gonzalez, Nora}, Booktitle = {Studies in Relational Grammar 3}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Postal, Paul M. and Joseph, Brian D.}, Keywords = {library; relational grammar; Spanish; inversion}, Pages = {87--103}, Publisher = {University of Chicago}, Title = {Unusual Inversion in {C}hilean {S}panish}, Year = {1990}} @article{Gonzalez:1994, Author = {Gonzalez, Nora}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {5--22}, Title = {Reflexivization and {S}panish clause reduction}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1994}} @book{Goodall:1987, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Goodall, Grant}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {library; coordination; causatives}, Pages = {194}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Parallel structures in syntax}, Year = {1987}} @article{Goodall:1989, Author = {Goodall, Grant}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {669--674}, Title = {Evidence for an Asymmetry in Argument Structure}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @inproceedings{Goodall:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Goodall, Grant}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {Subjects}, Pages = {175--182}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {On the Status of SPEC of {IP}}, Year = {1992}} @article{Goodall:1993, Author = {Goodall, Grant}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {passive; grammatical functions; Case; library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {31--44}, Title = {On Case and the Passive Morpheme}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1993}} @article{Goodall:2002, Author = {Goodall, Grant}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Location = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Pages = {193--224}, Title = {The {EPP} in {S}panish}, Volume = {Objects and Other Subjects}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Goodluck:1993, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Goodluck, Helen and Finney, Malcolm}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 23}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library cquisition}, Pages = {129--142}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {When are Chains Constructed?}, Year = {1993}} @article{Goodluck:1996, Author = {Goodluck, Helen and Stojanovic, Danijela}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Keywords = {library lavic cquisition elative clauses}, Number = {4}, Pages = {285--315}, Title = {The Strucure and Acquisition of Relative Clauses in {S}erbo-{C}roation}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1996}, Abstract = {Serbo-Croation is a language with a dual system of relative clause formation. By the test of obedience to Subjacency, sto and koji relaitves are formed by successive cyclic movement, where za koga relatives are formed by pronominal linkage. Eliticited production and comprehension experiments were conducted with preschool children. We interpret the results as evidence that children initially treat sto relaives as nonmovement relatives, contrary to the facts of the adult grammar. Za koga relatives are mastered by only a small number of children. We discuss our results in the context of the cross-linguistic typology of relative clauses and previous studies of the acquisition of relative clauses, arguing that a nonmovement analysis of relatives is unmarked for relative clause formation (in comparison to wh-question formation) and that a nonmovement analysis may represent a common first stage in the acquisition of relative clauses.}} @incollection{Goodman:1991, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Goodman, Nelson}, Booktitle = {Conditionals}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Frank}, Keywords = {library onditionals}, Pages = {9--27}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {The Problem of Counterfactual Conditionals}, Year = {1991}} @article{Gorden:2002, Author = {Gorden, Matthew}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {491--552}, Title = {A factorial typology of quantity-insensitive stress}, Volume = {20}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This paper presents an Optimality-theoretic (Prince and Smolensky 1993) analysis of quantity-insensitive stress. A set of grid-based constraints is shown by means of a computer-generated factorial typology to provide a relatively tight fit to the full range of stress systems attested in an extensive survey of quantity-insensitive stress patterns, many of which have not been previously discussed in the theoretical literature.}} @inproceedings{Gouvea:2001, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {Gouvea, Ana C. and Poeppel, David}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {245--264}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Working memory and syntactic complexity in {B}razilian {P}ortuguese and {E}nglish}, Year = {2001}} @book{Green:1974, Address = {Bloomington, Indiana}, Author = {Green, Georgia M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Publisher = {Indiana University Press}, Title = {Semantics and Syntactic Regularity}, Year = {1974}} @article{Green:2000, Author = {Green, Lisa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--25}, Title = {Aspectual {BE}-type constructions and coercion in {A}frican {A}merican {E}nglish}, Volume = {8}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {This paper examines aspectual be-type constructions in African American English. These constructions receive a habitual interpretation, but they are distinguished from simple tense generics in that they are not ambiguous between generic/habitual and capacity readings. The analysis proposed to account for these constructions is one in which aspectual be neutralizes the distinction between stage- and individual-level predicates. Following Kratzer (1995), I assume that stage-level predicates have a separate event argument associated with them, but individual-level predicates do not. Aspectual be forces individual-level predicates to take an eventuality argument which coerces them into stage-level predicates. Teh logical representations of these constructions are given a tripartite structure in which a habitual operator binds variables ranging over eventualities. The analysis can be extended to account for constructions in which permanently stable entities indicated by bare plural subjects occur with be-type predicates. The solution proposed here accounts for some well-known properties of aspectual be that have not been discussed in the literature.}} @article{Green:1995, Author = {Green, Mitchell S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {83--112}, Title = {Quantity, Volubility, and Some Varieties of Discourse}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1995}} @article{Greenberg:1957, Author = {Greenberg, Joseph H.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {International Journal of American Linguistics}, Keywords = {typology}, Pages = {68--77}, Title = {The Nature and Uses of Linguistic Typologies}, Volume = {23}, Year = {1957}} @incollection{Greenberg:1963, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Greenberg, Joseph H.}, Booktitle = {Universals of Language}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Greenberg, Joseph}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Some Universals of Grammar with Particular Reference to the Order of Meaningful Elements}, Year = {1963}} @incollection{Greenberg:1990, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Greenberg, Joseph H.}, Booktitle = {On Language}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Denning, Keith and Kemmer, Suzanne}, Keywords = {typology; word order}, Publisher = {Stanford University Press}, Title = {Some Universals of Grammar with Particular Reference to the Order of Meaningful Elements}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Greenberg:2002, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Greenberg, Yael}, Booktitle = {Themes in {A}rabic and {H}ebrew Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Ouhalla, Jamal and Shlonsky, Ur}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {267--298}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {The manifestations of genericity in the tense aspect system of {H}ebrew nominal sentences}, Year = {2002}} @incollection{Grewendorf:1990, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Grewendorf, G{\"u}nther}, Booktitle = {Scrambling and barriers}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Grewendorf, G{\"u}nther and Sternefeld, Wolfgang}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {295--318}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Small pro in {G}erman}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Grewendorf:1999b, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Grewendorf, G{\"u}nther}, Booktitle = {Specifiers}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Adger, David and Plunkett, Bernadette and Tsoulas, George and Pintzuk, Susan}, Pages = {146--162}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {The Additional-wh Effect and Multiple Wh-Fronting}, Year = {1999}} @article{Grewendorf:2001, Author = {Grewendorf, G{\"u}nther}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library superiority}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/32.1grewendorf.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {87--122}, Title = {Multiple Wh-fronting}, Volume = {32}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {This article argues that overt multiple wh fronting in languages like Bulgarian consists of moving a single wh cluster to [Sec, CP]. The formation of wh clusters is motivated by the assumption that wh elements can act as landing sites for wh movement due to the morphological properties of wh words. I further argue that langauges such as Japanese constitute covert instances of this process of wh cluster formation, accounting for intricate constraints on multiple wh questions such as the so-called "additional-wh effect." Another central claim of the article is that despite appearances, multiple wh questions in German equally involve the formation of wh clusters, which are shown to consist of one visible and one or more invisible wh elements. This analysis provides a new account for the lack of "short" and the rpesence of "long" superiority effects in German.}} @article{Grewendorf:1994, Author = {Grewendorf, G{\"u}nther and Sabel, Joachim}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; Scrambling; German; Incorporation}, Number = {2}, Pages = {263--308}, Title = {Long Scrambling and Incorporation}, Volume = {25}, Year = {1994}} @article{Grewendorf:1999, Author = {Grewendorf, G{\"u}nther and Sabel, Joachim}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--65}, Title = {Scrambling in {G}erman and {J}apanese: Adjunction versus Multiple Specifiers}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This paper argues that short (clause-internal) scrambling to a pre-subject position has A-properties in Japanese but A'-properties in German, while long scrambling (scrambling across sentence boundaries) form finite clauses, which is possible in Japanese but not in German, has A'-properties throughout. It is shown that these differences between German and Japanese can be traced back to parametric variation of phrase structure and the parameterized properties of functional heads. Due to the properties of Agreement, sentences in Japaense may contain multiple (Agro- and Agrs-) specifiers whereas German does not allow for this. In Japanese, a scrambled element may be located in a Spec AgrP, i.e., an A- or L-related position, whereas scrambled NPs in German can only appear in an AgrP-adjoined (broadly-L-related) position, which only has A'-properties. Given our assumption that successive cyclic adjunction is generally impossible, elements in German may not be long scrambled because a scrambled element that is moved to an adjunction site inside an embedded clause may not move further. In Japanese, long distance scrambling out of finite CPs is possible since scrambling may proceed in a successive cyclic manner via embedded Spec-(AgrP) positions. Our analysis of the differences between German and Japanese scrambling provides us with an account of further contrasts between the two langauge such as the existence of surprising asymmetries between German and Japanese remnant-movement phenomena, and the fact that , unlike German, Japanese freely allows wh-scrambling. Investigation of the properties of Japaense wh-movement also leads us to the formulation of the wh-cluster Hypothesis, which implies that Japanese is an LF multiple wh-fronting language.}} @incollection{Grice:1991, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Grice, H. P.}, Booktitle = {Conditionals}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Frank}, Keywords = {library onditionals}, Pages = {155--175}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Logic and Conversation}, Year = {1991}} @article{Grimshaw:1979, Author = {Grimshaw, Jane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {selection}, Pages = {279--326}, Title = {Complement Selection and the Lexicon}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @article{Grimshaw:1986, Author = {Grimshaw, Jane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; subjacency; A' movement; constraints}, Number = {2}, Pages = {364--369}, Title = {Subjacency and the S/S$'$ Parameter}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1986}} @book{Grimshaw:1990b, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Grimshaw, Jane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {lexicon; theta theory; phrase structure; passive; grammatical functions}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Argument Structure}, Year = {1990}} @article{Grimshaw:1997, Author = {Grimshaw, Jane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library nversion uxiliaries omplementizer}, Number = {3}, Pages = {373--422}, Title = {Projection, Heads, and Optimality}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {This article argues that inversion of the subject and auxiliary in English matrix questions and elsewhere is the effect of a violable optimality-theoretic constraint that requires head positions to be filled. When no other auxiliary is available, do-support occurs to satisfy this constraint, resulting in the presence of an expletive verb. When a higher-ranked constraint prohibits inversion, no inversion or do-support is found. The argument is then extended to cases where the complementizer that is obligatory, which are shown to offer best satisfaction of the proposed set of violable constraints.}} @incollection{Grimshaw:1997b, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Grimshaw, Jane}, Booktitle = {Elements of grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Haegeman, Liliane}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {169--196}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {The best clitic: constraint conflict in morphosyntax}, Year = {1997}} @article{Grimshaw:1990, Author = {Grimshaw, Jane and Rosen, Sara Thomas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Binding Theory; acquisition}, Number = {2}, Pages = {187--222}, Title = {Knowledge and Obedience: The Developmental Status of the Binding Theory}, Volume = {21}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Grimshaw:1998, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Grimshaw, Jane and Samek-Lodovici, Vieri}, Booktitle = {Is the Best Good Enough?}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Barbosa, Pilar and Fox, Danny and Hagstrom, Paul and McGinnis, Martha and Pesetsky, David}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {193--220}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Optimal Subjects and Subject Universals}, Year = {1998}} @article{Grinder:1971, Author = {Grinder, John and Postal, Paul M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library llipsis ndefinites}, Number = {3}, Pages = {269--312}, Title = {Missing Antecedents}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1971}} @book{Grinder:1976, Address = {The Hague}, Author = {Grinder, John T.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {ellipsis}, Publisher = {Mouton}, Title = {On Deletion Phenomena in {E}nglish}, Year = {1976}} @incollection{Groat:1999, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Groat, Erich}, Booktitle = {Working minimalism}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Epstein, Samuel and Hornstein, Norbert}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {27--43}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Raising the case of expletives}, Year = {1999}} @incollection{Groat:1996, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Groat, Erich and O'Neil, John}, Booktitle = {Minimal Ideas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Abraham, Werner and Epstein, Samuel David and Thr{\'a}insson, H{\'o}skuldur and Zwart, C. Jan-Wouter}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {113--139}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Spell-{O}ut at the {LF} Interface}, Year = {1996}, Abstract = {In Chomsky's (1993) "A Minimalist Program for Linguistic Theory" (MPLT), syntactic derivations yield two generally distinct ouput phrase-markers that re relevant to the linguistic system: the LF phrsae-marker, which receives semantic interpretation, and a phrase-marker which is Spelled-out to the phonological/morphological systems. Furthermore, the rule SPELL-OUT may be applied freely, i.e. at any point in the derivation of an LF phrase-marker, subject to well-formedness conditions indirectly imposed on the phrase-marker by PF-interface conditions (for example, the obligatory non-appearance of uninterpretable strong features) and principles of economy (for example, the global economy principle Procrastinate). However, the system thus formulated introduces small but significant asymmetries into the syntactic computational system: pre-Spell-out operations are stipulated to be more costly than those occurring after Spell-out, strict cyclicity is enforced only before Spell-out, and the lexicon is inaccessible after Spell-out. Our paper attempts to eliminate these asymmetries by postulating that Spell-out does not occur freely, but rather must always be applied to the same phrase-marker that receives LF-interpretation, i.e. there are no post-Spell-out syntactic operations. The potential for pre-/post-Spell-out asymmetries is eliminated, resulting in a uniform computational system without stipulated (and hence undesirable) asymmetries. We provide further support for our model on a conceptual basis, through an analysis of the strict cycle condition in which we derive the Extension Condition for substitution operations from principles of X-bar theory, giving the strong result that there could be no countercyclic substitution at all, even after Spell-out -- a result that is not problematic if there are no syntactic operations after Spell-out. In our system, the difference betweeen overt and covert movement is found on the level of chain-formation: overt movement is movement which carries phonological features to the head of the chain being created, while covert movement leaves phonological material behind. This approach allows us to construe the Procrastinate principle as a purely local economy constraint. Analyses of subjacency effects in Japanese null operator movement (Watanabe 1992) and Icelandic Object Shift provide empirical support for the analysis.}} @article{Groat:1995, Author = {Groat, Erich M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {354--365}, Title = {English Expletives: A Minimalist Approach}, Volume = {26}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Grodzinsky:1990, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Grodzinsky, Yosef}, Booktitle = {Issues in the Biology of Language and Cognition}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {library; aphasia; deficits; inflection; passive}, Pages = {192}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Theoretical Perspectives on Language Deficits}, Year = {1990}} @article{Grodzinsky:1993, Author = {Grodzinsky, Yosef and Reinhart, Tanya}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {acquisition; binding theory; anaphora; library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {69--102}, Title = {The Innateness of Binding and Coreference}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @article{Groenendijk:1982, Author = {Groenendijk, J. and Stokhof, M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {questions}, Pages = {173--233}, Title = {Semantic Analysis of wh-Complements}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1982}} @article{Groenendijk:1991, Author = {Groenendijk, J. and Stokhof, M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Pages = {38--100}, Title = {Dynamic Predicate Logic}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1991}} @book{Groenendijk:1984, Address = {Dordrecht, Holland ; Cinnaminson, N.J.}, Author = {Groenendijk, J. A. G. and Janssen, T. M. V. and Stokhof, M. B. J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {Semantics Mathematical models Congresses.}, Pages = {182}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Truth, interpretation and information : selected papers from the Third Amsterdam Colloquium}, Year = {1984}} @book{Groenendijk:1987, Address = {Dordrecht, Holland ; Providence, RI, USA}, Author = {Groenendijk, J. A. G. and Jongh, Dick de and Stokhof, M. B. J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {Semantics Congresses.}, Pages = {viii, 215}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Studies in discourse representation theory and the theory of generalized quantifiers}, Year = {1987}} @book{Groenendijk:1987b, Address = {Dordrecht, Holland}, Author = {Groenendijk, J. A. G. and Jongh, Dick de and Stokhof, M. B. J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {Semantics Congresses.}, Pages = {viii, 156}, Publisher = {Foris Publications ;}, Title = {Foundations of pragmatics and lexical semantics}, Year = {1987}} @article{Groenink:1997, Author = {Groenink, Annius V.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {6}, Pages = {607--636}, Title = {Mild Context-sensitivity and Tuple-based Generalizations of Context-grammar}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1997}} @article{Grondin:1996, Author = {Grondin, Nathalie and White, Lydia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--34}, Title = {Functional Categories in Child {L2} Acquisition of {F}rench}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1996}} @phdthesis{Grosu:1972, Author = {Grosu, Alexander}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {library; constraints; A' movement}, School = {The Ohio State University}, Title = {The Strategic Content of Island Constraints}, Year = {1972}} @article{Grosu:1988, Author = {Grosu, Alexander}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics}, Keywords = {DP; nominals}, Pages = {931--949}, Title = {On the Distribution of Genitive Phrases in {R}umanian}, Volume = {26}, Year = {1988}} @article{Grosu:1996, Author = {Grosu, Alexander}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library ree relatives}, Number = {2}, Pages = {257--293}, Title = {The Proper Analysis of ``Missing-{P}'' Free Relative Constructions}, Volume = {27}, Year = {1996}} @incollection{Grosu:2000, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Grosu, Alexander}, Booktitle = {The syntax of relative clauses}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Alexiadou, Artemis and Law, Paul and Meinunger, Andr{\'e} and Wilder, Chris}, Pages = {83--119}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Type-resolution in relative constructions: featural marking and dependency encoding}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Grosu:1996b, Address = {Tel Aviv}, Author = {Grosu, Alexander and Landman, Fred}, Booktitle = {The Israel Association for Theoretical Lingusitics 3}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Doron, Edit and Wintner, Shuly}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {129--142}, Title = {Carlson's Last Puzzle: Will it Go the Way of {F}ermat's Last Theorem?}, Year = {1996}} @article{Grosu:1998, Author = {Grosu, Alexander and Landman, Fred}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {125--170}, Title = {Strange Relatives of the Third Kind}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {In this paper, we argue that there are more kinds of relative clause constructions between the linguistic heaven and earth than are dreamed of in the classical lore, which distinguishes just restrictive relative clauses and appositives. We start with degree relatives. Degree, or amount, relatives show restrictions in the relativizers they allow, in the determiners that can combine with them, and in their stacking possibilities. To account for these facts, we propose an analysis with two central, and novel, features: First, we argue that the standard notion of degree (a number on a measuring scale) needs to be replaced by a notion of structured degree, which keeps track of the object measured. Second, we argue that at the CP-level of degree relatives an operation of (degree) maximalization takes place. We show that the observed facts concerning degree relatives follow from these assumptions. We then broaden the discussion to other relative clause constructions. We propose that the operation of maximalization takes place in relative clauses when the head noun is semantically interpreted CP-internally, while syntactically the CP is part of a DP that also contains CP-external material. Based on this, we argue that degree relatives form part of a linguistically coherent class of relative clause constructions -- we call them maximalizing relatives -- which all show restrictions similar to those observed for degree relatives, and which differ semantically (and often also syntactically) both from restrictive relative clauses and from appositives. We discuss free relatives, internally-headed relatives, and correlatives.}} @article{Gartner:1994, Author = {G{\"a}rtner, Hans-Martin and Steinbach, Markus}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Working Papers in Scandinavian Syntax}, Keywords = {library; economy; V2; word order; Germanic}, Pages = {1--59}, Title = {Economy, Verb Second, and the SVO-SOV Distinction}, Volume = {53}, Year = {1994}} @phdthesis{Gruber:1965, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Gruber, Jeffrey S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Studies in Lexical Relations}, Year = {1965}} @article{Gracia:1999, Author = {Gr{\"a}cia, Llu{\''i}sa and Fullana, Olga}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {239--261}, Title = {On {C}atalan Verbal Compounds}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {In this paper we discuss the structure of a kind of Catalan compounds that seem to contradict Lieber's proposal that there is a single parameter fixing the position of hte head with respect to complements, modifiers and specifiers for both syntax ad morphology. Catalan has a kind of compound formed by a verbal root, the head, preceded by an inalienable possession noun (IPN). These compounds pose two problems. The first one has to do with the order of elements in the compounds: They seem to hold an OV order instead of the regular VO order of Catalan. The second problem is related to the semantic interpretation of hte construciton: the Theme of a verbal phrase headed by these compounds is also interpreted as the possessor of the IPN within the compound. We claim, first, that the IPN is not complement of the verbal root but a modifier. Second, we claim that Catalan modifiers are always generated in a pre-head position, both in morphology and in syntax. In syntactici structures they appear after the head because the head raises to check its features. In morphology, on the other hand, the movement does not exist, so the modifier remains to the left of the head. Finally, the double interpretation of the object is a consequence of a process of lexical subordination of the IPN's Lexical Conceptual Structure to the Lexcial Conceptual STructure of the verbal root in the lexical process of composition.}} @inproceedings{Gu:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Gu, Yang}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {Chinese; existentials; library}, Pages = {183--196}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {On the Locative Existential Construction in {C}hinese}, Year = {1992}} @inproceedings{Gualmini:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Gualmini, Andrea and Meroni, Luisa and Crain, Stephen}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {247--258}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The inclusion of disjunction in child grammar: evidence from modal verbs}, Year = {2000}} @article{Guasti:1966, Author = {Guasti, Maria Teresa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library nterrogatives}, Number = {2}, Pages = {161--180}, Title = {On the Controversial Status of {R}omance Interrogatives}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1966}} @inproceedings{Guasti:1991, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Guasti, Maria Teresa}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Ninth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Halpern, Aaron L.}, Keywords = {Germanic; Romance; causatives; library}, Pages = {205--218}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {The `Faire-Par' Construction in {R}omance and in {G}ermanic}, Year = {1991}} @book{Guasti:1993, Address = {Torino}, Author = {Guasti, Maria Teresa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {library; causatives; small clauses; Romance:italian; Romance:French; Verb movement}, Pages = {194}, Publisher = {Rosenberg \& Sellier}, Title = {Causative and Perception Verbs}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Guasti:1996, Author = {Guasti, Maria Teresa}, Booktitle = {Parameters and Functional Heads}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Belletti, Adriana and Rizzi, Luigi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {209--238}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {A Cross-Linguistic Study of {R}omance and Arb{\`e}eresh Causatives}, Year = {1996}} @article{Guasti:1996b, Author = {Guasti, Maria Teresa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library ausatives}, Number = {2}, Pages = {294--312}, Title = {Semantic Restrictions in {R}omance Causatives and the Incorporation Approach}, Volume = {27}, Year = {1996}} @article{Guasti:1995, Author = {Guasti, Maria Teresa and Shlonsky, Ur}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Keywords = {library cquisition}, Number = {4}, Pages = {257--276}, Title = {The Acquisition of {F}rench Relative Clauses Reconsidered}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Guilfoyle:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Guilfoyle, Eithne}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Pages = {205--218}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Infinitivals and the Transparency Principle Revisited}, Year = {1995}} @article{Guilfoyle:1992, Author = {Guilfoyle, Eithne and Hung, Henrietta and Travis, Lisa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {Austronesian; Derived Subjects; clausal structure; phrase structure}, Number = {3}, Pages = {375--414}, Title = {Spec of {IP} and Spec of {VP}: Two Subjects in {A}ustronesian Languages}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1992}} @article{Gunnarson:1994, Author = {Gunnarson, Kjell-Ake}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Number = {2/3}, Pages = {125--172}, Title = {Small Clauses and Absolute Constructions in {S}panish}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1994}} @article{Gueron:1980, Author = {Gu{\'e}ron, Jacqueline}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {extraposition}, Pages = {637--678}, Title = {On the Syntax and Semantics of {PP}-Extraposition}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Gueron:1984b, Author = {Gu{\'e}ron, Jacqueline}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Lingua}, Keywords = {connectivity; Binding Theory; anaphora; pronouns; library}, Pages = {139--174}, Title = {Topicalisation Structures and Constraints on Coreference}, Volume = {63}, Year = {1984}} @incollection{Gueron:1986, Address = {Utrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Gu{\'e}ron, Jacqueline}, Booktitle = {Going Romance II}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Coopmans, Peter and Bordelois, Ivonne and Smith, Bill Dotson}, Keywords = {library; possessive; have; romance; French}, Pages = {83--106}, Title = {Le Verbe Avoir}, Year = {1986}} @inproceedings{Gueron:1987, Author = {Gu{\'e}ron, Jacqueline}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the North Eastern Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, Title = {Clause Union and the Verb-Particle Construction in {E}nglish}, Year = {1987}} @incollection{Gueron:1990, Address = {Dordrecht, Holland}, Author = {Gu{\'e}ron, Jacqueline}, Booktitle = {Grammar in Progress: {GLOW} essays for {H}enk van {R}iemsdijk}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Mascar{\'o}, Joan and Nespor, Marina}, Keywords = {library articles}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Particles, Prepositions, and Verbs}, Year = {1990}} @inproceedings{Gueron:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Gu{\'e}ron, Jacqueline}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library uxiliaries}, Pages = {191--206}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {On HAVE and BE}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Gueron:1990b, Address = {MIT}, Author = {Gu{\'e}ron, Jacqueline and Hoekstra, Teun}, Booktitle = {Time Conference}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {particles}, Title = {Tense, Particles and Causatives}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Gueron:1995b, Address = {San Diego, California}, Author = {Gu{\'e}ron, Jacqueline and Hoekstra, Teun}, Booktitle = {Small Clauses(28)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Cardinaletti, Anna and Guasti, Maria Teresa}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {77--108}, Publisher = {Academic Press}, Title = {The Temporal Interpretation of Predication}, Year = {1995}} @article{Gueron:1984, Author = {Gu{\'e}ron, Jacqueline and May, Robert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {extraposition}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--32}, Title = {Extraposition and {L}ogical {F}orm}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @inproceedings{Gyuris:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Gyuris, B{\'e}ata}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {259--274}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The interpretaiton of adverbial quantifiers in contrastive topics in {H}ungarian}, Year = {2000}} @article{Gartner:2000, Author = {G{\"a}rtner, Hans-Martin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {97--141}, Title = {Are there {V2} relative clauses in {G}erman?}, Volume = {3}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {This paper describes a construction from (spoken) German that will be called INTEGRATED VERB SECOND (IV2). This term refers to V2 clauses that look like relative clauses except that they must contain a weak demonstrative in initial position and have to be extraposed. Their syntactic behavior will be accounted for by a paratactic analysis. IV2 can only modify wide scope indefinites inside what looks like hte matrix clause. This is captured at the level of DRS construction. Since the matrix clause alone doesn't constitute a complete informational unit, IV2 can be introduced as a condition into the matrix DRS before evaluation. The weak demonstrative of IV2 establishes the relative link by copying a top-level discourse marker. In addition, the assertional nature of IV2 prevents it from modifying definite descriptions. Reference is made to the close relatedness of demonstrative and relative pronoun sin Indo-European. Dutch, Swedish, and Zurich German provide the comparative horizon of this study. My answer to the question int he title is negative from the syntactic perspective but positive with reference to interpretation.}} @incollection{Haan:1975, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Haan, Ger J. de}, Booktitle = {Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-1973}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Kraak, A.}, Keywords = {library; syntax}, Pages = {148--154}, Publisher = {Van Gorcum}, Title = {On Transparency}, Year = {1975}} @article{Haan:2001, Author = {Haan, Germen J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {3--38}, Title = {More is going on upstairs than downstairs: embedded root phenomena in {W}est {F}risian}, Volume = {4}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {In this paper, (West) Frisian limited embedded V2-constructions introduced by the lexical complementizer dat (ECV2s) are discussed. It is argued that there is no evidence for the claim in the literature that conditions on extraction license structural embedding of CP-recursion in this langauge. It is shown that ECV2s in Frisian have generally the properties of root CPs and that there is no reason to analyze such constructions differenlty from structural roots. As a consequence, the approach defended here treats ECV2s and their matrix cluases as a combination of indpeendent expressions, i.e., as expressions having their own illocutionary role. This accounts for restrictions on the distribution of embedded V2. Finally, it is demonstrated along the lines of Hoeksema nd Napoli (1993) that ECV2s in Frisian are juxtaposed with their matrix cluases, i.e. they should be distinguished as cases of parataxis from 'normal' coordination.}} @article{Hadley:1996, Author = {Hadley, Pamela A. and Rice, Mabel L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Keywords = {library uxiliaries cquisition}, Number = {3}, Pages = {209--243}, Title = {Emergent Uses of BE and DO: Evidence From Children with Specific Language Impairment}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1996}, Abstract = {The use of finiteness markers copula BE, and auxiliary BE, and auxiliary DO were examined in the spontaneous speech of children with specific language impairment (SLI). Of particular interest to this study was whether the categorical distinctions between main verbs and auxiliaries and/or between the auxiliary types influenced the relative order of emergence among these forms. In addition, error analyses were used to reveal the extent of the children's grammatical knowledge with regard to the use of these forms. We argue that despite the late emergence of finiteness markers, movement and accurate agreement marking from earliest appearance of these forms. These findings provide further support for descriptions of SLI as a condition characterized by selective deficits within a basically intact grammatical system.}} @inproceedings{Haeberli:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Haeberli, Eric}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {77--94}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Categorial Feature Matrices and Checking}, Year = {1998}} @article{Haeberli:1999, Author = {Haeberli, Eric}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--36}, Title = {On the word order `{XP}-subject' in the {G}ermanic languages}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {Among the Germanic languages, variation can be found with respect to the occurrence of a constituent in a position immediately preceding a definite subject. Wereas 'XP-subject' orders are possible in some languages, they are ruled out in other langauges. Focusing on the West Germanic languages, other grammatical properties which vary amolng the different languages. Based on proposals made within the Minimalist framework, it will be argued that the presence or absence of the word order 'XP-subject' in the West Germanic langauges follows from independent properties such as subject-verb agreement morphology and the licensing of non-overt expletives.}} @book{Haeberli:2002, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Haeberli, Eric}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {Library}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Features, categories and the syntax of {A}-positions}, Year = {2002}} @article{Haegeman:1986b, Author = {Haegeman, Liliane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {The Linguistic Review}, Keywords = {double object; phrase structure; germanic; linguistics}, Pages = {281--300}, Title = {The Double Object Construction in {W}est {F}lemish}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1986}} @incollection{Haegeman:1986c, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Haegeman, Liliane}, Booktitle = {Features and Projections}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Muysken, Pieter and Riemsdijk, Henk van}, Keywords = {Flemish; Germanic; clausal structure; Case; infinitives}, Pages = {123--138}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {I{NFL}, {COMP} and Nominative Case Assignment in {F}lemish Infinitivals}, Year = {1986}} @article{Haegeman:1988, Author = {Haegeman, Liliane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {west flemish; verb raising}, Number = {4}, Pages = {671--684}, Title = {Verb Projection Raising and the Multidimensional Analysis: Some Empirical Problems}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @book{Haegeman:1992, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Haegeman, Liliane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {library; Germanic:West Flemish; Verb Raising; Head movement; Scrambling}, Pages = {244 pp}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Theory and Description in Generative Syntax}, Year = {1992}} @article{Haegeman:1993, Author = {Haegeman, Liliane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library; Germanic; clitics; Flemish; agreement; morphology}, Number = {1}, Pages = {57--94}, Title = {The Morphology and Distribution of Object Clitics in {W}est {F}lemish}, Volume = {47}, Year = {1993}} @article{Haegeman:1994, Author = {Haegeman, Liliane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {verb raising erb projection raising}, Number = {3}, Pages = {509--521}, Title = {Verb Raising as Verb Projection Raising: Some Empirical Problems}, Volume = {25}, Year = {1994}} @article{Haegeman:1995, Author = {Haegeman, Liliane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Keywords = {library oot infinitives}, Number = {3}, Pages = {205--255}, Title = {Root Infinitives, Tense, and Truncated Structures in {D}utch}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Haegeman:1996b, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Haegeman, Liliane}, Booktitle = {Minimal Ideas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Abraham, Werner and Epstein, Samuel David and Thr{\'a}insson, H{\'o}skuldur and Zwart, C. Jan-Wouter}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {141--165}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {The Typology of Syntactic Positions: {L}-Relatedness and the {A/A}$'$-distinction}, Year = {1996}} @article{Haegeman:1998, Author = {Haegeman, Liliane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library erb movement egation ense}, Number = {4}, Pages = {631--656}, Title = {Verb movement in embedded clauses in {W}est {F}lemish}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This article analyzes aspects of the distribution of West Flemish verbs in terms of Kayne's (1994) antisymmetry approach. The distribution of the auxiliary in the Infinitivus pro Participio (IPP) construction provides evidence for three functional heads in the lower middle field: Neg, T, and F2. The word order in the IPP construction is derived by head movement of the auxiliary and XP-movement of the IPP complement. The IPP complement moves to [Spec, FP2] to check its formal features; the finite auxiliary moves either to F2 or to the higher functional head, T or Neg; the nonfinite auxiliary remains in F2. The anlysis accounts for the finite/nonfinite asymmetry in the distribution of the negative affix en. The article includes concrete proposals for the implementation of feature checking.}} @article{Haegeman:1998b, Author = {Haegeman, Liliane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Number = {3}, Pages = {259--299}, Title = {V-positions and the middle field in {W}est {F}lemish}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {The distribution of the finite verb in the West Flemish Infinitivus Pro Participio construction provides evidence for embedded V-movement in the lower Middle Field of the West Germanic SOV languages. Two functional heads are postulated in the lower Middle Field, F1 (whcih checks Tense and Negation) and F2 (which checks aspect). FP1 dominates FP2. Finite verbs may remain in F2, or move to F1 (depending on feature strength), infinitives remain in F2. The analysis accounts for the finite/non-finite asymmetry in the distribution of the negative head en in West Flemish and provides indirect support for Kayne's antisymmetry hypothesis. West Flemish bare infinitival complements remain tot he right of F2, IPP complements occupy the specifier position of FP2, and past participle sincorporate to F1. A parallelism between DP positions adn the positions of non-finite verbal complements is explored in the final part of the paper.}} @article{Haegeman:2001, Author = {Haegeman, Liliane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {207--232}, Title = {Antisymmetry and verb-final order in {W}est {F}lemish}, Volume = {3}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {This paper focuses on the derivation of the verb-final pattern in West Flemish, a West Germanic OV langauge. The paper compares antisymmetric approaches which assume short or no V-movement and antisymmetric approaches which postulate double movement: V-to-I movement + remnant movement. The data discussed concern (i) the position of the verb, (ii) the observed correlation of V-movement with certain patterns of argument distribution (object shift, the transitive expletive construction), and (iii) the expression of sentential negation. The data suggest that a double movement analysis is preferable to accounts without V-to-I movement.}} @article{Haegeman:1986, Author = {Haegeman, Liliane and Riemsdijk, Henk van}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Dutch; west flemish; verb raising}, Number = {3}, Pages = {417--466}, Title = {Verb Projection Raising, Scope, and the Typology of Verb Movement Rules}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1986}} @incollection{Haegeman:1996, Author = {Haegeman, Liliane and Zanuttini, Rafaella}, Booktitle = {Parameters and Functional Heads}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Belletti, Adriana and Rizzi, Luigi}, Keywords = {library egation}, Pages = {117--180}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Negative concord in {W}est {F}lemish}, Year = {1996}} @book{Haegeman:1997, Address = {Dordrecht ; Boston}, Author = {Haegeman, Liliane M. V.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {Grammar, Comparative and general Syntax.}, Pages = {vii, 349}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Elements of grammar : handbook in generative syntax}, Year = {1997}} @phdthesis{Hagstrom:1998, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Hagstrom, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Decomposing questions}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Hagstrom:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Hagstrom, Paul}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {275--286}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The movement of question particles}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Haider:1985b, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Haider, Hubert}, Booktitle = {Verb second phenomena in germanic languages}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Haider, Hubert and Prinzhorn, Martin}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, Publisher = {Foris publications}, Title = {V-second in {G}erman}, Year = {1985}} @incollection{Haider:1985c, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Haider, Hubert}, Booktitle = {Studies in {G}erman Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Toman, Jindrich}, Keywords = {library; germanic; German; Case}, Pages = {65--102}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {The Case of {G}erman}, Year = {1985}} @incollection{Haider:1990, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Haider, Hubert}, Booktitle = {Scrambling and Barriers}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Grewendorf, G{\"u}nther and Sternefeld, Wolfgang}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {93--112}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Topicalization and Other Puzzles of {G}erman Syntax}, Year = {1990}} @article{Haider:1992, Author = {Haider, Hubert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Location = {University of Stuttgart}, Number = {23}, Title = {Branching and Discharge}, Volume = {Working Papers of the SF13 340}, Year = {1992}} @article{Haider:1993, Author = {Haider, Hubert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Title = {Detached Clauses -- The Later the Deeper}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Haider:1993b, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Haider, Hubert}, Booktitle = {The Parametrization of Universal Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Fanselow, Gisbert}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {1--16}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Principled Variability: Parametrization without Parameter Fixing}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Haider:1995, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Haider, Hubert}, Booktitle = {On Extraction and Extraposition in {G}erman}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Lutz, Uli and Pafel, J{\"u}rgen}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {245--272}, Publisher = {John Benjamins}, Title = {Dowright Down to the Right}, Year = {1995}} @article{Haider:1997, Author = {Haider, Hubert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {3--41}, Title = {Precedence Among Predicates}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {The serialization patterns of result predicates correlate in a specific manner with headedness: in VO languages, result predicates are found potentially in two different positions, a V-adjacent one and a position at the end of VP. In OV languages, the position of result predicates is invariably V-adjacent. The serialization of depictive predicates with respect to result predicates is a funciton of both a contiguity requirement between the depictive predicate and its target, and the identification parameter for argument positions. The implications of the analysis of the factors that deterine the serialization of predicates provide crucial evidence for a theoretical issue. It is argued that the headedness (head-initial vs. head-final) is best accounted for in terms of head chains rather than in terms of evacuated head initial projections.}} @incollection{Haider:1997b, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Haider, Hubert}, Booktitle = {Rightward Movement}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Beerman, Dorothee and LeBlanc, David and van Riemsdijk, Henk}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {115--151}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Extraposition}, Year = {1997}} @book{Haider:1991, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Haider, Hubert and Netter, Klaus}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {315}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Representation and Derivation in the Theory of Grammar}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1991}} @book{Haider:1985, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Haider, Hubert and Prinzhorn, Martin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {V2; verb movement; head movement; Linguistics}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Verb Second Phenomena in {G}ermanic Languages}, Year = {1985}} @article{Haig:1976, Author = {Haig, John H.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; resumptive pronouns; A' movement; relative clauses}, Number = {2}, Pages = {363--371}, Title = {Shadow Pronoun Deletion}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1976}} @article{Hale:1983, Author = {Hale, Ken}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {warlpiri; word order}, Number = {1}, Pages = {5--48}, Title = {Warlpiri and the Grammar of Non-configurational Languages}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1983}} @article{Hale:2001, Author = {Hale, Ken}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 32.4hale.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/32.4hale.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {678--693}, Title = {Navajo verb stem position and the bipartite structure of {N}avajo conjunct sector}, Volume = {32}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {The Navajo verb stem appears at the rightmost edge of the verb word. In numerous cases it forms a lexical constituent with a preverb, occurring at the leftmost edge of the surface verb word, much in the manner of Dutch and German verb-particle arrangements in verb-second finite clauses. In Navajo the initial and final positions are separated by eith morpheme order "slots" recognized in the Athabaskan literature (and described in detail for Navajo in Young and Morgan 1987). A phonological solution to this and a number of other deep-surface disparities is explored here, based on teh insights of earlier works on the Navajo verb, including Speas 1984, 1990, McDonough 1996, 2000, and Rice 1989, 2000.}} @incollection{Hale:1997, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Hale, Ken and Keyser, Samuel Jay}, Booktitle = {Complex predicates}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Alsina, Alex and Bresnan, Joan and Sells, Peter}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {29--66}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {On the complex nature of simple predicates}, Year = {1997}} @article{Hale:1999, Author = {Hale, Ken and Keyser, Samuel Jay}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {453--466}, Title = {A Response to Fodor and Lepore, ``Impossible Words?"}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}} @book{Hale:2002, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Hale, Ken and Keyser, Samuel Jay}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {Library}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Prolegomenon to a theory of argument structure}, Year = {2002}} @incollection{Hale:1986, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Hale, Ken and Platero, Paul}, Booktitle = {Features and Projections}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {van Muysken, Pieter and Riemsdijk, Henk}, Keywords = {features; heads; phrase structure; categories}, Pages = {31--40}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Parts of Speech}, Year = {1986}} @incollection{Hale:1992, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Hale, Kenneth}, Booktitle = {Control and Grammar(48)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Larson, Richard K. and Iatridou, Sabine and Lahiri, Utpal and Higginbotham, James}, Keywords = {library; binding theory; anaphora; pronouns; obviation; switch reference; control}, Pages = {51--78}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Subject Obviation, Switch Reference, and Control}, Year = {1992}} @incollection{Hale:1993, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Hale, Kenneth and Keyser, Samuel Jay}, Booktitle = {The view from building 20}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Hale, Kenneth and Keyser, Samuel Jay}, Keywords = {library; lexical structure; morphology; theta roles; lexicon}, Pages = {53--110}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {On argument structure and the lexical expression of syntactic relations}, Year = {1993}} @book{Hale:1993b, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Hale, Kenneth and Keyser, Samuel Jay}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {273}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {The view from building 20}, Year = {1993}} @article{Hale:1998, Author = {Hale, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--18}, Title = {Diachronic Syntax}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {Current research on diachronic syntax has yet to provide an account of syntactic change consistent with our theoretical understanding of "knowledge of language" and its acquisition. However, explanatory adequacy requires us to account for all acquisition -- this includes the acquisition of grammars that diverge from their sources (i.e., change) as well as that of fully convergent grammars. This paper argues that an adequate explanation of change phenomena is unattainable given the current widespread confusion regarding such critical conepts as "language," "language change," and "syntax." It seeks to develop a coherent theory of syntactic change, which necessitates clarification of these fundamental matters. I believe that syntactic change should fall out from an adequate theory of syntax (along with a learning algorithm). This paper frames these issues within a Minimalist perspective. Finally, I present evidence that the study of change may provide valuable insights into the proper characterizaton of certain syntactic phenomena within current syntactic theory.}} @inproceedings{Hale:1997a, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Hale, Mark and Reiss, Charles}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 11:09:10 -0500}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {159--170}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {How to Parse (and How Not to) in {OT} Phonology}, Year = {1997}} @article{Hale:1998b, Author = {Hale, Mark and Reiss, Charles}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {656--683}, Title = {Formal and Empirical Arguments Concerning Phonological Acquisition}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {Smolensky (1996a) has proposed an ingenious solution to the well-known "comprehension/production" dilemma in phonological acquisition. In this article we argue that Smolensky's model encounters serious difficulties with respect tot he parsing algorithm proposed and the learnability of underlying representations. Drawing on the generative literature in phonological acquisition, as well as the work of phoneticians and psycholinguists, we offer alternative parsing algorithms and examine their implications for learnability and the initial ranking of Optimality Theory constraints. Finally, we propose that the resolution of the comprehension/production dilemma lies not in the phonological domain (linguistic competence), but in the domain of the implementation of linguistic knowledge (performance).}} @article{Hale:2000, Author = {Hale, Mark and Reiss, Charles}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/31.1Hale_Reiss.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {157--169}, Title = {``Substance abuse'' and ``Dysfunctionalism'': current trends in phonology}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Halefom:1991, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Halefom, Girma}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Ninth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Halpern, Aaron L.}, Keywords = {Head movement; inflection; library}, Pages = {219--233}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Head Movement Triggered by Weak Functional Heads}, Year = {1991}} @inproceedings{Halle:1989, Address = {Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania}, Author = {Halle, Morris}, Booktitle = {NELS}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Title = {An Approach to Morphology}, Year = {1989}} @article{Halle:1995, Author = {Halle, Morris}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; feature spreading; phonology}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--46}, Title = {Feature Geometry and Feature Spreading}, Volume = {26}, Year = {1995}} @article{Halle:1997, Author = {Halle, Morris}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {275--313}, Title = {On Stress and Accent in {I}ndo-{E}uropean}, Volume = {73}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {The IE accentual system is described in light of recent advances in the understanding of prosodic phenomena. It is proposed that the IE accentual system was much like that of modern Russian or Lithuanian in that the accent was a distinctive property of morphemes, and words without accent received initial stress. A set of simple rules is developed to account for this stress distribution. Since the theory predicts that loss of lexical accent should result in initial stress, the initial stress found, for example in Celtic, Germanic, and Italic, is attributed to this loss. A series of natural steps is outlined to account for the further evolution of a system with initial stress into one with noninitial stress of the kind found in Latin or Attic Greek.}} @article{Halle:1998, Author = {Halle, Morris}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library ccent}, Number = {4}, Pages = {539--568}, Title = {The Stress of {E}nglish Words 1968-1998}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {The article begins with reflections on the theory of Chomsky and Halle 1968, which constituted a new departure in phonology. The indebtedness of the theory to Chomsky 1951 is noted, and certain inadequacies in the theory are discussed as well as the ways these were overcome in subsequent work, including Idsardi 1992. The revised theory is illustrated with an improved account of English word stress that includes a new treatment of the "Rhythm Rule," in particular, of contrsats such as anecdote vs. electrode; vowel shortening in poststress position (e.g., salivate (cf. saliva), infamous (cf. famous)); and "weak" syllable effects (Burzion 1994) (e.g., Lombardy but Lombardi).}} @incollection{Halle:1993b, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Halle, Morris and Marantz, Alec}, Booktitle = {The View from Building 20}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Hale, Kenneth and Keyser, Samuel Jay}, Keywords = {library; inflection; morphology}, Pages = {111--176}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Distributed Morphology and the Pieces of Inflection}, Year = {1993}} @article{Halle:1993, Author = {Halle, Morris and O'Neil, Wayne and Vergnaud, Jean-Roger}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; phonology; metrical theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {529--538}, Title = {Metrical Coherence in {O}ld {E}nglish without the {G}ermanic Foot}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @article{Halle:2000, Author = {Halle, Morris and Vaux, Bert and Wolfe, Andrew}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/31.3Halle_etal.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {387--444}, Title = {On feature spreading and the representation of place and articulation}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {Since Clements (1985) introduced feature geometry, four major innovations have been proposed: Unified Feature Theory, Vowel-Place Theory, STrict Locality, and Partial Spreading. We set out the problems that each innovation encounters and propose a new model of feature geometry and feature spreading that is not subject to these problems. Of the four innovations, the new model -- Revised Articulator Theory (RAT) -- keeps Partial Spreading, but rejects the rest. RAT also introduces a new type of unary feature -- one for each articulator -- to indicate that hte articulator is the designated articulator of the segment.}} @inproceedings{Hallman:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Hallman, Peter}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {287--298}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Verb-final as a subcase of verb-second}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Halpern:1993, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Halpern, Aaron and Mauner, Gail and Tanenhaus, Michael K.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 23}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library arsing}, Pages = {145--157}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {Priming of Structural and Conceptual Verb Phrase Anaphora}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Halvorsen:1988, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Halvorsen, Per-Kristian}, Booktitle = {Linguistics: The Cambridge Survey(II)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Newmeyer, Frederick J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {198--219}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Computer Applications of Linguistic Theory}, Year = {1988}} @article{Ham:1998, Author = {Ham, William H.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {225--262}, Title = {A New Approach to an Old Problem: Gemination and Constraint Reranking in West Germanic}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This paper presents an Optimality Theoretic (Prince adn Smolensky 1993; McCarthy and Prince 1995) analysis of diachronic phonological change as the reranking of violable constraints, taking the emergence of word-medial geminates in West Germanic as a case study. West Germanic is characterized by, among other things, the gemination of all consonants -- except *r -- after a short vowel and before *j (Gmc *skapjan > OS skeppian, OE scieppan vs. Got skapjan, ON skepjai'to create') and the gemination of voiceless stops before *r and *l (*akr- > OHG akkar, OS akkar vs. Got. akrs, ON akr 'field'). Evidence from versification and word division in original documents suggests that all Germanic dialects favored bimoraic stressed syllables, syllabifying *skapjan as *skap.jan, for example. Thsi often resulted in faulty syllable contacts in which the coda consonant was less sonorous than the following onset. Murray and Vennemann (1983) propose that genimates arose in order to repair such faulty syllable contacts (e.g., *skap.jan > *skap.pjan), but their analysis fails to satisfactorily account for the full scope of the West Germanic Gemination. I propose here that while gemination before *r and *l was driven by favorable sonority differences at syllable margins, the more pervasive appearance of geminates before *j simply resulted from a well-attested Germanic dispreference for *j in onset-initial position.}} @article{Hamann:1996, Author = {Hamann, Cornelia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Keywords = {library cquisition ull arguments}, Number = {1}, Pages = {155--208}, Title = {Null Arguments in {G}erman Child Language}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1996}, Abstract = {Acquisition research has shown that, in German, the use of nulll subjects does not drop from about 50% to %5 in a very short space of time, but there is a drop from about 45% to between 10% and 20%. In the present article, I investigate this 10% to 20% Null Subject stage in 3-year-olds and show that this stage, though surprisingly long, is not final. Moreover, the children under investigation use structures in this phase that are found neither in the state of Early Null Subjects nor in adult German, namely postverbal referential null subjects. The latter result, the fact that this stage is not final, and the differences to object-drop at the same time strongly suggest that the phenomenon cannot only be topic-drop. An analysis is proposed admitting competing strategies for a certain tiem, a topic-drop strategy (i.e., a strategy of identification via discourse), and a strategy of licensing and identifying null subjects through feature transfer under Government.}} @article{Hammond:1993, Author = {Hammond, Michael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; morphology; English}, Number = {3}, Pages = {562--566}, Title = {On the Absence of Category-Changing Prefixes in {E}nglish}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Hammond:1993b, Address = {University of Iowa}, Author = {Hammond, Michael}, Booktitle = {Fourth Annual Meeting of the Formal Lingusitics Society of MidAmerica}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Davison, Alice and Maier, Nicole and Silva, Glaucia and Yan, Wan Su}, Keywords = {library esyllabification honology}, Pages = {104--122}, Title = {Resyllabification in {E}nglish and Heavy Trochees}, Year = {1993}} @article{Hammond:1997, Author = {Hammond, Michael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library yllable}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--17}, Title = {Vowel Quantity and Syllabification in {E}nglish}, Volume = {73}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {Based on the distribution of vowel qualities in medial and final syllables, I argue that there is phonological gemination in English. The analysis is cast in terms of optimality theory and has important implicaitons in several domains: first, ambisyllabicity is not the right way to capture aspiration and flapping: second, languages where stress is dependent on vowel quality are perhaps best treated in terms of the kind of covert gemination proposed here.}} @inproceedings{Han:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Han, Chung-hye}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {97--112}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {The contribution of mood and force in the interpretation of imperatives}, Year = {1999}} @inproceedings{Han:2000a, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Han, Chung-hye and Kroch, Anthony}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {311--326}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The rise of do-support in {E}nglish: implications for clause structure}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Han:1994, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Han, Eunjoo}, Booktitle = {Japanese/Korean Linguistics(4)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Akatsuka, Noriko}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {461--474}, Publisher = {Stanford Linguistics Association}, Title = {Prosodic Constituent Formation in {J}apanese Compounds}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{Han:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Han, Na-Rae}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {299--310}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {A focus semantic analysis of {K}orean questions}, Year = {2000}} @article{Hand:1991, Author = {Hand, Michael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library ropositions}, Number = {4}, Pages = {349--367}, Title = {On Saying That Again}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1991}} @article{Hand:1993, Author = {Hand, Michael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library; semantics}, Number = {5}, Pages = {495--508}, Title = {Parataxis and Parentheticals}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1993}} @article{Hankamer:1973, Author = {Hankamer, Jorge}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {gapping}, Number = {1}, Pages = {17--68}, Title = {Unacceptable ambiguity}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1973}} @article{Hankamer:1978, Author = {Hankamer, Jorge}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {ellipsis}, Number = {1}, Pages = {66--74}, Title = {On the Nontransformational Derivation of Some Null {VP} Anaphors}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @book{Hankamer:1979, Address = {New York}, Author = {Hankamer, Jorge}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {gapping; coordination; coordination; coordination reduction; right node raising}, Pages = {438.}, Publisher = {Garland Publishing, Inc.}, Title = {Deletion in coordinate structures}, Year = {1979}} @article{Hankamer:1976, Author = {Hankamer, Jorge and Sag, Ivan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; ellipsis; VP Ellipsis}, Number = {3}, Pages = {391--428}, Title = {Deep and surface anaphora}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1976}} @inproceedings{Hanson:1993, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Hanson, Kristin}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library honology}, Pages = {159--173}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {Resolution: Evidence from {M}odern {E}nglish Metrics}, Volume = {23}, Year = {1993}} @article{Hanson:1996, Author = {Hanson, Kristin and Kiparsky, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library eter}, Number = {2}, Pages = {287--335}, Title = {A parametric theory of poetic meter}, Volume = {72}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Hansson:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Hansson, Gunnar {\"O}lafur}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Pius, Tamanji and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {105--120}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {`When in doubt...': Intraparadigmatic dependencies and gaps in {I}celandic}, Year = {1999}} @article{Haik:1987, Author = {Ha{\"\i}k, Isabelle}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {ellipsis}, Number = {4}, Pages = {503--530}, Title = {Bound {VP}s That Need To Be}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1987}} @phdthesis{Haik:1985, Author = {Ha{\"\i}k, Isabelle}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {operators; parasitic gaps; null operators}, School = {MIT}, Title = {The Syntax of Operators}, Year = {1985}} @article{Haik:1990, Author = {Ha{\"\i}k, Isabelle}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {347--374}, Title = {Anaphoric, Pronominal and Referential {INFL}}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Haraguchi:1987, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Haraguchi, Shosuke}, Booktitle = {Issues in Japanese Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {library; Japanese}, Pages = {129--162}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {The Multi-dimensional Grammatical Theory}, Year = {1987}} @incollection{Harbert:1991, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Harbert, Wayne}, Booktitle = {Principles and Parameters in Comparative Grammar(20)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Friedin, Robert}, Keywords = {Binding Theory; anaphora; library}, Pages = {29--56}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Binding, SUBJECT, and Accessibility}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Harbert:2002, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Harbert, Wayne and Bahloul, Maher}, Booktitle = {Themes in {A}rabic and {H}ebrew Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Ouhalla, Jamal and Shlonsky, Ur}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {45--70}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Postverbal subjects in {A}rabic and the theory of agreement}, Year = {2002}} @phdthesis{Hardt:1993, Author = {Hardt, Dan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {ellipsis; anaphora}, School = {University of Pennsylvania}, Title = {Verb Phrase Ellipsis: Form, Meaning and Processing}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Hardt:1992, Address = {Stuttgart}, Author = {Hardt, Daniel}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Stuttgart Ellipsis Workshop}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Berman, Steve and Hestvik, Arild}, Keywords = {VP Ellipsis}, Title = {{VP} Ellipsis and Semantic Identity}, Year = {1992}} @article{Hardt:1999, Author = {Hardt, Daniel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {185--219}, Title = {Dynamic Interpretation of Verb Phrase Ellipsis}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1999}} @inproceedings{Harley:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Harley, Heidi}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {207--222}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Abstracting Away from Abstract Case}, Volume = {25}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Harley:1995b, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Harley, Heidi}, Booktitle = {Papers on Minimalist Syntax(27)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Pensalfini, Rob and Ura, Hiroyuki}, Keywords = {library ausatives}, Pages = {121--142}, Publisher = {MITWPL}, Title = {Case Dependency and the {J}apanese Causative}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Harley:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Harley, Heidi and Noyer, Rolf}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {143--158}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Mixed Nominalizations, Short Verb Movement and Object Shift in {E}nglish}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Harnish:1976, Address = {New York}, Author = {Harnish, Robert M.}, Booktitle = {An Integrated Theory of Linguistic Ability}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Bever, Thomas G. and Katz, Jerrold J. and Langendoen, D. Terence}, Keywords = {library; psychology: language}, Pages = {261--270}, Publisher = {Thomas Y Crowell Company}, Title = {The Argument from Lurk}, Year = {1976}} @incollection{Harnish:1976b, Address = {New York}, Author = {Harnish, Robert M.}, Booktitle = {An Integrated Theory of Linguistic Ability}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Bever, Thomas G. and Katz, Jerrold J. and Langendoen, D. Terence}, Keywords = {library; language; semantics; LF; pragmatics}, Pages = {313--392}, Publisher = {Thomas Y Crowell Company}, Title = {Logical Form and Implicature}, Year = {1976}} @book{Harrington:1987, Address = {Princeton, New Jersey}, Author = {Harrington, Anne}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {aphasia; brain}, Publisher = {Princeton University Press}, Title = {Medicine, Mind, and the Double Brain}, Year = {1987}} @article{Harris:1991, Author = {Harris, James}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Gender; agreement; Spanish; Romance}, Number = {1}, Pages = {27--62}, Title = {The Exponence of Gender in {S}panish}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Harris:1991a, Address = {Washington, D.C.}, Author = {Harris, James W.}, Booktitle = {Current Studies in Spanish Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 11:08:14 -0500}, Editor = {Campos, Hector and Mart{\'\i}nez-Gil, Fernando}, Keywords = {library; Romance:Spanish; phonology}, Pages = {447--474}, Publisher = {Georgetown University Press}, Title = {With Respect to Accentual Constituents in {S}panish}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Harris:1993, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Harris, James W.}, Booktitle = {The View from Building 20}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Hale, Kenneth and Keyser, Samuel Jay}, Keywords = {library; phonology; prosody; Spanish; Romance}, Pages = {177--194}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Integrity of Prosodic Constituents and the Domain of Syllabification Rules in {S}panish and Catalan}, Year = {1993}} @article{Harris:1946, Author = {Harris, Zellig}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Pages = {161--183}, Title = {From Morpheme to Utterance}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1946}} @article{Harris:1957, Author = {Harris, Zellig}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {foundations; linguistic theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {283--340}, Title = {Co-occurrence and Transformation in Linguistic Structure}, Volume = {33}, Year = {1957}} @incollection{Harris:1964, Address = {Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey}, Author = {Harris, Zellig}, Booktitle = {The Structure of Language: Readings in the Philosophy of Language}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Fodor, Jerry A. and Katz, Jerrold J.}, Keywords = {library; foundations; linguistic theory}, Pages = {155--210}, Publisher = {Prentice-Hall, Inc.}, Title = {Co-occurrence and Transformation in Linguistic Structure}, Year = {1964}} @inproceedings{Harrison:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Harrison, K. David and Kaun, Abigail}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {327--340}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Pattern-responsive lexicon optimization}, Year = {2000}} @phdthesis{Hartmann:1998, Address = {Frankfurt}, Author = {Hartmann, Katharina}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, School = {Goethe-Universit\"at zu Frankfurt am Main}, Title = {Right Node Raising and Gapping}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Have:1975, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Have, B. L. ten}, Booktitle = {Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-1973}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Kraak, A.}, Keywords = {library; phonology:segments}, Pages = {251--255}, Publisher = {Van Gorcum}, Title = {One Phoneme or Two? The Theory of Affricates Compared with the Theory of Diphthongs}, Year = {1975}} @inproceedings{Haverkort:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Haverkort, Marco}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {clitics; morphology; affixes; library}, Pages = {197--208}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Clitics, Affix Order and the {ECP}}, Year = {1992}} @incollection{Haverkort:1993, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Haverkort, Marco}, Booktitle = {The Parametrization of Universal Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Fanselow, Gisbert}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {145--160}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {The Definition of Morphological and Syntactic Words}, Year = {1993}} @article{Hawayek:1995, Author = {Hawayek, Antoinette}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library unctional projections cquisition}, Number = {2}, Pages = {147--166}, Title = {Acquisition of Functional Categories and Syntactic Structure}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1995}} @article{Hawkins:1990, Author = {Hawkins, John A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {parsing; word order; typology}, Number = {2}, Pages = {223--262}, Title = {A Parsing Theory of Word Order Universals}, Volume = {21}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Hayashi:1994, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Hayashi, Makoto}, Booktitle = {Japanese/Korean Linguistics(4)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Akatsuka, Noriko}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {77--94}, Publisher = {Stanford Linguistics Association}, Title = {A Comparative Study of Self-Repair in {E}nglish and {J}apanese Conversation}, Year = {1994}} @phdthesis{Hayashi:1996, Address = {Los Angeles}, Author = {Hayashi, Tomiko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {145}, School = {UCLA}, Title = {The Syntactic and Semantic Structures of Complex Predicate Constructions in {J}apanese}, Year = {1996}} @article{Hayes:1976, Author = {Hayes, Bruce}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; Control; PRO; anaphora}, Number = {2}, Pages = {371--376}, Title = {The Semantic Nature of the Intervention Constraint}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1976}} @incollection{Hayes:1988, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Hayes, Bruce}, Booktitle = {Linguistics: The Cambridge Survey(II)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Newmeyer, Frederick J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {220--249}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Metrics and Phonological Theory}, Year = {1988}} @incollection{Hayes:1990, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Hayes, Bruce}, Booktitle = {The Phonology-Syntax Connection}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Inkelas, Sharon and Zec, Draga}, Keywords = {library; phonology:syntax}, Pages = {85--108}, Publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, Title = {Precompiled Phrasal Phonology}, Year = {1990}} @phdthesis{Hazout:1991, Author = {Hazout, Ilan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {morphology nflection}, School = {University of Massachusetts-Amherst}, Title = {Verbal Nouns: Theta-Theoretic Studies in {H}ebrew and {A}rabic}, Year = {1991}} @article{Hazout:1992, Author = {Hazout, Ilan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {Hebrew; gerunds; nominals; library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {523--554}, Title = {The Verbal Gerund in {M}odern {H}ebrew}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1992}} @article{Hazout:1994, Author = {Hazout, Ilan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {The Linguistic Review}, Keywords = {nouns nflection orphology}, Number = {1}, Pages = {5--48}, Title = {Nominalizers in theta Theory}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1994}} @article{Hazout:1995, Author = {Hazout, Ilan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library omparatives llipsis}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--37}, Title = {Comparative Ellipsis and {L}ogical {F}orm}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1995}} @article{Hazout:1995b, Author = {Hazout, Ilan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library ominalizations exical intergrity ominals}, Number = {3}, Pages = {355--404}, Title = {Action Nominalizations and the Lexicalist Hypothesis}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1995}} @article{Haik:1984, Author = {Ha{\"\i}k, Isabelle}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Binding Theory; pronouns; crossover}, Number = {2}, Pages = {185--224}, Title = {Indirect Binding}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @book{Hedlund:1992, Address = {Stockholm, Sweden}, Author = {Hedlund, Cecilia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {participles; clausal structure}, Publisher = {Department of Linguistics, Stockholm University}, Title = {On Participles}, Year = {1992}} @inproceedings{Hegarty:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Hegarty, Michael}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {wh movement; constraints; subjacency; ECP; adjunct; library}, Pages = {209--222}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Adjunct Extraction without Traces}, Year = {1992}} @inproceedings{Heggie:1990, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Heggie, Lorie}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Eighth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Fee, E. Jane and Hunt, Katherine}, Keywords = {Focus; library}, Pages = {154--166}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Constructional Focus and Equative Sentences}, Year = {1990}} @article{Heggie:1993, Author = {Heggie, Lorie}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {null operators; A' movement; Clefting; library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {45--84}, Title = {The Range of Null Operators: Evidence from Clefting}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1993}} @phdthesis{Heim:1982, Author = {Heim, Irene}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {library ndefinites efinites ragmatics}, School = {University of Massachusetts, Amherst}, Title = {The Semantics of Definite and Indefinite {N}oun {P}hrases}, Year = {1982}} @incollection{Heim:1987, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Heim, Irene}, Booktitle = {The Representation of (In)definiteness(14)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Reuland, Eric J. and Meulen, Alice G. B. ter}, Keywords = {library; definiteness; variables}, Pages = {21--42}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Where Does the Definiteness Restriction Apply Evidence from the Definiteness of Variables}, Year = {1987}} @article{Heim:1996, Author = {Heim, Irene}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Location = {University of Massachusetts}, Title = {Ellipsis and {LF} Syntax}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Heim:1997, Address = {Cornell University}, Author = {Heim, Irene}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of SALT {VII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Lawson, Aaron and Cho, Enn}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {197--221}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {Predicates or Formulas? Evidence from Ellipsis}, Year = {1997}} @incollection{Heim:1998b, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Heim, Irene}, Booktitle = {The Interpretive Tract(25)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Percus, Orin and Sauerland, Uli}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {205--246}, Publisher = {MIT, Department of Linguistics}, Title = {Anaphora and Semantic Interpretation: A Reinterpretation of {R}einhart's Approach}, Year = {1998}} @book{Heim:1998, Address = {Malden, MA}, Author = {Heim, Irene and Kratzer, Angelika}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {Semantics.}, Publisher = {Blackwell}, Title = {Semantics in generative grammar}, Year = {1998}} @article{Heim:1991, Author = {Heim, Irene and Lasnik, Howard and May, Robert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {binding theory; anaphora}, Number = {1}, Pages = {63--102}, Title = {Reciprocity and Plurality}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1991}} @article{Heim:1991a, Author = {Heim, Irene and Lasnik, Howard and May, Robert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library inding theory naphora}, Number = {1}, Pages = {172--192}, Title = {On ``reciprocal scope"}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1991}} @inproceedings{Hellan:1980, Address = {Chicago, Illinois}, Author = {Hellan, Lars}, Booktitle = {Papers from the Parasession on Pronouns and Anaphora}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Kreiman, Jody and Ojeda, Almerindo E.}, Keywords = {Norwegian}, Pages = {166--182}, Publisher = {The University of Chicago}, Title = {On Anaphora in {N}orwegian}, Year = {1980}} @incollection{Hellan:1986b, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Hellan, Lars}, Booktitle = {Features and Projections}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Muysken, Pieter and van Riemsdijk, Henk}, Keywords = {DP; nominals; Norwegian; Scandinavian}, Pages = {89--122}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {The Headedness of {NP}s in {N}orwegian}, Year = {1986}} @book{Hellan:1986, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Hellan, Lars and Christensen, Kirsti K.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {Germanic; V2; Scandinavian}, Publisher = {Reidel}, Title = {Topics in {S}candinavian Syntax}, Year = {1986}} @inproceedings{Hendrick:1991, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Hendrick, Randall}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Ninth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Halpern, Aaron L.}, Keywords = {DP; nominals; library}, Pages = {249--262}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Operator Movement Within {NP}}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Hendrick:1994, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Hendrick, Randall}, Booktitle = {Verb Movement}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Lightfoot, David and Hornstein, Norbert}, Keywords = {library; verb movement; copula}, Pages = {163--188}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {The {B}rythonic copula and head raising}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Hendricks:1994, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Hendricks, Peter}, Booktitle = {Japanese/Korean Linguistics(4)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Akatsuka, Noriko}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {239--256}, Publisher = {Stanford Linguistics Association}, Title = {Adverbial Modification in {O}ld {J}apanese}, Year = {1994}} @article{Hendricks:2001, Author = {Hendricks, Sean}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {287--306}, Title = {Bare-consonant reduplication without prosodic templates: expressive reduplication in Semai}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {Many analyses of reduplication within Optimality Theory have relied upon the use of a prosodic template constraint to determine the surface shape of a reduplicant. Semai, a language spoken in Malaysian, presents an interesting challenge for such an analysis. The surface form of the reduplicant in the phenomenon presented here is a string of two consonants. This type of reduplicaiton fits in with the classification of bare-consonant reduplication, where a surface reduplicant is either a single consonant or a string of two consonants. In this paper, I discuss the difficulties in applying a prosodic template analysis to this data, and I propose an alternative account. This alternative account is formulated under the Compression Model, a model in which the shape of a reduplicant is determined by the satisfaction of morphological alignment constraints, not by the use of a prosodic template.}} @phdthesis{Henriette:1991, Author = {Henriette, de Swart,}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {Adverbs; quantification; Dutch}, School = {Rijksuniversiteit Groningen}, Title = {Adverbs of quantification: a Generalized Quantifier approach}, Year = {1991}} @article{Henry:1992, Author = {Henry, Alison}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {infinitives}, Number = {2}, Pages = {279--302}, Title = {Infinitives in a For-To Dialect}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1992}} @book{Henry:1995, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Henry, Alison}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {146}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Belfast {E}nglish and Standard {E}nglish}, Year = {1995}} @article{Herburger:1997, Author = {Herburger, Elena}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library ocus eak quantifiers}, Number = {1}, Pages = {53--78}, Title = {Focus and Weak Noun Phrases}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {This paper discusses a truth-conditional effect that focus has on the interpretation of noun phrsaes. In particular, it claims that focus within weak NPs, but not within strong NPs, affects the logical form of the sentence, giving rise to 'f(ocus)-a(affected)' readings. In a f-a reading, the nonfocused part of the sentence functions as the restriction of the determiner and the focused predicate functions as the matrix. The existence of f-a readigns is shown to provide an argment for treating weak NPs that exhibit the Definiteness Effect as quantificaitonal, instead of analyzing their determiners as cardinality predicates.}} @incollection{Herburger:1998, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Herburger, Elena}, Booktitle = {The Interpretive Tract(25)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Percus, Orin and Sauerland, Uli}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {87--102}, Publisher = {MIT, Department of Linguistics}, Title = {Spanish N-Words: Ambivalent Behavior of Ambivalent Nature}, Year = {1998}} @book{Herburger:2000, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Herburger, Elena}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {Library}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {What counts: focus and quantification}, Year = {2000}} @article{Herburger:2001, Author = {Herburger, Elena}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {289--333}, Title = {The negative concord puzzle revisited}, Volume = {9}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {This paper investigates Negative Concord, arguing that it results from a systematic lexical ambiguity: the items that participate in Negative Concord ("n-words" in Laka's 1990 terminology) are ambiguous between negative polarity items and their genuinely negative counterparts. I try to show that on empirical grounds the proposed account compares favorably with other analyses that shy away from ambiguity. I furthermore suggest that the ambiguity is not implausible conceptually because it can be viewed as reflecting an intermediate stage of the Jespersen Cycle. Negative Concord can be observed in many languages. the data discussed here are taken from Romance, primarily Spanish.}} @inproceedings{Hermans:1993, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Hermans, Ben}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 23}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library oras rosody}, Pages = {175--189}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {Reconsidering Moras}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Herslund:1986, Address = {Dordrecht, Holland}, Author = {Herslund, Michael}, Booktitle = {Topics in Scandinavian Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Hellan, Lars and Christensen, Kirsti Koch}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Publisher = {Reidel}, Title = {The Double Object Constructon in {D}anish}, Year = {1986}} @phdthesis{Hestvik:1990, Author = {Hestvik, Arild}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {Norwegian; Binding Theory; pronouns}, School = {Brandeis University}, Title = {{LF}-Movement of Pronouns and the Computation of Binding Domains}, Year = {1990}} @inproceedings{Hestvik:1990b, Address = {Carnegie Mellon University/University of Pittsburgh}, Author = {Hestvik, Arild}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {pronouns; Norwegian}, Pages = {200--214}, Title = {{LF}-Movement of Pronouns}, Year = {1990}} @article{Hestvik:1992, Author = {Hestvik, Arild}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Scandinavian; pronouns; binding theory; Norwegian}, Number = {4}, Pages = {557--595}, Title = {{LF} Movement of Pronouns and Antisubject Orientation}, Volume = {23}, Year = {1992}} @inproceedings{Hestvik:1992b, Address = {Stuttgart}, Author = {Hestvik, Arild}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Stuttgart Ellipsis Workshop}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Berman, Steve and Hestvik, Arild}, Keywords = {Ellipsis loppy reference}, Title = {Subordination and Strict Identity of Interpretation of Reflexives}, Year = {1992}} @article{Hestvik:1995, Author = {Hestvik, Arild}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library naphora eflexives eference inding theory llipsis}, Number = {2}, Pages = {211--237}, Title = {Reflexives and Ellipsis}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Hestvik:1997, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Hestvik, Arild and Philip, William}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {171--185}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Reflexivity, Anti-Subject Orientation and Language Acquisition}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Hewitt:1996, Address = {Harvard University and MIT}, Author = {Hewitt, Mark S. and Crowhurst, Megan J.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library honology}, Pages = {101--116}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Conjunctive Constraints and Templates in Optimality Theory}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Heycock:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Heycock, Caroline}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {223--238}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The Internal Structure of Small Clauses: New Evidence from Inversion}, Year = {1995}} @article{Heycock:1995b, Author = {Heycock, Caroline}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {547--570}, Title = {Asymmetries in reconstruction}, Volume = {26}, Year = {1995}} @article{Heycock:1993, Author = {Heycock, Caroline and Kroch, Anthony}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {library; verb movement; coordination; Germanic}, Location = {Yale University and University of Pennsylvania}, Title = {Verb Movement and Coordination in the {G}ermanic Languages: Evidence for a Relational Perspective on Licensing}, Year = {1993}} @article{Heycock:1994, Author = {Heycock, Caroline and Kroch, Anthony}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {The Linguistic Review}, Number = {3-4}, Pages = {257--284}, Title = {Verb Movement and Coordination in a Dynamic Theory of Licensing}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1994}} @article{Heycock:1999, Author = {Heycock, Caroline and Kroch, Anthony}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library seudoclefts onnectedness inding quatives}, Number = {3}, Pages = {365--397}, Title = {Pseudocleft Connectedness: Implications for the {LF} Interface Level}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {Pseudoclefts constitute a difficult challenge for linguistic theory, displaying effects of core syntactic conditions in a noncanonical configuration that tcannot be normalized with standard syntactic operations. We argue that these "connectedness" effects follow from the nature of pseudoclefts as equatives. This treatment yields an integrated account of the syntactic and semanticopragmatic properties of the construction, but leads to the conclusion that certain syntactic constraints apply to a level of representation more abstract than LF under most current conceptions. This representation is built up in the proces of discourse interpretation and may constitute the interface with the conceptual-intentional system of mind.}} @inproceedings{Heycock:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Heycock, Caroline and Zamparelli, Roberto}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {341--352}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Friends and colleagues: plurality and {NP}-coordination}, Year = {2000}} @article{Higginbotham:1980, Author = {Higginbotham, James}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {anaphora; LF; quantifiers; Linguistics}, Pages = {679--708}, Title = {Pronouns and Bound Variables}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Higginbotham:1983, Author = {Higginbotham, James}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {crossover; nominals; anaphora; pronouns; Binding Theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {395--420}, Title = {Logical Form, Binding, and nominals}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Higginbotham:1985, Author = {Higginbotham, James}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {binding theory}, Number = {4}, Pages = {547--594}, Title = {On Semantics}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @incollection{Higginbotham:1987, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Higginbotham, James}, Booktitle = {The Representation of (In)definiteness(14)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Reuland, Eric J. and Meulen, Alice G. B. ter}, Keywords = {library; definiteness; predication}, Pages = {43--70}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Indefiniteness and Predication}, Year = {1987}} @incollection{Higginbotham:1992, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Higginbotham, James}, Booktitle = {Control and Grammar(48)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Larson, Richard K. and Iatridou, Sabine and Lahiri, Utpal and Higginbotham, James}, Keywords = {library; reference; anaphora; control}, Pages = {79--108}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Reference and Control}, Year = {1992}} @incollection{Higginbotham:1993, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Higginbotham, James}, Booktitle = {The View from Building 20}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Hale, Kenneth and Keyser, Samuel Jay}, Keywords = {library; semantics; questions}, Pages = {195--228}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Interrogatives}, Year = {1993}} @article{Higginbotham:1994, Author = {Higginbotham, Jim}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library; quantifiers}, Number = {5}, Pages = {447--480}, Title = {Mass and Count Quantifiers}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1994}} @phdthesis{Higgins:1972, Author = {Higgins, F. R.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {The Pseudocleft construction in {E}nglish}, Year = {1972}} @article{Hill:2002, Author = {Hill, Virginia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {164--172}, Title = {Adhering focus}, Volume = {33}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Hinterholz:1997, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Hinterholz, Roland}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {187--201}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {A {VO}-based approach to verb raising}, Year = {1997}} @phdthesis{Hinterholz:1999, Address = {Los Angeles}, Author = {Hinterholzl, Roland}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, School = {University of Southern California}, Title = {Restructuring infinitives and the theory of complementation}, Year = {1999}} @article{Hintikka:1986, Author = {Hintikka, Jaakko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; semantics; quantification; specificity}, Number = {2}, Pages = {331--335}, Title = {The Semantics of A Certain}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1986}} @article{Hintikka:1997, Author = {Hintikka, Jaakko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {5}, Pages = {515--544}, Title = {No Scope for Scope?}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1997}} @article{Hirschbuhler:1975, Author = {Hirschbuhler, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {French; topicalization; resumptive pronouns}, Number = {1}, Pages = {155--165}, Title = {On the Source of Lefthand {NP}s in {F}rench}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1975}} @inproceedings{Hirschbuhler:1982, Author = {Hirschbuhler, Paul}, Booktitle = {NELS}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Pustejovsky, James and Sells, Peter}, Keywords = {ellipsis uantification}, Pages = {132--139}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {{VP} Deletion and Across-the-Board Quantifier Scope}, Year = {1982}} @incollection{Hirschbuhler:1995, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Hirschbuhler, Paul}, Booktitle = {Clause Structure and Language Change}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Battye, Adrian and Roberts, Ian}, Pages = {257--292}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Null Subjects in Verb-First Embedded Clauses in {P}hilippe de {V}igneulles}, Year = {1995}} @article{Hirschbuhler:1983, Author = {Hirschbuhler, Paul and Rivero, Maria-Luisa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library elative clauses ree relatives}, Number = {3}, Pages = {505--519}, Title = {Remarks on Free Relatives and Matching Phenomena}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Hirst:1993, Author = {Hirst, Daniel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; intonation; stress}, Number = {4}, Pages = {781--788}, Title = {Detaching Intonational Phrases from Syntactic Structure}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Hitzeman:1991, Address = {Cornell University}, Author = {Hitzeman, Janet}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the First Semantics and Linguistic Theory Conference}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Moore, Steven and Wyner, Adam Zachary}, Keywords = {aspect dverbs}, Pages = {107--126}, Publisher = {Cornell University Working Papers in Linguistics}, Title = {Aspect and Adverbials}, Year = {1991}} @inproceedings{Hitzeman:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Hitzeman, Janet}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library ense}, Pages = {239--254}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {A {R}eichenbachian Account of the Interaction of the Present Perfect with Temporal Adverbials}, Year = {1995}} @article{Hitzeman:1997, Author = {Hitzeman, Janet}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {87--100}, Title = {Semantic Partition and the Ambiguity of Sentences containing Temporal Adverbials}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1997}} @incollection{Hockett:1963, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Hockett, Charles}, Booktitle = {Universals of Language}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Greeberg, Joseph H.}, Keywords = {typology}, Pages = {1--29}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {The Problem of Universals in Language}, Year = {1963}} @article{Hoek:1995, Author = {Hoek, Karen van}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {Binding Theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {310--340}, Title = {Conceptual reference points: A cognitive grammar account of anaphora constraints}, Volume = {71}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Hoekstra:1993, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Hoekstra, Eric}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 23}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {191--204}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {On the Parametrisation of Functional Projections in {CP}}, Year = {1993}} @article{Hoekstra:1994, Author = {Hoekstra, Eric}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {The Linguistic Review}, Number = {3-4}, Pages = {285--298}, Title = {Expletive Replacement, Verb-Second and Coordination}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Hoekstra:1997, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Hoekstra, Eric}, Booktitle = {Rightward Movement}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Beerman, Dorothee and LeBlanc, David and van Riemsdijk, Henk}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {153--169}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Analysing linear asymmetries in the verb clusters of {D}utch and {F}risian and their dialects}, Year = {1997}} @book{Hoekstra:1984, Address = {Dordrecht, Holland}, Author = {Hoekstra, Teun}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Transitivity: Grammatical Relations in Government-Binding theory}, Year = {1984}} @incollection{Hoekstra:1984b, Address = {Dordrecht, Holland}, Author = {Hoekstra, Teun}, Booktitle = {Sentential Complementation}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {de Geest, W. and Putseys, Y.}, Pages = {105--116}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Government and the distribution of sentential complements in {D}utch}, Year = {1984}} @article{Hoekstra:1999, Author = {Hoekstra, Teun}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {67--84}, Title = {Auxiliary Selection in {D}utch}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1999}} @incollection{Hoekstra:1999b, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Hoekstra, Teun}, Booktitle = {Specifiers}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Adger, David and Plunkett, Bernadette and Tsoulas, George and Pintzuk, Susan}, Pages = {163--187}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Parallels between Nominal and Verbal Projections}, Year = {1999}} @incollection{Hoekstra:2000, Address = {New York}, Author = {Hoekstra, Teun}, Booktitle = {The first Glot International state-of-the-article book}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Cheng, Lisa L.-S. and Sybesma, Rint}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {1--25}, Publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter}, Title = {The function of functional categories}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Hoekstra:1999c, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Hoekstra, Teun and Hyams, Nina and Mecker, Misha}, Booktitle = {Specifiers}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Adger, David and Plunkett, Bernadette and Tsoulas, George and Pintzuk, Susan}, Pages = {251--270}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {The Role of the Specifier and Finiteness in Early Grammar}, Year = {1999}} @incollection{Hoekstra:1994a, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Hoekstra, Teun and Jordens, Peter}, Booktitle = {Language Acquisition Studies in Generative Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 11:06:49 -0500}, Editor = {Hoekstra, Teun and Schwartz, Bonnie D.}, Keywords = {library cquisition}, Pages = {119--150}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {From Adjunct to Head}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Hoji:1987, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Hoji, Hajime}, Booktitle = {Issues in Japanese Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {library; Japanese; Weak Crossover; anaphora; binding theory; pronouns}, Pages = {163--202}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Weak Crossover and {J}apanese Phrase Structure}, Year = {1987}} @inproceedings{Hoji:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Hoji, Hajime}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library naphora}, Pages = {255--272}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Demonstrative Binding and {P}rinciple {B}}, Year = {1995}} @article{Hoji:1998, Author = {Hoji, Hajime}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library loppy reference}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/29.1Hoji.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {127--152}, Title = {Null Object and Sloppy Identity in {J}apanese}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {I demonstrate that the null object construction (NOC) in Japanese cannot be analyzed on a par with VP-ellipsis (VPE) in English, contrary to the suggestion made in Huang 1988, 1991 and Otani and Whitman 1991. I argue that what are considered to be "sloppy identity readings" in these works are not genuine sloppy identity readings, adn I argue that such readings arise quite independently of the alleged VPE status of the NOC.}} @incollection{Hollebrandse:1995, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Hollebrandse, Bart and Hout, Angeliek van}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Dutch-German Colloquium on Language Acquisition}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Verrips, M. and Wijnen, F.}, Keywords = {library; language acquisition}, Title = {Light Verb Learning in {D}utch}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Holmberg:1984, Address = {University of Trondheim}, Author = {Holmberg, Anders}, Booktitle = {Working Papers in {S}candinavian {S}yntax 13}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, Title = {On Certain Clitic-like Elements in {S}wedish}, Year = {1984}} @phdthesis{Holmberg:1986, Author = {Holmberg, Anders}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, School = {Stockholm}, Title = {Word Order and Syntactic Features}, Year = {1986}} @incollection{Holmberg:1987, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Holmberg, Anders}, Booktitle = {McGill Working Papers in Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Pages = {123--155}, Title = {The Head of {S} in {S}candinavian and {E}nglish}, Year = {1987}} @article{Holmberg:1993, Author = {Holmberg, Anders}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library; Germanic; Scandinavian; DP; nominals}, Number = {2}, Pages = {126--138}, Title = {On the the structure of predicate {NP}}, Volume = {47}, Year = {1993}} @article{Holmberg:1993b, Author = {Holmberg, Anders}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Working Papers in Scandinavian Syntax}, Keywords = {library; Germanic:Scandinavian; subjects; clausal structure; word order}, Pages = {29--41}, Title = {Two Subject Positions in {IP} in {M}ainland {S}candinavian}, Volume = {52}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Holmberg:1997, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Holmberg, Anders}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {203--217}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The True Nature of {H}olmberg's Generalization}, Year = {1997}} @article{Holmberg:2000, Author = {Holmberg, Anders}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/31.3Holmberg.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {445--483}, Title = {Scandinavian Stylistic Fronting: how any category can become an expletive}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {The two central theses are (a) the category moved by stylistic fronting (SF) functions as a pure expletive in its derived position, which is [Spec, IP]; (b) what is moved under SF is only the phonological feature matrix of a category. The theory accounts for most of the properties of SF: why it applies only when there is a subject gap; why it affects almost any cateogry, head or phrase; the locality conditions; and the crosslinguistic variation. SF belongs to Narrow Syntax, not the phonological component. Althought the features moved by SF are invisible at LF, the specifier position created by SF is visible and is used by other categories that are visible at LF but invisible at PF.}} @article{Holmberg:2002, Author = {Holmberg, Anders}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Number = {2}, Pages = {85--128}, Title = {Expletives and agreement in {S}candinavian passives}, Volume = {4}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {The paper deals with variation found among the Scandinavian languages and English concerning word order and agreement in passives. The variation concerns, among other things, whether the language does or does not have (a) participle agreement, (b) the order expletive-aux-NP-participle, (c) an expletive passive double object construction, (d) the \emph{wh}-expletive-participle, and (e) so-called complex passives. This is argued to be the result of variation along a set of parameters, including whether the expletive has phi-features, whether the particple head has phi-features, and whether it also has an EPP-feature. The framework is that of Chomsky (2001), assuming Agree, hence not assuming obligatory spec-head agreement with covert movement to check phi-features or Case. Certain apparent cases of obligatory spec-headagreement in Swedish and Norwegian are discussed and explained as the result of an economy condition. A modification is proposed concerning the phase impenetrability condition.}} @article{Holmberg:1988, Author = {Holmberg, Anders and Platzack, Christer}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Working Papers in Scandinavian Syntax}, Title = {On the role of inflection in {S}candinavian Syntax}, Volume = {42}, Year = {1988}} @book{Holmberg:1995, Address = {New York}, Author = {Holmberg, Anders and Platzack, Christer}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Pages = {253}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {The Role of Inflection in {S}candinavian Syntax}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Honda:1993, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Honda, Maya and O'Neil, Wayne}, Booktitle = {The View from Building 20}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Hale, Kenneth and Keyser, Samuel Jay}, Keywords = {library; philosophy:science}, Pages = {229--256}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Triggering Science-Forming Capacity through Linguistic Inquiry}, Year = {1993}} @article{Hooper:1973, Author = {Hooper, Joan and Thompson, Sandra}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic inquiry}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, Pages = {465--499}, Title = {On the applicability of root transformations}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1973}} @article{Hornstein:1977, Author = {Hornstein, Norbert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Analysis}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Pages = {137--176}, Title = {S and the {X}-bar convention}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1977}} @inproceedings{Hornstein:1990, Address = {Amherst, Massachusetts}, Author = {Hornstein, Norbert}, Booktitle = {North Eastern Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Carter, Juli and Dechaine, Rose-Marie and Phillip, Bill and Sherer, Tim}, Keywords = {Icelandic; Infinitives; Verb movement}, Pages = {215--229}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Verb Raising in {I}celandic Infinitives}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Hornstein:1993, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Hornstein, Norbert}, Booktitle = {The Chomskyan Turn}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Kasher, Asa}, Keywords = {library; semantics; philosophy:language}, Pages = {104--121}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishers}, Title = {Grammar, Meaning, and Indeterminacy}, Year = {1993}} @article{Hornstein:1994, Author = {Hornstein, Norbert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {ACD inimalism}, Number = {3}, Pages = {455--480}, Title = {An Argument for Minimalism: The Case of Antecedent-Contained Deletion}, Volume = {25}, Year = {1994}} @article{Hornstein:1995, Author = {Hornstein, Norbert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library ruth}, Number = {4}, Pages = {381--400}, Title = {Putting Truth into {U}niversal {G}rammar}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1995}} @book{Hornstein:1995b, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Hornstein, Norbert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {267}, Publisher = {Basil Blackwell}, Title = {Logical {F}orm: from {GB} to {M}inimalism}, Year = {1995}} @article{Hornstein:1999, Author = {Hornstein, Norbert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {69--96}, Title = {Movement and Control}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {Since the earliest days of generative grammar, control has been distinguished from raising: the latter the product of movement operations, the former the result of construal processes relating a PRO to an antecedent. This article argues that obligatory control structures are also formed by movement. Minimalism makes this approach viable by removing D-Structure as a grammatical level. Implementing the suggestion, however, requires eliminating the last vestiges of D-Structure still extant in Chomsky's (1995) version of the Minimalist Program. In particular, it requires dispensing with the Theta-Criterion adn adopting the view that theta-roles are featurelike in being able to license movement.}} @incollection{Hornstein:1999b, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Hornstein, Norbert}, Booktitle = {Working minimalism}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Epstein, Samuel and Hornstein, Norbert}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {45--75}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Minimalism and {Q}uantifier {R}aising}, Year = {1999}} @incollection{Hornstein:2000, Address = {New York}, Author = {Hornstein, Norbert}, Booktitle = {The first Glot International state-of-the-article book}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Cheng, Lisa L.-S. and Sybesma, Rint}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {27--45}, Publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter}, Title = {Control in {GB} and Minimalism}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Hornstein:1991, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Hornstein, Norbert and Lightfoot, David}, Booktitle = {Principles and Parameters in Comparative Grammar(20)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Freidin, Robert}, Keywords = {library; ECP; lexical government}, Pages = {365--391}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {On the Nature of Lexical Government}, Year = {1991}} @article{Horvath:1997, Author = {Horvath, Julia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {509--572}, Title = {The Status of `WH-Expletives' and the partial WH-Movement Construction of {H}ungarian}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {This paper explores the cross-linguistics status of the so-called Wh-scope-marker strategy of wide scope assignment through the study of its instantiation in Hungarian, assessing the role and distribution of the expletive-like Wh-element (what). After establishing the existence of the construction in Hungarian via novel types of arguments, a variety of evidence is presented showing the inadequacy of the leading analysis of Wh-expletive constructions with overt partial Wh-movement: proposals based on the formation of a Wh-chain linking the scope-marking Wh-expletive in the higher Spec with the partially moved contentful Wh-phrase, in a way that mimics overt full Wh-movement chains (originating in McDaniel's (1989) work on German and Romani, assumed subsequently, with some modifications, e.g. by Rizzi (1992), Brody (1993), McDaniel, Chiu and Maxfield (1995) and M{\''u}ller (1995)). I motivate an alternative account, falling within the general framework of an indirect Wh-dependency approach proposed by Dayal (e.g. 1994, based on the in-situ Wh of Hindi). I argue that the scope-marker of Hungarian is not an A-bar expletive, but an expletive element generated in an A-position which has a CP as its associate, and which undergoes (overt) movement to an A-bar position due to being a Wh-morpheme. The construction is shown to arise as a by-product of independently motivated processes: (a) Wh-feature percolation from Spec, as in (clausal) pied-piping cases, and (b) an expletive-CP association, argued to be due to needs inherent to clausal complementation in the language and independent of any Wh-feature or scope-assignment. In spite of the shared indirect Wh-dependency concept and the assumption of CP being the 'associate', Dayal's particular analysis (1994) is shown to be empirically distinct from mine, and to be untenable for Hungarian, as well as for German. An initial three-way comparison of Hungarian vs. Hindi vs. German suggests that (at least) the syntactic implementation of the Wh-expletive strategy is different in each of the three languages. So contrary to tearlier conceptions, this phenomenon does not arise from some unitary parametric source, such as the availability of a Wh-expletive morpheme; rather it seems to be parasitic on independent syntactic properties exhibited by the individual languages.}} @inproceedings{Hoshi:1993, Address = {University of Iowa}, Author = {Hoshi, Hiroto}, Booktitle = {Fourth Annual Meeting of the Formal Lingusitics Society of MidAmerica}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Davison, Alice and Maier, Nicole and Silva, Glaucia and Yan, Wan Su}, Keywords = {library assive ausative}, Pages = {123--142}, Title = {On the Dual Characteristics of the Causative Verb in {R}omance and the Passive Verb in {J}apanese}, Year = {1993}} @article{Hoshi:1994, Author = {Hoshi, Hiroto}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library; passive}, Number = {2}, Pages = {147--178}, Title = {Theta-Role Assignment, Passivization, and Excorporation}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1994}} @phdthesis{Hout:1996, Address = {Tilburg}, Author = {Hout, Angeliek van}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {library cquisition}, Pages = {299}, School = {Tilburg University}, Title = {Event Semantics of Verb Frame Alternations: A Case Study of {D}utch and its Acquisition}, Year = {1996}} @article{Hualde:1989, Author = {Hualde, Jose Ignacio}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library honology ycle}, Number = {4}, Pages = {675--680}, Title = {The Strict Cycle Condition and Noncyclic Rules}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @incollection{Hualde:1991, Address = {Washington, D.C.}, Author = {Hualde, Jose Ignacio}, Booktitle = {Current Studies in Spanish Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Campos, Hector and Mart{\'\i}nez-Gil, Fernando}, Keywords = {library; Romance:Spanish; phonology}, Pages = {475--494}, Publisher = {Georgetown University Press}, Title = {On {S}panish syllabification}, Year = {1991}} @phdthesis{Huang:1982, Author = {Huang, C.-T. James}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Logical relations in {C}hinese and the theory of grammar}, Year = {1982}} @article{Huang:1983, Author = {Huang, C.-T. James}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {anaphora; binding theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {554--561}, Title = {A Note on the Binding Theory}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Huang:1984, Author = {Huang, C.-T. James}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {pro; null objects; implicit arguments; A' movement; linguistics}, Pages = {531--574}, Title = {On the Distribution and Reference of Empty Pronouns}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @incollection{Huang:1987, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Huang, C.-T. James}, Booktitle = {The Representation of (In)definiteness(14)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Reuland, Eric J. and Meulen, Alice G. B. ter}, Keywords = {library; Chinese; definiteness; existentials}, Pages = {226--253}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Existential Sentences in {C}hinese and (In)definiteness}, Year = {1987}} @incollection{Huang:1989, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Huang, C.-T. James}, Booktitle = {The Null Subject Parameter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Jaeggli, Osvaldo and Safir, Kenneth J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {185--214}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {{PRO}-Drop in {C}hinese}, Year = {1989}} @incollection{Huang:1991c, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Huang, C.-T. James}, Booktitle = {Principles and Parameters in Comparative Grammar(20)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Freidin, Robert}, Keywords = {library; null objects; chinese; null operators}, Pages = {56--76}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Remarks on the Status of the Null Object}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Huang:1992, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Huang, C.-T. James}, Booktitle = {Control and Grammar(48)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Larson, Richard K. and Iatridou, Sabine and Lahiri, Utpal and Higginbotham, James}, Keywords = {library; complex predicates; chinese; control}, Pages = {109--148}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Complex Predicates in Control}, Year = {1992}} @article{Huang:1992b, Author = {Huang, C.-T. James}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Keywords = {library; Chinese; verb movement}, Location = {UC, Irvine}, Title = {Verb Movement and Some Syntax-Semantics Mismatches in {C}hinese}, Year = {1992}} @article{Huang:1993, Author = {Huang, C.-T. James}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {103--138}, Title = {Reconstruction and the structure of {VP}: some theoretical consequences}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Huang:1991b, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Huang, C.-T. James and Tang, C.-C. Jane}, Booktitle = {Long-distance Anaphora}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Koster, Jan and Reuland, Eric}, Keywords = {anaphora; reflexives; Chinese}, Pages = {263--282}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {The local nature of the long-distance reflexive in {C}hinese}, Year = {1991}} @inproceedings{Huang:1988, Address = {University of Massachusetts, Amherst}, Author = {Huang, C.-T. James and Tang, J.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Eighteenth Annual Meeting of the Northeastern Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {On the Local Nature of the Long-Distance Reflexive in {C}hinese}, Year = {1988}} @incollection{Huck:1986, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Huck, Geoffrey}, Booktitle = {Categorial Grammars and Natural Language Structures}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Oehrle, Richard and Bach, Emmon and Wheeler, Dierdre}, Keywords = {particles}, Publisher = {Reidel}, Title = {Phrasal Verbs and the Categories of Postponement}, Year = {1986}} @article{Huck:1990, Author = {Huck, Geoffrey J. and Na, Younghee}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {extraposition ocus ounding}, Number = {1}, Pages = {51--77}, Title = {Extraposition and Focus}, Volume = {66}, Year = {1990}} @article{Huddleston:1978, Author = {Huddleston, Rodney}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Analysis}, Pages = {31--59}, Title = {The Constituent Structure of {VP} and {Aux}}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1978}} @article{Hudson:1992, Author = {Hudson, Richard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {datives ouble object}, Number = {2}, Pages = {251--276}, Title = {So-called `Double Objects' and Grammatical Relations}, Volume = {68}, Year = {1992}} @article{Hudson:1976, Author = {Hudson, Richard A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {linguistics ibrary ight node raising onjunction reduction}, Number = {3}, Pages = {535--562}, Title = {Conjunction reduction, gapping and right-node raising}, Volume = {52}, Year = {1976}} @article{Hugly:1993, Author = {Hugly, Philip and Sayward, Charles}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library; semantics; truth}, Number = {6}, Pages = {551--560}, Title = {Theories of Truth and Truth-Value Gaps}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Hukari:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Hukari, Thomas E. and Levine, Robert D.}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {wh movement; constraints; subjacency; library}, Pages = {223--235}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {On Infinitival Unbounded Dependency Constructions}, Year = {1992}} @incollection{Hulk:1986, Address = {Utrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Hulk, Aafke}, Booktitle = {Going Romance II}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Coopmans, Peter and Bordelois, Ivonne and Smith, Bill Dotson}, Keywords = {library; clitics; PRO; romance}, Pages = {107--120}, Title = {Subject Clitics and the {PRO}-Drop Parameter}, Year = {1986}} @incollection{Hulk:1995, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Hulk, Aafke and Kemenade, Ans van}, Booktitle = {Clause Structure and Language Change}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Battye, Adrian and Roberts, Ian}, Pages = {227--256}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Verb Second, Pro-drop, Functional Projections and Language Change}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Humbert:1997, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Humbert, Helga}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {219--233}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {On the Asymmetrical Nature of Nasal Obstruent Relations}, Year = {1997}} @article{Hume:1996, Author = {Hume, Elizabeth}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {163--203}, Title = {Coronal Consonant, Front Vowel Parallels in {M}altese}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Hume:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Hume, Elizabeth and Odden, David}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library honology}, Pages = {273--286}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The Superfluity of [Consonantal]}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Huybregts:1975, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Huybregts, Mac}, Booktitle = {Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-1973}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Kraak, A.}, Keywords = {library; anaphora; reflexives; binding theory}, Pages = {155--164}, Publisher = {Van Gorcum}, Title = {Reflexivization: Local, Global, or Interpretive?}, Year = {1975}} @incollection{Hyams:1987, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Hyams, Nina}, Booktitle = {Parameter Setting}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:36:59 -0400}, Editor = {Roeper, Thomas and Williams, Edwin}, Keywords = {library; acquisition; parameters}, Pages = {1--22}, Publisher = {D. Reidel Publishing Company}, Title = {The Theory of Parameters and Syntactic Development}, Year = {1987}} @incollection{Hyams:1994, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Hyams, Nina}, Booktitle = {Language Acquisition Studies in Generative Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Hoekstra, Teun and Schwartz, Bonnie D.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {21--56}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {{VP}, Null Arguments and {COMP} Projections}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{Hyams:1994b, Address = {University of Southern California}, Author = {Hyams, Nina and Hoekstra, Teun}, Booktitle = {WCCFL}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Publisher = {CSLI}, Title = {The syntax and interpretation of dropped categories in child language: A unified account}, Year = {1994}} @article{Hyams:1990, Author = {Hyams, Nina and Sigurj{\'o}nsd{\'o}ttir, Sigr{\'\i}dur}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Keywords = {Icelandic; anaphora; acquisition}, Number = {1}, Pages = {57--94}, Title = {The Development of ``Long-Distance Anaphora": A Cross-Linguistic Comparison with special reference to {I}celandic}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1990}} @article{Hyams:1993, Author = {Hyams, Nina and Wexler, Kenneth}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; acquisition; null subjects; pro}, Number = {3}, Pages = {421--460}, Title = {On the grammatical basis of null subjects in child language}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @book{Hyams:1986, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Hyams, Nina M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {pro drop; acquisition; parameters}, Publisher = {D. Reidel Publishing Company}, Title = {Language Acquisition and the Theory of Parameters}, Year = {1986}} @incollection{Hyman:1990, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Hyman, Larry M.}, Booktitle = {The Phonology-Syntax Connection}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Inkelas, Sharon and Zec, Draga}, Keywords = {library; phonology:syntax}, Pages = {109--126}, Publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, Title = {Boundary Tonology and the Prosodic Hierarchy}, Year = {1990}} @article{Hyman:1993, Author = {Hyman, Larry M. and Katamba, Francis X.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {tone honology ibrary}, Number = {1}, Pages = {34--67}, Title = {A new approach to tone in {L}uganda}, Volume = {69}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Hohle:1985, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {H{\"o}hle, Tilman N.}, Booktitle = {Studies in {G}erman Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Toman, Jindrich}, Keywords = {library; germanic; morphology; word}, Pages = {319--376}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {On Composition and Derivation: The Constituent Structure of Secondary Words in {G}erman}, Year = {1985}} @incollection{Hohle:1991, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {H{\"o}hle, Tilman N.}, Booktitle = {Representation and Derivation in the Theory of Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Haider, Hubert and Netter, Klaus}, Keywords = {library; reconstruction; coordination}, Pages = {139--198}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {On Reconstruction and Coordination}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1991}} @article{Iatridou:1990, Author = {Iatridou, Sabine}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {agreement}, Number = {4}, Pages = {551--576}, Title = {About {Agr(P)}}, Volume = {21}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Iatridou:1994a, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Iatridou, Sabine}, Booktitle = {Verb Movement}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Lightfoot, David and Hornstein, Norbert}, Keywords = {library; verb movement; Romance:French}, Pages = {243--260}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Comments on the paper by {R}oberts}, Year = {1994}} @article{Iatridou:1994, Author = {Iatridou, Sabine}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library; conditionals}, Number = {3}, Pages = {171--200}, Title = {On the Contribution of Conditional Then}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1994}} @article{Iatridou:2000, Author = {Iatridou, Sabine}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library ood ense spect}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/31.2Iatridou.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {231--270}, Title = {The grammatical ingredients of counterfactuality}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {Counterfactual constructions convey the meaning that the speaker believes a certain proposition not to hold. This article investigates the morphosyntactic composition of counterfactual conditionals and counterfactual wishes and the question of how the form of counterfactuals is related to their meaning. Across languages, there are combinations of tense, mood, and aspect morphemes that are used repeatedly in the expression of counterfactuality. I discuss the role of all three components.}} @article{Iatridou:1997, Author = {Iatridou, Sabine and Embick, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library ro}, Number = {1}, Pages = {58--78}, Title = {Apropos pro}, Volume = {73}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {Pro-drop languages have restrictions on the reference of pro not found with the overt pronominals of non-pro-drop languages. In particular, while the overt pronouns of non-pro-languages may take clausal antecedents, C/IPs, pro may not take these eleemtns as linguistic antecedents. This restriction on the referential properties of pro follows from a mismatch in Phi-features: pro, which is or is licensed by Phi-features, cannot corefer with a clause, which is Phi-featureless. We discuss implications of our analysis for linguistic theory.}} @inproceedings{Iatridou:1996, Address = {Harvard University and MIT}, Author = {Iatridou, Sabine and Varlokosta, Spyridoula}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library seudoclefts}, Pages = {117--132}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {A Crosslinguistic Perspective on Pseudoclefts}, Year = {1996}} @article{Iatridou:1998, Author = {Iatridou, Sabine and Varlokosta, Spyridoula}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {3--28}, Title = {Pseudoclefts Crosslinguistically}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {Pseudoclefts have been divided into two types, specificational and predicational (Akmajian 1970; Higgins 1979). The two types differ in interpretive as well as syntactic characteristics. In this paper we argue that the availability of the specificational type depends on the particular lexical items that a language employs to form pseudoclefts. We discuss the significance of these findings for linguistic theory.}} @article{Idsardi:1994, Author = {Idsardi, William J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {meter}, Number = {4}, Pages = {522--534}, Title = {Open and Closed Feet in {O}ld {E}nglish}, Volume = {25}, Year = {1994}} @article{Idsardi:1998, Author = {Idsardi, William J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {phonology}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/29.1Idsardi.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {37--73}, Title = {Tiberian Hebrew Spirantization and Phonological Derivations}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {Chomsky (1995) cites Hebrew spirantization as an example of a phonological phenomenon whose conditioning factors are rendered opaque by the operation of later processes in the phonological derivation. Because Optimality Theory (OT; e.g., Prince and Smolensky 1993) is built on surface output conditions (and in more recent versions constraints comparing input and output representations and enforcing uniformity in paradgims), any such cases of intermediate representations raise nontrivial questions for OT. These cases become more interesting and revealing when we try to provide comprehensive OT accounts using the general devices employed in the OT literature. This article examines Tiberian Hebrew spirantization in greater detail and demonstrates that spirantization and related phenomena cannot be adequately handled nonderivationally in OT.}} @incollection{Imai:1987, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Imai, Takashi}, Booktitle = {Issues in Japanese Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library; Japanese; movement}, Pages = {203--228}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Some Consequences of Move-$\alpha$ and {J}apanese Grammar}, Year = {1987}} @article{Ingham:1994, Author = {Ingham, Richard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Keywords = {library; acquisition}, Number = {2}, Pages = {95--120}, Title = {Input and Learnability: Direct-Object Omissibility in {E}nglish}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1994}} @article{Ingram:1996, Author = {Ingram, David and Thompson, William}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library oot infinitives}, Number = {1}, Pages = {97--120}, Title = {Early Syntactic Acquisition in German: Evidence for the Modal Hypothesis}, Volume = {72}, Year = {1996}} @article{Inkelas:1993a, Author = {Inkelas, Sharon}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 11:05:18 -0500}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library; morphology; Nimboran; Lexical Phonology}, Number = {4}, Pages = {559--624}, Title = {Nimboran Position Class Morphology}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Inkelas:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Inkelas, Sharon}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library honology eatures}, Pages = {287--302}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The Consequences of Optimization for Underspecification}, Year = {1995}} @article{Inkelas:1993, Author = {Inkelas, Sharon and Cho, Young-mee Yu}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library; phonology}, Number = {3}, Pages = {529--574}, Title = {Inalterability as prespecification}, Volume = {69}, Year = {1993}} @article{Inkelas:1995a, Author = {Inkelas, Sharon and Orgun, Cemil Orhan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library evel ordering exical phonology}, Number = {4}, Pages = {763--793}, Title = {Level Ordering and Economy in the Lexical Phonology of {T}urkish}, Volume = {71}, Year = {1995}} @phdthesis{Ishii:1997, Address = {Irvine}, Author = {Ishii, Toru}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {374}, School = {University of California, Irvine}, Title = {An asymmetry in the composition of phrase structure and its consequences}, Year = {1997}} @article{Ishikawa:1999, Author = {Ishikawa, Masataka}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/30.2Ishikawa.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {301--310}, Title = {Morphological Strength and Syntactic Change}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}} @article{Israel:1996, Author = {Israel, M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {6}, Pages = {619--666}, Title = {Polarity Sensitivity as Lexical Semantics}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1996}} @article{Ito:1995, Author = {Ito, Junko and Mester, Armin and Padgett, Jaye}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library honology honology:segments}, Number = {4}, Pages = {571--614}, Title = {Licensing and Underspecification in Optimality Theory}, Volume = {26}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Iverson:1988, Address = {San Diego, California}, Author = {Iverson, Gregory K. and Wheeler, Deirdre W.}, Booktitle = {Theoretical Morphology}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Hammond, Michael and Noonan, Michael}, Keywords = {library; morphology: blocking}, Pages = {325--338}, Publisher = {Academic Press, Inc.}, Title = {Blocking and the Elsewhere Condition}, Year = {1988}} @article{Iwakura:1977, Author = {Iwakura, Kunihiro}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Analysis}, Pages = {101--136}, Title = {The Auxiliary System in {E}nglish}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1977}} @article{Iwata:1996, Author = {Iwata, S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {256--282}, Title = {Motion and extent: two sides of the same coin}, Volume = {50}, Year = {1996}, Abstract = {This paper examines the relationship between a motion sentence (e.g., Amy went from Denver to Indianapolis.) and an extent sentence (e.g., The road goes from Denver to Indianapolis.), building upon Jackendoff's (1983) analysis. It is shown that the semantic functions for motion and extent senses, respectively GO and GOext, are distinct, but that they share a great deal of internal structure. While both functions express successive transition from one component state to the next, they differ in (a) the presence vs. absence of the passage of time, and (b) the identity of the mover through transition. The analysis presented here based on semantic functions comes closer to an overall characterization of the motion/extent contrast than the image-schema-based approach (Lakoff 1987) or the metaphor-based approach (Lakoff \& Turner 1989). It can also be easily extended to account for types of extent sentences that the literature has not focussed upon.}} @inproceedings{Izvorski:1996, Address = {Harvard University and MIT}, Author = {Izvorski, Roumyana}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library orrelatives}, Pages = {133--148}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The Syntax and Semantics of Correlative Proforms}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Izvorski:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Izvorski, Roumyana}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {159--174}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Non-Indicative Wh-complements of Possessive and Existential Predicates}, Year = {1998}} @book{Jackendoff:1972, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Jackendoff, Ray}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {adverbs; anaphora}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Semantic Interpretation in Generative Grammar}, Year = {1972}} @article{Jackendoff:1975, Author = {Jackendoff, Ray}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {semantics; complementation}, Number = {1}, Pages = {53--94}, Title = {On Belief-Contexts}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1975}} @book{Jackendoff:1977, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Jackendoff, Ray}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {X' Theory ibrary hrase structure}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {X$'$ Syntax}, Year = {1977}} @book{Jackendoff:1983, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Jackendoff, Ray}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library; lexicon; argument structure; cognition; semantics}, Pages = {283.}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Semantics and Cognition}, Year = {1983}} @article{Jackendoff:1990, Author = {Jackendoff, Ray}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {datives ouble object}, Number = {3}, Pages = {427--455}, Title = {On {L}arson's Treatment of the Double Object Construction}, Volume = {21}, Year = {1990}} @article{Jackendoff:1992, Author = {Jackendoff, Ray}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {Binding Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--32}, Title = {Mme. {T}ussaud meets the Binding Theory}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1992}} @article{Jackendoff:1996, Author = {Jackendoff, Ray}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library elicity uantification}, Number = {2}, Pages = {305--354}, Title = {The Proper Treatment of Measuring Out, Telicity, and Perhaps Even Quantification in English}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1996}} @article{Jackendoff:1997, Author = {Jackendoff, Ray}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {534--559}, Title = {Twistin' the night away}, Volume = {73}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {The 'time'-away construction, exemplified by We slept the whole afternoon away, proves to have a complex set of syntactic and semantic properties. In particular, the NP the whole afternoon behaves syntacticially like a direct object, even though it is clearly not licensed by the verb sleep. This construction is shown to be distinct from two others that it superficially resembles, the resultative and the way-construction. It is also compared with a number of other semi-idiomatic VP constructions. Two approaches for licensing the NP object are compared: a lexical rule approach, in which sleep away is treated as a complex verb that licenses the object, and a constructional approach, in which V NP away is listed as a meaning-bearing construction that licenses both the verb and the object.}} @article{Jackendoff:1993, Author = {Jackendoff, Ray and Maling, Joan and Zaenen, Annie}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Anaphora; Binding Theory; library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {173--177}, Title = {``Home'' is Subject to Principle {A}}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @article{Jackendoff:1968, Author = {Jackendoff, Ray S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Foundations of Language}, Keywords = {quantifiers; nominals; English}, Pages = {422--442}, Title = {Quantifiers in {E}nglish}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1968}} @article{Jackendoff:1971, Author = {Jackendoff, Ray S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; gapping; deletion; ellipsis}, Number = {1}, Pages = {21--35}, Title = {Gapping and related rules}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1971}} @incollection{Jackson:1991, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Jackson, Frank}, Booktitle = {Conditionals}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Frank}, Keywords = {library onditionals}, Pages = {111--135}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {On Assertion and Indicative Conditionals}, Year = {1991}} @inproceedings{Jacobs:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Jacobs, Haike}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Pages = {219--232}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Optimality Theory and Sound Change}, Year = {1995}} @article{Jacobs:1997, Author = {Jacobs, Haike}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {648--661}, Title = {Latin enclitic stress revisited}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {The well-known fact that Latin enclitics induce stress on the immediately preceding syllable has received considerably attention in metrical theory. Not only ahve these enclitics been analyzed in almost all of the different models that have been proposed (Halle and Vergnaud 1987), Steriade 1988, Halle and Kenstowicz 1991, Kenstowica 1994, Hayes 1995, Mester 1994, Halle and Idsardi 1995), they have also played a role in evaluating the empirical adequacy of the models involved. Unfortuantely, none of these anlayses provides an adequate account of the empirical data. This article shows why the previousanalyess are wrong, provides an adequate analysis, and adiscuses its consequences for metrical theory.}} @phdthesis{Jacobson:1977, Author = {Jacobson, Pauline}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {crossing}, School = {University of California, Berkeley}, Title = {The syntax of crossing coreference sentences}, Year = {1977}} @incollection{Jacobson:1992b, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Jacobson, Pauline}, Booktitle = {Control and Grammar(48)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Larson, Richard K. and Iatridou, Sabine and Lahiri, Utpal and Higginbotham, James}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {149--194}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Raising without Movement}, Year = {1992}} @incollection{Jacobson:1992a, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Jacobson, Pauline}, Booktitle = {Lexical Matters}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Sag, Ivan A. and Szabolcsi, Anna}, Keywords = {Control}, Pages = {269--300}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {The Lexical Entailment Theory of Control and tough-Construction}, Year = {1992}} @inproceedings{Jacobson:1992, Author = {Jacobson, Pauline}, Booktitle = {SALT 2}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Barker, Chris and Dowty, David}, Keywords = {ACD}, Pages = {193--213}, Title = {Antecedent Contained Deletion in a Variable-Free Semantics}, Year = {1992}} @article{Jacobson:1999, Author = {Jacobson, Pauline}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {117--184}, Title = {Towards a Variable-Free Semantics}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1999}} @article{Jacobson:2000, Author = {Jacobson, Pauline}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {77--155}, Title = {Paycheck pronouns, {B}ach-{P}eters sentences, and variable-free semantics}, Volume = {8}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {This paper argues for the hypothesis of direct compositionality (as in, e.g. Montague 1974), according to which the combinatory syntactic rules specify a set of well-formed expressions while the semantic combinatory rules work in tandem to directly supply a model-theoretic interpretation to each expression as it is "built" in teh syntax. (This thus obviates the need for any level like LF and, concomitatnly, for any rules mapping surface structures to such a level.) I focus here on one related group of phenomena: the interaction of "paycheck" pronouns iwth Weak Crossover effects and i-within-i effects. These interactions were studied in Jacobson (1977) as they show up in Bach-Peters sentences. There I argued that these interactions show that paycheck pronouns have a complex representation at LF; here I show that all of the observations in this earlier work are compatible with the hypothesis of direct compositionality. The key tool is the adoption of a variation-free semantics (a semantics which makes no use of variables as part of the semantic machinery). IN addition to the gneeral consequences for the syntax/semantics interface, there are two other main results. First, I proivde new arguments for a variable-free semantics. For example, it will be shown that under this view the paycheck reading of a pronoun comes for free; most other theories posit additional mechanisms and/or an additional lexical meaning for pronouns, and thus paycheck and regular pronouns are only accidentally homophonous. Second, I reiterate one of the central points in Jacobson (1977): this is that the first pronoun in a Bach-Peters sentence is indeed a paycheck pronoun, and hence nothing special needs to be said about these sentences nor does any new machinery need to be invoked for them.}} @article{Jacobson:1976, Author = {Jacobson, Pauline and Neubauer, P.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Binding Theory; anaphora}, Number = {3}, Pages = {429--462}, Title = {Rule Cyclicity: evidence from the Intervention Constraint}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1976}} @book{Jacobson:1978, Address = {Stockholm, Sweden}, Author = {Jacobson, Sven}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library; adverbs; English}, Pages = {160}, Publisher = {Almqvist \& Wiksell International}, Title = {On the Use, Meaning, and Syntax of {E}nglish Preverbal Adverbs}, Year = {1978}} @article{Jaeger:1996, Author = {Jaeger, Jeri J. and Lockwood, Alan H. and Kemmere, David L. and Van Valin, Robert D. and Murphy, Brian W. and Khalak, Hanif G.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library orphology}, Number = {3}, Pages = {451--497}, Title = {A Positron Emission Tomographic Study of Regular and Irregular Verb Morphology in English}, Volume = {72}, Year = {1996}} @article{Jaeggli:1980, Author = {Jaeggli, Osvaldo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; contraction; infinitives}, Number = {1}, Pages = {239--246}, Title = {Remarks on to Contraction}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @book{Jaeggli:1982, Address = {Dordrecht Holland}, Author = {Jaeggli, Osvaldo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {Romance; Spanish; clitics}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Topics in {R}omance Syntax}, Year = {1982}} @article{Jaeggli:1986, Author = {Jaeggli, Osvaldo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, Pages = {587--622}, Title = {Passive}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1986}} @article{Jaeggli:1988, Author = {Jaeggli, Osvaldo and Hyams, Nina}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, Title = {On the independence and interdependence of syntactic and morphological properties: English aspectual "come" and "go"}, Year = {1988}} @inproceedings{Janis:1993, Address = {University of Iowa}, Author = {Janis, Wynne}, Booktitle = {Fourth Annual Meeting of the Formal Lingusitics Society of MidAmerica}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Davison, Alice and Maier, Nicole and Silva, Glaucia and Yan, Wan Su}, Keywords = {library orphology rgument structure}, Pages = {143--159}, Title = {Licensing Arguments Through Verbal Morphology}, Year = {1993}} @article{Jayaseelan:1990, Author = {Jayaseelan, K. A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Analysis}, Keywords = {gapping; ellipsis; pseudo-gapping}, Number = {1-2}, Pages = {64--81}, Title = {Incomplete {VP} Deletion and {G}apping}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1990}} @article{Jayaseelan:1996, Author = {Jayaseelan, K. A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library ronouns naphora}, Number = {3}, Pages = {207--255}, Title = {Anaphors as pronouns}, Volume = {50}, Year = {1996}, Abstract = {In this paper we point out that in a wide variety of languages, reflexive anaphors seem sensitive to Principle B when they are morphologically simple. While this is now asknowledged by many linguists, we show that (further), when reflexive anaphors in these languages are morphologically complex, they still contain a pronominal element which obeys Principle B. We also provide evidence that many complex reflexive forms which are currently taken to be local (or 'strict') anaphors, are on closer examination seen to be only non-local; i.e. they can take both local and long-diustance antecedents. We suggest a syntactic process of 'reflexivization' which enables anti-local (pronominal) elements to take an antecedent in the minimal clause. We lastly show that truly local anaphors -- like reciprocals and distributives -- also contain a pronominal element which obeys Principle B.}} @article{Jayaseelan:1997, Author = {Jayaseelan, K. A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {186--234}, Title = {Anaphors as Pronouns}, Volume = {51}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {In this paper we point out that in a wide variety of languages, reflexive anaphors seem sensitive to Prinicple B when they are morphologically simple. While this is now acknowledged by many linguists, we show that (further), when reflexive anaphors in these languages are morphologically complex, they still contain a pronominal element which obeys Principle B. We also provide evidence that many complex reflexive forms which are currently taken to be local (or 'strict') anaphors, are on closer examination seen to be only non-local: i.e. they can take both local and long-distance antecedents. We suggest a syntactic process of 'reflexivization' which enables anti-local (pronominal) elements to take an antecedent in the minimal clause. We lastly show that truly local anaphors -- like reciprocals and distributives -- also contain a pronominal element which obeys Principle B.}} @inproceedings{Jelinek:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Jelinek, Eloise}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {impersonal passives; passives; stage/individual level; library}, Pages = {235--246}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Impersonal Passives and Stage/Individual Level Predicates}, Year = {1992}} @incollection{Ouhalla:2002a, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Jelinek, Eloise}, Booktitle = {Themes in {A}rabic and {H}ebrew Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Ouhalla, Jamal and Shlonsky, Ur}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {71--106}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Agreement, clitics and focus in {E}gyptian {A}rabic}, Year = {2002}} @article{Jelinek:1994, Author = {Jelinek, Eloise and Demers, Richard A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library; Straits Salish; pronouns; predicates}, Number = {4}, Pages = {697--736}, Title = {Predicates and Pronominal Arguments in {S}traits {S}alish}, Volume = {70}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{Jeong-Shik:1993, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Jeong-Shik, Lee and Maling, Joan}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 23}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {271--285}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {Case, Locality, and {NP}-Movement}, Year = {1993}} @book{Jespersen:1922, Address = {London}, Author = {Jespersen, Otto}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Publisher = {G. Allen \& Unwin}, Title = {Language: Its nature, development and origin}, Year = {1922}} @phdthesis{Johannessen:1993, Address = {Oslo}, Author = {Johannessen, Janne Bondi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library oordination}, Pages = {262}, School = {University of Oslo}, Title = {Coordination: A Minimalist Approach}, Year = {1993}} @article{Johannessen:1996, Author = {Johannessen, Janne Bondi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library greement oordination}, Number = {4}, Pages = {661--675}, Title = {Partial Agreement and Coordination}, Volume = {27}, Year = {1996}} @article{Johns:1992, Author = {Johns, Alana}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {ergativity}, Number = {1}, Pages = {57--88}, Title = {Deriving Ergativity}, Volume = {23}, Year = {1992}} @incollection{Johns:2000, Address = {New York}, Author = {Johns, Alana}, Booktitle = {The first Glot International state-of-the-article book}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Cheng, Lisa L.-S. and Sybesma, Rint}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {47--73}, Publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter}, Title = {Ergativity: a perspective on recent work}, Year = {2000}} @article{Johnson:1997c, Author = {Johnson, David and Lappin, Shalom}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {273--333}, Title = {A Critique of the Minimalist Program}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1997}} @article{Johnson:1994c, Author = {Johnson, David E. and Moss, Lawrence S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library oundations}, Number = {6}, Pages = {537--560}, Title = {Grammar Formalisms Viewed as Evolving Algebras}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1994}} @phdthesis{Johnson:1985, Author = {Johnson, Kyle}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {A Case for Movement}, Year = {1985}} @incollection{Johnson:1985b, Address = {MIT}, Author = {Johnson, Kyle}, Booktitle = {MIT Working Papers in Linguistics(6)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {Binding Theory; anaphora; Icelandic}, Pages = {102--132}, Title = {Some Notes on Subjunctive Clauses and Binding in {I}celandic}, Year = {1985}} @article{Johnson:1987, Author = {Johnson, Kyle}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Binding Theory; anaphora}, Number = {2}, Pages = {354--361}, Title = {Against the Notion ``SUBJECT''}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Johnson:1988, Author = {Johnson, Kyle}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {ECP; gerunds; case}, Number = {4}, Pages = {583--609}, Title = {Clausal Gerunds, the {ECP} and {G}overnment}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @inproceedings{Johnson:1988b, Address = {Montreal}, Author = {Johnson, Kyle}, Booktitle = {McGill Working Papers in Linguistics: Special Issue on Comparative German Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Pages = {156--167}, Publisher = {McGill University}, Title = {Verb raising and \emph{have}}, Year = {1988}} @article{Johnson:1989, Author = {Johnson, Kyle}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Location = {University of Wisconsin-Madison}, Title = {Clausal Architecture and Structural Case}, Year = {1989}} @article{Johnson:1990, Author = {Johnson, Kyle}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {inflection; head movement; ecp}, Location = {University of Wisconsin-Madison}, Title = {The Syntax of Inflectional Paradigms}, Year = {1990}} @article{Johnson:1991, Author = {Johnson, Kyle}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {particles; Case; verb movement}, Number = {4}, Pages = {577--636}, Title = {Object positions}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1991}} @article{Johnson:1991b, Author = {Johnson, Kyle}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Location = {University of Wisconsin, Madison}, Title = {Nominal Problems for Binding Domain}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Johnson:1991c, Author = {Johnson, Kyle}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Formal Linguistics Society of MidAmerica II}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library; extraposition}, Title = {Extraposition from NP is extraposition of NP}, Year = {1991}} @inproceedings{Johnson:1992, Address = {Seoul, South Korea}, Author = {Johnson, Kyle}, Booktitle = {Seoul International Workshop on Generative Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Title = {Head Movement, Word Order and Inflection}, Year = {1992}} @article{Johnson:2003, Author = {Johnson, Kyle}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Location = {University of Massachusetts, Amherst}, Title = {In search of the {E}nglish middle field}, Year = {2003}} @article{Johnson:1997, Author = {Johnson, Kyle}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {GLOT}, Keywords = {library llipsis}, Number = {5}, Pages = {3--9}, Title = {When verb phrases go missing}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1997}} @article{Johnson:1997b, Author = {Johnson, Kyle}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Lingua}, Pages = {21--53}, Title = {A review of The Antisymmetry of Syntax}, Volume = {102}, Year = {1997}} @incollection{Johnson:2000, Address = {Amherst, MA}, Author = {Johnson, Kyle}, Booktitle = {University of {M}assachusetts Occasional Papers(23)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi and Villalta, Elisabeth}, Pages = {47--60}, Publisher = {UMOP}, Title = {Few dogs eat {W}hiskers or cats {A}lpo}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Johnson:2000b, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Johnson, Kyle}, Booktitle = {Step by Step}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Martin, Roger and Michaels, David and Uriagereka, Juan}, Pages = {187--210}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {How far will quantifiers go?}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Johnson:2000c, Address = {T{\"u}bingen}, Author = {Johnson, Kyle}, Booktitle = {Ellipsis in conjunction}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Schwabe, Kerstin and Zhang, Ning}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {95--115}, Publisher = {Niemeyer}, Title = {Gapping determiners}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Johnson:2000d, Address = {New York}, Author = {Johnson, Kyle}, Booktitle = {The first Glot International state-of-the-article book}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Cheng, Lisa L.-S. and Sybesma, Rint}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {75--103}, Publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter}, Title = {When verb phrases go missing}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Johnson:2001, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Johnson, Kyle}, Booktitle = {The handbook of contemporary syntactic theory}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Baltin, Mark and Collins, Chris}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {439--479}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishers}, Title = {What {VP} ellipsis can do, and what it can't, but not why}, Year = {2001}} @article{Johnson:2002, Author = {Johnson, Kyle}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {97--156}, Title = {Restoring exotic coordinations to normalcy}, Volume = {33}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {I analyze two instances in German where coordinations seem to violate Ross's (1967) Coordinate Structure Constraint. I follow Schwarz 1998 and argue that the two constructions are underlyingly the same, one deriving from the other through gapping. Using the thesis that the verb-final word order in German involves a short leftward movement of the finite verb or verb phrase, I provide a method of avoiding the Coordinate Structure Constraint violation that would otherwise be expected.}} @inproceedings{Johnson:1996, Address = {Boston University}, Author = {Johnson, Kyle and Bateman, Sarah and Moore, Deanna and Roeper, Tom and de Villiers, Jill}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the 20th Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Stringfellow, A. and Cahana-Amitay, D. and Hughes, E. and Zukowski, A}, Keywords = {DP anguage acquisition}, Pages = {397--407}, Publisher = {Cascadilla Press}, Title = {On the acquisition of word order in nominals}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Johnson:1998, Address = {T\"ubingen, Germany}, Author = {Johnson, Kyle and Tomioka, Satoshi}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the 1997 T\"ubingen workshop on reconstruction}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Katz, Graham and Kim, Shin-Sook and Haike, Winhart}, Pages = {185--206}, Publisher = {Sprachteoretische Grundlagen f\"ur die Computer Linguistik}, Title = {Lowering and mid-size clauses}, Year = {1998}} @article{Johnson:1994, Author = {Johnson, Kyle and Vikner, Sten}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Working papers in scandinavian syntax}, Keywords = {library; infinitives; Germanic}, Pages = {61--84}, Title = {The position of the verb in {S}candinavian infinitives: In {V} or {C} but not in {I}}, Volume = {53}, Year = {1994}} @article{Johnson:1994b, Author = {Johnson, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library; formalization}, Number = {3}, Pages = {221--248}, Title = {Two Ways of Formalizing Grammars}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{Johnson:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Johnson, Michael}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library dverbial quantification}, Pages = {319--334}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The Role of Aspect in the Composition of Temporal Adverbial Clauses with Adverbs of Quantification}, Year = {1995}} @article{Johnston:2001, Author = {Johnston, Jason C. and Park, Iksan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 32.4johnston.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/32.4johnston.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {727--732}, Title = {Some problems with a lowering account of scrambling}, Volume = {32}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Jonas:1996, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Jonas, Dianne}, Booktitle = {Minimal Ideas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Abraham, Werner and Epstein, Samuel David and Thr{\'a}insson, H{\'o}skuldur and Zwart, C. Jan-Wouter}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {167--188}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Clause Structure, Expletives and Verb Movement}, Year = {1996}, Abstract = {The above quote suggests [from Chomsky 1993] that there may be two distinct positions in which the Case feature of the subject may be checked: Spec-AgrSP, following raising of tense to Agrs, or Spec-TP. In this paper I examine data from Scandinavian, and English to some extent, and argue that both options are made available by the theory but they are not available in all languages. I present an analysis which examines the interaction between verb movement and subject Case-checking and claim that Spec-TP is only available in languages with overt verb raising to T. In those languages Spec-TP is available as a Case checking position for the subject in finite clauses and also as an intermediate position in non-finite clauses (complements of raising verbs and ECM [accusative with Infinitive] verbs) where the subject can check the EPP feature of a non-finite clause but not check its Case. In this sense the paper suggests a refinement of checking theory with respect to subjects.}} @incollection{Jonas:1993, Author = {Jonas, Dianne and Bobaljik, Jonathan D.}, Booktitle = {Papers on Case and Agreement I}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Bobaljik, Jonathan D. and Phillips, Colin}, Keywords = {library; Germanic: Icelandic; object shift}, Pages = {59--98}, Publisher = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Specs for Subjects: The Role of {TP} in {I}celandic}, Year = {1993}} @article{Jones:1990, Author = {Jones, Charles}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {A' movement; quantification}, Number = {4}, Pages = {577--588}, Title = {Some Wh-Operator Interactions}, Volume = {21}, Year = {1990}} @phdthesis{Jones:1985, Author = {Jones, Charles F.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library heta roles nfinitives ontrol}, School = {University of Massachusetts, Amherst}, Title = {Syntax and Thematics of Infinitival Adjuncts}, Year = {1985}} @incollection{Jong:1987, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Jong, Franciska de}, Booktitle = {The Representation of (In)definiteness(14)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Reuland, Eric J. and Meulen, Alice G. B. ter}, Keywords = {library; definiteness}, Pages = {270--285}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {The Compositional Nature of (In)definiteness}, Year = {1987}} @inproceedings{Joo:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Joo, Yanghee Shim}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {ECP; constraints; wh movement; head government; library}, Pages = {247--256}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {The ECP, Head-government, and Barrierhood}, Year = {1992}} @article{Josefsson:1993, Author = {Josefsson, Gunl{\"o}g}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Working Papers in Scandinavian Syntax}, Keywords = {library; Germanic:Scandinavian; object shift; pronouns; clitics; word order}, Pages = {1--28}, Title = {Scandinavian pronouns and object shift}, Volume = {52}, Year = {1993}} @article{Josefsson:2001, Author = {Josefsson, Gunl{\"o}g}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Working Papers in Scandinavian Syntax}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {85--102}, Title = {The true nature of {H}olmberg's generalization revistied -- once again}, Volume = {67}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Joseph:1992, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Joseph, Brian}, Booktitle = {Control and Grammar(48)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Larson, Richard K. and Iatridou, Sabine and Lahiri, Utpal and Higginbotham, James}, Keywords = {library; diachrony; control; diachrony}, Pages = {195--234}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Diachronic Perspectives on Control}, Year = {1992}} @incollection{Joseph:2001, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Joseph, Brian}, Booktitle = {Comparative Syntax of {B}alkan Languages}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Luisa Rivero, Mar{\'\i}a and Ralli, Angela}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {17--43}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Is {B}alkan comparative syntax possible?}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Joseph:1990, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Joseph, Brian D.}, Booktitle = {Studies in Relational Grammar 3}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Postal, Paul M. and Joseph, Brian D.}, Keywords = {library elational grammar aising}, Pages = {261--278}, Publisher = {University of Chicago}, Title = {Is Raising to Prepositional Object a Natural Language Grammatical Construction?}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Joseph:1988, Address = {San Diego, California}, Author = {Joseph, Brian D. and Janda, Richard D.}, Booktitle = {Theoretical Morphology}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Hammond, Michael and Noonan, Michael}, Keywords = {library; morphology; diachrony; diachrony}, Pages = {193--210}, Publisher = {Academic Press, Inc.}, Title = {The How and Why of Diachronic Morphologization and Demorphologization}, Year = {1988}} @article{Joseph:1993, Author = {Joseph, Brian D. and Smirniotopoulos, Jane C.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {morphology; head movement; inflection; library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {388--398}, Title = {The Morphosyntax of the {M}odern {G}reek Verb as Morphology and Not Syntax}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @article{Joshi:1997, Author = {Joshi, Aravind K. and Kulick, Seth}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {6}, Pages = {637--667}, Title = {Partial Proof Trees as Building Blocks for a Categorial Grammar}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Jun:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Jun, Jongho}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Pius, Tamanji and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {121--136}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Generalized {S}ympathy}, Year = {1999}} @article{Jurafsky:1996, Author = {Jurafsky, Daniel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {533--578}, Title = {Universal Tendencies in the Semantics of the Diminutive}, Volume = {72}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Jaeger:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {J{\"a}ger, Gerhard}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library uantification}, Pages = {303--318}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Weak Quantifiers and Information Structure}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Jaeger:2001, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {J{\"a}ger, Gerhard}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {265--284}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {On the semantics of \emph{as} and \emph{be}. A neo-{C}arlson account}, Year = {2001}} @phdthesis{Kaan:1992, Author = {Kaan, Edith}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library xtraposition}, School = {University of Groningen}, Title = {A Minimalist Approach to Extraposition}, Year = {1992}} @article{Kaburaki:1976, Author = {Kaburaki, Etsuko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; sloppy reference; anaphora}, Number = {2}, Pages = {376--380}, Title = {Sloppy Identity as a Direct Discourse Identity}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1976}} @phdthesis{Kadmon:1987, Author = {Kadmon, Nirit}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library; quantification}, School = {University of Massachusetts-Amherst}, Title = {On Unique and Non-Unique Reference and Asymmetric Quantification}, Year = {1987}} @article{Kadmon:1993, Author = {Kadmon, Nirit and Landman, Fred}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library; quantification; any}, Number = {4}, Pages = {353--422}, Title = {Any}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1993}} @article{Kager:1993, Author = {Kager, Rene}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library; phonology}, Number = {3}, Pages = {381--432}, Title = {Alternatives to the Iambin-Trochaic Law}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Kaisse:1990, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Kaisse, Ellen M.}, Booktitle = {The Phonology-Syntax Connection}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Inkelas, Sharon and Zec, Draga}, Keywords = {library; phonology:syntax; morphology}, Pages = {127--144}, Publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, Title = {Toward a Typology of Postlexical Rules}, Year = {1990}} @inproceedings{Kallulli:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Kallulli, Dalina}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-11-02 09:54:48 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {353--362}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Restrictive relative clauses revisited}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Kallulli:2001, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Kallulli, Dalina}, Booktitle = {Comparative Syntax of {B}alkan Languages}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-11-02 09:55:10 -0400}, Editor = {Luisa Rivero, Mar{\'\i}a and Ralli, Angela}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {127--160}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Direct Object Clitic Doubling in {A}lbanian and {G}reek}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Kamp:1981, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Kamp, Hans}, Booktitle = {Formal Methods in the Study of Language}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Groenendijk, J.}, Publisher = {Mathematical Center}, Title = {A Theory of Truth and Semantic Representation}, Year = {1981}} @book{Kamp:1993, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Kamp, Hans and Reyle, Uwe}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library; semantics; discourse}, Pages = {713}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {From Discourse to Logic}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Kampen:1996, Address = {Harvard University and MIT}, Author = {Kampen, Jacqueline van}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library cquisition}, Pages = {149--164}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {{PF/LF} Convergence in Acquisition}, Year = {1996}} @article{Kanazawa:1994, Author = {Kanazawa, Makoto}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library; donkey anaphora}, Number = {2}, Pages = {109--158}, Title = {Weak vs. Strong Readings of Donkey Sentences and Monotonicity Inference in a Dynamic Setting}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Kanerva:1990, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Kanerva, Jonni M.}, Booktitle = {The Phonology-Syntax Connection}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Inkelas, Sharon and Zec, Draga}, Keywords = {library; phonology:syntax; Chichewa}, Pages = {145--162}, Publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, Title = {Focusing on Phonological Phrases in {C}hichewa}, Year = {1990}} @inproceedings{Kanerva:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Kanerva, Jonni M. and Gabriele, Leslie A.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library ntonation ocus}, Pages = {335--346}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Intonation and Focus Layers}, Year = {1995}} @article{Kang:1993, Author = {Kang, Beom-mo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; morphology; bracketing paradox}, Number = {4}, Pages = {788--794}, Title = {Unhappier is Really a ``Bracketing Paradox''}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @article{Kang:1995, Author = {Kang, Beom-Mo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {61--81}, Title = {On the Treatment of Complex Predicates in Categorial Grammar}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Kann:1992, Address = {Groningen}, Author = {Kann, Edith}, Booktitle = {Language and Cognition}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Gilbers, Dick and Looyenga, Sietze}, Pages = {169--179}, Publisher = {University of Groningen}, Title = {A Minimalist Approach to Extraposition of {CP} and Verb Projection Raising}, Year = {1992}} @article{Kanno:1996, Author = {Kanno, Kazue}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Keywords = {library cquisition}, Number = {4}, Pages = {317--335}, Title = {The Status of Nonparametrized Principle in the {L2} Initial State}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1996}, Abstract = {In this article, I report an experimental study that examines the role that Universal Grammar (UG) plays in the early stages of the acquisition of Japanese as a second language (L2) by adult learners. The study addresses the issue of whether a non-parametrized principle of UG that is instantiated in the first language (L1) is "active enough" in the early stages of L2 learning to apply to phenomena for which there are no counterparts in the L1. The phenomenon investigated here involves case partcle deletion in Japanese. The nominative case and accusative case contrast in terms of their omissibility -- the latter can be freely dropped, whereas the former cannot. This contrast is regulated by the Empty Category Principle -- a principle that exists in essentially the same form in English but that applies to a very different set of phenomena in that language. Not only did the L2 learners exhibit a statistically significant difference in the deletability of the nominative and accusative cases, consistent witht he UG prinicple, their perfomance was not significanlty different from that of a native speaker control group. The results point toward the conlusion that UG is operative in second-language acquisition and that nonparametrized principles are active enough to apply to an enteirely new phenomenon.}} @incollection{Kaplan:1989, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Kaplan, David}, Booktitle = {Themes From Kaplan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Almog, Joseph and Perry, John and Wettstein, Howard}, Keywords = {library; philosophy: language; semantics}, Pages = {481--564}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Demonstratives: An Essay on the Semantics, Logic, Metaphysics, and Epistemology of Demonstratives and Other Indexicals}, Year = {1989}} @incollection{Kaplan:1989, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Kaplan, David}, Booktitle = {Themes From Kaplan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Almog, Joseph and Perry, John and Wettstein, Howard}, Keywords = {library; philosophy: language; semantics}, Pages = {565--614}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Afterthoughts}, Year = {1989}} @article{Kaplan:1995, Author = {Kaplan, Tamar I. and Whitman, John B.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {29--58}, Title = {The Category of Relative Clauses in {J}apanese, with Reference to {K}orean}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1995}} @article{Karimi:1999, Author = {Karimi, Simin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/30.4Karimi.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {704--713}, Title = {A Note on Parasitic Gaps and Specificity}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}} @inproceedings{Karimi:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Karimi, Simin and Lobeck, Anne}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {175--188}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Specificity Effects in {E}nglish and {P}ersian}, Year = {1998}} @article{Karttunen:1977, Author = {Karttunen, L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {questions}, Number = {1}, Pages = {3--44}, Title = {Syntax and Semantics of Questions}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1977}} @inproceedings{Karvonen:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Karvonen, Daniel and Sherman, Adam}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Pius, Tamanji and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {487--499}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Opacity in {I}celandic: A {S}ympathy account}, Year = {1999}} @incollection{Kasher:1993, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Kasher, Asa}, Booktitle = {The Chomskyan Turn}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Kasher, Asa}, Keywords = {library; pragmatics; philosophy: language: chomsky}, Pages = {122--149}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishers}, Title = {Pragmatics and {C}homsky's Research Program}, Year = {1993}} @phdthesis{Kathol:1995, Address = {Columbus, Ohio}, Author = {Kathol, Andreas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library oordination}, Pages = {392}, School = {Ohio State University}, Title = {Linearization-Based {G}erman Syntax}, Year = {1995}} @article{Kathol:2000, Author = {Kathol, Andreas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {59--96}, Title = {Syntactic categories and positional shape alternations}, Volume = {3}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {The present paper investigates the phenomenon of "inflected complementizers" seen in many Continental West Germanic dialects. The proposal developed takes as its point of departure the commonality of linear distribution between inflected complementizers and finite verbs that exhibit the same kind of special morphology. The commonality manifests itself in implicational relationships, which strongly suggest that the behavior of complementizers is an analogical extension of morphological mergers involving finite verbs in teh same linear position. Under this analysis, the occurrence of inflectional markings on wh-phrases in embedded complementizer-less questions and relative clauses can be seen as a straightforward extension of the same mechanism. We further propose a concrete implementation of this proposal in Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar, which builds on Zwicky's distinction between morphological FORM and SHAPE. Finally, we argue that the approach based on analogical extensions of shape alternations is better suited to motivate the emergence of the phenomenon than current proposals that assume a universal agreement relationship between complementizers and subjects, regardless of whether that agreement relation is overtly manifested.}} @incollection{Kathol:2001, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Kathol, Andreas}, Booktitle = {Parasitic gaps}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Culicover, Peter and Postal, Paul}, Pages = {315--338}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {On the nonexistence of true parasitic gaps in standard {G}erman}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Kathol:1993, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Kathol, Andreas and Levine, Robert D.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 23}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {207--221}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {Inversion as a Linearization Effect}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Kathol:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Kathol, Andreas and Vanbik, Ken}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Pius, Tamanji and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {427--442}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Morphology-syntax interface in {L}ai relative clauses}, Year = {1999}} @article{Kato:1999, Author = {Kato, Mary Aizawa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--37}, Title = {Strong and Weak Pronominals in the Null Subject Parameter}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {The possibility of null subjects in a language has been attributed to the pronominal character of its Agreement morphology. Instead of considering a pronominal Infl as the licenser adn/or identifier of the empty pronoun pro, I will analyze the Agreement morphemes as independent D items in the numeration, containing case and phi-features. They are merged with verbs inflected for tense as their external arguments. Attracted to T by its strong D-feature, Agreement raises to T, checking its case and phi-features. As a consequence Spec of T is not projected. Lexical subjects and strong pronouns are in a higher projection, where they get a "default" nominative case. Non-pronominal Agreement languages will have weak pronouns merged with a fully inflected verb and will exhibit subject pronouns doubled by a strong pronoun, a phenomenon not visible when the subject is the Agreement itself. The empirical evidence of this analysis will be provided by diachronic facts from Old French and Modern Brazilian Portuguese, which show that the loss of null referential subjects correlates with the impoverishment of person distinctions in their Agreement system and with the emergence of a paradigm of weak pronominals. The analysis also suggests how to analyze null subjects in emerging grammars.}} @inproceedings{Katz:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Katz, Graham}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {363--376}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Accounting for the stative adverb gap}, Year = {2000}} @article{Katz:1971, Author = {Katz, Jerrold J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library emantics}, Number = {3}, Pages = {313--332}, Title = {Generative Semantics is Interpretive Semantics}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1971}} @incollection{Katz:1976a, Address = {New York}, Author = {Katz, Jerrold J.}, Booktitle = {An Integrated Theory of Linguistic Ability}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 11:02:21 -0500}, Editor = {Bever, Thomas G. and Katz, Jerrold J. and Langendoen, D. Terence}, Keywords = {library; language; semantics}, Pages = {415--426}, Publisher = {Thomas Y Crowell Company}, Title = {Global Rules and Surface Structure Interpretation}, Year = {1976}} @incollection{Katz:1976b, Address = {New York}, Author = {Katz, Jerrold J. and Bever, Thomas G.}, Booktitle = {An Integrated Theory of Linguistic Ability}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 11:02:26 -0500}, Editor = {Bever, Thomas G. and Katz, Jerrold J. and Langendoen, D. Terence}, Keywords = {library; psychology; philosophy: mind}, Pages = {11--64}, Publisher = {Thomas Y Crowell Company}, Title = {The Fall and Rise of Empiricism}, Year = {1976}} @incollection{Katz:1976, Address = {New York}, Author = {Katz, Jerrold J. and Langendoen, D. Terence}, Booktitle = {An Integrated Theory of Linguistic Ability}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Bever, Thomas G. and Katz, Jerrold J. and Langendoen, D. Terence}, Keywords = {library; language; semantics; pragmatics}, Pages = {393--414}, Publisher = {Thomas Y Crowell Company}, Title = {Pragmatics and Presupposition}, Year = {1976}} @incollection{Kawanishi:1994, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Kawanishi, Yumiko}, Booktitle = {Japanese/Korean Linguistics(4)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Akatsuka, Noriko}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {95--112}, Publisher = {Stanford Linguistics Association}, Title = {An Analysis of Non-Challengeable Modals: Korean -canha(yo) and Japanese -janai}, Year = {1994}} @article{Kawashima:1998, Author = {Kawashima, Ruriko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL7.1Kawashima.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--26}, Title = {The Structure of Extended Nominal Phrases: The Scrambling of Numerals, Approximate Numerals, and Quantifiers in Japanese}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {In this article, assuming the central aspects of the Minimalist Program (Chomsky (1993, 1994, 1995)), in particular, that the linguistic levels are taken to be only those conceptually motivated, namely the two interface levels: PF and LF (i.e., there are no (intermediate) levels of D-structure or S-structure), I propose a unified analysis of the distribution of numerals, approximate numerals, and quantifiers in Japanese. The analysis is crucially rests on the independently motivated single constituent structure of extended nominal phrases (see Kamio (1983), Terada (1990)). Within this analysis, various contrasts involving the scrambling of numerals, approximate numerals, and quantifiers (leaving behind their associated noun phrases), which have thus far resisted a principled explanation, are shown to be deducible from a natural interaction of two independently motivated analyses: (i) the proper Binding Condition analysis (see Saito (1989, 1992)) and (ii) the Mapping Hypothesis analysis (see Diesing (1992)).}} @inproceedings{Kawu:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Kawu, Ahmadu Ndanusa}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {377--388}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Structural markedness and nonreduplicative copying}, Year = {2000}} @article{Kayne:1981a, Author = {Kayne, Richard S}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, Pages = {349--371}, Title = {On Certain Differences Between {F}rench and {E}nglish}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @inproceedings{Kayne:1984, Address = {Paris}, Author = {Kayne, Richard S}, Booktitle = {GLOW newsletter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {V2; Linguistics}, Title = {Predicates and Arguments, Nouns and Verbs}, Year = {1984}} @book{Kayne:1975, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Kayne, Richard S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {French; clitics}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {French Syntax: the Transformational Cycle}, Year = {1975}} @article{Kayne:1981, Author = {Kayne, Richard S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {ecp; Case; bounding; romance; Linguistics}, Pages = {93--133}, Title = {{ECP} Extensions}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @incollection{Kayne:1984b, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Kayne, Richard S.}, Booktitle = {Grammatical representation}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Gu{\'e}ron, Jacqueline and Obenauer, Hans G. and Pollock, Jean-Yves}, Keywords = {library articles mall clauses}, Pages = {101--140}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Principles of particle constructions}, Year = {1984}} @book{Kayne:1984c, Address = {Dordrecht, Holland}, Author = {Kayne, Richard S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Connectedness and binary branching}, Year = {1984}} @incollection{Kayne:1984d, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Kayne, Richard S.}, Booktitle = {Connectedness and Binary Branching}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {129--164}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Unambiguous paths}, Year = {1984}} @incollection{Kayne:1989, Address = {Dordrecht, Holland}, Author = {Kayne, Richard S.}, Booktitle = {Dialect Variation and the Theory of Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Beninca, Paola}, Keywords = {agreement; verb movement; particples}, Pages = {85--104}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Facets of {R}omance Past Participle Agreement}, Year = {1989}} @inproceedings{Kayne:1989b, Address = {Hyderabad, India}, Author = {Kayne, Richard S.}, Booktitle = {CIEFL Bulletin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Title = {Notes on {E}nglish Agreement}, Year = {1989}} @incollection{Kayne:1989c, Address = {Dordrecht, Holland}, Author = {Kayne, Richard S.}, Booktitle = {The Null Subject Parameter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Jaeggli, Osvaldo and Safir, Kenneth J.}, Keywords = {clitics; romance}, Pages = {239--262}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Null Subjects and Clitic Climbing}, Year = {1989}} @article{Kayne:1991, Author = {Kayne, Richard S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {clitics; PRO; verb movement; Romance}, Number = {4}, Pages = {647--686}, Title = {Romance Clitics, {V}erb Movement, and {PRO}}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1991}} @article{Kayne:1993, Author = {Kayne, Richard S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library uxiliaries}, Number = {1}, Pages = {3--31}, Title = {Toward a Modular Theory of Auxiliary Selection}, Volume = {47}, Year = {1993}} @book{Kayne:1994, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Kayne, Richard S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library hrase marker ord order xtraposition}, Publisher = {M.I.T. Press}, Title = {The Antisymmetry of Syntax}, Year = {1994}} @article{Kayne:1997, Author = {Kayne, Richard S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {43--54}, Title = {The English Complementizer \emph{of}}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1997}} @article{Kayne:1998, Author = {Kayne, Richard S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/Syntax1(2)_Kayne.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {128--191}, Title = {Overt vs. covert movement}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1998}} @article{Kayne:1999, Author = {Kayne, Richard S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {39--73}, Title = {Prepositional Complementizers as Attractors}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {Thie proprepositional complementizers 'de'/'di'/'to' in French, Italian and English enter the derivation above the VP, and not as sister to the IP they are associated with. The relation between complementizer and IP is expressed by having the IP move from within VP to the specifier position of the complementizer. That movement can be thought of in terms of Chomsky's (1995: chap. 4) notion of attraction. Subsequent raising of the complementizer (to a head W), followed by phrasal movement to Spec, W, produces the observed word order in these languages. This kind of derivation (which should be generalized to many prepositions) is similar to those proposed in Kayne (1993; 1998) for various constructions involving possession, negation, 'only'/'even'/'too', focus, scope and antecedent contained deletion. Many syntactic relations that could at first glance be expressed in terms of merger (sisterhood) turn out to be better expressed in terms of attraction.}} @book{Kayne:2000, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Kayne, Richard S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Parameters and Universal Grammar}, Year = {2000}} @phdthesis{Keach:1980, Author = {Keach, B. N.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, School = {University of Massachusetts, Amherst}, Title = {The Syntax and Interpretation of the Relative Clause Construction in {S}wahili}, Year = {1980}} @incollection{Kean:1988, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Kean, Mary-Louise}, Booktitle = {Linguistics: The Cambridge Survey(II)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Newmeyer, Frederick J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {74--95}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Brain Structures and Linguistic Capacity}, Year = {1988}} @book{Keenan:1985, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Keenan, E. L. and Faltz, L. M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Publisher = {Reidel Publishing Company}, Title = {Boolean Semantics for Natural Language}, Year = {1985}} @article{Keenan:1986, Author = {Keenan, E. L. and Stavi, Jonathan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Pages = {253--326}, Title = {A Semantic Characterization of Natural Language Determiners}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1986}} @incollection{Keenan:1987, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Keenan, Edward L.}, Booktitle = {The Representation of (In)definiteness(14)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Reuland, Eric J. and Meulen, Alice G. B. ter}, Keywords = {library; indefinites}, Pages = {286--318}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {A Semantic Definition of ``Indefinite {NP}''}, Year = {1987}} @inproceedings{Keenan:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Keenan, Edward L.}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {anaphora; binding theory; typology; library}, Pages = {257--268}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Anaphora Invariants and Language Universals}, Year = {1992}} @article{Keenan:1977, Author = {Keenan, Edward L. and Comrie, Bernard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library onstraints}, Number = {1}, Pages = {63--99}, Title = {Noun Phrase Accessibility and Universal Grammar}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @book{Keil:1989, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Keil, Frank C.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library cquisition}, Pages = {328}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Concepts, Kinds, and Cognitive Development}, Year = {1989}} @article{Keller:2002, Author = {Keller, Frank and Asudeh, Ash}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {225--244}, Title = {Probabilistic Learning Algorithms and {O}ptimality {T}heory}, Volume = {33}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This article provides a critical assessment of the Gradual Learning Algorithm (GLA) for probabilistic optimality-theoretic (OT) grammars proposed by Boersma and hayes (2001). We discuss the limitations of a standard algorithm for OT learning and outline how the GLA attempts to overcome these limitations. We point out a number of serious shortcomings with the GLA (a) A methodological problem is that the GLA has not been tested on unseen data, which is standard practice in computational language learning. (b) We provide counterexamples, that is, attested data sets that the GLA is not able to learn. (c) Essential algorithmic properties of the GLA (correctness and convergence) have not been proven formally. (d) By modeling frequency distributions in the grammar, the GLA conflates the notions of competence and performance. Thsi leads to serious conceptual problems, as OT crucially relies on the competence/performance distinction.}} @phdthesis{Kempchinsky:1986, Author = {Kempchinsky, Paula}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {subjunctives}, School = {UCLA}, Title = {Romance Subjunctive Clauses and Logical Form}, Year = {1986}} @incollection{Kempchinsky:1991, Address = {Washington, D.C.}, Author = {Kempchinsky, Paula}, Booktitle = {Current Studies in Spanish Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Campos, Hector and Mart{\'\i}nez-Gil, Fernando}, Keywords = {library; Romance:Spanish; argument structure}, Pages = {201--240}, Publisher = {Georgetown University Press}, Title = {On the Characterization of a Class of Ditransitive Verbs in {S}panish}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Kempson:1988, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Kempson, Ruth}, Booktitle = {Linguistics: The Cambridge Survey(II)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Newmeyer, Frederick J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {139--163}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Grammar and Conversational Principles}, Year = {1988}} @article{Kennedy:1997, Author = {Kennedy, Chris}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {662--688}, Title = {Antecedent Contained Deletion and the Syntax of Quantification}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1997}} @article{Kennedy:1997a, Author = {Kennedy, Chris}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {697--707}, Title = {{VP}-deletion and ``nonparasitic" gaps}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Kennedy:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Kennedy, Chris}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {389--414}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Comparative (sub)deletion and ranked, violable constraints in syntax}, Year = {2000}} @article{Kennedy:2002, Author = {Kennedy, Chris}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {553--621}, Title = {Comparative deletion and optimality in syntax}, Volume = {20}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This paper investigates the syntax of comparative deletion and comparative subdeletion in English and argues that the apparently paradoxical behavior of these two types of clausal comparative constructions is due to a derivational distinction between them: comparative deletion involves overt movement plus deletion of a compared phrase, while comparative subdeletion involves covert movement of the compared phrase. Although this derivational difference must be stipulated in standard approaches, it follows from general constraints on the relation between movement and deletion in English in a model of syntax in which syntactic constratins are ranked and violable, and well-formedness is determined by evaluating competing representations against the set of constraints, as in Optimality Theory. The analysis receives independent support from the interaction of comparatives and ellipsis, and achieves a higher level of descriptive and explanatory adequacy than alternative analyses that do not make reference to ranked violable constraints.}} @article{Kennedy:2000a, Author = {Kennedy, Chris and Merchant, Jason}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-09-13 13:54:46 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/18.1Kennedy_Merchant.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {89--146}, Title = {Attributive comparative deletion}, Volume = {18}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {Comparaties are among the most extensively investigated constructions in generative grammar, yet comparatives involving attributive adjectives have received a relatively small amount of attention. This paper investigates a complex array of facts in this domain that shows that attributive comparatives, unlike other comparatives, are well-formed only if some type of ellipsisoperation applies within the comparative clause. Incorporating data from English, Polish, Czech, Greek, and Bulgarian, we argue that these facts support two important conclusions. First, violations of Ross's Left Branch Condition that involve attributive modifiers should not be accounted for in terms of constraints on LF representations (such as the Empty Category Principle), but rather in terms of the principle of Full Interpretation at the PF interface. Second, ellipsis must be analyzed as deletion of syntactic material from the phonologica representaiton. In addition, we present new evidence from pseudogapping constructions that favors an articulated syntax of attributive modificaiton in which certain types of attributive modifiers may occur outside DP.}} @phdthesis{Kennedy:1997c, Address = {Santa Cruz}, Author = {Kennedy, Christopher}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Pages = {243}, School = {University of California, Santa Cruz}, Title = {Projecting the Adjective: The Syntax and Semantics of Gradability and Comparison}, Year = {1997}} @incollection{Kennedy:2001, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Kennedy, Christopher}, Booktitle = {Parasitic gaps}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Culicover, Peter and Postal, Paul}, Pages = {393--402}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {{VP}-deletion and ``nonparasitic gaps''}, Year = {2001}} @article{Kennedy:1997d, Author = {Kennedy, Christopher and Merchant, Jason}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 11:01:34 -0500}, Keywords = {library}, Title = {Attributive Comparatives and Bound Ellipsis}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Kennelly:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Kennelly, Sarah D.}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {anaphora; binding theory; Turkish; library}, Pages = {269--282}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Reciprocity in {T}urkish: Evidence against {AGR} as a definition of Finiteness}, Year = {1992}} @article{Kennison:1999, Author = {Kennison, Shelia M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {502--508}, Title = {Processing Agentive by-phrases in Complex Event and Nonevent Nominals}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}} @incollection{Kenstowicz:1993, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Kenstowicz, Michael}, Booktitle = {The View from Building 20}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Hale, Kenneth and Keyser, Samuel Jay}, Keywords = {library; phonology:metrical}, Pages = {257--273}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Evidence for Metrical Constituency}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Kenstowicz:1993a, Address = {University of Iowa}, Author = {Kenstowicz, Michael}, Booktitle = {Fourth Annual Meeting of the Formal Lingusitics Society of MidAmerica}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Davison, Alice and Maier, Nicole and Silva, Glaucia and Yan, Wan Su}, Keywords = {library honology}, Pages = {160--181}, Title = {Syllabification in {C}huckchee: a Constraints-Based Analysis}, Year = {1993}} @article{Kenstowicz:1999, Author = {Kenstowicz, Michael and Banksira, Degif Petros}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/30.4Kenstowicz.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {573--585}, Title = {Reduplicative Identity in {C}haha}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This article discusses the process of continuant dissimilation that derives [k] from /x/ in Chaha (a Western Gurage language of Ethiopa) and its implications for reduplicative identity. It is argued that two correspondence relations are crucial to an adequate analysis of the process: base-reduplicant correspondence and output-output correspondence. Chaha provides a clear instance of "back copy" in which the output of reduplicaiton triggers a change in the base.}} @incollection{Kenstowicz:1990, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Kenstowicz, Michael and Kisseberth, Charles}, Booktitle = {The Phonology-Syntax Connection}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Inkelas, Sharon and Zec, Draga}, Keywords = {library; phonology:syntax; prosody; tones}, Pages = {163--195}, Publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, Title = {Chizigula Tonology: The Word and Beyond}, Year = {1990}} @article{Kester:1993, Author = {Kester, Ellen-Petra}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library; Germanic; Scandinavian; DP; nominals; inflection; head movement}, Number = {2}, Pages = {139--153}, Title = {The Inflectional Properties of {S}candinavian Adjectives}, Volume = {47}, Year = {1993}} @book{Kester:1996, Address = {Utrecht}, Author = {Kester, Ellen-Petra}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Pages = {327}, Publisher = {LEd}, Title = {The Nature of Adjectival Inflection}, Year = {1996}} @article{Keyser:1992, Author = {Keyser, Samuel Jay and Roeper, Thomas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {morphology litics}, Number = {1}, Pages = {89--126}, Title = {Re: The Abstract Clitic Hypothesis}, Volume = {23}, Year = {1992}} @incollection{Kidima:1990, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Kidima, Lukowa}, Booktitle = {The Phonology-Syntax Connection}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Inkelas, Sharon and Zec, Draga}, Keywords = {library; phonology:syntax; prosody; tones}, Pages = {195--216}, Publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, Title = {Tone and Syntax in {K}iyaka}, Year = {1990}} @book{Kidwai:2000, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Kidwai, Ayesha}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {181}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {{XP}-adjunction in universal grammar: scrambling and binding in {H}indi-{U}rdu}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Kiefer:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Kiefer, Ferenc}, Booktitle = {Lexical Matters}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Sag, Ivan A. and Szabolcsi, Anna}, Keywords = {Hungarian; derivational morphology; morphology; lexicon; library}, Pages = {183--208}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Hungarian Derivational Morphology, Semantic Complexity, and Semantic Markedness}, Year = {1992}} @inproceedings{Kim:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Kim, Boomee}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {Pro Drop; binding theory; library}, Pages = {283--296}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {A Uniform Analysis of Arbitrary Null Subjects and Objects}, Year = {1992}} @incollection{Kim:1994a, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Kim, Hyunsoon}, Booktitle = {Japanese/Korean Linguistics(4)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Akatsuka, Noriko}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {475--492}, Publisher = {Stanford Linguistics Association}, Title = {The Specification of Coronal in {K}orean}, Year = {1994}} @article{Kim:1999, Author = {Kim, Hyunsson}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {313--347}, Title = {The Place of Articulation of {K}orean Affricates Revisited}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {There is no consensus about the place of articulation of the Korean affricates although they have been much referred to in discussion of phonological processes such as Umlaut and palatalization in Korean. In order to verify the place of articulation of Korean affricates, I reconsider some previous phonological accounts of their place of articulation and argue that Korean affricates are neither palato-alveolar nor alveolopalatal. By reveiweing phonetic studies of Kroean consonants (e.r., Skalickova, 1960; Kim., 1997, 1998a, 1998b, 1999) and other languges' coronal consonants, I show that the plain affricate /c/ is alveolar like the other coronal consonants in Korean, not post-alveolar, in support of my phonological arguments.}} @incollection{Kim:1994, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Kim, Jong-Bok}, Booktitle = {Japanese/Korean Linguistics(4)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Akatsuka, Noriko}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {313--330}, Publisher = {Stanford Linguistics Association}, Title = {Structure and Scope in Korean Psych Constructions}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{Kim:1999b, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Kim, Jong-Bok}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Pius, Tamanji and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {137--153}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Constraints on the formation of {K}orean and {E}nglish resultative constructions}, Year = {1999}} @article{Kim:2002, Author = {Kim, Jong-Bok and Sag, Ivan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {339--412}, Title = {Negation without head-movement}, Volume = {20}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This paper presents a lexicalist analysis of negation in French and English. In both languges, negation in finite clauses is grammatically distinguished from constituent negation. Lexical idiosyncracy motivates treating finite negation as a verbal complement, while constituent negation is treated in terms of a familiar modifier-head construction. General priniciples ordering lexical and phrasal heads ensure that negation (the adverbs not and pas) follows the finite verb (the finite auxiliary verb in English), while only constituent negation appears preverbally. Our constraint-based account, cast within the framework of Head-driven Phrase Structure Grammar, provides a viable alternative (with broader coverage, fewer devices and simpler principles) to analyses based on head movement, which seek to explain the syntax of negation and adverbial positions in terms ofhte interaction of morphological properties, verb movement, and functional projections.}} @incollection{Kim:1994d, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Kim, Kyu-Hyun and Suh, Kyng-Hee}, Booktitle = {Japanese/Korean Linguistics(4)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 11:00:50 -0500}, Editor = {Akatsuka, Noriko}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {113--130}, Publisher = {Stanford Linguistics Association}, Title = {The Discourse Connective \emph{nikka} in {K}orean Conversation}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Kim:1994b, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Kim, Kyunghwan}, Booktitle = {Japanese/Korean Linguistics(4)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 11:00:35 -0500}, Editor = {Akatsuka, Noriko}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {331--346}, Publisher = {Stanford Linguistics Association}, Title = {Adversity and Retained Object Passive Constructions}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Kim:1994c, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Kim, No-Ju}, Booktitle = {Japanese/Korean Linguistics(4)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 11:00:42 -0500}, Editor = {Akatsuka, Noriko}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {493--510}, Publisher = {Stanford Linguistics Association}, Title = {Are There Phonological Contour Tones in the {N}orth {K}yungsang Dialect of {K}orean?}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{Kim:1990, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Kim, Soo-Won}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Eighth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Fee, E. Jane and Hunt, Katherine}, Keywords = {wh phrases; quantification; Korean; Japanese; library}, Pages = {358--372}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {The {QP} Status of Wh-Phrases in {K}orean and {J}apanese}, Year = {1990}} @article{Kim:2001, Author = {Kim, Soo-Won}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {67--107}, Title = {Chain composition and uniformity}, Volume = {19}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {The standard analysis holds that parasitic gaps must be licensed at s-structure (overt syntax), not at LF (covert syntax), on the grounds that in situ wh-phrases or quantifiers that do not undergo overt movement may not license them. In this article, however, I present evidence against the standard analysis and argue that parasitic gaps are incompatible with multiple quantifications that undergo absorption at LF. This evidence is important because it shows that hte set of operators that enter into chain composition must all be homogeneous in terms of operator structures and operator types, and that, crucially, this homogeneity condition on compound chains must hold at LF. I then discuss certain predictions of this LF account of parasitic gaps as well as issues and questions pertaining to the licensing of parasitic gaps in a broader cross-linguistic context.}} @inproceedings{Kim:1993, Address = {University of Iowa}, Author = {Kim, Soo-Yeon}, Booktitle = {Fourth Annual Meeting of the Formal Lingusitics Society of MidAmerica}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Davison, Alice and Maier, Nicole and Silva, Glaucia and Yan, Wan Su}, Keywords = {library inding theory}, Pages = {182--199}, Title = {An Alternative Approach to Long-Distances Anaphors: The Prominence Binding Principle}, Year = {1993}} @article{Kim:1999a, Author = {Kim, Soowon}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {255--284}, Title = {Sloppty/Strict Identity, Empty Objects, and {NP} Ellipsis}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This article proposes that, with Fiengo and May's (1994) indexing theory, a full-fledged reconstruction approach to null argument phenomena in such languages as Chinese, Japanese, and Korean becomes possible. Not only does the present NP-Ellipsis analysis preserve the insight of Otani and Whitman (1991), but it also helps overcome drawbacks of their VP-Ellipsis analysis of null object. This article thus argues that null NPs in these languages must be empty phrase-markers underlyingly, not empty pronouns per se, and hence, their reference properties can be determined only at LF after reconstruction. It is shown that this analysis also promises to solve certain binding-theoretic puzzles that null argument phenomena have posed.}} @inproceedings{Kim:1996, Author = {Kim, Soowon and Lyle, James}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Pages = {287--301}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Parasitic Gaps, Multiple Questions, and {VP} Ellipsis}, Year = {1996}} @incollection{Kim:1998, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Kim, Yookyung and Peters, Stanley}, Booktitle = {Is the Best Good Enough?}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Barbosa, Pilar and Fox, Danny and Hagstrom, Paul and McGinnis, Martha and Pesetsky, David}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {221--248}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Semantic and Pragmatic Context-Dependence: The Case of Reciprocals}, Year = {1998}} @article{Kim:1989, Author = {Kim, Young-Joo and Larson, Richard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library sych-verbs cope}, Number = {4}, Pages = {681--688}, Title = {Scope Interpretation and the Syntax of Psych-Verbs}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @article{King:1997, Author = {King, Ruth and Nadasdi, Terry}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {267--2844}, Title = {Left dislocation, number marking, and (non-)standard {F}rench}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {In this paper we consider the behavior of subject clitics in a highly conservative variety of Acadian French spoken in Newfoundland, Canada. Following Rizzi (1986) and Brandi and Cordin (1989), we distinguish between affixal (e.g. Tentino, Quebec French) and non-affixal (e.g. Standard French) subject clitics. We apply a set of diagnostics drawn from the Romance literature and find that, for this particular feature, the Newfoundland variety patterns like Standard French and not like the other varieties of Canadian French, that is, subject clitics behave like syntactic subjects. We argue that historical developments related to number marking have resulted in crossdialectal variation in French subject clitic systems. This conclusion is supported by the quantitative analysis of subject clitic use in present-day French dialects.}} @incollection{King:1994, Address = {MIT}, Author = {King, Tracy Holloway}, Booktitle = {The Morphology-Syntax Connection}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Harley, Heidi and Phillips, Colin}, Keywords = {library; morphology; Case; Agreement; Georgian}, Pages = {91--110}, Title = {{SpecAgrP} and Case: Evidence from {G}eorgian}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{King:1997a, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {King, Tracy Holloway}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 11:00:19 -0500}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {235--249}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The Prosodic Status of {A/A$'$}-Heads in {S}lavic}, Year = {1997}} @article{Kingston:1994, Author = {Kingston, John and Diehl, Randy L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library; phonetics}, Number = {3}, Pages = {419--454}, Title = {Phonetic Knowledge}, Volume = {70}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{Kinyalolo:1993, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Kinyalolo, Kasangati K. W.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 23}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {223--237}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {The Logophoric Pronoun {\'e}mi as a {LF} Operator/Anaphor}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Kiparsky:1995, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Kiparsky, Paul}, Booktitle = {Clause Structure and Language Change}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Battye, Adrian and Roberts, Ian}, Pages = {140--172}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Indo-European Origins of {G}ermanic Syntax}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Kiparsky:1997, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Kiparsky, Paul}, Booktitle = {Complex Predicates}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Alsina, Alex and Bresnan, Joan and Sells, Peter}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {473--499}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Remarks on Denominal Verbs}, Year = {1997}} @article{Kirchner:1996, Author = {Kirchner, Robert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library honology}, Number = {2}, Pages = {314--350}, Title = {Synchronic Chain Shifts in Optimality Theory}, Volume = {27}, Year = {1996}} @book{Kirkham:1992, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Kirkham, Richard L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {401}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Theories of Truth}, Year = {1992}} @article{Kishimoto:1996, Author = {Kishimoto, Hideki}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {248--286}, Title = {Split Intransitivity in {J}apanese and the Unaccusative Hypothesis}, Volume = {72}, Year = {1996}} @article{Kishimoto:2000, Author = {Kishimoto, Hideki}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/31.3Kishimoto.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {557--566}, Title = {Indefinite pronouns and overt {N}-raising}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}} @article{Kishimoto:2001, Author = {Kishimoto, Hideki}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 32.4kishimoto.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/32.4kishimoto.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {597--633}, Title = {Binding of indeterminate pronouns and clause structure in {J}apanese}, Volume = {32}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {This article shows, on the basis of indeterminate pronoun binding, that tense-related elements are checked in the checking domain of T and that other elements are checked in the checking domain of the topmost light verb v. The data pertaining to indeterminate pronoun binding, coupled with the data on focus particles, reveal that in Japanese, checking configurations are established in LF. LF movement employed for Case checking is argued to involve the raising of a phrasal category, on the basis that it displays properties different from those of nonphrasal movement in LF. The newly attested data from Japanese lead to the conclusion that constituents can be reordered after "narrow" syntax and that strict locality is required for checking to take place, contrary to Chomsky's (2000, 20001) proposal.}} @incollection{Kiss:1991, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Kiss, Katalin E.}, Booktitle = {Representation and Derivation in the Theory of Grammar(22)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Haider, Hubert and Netter, Klaus}, Keywords = {library; movement}, Pages = {139--198}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {An Argument for Movement}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Kiss:2001, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Kiss, Katalin E.}, Booktitle = {Parasitic gaps}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Culicover, Peter and Postal, Paul}, Pages = {99--124}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Parasitic chains revisited}, Year = {2001}} @article{Kiss:1993, Author = {Kiss, Katilin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {A' movement; Specificity; library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {85--120}, Title = {Wh-Movement and Specificity}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1993}} @article{Kitagawa:1991, Author = {Kitagawa, Yoshihisa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library llipsis}, Number = {3}, Pages = {497--536}, Title = {Copying Identity}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1991}} @phdthesis{Kitagawa:1986, Author = {Kitagawa, Yoshihisa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, School = {University of Massachusetts, Amherst}, Title = {Subjects in {J}apanese and {E}nglish}, Year = {1986}} @article{Kitahara:1995, Author = {Kitahara, Hisatsugu}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; cycle; economy}, Number = {1}, Pages = {47--78}, Title = {Target alpha: Deducing Strict Cyclicity from Derivational Economy}, Volume = {26}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Kitahara:1996, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Kitahara, Hisatsugu}, Booktitle = {Minimal Ideas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Abraham, Werner and Epstein, Samuel David and Thr{\'a}insson, H{\'o}skuldur and Zwart, C. Jan-Wouter}, Keywords = {library}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Raising {Q} without {QR}}, Year = {1996}, Abstract = {This paper, couched within the theory of feature-checking which incorporates the chain-formation algorithm (Chomsky 1993, Chomsky \& Lasnik 1993), develops a chain-based theory of scope interpretation (Aoun \& Li 1989, 1991), which explains the core cases of scope phenomena concerning argument-quantifiers without Aoun \& Li's (1991) central stipulation concerning NP-trace. The proposed analysis of such scope phenomena also reveals significant redundancy between feature-checking operations (independently motivated within the minimalist program) and the (widely assumed) LF-rule QUANTIFIER RAISING (May 1977, 1985), suggesting that QUANTIFER RAISING is (at least partially) eliminable.}} @book{Kitahara:1997, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Kitahara, Hisatsugu}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library; Minimalism}, Pages = {140}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Elementary Operations and Optimal Derivations}, Year = {1997}} @incollection{Kitahara:1999, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Kitahara, Hisatsugu}, Booktitle = {Working minimalism}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Epstein, Samuel and Hornstein, Norbert}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {77--93}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Eliminating * as a feature (of traces)}, Year = {1999}} @inproceedings{Kizu:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Kizu, Mika}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {95--106}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {On the Properties of `{VP}' Ellipsis in {J}apanese}, Year = {1998}} @article{Klamer:1998, Author = {Klamer, Marian}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {77--111}, Title = {Kambera Intransitive Argument Linking}, Volume = {52}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This paper contains a descriptive analysis of the various ways in which the sole arguments of intransitive predicates are linked to (morpho)syntax in Kambera, a little-known Austronesian langauge spoken in eastern Indonesia. The single argument of Kambera intransitives can be marked by five different pronominal clitic combinations, each of the constructions expressing a differenct contextual property. One of the constructions is the absolutive construction, in which an intransitive subject is either obligatorily or optionally treated like a transitive object ('fluid-S marking', Dixon 1979, 1994). An analysis of the possible origin, structure and contextual propoerties of Kambera fluid-S marking will be given and it will be proposed that in general the morphosyntactic expression of intransitive arguments is not lexically determined nor based on syntactic information coded in the lexical entry but rather depends on teh context in which the verb is used. The Kambera facts will be related to the qauestion of which information the lexical entry of an intransitive is universally supposed to contain, in particular, whether or not that information should be syntactically relevant.}} @incollection{Klein:1986, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Klein, E.}, Booktitle = {Studies in {DRT} and the Theory of Generalized Quantifiers}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Groenendijk, J. and Jongh, de and Stokhof}, Keywords = {ellipsis}, Pages = {161--187}, Publisher = {Foris}, Title = {{VP} Ellipsis in {DR} Theory}, Year = {1986}} @inproceedings{Klein:1993, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Klein, Thomas B.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 23}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {239--253}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {On the Status of Structure Preservation in {G}erman}, Year = {1993}} @article{Klein:1997, Author = {Klein, Thomas B.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {707--715}, Title = {Output constraints and prosodic correspondence in {C}hamorro reduplicaiton}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1997}} @article{Klein:1992, Author = {Klein, Wolfgang}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {tense}, Number = {3}, Pages = {525--552}, Title = {The Present Perfect Puzzle}, Volume = {68}, Year = {1992}} @article{Klein:1995, Author = {Klein, Wolfgang}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library spect ense}, Number = {4}, Pages = {669--695}, Title = {A Time-Relational Analysis of {R}ussian Aspect}, Volume = {71}, Year = {1995}} @article{Klein:2000, Author = {Klein, Wolfgang and Li, Peng and Hendriks, Henriette}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {723--770}, Title = {Aspect and assertion in {M}andarin {C}hinese}, Volume = {18}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {Chinese has a number of particles such as le, guo, zai and zhe that add a particular aspectual value to the verb to which they are attached. There have been many characterisations of this value in the literature. In this paper, we review several existing influential accounts of these particles, including those in Lie and Thompson (1981), Smith (1991), and Mangione and Li (1993). We argue that all these characterisations are intuitively plausible, but none of them is precise. We propose that these particles serve to mark which part of a sentence's descriptive content is asserted, and that their aspectual value is a consequence of this function. We provide a simple and precise definition of the menaings of le, guo, zai and zhe in terms of the relationship between topic time and time of situation, and show the consequences of their interaction with different verb expressions within this new framework of interpretation.}} @incollection{Klima:1966, Address = {Edinburgh}, Author = {Klima, Edward and Bellugi, Ursula}, Booktitle = {Psycholinguistic Papers}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Lyons, J. and Wales, R.}, Keywords = {acquisition egation}, Publisher = {Edinburgh University Press}, Title = {Syntactic Regularities in the Speech of Children}, Year = {1966}} @inproceedings{Ko:2001, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {Ko, Eon-Suk}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {285--299}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Acoustic effects of stress in {K}orean: with a focus on the status of vowel length}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Kochetov:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Kochetov, Alexei}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Pius, Tamanji and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {167--182}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Constraints on ditribution of palatalized stops: Evidence for licensing by cue}, Year = {1999}} @book{Koeneman:2000, Address = {Utrecht}, Author = {Koeneman, Olaf}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Publisher = {LOT}, Title = {The Flexible Nature of Verb Movement}, Year = {2000}} @article{Koenig:1999, Author = {Koenig, Jean-Pierre}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {219--265}, Title = {French Body-Parts and the Semantics of Binding}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This paper discusses the grammar of the French Inalienable Possession Construction (IPC). It is argued that the IPC involves an unexpressed reflexive anaphor. The antecedent of this reflexive anaphor must satisfy a semantic condition which requires consideration of the thematic lexical entailments. The model-theoretic nature of this constraint suggests that the range of semantic informaiton relevant to syntactic processes goes beyond the formal configuration of semantic metalanguages. It also shows that the semantic conditoins which anaphors can impose on their antecedents are not restricted to thematic ranking or center of perspective restrictions. An analysis of the construction within Head-driven Phrase-Structure Grammar is provided.}} @article{Kohrt:1975, Author = {Kohrt, Manfred}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {German; extraposition; bounding}, Number = {1}, Pages = {167--171}, Title = {A Note on Bounding}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1975}} @incollection{Koike:1997, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Koike, Satoshi Stanley}, Booktitle = {Rightward Movement}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Beerman, Dorothee and LeBlanc, David and van Riemsdijk, Henk}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {171--184}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Movement in {J}apanese relative clauses}, Year = {1997}} @phdthesis{Koizumi:1995, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Koizumi, Masatoshi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Phrase Structure in Minimalist Syntax}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Kolb:1991, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Kolb, Hans-Peter and Thiersch, Craig}, Booktitle = {Representation and Derivation in the Theory of Grammar(22)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Haider, Hubert and Netter, Klaus}, Keywords = {library; parsing; bounding}, Pages = {217--250}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Levels and Empty Categories in a Principles and Parameters Approach to Parsing}, Year = {1991}} @article{Kolliakou:1999, Author = {Kolliakou, Dimitra}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {713--781}, Title = {De-phrsae extractability and individual/property denotation}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This paper argues against a hypothesis commonly assumed in Romance linguistics, namely, that the thematic hierarchy Possessor < Agent < Theme regulates de-phrase extraction out of hte (French) noun phrase. I proposed that de-phrase asymmetries (in the domain of extraction and in other domains) correlate with an independently motivated semantic partition -- one between individual-denoting phrases (IDPs) that pick out an entity in discourse, and property-denoting phrases (PDPs) that determine a type of entity. I put forward the Nominal Denotation Hypothesis (NDH): at moset one de-phrase of each type can be associated with a given noun (n) head. I subsequently demonstrate (a) that a number of problematic exceptions to the thematic hierarchy can be directly accounted for under NDH, (b) that further facets of de-phrase behaviour bearing on matters of general distribution, aspect, linear order, definiteness/specificity, and the potential/lack of potential for exhibiting scopal ambiguity (which were not accounted for in previous works relying ont he thematic hierarchy) also originate in NDH, and (c) that NDH is nonetheless compatible with certian fundamental aspects of previous approaches (in both derivational and lexicalist frameworks).}} @inproceedings{Kondrashova:1993, Address = {University of Iowa}, Author = {Kondrashova, Natalia}, Booktitle = {Fourth Annual Meeting of the Formal Lingusitics Society of MidAmerica}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Davison, Alice and Maier, Nicole and Silva, Glaucia and Yan, Wan Su}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {200--119}, Title = {Dative Subjects in {R}ussian}, Year = {1993}} @phdthesis{Kondrashova:1996, Address = {Madison}, Author = {Kondrashova, Natalia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {304}, School = {University of Wisconsin at Madison}, Title = {The Syntax of Existential Quantification}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Kondrashova:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Kondrashova, Natalia}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Pius, Tamanji and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {183--196}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Barenaked tenses and their morphological outfits}, Year = {1999}} @incollection{Kooij:1975, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Kooij, J. G.}, Booktitle = {Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-1973}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Kraak, A.}, Keywords = {library; idioms}, Pages = {122--127}, Publisher = {Van Gorcum}, Title = {Diachronic Aspects of Idiom Formation}, Year = {1975}} @book{Koopman:1984, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Koopman, Hilda}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {V2; verb movement; dutch; Linguistics}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {The Syntax of Verbs}, Year = {1984}} @inproceedings{Koopman:1989, Address = {University of California, Irvine}, Author = {Koopman, Hilda}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {Dutch; objects}, Title = {The Structure of {VP} in {D}utch}, Year = {1989}} @article{Koopman:1990, Author = {Koopman, Hilda}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {particle}, Title = {The Syntactic Structure of the Verb Particle Construction}, Year = {1990}} @article{Koopman:1992, Author = {Koopman, Hilda}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {555--594}, Title = {On the Absence of Case Chains in {B}ambara}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1992}} @incollection{Koopman:1994, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Koopman, Hilda}, Booktitle = {Verb Movement}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Lightfoot, David and Hornstein, Norbert}, Keywords = {library; verb movement}, Pages = {261--296}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Licensing Heads}, Year = {1994}} @article{Koopman:1995, Author = {Koopman, Hilda}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; V2; particles}, Number = {1}, Pages = {137--164}, Title = {On Verbs that Fail to Undergo {V}-Second}, Volume = {26}, Year = {1995}} @article{Koopman:1983, Author = {Koopman, Hilda and Sportiche, Dominique}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {The Linguistic Review}, Keywords = {crossover}, Pages = {139--160}, Title = {Variables and the Bijection Principle}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1983}} @article{Koopman:1989a, Author = {Koopman, Hilda and Sportiche, Dominique}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {555--588}, Title = {Pronouns, Logical Variables, and Logophoricity in {A}be}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @article{Koopman:1991, Author = {Koopman, Hilda and Sportiche, Dominique}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Lingua}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, Pages = {211--258}, Title = {The Position of Subjects}, Volume = {85}, Year = {1991}} @book{Koopman:2000, Address = {Cambridge, Mass.}, Author = {Koopman, Hilda Judith and Szabolcsi, Anna}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {Languages, Modern Verb phrase.}, Pages = {xii, 245}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Verbal complexes}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Kornfilt:2000, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Kornfilt, Jaklin}, Booktitle = {The syntax of relative clauses}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Alexiadou, Artemis and Law, Paul and Meinunger, Andr{\'e} and Wilder, Chris}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {121--159}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Some syntactic and morphological properties of relative clauses in {T}urkish}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Kortobi:2002, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Kortobi, Ibtissam}, Booktitle = {Themes in {A}rabic and {H}ebrew Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Ouhalla, Jamal and Shlonsky, Ur}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {217--240}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Gapping and {VP}-deletion in {M}oroccan {A}rabic}, Year = {2002}} @article{Koster:1975, Author = {Koster, Jan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Analysis}, Keywords = {dutch; verb movement; V2}, Pages = {111--136}, Title = {{D}utch as an {SOV} Language}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1975}} @incollection{Koster:1975a, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Koster, Jan}, Booktitle = {Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-1973}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Kraak, A.}, Keywords = {library; Germanic:Dutch; verb movement; word order; clausal structure}, Pages = {165--177}, Publisher = {Van Gorcum}, Title = {{D}utch as a {SOV} Language}, Year = {1975}} @incollection{Koster:1978, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Koster, Jan}, Booktitle = {Recent Transformational Studies in {E}uropean Languages}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Keyser, Samuel Jay}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Why subject sentences don't exist}, Year = {1978}} @book{Koster:1978a, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Koster, Jan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {bounding; subjacency}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Locality Principles in Syntax}, Year = {1978}} @article{Koster:1984, Author = {Koster, Jan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Binding Theory; control}, Pages = {417--459}, Title = {On binding and control}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @book{Koster:1987, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Koster, Jan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Domains and Dynasties}, Year = {1987}} @article{Koster:1993, Author = {Koster, Jan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Location = {University of Groningen}, Title = {Predicate incorporaton and the word order of {D}utch}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Koster:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Koster, Jan}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {415--426}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Pied piping and the word orders of {E}nglish and {D}utch}, Year = {2000}} @book{Koster:1991, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Koster, Jan and Reuland, Eric}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {anaphora; reflexives; Binding Theory}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Long-distance anaphora}, Year = {1991}} @article{Koutsoudas:1971, Author = {Koutsoudas, Andreas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Foundations of Language}, Keywords = {library; coordination reduction; gapping; coordination; coordination}, Number = {3}, Pages = {337--386}, Title = {Gapping, Conjunction Reduction, and Coordinate Deletion}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1971}} @article{Kracht:1995, Author = {Kracht, Marcus}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {401--458}, Title = {Is there a genuine modal perspective on feature structures}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Krapova:2001, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Krapova, Iliyana}, Booktitle = {Comparative Syntax of {B}alkan Languages}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Luisa Rivero, Mar{\'\i}a and Ralli, Angela}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {105--126}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Subjunctives in {B}ulgarian and {M}odern {G}reek}, Year = {2001}} @book{Kratzer:1978, Address = {K{\''o}nigstein}, Author = {Kratzer, Angelika}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {German language Mood.}, Pages = {309}, Publisher = {Scriptor}, Title = {Semantik der Rede : Kontexttheorie, Modalw{\''o}rter, Konditionals{\''a}tze}, Year = {1978}} @incollection{Kratzer:1991, Address = {Berlin}, Author = {Kratzer, Angelika}, Booktitle = {Semantics: An international handbook of contemporary research}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Stechow, Arnim von and Wunderlich, Dieter}, Pages = {825--834}, Publisher = {Walter de Gruyter}, Title = {The representation of focus}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Kratzer:1994, Address = {Amherst}, Author = {Kratzer, Angelika}, Booktitle = {Functional Projections(17)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Benedicto, Elena and Runner, Jeff}, Keywords = {library heta roles heta theory rgument structure}, Pages = {103--130}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {On external arguments}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Kratzer:1995, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Kratzer, Angelika}, Booktitle = {The Generic Book}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Carlson, Gregory N. and Pelletier, Francis Jeffry}, Keywords = {generics tage/individual level}, Pages = {125--175}, Publisher = {The University of Chicago Press}, Title = {Stage-level and Individual-level Predicates}, Year = {1989}} @incollection{Kratzer:1996, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Kratzer, Angelika}, Booktitle = {Phrase Structure and the Lexicon}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Rooryck, Johan and Zaring, Laurie}, Keywords = {Library}, Pages = {109--137}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Severing the external argument from its verb}, Year = {1996}} @incollection{Kratzer:1998, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Kratzer, Angelika}, Booktitle = {Events and grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Rothstein, Susan}, Pages = {163--196}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Scope or pseudoscope? {A}re there wide-scope indefinites?}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Krause:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Krause, Cornelia}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {427--442}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {On an (in-)visible property of inherent case}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Krifka:1991, Address = {Cornell University}, Author = {Krifka, Manfred}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the First Semantics and Linguistic Theory Conference}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Moore, Steven and Wyner, Adam Zachary}, Keywords = {focus}, Pages = {127--158}, Publisher = {Cornell University Working Papers in Linguistics}, Title = {A Compositional Semantics for Multiple Focus Constructions}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Krifka:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Krifka, Manfred}, Booktitle = {Lexical Matters}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Sag, Ivan A. and Szabolcsi, Anna}, Keywords = {theta roles; lexicon; reference; library}, Pages = {29--54}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Thematic Relations as Links between Nominal Reference}, Year = {1992}} @article{Krifka:1996, Author = {Krifka, Manfred}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library lurals}, Number = {6}, Pages = {555--598}, Title = {Parametrized Sum Individuals for Plural Anaphora}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1996}} @article{Krifka:1998, Author = {Krifka, Manfred}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library ocus cope}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/29.1Krifka.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {75--112}, Title = {Scope Inversion under the Rise-Fall Contour in {G}erman}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {A well-known but ill-explained fact about German is scope inversion under a rise-fall accent contour. The scope inversion in this reading can be derived from general principles of scope assignment and focus marking in German. In particular, focus is assigned to preverbal constituents, leading to syntactic configurations that result in ambiguous interpretations. This explanation must be couched in a framework of derivational economy that favors shorter derivations. The relevant comparison class is defined with respect to phonological form, not, as has been suggested for English, with respect to identity of semantic interpretation; this may be a general property of "free" word order languages}} @article{Krifka:2001, Author = {Krifka, Manfred}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--40}, Title = {Quantifying into question acts}, Volume = {9}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {Quantified NPs in questions may lead to an interpretation in which the NP quantifies into the question. Which dish did every guest bring? can be understood as: 'For every guest x: which dish did x bring?'. After a review of previous approaches that tried to caputre this quantification formally or to explain it away, it is argued that such readings involve quantification into speech acts. As the algebra of speech acts is more limited than a Boolean algebra -- it only contains conjunction, not disjunction or negation -- it is predicted that only universal quantifiers can scope out of questions or other speech acts. The approach is extended to indirect questions, which either are embedded speech acts or coerced to denote the true answers, depending on the embedding verb; in the latter case a Boolean structure results, and we find wide-scope readings of non-universal quantifiers.}} @incollection{Kroch:1987, Address = {San Diego, California}, Author = {Kroch, Anthony S. and Joshi, Aravind K.}, Booktitle = {Syntax and Semantics: Discontinuous Constituency(20)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Huck, Geoffrey J. and Ojeda, Almerindo E.}, Keywords = {extraposition; constraints; bounding; A' movement}, Pages = {107--151}, Publisher = {Academic Press, Inc.}, Title = {Analyzing Extraposition in a Tree Adjoining Grammar}, Year = {1987}} @incollection{Kroch:1991, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Kroch, Anthony S. and Santorini, Beatrice}, Booktitle = {Principles and Parameters in Comparative Grammar(20)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Freidin, Robert}, Keywords = {library; verb raising; germanic; head movement; argument structure}, Pages = {269--338}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {The Derived Constituent Structure of the {W}est {G}ermanic Verb-Raising Construction}, Year = {1991}} @inproceedings{Kuhn:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Kuhn, Jonas}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {443--454}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Resolving some apparent formal proglems of {OT}-syntax}, Year = {2000}} @article{Kuno:1973, Author = {Kuno, Susumu}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Number = {3}, Pages = {363--385}, Title = {Constraints on internal clauses and sentential subjects}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1973}} @article{Kuno:1997, Author = {Kuno, Susumu and Takami, Ken-ichi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {553--576}, Title = {Remarks on negative islands}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {This article critically examines Rizzi's (1990, 1992) syntactic account of negative islands, originally noted in Ross (1984). We demonstrate that, contrary to Rizzi's and Ross's claims, the distinctions betwen referential and nonreferential expressions and between arguments and adjuncts do not play any direct role in determining the acceptability status of negative sentences involving extraction. We argue that the phenomenon is primarily controlled by a ban against extracting the focus of negation (irrespective of its referentiality and argument/adjunct status) out of hte scope of the negative element, and by a pragmatic factor that bans questions that solicit uninformative answers.}} @article{Kuno:1971, Author = {Kuno, Susumu}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library ocatives}, Number = {3}, Pages = {333--378}, Title = {The Position of Locatives in Existential Sentences}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1971}} @article{Kuno:1976, Author = {Kuno, Susumu}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; gapping; ellipsis; deletion}, Number = {2}, Pages = {300--318}, Title = {Gapping: a functional analysis}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1976}} @inproceedings{Kuno:1981, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Kuno, Susumu}, Booktitle = {Chicago Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Hendrick, Roberta and Masek, Carrie and Frances, Miller Mary}, Pages = {136--155}, Publisher = {University of Chicago}, Title = {The Syntax of Comparative Clauses}, Year = {1981}} @incollection{Kuno:1994, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Kuno, Susumu and Kim, Soo-Yeon}, Booktitle = {Japanese/Korean Linguistics(4)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Akatsuka, Noriko}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {1--38}, Publisher = {Stanford Linguistics Association}, Title = {The Weak Crossover Phenomena in {J}apanese and {K}orean}, Year = {1994}} @article{Kuppevelt:1996, Author = {Kuppevelt, Jan van}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library opic opicalization}, Number = {4}, Pages = {393--443}, Title = {Inferring from Topics, Scalar Implicatures as Topic-Dependent Inferences}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1996}} @article{Kural:1997, Author = {Kural, Murat}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library cope}, Number = {3}, Pages = {498--519}, Title = {Postverbal Constituents in {T}urkish and the {L}inear {C}orrespondence {A}xiom}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {Kayne (1994) aruges that specifier-head-complement is the universal order and that the traditional SOV languages are derived by the leftward movement of various constituents in a head-initial strucure. The universality of this claim is called into question by the fact that postverbal quantifiers take scope overt preverbal quantifiers in Turkish. This article shows that head-final structures derive the correct scope readings in scrambled clauses in a straightforward and consisten manner, whereas head-initial structures require more coplicated and sometimes contradictory assumptions. This suggests that although some SOV alnguages may be derived as Kayne suggests, others, like Turkish, must truly be head-final.}} @inproceedings{Kural:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Kural, Murat}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {203--218}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Passives Without Argument Incorporation}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Kuroda:1987, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Kuroda, S.-Y.}, Booktitle = {Issues in Japanese Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library; Japanese; A movement}, Pages = {229--272}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Movement of Noun Phrases in {J}apanese}, Year = {1987}} @article{Kuroda:1988, Author = {Kuroda, S.-Y.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguisticae Investigationes}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, Pages = {1--47}, Title = {Whether We Agree or Not}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1988}} @inproceedings{Kwak:1996, Address = {Harvard University and MIT}, Author = {Kwak, Eun-Joo}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library lurals vents}, Pages = {165--178}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The Event-Dependency of Plural {NP}s}, Year = {1996}} @incollection{Konig:1991, Address = {Berlin}, Author = {K{\"o}nig, Ekkehard}, Booktitle = {Semantics: An international handbook of contemporary research}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Stechow, Arnim von and Wunderlich, Dieter}, Pages = {786--803}, Publisher = {Walter de Gruyter}, Title = {Gradpartikeln}, Year = {1991}} @article{Labelle:1996a, Author = {Labelle, Marie}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:58:37 -0500}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Keywords = {library elative clauses}, Number = {2}, Pages = {65--82}, Title = {The Acquisition of Relative Clauses: Movement or No Movement?}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1996}} @article{Labelle:1996, Author = {Labelle, Marie and Valois, Daniel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library cquisition ostverbal subjects}, Number = {1}, Pages = {53--80}, Title = {The Status of Post-verbal Subjects in {F}rench Child Language}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1996}} @book{Ladd:1996, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Ladd, Robert D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {334}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Intonational phonology}, Year = {1996}} @article{Ladfoged:1996, Author = {Ladfoged, Peter and Everett, Daniel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library honetics}, Number = {4}, Pages = {794--800}, Title = {The Status of Phonetic Rarities}, Volume = {72}, Year = {1996}, Abstract = {Most sounds can be described in terms of a standard set of phonological features, or in terms of values of well-known phonetic parameters. But some languages, particularly the smaller endangered langauges of the world, also contain many unusual sounds that test our traditional descriptive theories. An example is the dental plosive followed by a bilabial trill, found in the Chapakuran languages. We suggest that there is a set (with fuzzy boudaries) of more common sounds that participate in a wide range of general linguistic processes and another set of rarer sounds that have been observed in only one or two languages.}} @unpublished{Laenzlinger:1996, Author = {Laenzlinger, Christopher and Shlonsky, Ur}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Location = {Universit{\'e} de Geneve}, Note = {unpublished manuscript, Geneva}, Title = {Pronoun Clustering and Adjacency Effects: A Comparative Study of {G}erman and {H}ebrew Weak Pronouns}, Year = {1996}} @article{Laenzlinger:1997, Author = {Laenzlinger, Christopher and Shlonsky, Ur}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {154--185}, Title = {Weak Pronouns as LF Clitics: Clustering and Adjacency Effects in the Pronominal Systems of German adn Hebrew}, Volume = {51}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {This paper is a comparative study of weak pronouns in German and Hebrew. Weak pronouns share properties of both Romance-like clitics (adjacency, clustering effects) and full pronouns (non-reduced, free-standing forms). Weak pronouns are analyzed as maximal projections prior to Spellout and as clitics, Xo elements, at LF. In overt syntax, they move as XPs to their Case-checkng position. They move beyond the Case position if that position is not close enough to their LF-host. At LF they move as Xos, i.e. they cliticize and incorporate to a V-related host. In Hebrew, the clitic host is hte participle (AgrParticipleo) in complex tenses and the verb in Agrso or in Co (inversion) in simplex tenses. In German, the pronouns' LF-host is unique: AgrSo raised to Co. Weak pronouns can form clusters, which are derived by multiple adjunction of the pronouns. Weak pronouns are also subject to an adjacency constraint, as a consequence of the Head Movement Constraint, operative on LF Incorporation.}} @article{Lahiri:1984, Author = {Lahiri, Aditi and Dresher, Bezalel Elan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {The Linguistic Review}, Keywords = {inflection; morphology; paradigms; morphophonology; library}, Pages = {141--163}, Title = {Diachronic and Synchronic Implications of Declension Shifts}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1984}} @article{Lahiri:1998, Author = {Lahiri, Utpal}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {57--123}, Title = {Focus and Negative Polarity in {H}indi}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This paper presents an analysis of negative poloarity itmes (NPs) in Hindi. It is noted that NPIs in this language are composed of a (weak) indefinite plus a particle bhii meaning 'even'. It is argued that the compositional semantics of this combination explains their behavior as NPIs as well as their behavior as free choice (FC) items. I assume that weak Hindi indefinites like ek and koi are to be viewed as a predicate that I call one, a predicate that is true of everything that exists. I further assume that bhii exhibits association with focus with the indefinite, and that this leads to contradictory implicatures in positive contexts. The behavior of these phrases in a variety of syntactic contexts is discussed, including constructions like correlatives. Finally, I provide a comparison with analyses of English any, and discuss the relevance of the analysis presented here for that of any.}} @phdthesis{Laka:1990, Author = {Laka, Itziar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {Basque; Functional Projections; Negation; Negative Polarity; Clausal Structure}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Negation in Syntax: on the Nature of Functional Categories and Their Projections}, Year = {1990}} @article{Lakoff:1963, Author = {Lakoff, George}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library; generative semantics; psych verbs}, Location = {MIT}, Title = {Toward Generative Semantics}, Year = {1963}} @book{Lakoff:1970, Address = {New York}, Author = {Lakoff, George}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {207.}, Publisher = {Holt, Rinehart and Winston, Inc.}, Title = {Irregularity in Syntax}, Year = {1970}} @article{Landau:2001, Author = {Landau, Idan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {109--152}, Title = {Control and Extraposition: the case of super-equi}, Volume = {19}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {Previous analyses of control in Super-Equi have failed to account for the entire paradigm of relevant cases. A new generalization is stated: Obligatory Control (OC) obtains in extraposition only under psychological predicates. It is argued that extraposition is driven by the requirement that VP-internal clauses be peripheral at PF. This is satisfied by a Causer infinitive which is projected below an Experiencer DP, but not by one projected above a theme/goal DP. Thus extraposition is blocked in the former case and licensed in the latter. Crucially, only when the infinitive is extraposed to an adjunct position (or intraposed to a subject position) can it give rise to Non-Obligatory Control (NOC); this is supported by a correlation between NOC and failure of extraction from the infinitive. It is claimed that in OC an Agree relation is establisehd between the matrix funcitonal head that licenses the controller and an anaphoric infinitival Agr, which raises to the embedded C as a 'free-rider' on T. Since Agree is sensitive to islands, the distributional distinction between OC and NOC reduces to the CED. Failing syntactic identification, the infinitival Agr is licensed as a logophro, explaining some well-known properties of NOC in Super-Equi. The proposed account unifies a wide range of phenomena unrelated under altnerative analyses of control and Super-Equi.}} @article{Landau:2002, Author = {Landau, Idan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/33.3landau.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {465--492}, Title = {(Un)interpretable Neg in Comp}, Volume = {33}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {this article explores the possibility that the distinction betwen interpretable (valued) and uninterpretable (unvalued) features has grammatical manifestations beyond its role in feature checking. I arge that both selection and lexical insertion are sensitive to this distinction; thus, a head may determine not only which features its complement must bear but also whether they should be interpretable or not. Empirical consequences are explored in Hebrew, where infinitival complements to negative verbs ('refrain', 'prevent') display a number of surprising syntax-semantics correlations. Those are traced to the operation of negative features in the Comp position. The analysis also provides insight into the recalcitrant prevent DP from V-ing construction in English.}} @book{Landman:1986, Address = {Dordrecht ; Riverton}, Author = {Landman, Fred}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {Semantics.}, Pages = {228}, Publisher = {Foris}, Title = {Towards a theory of information : the status of partial objects in semantics}, Year = {1986}} @book{Landman:1991, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands ; Boston}, Author = {Landman, Fred}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {Semantics.}, Pages = {x, 367}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Structures for semantics}, Year = {1991}} @article{Landman:1992, Author = {Landman, Fred}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library rogressive spect ense vents}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--32}, Title = {The Progressive}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1992}} @book{Landman:1984, Address = {Dordrecht, Holland ; Cinnaminson, U.S.}, Author = {Landman, Fred and Veltman, Frank}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {Semantics Congresses.}, Pages = {xii, 425}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Varieties of formal semantics : proceedings of the fourth {A}msterdam colloquium, September 1982}, Year = {1984}} @inproceedings{Landou:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Landou, Idan}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Pius, Tamanji and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {213--228}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Control and extraposition: The case of Super-Equi}, Year = {1999}} @article{Langacker:1995, Author = {Langacker, Ronald W.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library aising lause union}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--62}, Title = {Raising and Transparency}, Volume = {71}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Langendoen:1976a, Address = {New York}, Author = {Langendoen, D. Terence}, Booktitle = {An Integrated Theory of Linguistic Ability}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:57:35 -0500}, Editor = {Bever, Thomas G. and Katz, Jerrold J. and Langendoen, D. Terence}, Keywords = {library; psychology; parsing; computation}, Pages = {89--114}, Publisher = {Thomas Y Crowell Company}, Title = {Finite-State Parsing of Phrase-Structure Langauges and the Status of Readjustment Rules in Grammar}, Year = {1976}} @incollection{Langendoen:1976c, Address = {New York}, Author = {Langendoen, D. Terence}, Booktitle = {An Integrated Theory of Linguistic Ability}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:57:43 -0500}, Editor = {Bever, Thomas G. and Katz, Jerrold J. and Langendoen, D. Terence}, Keywords = {library; psychology; language}, Pages = {183--194}, Publisher = {Thomas Y Crowell Company}, Title = {A Case of Apparent Ungrammaticality}, Year = {1976}} @incollection{Langendoen:1976b, Address = {New York}, Author = {Langendoen, D. Terence}, Booktitle = {An Integrated Theory of Linguistic Ability}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:57:51 -0500}, Editor = {Bever, Thomas G. and Katz, Jerrold J. and Langendoen, D. Terence}, Keywords = {library; psychology; parsing; language}, Pages = {225--238}, Publisher = {Thomas Y Crowell Company}, Title = {Acceptable conclusions from unacceptable ambiguity}, Year = {1976}} @incollection{Langendoen:1976d, Address = {New York}, Author = {Langendoen, D. Terence and Bever, Thomas G.}, Booktitle = {An Integrated Theory of Linguistic Ability}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:57:58 -0500}, Editor = {Bever, Thomas G. and Katz, Jerrold J. and Langendoen, D. Terence}, Keywords = {library; psychology; parsing; language}, Pages = {239--260}, Publisher = {Thomas Y Crowell Company}, Title = {Can a Not Unhappy Person be Called a Not Sad One?}, Year = {1976}} @incollection{Langendoen:1976, Address = {New York}, Author = {Langendoen, D. Terence and Kalish-Landon, Nancy and Dore, John}, Booktitle = {An Integrated Theory of Linguistic Ability}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Bever, Thomas G. and Katz, Jerrold J. and Langendoen, D. Terence}, Keywords = {library sychology}, Pages = {195--224}, Publisher = {Thomas Y Crowell Company}, Title = {Dative Questions: A Study in the Relation of Acceptability to Grammaticality of an English Sentence Type}, Year = {1976}} @article{Langer:1995, Author = {Langer, Nils}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Durham and Newcastle Working Papers in Lingusitics}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {125--145}, Title = {Scrambling is Not Optional}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1995}} @phdthesis{Lapointe:1979, Author = {Lapointe, Stephen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {morphology}, School = {UMASS, Amherst}, Title = {A Theory of Grammatical Agreement}, Year = {1979}} @article{Lappin:1984, Author = {Lappin, Shalom}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Analysis}, Keywords = {ellipsis}, Number = {4}, Pages = {273--315}, Title = {{VP} Anaphora, Quantifier Scope, and Logical Form}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1984}} @inproceedings{Lappin:1992, Address = {Stuttgart}, Author = {Lappin, Shalom}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Stuttgart Ellipsis Workshop}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Berman, Steve and Hestvik, Arild}, Keywords = {Ellipsis}, Title = {The Syntactic Basis of Ellipsis Resolution}, Year = {1992}} @inproceedings{Lappin:1993a, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Lappin, Shalom}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 23}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {255--269}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {Ellipsis Resolution at {S}-Structure}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Lappin:1993, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Lappin, Shalom}, Booktitle = {The Chomskyan Turn}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Kasher, Asa}, Keywords = {library; LF; semantics; VP Ellipsis}, Pages = {300--333}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishers}, Title = {Concepts of Logical Form in Linguistics and Philosophy}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Lappin:1996a, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Lappin, Shalom}, Booktitle = {The Handbook of Contemporary Semantic Theory}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Lappin, Shalom}, Pages = {145--175}, Publisher = {Blackwell}, Title = {The Interpretation of Ellipsis}, Year = {1996}} @book{Lappin:1996, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Lappin, Shalom}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishers}, Title = {The Handbook of Contemporary Semantic Theory}, Year = {1996}} @article{Lappin:1994, Author = {Lappin, Shalom and Francez, Nissim}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library emantics naphora onkey anaphora ronouns}, Number = {4}, Pages = {391--428}, Title = {E-Type Pronouns, {I}-Sums, and {D}onkey {A}naphora}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1994}} @article{Lappin:1990, Author = {Lappin, Shalom and McCord, Michael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Computational Linguistics}, Number = {4}, Pages = {197--212}, Title = {Anaphora Resolution in Slot Grammar}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1990}} @article{Larson:1988, Author = {Larson, Richard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Number = {3}, Pages = {335--392}, Title = {On the double object construction}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @incollection{Larson:1988b, Address = {Department of Linguistics and Philosophy}, Author = {Larson, Richard}, Booktitle = {MIT Working Papers in Linguistics(9)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Browning, M. and Higgins, E.}, Publisher = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Extraction and multiple selection in {PP}}, Year = {1988}} @article{Larson:1990b, Author = {Larson, Richard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {double object naphora hrase structure}, Number = {4}, Pages = {589--632}, Title = {Double objects revisited: reply to {J}ackendoff}, Volume = {21}, Year = {1990}} @article{Larson:1990, Author = {Larson, Richard and May, Robert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Ellipsis}, Number = {1}, Pages = {103--122}, Title = {Antecedent containment or vacuous movement: reply to {B}altin}, Volume = {21}, Year = {1990}} @article{Larson:1985, Author = {Larson, Richard K.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library isjunction}, Number = {2}, Pages = {217--264}, Title = {On the Syntax of Disjunction Scope}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1985}} @article{Larson:1991, Author = {Larson, Richard K.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {control}, Number = {1}, Pages = {103--140}, Title = {``Promise" and the theory of Control}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1991}} @article{Lascarides:1993, Author = {Lascarides, Alex and Asher, Nicholas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library; semantics; tense}, Number = {5}, Pages = {437--494}, Title = {Temporal Interpretation, Discourse Relations and Commonsense Entailment}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1993}} @article{Lascarides:1996, Author = {Lascarides, Alex and Briscoe, Ted and Asher, Nicholas and Copestake, Ann}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--89}, Title = {Order Independent and Persistent Typed Default Unification}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1996}} @article{Lasersohn:1977, Author = {Lasersohn, Peter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library onkey anaphora are plurals}, Number = {1}, Pages = {79--86}, Title = {Bare Plurals and Donkey Anaphora}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1977}, Abstract = {This paper argues that a kinds-based analysis of bare plurals is incompatible with an analysis of donkey anaphors as variables. However, kinds are compatible with an E-type analysis.}} @article{Lasnik:1976, Author = {Lasnik, Howard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Analysis}, Keywords = {pronouns; Binding Theory; quantifiers}, Pages = {1--22}, Title = {Remarks on Coreference}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1976}} @incollection{Lasnik:1981, Address = {London}, Author = {Lasnik, Howard}, Booktitle = {Explanation in Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Hornstein, Norbert and Lightfoot, David}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, Publisher = {Longmans}, Title = {Restricting the Theory of Transformations}, Year = {1981}} @article{Lasnik:1981b, Author = {Lasnik, Howard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of Linguistic Research}, Keywords = {anaphora; pronouns}, Number = {4}, Pages = {48--58}, Title = {On two recent treatments of disjoint reference}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1981}} @article{Lasnik:1989, Author = {Lasnik, Howard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Title = {Case and Expletives: Notes Towards a Parametric Account}, Year = {1989}} @incollection{Lasnik:1989b, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Lasnik, Howard}, Booktitle = {Essays on anaphora}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Lasnik, Howard}, Keywords = {anaphora; pronouns}, Pages = {149--167}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {On the necessity of binding conditions}, Year = {1989}} @incollection{Lasnik:1989c, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Lasnik, Howard}, Booktitle = {Essays on Anaphora}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Lasnik, Howard}, Keywords = {anaphora; pronouns}, Pages = {125--133}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {On Two Recent Treatments of Disjoint Reference}, Year = {1989}} @article{Lasnik:1992b, Author = {Lasnik, Howard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {expletives; Case}, Number = {3}, Pages = {381--406}, Title = {Case and Expletives: Notes Toward a Parametric Account}, Volume = {23}, Year = {1992}} @incollection{Lasnik:1992c, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Lasnik, Howard}, Booktitle = {Control and Grammar(48)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Larson, Richard K. and Iatridou, Sabine and Lahiri, Utpal and Higginbotham, James}, Keywords = {library; control; binding theory; anaphora}, Pages = {235--252}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Two notes on Control and Binding}, Year = {1992}} @book{Lasnik:1993, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Lasnik, Howard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Publisher = {MIT Monographs in Linguistics}, Title = {Lectures on Minimalist Syntax}, Year = {1993}} @article{Lasnik:1995, Author = {Lasnik, Howard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library xpletives}, Number = {4}, Pages = {615--634}, Title = {Case and Expletives Revisited: On Greed and Other Human Failings}, Volume = {26}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Lasnik:1995b, Address = {Georgetown}, Author = {Lasnik, Howard}, Booktitle = {Evolution and Revolution in Linguistic Theory}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Campos, Hector and Kempchinsky, Paula}, Pages = {251--275}, Publisher = {Georgetown University Press}, Title = {Verbal morphology: Syntactic Structures meets the Minimalist Program}, Year = {1995}} @book{Lasnik:1999, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Lasnik, Howard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {213}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishers}, Title = {Minimalist Analysis}, Year = {1999}} @article{Lasnik:1999b, Author = {Lasnik, Howard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; ellipsis; pseudogapping; sluicing}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/30.2Lasnik.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {197--217}, Title = {On feature strength: three minimalist approaches to overt movement}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {Procrastinate (Chomsky 1993) favors covert movement; therefore, when movement is overt, it must have been forced to operate "early" by some special requirement, one that Chomsky codes into "strong features." I compare Chomsky's three successive theories of strong features and argue that two ellipsis phenomena, pseudogapping and sluicing, provide evidence bearing on the nature of strong features. I argue that movement or ellipsis can rescue a derivation with strong feature, and I conclude that PF crash is relevant either directly, as in Chomsky 1993, or indirectly, as in the theory presented in Chomsky 1995a augmented by the multiple-chain theory of pied-piping (especially as interpreted by Ochi (1998)).}} @incollection{Lasnik:1999c, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Lasnik, Howard}, Booktitle = {Working minimalism}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Epstein, Samuel and Hornstein, Norbert}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {189--215}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Chains of arguments}, Year = {1999}} @incollection{Lasnik:1999d, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Lasnik, Howard}, Booktitle = {Minimalist Analysis}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Lasnik, Howard}, Keywords = {library; pseudo-gapping; ellipsis ; object shift}, Pages = {151--174}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishers}, Title = {A note on pseudogapping}, Year = {1999}} @article{Lasnik:2001, Author = {Lasnik, Howard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 32.2lasnik.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/32.2lasnik.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {356--362}, Title = {A note on the {EPP}}, Volume = {32}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Lasnik:2001b, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {Lasnik, Howard}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 31}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Pages = {301--320}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {When can you save a structure by destroying it?}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Lasnik:2002, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Lasnik, Howard}, Booktitle = {Objects and Other Subjects}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Davies, William D. and Dubinsky, Stanley}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {103--122}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publisher}, Title = {Subjects, objects, and the {EPP}}, Year = {2002}} @article{Lasnik:1984, Author = {Lasnik, Howard and Saito, Mamoru}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {LF; ecp; bounding; Linguistics}, Number = {2}, Pages = {235--290}, Title = {On the Nature of Proper Government}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @inproceedings{Lasnik:1991, Address = {Chicago University}, Author = {Lasnik, Howard and Saito, Mamoru}, Booktitle = {Chicago Linguistics Society 27}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Dobrin, Lisa M. and Nichols, Lynn and Rodriguez, Rosa M.}, Pages = {324--343}, Title = {On the Subject of Infinitives}, Volume = {27}, Year = {1991}} @book{Lasnik:1992, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Lasnik, Howard and Saito, Mamoru}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {ECP}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Move $\alpha$}, Year = {1992}} @article{Lasnik:2000, Author = {Lasnik, Howard and Sobin, Nicholas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {343--371}, Title = {The who/whom puzzle: on the preservation of an archaic feature}, Volume = {18}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {It is commonly assumed that the English interrogative/relative pronoun whom is parallel to him and them in manifesting objective pronominal Case. We argue instead that whom is not CAse-marked along with these pronouns. Rather, its Case marking follows a different paradigm. Whom in modern English derives from a set of extragrammatical rules called 'grammatical viruses'. Speakers call upon such rules to check Case and (possibly) agreement features which the normal system of syntax cannot check but which prestige usage demands. Sentences with whom are typical of sentences resulting from grammatical viruses. Such virus-licensed products have a 'prestige' status, they are not typical of child language, and the intuitions about their use are strikingly different from intuitions about the use of other grammatical elements that they are traditionally claimed to wrok along the lines of. In the latter instance, intuitions about the use of ehom differ markely from intuitions about the use of ACC personal pronouns.}} @article{Lasnik:1991b, Author = {Lasnik, Howard and Stowell, Tim}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Weak Crossover; pronouns}, Number = {4}, Pages = {687--720}, Title = {Weakest crossover}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1991}} @inproceedings{Law:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Law, Paul}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {219--236}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {A Unified Analysis of P-Stranding in {R}omance and {G}ermanic}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Law:2000, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Law, Paul}, Booktitle = {The syntax of relative clauses}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Alexiadou, Artemis and Law, Paul and Meinunger, Andr{\'e} and Wilder, Chris}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {161--199}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {On relative clauses and the {DP/PP} adjunction asymmetry}, Year = {2000}} @phdthesis{leRoux:1988, Author = {le Roux, Cecile}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {Linguistics; verb-particle; Afrikaans}, Title = {On the Interface of Morphology and Syntax: Evidence from Verb-Particle Combinations in Afrikaans}, Year = {1988}} @article{Lebeaux:1985, Author = {Lebeaux, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {The Linguistic Review}, Keywords = {Binding Theory; anaphora; pronouns; library}, Pages = {343--363}, Title = {Locality and Anaphoric Binding}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1985}} @phdthesis{Lebeaux:1988, Author = {Lebeaux, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {acquisition; Binding Theory; pronouns; disjoint reference; connectivity; library}, School = {University of Massachusetts, Amherst}, Title = {Language acquisition and the form of the grammar}, Year = {1988}} @inproceedings{Lebeaux:1990, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Lebeaux, David}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {N}orth {E}ast {L}inguistic {S}ociety 20}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Carter, Juli and Rose-Marie, Dechaine and Philip, Bill and Sherer, Tim}, Keywords = {Binding Theory; anaphora; disjoint reference; library}, Pages = {318--332}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Relative Clauses, Licensing, and the Nature of the Derivation}, Year = {1990}} @inproceedings{Lechner:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Lechner, Winfried}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {237--252}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Phrasal comparatives and {DP}-structure}, Year = {1998}} @phdthesis{Lechner:1998c, Address = {Amherst}, Author = {Lechner, Winfried}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, School = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Title = {Comparative deletion}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Lechner:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Lechner, Winfried}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 30}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {455--468}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Conjunction reduction in subordinate structures}, Year = {2000}} @article{Lechner:2001, Author = {Lechner, Winfried}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {683--735}, Title = {Reduced and phrasal comparatives}, Volume = {19}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {In this paper, I defend two hypotheses as to the derivation of phonologically reduced comparative constructions. On the one hand, I present evidence which supports an ellipsis analysis of phrasal comparatives over base-generation approaches. On the other hand, it is argued that the restrictions on deletion in comparatives are exhaustively determined by the principles governing Gapping, Right Node Raising and Across-the-Board movement in coordinate structures. It follows that construction specific reduction operations such as Comparative Ellipsis can be dispensed with. Evidence for these two hypotheses comes from generalizations about the surface shape of the comparative complement and its positional distribution inside the matrix clause. As for the reason why comparatives, which manifest instances of semantic subordination, can be targeted by processes widely held to be restricted to coordinate structures, it is proposed that optional extraposition of the comparative complement establishes a derived comparative coordination, which emulates the syntax of base-generated conjunctions. The results of this study furthermore indicate that (i) comparatives need to satisfy a hitherto unidentified condition which limits possible relations between the head of an empty operator movement construction and the operator, and that (ii) the Coordinate Structure Constraint has to be formulated as a genuinely syntactic restriction.}} @inproceedings{Lechner:1998o, Address = {T{\''u}bingen, Germany}, Author = {Lechner, Winnie}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the 1997 T{\''u}bingen Workshop on Reconstruction}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Katz, Graham and Kim, Shin-Sook and Winhart, Heike}, Pages = {59--78}, Publisher = {Universit{\"a}t T{\''u}bingen}, Title = {Reconstruction and determiner raising}, Year = {1998}} @article{Lechner:1998b, Author = {Lechner, Winnie}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {276--310}, Title = {Two kinds of reconstruction}, Volume = {52}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This essay addresses various issues concerning noun phrase interpretation in German. It is argued that the concept of Semantic Reconstruction (Cresti 1995, Rullmann 1995) can be fruitfully employed in the derivation of quantifier scope ambiguities in German. Semantic Reconstruction will be demonstrated to be an independently needed strategy of grammar, that is not parasitic on syntactic reconstruction as expressed by Copy Theory (Chomsky 1992). The basic difference between Semantic Reconstruction and syntactic reconstruction will be traced back to their asymmetric availability in scrambling chains: scrambling can be undone only by Semantic Reconstruction.}} @incollection{Lee:1989, Address = {Department of Linguistics}, Author = {Lee, Chungmin}, Booktitle = {Harvard Studies in Korean Linguistics III}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Kuno, Susumu, et al.}, Keywords = {korean ndefinites}, Publisher = {Harvard University}, Title = {(In) Definites, Case Markers, Classifiers and Quantifiers in {K}orean}, Year = {1989}} @article{Lee:1993, Author = {Lee, Eun-Ji}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Superiority; Binding Theory; library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {177--183}, Title = {Superiority Effects and Adjunct Traces}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Lee:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Lee, Felicia}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Pius, Tamanji and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {229--246}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Evidence for tense in a ``tenseless'' language}, Year = {1999}} @inproceedings{Lee:2001, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {Lee, Felicia}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {321--331}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Relative clauses without wh-movement}, Year = {2001}} @phdthesis{Lee:1996, Address = {Madison}, Author = {Lee, Gunsoo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {215}, School = {University of Wisconsin}, Title = {From Referentiality to Syntactic Dependencies}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Lee:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Lee, Hanjung}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {469--484}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The emergence of the unmarked order in {H}indi}, Year = {2000}} @phdthesis{Lee:1992, Author = {Lee, Jeong-Shik}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, School = {University of Connecticut}, Title = {Case Alternation in {K}orean: Case Minimality}, Year = {1992}} @incollection{Lee:1994, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Lee, Okja}, Booktitle = {Japanese/Korean Linguistics(4)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Akatsuka, Noriko}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {131--146}, Publisher = {Stanford Linguistics Association}, Title = {The Conceptualization of the Rounded Dimension in {K}orean: The Semantic Analysis of kwulk-, kanul-, and cal-}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Lee:1994a, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Lee, Rhanghyeyun K.}, Booktitle = {Japanese/Korean Linguistics(4)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Akatsuka, Noriko}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {347--362}, Publisher = {Stanford Linguistics Association}, Title = {Constraints on {A}-movement Are Derivational Ones: A Study from {NPI} Licensing in {K}orean}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Lee:1994b, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Lee, Sechang}, Booktitle = {Japanese/Korean Linguistics(4)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Akatsuka, Noriko}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {511--520}, Publisher = {Stanford Linguistics Association}, Title = {Neutralization and Tensification in {K}orean}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{Lee:1993a, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Lee, Young-Suk}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 23}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:56:14 -0500}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {287--301}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {Licensing and Semantics of any Revisited}, Year = {1993}} @article{Lee:1991, Author = {Lee, Young-Suk and Santorini, Beatrice}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {scrambling; reconstruction; connectivity}, Title = {Towards Resolving {W}ebelhuth's Paradox: Evidence from {G}erman and {K}orean}, Year = {1991}} @book{Lees:1963, Address = {The Hague}, Author = {Lees, Robert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library; nominals; morphology}, Publisher = {Mouton}, Title = {The Grammar of {E}nglish Nominalizations}, Year = {1963}} @article{Leeuw:1995, Author = {Leeuw, Frank van der}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library litics orphophonology orphology: inflection}, Number = {1}, Pages = {31--68}, Title = {Cliticization, Stress and Phonological Words in {E}uropean {P}ortuguese: An {O}ptimal(ity) {A}pproach}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Legate:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Legate, Julie Anne}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Pius, Tamanji and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {247--260}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {On the interpretation of indefinites}, Year = {1999}} @article{Legendre:1990, Author = {Legendre, G{\'e}raldine}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {French; impersonal; passive; Romance; pro}, Number = {1}, Pages = {81--128}, Title = {French Impersonal Constructions}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1990}} @article{Legendre:1997, Author = {Legendre, G{\'e}raldine}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {43--87}, Title = {Secondary Predication and Functional Projections in {F}rench}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {This paper focuses on the structural properties of secondary predication. It is argued, based on an analysis of French depitive and resultative secondary predicates, that secondary predicates are functional projections of the category Gender, they form constituents of their own, and they contain a PRO subject coindexed with a main subject or object. Configurationally, they are of two types: subject-oriented secondary predicates, which are adjoined to VP, and object-oriented secondary predicates, which are adjoined to VP (if resultative) or are sisters of V' (if depictive). Compared with previous analyses of secondary prediateion, the present one corroborates early proposals about the constituency and internal make-up of secondary predicates (Stowell 1981, 1983; Chomsky 1981). The main difference lies in the nature of the constituent itself: it is argued ehre that it is a functional projection, namely GernderP, an proposal which owes much to late 1980s and early 1990s explorations in the nature of syntactic categories. In particular, the present analysis leads to the proposal that Agrs and Agro (Chomsky 1991) should, at least in languages like French, be identified as Person and Gender, respectively. THe lack of productive resultative constructions in French is also addressed.}} @inproceedings{Legendre:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Legendre, G{\'e}raldine}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {485--500}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {For an {OT} conception of a 'parallel' interface: evidence from {B}asque {V2}}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Legendre:1998, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Legendre, G{\'e}raldine and Smolensky, Paul and Wilson, Colin}, Booktitle = {Is the Best Good Enough?}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Barbosa, Pilar and Fox, Danny and Hagstrom, Paul and McGinnis, Martha and Pesetsky, David}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {249--290}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {When is Less More? Faithfulness and Minimal Links in wh-Chains}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Leiber:1993, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Leiber, Justin}, Booktitle = {The Chomskyan Turn}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Kasher, Asa}, Keywords = {library; philosophy:language}, Pages = {150--181}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishers}, Title = {``Cartesian'' Linguistics?}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Lemieux:1995, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Lemieux, Monique and Dupuis, Fernande}, Booktitle = {Clause Structure and Language Change}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Battye, Adrian and Roberts, Ian}, Pages = {80--109}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {The Locus of Verb Movement in Non-Asymmetric Verb-Second Languages: The Case of Middle French}, Year = {1995}} @unpublished{Lencho:1989, Author = {Lencho, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Note = {unpublished manuscript, University of Wisconsin-Madison}, Title = {The retention of final ``n'' in Inflectional syllables of {M}iddle {E}nglish}, Year = {1989}} @incollection{Lenerz:1985, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Lenerz, Juergen}, Booktitle = {Studies in German Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Toman, Jindrich}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {103--132}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Diachronic Syntax: Verb Position and Comp in {G}erman}, Year = {1985}} @book{Levin:1993, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Levin, Beth}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library; argument structure; theta roles}, Pages = {348}, Publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, Title = {English Verb Classes and Alternations}, Year = {1993}} @book{Levin:1995, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Levin, Beth and Hovav, Malka Rappaport}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {336}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Unaccusativity}, Year = {1995}} @article{Levin:1986, Author = {Levin, Beth and Rappaport, Malka}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {passive; lexicon}, Number = {4}, Pages = {623--661}, Title = {The Formation of Adjectival Passives}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1986}} @incollection{Levin:1988, Address = {San Diego, California}, Author = {Levin, Juliette}, Booktitle = {Theoretical Morphology}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Hammond, Michael and Noonan, Michael}, Keywords = {library; morphology; level ordering; phonology}, Pages = {339--352}, Publisher = {Academic Press, Inc.}, Title = {Bidirectional Foot Construction as a Window on Level Ordering}, Year = {1988}} @inproceedings{Levin:1978, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Levin, Nancy}, Booktitle = {Papers from the Fourteenth Regional Meeting, Chicago Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Farkas, D. and Jacobsen, W. and Todrys, K.}, Keywords = {Gapping}, Pages = {229--240}, Publisher = {University of Chicago}, Title = {Some Identity-of-Sense Deletions Puzzle Me}, Year = {1978}} @book{Levin:1986b, Address = {New York}, Author = {Levin, Nancy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library llipsis seudo-gapping apping}, Pages = {217}, Publisher = {Garland Publishing, Inc.}, Title = {Main-verb ellipsis in spoken {E}nglish}, Year = {1986}} @incollection{Levine:2001, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Levine, Robert D. and Hukari, Thomas E. and Calcagno, Michael}, Booktitle = {Parasitic gaps}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Culicover, Peter and Postal, Paul}, Pages = {181--222}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Parasitic gaps in {E}nglish: some overlooked cases and their theoretical implications}, Year = {2001}} @article{Lewis:1973, Author = {Lewis, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Philosophy}, Pages = {556--567}, Title = {Causation}, Year = {1973}} @incollection{Lewis:1975, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Lewis, David}, Booktitle = {Formal Semantics of Natural Language}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Kennan, E. L.}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Adverbs of Quantification}, Year = {1975}} @incollection{Lewis:1991a, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Lewis, David}, Booktitle = {Conditionals}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:55:14 -0500}, Editor = {Jackson, Frank}, Keywords = {library onditionals}, Pages = {46--75}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Counterfactual Dependence and Time's Arrow}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Lewis:1991c, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Lewis, David}, Booktitle = {Conditionals}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:55:20 -0500}, Editor = {Jackson, Frank}, Keywords = {library onditionals}, Pages = {76--101}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Probabilities of Conditionals and Conditional Probabilities}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Lewis:1991, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Lewis, David}, Booktitle = {Conditionals}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Frank}, Keywords = {library onditionals}, Pages = {102--110}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Probabilities of Conditionals and Conditional Probabilities II}, Year = {1991}} @article{Li:1995, Author = {Li, Jie}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library uantification uantifiers uestions hinese}, Number = {4}, Pages = {313--323}, Title = {Dou and wh-Questions}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1995}} @article{Li:1990, Author = {Li, Yafei}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Head movement; Verb Raising}, Number = {3}, Pages = {399--426}, Title = {X$^{o-Binding}$ and Verb Incorporation}, Volume = {21}, Year = {1990}} @article{Li:1993, Author = {Li, Yafei}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library; clausal structure; aspect}, Number = {3}, Pages = {480--504}, Title = {Structural head and aspectuality}, Volume = {69}, Year = {1993}} @article{Li:1995a, Author = {Li, Yafei}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:55:03 -0500}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library ausatives heta theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {255--282}, Title = {The Thematic Hierarchy and Causativity}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1995}} @article{Li:1997, Author = {Li, Yafei}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library inimalism}, Number = {1}, Pages = {170--178}, Title = {An Optimized Universal Grammar and Biological Redundancies}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1997}} @article{Li:1999, Author = {Li, Yafei}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {445--497}, Title = {Cross-Componential Causativity}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {Unlike their English counterparts, Chinese resultatives allow reverse theta role assignment under predictable conditions and do not demonstrate the effect of the Direct Object Restriction. Both differences are shown to result from a single structural factor: an empty subject is not permitted in the bare resultative phrase in English. The analysis also accounts for various subtle distinctions between the lexical and bi-clausal resultative constructions inside Chinese. An implicaiton of this theory is that the causal relation in a resultative is computed directly off of the construction and that this computation takes place in different components of language: lexicon, syntax, and the post-syntactic semantics.}} @article{Li:1998, Author = {Li, Yen-hui Audrey}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {693--702}, Title = {Argument Determiner Phrases and Number Phrases}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1998}} @article{Li:1999a, Author = {Li, Yen-Hui Audrey}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:54:54 -0500}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {75--99}, Title = {Plurality in a Classifier Language}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This work argues that -men in Mandarin Chinese is best analyzed as a plural morpheme realized on an element in Determiner, in contrast to a regular plural on an element in N, such as the English -s. A nominal with a classifier has a Classifier projection: [D [Num [Cl [N]]]]. The plural feature in Number can only be realized in D because of the Head Movement Constraint. Without an intervening Classifier, it can be realized in N. This analysis captures the fact that the -men type plural morpheme is generally found in classifier languages and the English type plural morpheme in non-classifier languages. The plural analysis of -men also captures many generalizations missing from the traditional "collective" analysis, such as (i) -men can occur with a proper name/pronoun/definite common noun but not a definite expression of the form [Demonstrative + Classifier +N], (ii) a quantity expression [Number + Classifier] can follow a pronoun/proper name with -men but not a common noun with -men, and (iii) a quantify expression cannot precede a nominal with -men.}} @incollection{Liberman:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Liberman, Mark and Sproat, Richard}, Booktitle = {Lexical Matters}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Sag, Ivan A. and Szabolcsi, Anna}, Keywords = {stress; NPs; morphology; lexicon; library}, Pages = {131--182}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {The Stress and Structure of Modified Noun Phrases in {E}nglish}, Year = {1992}} @article{Lidz:1995, Author = {Lidz, Jeffrey}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {705--710}, Title = {Morphological Reflexive Marking: Evidence from {K}annada}, Volume = {26}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Lidz:1997, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Lidz, Jeffrey}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {251--261}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {When is a Reflexive Not a Reflexive? Near-Reflexivity and Condition {R}}, Year = {1997}} @article{Lidz:2001, Author = {Lidz, Jeffrey}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/32.1lidz.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {123--140}, Title = {Condition {R}}, Volume = {32}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {Reinhart and Reuland (1993) partition the set of anaphors into syntactic subclasses: SELF anaphors, which reflexivize predicates, and SE anaphors, which, like pronominals, do not. This partition is intended to capture the antilocality of the SE anaphors. I argue that appropriate partitioning of anaphors is semantic and not syntactic. Reinhart and Reuland's SELF anaphors are "near-reflexives," interpreted as a representation of their antecedents, whereas their SE anaphors are "pure-reflexives," requiring identity with their antecedents. The antilocality effects with pure reflexives are due to Condition R, a principle requiring reflexivity to be lexically expressed. The Condition R approach correctly accounts for the meanings of the two kinds of anaphors, grouping the near reflexives with pronominals and names, and correctly dissociates semantic reflexivity from the calculation of syntactic binding domains.}} @phdthesis{Lieber:1980, Author = {Lieber, Rochelle}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {linguistics}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {On the Organization of the Lexicon}, Year = {1980}} @article{Lieber:1983, Author = {Lieber, Rochelle}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Pages = {251--285}, Title = {Argument Linking and Compounds in {E}nglish}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @book{Lieber:1992, Address = {Chicago, Illinois}, Author = {Lieber, Rochelle}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library; morphology}, Pages = {238}, Publisher = {The University of Chicago Press}, Title = {Deconstructing Morphology}, Year = {1992}} @article{Lieber:1997, Author = {Lieber, Rochelle and Baayen, Harald}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {789--845}, Title = {A Semantic Principle of Auxiliary Selection in {D}utch}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {We propose that the choice between the auxiliaries hebben 'have and zijn 'be' in Dutch is determined by a particular semantic feature of verbs. In particular we propose a feature of meaning [IEPS] for 'inferable eventual position or state' that characterizes whether the action denoted by the verb allows us to determine the eventual position or state of the verb's highest argument. It is argued that only verbs which exhibit the feature [+IEPS] or whcih obtain the feature compositionally in the syntax select zijn as their auxiliary. Our analysis is then compared to a number of other analyses of auxiliary selection in Dutch.}} @incollection{Lightfoot:1995, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Lightfoot, David}, Booktitle = {Clause Structure and Language Change}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Battye, Adrian and Roberts, Ian}, Pages = {31--52}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Why {UG} Needs a Learning Theory: Triggering Verb Movement}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Lightfoot:2000, Address = {T{\''u}bingen}, Author = {Lightfoot, David}, Booktitle = {Ellipsis in conjunction}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Schwabe, Kerstin and Zhang, Ning}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {79--94}, Publisher = {Niemeyer}, Title = {Ellipses as clitics}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {I argue that empty elements at PF occur only in restricted positions, where they head the complement of an adjacent, overt lexical item. This reconstrues an earlier notion of lxical government but avoids government as an independent primitive. The paper demonstrates that both gaps and ellipsed VPs are subject to the same condition and prposes that they be treated as clitics. Gapped verbs cliticize on to their complements, while ellipsed VPs cliticize on to the heads of which they are complements. With this account of the distribution of elliptical elements, the paper also discusses the interpretation of ellipsed VPs, using them as a probe into the structure of lexical items, arguing that forms of the verb be are stored atomically in the mental lexicon and refining Lasnik's "hybrid" treatment of verb morphology.}} @inproceedings{Lin:1994, Author = {Lin, Jo-Wang}, Booktitle = {North Eastern Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Editor = {Gonzalez, Merce}, Pages = {287--301}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Object Non-referentials, Definiteness Effect and Scope Interpretation}, Year = {1994}} @phdthesis{Lin:1996, Address = {Amherst}, Author = {Lin, Jo-Wang}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Keywords = {library hinese}, Pages = {246}, School = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Title = {Polarity Licensing and Wh-Phrase Quantification in {C}hinese}, Year = {1996}} @article{Lin:1998, Author = {Lin, Jo-Wang}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL7.3Lin.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {219--255}, Title = {On Existential Polarity wh-phrases in {C}hinese}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This paper provides a comprehensive survey and generalization of the distribution of non-interrogative existential wh-phrases in Chinese that behave like polarity items. I show that such polarity wh-phrases appear in three kinds of environments, which seem to decrease in their strength for polarity licensing, and argue that they are subject to a non-existence condition to the effect that the local proposition in which they appear does not entail existence of individuals satisfying their descriptions. This approach is shown to represent an improvement over Li's (1992) analysis. I also discuss some open questions that are theoretically significant but lack a definite answer at the present stage.}} @article{Lin:1998a, Author = {Lin, Jo-Wang}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {201--243}, Title = {Distributivity in {C}hinese and its Implications}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This paper gives an anlysis of the Chinese distributivity marker dou 'all', whihc can occur not only with definite plural NPs but also with NPs whose determiner is a quantifier word such as mei 'every' or daburfen-de 'most'. Besides normal distributive predicates, it can also occur with certain types of collective predicates. The difficulties of giving a compositional interpretation to constructions of these kids are discussed in detail. I show that we can solve those difficulties if we treat dou as a generalized distribtivity marker in the sense of Schwarzschild (1991, 1996), which distributes over the members of a plurality cover. Apart from the above topic, which is more narrowly a semantics topic, this paper also discusses some syntax-semantics interface issues related to the distribution of dou's associates.}} @article{Lin:1999, Author = {Lin, Jo-Wang}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {6}, Pages = {573--593}, Title = {Double quantification and the meaning of shenme `what' in {C}hinese bare conditionals}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This paper shows that the semantics of shenme 'what' in Chinese bare conditionals may exhibit a phenomenon of double quantification. I argue that such double quantification can be nicely accounted for it one adopts Carlson's (1977a,b) semantics of bare plurals and verb meanings as well as the following two assumptions: (i) shenme 'what' can be a proform of bare NPs and hence has the same kind of denotation as bare NPs, and (ii) Chinese bare NPs are names of kinds of things. This analysis of Chinese bare conditionals lends support to Carlson's approach to bare plurals despite Wilkinson's (1991) criticisms. I also show that an extension of Heim's (1987) analysis of what as 'something of kind x' to Chinese shenme 'what' encouters problems when shenme 'what' is a shared constituent of a predicate which applies to kinds and antoher predicate which applies to objects.}} @article{Lin:1999a, Author = {Lin, Vivian}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:00 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-09-05 12:02:55 -0400}, Location = {MIT, Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Title = {Determiner Sharing and the Syntax of {DP}s}, Year = {1999}} @inproceedings{Lin:2001, Author = {Lin, Vivian}, Booktitle = {West Coast Conference in Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Megerdoomian, Karine and Bar-el, Leora Anne}, Pages = {358--371}, Title = {A way to undo {A} movement}, Volume = {Proceedings of the 20th West Coast Conference in Formal Linguistics}, Year = {2001}} @phdthesis{Lin:2002, Address = {MIT}, Author = {Lin, Vivian}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, School = {Linguistics Department}, Title = {Coordination and Sharing at the Interfaces}, Year = {2002}} @article{Lin:1993, Author = {Lin, Yen-Hwei}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library; phonology; Chinese; morphology}, Number = {4}, Pages = {649--682}, Title = {Degenerate Affixes and Templatic Constraints: Rime Change in {C}hinese}, Volume = {69}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Lindauer:1998, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Lindauer, Thomas}, Booktitle = {Possessors, predicates and movement in the determiner phrase}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Alexiadou, Artemis and Wilder, Chris}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {109--140}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Attributive genitive constructions in {G}erman}, Year = {1998}} @phdthesis{Liu:1990, Address = {Los Angeles}, Author = {Liu, Feng-Hsi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {134}, School = {University of California}, Title = {Scope Dependency in {E}nglish and {C}hinese}, Year = {1990}} @article{Liu:1997, Author = {Liu, Feng-Hsi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library hinese}, Number = {1}, Pages = {51--99}, Title = {An Aspectual Analysis of {BA}}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {The ba construction has been widely discussed in the literature; however, so far no analysis provides a satisfactory account for all of the distributional propoerties of ba. This paper considers the ba construction from an aspectual point of view. I argue that the ba predicate describes a bounded event. Whether an event is bounded in Chinese may depend on situation type only, or it may depend on both situation type and the aspect a situation is rpesented in. As for the ba NP, it is specific in the sense of Liu (1990). I further argue that the two properties -- boundedness and specificity -- are related. There is a dependency between the ba argument denotations and the event described by the predicate, and this dependency can be characterized in terms of a structure-preserving funciton -- a homomorphism. The relation preserved is the 'all of' relation. On this view boundedness and spcificity are simply different manifestations of the same property that is inherent in the meaning of a ba predicate. The ba construction is thus shown to be an example of how aspectual considerations constrain both the predicate and an NP argument in Chinese.}} @inproceedings{Lobeck:1987a, Author = {Lobeck, Anne}, Booktitle = {NELS}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {McDonough, J. and Plunkett, B.}, Keywords = {ellipsis}, Pages = {425--441}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {{VP} Ellipsis in Infinitives: {Infl} as a Proper Governor}, Year = {1987}} @phdthesis{Lobeck:1987, Address = {Seattle}, Author = {Lobeck, Anne}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Keywords = {ellipsis}, School = {University of Washington}, Title = {Syntactic Constraints on Ellipsis}, Year = {1987}} @book{Lobeck:1995, Address = {New York}, Author = {Lobeck, Anne}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Keywords = {ellipsis}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Ellipsis: Functional Heads, Licensing and Identification}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Lobeck:1992a, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Lobeck, Anne}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {Nominals; DP; library}, Pages = {283--296}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Spec-Head Agreement in {DP}}, Year = {1992}} @inproceedings{Lobeck:1992, Address = {Stuttgart}, Author = {Lobeck, Anne}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Stuttgart Ellipsis Workshop}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Berman, Steve and Hestvik, Arild}, Keywords = {Ellipsis}, Title = {Licensing and Identification of Ellipted Categories in {E}nglish}, Year = {1992}} @book{Lockwood:1964, Address = {Copenhagen, Denmark}, Author = {Lockwood, W. B.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Keywords = {Faroese}, Publisher = {Munksgaard}, Title = {An Introduction to {M}odern {F}aroese}, Year = {1964}} @article{Lohuis-Weber:1996, Author = {Lohuis-Weber, Heleen and Zonneveld, Wim}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Keywords = {library cquisition rosody}, Number = {4}, Pages = {245--283}, Title = {Phonological Acquisition and {D}utch Word Prosody}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1996}, Abstract = {This article presents the results of an investigation inot the acquisition of syllable structure and stress by one Dutch child, Joost, between age 1;8 and 2;11. In the first half of the article we show how the structure of the child's output approaches the adult models in stages. Our findings rely to a considerable extent (and therefore confirm) the current parametric account of Dutch wordstress. The latter theory provides prepresentations that, to a strking degree, are adequate for a description of three acquisitional stages in our data: monosyllabic words, polysyllabic words, and words containing the accurate adult number of syllables. Output such as 'nat', 'ojnat', and 'ojinat' for olifant represent precisly these three stages. The first of these examples shows that the child is right-oriented in his monosyllabic stage, selecting rightmost stressed (gridmarked) syllables. Words then become longer by the addition of further syllables that are gridmarked in the metrical representaitons. Finally, the adult stage is reached in which all target syllables are rrepresented. The second part of this article concerns a phenomenon we call mutation. In mutation, all continuants are consistently replaced witn n- in onsets. We show how this phenomenon depnds on both syllable structure and stress, discuss the possible role of exhaustive footing and strict binarity of feet, and present evidenc for the view that its details provide support for a Stress-to-Weight principle, which is currently under discussion in the metrical literature.}} @article{Lois:1990, Author = {Lois, Ximena}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library uxiliaries ast participles greement}, Number = {2}, Pages = {233--255}, Title = {Auxiliary Selection and Past Participle Agreement in {R}omance}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1990}} @article{Lombardi:1995a, Author = {Lombardi, Linda}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:54:20 -0500}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library eatures}, Number = {2}, Pages = {365--372}, Title = {Dahl's Law and Privative [voice]}, Volume = {26}, Year = {1995}} @article{Lombardi:1995, Author = {Lombardi, Linda}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library honology:segments honotactics}, Number = {1}, Pages = {39--74}, Title = {Laryngeal Neutralization and Syllable Wellformedness}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1995}} @article{Lombardi:1999, Author = {Lombardi, Linda}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {267--302}, Title = {Positional Faithfulness and Voicing Assimilation in Optimality Theory}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This paper proposes a set of constraints within the framework of Optimality Theory that accounts for syllable-final laryngeal neutralization and voicing assimilation in obstruent clusters. The interaction of positional faithfulness and markedness is shown to result in laryngeal neutralization. Regressive assimilation is shown to be a result of the interaction of positional faithfulness with a constraint preferring adjacent obstruents to agree in voicing. Rerankings of the proposed constraints account for attested pataterns of voicing assimilation and neutralization: unlike previous neutralization and spread analyses, this approach makes the correct prediction that it is equally natural for voicing assimilation in clusters to combine with either devoicing of or retention of voicing distinctions in word-final consonants. It is argued that the interactions of these constraints account for why voicing assimilation is always regressive unless special circumstances hold.}} @incollection{Longobardi:1987, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Longobardi, Giuseppe}, Booktitle = {The syntax of noun phrases}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Giorgi, Alessandra and Longobardi, Giuseppe}, Pages = {57--112}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Extraction from {NP} and the proper notion of head government}, Year = {1987}} @article{Longobardi:1994, Author = {Longobardi, Giuseppe}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; Noun movement; Head movement; DP}, Number = {4}, Pages = {609--666}, Title = {Reference and proper names}, Volume = {25}, Year = {1994}} @article{Longobardi:2000, Author = {Longobardi, Giuseppe}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library ubject inversion are nouns}, Number = {4}, Pages = {691--702}, Title = {``Postverbal'' subjects and the mapping hypothesis}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {Superficially postverbal subjects of free inversion languages such as Italian are argued to be able to meet two distinct structural analyses: they may occupy wither a VP-internal position, as more traditionally assumed, or a higher (preverbal and, actually, left-peripheral) position, with the remnant of the clause crossing leftward over them by dislocaiton or focus movement. These are all and only the possibilities expected under recent restrictive theories of phrase structure, like the one advocated by Kayne (1994), and are exactly those empirically realized. Evidence for this conclusion is based primarily on the (existential/generic) interpretation of bare nouns and overt indefinites and is reinforced by extraction considerations. The whole analysis, based on the interpretation of Romance indefinites, is likely to support some version of Diesing's (1992) Mapping Hypothesis even more strongly than previous types of evidence did, including the original data from Germanic languages.}} @article{Longobardi:2001a, Author = {Longobardi, Giuseppe}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:54:09 -0500}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 32.2longobardi.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/32.2longobardi.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {275--302}, Title = {Formal syntax, diachronic minimalism, and etymology: the history of {F}rench \emph{chez}}, Volume = {32}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {Current theories place very mild constraints on possible diachronic changes, somehting at odds with ethe trivial observations that actual "language change" represents a tiny fraction of the variation made a priori available by Universal Grammar. Much recent work in diachronic syntax has actually been guided by the aim of describing changes (e.g., parameter resetting), rather than by concerns of genuine explanation. Here I suggest a radically different viewpoint (the Inertial Theory of diachronic sytnax), namely, that syntactic change not provably due to interference should not occur at all as a primitive -- that is, unless ofrced by changes in the phonology, the semantics, or the lexicon, perhaps ultimately by interface or grammar-external pressures, in line with the minimalist enterprise in synchronic linguistics. I concentrate on a single case, the etymology of Modern French chez, showing how the proposed approach attains a high degree of explanatory adequacy.}} @article{Longobardi:2001, Author = {Longobardi, Giuseppe}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {335--369}, Title = {How comparative is semantics? A unified parametric theory of bare nouns and proper names}, Volume = {9}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {One of the two central suggestions put forth in Longobardi (1991, 1994) was that Romance/English differences in the syntax of proper names were parametrically connected to supposed differences in teh semantics of bare (plural and mass) common nouns (BNs). The present article will pursue this line of investigation, trying to make precise such meaning differences and to understand the reason for their apparently surprising parametric association with the syntax of proper names. It will be shown that in most Romance varieties BNs, unlike their English coutnerparts, distribute their existential and generic readings across all different contexts exactly like (Romance and English) overt indefinties. All the differences will be unified under the proposal that Romance BNs are nothing but a type of indefinites (variables, existentially or generically bound) in Kamp-Heim's DRT sense, while English BNs are rather systematically ambiguous between this quantificational interpretation and a referential (i.e. directly kind-denoting, much in the spirit of Carlson 1977a,b) one, providing for another type of generic reading. The analysis will therefore crucially exploit and empirically support Gerstner and Krifka's (1987) distinction between referential and quantificational genericity. On such grounds we will finally gain a conceptual understanding of the typological implication originally established in Longobardi (1991, 1994), thus confirming that the strategies of interpretation of nominals, whether proper or common nouns, are basically one and the same, though differently parametrized in different languages. This result, in turn, will shed some light on the question whether comparative semantics is possible and whether it can be singled out as a legitimate independent component of parametric theories of grammatical variation.}} @incollection{Rivero:2001, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Luisa Rivero, Mar{\'\i}a}, Booktitle = {Comparative Syntax of {B}alkan Languages}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Luisa Rivero, Mar{\'\i}a and Ralli, Angela}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {200--223}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Last Resort and {V} movement in {B}alkan Languages}, Year = {2001}} @book{Rivero:2001a, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Luisa Rivero, Mar{\'\i}a and Ralli, Angela}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Comparative Syntax of {B}alkan Languages}, Year = {2001}} @article{Lumsden:1992, Author = {Lumsden, John S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {features; agreement; morphology}, Number = {3}, Pages = {469--486}, Title = {Underspecification in Grammatical and Natural Gender}, Volume = {23}, Year = {1992}} @article{Lopez:1995, Author = {L{\'o}pez, Cristina Sanchez}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library oordination}, Number = {2}, Pages = {181--196}, Title = {On the Distributive Reading of Coordinate Phrases}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Lopez:1994, Address = {Washington D.C.}, Author = {L{\'o}pez, Luis}, Booktitle = {Issues and Theory in {R}omance Linguistics: Selected Papers from the Linguistic Symposium on {Ro}mance Languages {XXIII}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Mazzola, Michael L.}, Pages = {333--354}, Publisher = {Georgetown University Press}, Title = {The Syntactic Licensing of {VP}-Ellipsis: A Comparative Study of {S}panish and {E}nglish}, Year = {1994}} @article{Lopez:1999, Author = {L{\'o}pez, Luis}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {263--297}, Title = {{VP}-Ellipsis in {S}panish and {E}nglish and the Features of {Aux}}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {Both Sp[anish and English have predicate ellipsis constructions that behave alike according to familiar tests (Brucart 1987) but which exhibit a number of significant differences concerning the syntax of the remnant and its discourse functions. Thsi paper argues that these differences are the consequence of a parameter involving the features of auxiliaries and the internal syntax of Laka's (1990) SigmaP.}} @article{Lopez:2001, Author = {L{\'o}pez, Luis}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/32.3lopez.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {521--532}, Title = {Head of a projection}, Volume = {32}, Year = {2001}} @article{Lopez:2001a, Author = {L{\'o}pez, Luis}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 32.4lopez.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/32.4lopez.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {694--716}, Title = {On the (non)complementarity of theta-theory and checking theory}, Volume = {32}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {Chomsky (1995) proposes that the theta-system and the checking system form two complementary modules. As a consequence both subjects and objects must form nontrivial chains to check their formal features with a funtional category (T and v, respectively). I argue that objects with a lexical verb, whose domain is therefore both theta-role assigning and feature checking. I whow that discarding the complementarity assumption in this manner results in a more "bare" theory of the computational system as well as several empirical advantages.}} @incollection{Lutz:1995, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Lutz, Uli}, Booktitle = {On Extraction and Extraposition in {G}erman}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Lutz, Uli and Pafel, J{\"u}rgen}, Pages = {1--44}, Publisher = {John Benjamins}, Title = {Some Notes on Extraction Theory}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Lycan:1980, Address = {Chicago, Illinois}, Author = {Lycan, William G.}, Booktitle = {Papers from the Parasession on Pronouns and Anaphora}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Kreiman, Jody and Ojeda, Almerindo E.}, Keywords = {perception complements; anaphora}, Pages = {87--93}, Publisher = {The University of Chicago}, Title = {Castaneda on the Logical Form of Perception Sentences}, Year = {1980}} @book{Ludeling:2001, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {L{\"u}deling, Anke}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Publisher = {CSLI Publications}, Title = {On {P}article Verbs and Similar Constructions in {G}erman}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Lobel:1993, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {L{\"o}bel, Elisabeth}, Booktitle = {The Parametrization of {U}niversal {G}rammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Fanselow, Gisbert}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {183--200}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {On the Parametrization of Lexical Properties}, Year = {1993}} @article{Lodrup:1996, Author = {Lodrup, Helge}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Working Papers in Scandinavian Syntax}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {76--91}, Title = {The Theory of Complex Predicates and the Norwegian Verb f{\aa} `get'}, Volume = {57}, Year = {1996}} @article{Macaulay:1997, Author = {Macaulay, Monica and Brice, Colleen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {798--825}, Title = {Don't Tough my Projectile: Gender Bias and Stereotyping in Syntactic Examples}, Volume = {73}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {This article presents the results of two tudies which show that gender bias and stereotyping are widespread in the example sentences of syntax textbooks. Results from both studies indicate that little has changed over the past twenty-five years: virtually all of the authors favor male-genedered NPs as subjects and agents and regularly stereotype both genders. Throughout the paper we make reference to the LSA guidelines for nonsexist usage, pointing out the need for such guidelines, and highlighting the gaps in the current version.}} @phdthesis{Mahajan:1990, Author = {Mahajan, Anoop}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Keywords = {linguistics}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {The {A/A}-bar distinction and movement theory}, Year = {1990}} @inproceedings{Mahajan:1991, Author = {Mahajan, Anoop}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North Eastern Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Sherer, Tim}, Keywords = {library; object agreement; agreement; Case; specificity; object shift}, Pages = {263--277}, Title = {Clitic Doubling, Object Agreement and Specificity}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Mahajan:1997, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Mahajan, Anoop}, Booktitle = {Rightward Movement}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Beerman, Dorothee and LeBlanc, David and van Riemsdijk, Henk}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {185--213}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Rightward scrambling}, Year = {1997}} @incollection{Mahajan:2000, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Mahajan, Anoop}, Booktitle = {The syntax of relative clauses}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Alexiadou, Artemis and Law, Paul and Meinunger, Andr{\'e} and Wilder, Chris}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {201--229}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Relative asymmetries and {H}indi correlatives}, Year = {2000}} @article{Mahajan:1994, Author = {Mahajan, Anoop K.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; hindi; LF; constraints; subjacency; A' movement}, Number = {1}, Pages = {171--179}, Title = {Against the Relevance of Subjacency at {LF}: the Case of {H}indi Wh}, Volume = {25}, Year = {1994}} @article{Maienborn:2001, Author = {Maienborn, Claudia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {191--240}, Title = {On the position and interpretation of locative modifiers}, Volume = {9}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {This study offers syntactic and semantic evidence that there are three types of locative modifiers within the verbal domain that differ with respect to their syntactic base position and interpretation. Two of them are subject to sematnic indeterminacy, thereby leading to multiple utterance meanings. The study aims at showing that the full range of interpretations can be derived within a rigid account of lexical and compositional semantics. Locative modifiers are invariably treated as first-order predicates adding a locative constraint. All semantic differences originate from the structural environment they are embedded in and the pragmatic resolution of semantic indeterminacy. The syntactic distribution of locative modifiers is shown to be derivable from interface conditions.}} @article{Maling:1971, Author = {Maling, Joan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library tress}, Number = {3}, Pages = {379--400}, Title = {Sentence Stress in {O}ld {E}nglish}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1971}} @article{Maling:1972, Author = {Maling, Joan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library apping}, Number = {1}, Pages = {101--108}, Title = {On {G}apping and the order of constituents}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1972}} @article{Maling:1976, Author = {Maling, Joan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Pages = {708--718}, Title = {Notes on Quantifier Postposing}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1976}} @article{Maling:1980, Author = {Maling, Joan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Islenskt mal}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, Pages = {175--193}, Title = {Inversion in Embedded Clauses in {M}odern {I}celandic}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1980}} @incollection{Maling:1990, Address = {San Diego, California}, Author = {Maling, Joan and Zaenen, Annie}, Booktitle = {Syntax and Semantics(24)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Publisher = {Academic Press}, Title = {Modern {I}celandic Syntax}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Manzini:1991, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Manzini, M. Rita}, Booktitle = {Long-Distance Anaphora}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Koster, Jan and Reuland, Eric}, Keywords = {anaphora; reflexives; Italian; romance}, Pages = {209--230}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Locality, Parameters and Some Issues in {I}talian Syntax}, Year = {1991}} @article{Manzini:1994, Author = {Manzini, M. Rita}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {parasitic gaps ocality}, Number = {4}, Pages = {481--508}, Title = {Locality, minimalism, and parasitic gaps}, Volume = {25}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Manzini:1999, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Manzini, M. Rita}, Booktitle = {Specifiers}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Adger, David and Plunkett, Bernadette and Tsoulas, George and Pintzuk, Susan}, Pages = {188--205}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Dependencies, Phrase Structure, and Extractions}, Year = {1999}} @article{Manzini:1983, Author = {Manzini, Maria Rita}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; control; anaphora; binding theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {421--446}, Title = {On Control and Control Theory}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @book{Manzini:1992, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Manzini, Maria Rita}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Keywords = {library; A' movement; bounding; constraints}, Pages = {171}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Locality}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1992}} @article{Manzini:1994a, Author = {Manzini, Maria Rita}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {The Linguistic Review}, Number = {3-4}, Pages = {299--314}, Title = {Triggers for Verb-Second: {G}ermanic and {R}omance}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1994}} @book{Marantz:1984, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Marantz, Alec}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {On the Nature of Grammatical Relations}, Year = {1984}} @incollection{Marantz:1988, Address = {San Diego, California}, Author = {Marantz, Alec}, Booktitle = {Theoretical Morphology: Approaches in Modern Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Hammond, Michael and Noonan, Michael}, Keywords = {morphology; clitics}, Pages = {253--270}, Publisher = {Academic Press}, Title = {Clitics, Morphological Merger, and the Mapping to Phonological Structure}, Year = {1988}} @inproceedings{Marantz:1991, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Marantz, Alec}, Booktitle = {Eastern States Conference on Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Westphal, Germ{\'a}n and Ao, Benjamin and Chae, Hee-Rahk}, Pages = {234--253}, Publisher = {Cornell Linguistics Club}, Title = {Case and Licensing}, Year = {1991}} @article{Marotta:1994, Author = {Marotta, Giovanna and Savoia, Leonardo M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library; Italian; phonology; vowels}, Number = {1}, Pages = {43--79}, Title = {Vowel Properties and Nuclear Constituents: Evidence from {I}talian Dialects}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{Marquis:1990, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Marquis, Reajean Canac}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Eighth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Fee, E. Jane and Hunt, Katherine}, Keywords = {Romance; French; library}, Pages = {56--70}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Extending ``Some differences between {Fr}ench and {E}nglish''}, Year = {1990}} @inproceedings{Marquis:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Marquis, Rejean Canac}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {Inversion; Spanish; Romance; library}, Pages = {283--296}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {On the Obligatory Character of Inversion in {S}panish}, Year = {1992}} @incollection{Martin:1999, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Martin, Jack}, Booktitle = {Working minimalism}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Epstein, Samuel and Hornstein, Norbert}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {1--25}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Case, the extended projection principle, and minimalism}, Year = {1999}} @phdthesis{Martin:1992, Address = {University of Connecticut, Storrs}, Author = {Martin, Roger}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-09-03 11:37:18 -0400}, Keywords = {library; PRO; Case; infinitives}, School = {University of Connecticut, Storrs}, Title = {On the Distribution and Case Features of {PRO}}, Year = {1992}} @article{Martin:2001, Author = {Martin, Roger}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/32.1martin.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {141--166}, Title = {Null case and the distribution of {PRO}}, Volume = {32}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {Chomsky and Lasnik (1993) argue convincingly that PRO has null Case, checked by nonfinite T, and suggest that this may explain PRO's narrow distribution. However, their analysis falls short of reaching this goal. Here, I refine the theory of null Case so as to fully account for the distribution of empty and lexical subjects of nonfinte clauses, concluding that this minimalist analysis is more explanatory than earlier ones based on the theories of binding and government. In particular, I arge that whether or not nonfinite T can check null Case depends crucially on its temporal properties and present a number of empirical arguments supporting this conclusion.}} @book{Martin:2000a, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Martin, Roger and Michaels, David and Uriagereka, Juan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:53:26 -0500}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Step by Step}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Martin:2000, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Martin, Roger and Uriagereka, Juan}, Booktitle = {Step by Step}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Martin, Roger and Michaels, David and Uriagereka, Juan}, Pages = {1--30}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Some Possible Foundations of the Minimalist Program}, Year = {2000}} @article{Martin:1997, Author = {Martin, Samuel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {263--271}, Title = {How did Korean get -l for Middle Chinese Words Ending in -t?}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {The Sino-Korean versions of the final labial and velar finals of the Middle Chinese "entering" tone are -p and -k, but the apical -t of Middle Chinese is borrowed as -l and was prescriptively treated as -LQ by the 15th-century Korean orthographers. This is best explained by assuming that a liquid articulation was used in the northern Chinese dialect that Koreans took as a model. That articulation was probably a flap [r], and it was part of the general erosion of the final stops that led to their gradual loss in northern Chinese. Sino-Korean offers no evidence for weakening of the labial stop, but a few aberrant loans may point to a weakened form of the velar.}} @article{Martineau:1997, Author = {Martineau, France and Motapanyane, Virginia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {79--100}, Title = {Non-finiteness in Independent Clauses: The Hypothetical Infinitive in {Q}uebec {F}rench}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {Hypothetical infinitives behave like finite cluases: they license lexical NP and pro in subject position and display atmospheric verbs. These properties follow from the interaction between checking procedures (that is, V-to-I-to-C movement) and the location of the hypothetical infinitive in the sentence structure (that is, base-generated in Topic position). In this specific configuration, the effect of [+V] features on Tense combines with the modal feature of Complementizer and ensures finiteness to this clause, despite the infinitive form of the verb. This analysis offers a uniform account for hypothetical infinitives in Quebec and Continental French. It also predicts that cross-linguistic variation (for example, internal licensing of pro in subject position in Quebec French versus Continental French) must concern parametric settings (for example the Null Subject Parameter) which would further interact with the structural conditions of high infinitives discussed in this paper.}} @incollection{Martinez-Gil:1991, Address = {Washington, D.C.}, Author = {Martinez-Gil, Fernando}, Booktitle = {Current Studies in Spanish Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Campos, Hector and Mart{\'\i}nez-Gil, Fernando}, Keywords = {library; Romance:Spanish; phonology}, Pages = {495--572}, Publisher = {Georgetown University Press}, Title = {The Insert/Delete Parameter, Redundancy Rules, and Neutralization Processes in {S}panish}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Martins:2000, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Martins, Ana Maria}, Booktitle = {Portuguese syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Costa, Jo{\~a}o}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {169--190}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {A minimalist approach to clitic climbing}, Year = {2000}} @article{Martins:1994, Author = {Martins, Ana-Maria}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Number = {2/3}, Pages = {173--206}, Title = {Enclisis, {VP}-Deletion and the Nature of Sigma}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1994}} @article{Mascaro:1966, Author = {Mascar{\'o}, Joan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library llomorphy}, Number = {2}, Pages = {181--206}, Title = {External Allomorphy and Contractions in {R}omance}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1966}} @inproceedings{Massam:1990, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Massam, Diane}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Eighth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Fee, E. Jane and Hunt, Katherine}, Keywords = {Part/whole; library}, Pages = {236--246}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Part/Whole Constructions in {E}nglish}, Year = {1990}} @article{Massam:2001, Author = {Massam, Diane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {153--197}, Title = {Pseudo noun incorporation in {N}iuean}, Volume = {19}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {This paper examines a phenomenon of Niuean (Oceanic) often called Noun Incorporation (NI). It is shown that, since nominal element in these constructions is a phrase (NP) rathern than a head (N), this phenomenon does not in fact constitute NI in the normal sense of the term. Instead, it is termned Pseudo Noun Incorporation, or PNI. An analysis is presented in which an object NP (rther than DP) is generated adjacent to a verb. Since NP cannot check absolutive case, it fails to move out of VP, hence it undergoes predicate fronting along with the verb to derive the 'incorporated' order V-O-Particles-S-X: the normal order is V-Particles-S-O-X. The properties of three subtypes of PNI are examined in some detail: general PNI. existential PNI, and instrumental PNI, and the analysis is developed to account for their properties. General PNI involves the generation of an NP object, in which the referential position remains open, resulting in a habitual reading for the sentence. Instrumental PNI is similar, except it does not have the same aspectual consequence. In existential PNI, on the other hand, an existential verb (fai 'have/be', muhu 'have plenty/be plentiful') binds the position in NP, thus allowing the NP to be referential and to be modifed by a relative clause. Existential PNI thus results from a hybrid V/DET category (such as fai) which simultaneously beinds the open position in NP and acts as the head predicate of the sentence. We see that the properties of Niuean PNI do not fit into the various typologies of NI available in the literature, hence a novel analysis is required, such as the one proposed in this paper.}} @article{Massam:2002, Author = {Massam, Diane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Location = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Pages = {225--246}, Title = {On predication and the status of subjects in {N}iuean}, Volume = {Objects and Other Subjects}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Massam:1997, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Massam, Diane and Smallwood, Carolyn}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {263--272}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Essential Features of Predication in {E}nglish and {N}iuean}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Massar:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Massar, Andrea and Gerken, LouAnn}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {253--266}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Abstract Output: An Optimality-Theoretic Analysis of Children's Omissions from Prosodically Complex Structures}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Masullo:1993, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Masullo, Pascual Jos{\'e}}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 23}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {303--317}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {Two Types of Quirky Subjects: {S}panish versus {I}celandic}, Year = {1993}} @article{Matsumoto:1996, Author = {Matsumoto, Masumi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Keywords = {library ognate objects}, Title = {Cognate Objects and Referentiality: A Preliminary Study}, Year = {1996}} @article{Matsumoto:1995, Author = {Matsumoto, Masumi and Fujita, Koji}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Studies in English Literature}, Keywords = {library iddle}, Number = {1}, Pages = {95--111}, Title = {The English Middle as an Individual-Level Predicate}, Volume = {72}, Year = {1995}} @article{Matsumoto:1995a, Author = {Matsumoto, Yo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:53:05 -0500}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {21--60}, Title = {The Conversational Condition on Horn Scales}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1995}} @article{Matsuo:1999, Author = {Matsuo, Ayumi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/30.2Matsuo.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {310--325}, Title = {Reciprocity and Binding in Early Child Grammar}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}} @incollection{Matthews:1993, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Matthews, Robert J.}, Booktitle = {The Chomskyan Turn}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Kasher, Asa}, Keywords = {library; philosophy:language; philosophy:mind; cognitive science}, Pages = {182--199}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishers}, Title = {Psychological Reality of Grammars}, Year = {1993}} @article{Matthewson:1999, Author = {Matthewson, Lisa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {79--134}, Title = {On the Interpretation of Wide-Scope Indefinites}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This paper argues, on the basis of data from St'{\'a}t'imcets (Lillooet Salish), for a theory of wide-scope indefinites which is similar, though not identical, to that proposed by Kratzer (1989). I show that a subset of St'{\'a}t'imcets indefinites takes obligatory wide scope with respect to if-clauses, negation and modals, and is unable to be distrbuted over by quantificational phrases. These wide-scope effects cannot be accounted for by movement, but require an analysis involving choice functions (Reinhart 1995, 1997). However, Reinhart's particular choice function analysis is unable to account for the St'{\'a}t'imcets data. A Kratzer-style theory, on the other hand, accounts not only for the wide-scope effects, but also for the emergence of narrower-than-widest interpretations for indefinites which contain bound variables. I depart from Kratzer's analysis in claiming that St'{\'a}t'imcets choice function indefinites are not 'specific'; the discourse context does not provide a value for the function variable. Therefore, I utilize wide-scope existential closure over choice functions rather than leaving the variables free. However, my analysis provides support for Kratzer's claim that Enlgish indefinites are ambiguous between a choice function interpretation and a quantificational interpretation, since St'{\'a}t'imcets determiners overtly encode the English ambiguity. I conclude by suggesting that the proposed analysis of wide-scoep indefinites may be universally valid.}} @article{Matthewson:2001, Author = {Matthewson, Lisa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {145--189}, Title = {Quantification and the nature of crosslinguistic variation}, Volume = {9}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {The standard analysis of quantification says that determiner quantifiers (such as every) take an NP predicate and create a generalized quantifier. The goal of this paper is to subject these beliefs to crosslinguistic scrutiny. I begin by showing that in St'at'imcets (Lillooet Salish), quantifiers always require sisters of argumental type, and the creation of a generalized quantifier from an NP predicate always proceeds in two steps rather than one. I then explicitly adopt the strong null hypothesis that the denotations of quantifiers should be crosslinguistically uniform. Since the Salish data cannot be captured by the usual analysis of English, I pursue the idea that English is reducible to the Salish pattern. Reanalysis of many English constructions is required. I argue that the reanalysis has advantages over the standard analysis for partitives, as well as for non-partitive all- and most-phrases, which I analyze as containing bare plurals of argumental type. Even where the new analysis faces some challenges (for example, with every), the attempt still leads to fruitful results. It forces us to view familiar constructions in a new light, and to redefine, I believe correctly, which quantificational constructions are 'basic' and which stand in need of further explanation.}} @phdthesis{May:1977, Author = {May, Robert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Keywords = {quantification}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {The Grammar of Quantification}, Year = {1977}} @article{May:1981, Author = {May, Robert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {LF; quantifiers; ecp; bounding; Linguistics}, Pages = {215--243}, Title = {Movement and Binding}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{May:1983, Author = {May, Robert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {162--168}, Title = {Autonomy, Case, and Variables}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @book{May:1985, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {May, Robert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Keywords = {linguistics ibrary}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Logical Form: Its Structure and Derivation}, Year = {1985}} @incollection{May:1993, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {May, Robert}, Booktitle = {The Chomskyan Turn}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Kasher, Asa}, Keywords = {library; LF; semantics}, Pages = {334--359}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishers}, Title = {Syntax, Semantics, and Logical Form}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{May:2001, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {May, Robert}, Booktitle = {Semantic interfaces: reference, anaphora and aspect}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Cecchetto, Carlo and Chierchia, Gennaro and Guasti, Maria Teresa}, Pages = {1--50}, Publisher = {CSLI}, Title = {Frege on identity statements}, Year = {2001}} @article{McCaffery:1999, Author = {McCaffery, Stephan J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {423--445}, Title = {Compositional Names}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1999}} @article{McCarthy:2000a, Author = {McCarthy, John}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:52:42 -0500}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {147--197}, Title = {The prosody of phase in {R}otuman}, Volume = {18}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {The "phase" alternation in Rotuman is remarkable (and has attracted a good deal of previous attention) for two reasons. First, the shape differences between phases are quite diverse, involving resyllabificaiton, deletion, umlaut, and metathesis. Second, the phase alternation produces prosodic structures that are otherwise unattested in this language, replacing simple (C)V syllables with closed and diphthongal ones. In this article, I argue that Optimality Theory (Prince and Smolensky 1993) helps to make sense of both these observations. I also go on to use these results to support some claims about the nature of templates and prosodic circumscription in the theory of Prosodic Morphology (McCarthy and Prince 1986).}} @inproceedings{McCarthy:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {McCarthy, John}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {501--524}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Harmonic serialism and parallelism}, Year = {2000}} @article{McCarthy:1997, Author = {McCarthy, John J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {231--251}, Title = {Process-Specific Constraints in {O}ptimality {T}heory}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {Similar phonological processes can be governed by different constraints. Davis (1995) claims that the effect of such process-specific constraints cannot be obtained in Optimality Theory (OT), exemplifying this point with material from harmony in Palestinian Arabic. On the contrary, I show that process-specific constraints are a natural and expected result of constraint ranking, the fundamental idea of OT. Furthermore, OT makes a restrictive prediction, the subset criterion, about coexistent process-specific constraints within a single grammar -- a prediction supported by the Palestinian material. Davis also presents evidence that epenthetic segments have featural specifications, claiming that OT says they are featureless. This is incorrect; OT is a model of constraint interaction, not of the representation of epenthetic segments.}} @incollection{McCawley:1968, Address = {New York}, Author = {McCawley, James D.}, Booktitle = {Universals in Linguistic Theory}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Bach, Emmon and Harms, Richard}, Pages = {124--169}, Publisher = {Holt, Rinehart and Winston}, Title = {The role of semantics in a grammar}, Year = {1968}} @article{McCawley:1976, Author = {McCawley, James D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; anaphora; binding theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {319--341}, Title = {Notes on {J}ackendoff's Theory of Anaphora}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1976}} @inproceedings{McCawley:1993, Address = {Berkeley, California}, Author = {McCawley, James D.}, Booktitle = {Berkeley Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Peterson, David A.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {245--253}, Title = {Gapping with shared operators}, Year = {1993}} @article{McCawley:1994, Author = {McCawley, James D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library; Chinese; questions}, Number = {2}, Pages = {179--194}, Title = {Remarks on the Syntax of {M}andarin-Yes-No Questions}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1994}} @book{McCawley:1998, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {McCawley, James D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Publisher = {University of Chicago}, Title = {The syntactic phenomena of {E}nglish}, Year = {1998}} @article{McCawley:1999, Author = {McCawley, James D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {6}, Pages = {595--619}, Title = {Participant roles, frames, and speech acts}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1999}} @inproceedings{McCawley:1974, Address = {Chicago, Illinois}, Author = {McCawley, Noriko}, Booktitle = {Papers from the Tenth Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {La Galy, M. W. and Fox, R. A. and Bruck, A.}, Keywords = {library; constraints; A' movement}, Pages = {428--435}, Title = {On ``make the claim that S''}, Year = {1974}} @book{McCloskey:1979, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {McCloskey, James}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Keywords = {library; semantics; Celtic; Irish}, Pages = {258}, Publisher = {D. Reidel Publishing Company}, Title = {Transformational Syntax and Model Theoretic Semantics}, Year = {1979}} @incollection{McCloskey:1983, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {McCloskey, James}, Booktitle = {Order, Concord and Constituency}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Gazdar, Gerald and Klein, Ewan and Pullum, Geoff}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {A {VP} in a {VSO} language}, Year = {1983}} @inproceedings{McCloskey:1991, Address = {Stuttgart}, Author = {McCloskey, James}, Booktitle = {Seventh Workshop on Comparative Germanic Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Keywords = {Irish; Celtic; V2; Verb movement}, Title = {Verb Fronting, Verb Second and the Left Edge of {IP} in {I}rish}, Year = {1991}} @article{McCloskey:1991a, Author = {McCloskey, James}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Lingua}, Keywords = {ellipsis}, Pages = {259--302}, Title = {Clause Structure, Ellipsis and Proper Government in {I}rish}, Volume = {85}, Year = {1991}} @article{McCloskey:1996, Author = {McCloskey, James}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {47--104}, Title = {On the Scope of Verb Movement in {I}rish}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1996}} @incollection{McCloskey:1997, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {McCloskey, James}, Booktitle = {Elements of grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Haegeman, Liliane}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {197--235}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Subjecthood and subject positions}, Year = {1997}} @article{McCloskey:2000, Author = {McCloskey, James}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library uantifier float h movement bject shift erb raising}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/31.1McCloskey.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {57--84}, Title = {Quantifier Float and Wh-Movement in an {I}rish {E}nglish}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {The English of northwestern Ireland allows quantifier float of a previously undocumented kind in wh-questions. The quantifier all, though construed with a fronted wh-pronoun, may appear in a position considerably to the right of that pronoun. It is argued that all so stranded marks a position through which a wh-phrase has passed or in which a wh-phrase originates. The construction then provides visible evidence for intermediate derivational stages. This evidence is used to develop a new argument for successive cyclicity and to argue for overt object shift in English and for an origin site for subjects strictly within VP and below the object shift position.}} @article{McCloskey:2002, Author = {McCloskey, James}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Location = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Pages = {157--192}, Title = {The distribution of subject properties in {I}rish}, Volume = {Objects and Other Subjects}, Year = {2002}} @article{McConnell-Ginet:1982, Author = {McConnell-Ginet, Sally}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {adverbs}, Number = {1}, Pages = {144--184}, Title = {Adverbs and Logical Form}, Volume = {58}, Year = {1982}} @article{McDaniel:1995, Author = {McDaniel, Dana and Chiu, Bonnie and Maxfield, Thomas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library cquisition h movement}, Number = {4}, Pages = {709--753}, Title = {Parameters for Wh-Movement Types: Evidence from Child Language}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{McDonough:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {McDonough, Joyce M.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library rosody}, Pages = {347--360}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Gemination and the Prosodic Enhancement Strategy}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{McGinnis:1995, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {McGinnis, Martha}, Booktitle = {Papers on Minimalist Syntax(27)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Pensalfini, Rob and Ura, Hiroyuki}, Keywords = {library inimalism eatures}, Pages = {165--188}, Publisher = {MITWPL}, Title = {Fission as Feature-Movement}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{McGinnis:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {McGinnis, Martha}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {267--282}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Locality and Inert Case}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{McGinnis:2001, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {McGinnis, Martha}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {333--349}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Phases and the syntax of applicatives}, Year = {2001}} @phdthesis{McGinnis:1998a, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {McGinnis, Martha Jo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Locality in {A} Movement}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{McHugh:1990, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {McHugh, Brian D.}, Booktitle = {The Phonology-Syntax Connection}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Inkelas, Sharon and Zec, Draga}, Keywords = {library; phonology:syntax; prosody; tones}, Pages = {217--242}, Publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, Title = {The Phrasal Cycle in {K}ivunjo {C}haga Tonology}, Year = {1990}} @book{McKay:1985, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {McKay, Terence}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Infinitival Complements in {G}erman}, Year = {1985}} @article{McKee:1992, Author = {McKee, Cecil and Emiliani, Maria}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {clitics; Romance}, Number = {3}, Pages = {415--438}, Title = {Il Clitico: C'eg ma non si Vede}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1992}} @phdthesis{McNulty:1988, Author = {McNulty, Elaine}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, School = {UCONN, Storrs}, Title = {The Syntax of Adjunct Predicates}, Year = {1988}} @inproceedings{Meinunger:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Meinunger, Andr{\'e}}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {283--300}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {A Monoclausal Structure for (Pseudo-)cleft Sentences}, Year = {1998}} @article{Meinunger:2001, Author = {Meinunger, Andr{\'e}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 32.4meinunger.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/32.4meinunger.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {732--740}, Title = {Restrictions on verb raising}, Volume = {32}, Year = {2001}} @article{Meir:2002, Author = {Meir, Irit}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {413=450}, Title = {A cross-modality perspective on verb agreement}, Volume = {20}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {Verb agreement in sign languages (illustrated here by Israeli Sign Language, ISL) seems to differ greatly from that of spoken languages, as it seems to be thematically oriented and is realized morphologically only on a subset of verbs int he language. These properties present both typological and theoretical challenges, since agreement is generally regarded as a structural relation, realized morphologically as inflectional affixes on the verbal element. These challenges are addressed here by applying a particular componential analysis (along the lines of Jackendoff 1990) to the class of verbs which inflect for agreement in ISL. This analysis enables us to capture and explain the similarities as well as differences between the agreement systems of signed and spoken languages. It argues that agreement is basically a structural relation in languages in both modalities. The unique properties of sign language verb agreement are attributed tot he difference in the agreeing element: verbs and auxiliaries in spoken languages vs. a spatial predicate in sign languages. These conclusions have some significatn theoretical implications, both for capturing aspects ofthe interaction between modality and the structure of language, and for imposing restrictions ont he structure of the lexicon.}} @incollection{Meisel:1990, Author = {Meisel, J.}, Booktitle = {Two Languages: Early Grammatical Development in Two Bilingual Children}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Meisel, J.}, Title = {Subjects and Subject Verb Agreement}, Year = {1990}} @article{Melzack:1989, Author = {Melzack, Ronald}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Canadian Psychology}, Keywords = {library ognition}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--16}, Title = {Phantom Limbs, the Self and the Brain}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1989}} @article{Melzack:1992, Author = {Melzack, Ronald}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Keywords = {library ognition}, Pages = {120--126}, Title = {Phantom Limbs}, Volume = {Scientific American}, Year = {1992}} @article{Menaugh:1995, Author = {Menaugh, Michael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {196--227}, Title = {The English modals and established models of probability and possibility: a sign-based analysis}, Volume = {49}, Year = {1995}} @book{Menshing:2000, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Menshing, Guido}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {267}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Infinitive constructions with specified subjects}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Menuzzi:2000, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Menuzzi, S{\'e}rgio}, Booktitle = {Portuguese syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Costa, Jo{\~a}o}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {191--240}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {First person plural anaphora in {B}razilian {P}ortuguese: chains and constraint interaction in Binding}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Merchant:1996, Address = {Harvard University and MIT}, Author = {Merchant, Jason}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {179--194}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Object Scrambling and Quantifier Float in {G}erman}, Year = {1996}} @article{Merchant:1996a, Author = {Merchant, Jason}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library honology}, Number = {4}, Pages = {709--719}, Title = {Alignment and Fricative Assimilation in {G}erman}, Volume = {27}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Merchant:1997, Address = {Chicago, Illinois}, Author = {Merchant, Jason}, Booktitle = {Annual Meeting of the Linguistic Society of America}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Title = {Guess what {I} found, and where: Pronominal wh-traces under {S}luicing}, Year = {1997}} @phdthesis{Merchant:1999, Address = {Santa Cruz}, Author = {Merchant, Jason}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, School = {University of California}, Title = {The syntax of silence: sluicing, islands, and identity in ellipsis}, Year = {1999}} @article{Merchant:2000, Author = {Merchant, Jason}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/31.3Merchant.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {566--575}, Title = {Economy, the Copy Theory, and Antecedent-Contained Deletion}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}} @book{Merchant:2001, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Merchant, Jason}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {The syntax of silence: sluicing, islands, and the theory of ellipsis}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Merchant:forth, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Merchant, Jason}, Booktitle = {Topics in ellipsis}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Johnson, Kyle}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Variable island repair under ellipsis}, Year = {forthcoming}} @article{Mercier:1994, Author = {Mercier, Adele}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library; language acquisition; philosophy:language}, Number = {5}, Pages = {499--519}, Title = {Consumerism and Language Acquisition}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1994}} @article{Mester:1994, Author = {Mester, R. Armin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library; phonology}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--62}, Title = {The Quantitative Trochee in {L}atin}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Mey:1975, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Mey, S. de}, Booktitle = {Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-1973}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Kraak, A.}, Keywords = {library; linguistic theory; induction}, Pages = {80--87}, Publisher = {Van Gorcum}, Title = {Induction and Linguistics}, Year = {1975}} @incollection{Meys:1975a, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Meys, W. J.}, Booktitle = {Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-1973}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:51:47 -0500}, Editor = {Kraak, A.}, Keywords = {library; morphology; compounds}, Pages = {46--56}, Publisher = {Van Gorcum}, Title = {Some Reflections about Reflexive Compound Adjectives}, Year = {1975}} @incollection{Meys:1975, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Meys, W. J.}, Booktitle = {Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-1973}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Kraak, A.}, Keywords = {library; Germanic:English; comitative; Case}, Pages = {178--186}, Publisher = {Van Gorcum}, Title = {The English Comitative. A Doubtful Case?}, Year = {1975}} @article{Michaelis:1996a, Author = {Michaelis, Laura A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:51:39 -0500}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library xtraposition}, Number = {2}, Pages = {215--247}, Title = {Toward a construction-based theory of language function: the case of nominal extraposition}, Volume = {72}, Year = {1996}} @article{Michaelis:1996, Author = {Michaelis, Laura A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {5}, Pages = {477--502}, Title = {On the Use and Meaning of Already}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1996}} @article{Miller:1997, Author = {Miller, Philip H. and Sag, Ivan A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {573--639}, Title = {French Clitic Movement Without Clitics or Movement}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {The French clitic system has posed a persistent challenge to transformational syntactic analysis, which has never produced a successful account of problems such as clitic ordering. Lexicalist alternatives, however, have never been reconciled with the full range of familiar problems and the growing body of known lexical idiosyncracies. We presetn a lexicalist treatment of the French clitic system that treats all 'clitics' as lexical pronominal affixes, whose ordering is templatic in nature. On our account, the order of French pronominal affixes is independent of the general properties of syntactic structures; cliticized words -- treated as valence-reduced realizations of verbal lexemes -- enter the syntax fully inflected. The conclusions we reach challenge grammatical architectures that seek to explain the behavior of clitics in terms of functional projections, head movement and/or the Mirror Principles.}} @inproceedings{Miller-Ockhuizen:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Pius, Tamanji and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {261--276}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Reduplication in Ju/hoansi: Tone determines weight}, Year = {1999}} @phdthesis{Milsark:1974, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Milsark, Gary}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Existential Sentences in {E}nglish}, Year = {1974}} @article{Milward:1994, Author = {Milward, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library oundations}, Number = {6}, Pages = {561--606}, Title = {Dynamic Dependency Grammar}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1994}} @article{Minkoff:2000, Author = {Minkoff, Seth A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/31.4Minkoff.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {583--608}, Title = {Principle {D}}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {Certain acceptability contrasts attending pronominal and SELF-anaphor binding are not accounted for by previous theories of Principles A and B. These contrasts are produced by "Principle D," which limits the binding domains of antecedents that are "nonselected," that is, of antecedents that form arguments of predicates that do not restrict the class of arguments with which these antecedents may acceptably be replaced. Further, assuming that Principel D violations are less unacceptable that Principle B violations and more unacceptable than Principle A violations, Principle D's interactions wiht Principles A and B account for gradations of unaccpetability that cannot be accounted for using the "acceptable/unacceptable" dichotomy posited in most previous works.}} @incollection{Mitchell:1994, Address = {MIT}, Author = {Mitchell, Erika}, Booktitle = {The Morphology-Syntax Connection}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Harley, Heidi and Phillips, Colin}, Keywords = {library; morphology; fusion; agreement}, Pages = {111--130}, Title = {When {AgrO} is Fused to {AgrS}: What Morphology Can Tell Us About the Functional Categories}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Mithun:1988, Address = {San Diego, California}, Author = {Mithun, Marianne}, Booktitle = {Theoretical Morphology}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Hammond, Michael and Noonan, Michael}, Keywords = {library; morphology; diachrony; diachrony; inflection}, Pages = {211--234}, Publisher = {Academic Press, Inc.}, Title = {Lexical Categories and the Evolution of Number Marking}, Year = {1988}} @article{Mittwoch:1993, Author = {Mittwoch, Anita}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library; semantics}, Number = {1}, Pages = {71--82}, Title = {The Relationship between Schon/Already and Noch/Still: A Reply to L{\"o}bner}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Mitz:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Mitz, Toben H. and Newport, Elissa L. and Bever, Thomas G.}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Pages = {43--54}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Distributional Regularities of Form Class in Speech to Young Children}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Miyagawa:1987, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Miyagawa, Shigeru}, Booktitle = {Issues in {J}apanese Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Keywords = {library; Japanese; restructuring}, Pages = {273--300}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Restructuring {J}apanese}, Year = {1987}} @book{Miyagawa:1989, Address = {San Diego}, Author = {Miyagawa, Shigeru}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Keywords = {Case}, Publisher = {Academic Press}, Title = {Structure and Case Marking in {J}apanese}, Year = {1989}} @article{Miyagawa:1989a, Author = {Miyagawa, Shigeru}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library ight verbs naccusatives}, Number = {4}, Pages = {659--668}, Title = {Light Verbs and the Ergative Hypothesis}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @article{Miyagawa:1997, Author = {Miyagawa, Shigeru}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--25}, Title = {Against Optional Scrambling}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {I argue that the apparent "free word order" in languages like Japanese is not really free; instead, each word order is distinct and motivated by some syntactic or semantic consideration. The "free-word-order" view is, to some extent, a carryover from the nonconfigurational conception of such languages. For VP-internal word order permutation, the two word orders IO-DO and DO-IO are best viewed as being base-generated instead of as being derived one from the other. For IP-adjunction scrambling, A-scrambling is driven by a Case agreement feature, whereas A'-scrambling is motivated by something like focus. These findings cast doubt on the widely held view that scrambling constitutes a strictly optional movement.}} @inproceedings{Miyamoto:1993, Address = {University of Iowa}, Author = {Miyamoto, Yoichi}, Booktitle = {Fourth Annual Meeting of the Formal Lingusitics Society of MidAmerica}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Davison, Alice and Maier, Nicole and Silva, Glaucia and Yan, Wan Su}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {220--235}, Title = {Evidence for a Pro-{PP} in {J}apanese}, Year = {1993}} @article{Mohanan:1989, Author = {Mohanan, Tara}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library yllable honology}, Number = {4}, Pages = {589--626}, Title = {Syllable Structure in {M}alayalam}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @article{Mohanan:1995, Author = {Mohanan, Tara}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {75--134}, Title = {Wordhood and Lexicality: Noun Incorporation in {H}indi}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Mohanan:1997, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Mohanan, Tara}, Booktitle = {Complex Predicates}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Alsina, Alex and Bresnan, Joan and Sells, Peter}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {431--472}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Multidimensionality of Representation: {NV} Complex Predicates in {H}indi}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Moltmann:1990, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Moltmann, Friederike}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Eighth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Fee, E. Jane and Hunt, Katherine}, Keywords = {quantification; events; library}, Pages = {247--261}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Measure Adverbials as Part Quantifiers}, Year = {1990}} @inproceedings{Moltmann:1991, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Moltmann, Friederike}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Ninth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Halpern, Aaron L.}, Keywords = {events; quantification; library}, Pages = {361--378}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {The Multidimensional Part Structure of Events}, Year = {1991}} @phdthesis{Moltmann:1992, Author = {Moltmann, Friederike}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Keywords = {library; comparatives; coordination}, School = {MIT}, Title = {Coordination and comparatives}, Year = {1992}} @inproceedings{Moltmann:1993, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Moltmann, Friederike}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 23}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {319--333}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {The Empty Element in Comparatives}, Year = {1993}} @article{Moltmann:1995, Author = {Moltmann, Friederike}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library xceptive clauses uantification}, Number = {3}, Pages = {223--280}, Title = {Exception Sentences and Polyadic Quantification}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1995}} @article{Moltmann:1997, Author = {Moltmann, Friederike}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library ntension uantification uantifiers}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--52}, Title = {Intensional Verbs and Quantifiers}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {This paper discusses the semantics of intensional NP-taking verbs such as need, want, recognize, and hire. It proposes several new linguistic criteria for intensionality besides the traditoinal ones of failure of existential quantification and substitutivity, and it defends two different semantic analyses for different intensional verbs. For the majority of verbs, the paper argues for a partialized version of the intensional quantifier analysis originally proposed by Montague, but for a single class of verbs, verbs of comparison, it adopts the property analysis recently proposed as a general analysis of intensional verb constructions by Zimmermann (1992). The paper also includes a systematic classification of intensional verbs according to the type of lexical meaning they involve.}} @inproceedings{Monachesi:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Monachesi, Paola}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Pius, Tamanji and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {277--292}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Syntactic and prosodic properties of {I}talian restructuring verbs}, Year = {1999}} @phdthesis{Montalbetti:1984, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Montalbetti, Mario}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {After Binding}, Year = {1984}} @phdthesis{Moorcroft:1995, Author = {Moorcroft, Regina Pallat}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Keywords = {Germanic ibrary}, School = {University of Toronto}, Title = {Clause-Level Functional Categories in {G}ermanic {V2} Languages}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Moore:1990, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Moore, John}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Eighth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Fee, E. Jane and Hunt, Katherine}, Keywords = {psych verbs; Romance; Spanish; library}, Pages = {262--275}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Spanish Restructuring and Psych Verbs: a Case for {VP}-Complementation}, Year = {1990}} @inproceedings{Moore:1993, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Moore, John}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 23}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {335--349}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {Head Government and Minimality}, Year = {1993}} @article{Moore:1994, Author = {Moore, John}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; clitics; Romance:Spanish; clitics climbing; infinitives}, Number = {2}, Pages = {335--344}, Title = {Romance Cliticization and Relativized Minimality}, Volume = {25}, Year = {1994}} @article{Moore:1998, Author = {Moore, John}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {149--189}, Title = {Turkish Copy-Raising and {A}-Chain Locality}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This paper presents evidence from Turkish Raising Constructions that argues that A-chains should potentially terminate in a pronominal element. This is motivated by the possibility of raising from finite clauses in some varieties of Turkish. However, these Raising constructions do exhibit Specified Subject Condition effects, arguing for a theory of the locality of movement that dissociates the prohibition against raising from finite clauses from the prohibition against crossing a specified subject. I argue that Rizzi's (1990) Relativized Minimality approach achieves this separation as a consequence of separate conditions on formal licensing and chian locality. In particular, I propose that Turkish Raising construcitons involve an A-chain whose tail is a silent pronominal (pro). Given that this type of Raising leaves a pronominal copy, neither Principle A of the Binding theory, nor the ECP can be involved (as these apply to only [-pronominal] elements). However, if antecedent government is taken to be a property of chains, as Rizzi proposes, then locality will correctly be enforced in these Copy-Raising cases. This approach is extended to Exceptional Case Marking/Subject to Object Raising constructions, and provides an argument for a Subject to Object Raising analysis. I conclude by briefly comparing the resumptive pronoun strategy in A- and A'-dependencies. From a cross-linguistic perspective, it appears that both allow for a relaxation of ECP effects as well as the mitigation of locality to varying degrees.}} @article{Moore:2000, Author = {Moore, John and Perlmutter, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {373--416}, Title = {What does it take to be a dative subject?}, Volume = {18}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {What are Dative Subjects? This paper argues that this term has been applied to two distinct constructions. In one, the surface subject is in the dateive case. In the other, a dative-marked nominal that behaves like a subject in certain respects is not, we claim, a surface subject. Dative nominals of the second type have been analyzed in Relational Grammar as initial subject and final indirect object in the Inversion construction; for the reason we call them I-nominals. Neither adopting nor rejecting the initial-subject analysis of I-nominals, here we argue only that they are not surface subjects. To argue that I-nominals are not surface subjects is not so straightforward, however. Where I-nominals fail to behave like surface subjects, it has been widely assumed that the subject behaviors in question are restricted to nominative subjects. This has made it possible to maintain tha tI nominals are surface subjects despite their nonsubject behaviors, which are attributed to their dative case. To argue against this it is necessary to find a langauge where Inominals' failure to behave like subjects cannot be attributed to their dative case. Here we argue that Russian is such a language. We show that Russian has a true dative-subject construction in which surface subjects are in the dative case. They behave like subjects in every respect. Russian also has I-nominals in the dative case which behave like subjects in only two respects; in other respects they fail to behave like subjects. This failure cannot be attributed to their dative case becasue true dative subjects, also in the dative case, behave like subjects in every respect. We conclude that dative subjects and I-nominals instantiate distinct constructions which must be recognized as such in syntactic typology and syntactic theory. The consequences of this result extend beyond Russian to the analysis of other languages. Where dative-marked nominals behave like subjects in certain respects, it is necessary to determine whether they are I-nominals or dative subjects, based on language-internal evidence. They cannot simply be assumed to be dative subjects, as has often been done. It takes more to be a dative subject than has generally been recognized: it takes language-internal evidence that nominals in question are not I-nominals.}} @incollection{Moravcsik:1989, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Moravcsik, Julius}, Booktitle = {Themes From Kaplan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Almog, Joseph and Perry, John and Wettstein, Howard}, Keywords = {library; philosophy: language; semantics}, Pages = {273--296}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Meaning and Explanation}, Year = {1989}} @inproceedings{Morelli:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Morelli, Frida}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {107--120}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Markedness Relations and Implicational Universals in the Typology of Onset Obstruent Clusters}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Moren:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Mor{\'e}n, Bruce}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {113--128}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Syllable weight asymmetries in distinctive and coercive environments}, Year = {1999}} @incollection{Mori:1994, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Mori, Junko}, Booktitle = {{Japanese/Korean} Linguistics(4)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Akatsuka, Noriko}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {147--164}, Publisher = {Stanford Linguistics Association}, Title = {Functions of the Connective ``Datte'' in {J}apanese Conversation}, Year = {1994}} @article{Moriz:1994, Author = {Moriz, Luc and Valois, Daniel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; Pied Piping}, Number = {4}, Pages = {667--708}, Title = {Pied-Piping and Specifier-Head Agreement}, Volume = {25}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Moro:1995, Address = {San Diego, California}, Author = {Moro, Andrea}, Booktitle = {Small Clauses(28)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Cardinaletti, Anna and Guasti, Maria Teresa}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {109--132}, Publisher = {Academic Press}, Title = {Small Clauses with Predicative Nominals}, Year = {1995}} @article{Moro:1997a, Author = {Moro, Andrea}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:50:40 -0500}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {50--76}, Title = {Dynamic Antisymmetry: Movement as a Symmetry-breaking Phenomenon}, Volume = {51}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {Movement is a specific property of human languages and one that has at least implicitly been recognized in all linguistic theories. The most recent development posits that movement is forced by morphological requirements (Chomsky 1995). In this paper I will suggest a different approach to movement, suggesting that it is essentially related to the geometry of phrase structure. A weak version of Kayne's 1994 theory of the antisymmetry of syntax, namely 'dynamic antisymmetry' will be introduced. In the strong version, UG only allowed for antisymmetrical configurations, in terms of c-command. Within dynamic antisymmetry, however, symmetrical configurations can be generated, provided that movement makes them antisymmetric before spell-out. In other words, I will suggest that movement is a symmetry-breaking phenomenon, i.e. it is triggered by purely geometrical factors as opposed to morphological ones. Data will range from small clause constructions (both in copular sentences and believe-type verbs) to wh-movement in interrogatives. Italian and English will be the major sources of examples.}} @book{Moro:1997, Address = {Cambridge ; New York ;}, Author = {Moro, Andrea}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Keywords = {Grammar, Comparative and general Clauses.}, Pages = {x, 318}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {The raising of predicates : predicative noun phrases and the theory of clause structure}, Year = {1997}} @article{Morrill:1995, Author = {Morrill, Glyn}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library ategorial grammar}, Number = {2}, Pages = {175--219}, Title = {Discontinuity in Categorial Grammar}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1995}} @phdthesis{Morzycki:2002, Address = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Author = {Morzycki, Marcin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, School = {Graduate Linguistics Students Association}, Title = {Mediated Modification: Functional Structure and the Interpretation of Modifier Position}, Year = {2002}} @article{Moshier:1994, Author = {Moshier, M Andrew and Pollard, Carl J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library oundations nification eatures}, Number = {6}, Pages = {607--632}, Title = {The Domain of Set-Valued Feature Structures}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1994}} @article{Moshier:1997, Author = {Moshier, M. Andrew}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {6}, Pages = {669--695}, Title = {Is {HPSG} Featureless or Unprincipled?}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1997}} @article{Motapanyane:1994, Author = {Motapanyane, Virginia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; Romanian; subjects}, Number = {4}, Pages = {729--737}, Title = {An {A}-Position for {R}omanian Subjects}, Volume = {25}, Year = {1994}} @article{Motapanyane:1998, Author = {Motapanyane, Virginia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {227--243}, Title = {Focus, Checking Theory and Fronting Strategies in {R}omanian}, Volume = {52}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {Checking theory allows only formal features to have syntactic relevance. Focus has an impact on syntax although it is semantic. This apper argues that [focus] features enter the grammar in conjunction with [wh] and [tense]. Complex [wh/focus] and [tense/focus] features induce contrastive configurations and crosslinguistic variation. Romanian constructions with preverbal focus are compated with English clefts, and point to a parametric approach: languages display different strategies for overt movement to focus according to their parametric setting for [wh/focus] or [tense/focus]. The analysis of [focus] as syntactically dependent on [wh]/[tense] provides a uniformtreatment for important variation in focus constructions (e.g. preposing through clitic doubling chains versus clefting) and in interrogative clauses (e.g. presence versus absence of V2 effects in embedded interrogatives).}} @phdthesis{Muadz:1991, Author = {Muadz, H.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Keywords = {coordination}, School = {University of Arizona, Tucson}, Title = {Coordinate structures: a planar representation}, Year = {1991}} @article{Mulder:1992, Author = {Mulder, Rene and Sybesma, Rint}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {439--476}, Title = {Chinese is a {VO} Language}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1992}} @article{Munn:1992, Author = {Munn, Alan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {The Linguistic Review}, Keywords = {library; coordination; coordination; constraints; CSC; A' movement}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--26}, Title = {A Null Operator Analysis of {ATB} Gaps}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1992}} @inproceedings{Munn:1995, Author = {Munn, Alan}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of WECOL}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Samiian, V.}, Keywords = {library}, Title = {The Possessor that Stayed Close to Home}, Year = {1995}} @article{Munn:1999a, Author = {Munn, Alan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {coordination}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/30.4Munn.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {643--668}, Title = {First Conjunct Agreement: Against a Clausal Analysis}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {Aoun, Benmamoun, and Sportiche (1994) propose that first conjunct agreement in Arabic is derived from clausal conjunction. This article shows that the clausal account of first conjunct agreement is empirically inadequate because it fails to distinguish clearly between syntactic and semantic agreement. It argues that an analysis of coordination as adjunction proposed in Munn 1992, 1993 accounts both for the Arabic facts and for the fact that first conjunct agreement is dependent on head government. It also shows that there are asymmetries between governed agreement and spcifier-head agreement that are independent of coordination, lending support to a unified analysis of first conjunct agreement in terms of government or its equivalent.}} @article{Munn:1999, Author = {Munn, Alan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {421--425}, Title = {On the identity requirement of {ATB} extraction}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {Across-the-Board (ATB) movement from coordinate structures is usually subject to an identity requirement: the same element must be extracted from each conjunct. In this paper I show that there are cases in which the identity requirement appears not to be met, in that different answers can be felicitously gtiven to a single ATB question. I show that the non-ATB readings are instances of sloppy identity of the argument of a functional wh, and are subject to grammatical restrictions.}} @incollection{Munn:2000, Address = {T{\''u}bingen}, Author = {Munn, Alan}, Booktitle = {Ellipsis in conjunction}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Schwabe, Kerstin and Zhang, Ning}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {1--22}, Publisher = {Niemeyer}, Title = {Three types of coordination asymmetries}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {In this paper I discuss three different types of asymmetries found in coordinate structures and their implications for the phrase structure of coordination. There are, broadly speaking, three kinds of syntactic analyses of coordination in the literature. In some recent work, coordinate structures are analysed using only clausal coordination and "conjunction reduction" via deletion (E.g. Wilder 1994, Schwarz 1998). In other work, it is argued that conjuncts occupy the specifier and complement of a conjunction phrase (e.b. Munn 1987, Kayne 1994, Johannessen 1996). In parallel structures approaches (Goodall 1987, Moltmann 1993, Wilder 1998), single constituents are often "shared" by two conjuncts. I will argue that coordination asymmetries provide evidence against such accounts and will argue for an analysis in which conjunction is analysed syntactically as phrasal adjunction (Munn 1992, 1993).}} @incollection{Munn:2001, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Munn, Alan}, Booktitle = {Parasitic gaps}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Culicover, Peter and Postal, Paul}, Pages = {369--392}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Explaining parasitic gap restrictions}, Year = {2001}} @phdthesis{Munn:1993, Author = {Munn, Alan Boag}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Keywords = {library; coordination; gapping; A' movement; constraints; parasitic gaps}, School = {The University of Maryland}, Title = {Topics in the syntax and semantics of coordinate structures}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Murasugi:2000, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Murasugi, Keiko}, Booktitle = {The syntax of relative clauses}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Alexiadou, Artemis and Law, Paul and Meinunger, Andr{\'e} and Wilder, Chris}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {231--263}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {An antisymmetry analysis of {J}apanese relative clauses}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Murasugi:2000a, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Murasugi, Keiko S.}, Booktitle = {Step by Step}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Martin, Roger and Michaels, David and Uriagereka, Juan}, Pages = {211--234}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Japanese Complex Noun Phrases and the Antisymmetry Theory}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Murasugi:1994, Address = {MIT}, Author = {Murasugi, Kumiko}, Booktitle = {The Morphology-Syntax Connection}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Harley, Heidi and Phillips, Colin}, Keywords = {library; morphology; agreement}, Pages = {131--152}, Title = {A Constraint on the Feature Specification of Agr}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{Murasugi:1997, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Murasugi, Kumiko G.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {273--286}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Relative Restrictions on Relative Clauses}, Year = {1997}} @article{Murray:1998, Author = {Murray, Robert W.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Keywords = {Murray_2(3).pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JCGL/3.3Murray.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {221--237}, Title = {Old problems, new approaches, and optimizing preferences: A reply to {H}am (1998)}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This paper presents a criticism of Ham's (1998) Optimality Theoretic treatment of West Germanic gemination. Ham attempts to revise Murray and Vennemanns (M\&V 1983) analysis in which all cases of gemination are motivated by the sonority profile at syllable contact in accordance with Cyllable Contact Law (SCL). Although Ham accepts the relevance of SCL, he claims that two additional constraints are required. I demonstrate, however, that neither constraint can be motivated for the grammar of West Germanic. Indeed, from a diachronic perspective the only function of the additional constraints is to serve as ad hoc diacritics. Accordinaly, while Ham's analysis might be OT-coherent, it fails to translate into a explanatory account of West Germanic gemination. By contrast, I demonstrate that M\&V's original account was correct in identifying hte sonority profile at syllable contact as the primary motivating factor. The paper also ctouches on the issue of rereanking and phonological change. In the absence of reference to general principles, reranking does not 'explain' diachronic' change in any interesting way.}} @phdthesis{Musan:1995, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Musan, Renate}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Keywords = {library ense ominals}, Pages = {231}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {On the Temporal Interpretation of Noun Phrases}, Year = {1995}} @article{Musan:1997, Author = {Musan, Renate}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {271--301}, Title = {Tense, Predicates, and Lifetime Effects}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {In this paper, I explain in which way the temporal location of individuals is determined by the temporal interpretation of a clause. The most drastic effects show up in past tense individual-level clauses (section 1). I argue in section 2 that predicates provide lexically determined minimal requirements on their arguments' lifetimes. The role of tense for lifetime effects is an indirect one: by virtue of its determining the temporal interpretation of the main predicate of a clause, it triggers implicatures which cause lifetime effects. This proposal is refined in section 3 so as to be able to explain the blocking of liftetime effects in certain contexts. This blocking is due to the choice of topics and the choice of values for temporal restrictions. In section 4 I compare my proposal to a proposal of Kratzer (1989b) and argue that my account is more adequate. Kratzer's main claim, that the temporal location of individuals is somtimes directly determined by tnese, runs into several problems which are avoided in my account.}} @article{Musan:1999, Author = {Musan, Renate}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {6}, Pages = {621--661}, Title = {Temporal interpretation and information-status of noun phrases}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1999}} @article{Muskens:1996, Author = {Muskens, Reinhard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {143--186}, Title = {Combining {M}ontague Semantics and Discourse Representation}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1996}} @incollection{Muysken:1979, Address = {Scuola Normale Superiore, Pisa}, Author = {Muysken, Pieter}, Booktitle = {Theory of Markedness in Generative Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Belletti, Adriana and Brandi, Luigi and Rizzi, Luigi}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Title = {Quechua Causatives and {L}ogical {F}orm: A Case Study in Markedness}, Year = {1979}} @incollection{Muysken:1981, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Muysken, Pieter}, Booktitle = {Binding and Filtering}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Heny, Frank}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Quechua Word Structure}, Year = {1981}} @article{Muysken:1982, Author = {Muysken, Pieter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of Linguistic Research}, Number = {3}, Pages = {57--75}, Title = {Parametrizing the notion `head'}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1982}} @incollection{Muysken:1988, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Muysken, Pieter}, Booktitle = {Linguistics: The Cambridge Survey(II)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Editor = {Newmeyer, Frederick J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {285--301}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Are {C}reoles a Special Type of Language}, Year = {1988}} @article{Muysken:1989, Author = {Muysken, Pieter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:01 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {627--646}, Title = {Predication Chains: Case and Argument Status in {Q}uechua and {T}urkish}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @article{Myers:1987, Author = {Myers, Scott}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {phonology; morphology}, Number = {4}, Pages = {485--518}, Title = {Vowel Shortening in {E}nglish}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1987}} @article{Myers:1997, Author = {Myers, Scott}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {847--892}, Title = {{OCP} Effects in {O}ptimality {T}heory}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {The Obligatory Contour Principle (OCP) forbids representations in which identical elements are adjacent. A sequence of two high tones, for example, is avoided in a variety of ways: one of the tones is deleted or retracted away from the other, or the two are fused into a singly high tone. Processes that would create such a sequence are blocked. The problem is how to derive all these different ways of avoiding this configuration from a single principle. It is argued here that Optimality Theory (OT) provides the means to derive the full range of dissimilatory effects from the OCP, through the ranking of the OCP with Faithfulness constraints. Examples of tonal dissimilation in three Bantu langauges are examined: Shona, Rimi, and Kishambaa. The analysis supports the OT interpretation of constraints as violable and ranked.}} @phdthesis{Muller:1993b, Address = {T{\''u}bingen}, Author = {M{\"u}ller, Gereon}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {540}, School = {Eberhard-Karls-Universit{\''a}t T{\''u}bingen}, Title = {On Deriving Movement Type Asymmetries}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Muller:1995, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {M{\"u}ller, Gereon}, Booktitle = {On Extraction and Extraposition in German}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Lutz, Uli and Pafel, J{\"u}rgen}, Pages = {213--244}, Publisher = {John Benjamins}, Title = {On Extraposition \& Successive Cyclicity}, Year = {1995}} @article{Muller:1996b, Author = {M{\"u}ller, Gereon}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library emnant movement}, Number = {2}, Pages = {355--407}, Title = {A constraint on remnant movement}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1996}} @incollection{Muller:1997, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {M{\"u}ller, Gereon}, Booktitle = {Rightward Movement}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Beerman, Dorothee and LeBlanc, David and van Riemsdijk, Henk}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {215--246}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Extraposition as remnant movement}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Muller:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {M{\"u}ller, Gereon}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {525--540}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Shape conservation and remnant movement}, Year = {2000}} @article{Muller:1993, Author = {M{\"u}ller, Gereon and Sternefeld, Wolfgang}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; movement; A' movement; bounding}, Number = {3}, Pages = {461--508}, Title = {Improper Movement and Unambiguous Binding}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @article{Muller:1996, Author = {M{\"u}ller, Natascha and Crysmann, Berthold and Kaiser, Georg A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {35--63}, Title = {Interactions Between the Acquisition of French Object Drop and the Development of the C-System}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1996}} @article{Nakajima:1992, Author = {Nakajima, Heizo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {ECP}, Number = {2}, Pages = {313--328}, Title = {Another Type of Antecedent Government}, Volume = {23}, Year = {1992}} @article{Nakajima:1998, Author = {Nakajima, Heizo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/29.2Nakajima.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {333--338}, Title = {Complementizer Selection by Concessive Expressions}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {In this squib I will argue that complementizer selection by the "fixed" concessive expressions irrespective of, no matter, and never mind is completely the same as that by the normal lexical heads P, N, and V, respectively, and that the concessive, though syntacticially inflexible have articulated constituent structures at some level of syntactic representation.}} @incollection{Nakamura:1994, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Nakamura, Akira}, Booktitle = {Japanese/Korean Linguistics(4)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Akatsuka, Noriko}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {363--378}, Publisher = {Stanford Linguistics Association}, Title = {On the Tense System of {J}apanese}, Year = {1994}} @article{Nakamura:1997, Author = {Nakamura, Masanori}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library pplicatives}, Number = {2}, Pages = {252--280}, Title = {Object Extraction in {B}antu Applicatives: Some Implications for Minimalism}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {Object extraction in Bantu applicatives has remained problematic in Government-Binding Theory. This article shows that it receives a unified economy account, thereby providing empirical support for the general framework laid out in Chomsky 1993. The essential ingredients of the present account are (a) the raising of objects into a specifie of a functional projection for structural Case checking, (b) the Minimal Link Condition, and (c) the novel claim that interpretability (Chomsky 1995) enters into the notion of reference set. They help explain why the lexical characteristics of applicative morphemes and prepositions determine the extractability of objects in Bantu.}} @incollection{Nakamura:1998a, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Nakamura, Masanori}, Booktitle = {Is the Best Good Enough?}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:50:06 -0500}, Editor = {Barbosa, Pilar and Fox, Danny and Hagstrom, Paul and McGinnis, Martha and Pesetsky, David}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {291--314}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Reference Set, Minimal Link Condition, and Parameterization}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Nakamura:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Nakamura, Masanori}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {301--320}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Global Issues}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Nam:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Nam, Seungho}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {coordination; scope; library}, Pages = {337--348}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Scope Interpretation in Nonconstituent Coordination}, Year = {1992}} @article{Namai:2000, Author = {Namai, Kenichi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/31.1Namai.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {170--176}, Title = {Subject honorification in {J}apanese}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}} @article{Namai:2002, Author = {Namai, Kenichi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {340--349}, Title = {the word status of {J}apanese adjectives}, Volume = {33}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Napoli:1974, Address = {Chicago, Illinois}, Author = {Napoli, Donna Jo}, Booktitle = {Papers from the Tenth Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {La Galy, M. W. and Fox, R. A. and Bruck, A.}, Keywords = {library; constraints; Q Float; Romance; Italian}, Pages = {482--492}, Title = {The No Crossing Filter}, Year = {1974}} @article{Napoli:1985, Author = {Napoli, Donna Jo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of Linguistics}, Keywords = {VP Ellipsis}, Pages = {281--319}, Title = {Verb Phrase Deletion in English: A Base-Generated Analysis}, Volume = {21}, Year = {1985}} @article{Narashimhan:1998, Author = {Narashimhan, Bhuvana}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {48--76}, Title = {A Lexical Semantic Explanation for `Quirky' Case Marking in {H}indi}, Volume = {52}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {The case canonically assigned to subjects across languages is nominative or ergative case. In a number of languages including Tamil, Russian, Finnish, Icelandic, Malayalm, and Hindi, subjects can receive dative case marking. This phenomenon, labelled 'quirky' or 'lexical' case-marking, is generally accounted for in terms of the association of dative case with an argument bearing a particular thematic role in the lexical entries of individual verbs (Zaenen, Maling \& Thrainsson 1985). Such an account does not account for all the data, neither does it explain why certain thematic roles should get dative case marking. In this paper, I show that hte case-marking patterns in Hindi can be accounted for in a principled manner in terms of the interaction of the aspectual characteristics of the construction, its adicity, and the relative prominence of the arguments of the verb on the Thematic Hierarchy. My account of this phenomenon is formulated within the framework of Role and Reference Grammar (Foley \& Van Valin 1984; Van Valin 1991, 1993).}} @article{Naro:1999, Author = {Naro, Anthony J. and Sebasti{\~a}o, J. Votre}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {75--100}, Title = {Discourse Motivations for Linguistic Regularities: Verb/Subject Order in Spoken {B}razilian {P}ortuguese}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {The basic discourse characteristic of so-called inverted, or verb-subejct, word order in spoken Brazilian Portuguese is its marginal position with respect to informaiton flow. It is used in low communicative tension sections of discourse, when the speaker is transmitting parts of the message that are not presented as the center of attention. This communicative peripherality provides the motivation for a number of properties, ranging from extra-grammatical performance options to strictly formal grammatical conditions. The relevant regularities can be captured in discourse terms because their motivation is to be found in the conditions of language use.}} @incollection{Nash:1994, Address = {MIT}, Author = {Nash, L{\'e}a}, Booktitle = {The Morphology-Syntax Connection}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Harley, Heidi and Phillips, Colin}, Keywords = {library; morphology; be; have; Georgian}, Pages = {153--172}, Title = {On {BE} and {HAVE} in {G}eorgian}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{Nash:1996, Address = {Harvard University and MIT}, Author = {Nash, L{\'e}a}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library rgative erived subjects}, Pages = {195--210}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The Internal Ergative Subject Hypothesis}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Nash:1997, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Nash, L{\'e}a and Rouvert, Alain}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {287--304}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Proxy Categories in Phrase-Structure Theory}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Nasu:2001, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {Nasu, Norio}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {352--367}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Associating {EPP} with phi-completeness}, Year = {2001}} @article{Ndayiragije:1999, Author = {Ndayiragije, Juv{\'e}nal}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library quidistance}, Number = {3}, Pages = {399--444}, Title = {Checking Economy}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This article argues for a restrictive asymmetric checking theory according to which only formal features of functional heads need to be checked for convergence. This theory enables us to dispnese with several economy conditions assumed within Chomsky's (1995) checking theory: The Equistance Condition, Last Resort (Greed), the mulitple-Spec hypothesis, and the assumed null cost of Merge as a feature-checking operation. Empirical data supporting these arguments come mainly from Kirundi (Bantu) subject-object reversal and transitive expletive constructions.}} @article{Ndayiragije:2000, Author = {Ndayiragije, Juv{\'e}nal}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/31.3Ndayiragije.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {485--512}, Title = {Strengthening {PF}}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {One standard assumption of the Minimalist Program is that formal (grammatical) features are the only features that trigger the "dislocation" property of CHL. On the basis of two syntactically related propertis of FA2ngbA nonfinite clauses -- object shift and verb doubling -- I argue that pure phonological features can be overtly attracted. Three consequences follow: (a) the operation Attract F cannot be reduced to Agree, (b) the concept of strength is inescapable, and (c) some of the effects of strength are PF-driven properties, hence not true imperfections.}} @book{Neale:1990, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Neale, Stephen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {library; definites; reference}, Pages = {286}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Descriptions}, Year = {1990}} @book{Neeleman:1994, Address = {Utrecht}, Author = {Neeleman, Ad}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {library; Germanic: Dutch; small clauses; causatives; complex predicates; particle verbs}, Pages = {362}, Publisher = {Onderzoeksinstituut voor Taal en Spraak}, Title = {Complex Predicates}, Year = {1994}} @article{Neeleman:1997, Author = {Neeleman, Ad}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {89--137}, Title = {{PP}-Complements}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {PP-complements like on Mary in John counts on Mary have not received much attention in the literature on theta-role assignment. They are usually analyzed on a par with DP-arguments, with the proviso that the prepositional head is, in some way or other, invisible to theta-theory. Such an analysis must be rejected on the basis of the behavior of PP-complements in predication structures. Instead I propose an analysis in which the verb and the DP contained in a PP-complement are thematically related after abstract incorporation of the preposition. This analysis explains several otherwise mysterious properties of PP-complements. It also provides some evidence for a model of grammar in which thematic relations are not established before LF (contra a GB-style Projection Principle).}} @article{Neeleman:1993, Author = {Neeleman, Ad and Weerman, Fred}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library; particles; resultatives; Dutch; Germanic; morphology}, Number = {3}, Pages = {433--476}, Title = {The Balance between Syntax and Morphology: {D}utch Particles and Resultatives}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1993}} @article{Neidle:1998, Author = {Neidle, Carol and Bahan, Benjamin and MacLaughlin, Dawn and Lee, Robert G. and Kegl, Judy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {191--226}, Title = {Realizations of Syntactic Agreement in {A}merican {S}ign {L}anguage: Similarities between the Clause and the Noun Phrase}, Volume = {52}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {ASL syntax makes essential use of specific non-manual expressions of syntactic features (e.g., +neg, +wh) that co-occur with manual signs. These markings occur obligatorily with manual material contained in the node of origin and optionally extend over the c-command domain of that node, thus providing important evidence for hierarchical structure. In this article, we show that agreement features, both within the clause and the noun phrase, also have non-manual correlates that exhibit the predicted distribution. Interestingly, transitive IPs and possessive DPs pattern together in their manifestation of agreement marking, while intransitive IPs pattern with non-possessive DPs.}} @incollection{Neidle:1997, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Neidle, Carol and Kegl, Judy and Bahan, Benjamin and Aarons, Debra and MacLaughlin, Dawn}, Booktitle = {Rightward Movement}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Beerman, Dorothee and LeBlanc, David and van Riemsdijk, Henk}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {247--278}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Rightward wh-movement in American Sign Language}, Year = {1997}} @book{Neijt:1979, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Neijt, Anneke}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {library; gapping; Dutch; germanic; Ellipsis}, Pages = {205}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Gapping: a contribution to sentence grammar}, Year = {1979}} @inproceedings{Nemoto:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Nemoto, Naoko}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {scrambling}, Pages = {349--358}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Scrambling and Conditions on {A}-Movement}, Year = {1992}} @phdthesis{Nemoto:1993, Author = {Nemoto, Naoko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {library; Japanese; Scrambling; Case}, School = {University of Connecticut}, Title = {Chains and Case Positions: A Study from Scrambling in {J}apanese}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Nespor:1990, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Nespor, Marina}, Booktitle = {The Phonology-Syntax Connection}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Inkelas, Sharon and Zec, Draga}, Keywords = {library; phonology:syntax; prosody; tones}, Pages = {243--258}, Publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, Title = {On the Separation of Prosodic and Rhythmic Phonology}, Year = {1990}} @book{Nespor:1986, Address = {Dordrecht, Holland ; Riverton, N.J.}, Author = {Nespor, Marina and Vogel, Irene}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {Grammar, Comparative and general Phonology.}, Pages = {xiv, 327}, Publisher = {Foris}, Title = {Prosodic phonology}, Year = {1986}} @article{Newman:1968, Author = {Newman, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library; phonemes}, Number = {3}, Pages = {507--515}, Title = {The Reality of Morphophonemes}, Volume = {44}, Year = {1968}} @article{Newmeyer:1992, Author = {Newmeyer, Frederick J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {generative grammar; functional}, Number = {4}, Pages = {756--796}, Title = {Iconicity and Generative Grammar}, Volume = {68}, Year = {1992}} @incollection{Newmeyer:1993, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Newmeyer, Frederick J.}, Booktitle = {The Chomskyan Turn}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Kasher, Asa}, Keywords = {library hilosophy inguistic history ognitive science}, Pages = {200--230}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishers}, Title = {Rules and Principles in the Historical Development of Generative Syntax}, Year = {1993}} @article{Newmeyer:2002, Author = {Newmeyer, Frederick J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {43--80}, Title = {Optimality and functionality: A critique functionally-based optimality-theoretic syntax}, Volume = {20}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This paper examines 'functionally-based optimality theory' (FOT), the version of optimality theory that requires that each constraint be paired with an external functional motivation. It argues that, at least as far as syntactic constraints are concerned, FOT suffers from severe deficiencies. Such a pairing incorrectly locates the form-function interplay in the mental grammar itself, rather than seeing the response of form to function as emerging from language use and acquisition. Furthermore, FOT seems incompatible with the standard OT assumption that constraints are universal. Finally, two of the functionally-motivated hierarchies that are central to FOT theorizing, the thematic and relational hierarchies, are highly problematic, while incorporating the others into an FOT analysis leads to otherwise unnecessary complexity.}} @incollection{Newmeyer:2002a, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Newmeyer, Frederick J.}, Booktitle = {Objects and Other Subjects}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Davies, William D. and Dubinsky, Stanley}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {53--76}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Grammatical functions, thematic roles, and phrase structure: their underlying disunity}, Year = {2002}} @article{Nichols:1996, Author = {Nichols, Johanna and Peterson, David A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library ronouns}, Number = {2}, Pages = {336--371}, Title = {The Amerind personal pronouns}, Volume = {72}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Nichols:1997, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Nichols, Lynn}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {305--320}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {{DP} and Polysynthesis}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Nichols:2001, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {Nichols, Lynn}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {369--387}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {On the absence of non-factive complementation in certain languages}, Year = {2001}} @article{Nikanne:1995, Author = {Nikanne, Urpo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library cquisition rgument structure}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--31}, Title = {Action tier formation and argument linking}, Volume = {49}, Year = {1995}} @book{Nishigauchi:1990, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Nishigauchi, Taisuke}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {library; japanese; quantification; wh questions; LF}, Pages = {239}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Quantification in the Theory of Grammar}, Volume = {37}, Year = {1990}} @article{Nishigauchi:1998, Author = {Nishigauchi, Taisuke}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL7.2Nishigauchi.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {121--152}, Title = {`Multiple Sluicing' in {J}apanese and the Functional Nature of wh-phrases}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This article discusses the syntax and LF properties of 'Multiple Sluicing' in Japanese. Built on the LF-Copying analysis, we examine the condition imposed on the elements figuring in the IP-Copying site, and show the relevance of the functional interpretation of wh phrses. We also look at some quantificational properties of multiple wh questions. Finally, the possibility of 'Multiple Sluicing' in English is examined.}} @incollection{Nishigauchi:1987, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Nishigauchi, Taisuke and Roeper, Thomas}, Booktitle = {Parameter Setting}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Roeper, Thomas and Williams, Edwin}, Keywords = {library; acquisition; parameters}, Pages = {91--122}, Publisher = {D. Reidel Publishing Company}, Title = {Deductive Parameters and the Growth of Empty Categories}, Year = {1987}} @article{Nishiyama:1998a, Author = {Nishiyama, Kunio}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL7.3Nishiyama.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {175--217}, Title = {{V-V} Compounds as Serialization}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This article argues for a fundamental structural similarity between Serial Verb Constructions, widely known from Kwa languages, and V-V compounds in Japanese. A major theoretical implication of the analysis is that it supports an analysis of clausal structure where the external argument is not included in the immediate projection of a verb but is introduced by another projection (Collins (1997a), among others.)}} @inproceedings{Nishiyama:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Nishiyama, Kunio}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {121--136}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Free Order in {B}uginese Noun Phrases and {DP}-Internal {XP} Movement}, Year = {1998}} @article{Nishiyama:1999, Author = {Nishiyama, Kunio}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {183--222}, Title = {Adjectives and the Copulas in {J}apanese}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This paper offers an analysis of two seemingly different types of adjectives in Japanese and claims that they share fundamentally similar phrase structures. One crucial hypothesis for this is that there is a phrase for predication (PredP) in the sense of Bowers (1993). Japanese adjectives show morphological corroboration for htis phrase, which I refer to as the predicative copula. This type of copula is distinct from another type of copula, which is a dummy and projects VP. The differences between the two types of adjectives are captured at the level of morphology, by utilizing the principles of Distributed Morphology (Halle and Marantz, 1993), which places morphology between the syntax and PF.}} @incollection{Nissenbaum:1998, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Nissenbaum, Jon}, Booktitle = {The Interpretive Tract(25)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Percus, Orin and Sauerland, Uli}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {247--295}, Publisher = {MIT, Department of Linguistics}, Title = {Movement and Derived Predicates: Evidence from Parasitic Gaps}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Nissenbaum:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Nissenbaum, Jon}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {541--556}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Covert movement and parasitic gaps}, Year = {2000}} @phdthesis{Nissenbaum:2000a, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Nissenbaum, Jon}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {243}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Investigations of covert phrase movement}, Year = {2000}} @book{Niyogi:1998, Address = {Boston}, Author = {Niyogi, Partha}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {Computational linguistics.}, Pages = {xxi, 224}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {The informational complexity of learning : perspectives on neural networks and generative grammar}, Year = {1998}} @article{Niyogi:1997, Author = {Niyogi, Partha and Berwick, Robert C.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {6}, Pages = {697--719}, Title = {Evolutionary consequences of language learning}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Noguchi:1993, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Noguchi, Tohru}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 23}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {351--365}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {Pronominal binding and syntactic categories}, Year = {1993}} @phdthesis{Noguchi:1995, Author = {Noguchi, Tohru}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {library; Japanese; anaphora; DP}, School = {University of Massachusetts-Amherst}, Title = {The role of syntactic categories in anaphora}, Year = {1995}} @article{Noguchi:1997, Author = {Noguchi, Tohru}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {770--797}, Title = {Two types of pronouns and variable binding}, Volume = {73}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {It is well known that personal pronouns in Japanese such as kare 'he' and kanozyo 'she', unlike their English counterparts, cannot be construed as bound variables in logical form. The purpose of this article is to argue that this corss-linguistic difference is due to the difference in syntactic categories. English personal pronouns are determiners (Postal 1969), exemplifying what will be referred to as D-Pronouns, and can be construed as bound variables, whereas Japanese personal pronouns are nouns, exemplifying what will be referred to as N-Pronouns, and cannot be so construed. I argue that this follows from a general condition on binding that applies only to functional items, and not to lexical ones. I provide empirical and conceptual support for this hypothesis on the basis of the behavior of such elements as articles, determiners, and demonstrative pronouns as well as that of personal pronouns.}} @inproceedings{Noonan:1990, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Noonan, Maaire}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Eighth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Fee, E. Jane and Hunt, Katherine}, Keywords = {Null Operators; A' movement; Romance; French; Wh movement; library}, Pages = {315--330}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Operator licensing and the case of {F}rench interrogatives}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Noordman:1975, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Noordman, L. G. M.}, Booktitle = {Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-1973}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Kraak, A.}, Keywords = {library; coordination; coordination}, Pages = {263--270}, Publisher = {Van Gorcum}, Title = {On the Interpretation of Conditional Conjunction in Different Contexts}, Year = {1975}} @incollection{Nooteboom:1975, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Nooteboom, S. G.}, Booktitle = {Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-1973}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Kraak, A.}, Keywords = {library; phonetics}, Pages = {57--67}, Publisher = {Van Gorcum}, Title = {What does a Listener Know about a Speaker's Timings?}, Year = {1975}} @phdthesis{Nordgard:1985, Author = {Nordgard, T.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, Title = {Word order, binding and the empty category principle}, Year = {1985}} @article{Noske:2000, Author = {Noske, Manuela}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {771--812}, Title = {{ATR} harmony in {T}urkana: a case of Faith Suffix >> Faith Root}, Volume = {18}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {This paper explores the consequences of [ATR] harmony in Turkana for the theory of positional faithfulness (Beckman 1997; McCarthy and Prince 1995). I argue that faithfulness to an underlying suffix value ranks higher than faithfulness to an underlying root value. This argument is based on the existence of a set of invariant [+ATR] and a set of invarieant [-ATR] suffixes. These suffixes fail to agree with a preceding root in tongue root position and instead impose their tongue root specification on any vowel that precedes them, subject to the markedness constraints *HI/RTR and *LO/ATR. The invariant suffixes of Turkana are therefore characterized by two of the properties Beckman (1997) lists as a phonological process. I conclude that suffix position must be recognized as linguistically salient in Turkana and sibmit that root faithfulness does not outrank affix faithfulness universally, as suggested by McCarthy and Prince (1995).}} @article{Noyer:2001, Author = {Noyer, Rolf}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {751--826}, Title = {Clitic sequence in {N}unggubuyu and {PF} convergence}, Volume = {19}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {Although Xo movement places clitics within sentences, ordering within clitic clusters must be readjusted at PF to conform to nonsyntactic ordering requirements. This paper addresses exactly how the conflicting demands of syntactic ordering and purely morphological ordering are mediated, with data from Nunggubuyu (Australia, documented by Heath (1980, 1982, 1984)). Two mechanisms are proposed. First, a pre-Spell-Out deletion of features by means of Impoverishment rules (Bonet 1991, 1995) bleeds the insertion of certain clitics. Impoverishment rules also feed and bleed one another, giving rise to complex surface patterns. Second, clitics which survive Impoverishment must move in Morphology from their abstract (syntactic) position to conform with surface ordering restrictions. Heath formalized these movements as Affix Hopping transformations, but this paper shows that Hopping always local, and can thus be modelled as an instance Morphological Merger (Marantz 1988). Where clitic sequences cannot be properly reordered by local movements, clitic deletion applies as a Last Resort to allow PF convergence. The proposed locality restriction explains a battery of seemingly unrelated clitic deletions in a principled way.}} @article{Nunberg:1994, Author = {Nunberg, Geoffrey and Sag, Ivan A. and Wasow, Thomas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library; idioms}, Number = {3}, Pages = {491--538}, Title = {Idioms}, Volume = {70}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{Nunes:1996, Address = {Harvard University and MIT}, Author = {Nunes, Jairo}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {211--226}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {On why traces cannot be phonetically realized}, Year = {1996}} @article{Nunes:1998, Author = {Nunes, Jairo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library hrase structure}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/29.1Nunes.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {160--168}, Title = {Bare {X}-bar theory and structures formed by movement}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Nunes:1999, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Nunes, Jairo}, Booktitle = {Working minimalism}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Epstein, Samuel and Hornstein, Norbert}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {217--249}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Linearization of chains and phonetic realization of chain links}, Year = {1999}} @article{Nunes:2001, Author = {Nunes, Jairo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 32.2nunes.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/32.2nunes.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {303--344}, Title = {Sideward movement}, Volume = {32}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {Assuming the general framework of the Minimalist Program of Chomsky 1995, this article argues that Move is not a primitive operation of the computational system, but rather the output of the interaction among the independent operations Copy, Merge, Form Chain, and Chain Reduction (deletion of chain lings for purposes of linearization). The crucial aspect of this alternative model is that it permits constrained instances of sidward movement, whereby a given constituent "moves" from a syntactic object K to an indpendent syntactic object L. This version of the copy theory of movement (a) provides an explanation for why (some) traces must be deleted in teh phonological component, (b) provides a cylcic analysis for standard instances of noncyclic movement, and (c) accounts for the main properties of parasitic gap and across-the-board extraction constructions.}} @article{Obenauer:1984, Author = {Obenauer, H.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {The Linguistic Review}, Pages = {153--202}, Title = {On the identification of empty categories}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1984}} @article{Ocampo:1995, Author = {Ocampo, Francisco}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library ord order dverbs}, Number = {1}, Pages = {69--88}, Title = {Pragmatic factors in word order: constructions with a verb and an adverb in spoken Spanish}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Ochi:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Ochi, Masao}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Pius, Tamanji and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {293--306}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Mulitiple spell-out and {PF} adjacency}, Year = {1999}} @inproceedings{Ochi:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Ochi, Masao}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {557--568}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Adjunct wh-in-situ and the nominal island}, Year = {2000}} @article{Ochi:2001, Author = {Ochi, Masao}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {247--286}, Title = {Move {F} and ga/no conversion in {J}apanese}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {This paper examines Ga/No Conversion in Japanese under the Move F theory of movement (Chomsky (1995)). Building on Miyagawa's (1993) analysis, the present paper argues that a genitive phrase raises out of a prenominal gapless clause in either overt or covert syntax. This claim is crucially based on Lasnik's (1999a) analysiso fo Exceptional Case Marking constructions in English, according to which the ECM subject raises into a higher clause either overtly or covertly. It is also demonstrated that when a genitive subject originates in a relative clause, its raising is limited to covert syntax. This non-uniform behavior of the genitive subject is argued to follow from a particular implementation of Attract F.}} @incollection{Odden:1990, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Odden, David}, Booktitle = {The Phonology-Syntax Connection}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Inkelas, Sharon and Zec, Draga}, Keywords = {library; phonology:syntax; morphology}, Pages = {259--278}, Publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, Title = {Syntax, lexical rules and postlexical rules in {K}imatuumbi}, Year = {1990}} @article{Odden:1994, Author = {Odden, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library; phonology}, Number = {2}, Pages = {289--330}, Title = {Adjacency parameters in phonology}, Volume = {70}, Year = {1994}} @article{Odijk:1997, Author = {Odijk, Jan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library election ubcategorization}, Number = {2}, Pages = {365--371}, Title = {C-selection and {S}-selection}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1997}} @article{Odijk:1998, Author = {Odijk, Jan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {191--222}, Title = {Topicalization of non-extraposed complements in {D}utch}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {It is argued in this paper that topicalization of non-extraposed complements in Dutch is compatible with (what I will call) Higgins's Generalization for Dutch, despite the fact that sentences containing this construction appear to constitute prima facie counter examples to this generalization. It is argued that the relevant sentences do not involve it. This, together with a particular assumption about the properties of so-called D-pronouns n Dutch accounts for all relevant facts in a manner which is compatible with Higgins's Generalization. Since the validity of Higgins's Generalization for other sentential complements has been established already, it is concluded that it is fully valid for Dutch. It is argued that this generalization can be derived from an analysis of topicalization of sentences as a special case of contrastive dislocation but not from (two varieties of) a topicalization analysis. A further consequence is that infinitival complements in Dutch cannot be analyzed as subjectless VPs but contain further structure above the VP, and the analysis imposes specific requirements on the nature of certain rules for interpreting pronouns.}} @phdthesis{Oehrle:1976, Author = {Oehrle, Richard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {linguistics datives double object}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {The grammatical status of the {E}nglish dative alternation}, Year = {1976}} @incollection{Oehrle:1987, Address = {San Diego, California}, Author = {Oehrle, Richard T.}, Booktitle = {Syntax and semantics: discontinuous constituency(20)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Huck, Geoffrey J. and Ojeda, Almerindo E.}, Keywords = {gapping; coordination; negation}, Pages = {203--240}, Publisher = {Academic Press, Inc.}, Title = {Boolean properties in the analysis of gapping}, Year = {1987}} @inproceedings{Oehrle:1991, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Oehrle, Richard T.}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Ninth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Halpern, Aaron L.}, Keywords = {coordination; movement; library}, Pages = {411--426}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Categorial frameworks, coordination, and extraction}, Year = {1991}} @article{Oehrle:1994, Author = {Oehrle, Richard T.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library oundations ategorial grammar}, Number = {6}, Pages = {633--678}, Title = {Term-labeled categorial type systems}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1994}} @book{Oehrle:1988, Address = {Dordrecht ; Boston}, Author = {Oehrle, Richard T. and Bach, Emmon W. and Wheeler, Deirdre}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {Categorial grammar.}, Pages = {vii, 524}, Publisher = {Reidel Pub. Co. ;}, Title = {Categorial grammars and natural language structures}, Year = {1988}} @article{Ogihara:1998, Author = {Ogihara, Toshiyuki}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL7.2Ogihara.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {87--120}, Title = {The ambiguity of the -\emph{te iru} form in {J}apanese}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This article presents a formal semantic account of the ambiguity associated with the te iru construction in Japanese. This construction is known to receive at last two distinct interpretations: on-going process interpretations analogous to the English progressive and so-called resultative interpretations. The latter are sub-classified by some researchers into concrete result state readings and experiential state readings. Based upon the distributional properties of adverbials, we suggest that progressive interpretations of DURATIVE VERBS and concrete result state interpretations of INSTANTANEOUS VERBS should be grouped together, as opposed to experiential readings of DURATIVE or INSTANTANEOUS VERBS. To account for the distinction between these two types of interpretation, the proposed system analyzes the -te iru form into the morpheme -te, which is claimed to bear a perfect feature, and the aspectual auxiliary iru. Our proposal for the aspectual auxiliary iru is an extension of Landman's (1992) proposal and offers a unified account of the multiple interpretations of -te iru on the basis of a new analysis of INSTANTANEOUS VERBS.}} @phdthesis{Ogihara:1992, Author = {Ogihara, Toshiyuki}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, School = {University of Washington}, Title = {Temporal reference in {E}nglish and {J}apanese}, Year = {1992}} @article{Ogihara:1995, Author = {Ogihara, Toshiyuki}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library ense}, Number = {4}, Pages = {663--680}, Title = {The semantics of tense in embedded clauses}, Volume = {26}, Year = {1995}} @article{Ogihara:1995, Author = {Ogihara, Toshiyuki}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library ense tates}, Number = {2}, Pages = {177--210}, Title = {Double-access sentences and reference to states}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1995}} @article{Oh:1995, Author = {Oh, Mira}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library rosody honology}, Number = {4}, Pages = {261--279}, Title = {A prosodic analysis of nonderived-environment blocking}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1995}} @book{Oirsouw:1987, Address = {New York, New York}, Author = {Oirsouw, Robert R. van}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {library; coordination; coordination; gapping}, Pages = {295}, Publisher = {Croom Helm}, Title = {The syntax of coordination}, Year = {1987}} @article{Ojeda:1991, Author = {Ojeda, Almerindo E.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {definites}, Number = {4}, Pages = {367--3998}, Title = {Definite descriptions and definite generics}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1991}} @article{Ojeda:1998, Author = {Ojeda, Almerindo E.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {245--270}, Title = {The semantics of collectives and distributives in {P}apago}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {The purpose of this paper s to propose a satisfying model-theoretic account of the notions of singularity, collective plurality, and distributive plurality expressed by both the nouns and the verbs of Papgo according to Mathiot (1983). The approach will be algebraic in the sense of Link (1983). Informally, our proposal is that while English has only one form of plurality, Papago has two: one based on identity and the other on equivalence. The identity-based plural is one that Papgo shares with English and other Indo-European langauges; the equivalence-based plural, on the other hand, is characteristic of Papgo and other Native American languages. The extreme elaboration of the notion of multiplicity expressed in Papgo follows from this proposal, given sufficiently rich models and independently motivated principles governing hte semantics of roots (Wackernagel 1920; Ojeda 1993; Eschenbach 1993), markedness (Jakobson 1957), and verbs (Davidson 1967; Parsons 1990).}} @incollection{Oka:1995, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Oka, Toshifusa}, Booktitle = {Papers on Minimalist Syntax(27)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Pensalfini, Rob and Ura, Hiroyuki}, Keywords = {library slands inimalism}, Pages = {189--208}, Publisher = {MITWPL}, Title = {Fewest steps and island sensitivity}, Year = {1995}} @article{Okamura:1996, Author = {Okamura, Y.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library ense}, Number = {1}, Pages = {35--49}, Title = {The grammatical status of pure future `will' and the category of future form}, Volume = {50}, Year = {1996}} @article{Oku:1999, Author = {Oku, Satoshi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {1999}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {143--147}, Title = {Notes on quantifier/ wh interaction}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}} @incollection{Oku:2000, Address = {T{\''u}bingen}, Author = {Oku, Satoshi}, Booktitle = {Ellipsis in conjunction}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Schwabe, Kerstin and Zhang, Ning}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {180--194}, Publisher = {Niemeyer}, Title = {Definite and indefinite strict identity in {VP} ellipsis}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {It has been noted that hte strict identity in VP ellipsis is degraded when a reflexive pronoun is involved as in (i) Bill admires himself and John does, too. In this paper, I will introduce a curious case of VP ellipsis in which a refelxive pronoun is involved and two types of strict identity reading are available. One reading is degraded as in (i), while the other is not, surprisingly. Assuming that LF Copy is a syntactic operation that copies the features of the antecedent and constructs the contents of the elliptic site, I will discuss how to obtain appropriate LF representations for these two readings, and provide a possible account for their contrast in degradation. Teh discussion has some implications for the nature of indefinite NPs and for feature compositions of syntactic objects such as reflexives, pronouns, and R-expressions.}} @incollection{Olsen:1985, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Olsen, Susan}, Booktitle = {Studies in {G}erman Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Toman, Jindrich}, Keywords = {library; germanic; German; V2}, Pages = {133--164}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {On deriving {V-1} and {V-2} structures in {G}erman}, Year = {1985}} @phdthesis{Ordonez:1997, Address = {New York}, Author = {Ord{\'o}{\~n}ez, Francisco}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {225}, School = {City University of New York}, Title = {Word order and clause structure in {S}panish and other {R}omance languages}, Year = {1997}} @article{Ordonez:1998, Author = {Ord{\'o}{\~n}ez, Francisco}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {313--346}, Title = {Post-verbal asymmetries in {S}panish}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {Spanish allows its post-verbal subjects to appear in VSO and VOS configurations. It has been generally assumed that the second order is generated by the adjunction of the subject to the right (Rizzi 1982, Torrego 1984, and Su{\~n}er 1994). This paper explores an alternative to this traditional view in which this order is gneerated by the scrambling of the objects to the left. Empirical support in favor of this hypothesis comes from certain syntactic asymmetries between VSO and VOS. Some of these asymmetries reflect the fact that the object c-commands the subject in teh VOS order but not in the VSO order. In other cases, the asymmetries show that certain types of objects cannot move to the left to produce the VOS order. This is the result predicted by the constrained nature of scrambling. Specifically, there is a parallel between these alternations in Spanish and the same ones described in scrambling langauges (e.b., German or Korean) with SOV and OSV alternations. Finally, this hypothesis supports the line of research put forward by Kayne (1994) for word order in UG, according to which right adjunction is not possible.}} @article{Orgun:2001, Author = {Orgun, Cemil Orhan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {737--749}, Title = {English r-insertion in optimality theory}, Volume = {19}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {Halle and Idsardi (1997) have claimed that Optimality Theory cannot deal with the opaque interaction between r-insertion, r-deletion, and schwa epenthesis in English. In this paper, I show that OT can deal with those phenomena and their interaction by using a recent approach to opacity, namely Sympathy Theory (McCarthy 1999a,b).}} @article{Orie:2002, Author = {Orie, Olanike Ola and Pulleyblank, Douglas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {101--156}, Title = {Yoruba vowel elision: minimality effects}, Volume = {20}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {In this paper, we examine vowel elision in Yoruba and show, based on data not previously discussed in the literature, that elision is driven by prosodic requirements. In particular, we propose that foot binarity and prosodic word minimality shield vowels of minimally sized words from deletion. On the other hand, when a subminimal word is joined to a form which obeys minimality, its prosodic well-formedness is improved via deletion. Failure of deletion leads to a fatal violation of foot binarity and minimality. Our analysis is then compared with two existing proposals, syllable-based and syntax-induced analyses.}} @incollection{Ormazabal:2000, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Ormazabal, Javier}, Booktitle = {Step by Step}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Martin, Roger and Michaels, David and Uriagereka, Juan}, Pages = {235--260}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {A conspiracy theory of case and agreement}, Year = {2000}} @book{Osherson:1986, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Osherson, Daniel N. and Stob, Michael and Weinstein, Scott}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {library; learnability; acquisition}, Pages = {205}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Systems that learn}, Year = {1986}} @inproceedings{Ota:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Ota, Mitsuhiko}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {321--340}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The emergence of the unmarked in early prosodic structure}, Year = {1998}} @article{Otani:1991, Author = {Otani, Kazuyo and Whitman, John}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Verb Raising; VP Ellipsis}, Number = {2}, Pages = {345--358}, Title = {V-raising and {VP}-ellipsis}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1991}} @article{Otero:1976, Author = {Otero, Carlos}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {342--362}, Title = {On acceptable agrammaticality: a rejoinder}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1976}} @incollection{Otero:1991, Address = {Washington, D.C.}, Author = {Otero, Carlos}, Booktitle = {Current Studies in Spanish Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Campos, Hector and Mart{\'\i}nez-Gil, Fernando}, Keywords = {library; cognitive science; linguistic theory}, Pages = {3--70}, Publisher = {Georgetown University Press}, Title = {The Cognitive Revolution and the Study of Language: Looking Back to See Ahead}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Otsu:1994, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Otsu, Yukio}, Booktitle = {Language acquisition studies in generative grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Hoekstra, Teun and Schwartz, Bonnie D.}, Keywords = {library cquisition}, Pages = {253--264}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Early acquisition of scrambling in {J}apanese}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Ottosson:1994, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Ottosson, Kjartan}, Booktitle = {Verb movement}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Lightfoot, David and Hornstein, Norbert}, Keywords = {library; verb movement; Germanic:Icelandic; Germanic:Yiddish}, Pages = {107--116}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Comments on the paper by {S}antorini}, Year = {1994}} @article{Ouhalla:1996, Author = {Ouhalla, Jamal}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {676--707}, Title = {Remarks on the binding properties of wh-pronouns}, Volume = {27}, Year = {1996}} @phdthesis{Ouhalla:1988, Author = {Ouhalla, Jamal}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, School = {University College London}, Title = {The syntax of head movement: a study of {B}erber}, Year = {1988}} @article{Ouhalla:1993, Author = {Ouhalla, Jamal}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library; negation; verb movement; agreement; inflection; case}, Number = {3}, Pages = {477--518}, Title = {Subject-extraction, negation and the anti-agreement effect}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Ouhalla:1994, Address = {Cambridge, Great Britain}, Author = {Ouhalla, Jamal}, Booktitle = {Verb movement}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Lightfoot, David and Hornstein, Norbert}, Keywords = {library; Arabic; verb movement}, Pages = {41--72}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Verb movement and word order in {A}rabic}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Ouhalla:2001, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Ouhalla, Jamal}, Booktitle = {Parasitic gaps}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Culicover, Peter and Postal, Paul}, Pages = {147--179}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Parasitic gaps and resumptive pronouns}, Year = {2001}} @article{Ouhalla:200b, Author = {Ouhalla, Jamal}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Location = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Pages = {299--320}, Title = {The structure and {L}ogical {F}orm of negative sentences in {A}rabic}, Volume = {Themes in {A}rabic and {H}ebrew Syntax}, Year = {2002}} @book{Ouhalla:2002, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Ouhalla, Jamal and Shlonsky, Ur}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Themes in {A}rabic and {H}ebrew Syntax}, Year = {2002}} @incollection{Padden:1988, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Padden, Carol A.}, Booktitle = {The Cambridge survey linguistic theory: extensions and implications(II)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Newmeyer, Frederick J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {250--266}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Grammatical theory and signed languages}, Year = {1988}} @article{Padgett:1994, Author = {Padgett, Jaye}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library; phonology}, Number = {3}, Pages = {465--514}, Title = {Stricture and nasal place assimilation}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Pafel:1995, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Pafel, J{\"u}rgen}, Booktitle = {On extraction and extraposition in {G}erman}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Lutz, Uli and Pafel, J{\"u}rgen}, Pages = {145--178}, Publisher = {John Benjamins}, Title = {Kinds of extraction from noun phrases}, Year = {1995}} @article{Pafel:1999, Author = {Pafel, J{\''u}rgen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {255--310}, Title = {Interrogative quantifiers within scope}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1999}} @book{Palmer:1968, Author = {Palmer, F. R.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Publisher = {University of Miami Press}, Title = {A linguistic study of the {E}nglish verb}, Year = {1968}} @article{Pan:1996, Author = {Pan, Haihua}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library hinese spect}, Number = {2}, Pages = {409--432}, Title = {Imperfective Aspect {Zhe}, Agent Deletion, and Locative Inversion in {M}andarin {C}hinese}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1996}} @article{Pan:1998, Author = {Pan, Haihua}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {771--815}, Title = {Closeness, Prominence, and Binding Theory}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {The relationship between a reflexive and its antecedent is characterized by (a) a locality condition, and (b) a syntactic prominence condition. In Chomsky (1981) locality is defined in terms of governing category, and syntactici prominence is via c-command. In this article I show that, to account for the long-distance binding properties of complex reflexive ta-ziji '3s-self' in Chinese, properties which cast doubt on "Pica's generalization' that only morphologically simplex reflexives can be long-distance bound, locality should be regulated by a closeness condition. Locality is thus considered a relative rather than a strict condition. I propose that the prominence condition, should be defined in terms of animacy hierarchy for Chinese reflexive ta-ziji. Thus, the interpretation of reflexives in unified not under Chomsky's Binding Condition A, but under the Anaphor Condition proposed in this article, which is defined in terms of closeness and prominence. It is uggested that languages differ only in that their definitions of prominence.}} @article{Parikh:1994, Author = {Parikh, Rohit}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library emantics ommon nouns eference}, Number = {6}, Pages = {521--536}, Title = {Vagueness and Utility: The Semantics of Common Nouns}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Parsons:1990, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Parsons, Terence}, Booktitle = {Current Studies in Linguistics Series no. 19}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {library; events; semantics; modification; adverbs}, Pages = {334}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Events in the Semantics of {E}nglish: A Study in Subatomic Semantics}, Year = {1990}} @article{Parsons:1994, Author = {Parsons, Terence}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library; pronouns; anaphora}, Number = {5}, Pages = {429--446}, Title = {Anaphoric Pronouns in Very Late Medieval Supposition Theory}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1994}} @article{Partee:1968, Author = {Partee, Barbara}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {library; coordination; negation; quantifiers}, Title = {Negation, Conjunction, and Quantifiers: Syntax vs. Semantics}, Year = {1968}} @inproceedings{Partee:1989, Address = {Ohio State University}, Author = {Partee, Barbara}, Booktitle = {ESCOL 1988}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Title = {Many Quantifiers}, Year = {1989}} @incollection{Partee:1984, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Partee, Barbara and Bach, Emmon}, Booktitle = {Truth, Interpretation and Information}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Groenendijk, J. and Janssen, T. and Stokhof, M.}, Publisher = {Foris}, Title = {Quantification, Pronouns, and {VP} Anaphora}, Year = {1984}} @inproceedings{Partee:1991, Address = {Cornell University}, Author = {Partee, Barbara H.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the First Semantics and Linguistic Theory Conference}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Moore, Steven and Wyner, Adam Zachary}, Keywords = {focus topicalization, quantification}, Pages = {159--188}, Publisher = {Cornell University Working Papers in Linguistics}, Title = {Topic, Focus and Quantification}, Year = {1991}} @book{Partee:1976, Address = {New York}, Author = {Partee, Barbara Hall}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {Montague grammar.}, Pages = {xv, 370}, Publisher = {Academic Press}, Title = {Montague grammar}, Year = {1976}} @book{Partee:1979, Address = {New York}, Author = {Partee, Barbara Hall}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {English language Topic and comment.}, Pages = {92, [2]}, Publisher = {Garland Pub.}, Title = {Subject and object in modern {E}nglish}, Year = {1979}} @book{Partee:1990, Address = {Dordrecht ; Boston}, Author = {Partee, Barbara Hall and Meulen, Alice G. B. ter and Wall, Robert Eugene}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {Mathematical linguistics.}, Pages = {xx, 663}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic}, Title = {Mathematical methods in linguistics}, Year = {1990}} @article{Pasch:1985, Author = {Pasch, Helma}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Afrika und Ubersee}, Keywords = {library ossessives}, Pages = {69--85}, Title = {Possession and Possessive Classifiers in 'Dongo-ko}, Volume = {68}, Year = {1985}, Abstract = {A Study of the possessive construction in 'Dongo-ko, where a variety of postnominal possessive constructions are in evidence. Interesting concord facts as well.}} @inproceedings{Pater:1996, Address = {Harvard University and MIT}, Author = {Pater, Joe}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {227--240}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {{NC}}, Year = {1996}} @article{Paul:1999, Author = {Paul, Waltraud}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Lingua}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {207--226}, Title = {Verb gapping in {C}hinese: a case of verb raising}, Volume = {107}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {In the current literature, verb gapping is commonly said not to exist in Chinese. Given Johnson's (1994, 1996) analysis of verb gapping as ATB movement of the verb to a functional category, the apparent lack of verb gapping in Chinese seems to fit in nicely with another idea prevalent in Chinese linguistics viz., that verb movement is confined to the VP-shell (cf. Huang, 1992, 1994; Tsai, 1994). The present article argues against these claims and provides evidence for the existence of verb gapping -- though restricted -- in Chinese. Furthermore, it shows that Johnson's ATB movement analysis of gapping can be successfully applied to Chinese as well which leads to the typologically important result that the verb in Chinese can --under particular circumstances -- leave the VP and raise to a functional category in overt syntax.}} @incollection{Peacocke:1989, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Peacocke, Christopher}, Booktitle = {Themes From Kaplan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Almog, Joseph and Perry, John and Wettstein, Howard}, Keywords = {library; philosophy: language; semantics}, Pages = {297--330}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Perceptual Content}, Year = {1989}} @book{Pearce:1990, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Pearce, Elizabeth}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {327}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Parameters in {O}ld {F}rench {S}yntax}, Year = {1990}} @inproceedings{Pearson:1997, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Pearson, Matthew}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {321--335}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Pied-Piping into the Left Periphery}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Peng:1993, Address = {University of Iowa}, Author = {Peng, Long}, Booktitle = {Fourth Annual Meeting of the Formal Lingusitics Society of MidAmerica}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Davison, Alice and Maier, Nicole and Silva, Glaucia and Yan, Wan Su}, Keywords = {library honology}, Pages = {236--251}, Title = {Kikuyu ATR Harmony and Representational Simplicity}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Penner:1994, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Penner, Zvi}, Booktitle = {Language Acquisition Studies in Generative Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Hoekstra, Teun and Schwartz, Bonnie D.}, Keywords = {library cquisition}, Pages = {177--214}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Asking Questions without {CP}s? On the Acquisition of Root wh-questions in {B}ernese {S}wiss {G}erman and Standard German}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Pensalfini:1995, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Pensalfini, Robert}, Booktitle = {Papers on Minimalist Syntax(27)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Pensalfini, Rob and Ura, Hiroyuki}, Keywords = {library hrase marker hrase structure ord order}, Pages = {209--222}, Publisher = {MITWPL}, Title = {Malagasy Phrase Structure and the {LCA}}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Percus:1997a, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Percus, Orin}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 27}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:48:00 -0500}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {337--351}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Prying Open the Cleft}, Year = {1997}} @phdthesis{Percus:1997, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Percus, Orin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Aspects of \emph{A}}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Percus:1998, Author = {Percus, Orin}, Booktitle = {WCCFL 17}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Title = {Some Instructions for the Worldly}, Year = {1998}} @article{Percus:2000, Author = {Percus, Orin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {173--229}, Title = {Constraints on some other variables in syntax}, Volume = {8}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {In this paper I assume that syntactic structures contain items that function as variables over possible worlds (or things like possible worlds). I show that in certain syntactic positions we can use some variables but not others. I accordingly motivate a "binding theory" for the items that occupy these positions, and I discuss some consequences of this binding theory.}} @incollection{Pereltsvaig:2002, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Pereltsvaig, Asya}, Booktitle = {Themes in {A}rabic and {H}ebrew Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Ouhalla, Jamal and Shlonsky, Ur}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {107--136}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Cognate objects in Modern and {B}iblical {H}ebrew}, Year = {2002}} @article{Perez-Leroux:1995, Author = {Perez-Leroux, Ana Teresa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Number = {1-2}, Pages = {105--138}, Title = {Resumptives in the Acquisition of Relative Clauses}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Perlmutter:1970, Address = {Waltham, Massachusetts}, Author = {Perlmutter, David}, Booktitle = {Readings in {E}nglish transformational grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Jacobs, R. A. and Rosenbaum, Peter S.}, Pages = {107--119}, Publisher = {Ginn}, Title = {The two verbs \emph{begin}}, Year = {1970}} @article{Perlmutter:1970a, Author = {Perlmutter, David and Ross, John Robert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; extraposition}, Number = {3}, Pages = {350}, Title = {Relative Clauses with Split Antecedent}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1970}} @incollection{Perlmutter:1970b, Address = {The Hague}, Author = {Perlmutter, David M.}, Booktitle = {Progress in Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Bierwisch, Manfred and Heidolph, Karl E.}, Keywords = {library; DP; articles; determiners; nominals}, Pages = {233--248}, Publisher = {Mouton}, Title = {On the Article in {E}nglish}, Year = {1970}} @book{Perlmutter:1983, Address = {Chicago, Illinois}, Author = {Perlmutter, David M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {relational grammar}, Publisher = {The University of Chicago Press}, Title = {Studies in Relational Grammar 1}, Year = {1983}} @incollection{Perlmutter:1988, Address = {San Diego, California}, Author = {Perlmutter, David M.}, Booktitle = {Theoretical Morphology}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Hammond, Michael and Noonan, Michael}, Keywords = {library; morphology; Germanic: Yiddish}, Pages = {79--100}, Publisher = {Academic Press, Inc.}, Title = {The Split Morphology Hypothesis: Evidence from {Y}iddish}, Year = {1988}} @book{Perlmutter:1984, Address = {Chicago, Illinois}, Author = {Perlmutter, David M. and Rosen, Carol}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {relational grammar}, Publisher = {The University of Chicago Press}, Title = {Studies in Relational Grammar 2}, Year = {1984}} @phdthesis{Pesetsky:1982, Author = {Pesetsky, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {Linguistics aths apping onstraints arasitic gaps election}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Paths and categories}, Year = {1982}} @article{Pesetsky:1985, Author = {Pesetsky, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {morphology}, Pages = {193--248}, Title = {Morphology and Logical Form}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @incollection{Pesetsky:1987, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Pesetsky, David}, Booktitle = {The Representation of (In)definiteness}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Reuland, Eric J. and Meulen, Alice G. B. ter}, Keywords = {definiteness; indefiniteness}, Pages = {98--129}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Wh-in-Situ: Movement and Unselective Binding}, Year = {1987}} @unpublished{Pesetsky:1989, Author = {Pesetsky, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Location = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Note = {paper presented at GLOW}, Title = {The Earliness Principle}, Year = {1989}} @book{Pesetsky:1995, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Pesetsky, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {library xperiencers heta theory rgument structure orphology nflection}, Pages = {351}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Zero syntax}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Pesetsky:1998, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Pesetsky, David}, Booktitle = {Is the Best Good Enough?}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Barbosa, Pilar and Fox, Danny and Hagstrom, Paul and McGinnis, Martha and Pesetsky, David}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {337--384}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Some Optimality Principles of Sentence Pronunciation}, Year = {1998}} @book{Pesetsky:2000, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Pesetsky, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Pages = {132}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Phrasal movement and its kin}, Year = {2000}} @article{Peters:1993, Author = {Peters, Ann M. and Menn, Lise}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library; acquisition}, Number = {4}, Pages = {742--777}, Title = {False Starts and Filler Syllables: Ways to Learn Grammatical Morphemes}, Volume = {69}, Year = {1993}} @article{Peterson:1994, Author = {Peterson, Philip L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library; opacity}, Number = {2}, Pages = {159--220}, Title = {Attitudinal Opacity}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1994}} @article{Petronio:1997, Author = {Petronio, Karen and Lillo-Martin, Diane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {18--57}, Title = {Wh-Movement and the Position of Spec-{CP}: Evidence from {A}merican {S}ign {L}anguage}, Volume = {73}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {Some researchers have claimed that wh-Movement in ASL is rightward, contrary to the apparent universality of leftward wh-Movement. In contrast to this claim, we argue that wh-Movement in ASL is to a leftward Specifier of CP. We account for the ocurrence of rightward wh-elements by independently motivated syntactic and discourse factors which lead to the appearance of wh-elements in sentence- or discourse-final positions -- not by rightward wh-Movement. Our analysis provides an account for a variety of ASL direct and indirect wh-questions and is in accord with cross-linguistic generalizations.}} @book{Petter:1998, Address = {The Hague}, Author = {Petter, Marga}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Publisher = {Holland Academic Graphics}, Title = {Getting {PRO} under Control}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Philip:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Philip, William}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {quantification; acquisition; library}, Pages = {359--374}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Spreading in the Acquisition of Universal Quantifiers}, Year = {1992}} @incollection{Philip:1998, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Philip, William and Avrutin, Sergey}, Booktitle = {The Interpretive Tract(25)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Percus, Orin and Sauerland, Uli}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {63--72}, Publisher = {MIT, Department of Linguistics}, Title = {Quantificaiton in Agrammatic Aphasia}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Philip:1996, Address = {Harvard University and MIT}, Author = {Philip, William and Coopmans, Peter}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library cquisition}, Pages = {241--256}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The Role of Referenciality in the Acquisition of Pronominal Anaphora}, Year = {1996}} @phdthesis{Phillips:1996, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Phillips, Colin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {library llipsis}, Pages = {305}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Order and Structure}, Year = {1996}} @incollection{Phinney:1987, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Phinney, Marianne}, Booktitle = {Parameter Setting}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Roeper, Thomas and Williams, Edwin}, Keywords = {library; acquisition; parameters; Pro-Drop; L2}, Pages = {221--238}, Publisher = {D. Reidel Publishing Company}, Title = {The Pro-Drop Parameter in Second Language Acquisition}, Year = {1987}} @book{Piatelli-Palmarini:1980, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Piatelli-Palmarini, Massimo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Pages = {409}, Publisher = {Harvard University Press}, Title = {Language and Learning: the Debate Between {J}ean {P}iaget and {N}oam {C}homsky}, Year = {1980}} @article{Picallo:1991, Author = {Picallo, Carme M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {nominals; Catalan; Romance; DP}, Number = {3}, Pages = {279--316}, Title = {Nominals and Nominalizations in {C}atalan}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1991}} @phdthesis{Picallo:1985, Author = {Picallo, Carmea}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {Binding Theory; Catalan; Romance}, School = {CUNY}, Title = {Opaque Domains}, Year = {1985}} @article{Picallo:1994, Author = {Picallo, M. Carme}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library; Romance:Catalan}, Number = {2}, Pages = {259--300}, Title = {Catalan Possessive Pronouns: Avoid Pronoun Principle Revisited}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1994}} @phdthesis{Pierce:1989, Author = {Pierce, Amy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {library; acquisition; negation; clausal structure; inflection; head movement; case}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {On the Emergence of Syntax: A Crosslinguistic Study}, Year = {1989}} @inproceedings{Pierrehumbert:1993, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Pierrehumbert, Janet}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 23}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {367--381}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {Dissimilarity in the {A}rabic Verbal Roots}, Year = {1993}} @article{Piggott:1995, Author = {Piggott, G. L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library honology yllable}, Number = {2}, Pages = {283--326}, Title = {Epenthesis and Syllable Weight}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Pinon:1993, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Pi{\~n}{\'o}n, Christopher J.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 23}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {383--397}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {Nominal Reference and the Imperfective in {P}olish and {E}nglish}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Pires:2001, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {Pires, Acrisio}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {390--406}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Clausal and {TP}-defective gerunds: control without tense}, Year = {2001}} @book{Piven:1993, Address = {New York}, Author = {Piven, Fox Frances and Cloward, Richard A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {library; sociology; welfare; public policy; politics}, Pages = {524.}, Publisher = {Vintage Books}, Title = {Regulating the Poor: The Functions of Public Welfare}, Year = {1993}} @article{Plann:1986, Author = {Plann, Susan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; Case; word order; Romance:Spanish}, Number = {2}, Pages = {336--346}, Title = {On Case-Marking Clauses in {S}panish: Evidence against the Case Resistance Principle}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1986}} @incollection{Platzack:1985, Address = {Goteborg}, Author = {Platzack, Christer}, Booktitle = {Svenskans beskrivning 15}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Allen, S.}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, Publisher = {University of Goteborg}, Title = {Syntaktiska forandringar i svenskan under 1600-talet}, Year = {1985}} @incollection{Platzack:1986, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Platzack, Christer}, Booktitle = {Topics in {S}candinavian syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Hellan, Lars and Christensen, K. K.}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, Publisher = {Reidel}, Title = {Comp, {I}nfl, and {G}ermanic word order}, Year = {1986}} @incollection{Platzack:1986a, Address = {Stockholm Sweden}, Author = {Platzack, Christer}, Booktitle = {Scandinavian Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {sten, Dahl and Holmberg, Anders}, Keywords = {scandinavian; infinitives; complementizer}, Pages = {123--137}, Publisher = {University of Stockholm}, Title = {The Structure of Infinitive Clauses in {D}anish and {S}wedish}, Year = {1986}} @incollection{Platzack:1986b, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Platzack, Christer}, Booktitle = {Verb Second phenomena in Germanic languages}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Haider, Hubert and Prinzhorn, Martin}, Keywords = {scandinavian}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {The Position of the Finite Verb in {S}wedish}, Year = {1986}} @incollection{Platzack:1988, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Platzack, Christer}, Booktitle = {McGill working papers in linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, Title = {The Emergence of a Word Order Difference in {S}candinavian Subordinate Clauses}, Year = {1988}} @article{Platzack:1994, Author = {Platzack, Christer}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Working Papers in {S}candinavian Syntax}, Keywords = {library; Germanic: scandinavian}, Pages = {85--106}, Title = {Null Subjects, Weak {A}gr and Syntactic Differences in {S}candinavian}, Volume = {53}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Platzack:1995, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Platzack, Christer}, Booktitle = {Clause Structure and Language Change}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Battye, Adrian and Roberts, Ian}, Pages = {200--226}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {The Loss of Verb Second in {E}nglish and {F}rench}, Year = {1995}} @article{Platzack:1997, Author = {Platzack, Christer}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Working Papers in Scandinavian Syntax}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {65--96}, Title = {A Representational Account of Restrictive and Non-Restrictive Relatives: The Case of Swedish}, Volume = {59}, Year = {1997}} @incollection{Platzack:2000, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Platzack, Christer}, Booktitle = {The syntax of relative clauses}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Alexiadou, Artemis and Law, Paul and Meinunger, Andr{\'e} and Wilder, Chris}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {265--308}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {A complement-of-{N} account of restrictive and non-restrictive relatives: the case of {S}wedish}, Year = {2000}} @article{Platzack:1998, Author = {Platzack, Christer and Rosengren, Inger}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Keywords = {library inimalism}, Number = {3}, Pages = {177--224}, Title = {On the Subject of Imperatives: A Minimalist Account of the Imperative Clause}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This paper presents a structural account of imperative clauses where the theoretical cornerstones are the Minimalist Program of Chomsky (1995) and the analysis of the C-domain in Rizzi (1995). According to Rizzi, the C-domain has at least two parts, the outward facing ForceP, a sentence type projection where information of the type of the clause is represented, and an inward facing part, FinP, related to tense and mood. We argue in this paper that the main difference between imperative clauses and other sentence types is the lack of FinP and hence finiteness in imperative clauses; having no FinP, imperative clauses also lack MoodP and TP. The imperative clause is thus less articulated compared with the declarative and interrogative clauses. From the lack of FinP follow the three most salient properties of imperative clauses: the morphologically meagre form of the verb, the impossibility of embedding imperative clauses, and the lack of a prototypical subject. The last mentioned fact has the consequence that an imperative clause can never be used to refer to the addressee in the same way as a declarative and interrogative clause can: imperative clauses can only be used to talk TO the addressee, not ABOUT him or her. We support our theoretical approach by empirical evidence drawn mainly from German, English, and Mainland Scandinavian.}} @article{Platzack:1989, Author = {Platzack, Christer, Holmberg, Anders}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Working Papers in Scandinavian Syntax}, Keywords = {scandinavian; word order; verb movement}, Pages = {51--76}, Title = {The FRle of Agr and Finiteness}, Volume = {43}, Year = {1989}} @article{Plenat:1999, Author = {Pl{\'e}nat, Marc}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {101--132}, Title = {Porphophonologie des d{\'e}riv{\'e}s argotiques en -ingue et en -if: Remarques sur quelques {\'e}penthAs de consonne aprAs consonne en fran{\c{c}}ais}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {The article deals with the phonological behaviour of two evaluative suffixes in casual spoken French, namely -ingue and -if. Like many suffixes of this kind, these have variant forms with an initial consonant. My claim is that these initial consonants are epenthetic ones. A study of the environments where these two types of variant are found shows that, setting aside cases where the suffix follows a consonantal cluster, these final variants are in complementary distribution. The rule is that the -ingue variant follows a voiced adn oral coronal consonant and that the if variant is preceded by a voiced or unvoiced oral coronal consonant which is neither /d/ nor /l/. This in fact explains why, whereas these suffixes normally replace the final rhyme of the polysyllabic words to which they attach, we observe cases of concatenation and truncations extending further than a thyme. The cononant-initial variants, which occur when the base word does not contain an appropriate consonant, are themselves in complementary distribution. Finally, we observe that initial consonants of consonant-initial variants form a subset of the consonants which the vowel-initial variants allow in front of them. These facts argue for the existence of output constraints which exclude the occurrence of -ingue and -if in a syllable whose onset does not belong to the above-mentioned consonant classes: the epenthesis has the effect of satisfying these constraints when the base word does not contain an appropriate consonant, and when the presence of a consonant cluster does not preclude this insertion.}} @article{Poeppel:1993, Author = {Poeppel, David and Wexler, Kenneth}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {acquisition; german; library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--33}, Title = {The Full Competence Hypothesis of Clause Structure in {E}arly {G}erman}, Volume = {69}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Poletto:1995, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Poletto, Cecilia}, Booktitle = {Clause Structure and Language Change}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Battye, Adrian and Roberts, Ian}, Pages = {295--324}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {The Diachronic Development of Subject Clitics in {N}orth {E}astern {I}talian Dialects}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Poletto:1996, Author = {Poletto, Cecilia}, Booktitle = {Parameters and Functional Heads}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Belletti, Adriana and Rizzi, Luigi}, Keywords = {library litics}, Pages = {269--300}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Three Kinds of Subject Clitics in {B}asso {P}olesano and the Theory of pro}, Year = {1996}} @article{Polinsky:2001, Author = {Polinsky, Maria and Potsdam, Eric}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {583--646}, Title = {Long-distance agreement and topic in {T}sez}, Volume = {19}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {This paper presents and analyzes a unique pattern of long-distance agreement (LDA) in the Nakh-Daghestanian language Tsez, spokenin the Caucasus. The phenomenon, in which a verb may agree with a constituent inside its clausal complement, poses a serious challenge to theories of agreement locality. In a number of formal syntactic theories, agreement between a head and an argument reflects some very local clause-mate configuration, often specifier-head. We demonstrate that this is inadequate for a satisfactory analysis of LDA and we propose an alternative that appeals to a less local configuration resembling head government. Crucial to our analysis of LDA is the generalization that LDA is triggered by a constituent wich must be a topoic. We argue that the agreement trigger moves covertly to an A' topic position within its own clause where it is in a local agreement configuration with the verb. Independent evidence for covert movement adn the existence of configurations which block LDA support the analysis. The primary conclusion is that syntactic agreement cannot be reduced to a specifier-head configuration in all cases. The theory must allow a less local configuration in which the target simply governs the agreement trigger.}} @article{Polinsky:2002, Author = {Polinsky, Maria and Potsdam, Eric}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {245--282}, Title = {Backward Control}, Volume = {33}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {this article documents and analyzes a pattern of backward subject control int he Nakh-Daghestanian language Tsez. In backward control two subject arguments are coindexed but it is the higher subject that is unpronounced: e tried [John to leave]. The principles-and-parameters framework (Chomsky and Lasnik 1993) explicitly rules out backward control. In contrast, recent minimalist analyses of control (e.g., Hornstein 1999) permit backward control because they allow movement from one thematic position to another. Backward control results if this movement takes place covertly. We argue that the phenomenon thus provides interesting evidence for the reduction of control to movement.}} @article{Pollard:1992, Author = {Pollard, Carl and Sag, Ivan A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {binding theory}, Number = {2}, Pages = {261--304}, Title = {Anaphors in {E}nglish and the Scope of Binding Theory}, Volume = {23}, Year = {1992}} @article{Pollard:1998, Author = {Pollard, Carl and Xue, Pin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL7.4Pollard_Xue.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {287--318}, Title = {Chinese Reflexive ziji: Syntactic Reflexives vs. Nonsyntactic Reflexives}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {While recognizing a fundamental distinction between syntactic use of reflexives and nnsyntactic use of reflexives, we propose that this distinction is not necessarily one of lexical ambiguity, contrary to what has been commonly assumed (e.g., Baker (1995)). Instead, we posit just one type of referentially dependent element -- reflexives -- which avail themselves of two options for being related to their antecedents, namely, syntactic binding adn discourse coreference. We focus on Chinese reflexive ziji but will also consider reflexives in American English and British English. Data from these languages indicate that obligatory binding (as stated in Principle A of Chomsky (1986)) is something of a special case and should not be taken as a general model for a cross-linguistic approach to reflexives. We also show that argument structure is relevant to long-distance binding in Chinese, and thus the syntactic binding domain can be defined in terms of relative OBLIQUENESS of grammatical relations rather than a purely tree-configurational relation, e.g., C-COMMAND.}} @book{Pollard:1987, Address = {Sanford, CA}, Author = {Pollard, Carl Jesse and Sag, Ivan A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {Grammar, Comparative and general Syntax.}, Pages = {vii, 227}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Information-based syntax and semantics}, Year = {1987}} @book{Pollard:1994, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Pollard, Carl Jesse and Sag, Ivan A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {Head-driven phrase structure grammar.}, Pages = {xi, 440}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information ;}, Title = {Head-driven phrase structure grammar}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Pollmann:1975, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Pollmann, T.}, Booktitle = {Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-1973}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Kraak, A.}, Keywords = {library; semantics}, Pages = {12--16}, Publisher = {Van Gorcum}, Title = {Two Types of Causal Relationship in Grammar}, Year = {1975}} @article{Pollock:1989, Author = {Pollock, Jean-Yves}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Library}, Pages = {365--424}, Title = {Verb Movement, {UG} and the Structure of {IP}}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @article{Pollock:1989a, Author = {Pollock, Jean-Yves}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {Extraction; A' movement; DP; Romance; French; English; Genitive}, Number = {2}, Pages = {151--162}, Title = {Opacity, Genitive Subjects and Extraction from {NP} in {E}nglish and {F}rench}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1989}} @incollection{Pollock:1997, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Pollock, Jean-Yves}, Booktitle = {Elements of grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Haegeman, Liliane}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {237--279}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Notes on clause structure}, Year = {1997}} @article{Pollock:1998, Author = {Pollock, Jean-Yves}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Number = {3}, Pages = {300--330}, Title = {On the syntax of subnominal clitics: cliticization and ellipsis}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This article uses the properties of the French subnominal clitic en as a probe to explore various issues in current syntactic theory. Section 2 presents some of its chief properties; section 3 deals with the way they relate to the VP-internal hypothesis for subjects; section 4 discusses the intricate ways in which the null subject parameter interacts with the syntax of en/ne in French and Italian; section 5 analyzes the contrast between "adnominal en" -- as in J'en ai lu le premier chapitre (I en-have read the first chapter) -- and "quantitative en" -- as in Jen ai lu trois (I en-have read the three) -- with respect to preverbal subjects, and explores the respective properties of "en-cliticization" and nominal ellipses in French and English. It will be shown that a natural extension of Kayne's (1994: 8.6) analysis of de to en sheds light on mysterious properties of en. From a more theoretical perspective, the article can be read as a freshc attempt to vindicate the view that the parallelism between the internal structures of IP and DP is closer than traditionally believed.}} @incollection{Poole:1996, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Poole, Geoffrey}, Booktitle = {Minimal Ideas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Abraham, Werner and Epstein, Samuel David and Thr{\'a}insson, H{\'o}skuldur and Zwart, C. Jan-Wouter}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {199--216}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Optional Movement in the {M}inimalist {P}rogram}, Year = {1996}, Abstract = {This paper proposes a solution to the problem of derivational optionality in the Minimalist Program. Beginning with Chomsky's (1993) distinction between the singularly Generalized Transformation (Move alpha) and the basic transformational operation (Form Chain), I show that only applications of Form Chain are counted by Economy of Derivation. Thus any operation that consisted of Move alpha alone, without Form Chain, is cost-free. Prior to the examination of any data, I explore the properties that Move alpha without Form Chain is predicted to possess. I then examine two optional movements, Icelandic Stylistic Fronting and "semantically vacuous" cases of Japanese scrambling, and show that they possess precisely the predicted properties.}} @incollection{Poole:1998, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Poole, Geoffrey}, Booktitle = {Is the Best Good Enough?}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Barbosa, Pilar and Fox, Danny and Hagstrom, Paul and McGinnis, Martha and Pesetsky, David}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {385--398}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Constraints on Local Economy}, Year = {1998}} @article{Poplack:1999, Author = {Poplack, Shana and Turpin, Danielle}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {133--164}, Title = {Does the Futur have a Future in ({C}anadian) {F}rench?}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {The hospitality of the future temporal reference sector to multiple exponents is well exemplified by French, wehre the inflected future currently competes with both periphrastic future and futurate present forms. Most scholars contend that the variant expressions are selected accordign to distinctions in the way the speaker envisions the future eventuality and/or the semantic and/or pragmatic import s/he wishes to convey. Curiously, however, there is little agreement as to what that import is nor which of the variants is capable of expressing it. Making use of a variationist approach, in this paper we return to the qeustion of the function and meaning of the major exponents of futurity in spoken French through systematic analysis of thousands of contexts of future emporal reference in natural speech. We show that although the variant forms continue to divide up the work of expressing posteriority, they are rarely selected by speakers in accordance with the values commonly attributed to them in either the descriptive or prescriptive literature. This is because basically all reference to future states or events is made by periphrastic future, which as ousted inflected future from virtually all contexts of productive usage but one, while futurate present has made only incipient incursions into another. We suggest that failure to attain consensus on the set of meanings or functions distinguishing the variatns is the product of an epistemological problem stemming from difficulty in reconciling the form-function polyvalence characteristic of inherent variability with the (distributional) linguistic enterprise of ascribing a unique function to every form.}} @inproceedings{Portner:1991, Address = {Cornell University}, Author = {Portner, Paul}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the First Semantics and Linguistic Theory Conference}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Moore, Steven and Wyner, Adam Zachary}, Keywords = {gerunds vents}, Pages = {189--208}, Publisher = {Cornell University Working Papers in Linguistics}, Title = {Gerunds and Types of Events}, Year = {1991}} @inproceedings{Portner:1992a, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Portner, Paul}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {gerunds; semantics; library}, Pages = {375--386}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Interpreting Gerunds in Complement Positions}, Year = {1992}} @phdthesis{Portner:1992, Author = {Portner, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {library; situation semantics; propositions}, School = {University of Massachusetts-Amherst}, Title = {Situation Theory and the Semantics of Propositional Expressions}, Year = {1992}} @inproceedings{Portner:1993, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Portner, Paul}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 23}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {399--413}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {The Semantics of Complementizers}, Year = {1993}} @article{Portner:1997, Author = {Portner, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {167--212}, Title = {The Semantics of Mood, Complementation, and Conversational Force}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {This paper presents a theory of mood which ties together its pragmatic and semantic significance. In the first two sections the subject matter and background assumptions of the study are specified. Section 3 outlines the syntactic distribution and conversational force of the indicative and subjective (in English and Italian), infinitives, and 'mood-indicating' modal may. Then section 4 gives a formal theory which predicts the operators under which each mood may be embedded. Finally, section 5 shows how the ideas developed thus far yield an improved understanding of non-assertive sentences.}} @inproceedings{Portner:1996, Address = {Harvard University and MIT}, Author = {Portner, Paul and Zanuttini, Rafaella}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library; negation}, Pages = {257--272}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The Syntax and Semantics of Scalar Negation: Evidence from {P}aduan}, Year = {1996}} @book{Poser:1990, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Poser, William J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Zec, Draga}, Keywords = {library; phonology:syntax; morphology; Japanese}, Pages = {279--288}, Publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, Title = {Word-Internal Phrase Boundary in {J}apanese}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Poser:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Poser, William J.}, Booktitle = {Lexical Matters}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Sag, Ivan A. and Szabolcsi, Anna}, Keywords = {morphology; lexicon; library}, Pages = {111--130}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Blocking of Phrasal Constructions by Lexical Items}, Year = {1992}} @book{Postal:1971, Address = {New York, New York}, Author = {Postal, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {crossover; anaphora}, Publisher = {Holt, Rinehart and Winston}, Title = {Cross-Over Phenomena}, Year = {1971}} @article{Postal:1972, Author = {Postal, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library llipsis naphora ronouns}, Number = {3}, Pages = {349--371}, Title = {Some Further Limitations of Interpretive Theories of Anaphora}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1972}} @book{Postal:1974, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Postal, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {On raising}, Year = {1974}} @article{Postal:1993, Author = {Postal, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {raising; grammatical functions; ECM; library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {347--364}, Title = {Some Defective Paradigms}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Postal:2001a, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Postal, Paul}, Booktitle = {Parasitic gaps}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Culicover, Peter and Postal, Paul}, Pages = {223--249}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Further lacunae in the {E}nglish parasitic gap paradigm}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Postal:2001b, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Postal, Paul}, Booktitle = {Parasitic gaps}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:45:52 -0500}, Editor = {Culicover, Peter and Postal, Paul}, Pages = {253--313}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Parasitic and pseudoparasitic gaps}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Postal:2001, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Postal, Paul}, Booktitle = {Parasitic gaps}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:02 -0400}, Editor = {Culicover, Peter and Postal, Paul}, Pages = {403--417}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Missing parasitic gaps}, Year = {2001}} @article{Postal:1988, Author = {Postal, Paul and Pullum, Geoffrey}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library xpletives}, Pages = {635--679}, Title = {Expletive Noun Phrases in Subcategorized Positions}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @incollection{Postal:1969, Address = {Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey}, Author = {Postal, Paul M.}, Booktitle = {Modern Studies in {E}nglish}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Reibel, D. and Schane, Sandford}, Keywords = {pronouns; determiners}, Pages = {201--244}, Publisher = {Prentice-Hall}, Title = {On so-called `pronouns' in {E}nglish}, Year = {1969}} @inproceedings{Postal:1969a, Address = {Chicago, Illinois}, Author = {Postal, Paul M.}, Booktitle = {Papers from the Fifth Regional Meeting Chicago Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Binnick, Robert I. and Davison, Alice and Green, Georgia M. and Morgan, Jerry L.}, Keywords = {anaphora}, Pages = {205--239}, Title = {Anaphoric Islands}, Year = {1969}} @incollection{Postal:1990, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Postal, Paul M.}, Booktitle = {Studies in Relational Grammar 3}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Postal, Paul M. and Joseph, Brian D.}, Keywords = {library; relational grammar; French}, Pages = {104--202}, Publisher = {University of Chicago}, Title = {French Indirect Object Demotion}, Year = {1990}} @article{Postal:1993a, Author = {Postal, Paul M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:46:04 -0500}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; weak crossover; crossover; anaphora; pronouns}, Number = {3}, Pages = {539--556}, Title = {Remarks on Weak Crossover Effects}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @article{Postal:1993b, Author = {Postal, Paul M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:46:10 -0500}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; parasitic gaps; ATB; coordination; wh movement; A' movement}, Number = {4}, Pages = {735--754}, Title = {Parasitic Gaps and the Across-the-Board Phenomenon}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @article{Postal:1994, Author = {Postal, Paul M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; parasitic gaps; A' movement}, Number = {1}, Pages = {63--118}, Title = {Parasitic and Pseudoparasitic Gaps}, Volume = {25}, Year = {1994}} @article{Postal:1994a, Author = {Postal, Paul M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; Romance:French; raising to object; ECM; infinitives; subextraction; constraints; clitics}, Number = {1}, Pages = {179--186}, Title = {The Ungrammaticality of Subnominal \emph{en} in {F}rench Object-Raising Complements}, Volume = {25}, Year = {1994}} @book{Postal:1998, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Postal, Paul M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {215}, Publisher = {The MIT Press}, Title = {Three Investigations of Extraction}, Year = {1998}} @article{Postal:1978, Author = {Postal, Paul M. and Pullum, Geoffrey K.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; complementizer}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--29}, Title = {Traces and the Description of {E}nglish Complementizer Contraction}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @incollection{Postma:2000, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Postma, Gertjan}, Booktitle = {Portuguese syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Costa, Jo{\~a}o}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {241--265}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Distributive universal quantification and aspect in {B}razilian {P}ortuguese}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Postma:1996, Address = {Harvard University and MIT}, Author = {Postma, Gertjan and Rooryck, Johan}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {273--288}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Modality and Possession in {NP}s}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Postman:2001, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {Postman, Whitney Anne}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {407--418}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Agrammatic aphasic comprehension of thematic role assignment in Indonesian}, Year = {2001}} @phdthesis{Potsdam:1996, Address = {Santa Cruz}, Author = {Potsdam, Eric}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {288}, School = {University of Santa Cruz}, Title = {Syntactic Issues in the English Imperative}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Potsdam:1996a, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Potsdam, Eric}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {353--368}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {English Verbal Morphology and {VP} Ellipsis}, Year = {1996}} @article{Potsdam:1997a, Author = {Potsdam, Eric}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library ubjunctives}, Number = {3}, Pages = {533--541}, Title = {{NegP} and Subjunctive Complements in {E}nglish}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Potsdam:1997, Author = {Potsdam, Eric}, Booktitle = {Meeting of the North Eastern Linguistic Society 27}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {353--368}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {English Verbal Morphology and {VP} Ellipsis}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Potter:1996, Address = {Harvard University and MIT}, Author = {Potter, Brian}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library inimalism orphology}, Pages = {289--302}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Minimalism and the Mirror Principle}, Year = {1996}} @article{Potts:2002, Author = {Potts, Christopher}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {623--689}, Title = {The syntax and semantics of as-parentheticals}, Volume = {20}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This paper is a detailed investigation of the syntax and semantics of a single type of cross-linguistically common parenthetical expression, here dubbed As-parentheticals (e.g., Ames, as you know, was a spy). I show that a treatment of such clauses as adverbial modifiers combines with a motivated semantic analysis to account for a wide range of ambiguities concerning negation in particular, but also tense, modal, and adverbial operators. I provide a principled explanation for the impossibility of variable binding into, and extraction from, As-parentheticals, and argue that this construction yields novel support for the view (of Ladusaw 1992, and others) that negative DPs like no one are actually non-negated indefinites licensed by an abstract, clause-level negation. Overall, the analysis shows that parentheticals, in addition to being a rich source of puzzles in their own right provide a useful probe into clause structure in general.}} @book{Poutsma:1928, Address = {Groningen}, Author = {Poutsma, H.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Title = {A Grammar of {L}ate {M}odern {E}nglish, part {I}}, Year = {1928}} @incollection{Prince:1988, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Prince, Ellen F.}, Booktitle = {Linguistics: The Cambridge Survey(II)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Newmeyer, Frederick J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {164--182}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Discourse Analysis: A Part of the Study of Linguistic Competence}, Year = {1988}} @incollection{Prinzhorn:1990, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Prinzhorn, Martin}, Booktitle = {Scrambling and Barriers}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Grewendorf, G{\"u}nther and Sternefeld, Wolfgang}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {199--216}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Head Movement and Scrambling Domains}, Year = {1990}} @article{Progovac:1993, Author = {Progovac, Ljiljana}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; reflexives; binding theory; pronouns; anaphora; subjunctives}, Number = {4}, Pages = {755--772}, Title = {Long-Distance Reflexives: Movement-to-{I}nfl versus Relativized SUBJECT}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @article{Prunet:2000, Author = {Prunet, Jean-Francois and B{\'e}land, Ren{\'e}e and Idrissi, Ali}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library emplates etathesis orphology phasia}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/31.4Prunet_etal.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {609--648}, Title = {The mental representation of {S}emitic words}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {This article is concerned with external evidence bearing on the nature of the units stored in the mental lexicons of speakers of Semitic languages. On the basis of aphasic metathesis errors we collected in a single case study, we suggest that roots can be accessed as independent morphological units. We review documented language games and slips of the tongue that lead to the same conclusion. We also discuss evidence for the morphemic status of templates from aphasic erros, language games, and slips of the tongue. We conclude that the available external evidence is best accounted for within a morpheme-based theory of morphology that forms words by combining roots and templates.}} @article{Prust:1994, Author = {Pr{\"u}st, Hub and Scha, Remko and van den Berg, Martin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library; semantics; VP Ellipsis}, Number = {3}, Pages = {261--327}, Title = {Discourse grammar and verb phrase anaphora}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Pulleyblank:1988, Address = {San Diego, California}, Author = {Pulleyblank, Douglas}, Booktitle = {Theoretical Morphology}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Hammond, Michael and Noonan, Michael}, Keywords = {library orphology honology one iers}, Pages = {353--370}, Publisher = {Academic Press, Inc.}, Title = {Tone and the Morphemic Tier Hypothesis}, Year = {1988}} @article{Pulleyblank:1994, Author = {Pulleyblank, Douglas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; phonology}, Number = {2}, Pages = {344--353}, Title = {Underlying Mora Structure}, Volume = {25}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Pulleyblank:1998, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Pulleyblank, Douglas and Turkel, William J.}, Booktitle = {Is the Best Good Enough?}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Barbosa, Pilar and Fox, Danny and Hagstrom, Paul and McGinnis, Martha and Pesetsky, David}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {399--420}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {The Logical Problem of Language Acquisition in Optimality Theory}, Year = {1998}} @article{Pullum:1977, Author = {Pullum, Geoffrey K.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {79--102}, Title = {The Morpholexical Nature of {E}nglish \emph{to}-Contraction}, Volume = {73}, Year = {1977}, Abstract = {The forms represented orthographically as (wanna), (gonna), (gotta), (oughta), (usta), and (sposta) have standardly been analyzed as involving a syntactic rule or cliticization operation called to-contraction. Occasionally it has been suggested that the forms in question have been 'lexicalized', i.e., WANNA and HAFTA are synchronically distinct lexemes from WANT and HAVE. I argue here that neither approach is correct. The syntactic accounts are wrong to assume that the relation between wanna and want to must be syntactic, and the lexicalizaiton accoutns are wrong to assume that there is no synchronic relation: the link is one of derivational morphology. A morpholexical rule suffixes /tu/ ~ /te/ tot he base lexcemes to form derived lexemes such as WANNA. These to-derivates are headed morphological structures, as described by Stump 1994. They inflect on their heads, not their edges; they are sysnonymous with their bases but have different subcategorization and more colloquial style associations. Various morphologcial and phonological sharing of the lexical idiosyncrasies of the bse lexemes show that they contain those bases as heads. All the syntactic phenomena that have been claimed to be relevant to the debate overt to-contraction fall into place under the assumptions advocated here, and some new insights emerge, particularly with regard to the 'liberal dialects' where the pronunciation written has wider distribution than in most American dialects.}} @inproceedings{Pullum:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Pullum, Geoffrey K. and Zwicky, Arnold M.}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {morphology; lexicon; library}, Pages = {387--398}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {A Misconceived Approach to Morphology}, Year = {1992}} @article{Pulman:1997, Author = {Pulman, Stephen G.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {73--115}, Title = {Higher Order Unification and the Interpretation of Focus}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {Higher order unification is a way of combining information (or equivalently, solving equations) wxpressed as terms of a typed higher order logic. A suitably restricted form of the notion has been used as a simple and perspicuous basis for the resolution of the meaning of elliptical expressions and for the interpretation of some non-compositional tyipes of comparative construction also involving ellipsis. This paper explores another area of application for this concept in the interpretation of sentences containing intonationally marked 'focus', or various semantic constructs which are snesitive to focus. Similarities and differences between this approach, and theories using 'alternative semantics', 'structured meanings', or flexible categorial grammars, are described. The paper argues that the higher order unification approach offers descriptive advantages over these alternatives, as well as the practical advantage of being capable of fairly direct computational implementation.}} @article{Pustejovsky:1998, Author = {Pustejovsky, James}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/29.2Pustejovsky.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {289--311}, Title = {Generativity and Explanation in Semantics: A Reply to {F}odor and {L}epore}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {In this article I address the remarks made in Fodor adn Lepore's article, "The Emptiness of the Lexicon: Reflections on James Pustejovsky's The Generative Lexicon," regarding the research program outlined in Pustejovsky 1995. My response focuses on two themes, FL's misreadings and misinterpretations of the substance as well as the details of the theory, and the generally negative an unconstructive view of the study of semantics and natural language meaning inherent in their approach.}} @incollection{Pylyshyn:1993, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Pylyshyn, Zenon}, Booktitle = {The Chomskyan Turn}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Kasher, Asa}, Keywords = {library; philosophy:language; philosophy:mind; cognitive science}, Pages = {231--251}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishers}, Title = {Rules and Representations: Chomsky and Representational Realism}, Year = {1993}} @article{Qu:1995, Author = {Qu, Yanfeng}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library eduplication djectives}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--28}, Title = {Adjective Reduplications in Fuzhou: A Morpho-Phonological Analysis}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1995}} @book{Quirk:1972, Address = {New York}, Author = {Quirk, Randolph and Greenbaum, Sidney and Leech, Geoffrey and Svartvik, Jan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Publisher = {Seminar Press}, Title = {A grammar of contemporary {E}nglish}, Year = {1972}} @book{Radford:1990, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Radford, Andrew}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {library cquisition unctional projections mall clauses}, Pages = {311}, Publisher = {Basil Blackwell Ltd.}, Title = {Syntactic Theory and the Acquisition of {E}nglish Syntax}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Rado:1994, Address = {Amherst}, Author = {Rado, J.}, Booktitle = {Functional Projections}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {library; Hungarian; object shift; word order}, Pages = {131--152}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {Object Positions, Interpretation and Agreement in Hungarian}, Year = {1994}} @article{Rahhali:1997, Author = {Rahhali, Mohammed and Souli, El Hassan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {317--338}, Title = {A Minimalist Approach to Verb Movement in {S}tandard {A}rabic}, Volume = {51}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {This article addresses the issue of overt and covert V-movement in Standard Arabic within the minimalist framework. We will demonstrate that overt steps of this process do not go beyond Agrs, the only exception being positive imperatives, where C is also affected. This entails that VSO order in VSO langauges such as Standard Arabic is not an outcome of overt V-to-C, as sometimes claimed in the literature. As for covert V-movement, we will focus especially on its application from Agrs to Mood, and show that in this case it may skip an intervening negative head not selecting a MoodP.}} @article{Raimy:2000, Author = {Raimy, Eric}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/31.3Raimy.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {541--552}, Title = {Remarks on backcopying}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {This article presents a rule-based serial model of reduplication that is empirically and conceptually capable of handling backcopying effects in reduplication, contrary to McCarthy and Prince's (1995) claim that serial models of phonology are incapable of adequately accounting for this phenomenon. The model of reduplication presented here claims that reduplication is the result of loops in underlying temporal precedence structures of segments in formatives and reduces over- and underapplication effects in reduplication to cases of opacity.}} @inproceedings{Raimy:1997, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Raimy, Eric and Idsardi, William}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 27}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {369--382}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {A Minimalist Approach to Reduplicaiton in Optimality Theory}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Rambow:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Rambow, Owen and Santorini, Beatrice}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {373--388}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Incremental Phrase Structure Generation and a Universal Theory of {V2}}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Ramchand:1997, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Ramchand, Gillian C.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 27}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {383--396}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Questions, Polarity and Alternative Semantics}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Ramchand:1993, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Ramchand, Gillian Catriona}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 23}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {415--429}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {Aspect Phrase in {M}odern {S}cottish {G}aelic}, Year = {1993}} @article{Ramchand:1996a, Author = {Ramchand, Gillian Catriona}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library erived subjects}, Number = {2}, Pages = {165--191}, Title = {Two Subject Positions in {S}cottish {G}aelic: The Syntax-Semantics Interface}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1996}} @article{Ramer:1995, Author = {Ramer, Alexis Manaster}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {59--70}, Title = {L'Arbitraire de Chine}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Rapoport:1995, Address = {San Diego, California}, Author = {Rapoport, T. R.}, Booktitle = {Small Clauses(28)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Cardinaletti, Anna and Guasti, Maria Teresa}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {153--178}, Publisher = {Academic Press}, Title = {Specificity, Objects, and Nominal Small Clauses}, Year = {1995}} @article{Rapoport:1999, Author = {Rapoport, T. R.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {147--155}, Title = {The {E}nglish Middle and Agentivity}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}} @article{Rapoport:1984, Author = {Rapoport, Tova}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {extraposition}, Title = {On Relative Clause Extraposition}, Year = {1984}} @phdthesis{Rapoport:1987, Author = {Rapoport, Tova}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {linguistics}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Copular, Nominal and Small Clauses: a Study of {I}sraeli {H}ebrew}, Year = {1987}} @incollection{Raposo:1986, Address = {Utrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Raposo, Eduardo}, Booktitle = {Going Romance II}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Coopmans, Peter and Bordelois, Ivonne and Smith, Bill Dotson}, Keywords = {library; romance; Portuguese; morphology}, Pages = {121--140}, Title = {Some Effects of Syntactic Affixation in {E}uropean {P}ortuguese}, Year = {1986}} @incollection{Raposo:2000, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Raposo, Eduardo}, Booktitle = {Portuguese syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Costa, Jo{\~a}o}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {266--297}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Clitic positions and verb movement}, Year = {2000}} @article{Raposo:1990, Author = {Raposo, Eduardo and Uriagereka, Juan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Case; romance; Linguistics}, Number = {4}, Pages = {505--538}, Title = {Long-Distance Case Assignment}, Volume = {21}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Raposo:1995, Address = {San Diego, California}, Author = {Raposo, Eduardo and Uriagereka, Juan}, Booktitle = {Small Clauses(28)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Cardinaletti, Anna and Guasti, Maria Teresa}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {179--206}, Publisher = {Academic Press}, Title = {Two Types of Small Clauses (Toward a Syntax of Theme/Rheme Relations)}, Year = {1995}} @article{Raposo:1996, Author = {Raposo, Eduardo and Uriagereka, Juan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library mpersonal passives}, Number = {4}, Pages = {749--810}, Title = {Indefinite SE}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1996}, Abstract = {The main objective of the present work is to motivate the existence of a class of transitive structures involving the (Romance) clitic se/si in European Portuguese, whose logical object exhibits subject agreement. Structures of this sort have been traditionally analyzed as passive, but we show that in European Portuguese they are active. This is not obvious at first, for in fact the object agreeing withthe verb can prepose in ways which resemble passivization. The first half of this paper is devoted to showing that this preposing is not NP-Movement at all. This in turn leads to a few questions around the peculiarity of the construction: Why does an active object exhibit subject agreement? When and how is this possible? How does this object get licensed? What is the subject of the construction and what are its properties? These questions have an obvious general interest but are particularly significant within the minimalist program of Chomsky (1995b), which has mechanisms ensuring that objects of transitive configuratoins do not move to the position that licenses subject agreement, contrary to what happens in this construction. We express our findings within this framework.}} @article{Recanati:1996, Author = {Recanati, Fran{\c{c}}ois}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {5}, Pages = {445--475}, Title = {Domains of Discourse}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1996}} @article{Reed:1997, Author = {Reed, Lisa A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {121--153}, Title = {Pronominalized Aspect}, Volume = {51}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {This paper examines a heretofore unnoticed aspectual effect in the grammar of natural language: the role aspectual considerations may play in determining the distribution of some pronouns. Based on evidene from French, it is argued that notions such as perfectivity, habituality, and temporal boundedness can have a grammatical impact on the pronominal system of a language. Two formal treatments of this phenomenon are developed: first in terms of the Conceptual Semantic framework of Moens \& Steedman (1988), the second in terms of the model-theoretic framework espoused by Richard Montague and his followers.}} @incollection{Reenen:1975, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Reenen, Pieter Th. van}, Booktitle = {Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-1973}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Kraak, A.}, Keywords = {library; syntax}, Pages = {187--193}, Publisher = {Van Gorcum}, Title = {Remarques sur L'Introduction de symboles complexes}, Year = {1975}} @article{Reimer:1995, Author = {Reimer, Marga}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library erformatives ragmatics}, Number = {6}, Pages = {655--675}, Title = {Performative Utterances: A Reply to Bach and Harnish}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1995}} @phdthesis{Reinhart:1976, Author = {Reinhart, Tanya}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {linguistics}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {The Syntactic Domain of Anaphora}, Year = {1976}} @article{Reinhart:1980, Author = {Reinhart, Tanya}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {extraposition}, Number = {3}, Pages = {621--624}, Title = {The Position of Extraposed Clauses}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @book{Reinhart:1983, Address = {Chicago, Illinois}, Author = {Reinhart, Tanya}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {Binding Theory; anaphora}, Publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, Title = {Anaphora and Semantic Interpretation}, Year = {1983}} @incollection{Reinhart:1987, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Reinhart, Tanya}, Booktitle = {The Representation of (In)definiteness(14)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Reuland, Eric J. and Meulen, Alice G. B. ter}, Keywords = {library; Operators}, Pages = {130--167}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Specifier and Operator Binding}, Year = {1987}} @incollection{Reinhart:1993, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Reinhart, Tanya}, Booktitle = {The Chomskyan Turn}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Kasher, Asa}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {360--384}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishers}, Title = {Elliptic Conjunctions -- Non-Quantificational {LF}}, Year = {1993}} @article{Reinhart:1997, Author = {Reinhart, Tanya}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {335--397}, Title = {Quantifier Scope: How Labor is Divided between {QR} and Choice Functions}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1997}} @article{Reinhart:1998, Author = {Reinhart, Tanya}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {29--56}, Title = {Wh-in-situ in the Framework of the {M}inimalist {P}rogram}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {In the framework of the minimalist program, the assumption that wh-in-situ move covertly to be assigned wide scope is infeasible. Rather, it is assumed that they must be interpretable in situ, and that syntactic conditions like 'superiority' are effects of economy, which restricts overt rather than covrt movement of a wh-element. The remaining syntactic problem for this line of reasoning is the putative ECP effects of adverbial wh-adjuncts, which were the strongest evidence for covert movement. A serious semantic problem is that the interpretative procedures which have been proposed for wh-in-situ -- unselective binding or absorption -- fail to capture correctly their interpretation. I will argue first that both problems are solved if the interpretation in situ employs choice functions, and it is the function variable, rather than an individual variable, which is long-distance bound by the question existential operator. Adverbial adjuncts, which cannot be interpreted via choice functions, cannot, therefore, be interpreted in situ. However, the concept of economy underlying the account of overt superiority effects requires both theoretical and empirical clarification (as it leaves some empirical problems unaddressed). I argue, following a proposal by Golan (1993), that in this case the economy considerations apply at the interface ('interface economy') and that they consider not only different derivations out of the same numeration, but also their semantic representation.}} @incollection{Reinhart:1991, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Reinhart, Tanya and Reuland, Eric}, Booktitle = {Long-Distance Anaphora}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Koster, Jan and Reuland, Eric}, Keywords = {anaphora eflexives ogophor}, Pages = {283--322}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Anaphors and Logophors: An Argument Structure Perspective}, Year = {1991}} @article{Reinhart:1993b, Author = {Reinhart, Tanya and Reuland, Eric}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; binding theory; anaphora; pronouns}, Number = {4}, Pages = {657--720}, Title = {Reflexivity}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Reinholtz:1991, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Reinholtz, Charlotte}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Ninth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Halpern, Aaron L.}, Keywords = {Germanic; Scandinavian; V2; library}, Pages = {459--476}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Verb-Second in {M}ainland {S}candinavian: A Reanalysis}, Year = {1991}} @inproceedings{Reinholtz:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Reinholtz, Charlotte and Russell, Kevin}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library uantification}, Pages = {389--404}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Quantified {NPs} in Pronominal Argument Languages: Evidence from {S}wampy {C}ree}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Reis:1985, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Reis, Marga}, Booktitle = {Studies in German Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Toman, Jindrich}, Keywords = {library; germanic; morphology; word}, Pages = {377--406}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Against HAhle's Compositional Theory of Affixation}, Year = {1985}} @incollection{Reis:1995, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Reis, Marga}, Booktitle = {On Extraction and Extraposition in {G}erman}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Lutz, Uli and Pafel, J{\"u}rgen}, Pages = {45--88}, Publisher = {John Benjamins}, Title = {Extractions from Verb-Second Clauses in {G}erman?}, Year = {1995}} @article{Reis:1992, Author = {Reis, Marga and Rosengren, Inger}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {A' movement}, Number = {1}, Pages = {79--118}, Title = {What do WH-Imperatives Tell us about WH-Movement?}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1992}} @inproceedings{Reiss:1996, Address = {Harvard University and MIT}, Author = {Reiss, Charles}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {303--318}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Deriving an Implicational Universal in a Constrained {OT} Grammar}, Year = {1996}} @article{Repetti:1994, Author = {Repetti, Lori}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; phonology; syllable}, Number = {1}, Pages = {186--193}, Title = {Degenerate Syllables in {F}riulian}, Volume = {25}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Reuland:1975, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Reuland, Eric}, Booktitle = {Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-1973}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Kraak, A.}, Keywords = {library; linguistic theory}, Pages = {88--95}, Publisher = {Van Gorcum}, Title = {Some Remarks on the Development of the Notion `Transformation'}, Year = {1975}} @phdthesis{Reuland:1979, Author = {Reuland, Eric}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {library; germanic; dutch; frisian; clauses; complementation}, School = {Rijksuniversiteit te Groningen}, Title = {Principles of subordination and construal}, Year = {1979}} @article{Reuland:1983, Author = {Reuland, Eric}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {gerunds; Case; Government}, Number = {1}, Pages = {101--136}, Title = {Governing -ing}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @incollection{Reuland:1986, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Reuland, Eric}, Booktitle = {Features and Projections}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Muysken, Pieter and van Riemsdijk, Henk}, Keywords = {features; heads; phrase structure}, Pages = {41--88}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {A Feature System for the Set of Categorial Heads}, Year = {1986}} @inproceedings{Reuland:1996, Address = {Harvard University and MIT}, Author = {Reuland, Eric}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library ronouns}, Pages = {319--334}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Pronouns and Features}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Reuland:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Reuland, Eric}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {341--358}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Structural Conditions on Chains and Binding}, Year = {1998}} @article{Reuland:2001, Author = {Reuland, Eric}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library eflexives}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/32.3reuland.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {439--492}, Title = {Primitives of binding}, Volume = {32}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {This article explains the conditions on the binding of pronouns, simplex anaphors, and complex anaphors, distinguishing the roles of the computational system, interpretive procedures, and discourse storage. It argues for a general prinicple of economy counting interpretive steps. Locality conditions on binding are shown to follow from this economy principle and independent principles of (minimalist) syntax, providing the means to encode certain dependencies, most economically, within the computational system. It shows that hte role of complex anaphors in licensing reflexivization follows from an interpretive condition holding at the conceptual-intentional interface.}} @incollection{Reuland:1993, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Reuland, Eric and Kosmeijer, Wim}, Booktitle = {The Parametrization of Universal Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Fanselow, Gisbert}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {37--72}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Projecting Inflecting Verbs}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Reuland:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Reuland, Eric and Reinhart, Tanya}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {binding theory; A movement; anaphora; library}, Pages = {399--416}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Binding Conditions and Chains}, Year = {1992}} @inproceedings{Revithiadou:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Revithiadou, Anthi}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {137--152}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Feet about Heads}, Year = {1998}} @article{Reyle:1994, Author = {Reyle, Uwe and Gabbay, Dov M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library; semantics; DRT}, Number = {4}, Pages = {343--390}, Title = {Direct Deductive Computation on Discourse Representation Structures}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Ribeiro:1995, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Ribeiro, Ilza}, Booktitle = {Clause Structure and Language Change}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Battye, Adrian and Roberts, Ian}, Pages = {110--139}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Evidence for a Verb-Second Phase in {O}ld {P}ortuguese}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Rice:2000, Address = {New York}, Author = {Rice, Curt}, Booktitle = {The first Glot International state-of-the-article book}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Cheng, Lisa L.-S. and Sybesma, Rint}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {329--347}, Publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter}, Title = {Generative metrics}, Year = {2000}} @article{Rice:1996, Author = {Rice, Keren}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library honology:segments}, Number = {3}, Pages = {493--543}, Title = {Default Variability: The Coronal-Velar Relationship}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1996}} @article{Rice:1997, Author = {Rice, Keren}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {541--551}, Title = {Japanese {NC} Clusters and Redundancy of Postnasal Voicing}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1997}} @incollection{Rice:1994, Address = {MIT}, Author = {Rice, Keren and Saxon, Leslie}, Booktitle = {The Morphology-Syntax Connection}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Harley, Heidi and Phillips, Colin}, Keywords = {library orphology}, Pages = {173--196}, Title = {The Subject Positions in {A}thapaskan Languages}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Rice:1990, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Rice, Keren D.}, Booktitle = {The Phonology-Syntax Connection}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Inkelas, Sharon and Zec, Draga}, Keywords = {library; phonology:syntax}, Pages = {289--312}, Publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, Title = {Predicting Rule Domains in the Phrasal Phonology}, Year = {1990}} @phdthesis{Richards:1997a, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Richards, III, Norvin W.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {366}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {What moves where when in which language?}, Year = {1997}} @article{Richards:1997, Author = {Richards, Norvin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {178--187}, Title = {Competition and disjoint reference}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1997}} @article{Richards:1998, Author = {Richards, Norvin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library eflexivity}, Number = {4}, Pages = {599--629}, Title = {The principle of minimal compliance}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {The syntactic literature discusses a number of phenomena in which a constraint that rules out a certain class of syntactic dependencies fails to rule out structures containing both an ill-formed dependency and a well-formed dependency; well-formed dependencies seem to be able to "help" dependencies that would be ill formed in isolation. In this article I attempt to provide a unified account of these phenomena. I postulate a principle that allows the computational system to "ignore" parts of a syntactic structure that have already been checked with respect to a particular constraint.}} @inproceedings{Richards:1998b, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Richards, Norvin}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {153--168}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {In full pursuit of the unspeakable}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Richards:1999, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Richards, Norvin}, Booktitle = {Working minimalism}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Epstein, Samuel and Hornstein, Norbert}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {127--158}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Featural cyclicity and the ordering of multiple specifiers}, Year = {1999}} @article{Richards:2001, Author = {Richards, Norvin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/32.1richards.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {183--192}, Title = {An idiomatic argument for lexical decomposition}, Volume = {32}, Year = {2001}} @book{Richards:2001a, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Richards, Norvin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {326}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Movement in language: interactions and architectures}, Year = {2001}} @article{Rickford:1995, Author = {Rickford, John R. and Wasow, Thomas A. and Mendoza-Denton, Norma and Espinoza, Juli}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Number = {1}, Pages = {102--131}, Title = {Syntactic Variation and Change in Progress: Loss of the Verbal Coda in Topic-Restricting as far as Constructions}, Volume = {71}, Year = {1995}} @article{Rieber:1997, Author = {Rieber, Steven}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {51--72}, Title = {Conventional Implicatures as Tacit Performatives}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1997}} @article{Riehemann:1998, Author = {Riehemann, Susanne Z.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Keywords = {library; Riehemann_2(1).pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JCGL/2.1Riehemann.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {49--77}, Title = {Type-based Derivational Morphology}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {Approaches to morphology typically account for regular, completely productive affixation, while ignoring subregular and semiproductive schemata. The alternative approach to derivational morphology presented here relates exceptions and subregularities to productive rules. It accounts for the contribution lexicalized words make to the rule and for the fact that not all new formations follow the 'rules'. It also captures linguistically relevant generalizations that cannot be expressed in other theories. The approach is formalized in terms of complex recursive schemata structured in a multiple inhertance hierarchy, without positing lexical rules or lexical entries for affixes. These schemata structure the existing lexicon, reducing redundancy, and at the same time serve as the basis for productive word formation. The approach handles zero-drivation adn other nonconcatenative morphology straightforwardly.}} @incollection{Riemsdijk:1975, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Riemsdijk, Henk van}, Booktitle = {Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-1973}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Kraak, A.}, Keywords = {library; A' movement; constraints; ECP; preposition stranding; Germanic}, Pages = {194--200}, Publisher = {Van Gorcum}, Title = {A Case for a Trace: Preposition Stranding in {Z}{\"u}rit{\"u}tsch}, Year = {1975}} @book{Riemsdijk:1982, Address = {Dordrecht, Holland}, Author = {Riemsdijk, Henk van}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {Dutch; prepositions}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {A Case Study in Syntactic Markedness}, Year = {1982}} @incollection{Riemsdijk:1985, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Riemsdijk, Henk van}, Booktitle = {Studies in German Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Toman, Jindrich}, Keywords = {library; germanic; German; pied-piping; infinitives; A' movement; relative clauses}, Pages = {165--192}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {On Pied-Piped Infinitives in {G}erman Relative Clauses}, Year = {1985}} @article{Riemsdijk:1998, Author = {Riemsdijk, Henk van}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {633--678}, Title = {Head Movement and Adjacency}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {Considerable importance has been attributed to the problem of restricting the theory, but nevertheless certain options that generative transformational grammar provides have remained largely untouched. In the present article, one such issue is broached, viz., that of the choice between substitution adn adjunction. The obvious solution of eliminating one of the two options is rejected on empirical grounds, but for the subdomain of head movement it is possible to formulate a theory which will decide whether a particular instance of head movement is a case of adjunction or of substitution. The crucial factor will be seen to be 'adjacency'. The Head Adjacency Principle (HAP) in effect says that any instance of head movement which does not take place under adjacency must be a case of substitution. Evidnce for this proposal is presented from a variety of langauges and constructions, with particular emphasis on the analysis of the contraction beween prepositions and articles, analyzed as D-to-P Raising, in German.}} @article{Riemsdijk:1998a, Author = {Riemsdijk, Henk van}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JCGL/2.1Riemsdijk.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--48}, Title = {Categorial Feature Magnetism: The Endocentricity and Distribution of Projections}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {The question addressed here is whether there is a systematic relationship between the internal structure of syntactic phrases and their distribution in the clause. To account for the internal coherence of syntactic phrases, their endocentricity, I develop the notion of 'extended projections' in two ways. First, evidence from two constructions of German and Dutch argues that in addition to lexical heads and functional heads, also semi-lexical heads must be introduced. The notion of categorial identity, which states that the syntactic nodes connecting the lexical and functional heads within an extended projection with the phrasal node must all be of the same category type, is shown to hold for semi-lexical heads as well. Second, the notion of 'extended projection' will be modified to accommodate the fact that prepositional elements can often be inserted within an extended projection. The exceptional status of prepositional phrases is reminiscent of the fact that prepositional phrases are arguably the most flexible phrases in terms of their distribution. In earlier work, I had suggested that this fact could be expressed in terms of a constraint, the Unlike Feature Cosntraint, which was formulated in terms of repulsion between the positive values of the categorial features: a [+N/V] head does not tolerate a [+N/V] phrase in its immediate domain. Categorial identity is now interpreted as the mutual attraction of the positive categorial featuer values: we have attraction within, but repulsion across phrasal categories. And in both cases, prepositions are the neutral element. This idea leads to aunified principle, the Law of Catetgorial Feature Magnetism.}} @article{Riemsdijk:1981, Author = {Riemsdijk, Henk van and Williams, Edwin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {The Linguistic Review}, Keywords = {Connectivity}, Pages = {171--217}, Title = {{NP}-structure}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1981}} @article{Rigau:1995, Author = {Rigau, Gemma}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {279--302}, Title = {The Properties of the Temporal Infinitive Constructions in {C}atalan and {S}panish}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1995}} @article{Ringen:1999, Author = {Ringen, Catherine O. and Hein{\"a}m{\"a}ki, Orvokki}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {303--337}, Title = {Variation in {F}innish Vowel Harmony: An {OT} Account}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This paper presents data on vowel harmony with disharmonic roots in Finnish which show that when the last harmonic vowel in a disharmonic root is back, in almost all cases the only possible harmonic suffix vowel is back, but when the last harmonic vowel is front, there is usually variation in suffix vowel choice that seems to be influenced by several factors, including sonority and stress. These data, which cannot easily be accounted for in rule-based theories, can be accounted for in Optimality Theory. A highly ranked alignment constraint accounts for harmony with native roots and loans in which the last harmonic vowel is back. Unranked constraints, which tie suffix vowel choice to stress and sonority, as well as alignment requirements, determine suffix vowel quality for the remainder of forms. Variation is seen to be a function of the relative freqauency with which a particular suffix vowel is designated as aptimal by the different possible rankings of the unranked constraints.}} @inproceedings{Ritter:1987, Author = {Ritter, Elizabeth}, Booktitle = {North Eastern Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {McDonough, J. and Plunkett, B.}, Keywords = {library ebrew}, Pages = {521--537}, Publisher = {Graduate Students Linguistics Association}, Title = {{NSO} Orders in {M}odern {H}ebrew}, Year = {1987}} @article{Ritter:1988, Author = {Ritter, Elizabeth}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics}, Keywords = {Hebrew; DP; nominals; semitic}, Pages = {909--929}, Title = {A Head-Movement Approach to Construct State {N}oun {P}hrases}, Volume = {26}, Year = {1988}} @article{Ritter:1993a, Author = {Ritter, Elizabeth}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:44:05 -0500}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; morphology; inflection; gender; functional projections; clausal structure; DP}, Number = {4}, Pages = {795--803}, Title = {Where's Gender?}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @article{Ritter:1995, Author = {Ritter, Elizabeth}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library ronouns greement ategories}, Number = {3}, Pages = {405--443}, Title = {On the Syntactic Category of Pronouns and Agreement}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1995}} @article{Ritter:1993, Author = {Ritter, Elizabeth and Rosen, Sara Thomas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library; causatives; argument structure}, Number = {3}, Pages = {519--556}, Title = {Deriving Causation}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Rivera-Castillo:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Rivera-Castillo, Yolanda}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Pages = {233--248}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {From Adjectives to Determiners: The Phonology-Syntax Connection}, Year = {1995}} @article{Rivero:1994, Author = {Rivero, Maria Luisa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {63--120}, Title = {Clause Structure and {V}-Movement in the Languages of the {B}alkans}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1994}} @article{Rivero:1980, Author = {Rivero, Maria-Luisa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; Romance:Spanish; topicalization; A' movement; pro drop; raising}, Number = {2}, Pages = {363--394}, Title = {On Left-Dislocation and Topicalization in {S}panish}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @incollection{Rivero:1991, Address = {Washington, D.C.}, Author = {Rivero, Maria-Luisa}, Booktitle = {Current Studies in Spanish Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Campos, Hector and Mart{\'\i}nez-Gil, Fernando}, Keywords = {library; Romance:Spanish; clitics; clitics climbing}, Pages = {241--282}, Publisher = {Georgetown University Press}, Title = {Clitic and {NP} Climbing in {O}ld {S}panish}, Year = {1991}} @article{Rivero:1994a, Author = {Rivero, Maria-Luisa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:43:54 -0500}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; Spanish; questions}, Number = {1}, Pages = {547--554}, Title = {On Indirect Questions, Commands, and {S}panish Quotative Que}, Volume = {25}, Year = {1994}} @article{Rivero:1993, Author = {Rivero, Mariaa-Luisa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; verb movement; head movement; inflection; morphology; Baltic}, Number = {3}, Pages = {567--575}, Title = {Bulgarian and {S}erbo-{C}roation {Yes-No} Questions: V$^{o-Raising}$ to {LI} versus {LI} Hopping}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Rizzi:1981, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Rizzi, Luigi}, Booktitle = {Binding and filtering}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Heny, Frank}, Keywords = {Italian; ECM}, Pages = {129--158}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Nominative marking in {I}talian infinitives and the nominative island constraint}, Year = {1981}} @book{Rizzi:1982, Address = {Dordrecht, Holland}, Author = {Rizzi, Luigi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Issues in {I}talian syntax}, Year = {1982}} @incollection{Rizzi:1982a, Address = {Hillsdale, New Jersey}, Author = {Rizzi, Luigi}, Booktitle = {Perspectives on mental representation}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Mehler, Jacques and Walker, Edward C. T. and Garrett, Merrill}, Pages = {441--451}, Publisher = {Lawrence Erlbaum Associates}, Title = {Comments on {C}homsky's chapter, "On the representation of form and function"}, Year = {1982}} @article{Rizzi:1986a, Author = {Rizzi, Luigi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:43:42 -0500}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {pro; romance; Linguistics}, Pages = {501--558}, Title = {Null objects in {I}talian and the theory of \emph{pro}}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1986}} @incollection{Rizzi:1986, Address = {New York, New York}, Author = {Rizzi, Luigi}, Booktitle = {The Grammar of Pronominal Clitics(19)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Borer, Hagit}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Publisher = {Academic Press}, Title = {On chain formation}, Year = {1986}} @book{Rizzi:1990, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Rizzi, Luigi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Relativized minimality}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Rizzi:1993, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Rizzi, Luigi}, Booktitle = {The Chomskyan Turn}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Kasher, Asa}, Keywords = {library; indices; reference; anaphora; ECP}, Pages = {273--299}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishers}, Title = {On the Status of Referential Indices}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Rizzi:1994, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Rizzi, Luigi}, Booktitle = {Language Acquisition Studies in Generative Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Hoekstra, Teun and Schwartz, Bonnie D.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {151--176}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Early Null Subjects and Root Null Subjects}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Rizzi:1996, Author = {Rizzi, Luigi}, Booktitle = {Parameters and Functional Heads}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Belletti, Adriana and Rizzi, Luigi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {63--90}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Residual Verb Second and The Wh-Criterion}, Year = {1996}} @incollection{Rizzi:1997, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Rizzi, Luigi}, Booktitle = {Elements of grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Haegeman, Liliane}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {281--337}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {The fine structure of the left periphery}, Year = {1997}} @incollection{Rizzi:2001, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Rizzi, Luigi}, Booktitle = {Semantic interfaces: reference, anaphora and aspect}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Cecchetto, Carlo and Chierchia, Gennaro and Guasti, Maria Teresa}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {145--176}, Publisher = {CSLI}, Title = {Reconstruction, weak island sensitivity and agreement}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Rizzi:1996b, Author = {Rizzi, Luigi and Roberts, Ian}, Booktitle = {Parameters and Functional Heads}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Belletti, Adriana and Rizzi, Luigi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {91--116}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Complex inversion in {F}rench}, Year = {1996}} @article{Rizzi:1989, Author = {Rizzi, Luigi and Roberts, Ian}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {French; complex inversion}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--30}, Title = {Complex inversion in {F}rench}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1989}} @inproceedings{Roark:2001, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {Roark, Brian}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {419--433}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Explaining vowel inventory tendencies via simulation: finding a role for quantal locations and formant normalization}, Year = {2001}} @article{Roberge:1989, Author = {Roberge, Yves}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Number = {2 DT:225-229}, Title = {Predication in {R}omontsch}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1989}} @phdthesis{Roberts:1987, Author = {Roberts, Craige}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {library; anaphora; pronouns; distributivity}, School = {University of Massachusetts, Amherst}, Title = {Modal Subordination, Anaphora and Distributivity}, Year = {1987}} @inproceedings{Roberts:1991a, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Roberts, Craige}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the First Semantics and Linguistic Theory Conference}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Moore, Steven and Wyner, Adam Zachary}, Keywords = {reciprocity eciprocals istributivity}, Pages = {209--230}, Publisher = {Cornell University Working Papers in Linguistics}, Title = {Distributivity and Reciprocal Distributivity}, Year = {1991}} @article{Roberts:1985, Author = {Roberts, Ian}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {inflection; modals}, Number = {1}, Pages = {21--58}, Title = {Agreement Parameters and the Development of {E}nglish Modal Auxiliaries}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1985}} @book{Roberts:1987a, Address = {Dordrecht, Holland}, Author = {Roberts, Ian}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {passives; middles}, Pages = {300}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {The Representation of Implicit and Dethematized Subjects}, Year = {1987}} @article{Roberts:1991c, Author = {Roberts, Ian}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:43:23 -0500}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {head movement}, Number = {1}, Pages = {209--218}, Title = {Excorporation and Minimality}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Roberts:1991, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Roberts, Ian}, Booktitle = {Representation and Derivation in the Theory of Grammar(22)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Haider, Hubert and Netter, Klaus}, Keywords = {library; crossover; binding theory; chains; np movement}, Pages = {17--52}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {{NP}-Movement, Crossover and Chain-Formation}, Year = {1991}} @book{Roberts:1993, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Roberts, Ian}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {373.}, Publisher = {Kluwer Publications}, Title = {Verbs and Diachronic Syntax}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Roberts:1994, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Roberts, Ian}, Booktitle = {Verb Movement}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Lightfoot, David and Hornstein, Norbert}, Keywords = {library; verb movement; Romance:French}, Pages = {207--242}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Two Types of Head Movement in {R}omance}, Year = {1994}} @article{Roberts:1997, Author = {Roberts, Ian}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library estructuring}, Number = {1}, Pages = {423--460}, Title = {Restructuring, Head Movement, and Locality}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {This article presents a novel account of the well-known restructuring phenomenon of the Romance languages, concentrating on Italian. I argue that it is possible to retain the benefits of an incorportation analysis while avoiding the associated difficulties by positing that infinitives in fact incorporate with restructuring verbs but that the resulting complex verb cannot be spelled out as such, owing to a constraint banning the realization of more than one morphological word under a single Xo. I show how this analysis accounts for the Italian data discussed in Rizzi 1982 and Burzio 1986, as well as many facts from Old French, Dutch, and English.}} @article{Roberts:1998, Author = {Roberts, Ian}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library auxiliaries}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/29.1Roberts.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {113--125}, Title = {Have/Be Raising, Move {F}, and Procrastinate}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This article proposes a simple modification to Chomsky's (1995: chapter 4) account of Move F(eature): that this operation is able to occur before Spell-Out. This idea has numerous potential consequences. Two theoretical consequences are explored here: that Move F corresponds to weak features and Move Category to strong features, and that Procrastinate is not required. The empirical motivation for overt Move F comes from English have/be raising; it is argued that the auxiliaries are simple feature bundles moved as free riders with the overtly moved (weak) V-feature.}} @article{Roberts:1991b, Author = {Roberts, Lawrence}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:43:15 -0500}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {relevance}, Number = {4}, Pages = {453--472}, Title = {Relevance as an Explanation of Communication}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Robins:1973, Address = {The Hague}, Author = {Robins, R. H.}, Booktitle = {Diachronic, Areal, and Typological Linguistics(11)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Sebeok, Thomas A.}, Keywords = {typology}, Pages = {3--44}, Publisher = {Mouton}, Title = {The History of Language Classification}, Year = {1973}} @book{Robinson:1978, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Robinson, Ian}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Pages = {189}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {The new grammarians' funeral: a critique of {N}oam {C}homsky's linguistics}, Year = {1978}} @incollection{Roca:1991, Address = {Washington, D.C.}, Author = {Roca, Iggy}, Booktitle = {Current Studies in Spanish Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Campos, Hector and Mart{\'\i}nez-Gil, Fernando}, Keywords = {library; Romance:Spanish; phonology}, Pages = {599--635}, Publisher = {Georgetown University Press}, Title = {Stress and Syllables in {S}panish}, Year = {1991}} @article{Roca:1997, Author = {Roca, Iggy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library honology}, Number = {3}, Pages = {233--265}, Title = {There are no "glides", at least in {S}panish: An optimality account}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1997}} @phdthesis{Rochemont:1978, Author = {Rochemont, Michael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {linguistics}, School = {University of Massachusetts, Amherst}, Title = {A theory of stylistic rules in {E}nglish}, Year = {1978}} @article{Rochemont:1982, Author = {Rochemont, Michael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {extraposition; bounding; raising principle}, Number = {1}, Pages = {150--154}, Title = {On the Empirical Motivation of the Raising Principle}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1982}} @book{Rochemont:1986, Address = {Amsterdam, The Netherlands}, Author = {Rochemont, Michael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {focus}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Focus in generative grammar}, Year = {1986}} @book{Rochemont:1990, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Rochemont, Michael and Culicover, Peter W.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {extraposition; focus; phrase structure; heavy NP Shift; locative inversion}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {English focus constructions and the theory of grammar}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Rochemont:1997, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Rochemont, Michael and Culicover, Peter W.}, Booktitle = {Rightward Movement}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Beerman, Dorothee and LeBlanc, David and van Riemsdijk, Henk}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {277--300}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Deriving dependent right adjuncts in {E}nglish}, Year = {1997}} @article{Roeper:1984, Author = {Roeper, Thomas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {implicit arguments}, Title = {Implicit Arguments}, Year = {1984}} @inproceedings{Roeper:1985, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Roeper, Thomas}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Goldberg, Jeffrey and MacKaye, Susannah and Wescoat, Michael T.}, Keywords = {implicit arguments}, Pages = {273--283}, Publisher = {Stanford Linguistics Association}, Title = {Copying Implicit Arguments}, Volume = {Proceedings of the West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Year = {1985}} @article{Roeper:1987, Author = {Roeper, Thomas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {implicit arguments; PRO}, Number = {2}, Pages = {267--310}, Title = {Implicit Arguments and the Head-Complement Relation}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @incollection{Roeper:1981, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Roeper, Tom}, Booktitle = {Language Acquisition: The State of the Art}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Gleitman, L. and Wanner, E.}, Keywords = {library}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Universal Grammar and the Acquisition of Gerunds}, Year = {1981}} @incollection{Roeper:1988, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Roeper, Tom}, Booktitle = {Linguistics: The Cambridge Survey(II)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Newmeyer, Frederick J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {35--52}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Grammatical Principles of First Language Acquisition: Theory and Evidence}, Year = {1988}} @article{Rogers:1997, Author = {Rogers, James}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {6}, Pages = {721--746}, Title = {"Grammarless" Phrase Structure Grammar}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Rohrbacher:1992, Address = {Northwestern University}, Author = {Rohrbacher, Bernhard}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Formal Linguistics Society of MidAmerica III}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {Faroese; inflection; verb movement}, Title = {{V-to-AGR} Raising in {F}aroese}, Year = {1992}} @phdthesis{Rohrbacher:1994, Author = {Rohrbacher, Bernhard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {library; Germanic; Head movement; Inflection}, School = {University of Massachusetts-Amherst}, Title = {The Germanic {VO} Languages and the Full Paradigm: A Theory of {V} to {I} Raising}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{Rohrbacher:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Rohrbacher, Bernhard and Vainikaa, Anne}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Pages = {55--70}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Verbs and Subjects before Age 2: The Earliest Stages in {G}ermanic {L1} Acquisition}, Year = {1995}} @phdthesis{Romero:1998, Address = {Amherst}, Author = {Romero, Maribel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {Theses Linguistics Doctoral}, Pages = {x, 231 leaves, bound}, School = {University of Massachusetts}, Title = {Focus and reconstruction effects in wh-phrases}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Romero:2000, Address = {T{\''u}bingen}, Author = {Romero, Maribel}, Booktitle = {Ellipsis in conjunction}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Schwabe, Kerstin and Zhang, Ning}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {195--220}, Publisher = {Niemeyer}, Title = {Antecedentless sluiced wh phrases and islands}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {Sluiced wh phrases have been claimed to escape strong islands, with one exception: when the sluiced wh phrase has no overt correlate in the antecedent clause (i.e., when it corresponds to an implicit indefinite), the elided IP cannot contain a strong island from which the wh phrase has been extracted. This paper argues against a previous LF approach to the island snensitivity of antecedentless Sluicing, and, showing that htis is just one case of a wider phenomenon, it derives it from the interaction of two independenlty motivated factors: the scope parallelism in ellipsis constructions in general -- implemented in terms of Rooth's Focus Condition --, and the narrow scope of implicit indefinites. These two ingredients derive the following generalization: antecedentless Sluicing is usually ungrammatical when an operator -- no matter whether it constitutes a strong island or not -- intervenes between the sluiced wh phrsae and its trace. It also predicts that, in some particular cases, this type of Sluicing will succeed even when there is or appears to be an intervenor. These cases will follow from the Focus Condition (through implicational bridging) and from the interplay of several pragmatics and discourse factors: E-type pronouns, Modal Subordination, discourse constraints on anaphora and presupposition accomodation.}} @article{Rooryck:1997, Author = {Rooryck, J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library ocus}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--49}, Title = {On the interaction between raising and focus in sentential complementation}, Volume = {51}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {Raising-to-subject (SpecAgrsP) verbs such as seem and so-called ECM or raising -to-object (SpecAgroP) verbs such as believe display a semantic alternation that can be captured in the same way as in Freeze's (1993) and Kayne's (1994) analysis of have and be. With respect to the syntax of the sentential complement of these verbs, it is shown that analyses of raising and ECM in terms of a 'reduced' sentential complement are theoretically and empirically untenable. An analysis of raising is developed which requires two steps: in the embedded CP complement of seem/believe, AgrsP first moves to Spec CP before the subject in the embedded Spec AgrsP moves to the matrix Spec Agrs/oP (seem/believe) position. The first step is motivated as Focus-movement, and allows for an explanation of the relation of seem type verbs to verbs of comparison in many languages. The presence of a [+Focus] C inthe sentential complement of seem/believe also accounts for Focus-related restrictions on the subject of the embedded complement of believe type verbs, which were observed by Postal (1974) for a subset of English ECM verbs (his DOC-verbs) and by Kayne (1981) and Pollock (1985) for French ECM verbs.}} @incollection{Rooryck:1994a, Address = {MIT}, Author = {Rooryck, Johan}, Booktitle = {The Morphology-Syntax Connection}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:42:41 -0500}, Editor = {Harley, Heidi and Phillips, Colin}, Keywords = {library; morphology; phonology}, Pages = {197--216}, Title = {On 0- and alpha- Underspecification in Syntax and Phonology}, Year = {1994}} @article{Rooryck:1994, Author = {Rooryck, Johan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Number = {2/3}, Pages = {207--234}, Title = {On Two Types of Underspecification: Towards a Feature Theory Shared by Syntax and Phonology}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{Rooryck:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Rooryck, Johan and Wyngaerd, Guido Vanden}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {359--374}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The Self as Other: A Minimalist Approach to Zich and Zichzelf in {D}utch}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Rooryck:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Rooryck, Johan and Wyngaerd, Guido Vanden}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Pius, Tamanji and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {307--322}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Puzzles of Identity: Binding at the interface}, Year = {1999}} @book{Rooryck:1996, Address = {Dordrecht ; Boston}, Author = {Rooryck, Johan and Zaring, Laurie Ann}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {Phrase structure grammar.}, Pages = {vii, 298}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Phrase structure and the lexicon}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Rooth:1981, Author = {Rooth, Mats}, Booktitle = {University of {M}assachusetts Occasional Papers in Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Chao, Wynn and Wheeler, Dierdre}, Keywords = {ellipsis}, Pages = {212--244}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {A Comparison of Three Theories of Verb Phrase Ellipsis}, Year = {1981}} @article{Rooth:1992, Author = {Rooth, Mats}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library ocus}, Number = {1}, Pages = {117--121}, Title = {A theory of focus interpretation}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1992}} @inproceedings{Rooth:1992a, Address = {Stuttgart}, Author = {Rooth, Mats}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Stuttgart Ellipsis Workshop}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Berman, Steve and Hestvik, Arild}, Keywords = {Focus}, Title = {Ellipsis redundancy and reduction redundancy}, Year = {1992}} @phdthesis{Rooth:1985, Author = {Rooth, Mats E.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {library; focus}, School = {University of Massachusetts, Amherst}, Title = {Association with Focus}, Year = {1985}} @article{Rose:2000, Author = {Rose, Sharon}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/31.1Rose.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {85--122}, Title = {Rethininking geminates, long-distance geminates, and the {OCP}}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {Building on the analysis of long-distance geminates as reduplication, this article argues that the OCP may apply to identical consonants across an intervening vowel. This is adduced from the behavior of guttural consonants in Semitic. It is further argued that antigemination is not resistance to an OCP violation but avoidance of gemination; syncope between identical consonants avoids an OCP violation by creating a geminate. This entails that there is no surface representational distinction between true and fake geminates. Finally, cases of reduplication are examined in which the standard reduplicant is changed to avoid either gemination or OCP violation.}} @incollection{Rosen:1997, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Rosen, Carol}, Booktitle = {Complex Predicates}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Alsina, Alex and Bresnan, Joan and Sells, Peter}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {175--202}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Auxiliation and Serialization: On Discerning the Difference}, Year = {1997}} @book{Rosenbaum:1967, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Rosenbaum, Peter S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {library; complementation; clauses}, Pages = {128}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {The grammar of {E}nglish predicate complement constructions}, Year = {1967}} @article{Rosenthall:1997a, Author = {Rosenthall, Sam}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:42:24 -0500}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library yllable}, Number = {1}, Pages = {187--193}, Title = {Metrical Influences on Syllable Structure in {L}enakel}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1997}} @article{Rosenthall:1997, Author = {Rosenthall, Sam}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library honology}, Number = {1}, Pages = {139--180}, Title = {The Distribution of Prevocalic Vowels}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {This paper examines the surface realization of vowel sequences in languages with only monophthongal vowels. The first vowel of an underlying vowel sequence can surface as a glide or be deleted, among other patterns. These distributions are shown to follow from constraint interaction as defined by Prince and Smolensky's (1993) 'Optimality Theory'. Concomitant with these surface distributions is a long vowel that is traditionally analyzed as compensatory lengthening. In 'Optimality Theory', the length of the surface vowel and the distribution of prevocalic vowels are due to best-satisfying syllable well-formedness and input/output Correspondence constraints. The alternations affecting the first vowel of a sequence illustrate two main tenets of Optimality Theory. One is Parallelism, that is, the output form of a prevocalic vowel is determined by simultaneously comparing moraic and nonmoraic parses of the vowel for constraint satisfaction. The other main tenet explored here is that interlinguistic variation is due to different rankings of the same set of constraints. This is demonstrated by discussing the alternations affecting prevocalic vowels in four Aftrican langauges, Luganda, Etsako, Yoruba, and Kimatuumbi. The nature of constraint interaction in Optimality Theory is shown to account for certain generalizations of prevocalic vowel distribution.}} @article{Rosenthall:1999, Author = {Rosenthall, Sam and van der Hulst, Harry}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {499--540}, Title = {Weight-by-Position by Position}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This paper proposes an Optimality-Theoretic (Prince and Smolensky 1993) account of variable closed syllable weight. It is shown here that contextually-dependent weight, as Hayes (1994) calls it, is a consequence of simultaneously comparing monomoraic and bmoraic parses of closed syllables for constraint satsifaction. The weight of closed syllables is a consequence of constraint interaction that determines the moraicity of coda consonants. These constraints are shown to conflict with higher ranking metrical constraints leading to contextually-dependent weight. Two types of constraint interaction are discussed here (1) closed syllables are light, but contextually heavy to satisfy some higher ranking constraint and (2) closed syllables are heavy, but are contextually light for the same reason. The behavior of closed syllables with respect to the constraint hierarchy is contrasted with the behavior of vowels in the same context. The independent behavior of long vowels and closed syllables is shown here to follow from the different Correspondence constraints (McCarthy and Prince 1995) that determine the weight of vowels and closed syllables.}} @phdthesis{Ross:1967, Author = {Ross, John}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Constraints on variables in syntax}, Year = {1967}} @incollection{Ross:1969, Address = {Evanston, Illinois}, Author = {Ross, John}, Booktitle = {Studies in Philosophical Linguistics, Series One}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, Publisher = {Great Expectations Press}, Title = {Auxiliaries as main verbs}, Year = {1969}} @incollection{Ross:1974, Address = {Tokyo}, Author = {Ross, John}, Booktitle = {Three Dimensions of Linguistic Theory}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Fujimura, O.}, Keywords = {library ouns}, Pages = {137--257}, Publisher = {TEC Corporation}, Title = {Nouniness}, Year = {1974}} @incollection{Ross:1967a, Address = {The Hague}, Author = {Ross, John Robert}, Booktitle = {To Honor {R}oman {J}akobson}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-09-04 20:33:31 -0400}, Pages = {1699--1682}, Publisher = {Mouton \& Company}, Title = {On the Cyclic Nature of {E}nglish Pronominalization}, Year = {1967}} @inproceedings{Ross:1969b, Address = {Chicago, Illinois}, Author = {Ross, John Robert}, Booktitle = {Chicago Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Binnick, Robert I. and Davison, Alice and Green, Georgia M. and Morgan, Jerry L.}, Keywords = {library luicing uestions llipsis eletion}, Pages = {252--286}, Title = {Guess who?}, Year = {1969}} @incollection{Ross:1970, Address = {The Hague}, Author = {Ross, John Robert}, Booktitle = {Progress in Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Bierwisch, Manfred and Heidolph, Karl E.}, Keywords = {library; gapping; ellipsis; gapping; parameters; typology}, Pages = {249--259}, Publisher = {Mouton}, Title = {Gapping and the order of constituents}, Year = {1970}} @article{Rothstein:1995b, Author = {Rothstein, Susan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:42:11 -0500}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library vents dverbial quantification uantification}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--32}, Title = {Adverbial quantification over events}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Rothstein:1995, Address = {San Diego, California}, Author = {Rothstein, Susan}, Booktitle = {Small Clauses(28)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Cardinaletti, Anna and Guasti, Maria Teresa}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {27--48}, Publisher = {Academic Press}, Title = {Small clauses and copular constructions}, Year = {1995}} @article{Rothstein:1999, Author = {Rothstein, Susan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {347--420}, Title = {Fine-grained structure in the eventuality domain: the semantics of predicative adjective phrases and be}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This paper presents an account of the semantics of copular be as displayed in its behaviour in the be+AP configurations. I begin by arguing against the Partee/Dowty distinction between a semantically null be of predication and a thematically relevant agentive be, and I propose that there is one semantically relevant verb whose grammatical role is to turn an AP predicate into a verbal one. The denotation of be must thus be a function from denotations of Adjective Phrases to denotation of Verb Phrases. I argue that these denotations are crucially different in kind: verbs (and thus VPs) denote eventualities, which are count entities and which are temporally locatalbe, while adjectives (and thus APs) deonte mass entities, which are states and which are not temporally locatable. Be thus denotes a locating function which maps from the mass to the count domain, and is the analogue of the 'packaging' function in the nominal domain. After a comparison between the mass/count distinction in the verbal and nominal domains, I show how this theory accounts for properties of be in small clause and progressive constructions which have hitherto been explained by positing a so-called agentive be.}} @article{Rothstein:1992, Author = {Rothstein, Susan D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {Case}, Number = {1}, Pages = {119--140}, Title = {Case and {NP} Licensing}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1992}} @incollection{Rothstein:1993, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Rothstein, Susan D.}, Booktitle = {The Chomskyan Turn}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Kasher, Asa}, Keywords = {library; LF; semantics}, Pages = {385--395}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishers}, Title = {{LF} and the Structure of the Grammar: Comments}, Year = {1993}} @article{Rothstein:1995a, Author = {Rothstein, Susan D.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:42:04 -0500}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {499--530}, Title = {Pleonastics and the Interpretation of Pronouns}, Volume = {26}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Roussou:2001, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Roussou, Anna}, Booktitle = {Comparative Syntax of {B}alkan Languages}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Luisa Rivero, Mar{\'\i}a and Ralli, Angela}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {74--104}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Control and Raising in and out of Subjunctive complements}, Year = {2001}} @article{Rouveret:1980, Author = {Rouveret, Alain and Vergnaud, Jean-Roger}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Case; library; Binding Theory; clitics; romance; verbs; constraints; government}, Number = {1}, Pages = {97--202}, Title = {Specifying reference to the subject}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Rubach:1993, Author = {Rubach, Jerzy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library; phonology; Slavic:Slovak}, Number = {4}, Pages = {625--654}, Title = {Skeletal versus Moraic Representations in {S}lovak}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1993}} @article{Rubach:1994, Author = {Rubach, Jerzy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; phonology; affricates}, Number = {1}, Pages = {119--144}, Title = {Affricates as Strident Stops in {P}olish}, Volume = {25}, Year = {1994}} @article{Rubach:1996, Author = {Rubach, Jerzy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library honology}, Number = {1}, Pages = {69--110}, Title = {Nonsyllabic Analysis of Voice Assimilation in {P}olish}, Volume = {27}, Year = {1996}} @article{Rubach:1998, Author = {Rubach, Jerzy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library phonology syllable}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/29.1Rubach.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {168--179}, Title = {A {S}lovak Argument for the Onset-Rhyme Distinction}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1998}} @article{Rubach:2000, Author = {Rubach, Jerzy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/31.2Rubach.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {271--317}, Title = {Glide and glottal stop insertion in {S}lavic languages: A {DOT} analysis}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {This article investigates glide and glottal stop insertion in Bulgarian, Slovak (two dialects), Polish (two dialects), and Czech. It is argued that Optimality Theory should be modified by introducing derivational levels and that OT auxiliary theories, in particular, output-output theory, MAX(Feature) theory, and sympathy theory, should be rejected.}} @inproceedings{Rudin:1993, Address = {University of Iowa}, Author = {Rudin, Catherine}, Booktitle = {Fourth Annual Meeting of the Formal Lingusitics Society of MidAmerica}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Davison, Alice and Maier, Nicole and Silva, Glaucia and Yan, Wan Su}, Keywords = {library uestions}, Pages = {252--265}, Title = {On Focus Position and Focus Marking in {B}ulgarian Questions}, Year = {1993}} @article{Rudin:1999, Author = {Rudin, Catherine and Kramer, Christina and Billings, Loren and Baerman, Matthew}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {541--586}, Title = {Macedonian and {B}ulgarian {LI} questions: beyond syntax}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {The distribution of the yes/no-interrogative clitic li in Macedonian and Bulgarian reveals a complex interaction of syntax with non-syntactic factors. The underlying syntactic uniformity of quesitons with li in the two languages is obscured by a series of prosodic idiosyncracies in one language or the other. In Macedonian, the major prosodic phenomenon affecting the placement of liis the option for certain sequences of words to share a single stress. In Bulgarian, two different prosodic phenomena are relevant: stressing of clitics after the negative element ne and inversion of initial clitics with the following verb. When these factors are controlled for, the syntax of li questions in the two languages is strikingly homogeneous. If no element is focused (i.e., moved to SpecCP), the, in both langauges, the tensed verb head-incorporates into li in C. Additional non-syntactic factos, includig lexical differences between the two languages in the clitic/non-clitic status of certain auxiliaries and differences in the usage of li questions, are also discussed.}} @inproceedings{Rullmann:1996, Address = {Harvard University and MIT}, Author = {Rullmann, Hotze}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of north east linguistic society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {335--350}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Two types of negative polarity items}, Year = {1996}} @incollection{Runner:1994, Address = {Amherst}, Author = {Runner, Jeffrey}, Booktitle = {Functional Projections}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {library; specificity; agreement; object shift}, Pages = {153--178}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {A Specific Role for {AGR}}, Year = {1994}} @phdthesis{Runner:1995, Address = {Amherst}, Author = {Runner, Jeffrey}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {library uantifiers ord order omplementation}, Pages = {166}, School = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Title = {Noun phrase licensing and interpretation}, Year = {1995}} @article{Runner:2002, Author = {Runner, Jeffrey T.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {172--182}, Title = {When minimalism isn't enough: an argument for argument structure}, Volume = {33}, Year = {2002}} @book{Ruwet:1972, Address = {Paris}, Author = {Ruwet, N.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {verbs aising sych verbs}, Publisher = {Editions du Seuil}, Title = {Theaorie syntaxique et syntaxe du franchais}, Year = {1972}} @phdthesis{Ruys:1992, Address = {Utrecht}, Author = {Ruys, E. G.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Pages = {252}, School = {LEd}, Title = {The scope of indefinites}, Year = {1992}} @article{Ruys:2000, Author = {Ruys, E. G.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/31.3Ruys.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {513--539}, Title = {Weak crossover as a scope phenomenon}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {This article investigates the proper characterization of the condition that is responsible for weak crossover effects. It argues that the relevant condition belongs to scope theory and that weak crossover arises from the way in which scope is determined in syntax. This implies that weak crossover can occur whenever an operator must take scope over a pronoun, even when the pronoun and the operator are not coindexed and the intended interpretation of the pronoun is not as a variable bound by the operator. It also implies that, when an operator is for some reason assigned scope in an exceptional manner and escapes the usual syntactici restrictions on scope assignment, bound variable licensing will be exceptionally allowed as well.}} @article{Ruys:2001, Author = {Ruys, E. G.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {39--67}, Title = {Dutch scrambling and the strong-weak distinction}, Volume = {4}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {It was first argued by Kerstens (1975) that the meaning of indefinite NP objects in Dutch is affected by scrambling. Kerstens claimed that whether an indefinite NP is [+quantificational] or not (in the sense of Milsark 1974) depends on its absolute position in the structure: it is [+quantificational] iff it is outside VP at S-structure. This hypothesis has more recently been revived and extended to other languages by de Hoop (1992) and Diesing (1992). In this paper, I will attempt to show that htere is insufficient empirical support for this generalization. Although the meaning of a structure containing an indefinite object NP undoubtedly varies with the position of the NP relative to other constituents, it is doubtful whether it can be shown that the semantics of the NP itself depends on its absolute position.}} @incollection{Rognvaldsson:1990, Address = {San Diego, California}, Author = {R{\"o}gnvaldsson, Erikur and Thra{\'\i}nsson, H{\"o}skuldur}, Booktitle = {Syntax and semantics(24)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Maling, Joan and Zaenen, Annie}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, Publisher = {Academic Press}, Title = {On {I}celandic word order once more}, Year = {1990}} @inproceedings{Sabel:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Sabel, Joachim}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the north east linguistic society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library inimalism crambling litics}, Pages = {405--424}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {On parallels and differences between clitic climbing and long scrambling \& the economy of derivations}, Year = {1995}} @article{Sabel:1996a, Author = {Sabel, Joachim}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:41:25 -0500}, Keywords = {library artial wh-movement}, Location = {Universitat Frankfurt am Main}, Title = {Asymmetries in partial wh-movement}, Year = {1996}} @article{Sabel:1996, Author = {Sabel, Joachim}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {library artial wh-movement}, Location = {Universitat Frankfurt am Main}, Title = {Intermediate traces, adjunction movement, and locality effects}, Year = {1996}} @article{Sabel:2001, Author = {Sabel, Joachim and Wolfgang, Johann}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/32.3sabel.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {532--547}, Title = {Deriving multiple head and phrasal movement: the cluster hypothesis}, Volume = {32}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Sadler:1988, Address = {New York, New York}, Author = {Sadler, Louisa}, Booktitle = {Croom Helm Linguistics Series}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {library; Celtic:Welsh}, Pages = {288}, Publisher = {Croom Helm}, Title = {Welsh syntax}, Year = {1988}} @incollection{Sadock:1994, Address = {MIT}, Author = {Sadock, Jerrold}, Booktitle = {The Morphology-Syntax Connection}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Harley, Heidi and Phillips, Colin}, Keywords = {library; morphology; West Greenlandic}, Pages = {217--230}, Title = {Syntactic Activity and Inertness in {W}est {G}reenlandic Derivational Morphology}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Sadock:1988a, Address = {San Diego, California}, Author = {Sadock, Jerrold M.}, Booktitle = {Theoretical Morphology}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:41:15 -0500}, Editor = {Hammond, Michael and Noonan, Michael}, Keywords = {library; morphology}, Pages = {271--290}, Publisher = {Academic Press, Inc.}, Title = {The Autolexical Classification of Lexemes}, Year = {1988}} @incollection{Sadock:1988, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Sadock, Jerrold M.}, Booktitle = {Linguistics: The Cambridge Survey(II)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Newmeyer, Frederick J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {183--197}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Speech Act Distinctions in Grammar}, Year = {1988}} @article{Saeboe:1996, Author = {Saeboe, Kjell Johan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library resupposition}, Number = {1}, Pages = {187--209}, Title = {Anaphoric Presuppositions and Zero Anaphora}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1996}} @article{Safir:1993, Author = {Safir, Ken}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library; selection}, Number = {1}, Pages = {47--70}, Title = {Perception, selection, and structural economy}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1993}} @article{Safir:1996a, Author = {Safir, Ken}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:40:58 -0500}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library esumptive pronouns}, Number = {2}, Pages = {313--339}, Title = {Derivation, representation, and the resumption: the domain of weak crossover}, Volume = {27}, Year = {1996}} @article{Safir:1996, Author = {Safir, Ken}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library naphora}, Number = {3}, Pages = {545--589}, Title = {Semantic atoms of anaphora}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1996}} @article{Safir:1999, Author = {Safir, Ken}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/30.4Safir.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {587--620}, Title = {Vehicle change and reconstruction in A$'$-chains}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {Fiengo and May (1994) argue that what they call "vehicle change," which permits copies of names to be evaluated as pronouns with respect to interpretive principles, plays a key role in accounting for reconstruction effects in ellipsis environments. It is argued here that the alleviation of Principle C violations ("antireconstruction effects"), where it occurs in A'-chains, is due not to deletion of hte lower copy, as in Chomsky 1995, but to vehicle change. The introduction of vehicle change into the theory of A'-chains is independently motivated as essential to capturing a robust adjunct/nonadjunct distinction in the reconstruction of pronoun-as-bound-variable readings that has not been discussed up to now; at the same time it predicts the class of "weakest crossover" environments.}} @inproceedings{Safir:1987, Address = {Toronto}, Author = {Safir, Ken and Stowell, Tim}, Booktitle = {NELS 8}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Blevins, James and Carter, Julie}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {426--450}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Binominal \emph{each}}, Volume = {NELS 8}, Year = {1987}} @book{Safir:1985, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Safir, Kenneth}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Syntactic chains}, Year = {1985}} @incollection{Safir:1985a, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Safir, Kenneth}, Booktitle = {Studies in German grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Toman, Jindrich}, Keywords = {library; germanic; German; Pro-Drop}, Pages = {193--230}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Missing subjects in {G}erman}, Year = {1985}} @article{Safir:1987a, Author = {Safir, Kenneth}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {nominals}, Pages = {561--601}, Title = {The Syntactic Projection of Lexical Thematic Structure}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1987}} @incollection{Safir:1991, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Safir, Kenneth}, Booktitle = {Principles and Parameters in Comparative Grammar(20)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Freidin, Robert}, Keywords = {library; argument structure; implicit arguments}, Pages = {99--131}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Evaluative Predicates and the Representation of Implicit Arguments}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Safir:1987b, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Safir, Kenneth J.}, Booktitle = {The representation of (in)definiteness(14)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Reuland, Eric J. and Meulen, Alice G. B. ter}, Keywords = {library; definiteness; chains}, Pages = {71--97}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {What explains the definiteness effect?}, Year = {1987}} @phdthesis{Sag:1976, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Sag, Ivan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {ellipsis}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Deletion and logical form}, Year = {1976}} @article{Sag:1979, Author = {Sag, Ivan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {ellipsis}, Pages = {152--164}, Title = {The nonunity of anaphora}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1979}} @book{Sag:1980, Address = {New York}, Author = {Sag, Ivan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {gapping llipsis}, Pages = {374}, Publisher = {Garland Publishing}, Title = {Deletion and logical form}, Year = {1980}} @article{Sag:1984, Author = {Sag, Ivan and Hankamer, Jorge}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {ellipsis}, Pages = {325--345}, Title = {Toward a theory of anaphoric processing}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1984}} @incollection{Sag:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Sag, Ivan and Karttunen, Lauri and Goldberg, Jeffrey}, Booktitle = {Lexical matters}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Sag, Ivan A. and Szabolcsi, Anna}, Keywords = {Case; Germanic; Icelandic; lexicon; library}, Pages = {301--318}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {A lexical analysis of {I}celandic case}, Year = {1992}} @article{Sag:1985, Author = {Sag, Ivan A. and Gazdar, Gerald and Wasow, Thomas and Weisler, Steven}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library oordination}, Number = {2}, Pages = {117--172}, Title = {Coordination and how to distinguish categories}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1985}} @article{Sag:1991, Author = {Sag, Ivan A. and Pollard, Carl}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {control; infinitives; Binding Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {63--113}, Title = {An integrated theory of complement control}, Volume = {67}, Year = {1991}} @phdthesis{Saito:1985, Author = {Saito, Mamoru}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {Japanese; LF; Bounding Theory; A' movement}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Some asymmetries in {J}apanese and their theoretical implications}, Year = {1985}} @incollection{Saito:1987, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Saito, Mamoru}, Booktitle = {Issues in Japanese linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {library; Japanese; movement; constraints}, Pages = {301--350}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Three notes on syntactic movement in {J}apanese}, Year = {1987}} @incollection{Saito:1989, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Saito, Mamoru}, Booktitle = {Alternative conceptions of phrase structure}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Baltin, Mark R. and Kroch, Anthony S.}, Pages = {182--200}, Publisher = {University of Chicago}, Title = {Scrambling as semantically vacuous {A}$'$-movement}, Year = {1989}} @article{Saito:1992, Author = {Saito, Mamoru}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {Japanese; adjunction; Bounding Theory; LF}, Location = {University of Connecticut, Storrs}, Title = {The Additional-WH Effects and the Adjunction Site Theory}, Year = {1992}} @article{Saito:1998, Author = {Saito, Mamoru and Fukui, Naoki}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/29.3Saito_Fukui.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {439--474}, Title = {Order in phrase structure and movement}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This article proposes the following mechanism of Merge, modifying and incorporating the effect of the head parameter:}} @article{Saito:1983, Author = {Saito, Mamoru and Hoji, Hajime}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Pages = {245--259}, Title = {Weak crossover and Move $\alpha$ in {J}apanese}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1983}} @incollection{Saito:2000, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Saito, Mamoru and Hoshi, Hiroto}, Booktitle = {Step by Step}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Martin, Roger and Michaels, David and Uriagereka, Juan}, Pages = {261--296}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {The {J}apanese light verb construction and the minimalist program}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Saito:1998a, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Saito, Mamoru and Murasugi, Keiko}, Booktitle = {Beyond Principles and Parameters: Essays in Memory of Osvaldo Jaeggli}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Johnson, Kyle and Roberts, Ian}, Pages = {159--182}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Subject predication within {IP} and {DP}}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Sakai:1994, Author = {Sakai, Hiromu}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of FAJL}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Title = {Derivational economy in long distance scrambling}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{Sakai:1994, Author = {Sakai, Hiromu}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of Tohoku University Japanese-English Comparative Syntax Workshop}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Title = {Complex {NP} constraint and case-conversions in {J}apanese}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Sakoda:1994, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Sakoda, Kumiko}, Booktitle = {Japanese/Korean Linguistics(4)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Akatsuka, Noriko}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {165--182}, Publisher = {Stanford Linguistics Association}, Title = {On the Acquisition of {J}apanese Demonstratives by {K}orean Speakers}, Year = {1994}} @article{Saleemi:1996, Author = {Saleemi, A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library earnability}, Number = {1}, Pages = {80--89}, Title = {Universal grammar and language learnability}, Volume = {50}, Year = {1996}} @incollection{Salmon:1989, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Salmon, Nathan}, Booktitle = {Themes From Kaplan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Almog, Joseph and Perry, John and Wettstein, Howard}, Keywords = {library; philosophy: language; semantics}, Pages = {331--392}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Tense and singular propositions}, Year = {1989}} @incollection{Sandler:2000, Address = {New York}, Author = {Sandler, Wendy}, Booktitle = {The first Glot International state-of-the-article book}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Cheng, Lisa L.-S. and Sybesma, Rint}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {349--383}, Publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter}, Title = {One phonology or two? Sign language and phonological theory}, Year = {2000}} @article{Sandu:1997, Author = {Sandu, Gabriel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {147--174}, Title = {On the Theory of Anaphora: Dynamic Predicate Logic vs. Game-Theoretical Semantics}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Sano:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Sano, Tetsuya}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Pages = {71--88}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Negation in the acquisition of {J}apanese and its implications for universals}, Year = {1995}} @article{Santelmann:1993, Author = {Santelmann, Lynn}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {154--176}, Title = {The distribution of double determiners in {S}wedish: \emph{den} support in D$^{o}$}, Volume = {47}, Year = {1993}} @article{Santorini:1992, Author = {Santorini, Beatrice}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {Yiddish iachrony lausal structure ord order ibrary}, Number = {4}, Pages = {595--640}, Title = {Variation and change in {Y}iddish subordinate clause word order}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1992}} @incollection{Santorini:1994, Address = {Cambridge, Great Britain}, Author = {Santorini, Beatrice}, Booktitle = {Verb Movement}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Lightfoot, David and Hornstein, Norbert}, Keywords = {library; Yiddish; Icelandic; verb movement; V2}, Pages = {87--106}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Some similarities and differences between {I}celandic and {Y}iddish}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Santorini:1995, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Santorini, Beatrice}, Booktitle = {Clause Structure and Language Change}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Battye, Adrian and Roberts, Ian}, Pages = {53--79}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Two types of verb second in the history of {Y}iddish}, Year = {1995}} @book{Sapir:1921, Address = {New York}, Author = {Sapir, Edward}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Publisher = {Harcourt, Brace and Co.}, Title = {Language: an introduction to the study of speech}, Year = {1921}} @inproceedings{Sarma:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Sarma, Vaijayanthi}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Pages = {89--104}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {How many branches to the syntactic tree? Disagreements over agreement}, Year = {1995}} @phdthesis{Sato:1996, Address = {Stony Brook}, Author = {Sato, Eriko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, School = {State University of New York at Stony Brook}, Title = {The logical interpretation of {E}nglish and {J}apanese sentences}, Year = {1996}} @incollection{Sauerland:1995, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Sauerland, Uli}, Booktitle = {Papers on Minimalist Syntax(27)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Pensalfini, Rob and Ura, Hiroyuki}, Keywords = {library inimalism eatures}, Pages = {223--242}, Publisher = {MITWPL}, Title = {Early features}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Sauerland:1998b, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Sauerland, Uli}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {169--182}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Scope freezing}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Sauerland:1998a, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Sauerland, Uli}, Booktitle = {The Interpretive Tract(25)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Percus, Orin and Sauerland, Uli}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {177--204}, Publisher = {MIT, Department of Linguistics}, Title = {Plurals, derived predicates and reciprocals}, Year = {1998}} @phdthesis{Sauerland:1998c, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Sauerland, Uli}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {The meaning of chains}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Sauerland:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Sauerland, Uli}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Pius, Tamanji and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {323--338}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Why variables?}, Year = {1999}} @article{Sauerland:2002, Author = {Sauerland, Uli and Elbourne, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {283--319}, Title = {Total reconstruction, {PF}-movement, and the derivational order}, Volume = {33}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {Theories of total reconstruction have generally supposed that movement can be followed by an undoing operation like LF lowering (May 1977, 1985) or deletion of higher copies (Chomsky 1993). We argue that reconstruction effects can be derived only if the original movement is purely phonological. There are no undoing operations. We present three distinct arguments, based on an interaction between raising and wh-movement in English, facts from agreement with group terms in British English, and multiple scrambing in Japanese. The arguments imply that the T-model is correct in supposing that the movement that affects both LF and PF must precede movement that affects only PF.}} @article{Saul:1993, Author = {Saul, Jennifer}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library; attitude; semantics}, Number = {4}, Pages = {423--435}, Title = {Still an attitude problem}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Saxon:1990, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Saxon, Leslie}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Eighth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Editor = {Fee, E. Jane and Hunt, Katherine}, Keywords = {Control; library}, Pages = {347--357}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Control and control verbs: two sources of `control effects'}, Year = {1990}} @book{Scaglione:1981, Address = {Minneapolis, Minnesota}, Author = {Scaglione, Aldo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Keywords = {library; Germanic; word order}, Pages = {241}, Publisher = {University of Minnesota Press}, Title = {The theory of {G}erman word order from the renaissance to the present}, Year = {1981}} @article{Schachter:1976, Author = {Schachter, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; gerunds; nouns; DP; nominals}, Number = {2}, Pages = {205--242}, Title = {A nontransformational account of gerundive nominals in {E}nglish}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1976}} @article{Schachter:1977a, Author = {Schachter, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:40:16 -0500}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {coordination}, Pages = {86--103}, Title = {Constraints on coordination}, Volume = {53}, Year = {1977}} @article{Schachter:1977, Author = {Schachter, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:03 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {4}, Pages = {763--766}, Title = {Does she or doesn't she?}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @phdthesis{Schaeffer:1990, Author = {Schaeffer, J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, School = {Utrecht}, Title = {The syntax of subjects in child language}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Schafer:1994, Address = {MIT}, Author = {Schafer, Robin}, Booktitle = {The Morphology-Syntax Connection}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Harley, Heidi and Phillips, Colin}, Keywords = {library; morphology; have; Breton}, Pages = {231--250}, Title = {On the derivation of ``have''-predication and its implication for the syntax of the perfective in {B}reton}, Year = {1994}} @article{Schafer:1995, Author = {Schafer, Robin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library egation}, Number = {1}, Pages = {135--172}, Title = {Negation and verb second in {B}reton}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1995}} @article{Schein:1992, Author = {Schein, Barry}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Title = {Conjunction reduction redux}, Year = {1992}} @book{Schein:1993, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Schein, Barry}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {library; events; plurals; reference; semantics}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Plurals and events}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Schein:1995, Address = {San Diego, California}, Author = {Schein, Barry}, Booktitle = {Small Clauses(28)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Cardinaletti, Anna and Guasti, Maria Teresa}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {49--76}, Publisher = {Academic Press}, Title = {Small clauses and predication}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Schlegel:1818, Address = {Paris}, Author = {Schlegel, A. W. von}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Title = {Observations sur la langue et la littearature provencales}, Year = {1818}} @book{Schlegel:1808, Address = {Heidelberg}, Author = {Schlegel, F. von}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Title = {{\"u}ber die {S}prache und {W}eisheit der {I}ndier}, Year = {1808}} @inproceedings{Schmitt:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Schmitt, Cristina}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library llipsis}, Pages = {425--440}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Antecedent contained deletion meets the copy theory}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Schmitt:2000, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Schmitt, Cristina}, Booktitle = {The syntax of relative clauses}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Alexiadou, Artemis and Law, Paul and Meinunger, Andr{\'e} and Wilder, Chris}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {309--348}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Some consequences of the complement analysis for relative clauses, demonstratives and wrong adjectives}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Schmitt:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Schmitt, Cristina and Munn, Alan}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Pius, Tamanji and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {339--354}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Against the nominal mapping parameter: Bare nouns in {B}razilian {P}ortuguese}, Year = {1999}} @inproceedings{Schneider-Zioga:1993, Address = {University of Iowa}, Author = {Schneider-Zioga, Patricia}, Booktitle = {Fourth Annual Meeting of the Formal Lingusitics Society of MidAmerica}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Davison, Alice and Maier, Nicole and Silva, Glaucia and Yan, Wan Su}, Keywords = {library litics}, Pages = {266--279}, Title = {The structural representation of clitic doubling in modern {G}reek}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Schneider-Zioga:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Schneider-Zioga, Patricia}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {183--196}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {A predication analysis of clitic pronouns in {G}reek}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Schoorlemmer:1998, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Schoorlemmer, Maaike}, Booktitle = {Possessors, predicates and movement in the determiner phrase}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Alexiadou, Artemis and Wilder, Chris}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {55--86}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Possessors, articles and definiteness}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Schroten:1975, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Schroten, Jan}, Booktitle = {Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-1973}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Kraak, A.}, Keywords = {library; A' movement; constraints}, Pages = {201--209}, Publisher = {Van Gorcum}, Title = {The grammatical relevance of conditions on rules}, Year = {1975}} @incollection{Schroten:1986, Address = {Utrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Schroten, Jan}, Booktitle = {Going Romance II}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Coopmans, Peter and Bordelois, Ivonne and Smith, Bill Dotson}, Keywords = {library; romance; Spanish; psych verbs; theta theory; argument structure}, Pages = {141--158}, Title = {On the analysis of {S}panish experiencer verbs}, Year = {1986}} @incollection{Schwabe:2000, Address = {T{\"u}bingen}, Author = {Schwabe, Kerstin}, Booktitle = {Ellipsis in conjunction}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Schwabe, Kerstin and Zhang, Ning}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {247--269}, Publisher = {Niemeyer}, Title = {Coordinate ellipsis and information structure}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {Departing from Rooth's focus interpretation theory the article discusses two types of (German) ellipsis phenomena: direct alternative and implicit alternative coordinative ellipsis. For the first type, which includes Stripping, Gapping, ATB, and RNR, it is characteristic that hte semantic value of either conjunct instantiates the context variable of the respective focus operator in the other. For German Polarity ellipsis and Sluicing, which constitute the other type, it is characteristic that the semantic value, which instantiates the variable given by the focus operator in the second conjunct, must be derived from the semantic value of the first conjunct and that the second conjunct always hosts an alternative set inducing item which demands new information focus in the first conjunct.}} @incollection{Schwartz:1970, Address = {The Hague}, Author = {Schwartz, A.}, Booktitle = {Progress in Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Bierwisch, Manfred and Heidolph, Karl E.}, Keywords = {library; nominalizations; nominals}, Pages = {295--305}, Publisher = {Mouton}, Title = {On interpreting nominalizations}, Year = {1970}} @incollection{Schwartz:1999, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Schwartz, Bonnie D.}, Booktitle = {Specifiers}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Adger, David and Plunkett, Bernadette and Tsoulas, George and Pintzuk, Susan}, Pages = {299--337}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Some specs on specs in {L2} acquisition}, Year = {1999}} @incollection{Schwartz:1994, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Schwartz, Bonnie D. and Sprouse, Rex A.}, Booktitle = {Language Acquisition Studies in Generative Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Hoekstra, Teun and Schwartz, Bonnie D.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {317--368}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Word order and nominative case in non-native language acquisition: a longitudinal study of ({L1} {T}urkish) {G}erman interlanguage}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Schwartz:1996, Author = {Schwartz, Bonnie D. and Vikner, Sten}, Booktitle = {Parameters and Functional Heads}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Belletti, Adriana and Rizzi, Luigi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {11--62}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {The verb always leaves {IP} in {V2} clauses}, Year = {1996}} @article{Schwarz:1998, Author = {Schwarz, Bernhard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {271--301}, Title = {Reduced conditionals in {G}erman: event quantification and definiteness}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This paper investigates German conditionals that are reduced in the sense that their consequent clauses lack a verb and possibly more material. Focusing on readings in which conditionals quantify over events, it is shown that there are a number of semantic contrasts between reduced conditionals and their non-reduced versions. These contrasts are derived in aunified way from a hypothesis as to how the truth conditions of a reduced conditional relate to those of its non-reduced version. This hypothesis is in turn derived from assumptions as to how the Logical Form of a reduced conditional relates to the one of its non-reduced version. It is suggested that reduced and non-reduced consequent clauses can be seen to differe in a way analogous to the way derfinite and indefinite noun phrases differ.}} @article{Schwarz:1998b, Author = {Schwarz, Bernhard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Keywords = {library; Gapping; Schwarz_2(3).pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JCGL/2.3Schwarz.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {191--219}, Title = {On odd coordinations in {G}erman}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This paper is concerned with German coordinations which are 'odd' in that und 'and' superficially does not connect constituents of like categories. The focus is on odd coordinations in which und has a full non-finite verb phrase to its immediate right but only a verb phrase fragment to its immediate left. In the analysis of Heycock and Kroch (1994), wuch 'verbal' odd coordinations arise by asymmetric extraction from a first verb phrase coordinate. It is shown here that this analysis misses a robust empirical generalization: in verbal odd corrdinations, the string preceding und must always form a grammatical sentence in isolation. It is argued that this gneeralization can be derived from the Coordinate Structure Constraint, which bans asymmetric extraction. In the spirit of Wilder (1994), it is furthermore argued that grammatical verbal odd corrdinations derive from coordinations of larger phrases which are reduced by Gapping. It is shown that this leads to a unified analysis of verbal odd coordinations and analogous 'nominal' odd coordinations, in which und appears between a full noun phrase and a noun phrase fragment. Further issues addressed are operator scope and the availability of Left Deletion (Right Node Raising) in odd coordinations.}} @article{Schwarz:1999, Author = {Schwarz, Bernhard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {339--370}, Title = {On the syntax of \emph{either} \ldots \emph{or}}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This study argues for the thesis that in sentences of the form ...either...or..., eitherovertly marks the left edge of the disjunction whose coordinator is or. This thesis is defended against Larson's (1985) proposal that either may be distant from its disjunction as the result of syntactic movement. It is argued that examples which appear to motivate such a movement are to be reanalyzed as involving silent material at the left periphery of a second disjunct. It is shown in detail that a variety of observations on either/or disjunctions fall out from independently established properties of what Ross (1970) calls Gapping. It will also be concluded that in certain cases, second disjuncts host silent subject pronouns. The results reached here are of relevance for future investigations in the syntax of coordinations and the scope of disjunctions.}} @phdthesis{Schwarz:2000, Address = {Amherst}, Author = {Schwarz, Bernhard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Pages = {178}, School = {University of Massachusetts}, Title = {Topics in ellipsis}, Year = {2000}} @phdthesis{Schwarzschild:1991, Author = {Schwarzschild, Roger}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {library; plurals; semantics}, School = {University of Massachusetts-Amherst}, Title = {On the meaning of definite plural noun phrases}, Year = {1991}} @article{Schwarzschild:1994, Author = {Schwarzschild, Roger}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library; plurals; distributivity}, Number = {3}, Pages = {201--248}, Title = {Plurals, presuppositions and the sources of distributivity}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1994}} @book{Schwarzschild:1996, Address = {Dordrecht ; Boston}, Author = {Schwarzschild, Roger}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {Grammar, Comparative and general Number.}, Pages = {ix, 211}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic}, Title = {Pluralities}, Year = {1996}} @article{Schwarzschild:1999, Author = {Schwarzschild, Roger}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {141--177}, Title = {Givenness, avoid {F} and other constraints on the placement of accent}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This paper strives to characterize the relation between accent placement and discourse in terms of independent constraints operating at the interface between syntax and interpretation. The Ginenness Constraint requires un-F-marked constituents to be Given. Key here is our definition of Givenness, which synthesizes insights from the literature on the sematnics of focus with older views on informaiton structure. Avoid F requires peakers to economize on F-marking. A third constraint reqruies a subset of F-markers to dominate accent. The characteristic prominence patterns of "novelty focus" and "contrastive focus" both arise from a combination of the Givenness Constraint and Avoid F. Patterns of prominence in questions as well as in answers to questions are explained in terms of the constraints, thanks in part to the way in which the Gevenness relation is defined. Head/argument asymmetries noted int eh literature on Focus Projection are placed in the phonology-sytnax interface, independent of discourse conditions. Deaccenting follows when Avoid F is ranked higher than constraint(s) governing head/argument asymmetries.}} @article{Schwarzschild:2002, Author = {Schwarzschild, Roger and Wilkinson, Karina}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--41}, Title = {Quantifiers in comparatives: a semantics of degree based on intervals}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {The sentence Irving was closer to me than he was to most of the others contains a quantifier, most of the others, in the scope of a comparative. The first part of this paper explains the challenges presented by such cases to existing approaches to the semantics of the comparative. The second part presents a new analysis of comparatives based on intervals rather than points on a scale. This innovation is analogized to the move from moments to intervals in tense semantics. The remainder of the paper is concerned with an interval-based semantics of degree in relation to issues other than the comparative proper. The paper begins with a discussion of the role negative polarity has played in studies on the semantics of comparatives.}} @article{Schutze:1999, Author = {Sch{\"u}tze, Carson}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library xpletives greement ocative inversion}, Number = {3}, Pages = {467--484}, Title = {{E}nglish expletive constructions are not infected}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {Sobin (1997) proposes an analysis of several "prestige" constructions of English under which they result from grammatical viruses. Counter to his claim, I argue that plural agreement in expletive constructions introduced by there results not from a virus but from the grammar of English, because it lacks signature properties of viruses. I show that the flat agreement seen in expletive constructions with conjoined associates can be explained as a processing effect. I then argue that singular agreement with plural associates represents a second alternative allowed within the grammar.}} @book{Schonenberger:2001, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Sch{\"o}nenberger, Manuela}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {410}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Embedded {V}-to-{C} in child grammar: The acquisition of verb placement in {S}wiss {G}erman}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Schutze:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Sch{\"u}tze, Carson T.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {441--456}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Case, verb morphology \& argument structure in {C}hoctaw: a minimalist account}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Schutze:1996, Address = {Harvard University and MIT}, Author = {Sch{\"u}tze, Carson T.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {351--366}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Korean ``case stacking'' isn't: unifying noncase uses of case particles}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Sciullo:1990, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Sciullo, Anna-Maria Di}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Eighth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Fee, E. Jane and Hunt, Katherine}, Keywords = {implicit arguments; library}, Pages = {94--109}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Two types of implicit arguments}, Year = {1990}} @inproceedings{Sedivy:1993, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Sedivy, Julie C. and Spivey-Knowlton, Michael J.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 23}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {447--461}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {The effect of {NP} definiteness on parsing attachment ambiguities}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Selkirk:1996, Address = {London}, Author = {Selkirk, Elisabeth}, Booktitle = {The handbook of phonological theory}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Goldsmith, J. A.}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishers}, Title = {Sentence prosody: intonation, stress and phrasing}, Year = {1996}} @book{Selkirk:1990, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Selkirk, Elisabeth and Shen, Tong}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Zec, Draga}, Keywords = {library; phonology:syntax; prosody}, Pages = {313--338}, Publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, Title = {Prosodic domains in {S}hanghai {C}hinese the phonology-syntax connection}, Year = {1990}} @book{Selkirk:1982, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Selkirk, Elisabeth O.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {morphology}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {The syntax of words}, Year = {1982}} @book{Selkirk:1984, Address = {Cambridge, Mass.}, Author = {Selkirk, Elisabeth O.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {Grammar, Comparative and general Phonology.}, Pages = {xv, 476}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Phonology and syntax : the relation between sound and structure}, Year = {1984}} @incollection{Selkirk:1977, Address = {New York, New York}, Author = {Selkirk, Elizabeth}, Booktitle = {Formal Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Culicover, Peter and Wasow, Tom and Akmajian, Adrian}, Keywords = {DP; nominals; phrase structure}, Publisher = {Academic Press}, Title = {Some remarks on noun phrase structure}, Year = {1977}} @phdthesis{Sells:1984, Author = {Sells, Peter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {library; pronouns; relative clauses; resumptive pronouns; A' movement}, School = {University of Massachusetts, Amherst}, Title = {Syntax and semantics of resumptive pronouns}, Year = {1984}} @article{Sells:1987, Author = {Sells, Peter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {logophor naphora}, Number = {3}, Pages = {445--480}, Title = {Aspects of Logophoricity}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1987}} @article{Sells:1995, Author = {Sells, Peter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {277--326}, Title = {Korean and {J}apanese Morphology from a Lexical Perspective}, Volume = {26}, Year = {1995}} @article{Sells:1996, Author = {Sells, Peter and Rickford, John and Wasow, Thomas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {591--627}, Title = {An {O}ptimality {T}heoretic Approach to Variation in {N}egative {I}nversion in {AAVE}}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1996}} @article{Sevenonius:1993, Author = {Sevenonius, Peter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library; Germanic; Scandinavian; DP; nominals; agreement}, Number = {2}, Pages = {198--220}, Title = {Selection, Adjunction and Concord in the {DP}}, Volume = {47}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Seymour:1995, Address = {New Orleans}, Author = {Seymour, Deborah Mandelbaum}, Booktitle = {The Linguistic Society of America}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Title = {New Women's Suitcases: The possessive-adjective switch}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Shaer:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Shaer, Benjamin}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {391--408}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Adverbials, Functional Structure and Restrictiveness}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Sharvit:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Sharvit, Yael}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {409--424}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Possessive Wh-Expressions and Reconstruction}, Year = {1998}} @article{Sharvit:1999b, Author = {Sharvit, Yael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {587--612}, Title = {Resumptive Pronouns in Relative Clauses}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This paper discussed the role of traces and resumptive pronouns as triggers of functional/pair-list readings of Hebrew restrictive relative clauses. It is claimed that the type of sentence which embeds the relative clause affects the binding options inside it. A relative clause formed of a chain that ends in a trace triggers functional/pair-list readings regardless of the type of sentence which embeds the relative clause. On the other hand, a relative clause formed of a chain that ends in a pronoun needs to be embedded in an equative sentence in order to trigger such readings. Theis effect is argued to follow from the constraints which govern resumptive pronouns, one of which being that they require salient discourse antecedents. It is also shown that previous analyses which attempt to derive the pronoun/trace alternation from syntactic principles alone fail to account for the equative/non-equative contrast.}} @article{Sharvit:1999a, Author = {Sharvit, Yael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {5}, Pages = {447--478}, Title = {Functional Relative Clauses}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1999}} @article{Sharvit:1999, Author = {Sharvit, Yael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {299--339}, Title = {Connectivity in Specificational Sentences}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This paper is concerned with the relationship between the semantics of specificational and predicational sentences adn the Connectivity effects they display. It discusses the advantages and disadvantages of semantic and syntactic approaches to Connectivity (the 'unconstrained'be theory', the 'question-in-disguise theory', and the 'unclefting theory'), concluding that a semantic theory of Connectivity is not only preferable, but necessary. The paper also discusses the implicaitons of such a move regarding Binding phenomena (i.e. Principle A, B, and C effects): adopting a semantic theory of Connecitivity requires a theory of Binding which is different from the standard GB Binding Theory.}} @article{Yael:2002, Author = {Sharvit, Yael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Number = {2}, Pages = {97--123}, Title = {Embedded questions and `de dicto' readings}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {It is argued, contra Beck and Rullmann (1999) and with Heim (1994), that the sources of strongly exhaustive interpretations and 'de dicto' interpretations of wh-complements of veridical question-embedding verbs are one and the same. Beck and Rullmann's theory is shown to predict certain 'de dicto' readings which do not exist, while a particular rendition of Heim's theory is shown to constrain the generation of 'de dicto' readings in the correct way.}} @inproceedings{Shaw:1993, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Shaw, Patricia A.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 23}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {463--477}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {Templatic Evidence for the Syllable Nucleus}, Year = {1993}} @article{Sheiber:1996, Author = {Sheiber, Stuart M. and Pereira, Fernando C. N. and Dalrymple, Mary}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library llipsis uantification}, Number = {5}, Pages = {527--552}, Title = {Interactions of Scope and Ellipsis}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1996}} @article{Shi:1994, Author = {Shi, Dingxu}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library; questions; Chinese}, Number = {2}, Pages = {301--334}, Title = {The Nature of {C}hinese Wh-Questions}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Shibatani:1994, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Shibatani, Masayoshi}, Booktitle = {Japanese/Korean Linguistics(4)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Akatsuka, Noriko}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {39--74}, Publisher = {Stanford Linguistics Association}, Title = {Benefactive Constructions: A {J}apanese-{K}orean Comparative Perspective}, Year = {1994}} @article{Shima:2000, Author = {Shima, Etsuro}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/31.2Shima.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {375--385}, Title = {A preference for Move over Merge}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}} @article{Shimoyama:1999a, Author = {Shimoyama, Junko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:38:53 -0500}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {147--182}, Title = {Internally Headed Relative Clauses in {J}apanese and {E}-Type Anaphora}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This paper examines the so-called internally headed relative clause construction in Japanese, with particular focus on new data thtat involve quantificaitonal NPs and wh-phrases. The data provide arguments for representations in which the internal head remains internal at LF. Furthermore, it is shown that the interpretation of this construction involves E-type anaphora, providing evidence for Hoshi's (1995) suggestion. An explicit mechanism for compositional interpretation is proposed, which also derives a restriction on possible internal heads. This study has the corsslinguistic implication that the constructions called "internally headed relative clauses" in various langautges ndo not form a homogeneous class.}} @inproceedings{Shimoyama:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Shimoyama, Junko}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Pius, Tamanji and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {355--366}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Complex {NP}s and Wh-Quantification in {J}apanese}, Year = {1999}} @article{Shirai:1995, Author = {Shirai, Yasuhiro and Andersen, Roger W.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library cquisition}, Number = {4}, Pages = {743--762}, Title = {The Acquisition of Tense-Aspect Morphology: A Prototype Account}, Volume = {71}, Year = {1995}} @phdthesis{Shlonsky:1987, Author = {Shlonsky, Ur}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Null and Displaced Subjects}, Year = {1987}} @article{Shlonsky:1989, Author = {Shlonsky, Ur}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Title = {The Hierarchical Representation of Subject Verb Agreement}, Year = {1989}} @article{Shlonsky:1990, Author = {Shlonsky, Ur}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Hebrew ro drop ubject inversion nversion}, Number = {2}, Pages = {263--276}, Title = {Pro in {H}ebrew Subject Inversion}, Volume = {21}, Year = {1990}} @inproceedings{Shlonsky:1991, Address = {Universite du Quebec a Montreal}, Author = {Shlonsky, Ur}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Northeastern Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Sherer, Tim}, Keywords = {Q float ebrew emitic}, Pages = {337--350}, Publisher = {Graduate Student Linguistic Association, University of Massachusetts-Amherst}, Title = {Quantifier Phrases and Quantifier Float}, Year = {1991}} @article{Shlonsky:1992a, Author = {Shlonsky, Ur}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:38:40 -0500}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {pronouns; relative clauses}, Number = {3}, Pages = {443--468}, Title = {Resumptive Pronouns as a Last Resort}, Volume = {23}, Year = {1992}} @article{Shlonsky:1994, Author = {Shlonsky, Ur}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {The Linguistic Review}, Number = {3-4}, Pages = {351--376}, Title = {Agreement in {C}omp}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{Shlonsky:1996, Address = {Harvard University and MIT}, Author = {Shlonsky, Ur}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library nflection lausal structure}, Pages = {367--377}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Subject Agreement and the {IP} Sandwich}, Year = {1996}} @incollection{Shlonsky:2002, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Shlonsky, Ur}, Booktitle = {Themes in {A}rabic and {H}ebrew Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Ouhalla, Jamal and Shlonsky, Ur}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {137--160}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Constituent questions in {P}alestinian {A}rabic}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Shlonsky:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Shlonsky, Ur and Doron, Edit}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {V2; Hebrew; Head movement; library}, Pages = {431--446}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Verb Second in {H}ebrew}, Year = {1992}} @inproceedings{Sichel:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Sichel, Ivy}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {569--582}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Evidence for {DP}-internal remnant movement}, Year = {2000}} @book{Siegel:1979, Address = {New York, New York}, Author = {Siegel, Dorothy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {morphology}, Publisher = {Garland Publishing, Inc.}, Title = {Topics in {E}nglish Morphology}, Year = {1979}} @article{Siegel:1987, Author = {Siegel, Muffy E. A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and philosophy}, Keywords = {library; coordination; scope; negation; gapping}, Number = {1}, Pages = {53--76}, Title = {Compositionality, case, and the scope of auxiliaries}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1987}} @article{Siegel:1994, Author = {Siegel, Muffy E. A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library; such; binding}, Number = {5}, Pages = {481--498}, Title = {Such: Binding and the Pro-Adjective}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{Sigler:1996, Address = {Harvard University and MIT}, Author = {Sigler, Michele}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library ubjects lausal structure}, Pages = {377--392}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Subject Positions in {S}tandard {W}estern {A}rmenian}, Year = {1996}} @article{Sigurdsson:2002, Author = {Sigur{\dh}sson, Hald{\'o}r {\'A}rmann}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {691--724}, Title = {To be an oblique subject: {R}ussian vs. {I}celandic}, Volume = {20}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This paper addresses the question of whether 'main clause infinitival datives' in russian should be analyzed as oblique or 'quirky' subjects, in contrast to anoher type of subject-like datives in Russian, 'I-nominals'. In particular, it examines a claim to this effect made by Moore and Perlmutter (2000). By comparing the datives in question to Icelandic oblique subjects, above all with respect to agreement, the paper demonstrates that Moore and Perlmutter's arguments are untenable, i.e., their arguments do not distinguish between the two dative types in the way they claim. however, it does not follow that Russian infinitival datives are best analyzed as 'non-subjects'. Rather, it is argued, the interesting question raised by subject-like non-nominatives across languages is not whether they should be classified as subjects by some postulated standards, but what they tell us about the interaction of case and other featuers or properties of language, in particular sentence structure and agreement. The concluding section of the paper presents evidence that russian I-nominals differ from Icelandic quirky subjects in not entering into a 'quirky null-agreement' correlation with the finite complex of the clause. In contrast, it is pointed out, Russian infinitival datives could and probably should be analyzed as sharing this peculiar property with Icelandic 'quirks'.}} @phdthesis{Sigurdsson:1989, Address = {University of Lund}, Author = {Sigur{\dh}sson, Halld{\'o}r {\'A}rmann}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, School = {Department of Scandinavian Languages}, Title = {Verbal syntax and {C}ase in {I}celandic}, Year = {1989}} @article{Sigurdsson:1990, Author = {Sigur{\dh}sson, Halld{\'o}r {\'A}rmann}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Working Papers in Scandinavian Syntax}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Pages = {35--79}, Title = {Icelandic {C}ase-marked {PRO} and the licensing of lexical {A} positions}, Volume = {45}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Sigurdsson:1990a, Address = {San Diego}, Author = {Sigur{\dh}sson, Halld{\'o}r {\'A}rmann}, Booktitle = {Modern {I}celandic Syntax(24)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Maling, Joan and Zaenen, Annie}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {309--346}, Publisher = {Academic Press}, Title = {Long-Distance Reflexives and Mood in {I}celandic}, Year = {1990}} @article{Sigurdsson:1993, Author = {Sigur{\dh}sson, Halld{\'o}r {\'A}rmann}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {government ibrary greement candinavian}, Number = {1}, Pages = {32--56}, Title = {Agreement as Head Visible Feature Government}, Volume = {47}, Year = {1993}} @article{Sigurdsson:1993a, Author = {Sigur{\dh}sson, Halld{\'o}r {\'A}rmann}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {177--197}, Title = {The Structure of the {I}celandic {NP}}, Volume = {47}, Year = {1993}} @article{Sigurdsson:1996, Author = {Sigur{\dh}sson, Halld{\'o}r {\'A}rmann}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Working Papers in Scandinavian Syntax}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {1--46}, Title = {Icelandic Finite Verb Agreement}, Volume = {57}, Year = {1996}} @article{Sigurdsson:2001, Author = {Sigur{\dh}sson, Halld{\'o}r {\'A}rmann}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Working Papers in Scandinavian Syntax}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {103--151}, Title = {Case: abstract vs. morphological}, Volume = {67}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Sijtsma:1997, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Sijtsma, Chris}, Booktitle = {Rightward Movement}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Beerman, Dorothee and LeBlanc, David and van Riemsdijk, Henk}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {301--329}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {On movement and one-pass no backtrack parsing}, Year = {1997}} @article{Siloni:1995, Author = {Siloni, Tal}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library elative clauses articiples eterminers}, Number = {3}, Pages = {445--487}, Title = {On Participial Relatives and Complementizer {D}: A Case Study in {H}ebrew and {F}rench}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Siloni:1996, Author = {Siloni, Tal}, Booktitle = {Parameters and Functional Heads}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Belletti, Adriana and Rizzi, Luigi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {239--268}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Hebrew {N}oun {P}hrases: Generalized {N}oun {R}aising}, Year = {1996}} @incollection{Siloni:2002, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Siloni, Tal}, Booktitle = {Themes in {A}rabic and {H}ebrew Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Ouhalla, Jamal and Shlonsky, Ur}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {161--188}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Adjectival constructs and inalienable constructions}, Year = {2002}} @article{Silverman:1997, Author = {Silverman, Daniel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {473--492}, Title = {Tone Sandhi in {C}omaltec {C}hinantec}, Volume = {73}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {Comaltepec Chinantec tone sandhi normally consists of rightward high tone spreading from syllables with a low-high tone pattern, and almost all sandhi outputs are non-neutralizing. This sound patter may be understood by considering articulatory, aerodynamic, acoustic, and auditory principles, in necessary combination wth phonetically rooted historical forces, and the principles of contrast maintenance, economy of effort, and what is termed pattern coherence.}} @inproceedings{Silverman:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Silverman, Daniel}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {425--436}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Alveolar Stops in {A}merican {E}nglish, and the nature of allophony}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Simpson:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Simpson, Andrew}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {437--452}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {{VP}-final modals and Pied Piping in {S.E.} {A}sian}, Year = {1998}} @book{Simpson:2000, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Simpson, Andrew}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Pages = {244}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Wh-Movement and the theory of feature-checking}, Year = {2000}} @article{Simpson:2001, Author = {Simpson, Andrew}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {89--128}, Title = {Focus, presupposition and light predicate raising in east and southeast {A}sia}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {In a group of genetically unrelated and otherwise fully regular head-initial SVO languages a particular modal verb is consistently found to occur in predicate-final position, posing a strong empirical challenge to the Universal Base Hypothesis argued for in Cinque (1999). Detailed investigation indicates that the surface forms are however derived from fully regular underlying strudctures via a process of focus-driven light predicate raising. Cross-linguistic variation in the paradigm then shows that the basic modal structure is currently in different stages of development in the languages investigated. In Canonese in particular, it is aruged that the trigger for VP-raising has now become fully fossilized and no longer reflects its original motivation. The paper concludes that certain movement operations may in general occur without any clearly understandable synchronic trigger. Formally, Chomsky's 'strong cateogrial/EPP features' are suggested to correspond precisely to this type of movement whose original motivation has weakened and become hidden during the course of language change.}} @inproceedings{Simpson:2000a, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Simpson, Andrew and Bhattacharya, Tanmoy}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {583--596}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Wh clausal pied piping in {B}angla}, Year = {2000}} @phdthesis{Simpson:1983b, Author = {Simpson, Jane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:38:11 -0500}, Keywords = {linguistics}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Aspects of {W}arlpiri morphology and syntax}, Year = {1983}} @inproceedings{Simpson:1983, Author = {Simpson, Jane}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {particle}, Title = {Discontinuous Verbs and the Interaction of Morphology and Syntax}, Year = {1983}} @article{Singh:1998, Author = {Singh, Mona}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {171--199}, Title = {On the Semantics of the Perfective Aspect}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {The study of the temporal structure of events in natural language is of prime importance in linguistics. Though there has been recent progress on formal theories of events, these theories do not address certain syntactic and semantic properties peculiar to langauges such as Hindi. This paper concentrates on properties related to perfectivity. It motivates a small number of semantic features for events and their objects, such as whether an object exists independently of an event, whether it is totally affected by the event, and so on. It then formalizes these features. It also shows how they can be formalized in an algebraic framework and applied in a categorial grammar to derive the properties of verbal and nominal predicates. The result is an integration of descriptive semantics with algebraic theories of objects and events.}} @article{Singleton:1993, Author = {Singleton, Jenny L. and Morford, Jill P. and Goldin-Meadow, Susan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {683--715}, Title = {Once is Not Enough: Standards of Well-Formedness in Manual Communication Created over Three Different Timespans}, Volume = {69}, Year = {1993}} @book{Skyrms:1986, Address = {Belmont, California}, Author = {Skyrms, Brian}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {library; induction; probability}, Pages = {218}, Publisher = {Wadsworth Publishing Company}, Title = {Choice and Chance: An Introduction to Inductive Logic}, Year = {1986}} @book{Sleeman:1996, Author = {Sleeman, Petra}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Publisher = {Holland Institute of Generative Linguistics}, Title = {Licensing Empty Nouns in {F}rench}, Year = {1996}} @article{Smessaert:1996, Author = {Smessaert, Hans}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library eterminers omparatives}, Number = {3}, Pages = {295--336}, Title = {Monotonicity Properties of Comparative Determiners}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1996}} @article{Smith:1994, Author = {Smith, Carlota S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library; Chinese; aspect}, Number = {2}, Pages = {107--146}, Title = {Aspectual Viewpoint and Situation Type in Mandarin Chinese}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1994}} @article{Smith:1999, Author = {Smith, Carlota S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {5}, Pages = {479--508}, Title = {Activities: States or Events}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1999}} @inproceedings{Smith:1997, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Smith, Caroline L.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 27}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {397--411}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Fricative Devoicing: Effects of Prosodic Context on a Lenition Process}, Year = {1997}} @book{Smith:1973, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Smith, Neilson V.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {library cquisition honology}, Pages = {270}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {The Acquisition of Phonology}, Year = {1973}} @incollection{Smith:1975a, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Smith, Norval S. H.}, Booktitle = {Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-1973}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:37:45 -0500}, Editor = {Kraak, A.}, Keywords = {library emantics eference ames}, Pages = {17--24}, Publisher = {Van Gorcum}, Title = {Proper Names -- Whence, Why, and How?}, Year = {1975}} @incollection{Smith:1975, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Smith, Norval S. H.}, Booktitle = {Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-1973}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Kraak, A.}, Keywords = {library; phonology:segments}, Pages = {256--262}, Publisher = {Van Gorcum}, Title = {Marking Conventions for Liquids}, Year = {1975}} @article{Smolensky:1996, Author = {Smolensky, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library honology}, Number = {4}, Pages = {720--731}, Title = {On the Comprehension/Production Dilemma in Child Language}, Volume = {27}, Year = {1996}} @incollection{Snow:1975, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Snow, Catherine E.}, Booktitle = {Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-1973}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Kraak, A.}, Keywords = {library; linguistic theory; psychology:language}, Pages = {271--275}, Publisher = {Van Gorcum}, Title = {Linguists as Behavioral Scientists: Towards a Methodology for Testing Linguistic Intuitions}, Year = {1975}} @inproceedings{Snyder:1995a, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Snyder, William}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:37:33 -0500}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library articles esultatives vents}, Pages = {457--472}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {A Neo-{D}avidson Approach to Resultatives, Particles, and Datives}, Year = {1995}} @phdthesis{Snyder:1995, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Snyder, William}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {library cquisition orphology}, Pages = {163}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Language Acquisition and Language Variation: The Role of Morphology}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Snyder:1998, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Snyder, William}, Booktitle = {The Interpretive Tract(25)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Percus, Orin and Sauerland, Uli}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {125--139}, Publisher = {MIT, Department of Linguistics}, Title = {On the Aspectual Properties of {E}nglish Derived Nominals}, Year = {1998}} @article{Snyder:2000, Author = {Snyder, William}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/31.3Snyder.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {575--582}, Title = {An experimental investigation of syntactic satiation effects}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}} @article{Snyder:2001, Author = {Snyder, William}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Pages = {324--342}, Title = {On the nature of syntactic variation: evidence from complex predicates and complex word-formation}, Volume = {77}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Snyder:1997a, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Snyder, William and Chen, Deborah}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 27}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:37:20 -0500}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {413--423}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {On the Syntax Morphology Interface in the Acquisition of {F}rench and {E}nglish}, Year = {1997}} @article{Snyder:1993, Author = {Snyder, William and Stromswold, Karin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {library cquisition ouble object atives}, Title = {The Structure and Acquisition of {E}nglish Dative Constructions}, Year = {1993}} @article{Snyder:1997, Author = {Snyder, William and Stromswold, Karin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library cquisition ative shift}, Number = {2}, Pages = {281--317}, Title = {The Structure and Acquisition of {E}nglish Dative Constructions}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {We present evidence that children acquire English datives, verb-particle constructions, put-locatives, and causative/perceptual constructions all as a group. Our findings favor a parametric model of acquisition in which the acquired knowledge is not construction-specific; and they favor analyses in which all the constructions belong to asingly syntactic class. On the basis of our results, we argue that acquisition of the entire class depends on the acuquisition of two parametric properties. One property allows the grammar to generate double object datives, causative/perceptual constructions, put-locatives, and V-NP-Particle constructions. V-Particle-NP constructions and to-datives depend on the combination of the first property with a second property.}} @incollection{Soames:1989, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Soames, Scott}, Booktitle = {Themes From Kaplan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Almog, Joseph and Perry, John and Wettstein, Howard}, Keywords = {library; philosophy: language; semantics}, Pages = {393--420}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Direct Reference and Propositional Attitudes}, Year = {1989}} @article{Sobin:1982, Author = {Sobin, Nicholas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {727--745}, Title = {On Gapping and Discontinuous Constituent Structure}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1982}} @article{Sobin:1985, Author = {Sobin, Nicholas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {649--662}, Title = {Case assignment in {U}krainian morphological Passive constructions}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @inproceedings{Soh:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Soh, Hooi LIng}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {197--211}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Object Scrambling in {C}hinese: A Closer Look at Post-duration/frequency Phrase Positions}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Soh:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Soh, Hooi Ling}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {129--144}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Object scrambling in {C}hinese: a comparison with scrambling in {D}utch and {G}erman}, Year = {1999}} @article{Soh:2001, Author = {Soh, Hooi LIng}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {37--80}, Title = {The syntax and semantics of phonological phrasing in {S}hanghai and {H}okkien}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {It has been obwerved that phonological phrasing in Shanghai distinguishes certain determiners form others and wh-quantifier phrases from non-wh-quantifier phrsaes (Jin (1986), cited in Hung (1987) and Selkirk and Shen (1990)). In this paper, I show that such phonological phrasing distinctions are also found in Hokkien but in a more restricted environment. I propose a unified analysis of the phrasing facts in Shanghai and Hokkien. Specifically, I claim that the phonological phrasing rules are sensitive to the feature [definite]. A DP specified for the feature [-definite] is phrased differently from one that is specified for [+definite] or unspecified with respect to the definiteness feature. In adidtion, I claim that phonological phrasing rules cannot see a syntactic projeciton with no phonological content. I propose the following phrasing parameters for Shanghai and Hokkien Chinese. a. Shanghai Chinese Phrasing Parameter:}} @phdthesis{Solag:1992, Author = {Solag, Jaume}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {library; agreement; grammatical functions; subjects; Romance; Catalan}, School = {Universitat Autonoma de Barcelona}, Title = {Agreement and Subjects}, Year = {1992}} @incollection{Solan:1987, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Solan, Lawrence}, Booktitle = {Parameter Setting}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Roeper, Thomas and Williams, Edwin}, Keywords = {library; acquisition; parameters; binding theory}, Pages = {189--210}, Publisher = {D. Reidel Publishing Company}, Title = {Parameter Setting and the Development of Pronouns and Reflexives}, Year = {1987}} @incollection{Sola:1996, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Sol{\'a} , Jaume}, Booktitle = {Minimal Ideas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Abraham, Werner and Epstein, Samuel David and Thr{\'a}insson, H{\'o}skuldur and Zwart, C. Jan-Wouter}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {217--251}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Morphology and Word Order in {G}ermanic Languages}, Year = {1996}, Abstract = {This paper makes a general proposal on the relation between inflection and syntax, which constitutes an alternative instantiation of Chomsky's (1993) idea that word order variation across languges can be (at least partly) explained by relating it to morphological variation. Unlike in Chomsky's minimalist proposal, though, I will argue that the crucial parameter is not weak/strong morphological features, but rather presence/absence of inflectional morphology for a given functional category on a given word. This account crucially relies on close morphological analysis of inflected words. I will also adopt Kayne's (1994) antisymmetry hypothesis, both becasue it sharply narrows down morphologically-driven word-order predictons, and because it allows a more elegant account of West Germanic word order altenrtions, in the spirit of Zwart (1993b).}} @article{Sorin:1989, Author = {Sorin, C.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Title = {Auxiliaries and sentence structure in {R}umanian}, Year = {1989}} @phdthesis{Speas:1986, Author = {Speas, Margaret}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {linguistics}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Adjunctions and Projections in Syntax}, Year = {1986}} @article{Speas:1991, Author = {Speas, Margaret}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Lingua}, Keywords = {morphology}, Pages = {181--214}, Title = {Functional Heads and the Mirror Principle}, Volume = {84}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Speas:1994, Address = {Amherst}, Author = {Speas, Margaret}, Booktitle = {Functional Projections}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {library; pro drop}, Pages = {179--208}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {Null Arguments in a Theory of Economy of Projections}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{Spejewski:1993, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Spejewski, Beverly and Carlson, Greg N.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 23}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {479--493}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {Modification of Event Relations}, Year = {1993}} @article{Spencer:1995, Author = {Spencer, Andrew}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {439--489}, Title = {Incorporation in {C}hukchi}, Volume = {71}, Year = {1995}} @article{Sportiche:1986, Author = {Sportiche, Dominique}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; Japanese; binding theory; anaphora; reflexives}, Number = {2}, Pages = {369--374}, Title = {Zibun}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1986}} @article{Sportiche:1988, Author = {Sportiche, Dominique}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {425--449}, Title = {A Theory of Floating Quantifiers and its Corollaries for Constituent Structure}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1988}} @article{Sportiche:1988a, Author = {Sportiche, Dominique}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {ecp; bounding; LF; Linguistics}, Title = {Conditions on Silent Categories}, Year = {1988}} @incollection{Sportiche:1995, Address = {San Diego, California}, Author = {Sportiche, Dominique}, Booktitle = {Small Clauses(28)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Cardinaletti, Anna and Guasti, Maria Teresa}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {287--325}, Publisher = {Academic Press}, Title = {French Predicate Clitics and Clause Structure}, Year = {1995}} @article{Sproat:1985, Author = {Sproat, Richard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {173--216}, Title = {Welsh Syntax and {VSO} structure}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1985}} @incollection{Sproat:1988, Address = {San Diego, California}, Author = {Sproat, Richard}, Booktitle = {Theoretical Morphology}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Hammond, Michael and Noonan, Michael}, Keywords = {library; morphology; binding theory; anaphora}, Pages = {291--304}, Publisher = {Academic Press, Inc.}, Title = {On Anaphoric Islandhood}, Year = {1988}} @incollection{Sproat:1992, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Sproat, Richard}, Booktitle = {{ACL-MIT} Press Series in Natural Language Processing}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {library; morphology; inflection; computation}, Pages = {295}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Morphology and Computation}, Year = {1992}} @inproceedings{Sprouse:1996, Address = {Harvard University and MIT}, Author = {Sprouse, Ronald}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library honology}, Pages = {393--408}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Vowels That Borrow Moras: Geminates and Weight in {OT}}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Srivastav:1991, Address = {Cornell University}, Author = {Srivastav, Veneeta}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the First Semantics and Linguistic Theory Conference}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Moore, Steven and Wyner, Adam Zachary}, Keywords = {questions}, Pages = {231--250}, Publisher = {Cornell University Working Papers in Linguistics}, Title = {Uniqueness and Bijection in {WH} Questions}, Year = {1991}} @inproceedings{Srivastav:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Srivastav, Veneeta}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {wh movement; questions; library}, Pages = {447--458}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Pair-List Answers without Movement}, Year = {1992}} @book{Sroka:1972, Address = {The Hague}, Author = {Sroka, Kazimierz A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {library; phrasal verbs; particles; particle verbs; adverbs}, Pages = {216}, Publisher = {Mouton}, Title = {The Syntax of {E}nglish Phrasal Verbs}, Year = {1972}} @article{Stabler:1998, Author = {Stabler, Ed}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {72--97}, Title = {Acquiring Languages with Movement}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {A simple kind of "minimalist" transformational grammar is defined to study the problem of learning a langauge in which pronounced constituents may have moved arbitrarily far from their original sites. In these grammars, all linguistic variation is lexical: constituent order is determined by lexical functional elements, and structure building operations are universal. Given universal constraints on the category system, these grammars can be identified in the limit from a positive text of derived structures, where these structures contain no fatures except the pronounced, phonetic elements. Identification from pronounced strings alone is shown to be impossible. In the light of this last negative result and related problems, rather than assuming that the learner somehow determines constituent structure from prosodic and semantic cues, an alternative approach to the learning problem is proposed.}} @incollection{Stabler:1992, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Stabler, Edward P. Jr.}, Booktitle = {ACL-MIT Press Series in Natrual Language Rocessing}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {library; syntactic theory; formal foundations; parsing}, Pages = {433}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {The Logical Approach to Syntax}, Year = {1992}} @article{Stainton:1995, Author = {Stainton, Robert J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library llipsis}, Number = {3}, Pages = {281--296}, Title = {Non-Sentential Assertions and Semantic Ellipsis}, Volume = {18}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Stalnaker:1991a, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Stalnaker, Robert}, Booktitle = {Conditionals}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:35:43 -0500}, Editor = {Jackson, Frank}, Keywords = {library onditionals}, Pages = {28--45}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {A Theory of Conditionals}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Stalnaker:1991, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Stalnaker, Robert}, Booktitle = {Conditionals}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Jackson, Frank}, Keywords = {library onditionals}, Pages = {136--154}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Indicative Conditionals}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Starke:1995, Address = {San Diego, California}, Author = {Starke, Michal}, Booktitle = {Small Clauses(28)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Cardinaletti, Anna and Guasti, Maria Teresa}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {237--269}, Publisher = {Academic Press}, Title = {On the Format for Small Clauses}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Stateva:2001, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {Stateva, Penka}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {436--454}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {What ``simple'' clitics tell us about ``complex'' nominal expressions}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Staudacher:1990, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Staudacher, Peter}, Booktitle = {Scrambling and Barriers}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Grewendorf, G{\"u}nther and Sternefeld, Wolfgang}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {319--340}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Long Movement from Verb-Second-Complements in {G}erman}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Stechow:1990, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Stechow, Arnim von}, Booktitle = {Scrambling and Barriers}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Grewendorf, G{\"u}nther and Sternefeld, Wolfgang}, Keywords = {library erb raising lause union}, Pages = {143--198}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Status Government and Coherence in {G}erman}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Stechow:1991, Address = {Berlin}, Author = {Stechow, Arnim von}, Booktitle = {Semantics: An international handbook of contemporary research}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Stechow, Arnim von and Wunderlich, Dieter}, Pages = {804--825}, Publisher = {Walter de Gruyter}, Title = {Current Issues in the Theory of Focus}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Stechow:2001, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Stechow, Arnim von}, Booktitle = {Semantic interfaces: reference, anaphora and aspect}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Cecchetto, Carlo and Chierchia, Gennaro and Guasti, Maria Teresa}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {278--319}, Publisher = {CSLI}, Title = {Temporally opaque arguments in verbs of creation}, Year = {2001}} @book{Stechow:1991a, Address = {Berlin}, Author = {Stechow, Arnim von and Wunderlich, Dieter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Publisher = {Walter de Gruyter}, Title = {Semantics: An international handbook of contemporary research}, Year = {1991}} @article{Steedman:1990, Author = {Steedman, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Pages = {207--264}, Title = {Gapping as Constituent Coordination}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1990}} @article{Steedman:1991, Author = {Steedman, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {intonation; phrase structure}, Number = {2}, Pages = {260--296}, Title = {Structure and Intonation}, Volume = {67}, Year = {1991}} @book{Steedman:1996, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Steedman, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {Library}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Surface structure and interpretation}, Year = {1996}} @article{Steedman:2000, Author = {Steedman, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library ntonation yntax ocus}, Number = {4}, Pages = {649--689}, Title = {Information structure and syntax-phonology interface}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {The article proposes a theory of grammar relating syntax, discourse semantics, and intonational prosody. The full range of English intonational tunes distinguished by Beckman and Pierrehumbert (1986) and their semantic interpretation in terms of focus and information structure are discussed, including "discontinuous" themes and rhemes. The theory extends an earlier account based on Combinatory Categorial Grammar, which directly pairs phonological and logical forms without intermediary representational levels.}} @book{Steele:1981, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Steele, Susan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Demers, Richard and Jelinek, Eloise and Kitagawa, Chisato and Oehrle, Richard and Wasow, Thomas}, Keywords = {library; auxiliaries; auxiliaries; verb movement; tense; aspect; inflection}, Pages = {328}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {An Encyclopedia of {AUX}: A Study of Cross-Linguistic Equivalence}, Year = {1981}} @article{Steele:1995, Author = {Steele, Susan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Number = {2}, Pages = {260--309}, Title = {Towards a theory of morphological information}, Volume = {71}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Stein:1988, Address = {San Diego, California}, Author = {Stein, Dieter}, Booktitle = {Theoretical Morphology}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Hammond, Michael and Noonan, Michael}, Keywords = {library; morphology; diachrony; diachrony}, Pages = {235--253}, Publisher = {Academic Press, Inc.}, Title = {On the Mechanisms of Morphological Change}, Year = {1988}} @inproceedings{Stepanov:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Stepanov, Arthur}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {453--468}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {On {Wh}-Fronting in {R}ussian}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Stepanov:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Stepanov, Arthur}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {597--612}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The timing of adjunction}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Sternefeld:1985, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Sternefeld, Wolfgang}, Booktitle = {Studies in German Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Toman, Jindrich}, Keywords = {library; germanic; Case; binding theory; anaphora}, Pages = {231--288}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {On Case and Binding Theory}, Year = {1985}} @incollection{Sternefeld:1990, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Sternefeld, Wolfgang}, Booktitle = {Scrambling and Barriers}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Grewendorf, G{\"u}nther and Sternefeld, Wolfgang}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {239--260}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Scrambling and minimality}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Sternefeld:1991, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Sternefeld, Wolfgang}, Booktitle = {Representation and Derivation in the Theory of Grammar(22)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Haider, Hubert and Netter, Klaus}, Keywords = {library; economy; reanalysis; chains}, Pages = {71--138}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Chain formation, reanalysis, and the economy of levels}, Year = {1991}} @techreport{Sternefeld:1997, Author = {Sternefeld, Wolfgang}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-11-28 08:33:24 -0500}, Institution = {Universit{\"a}t T{\"u}bingen}, Location = {Tubingen}, Number = {97}, Title = {The semantics of reconstruction and connectivity}, Type = {SfS-Report}, Year = {1997}} @article{Sternefeld:1998, Author = {Sternefeld, Wolfgang}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {303--337}, Title = {Reciprocity and cumulative predication}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This paper investigates different readings of plural and reciprocal sentences and how they can be derived from asyntactic surface structures in a systematic way. The main thesis is that these readings result from different ways of inserting logical operators at the level of Logical Form. The basic operator considered here is a cumulative mapping from predicates that apply to singularities onto the corresponding predicates that apply to pluralities. Given a theory which allows for free insertion of such operators, it can then be shown that the lexical semantics of the reciprocal expressions each other/one another consists of exactly two components, namely an anaphoric variable and a non-identity statement. Thsi receives further support from the observation that it is exactly these two components that can be focused by only; all that remains to be done is to correctly manipulate these components at the level of LF.}} @inproceedings{Stewart:1996, Address = {Harvard University and MIT}, Author = {Stewart, Osamuyimen Thompson}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library erial verb}, Pages = {409--424}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Adverb Placement and the Structure of the Serial Verb Construction ({SVC})}, Year = {1996}} @book{Stich:1983, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Stich, Stephen P.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {library; philosophy: mind; philosophy: psychology; psychology; cognitive science}, Pages = {266}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {From Folk Psychology to Cognitive Science: The Case against Belief}, Year = {1983}} @article{Stiebels:1999, Author = {Stiebels, Barbara}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {783--836}, Title = {Noun-Verb symmetries in {N}ahuatl nominalizations}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {In the literature on the argument structure of nominalizations, one can find mainly two approaches: the first approach (e.b., Grimshaw 1990) assumes that argument inheritance is restricted to event nominals or event-related nominals, whose inherited arguments are obligatorily realized. This view contrasts with the assumption in the second approach that all arguments of the base verb are inherited by the nominal unless they are explicitly bound, but that internal arguments of the noun/nominal are optional (e.g., Bierwisch 1989). The first approach predicates noun-verb asymmetries in argument linking for the class of non-event nominals, while the second approach predicts that the argument linking of nouns/nominals differs from that of verbs in general. Classical Nahuatl, an Uto-Aztecan language, provides evidence against both approaches: in all classes of nominals (event, agent, instrument, locative, and internal argument nominals), unspecific affixes aturate arguments in the base verbs and the derived nominals, independent of whether an event reading is possible or not. Only under the assumption of obligatory argument inheritance can the distribution of active and inactive stems and the distribution of reflexives be explained for the nominals. I will show that none of hte nominals fall under the notion of 'mixed categories' (such as English gerunds), which are expected to display a verb-like argument linking.}} @article{Stillings:1975, Author = {Stillings, Justine}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Analysis}, Keywords = {gapping}, Number = {3}, Pages = {247--274}, Title = {Gapping in {E}nglish and variable types}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1975}} @phdthesis{Stillings:1977, Author = {Stillings, Justine}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, School = {University of Massachusetts-Amherst}, Title = {Remarks on Core Grammar}, Year = {1977}} @book{Stirling:1993, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Stirling, Lesley}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {354}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Switch-Reference and Discourse Representation}, Year = {1993}} @article{Stjepanovic:1998, Author = {Stjepanovic, Sandra}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/29.3Stjepanovic.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {527--537}, Title = {On the Placement of {S}erbo-{C}roatian Clitics: Evidence from {VP}-Ellipsis}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Stjepanovic:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Stjepanovic, Sandra}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {145--160}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Multiple Sluicing and Superiority in {S}erbo-{C}roatian}, Year = {1999}} @book{Stockwell:1973, Address = {New York}, Author = {Stockwell, Robert P. and Schachter, Paul and Partee, Barbara Hall}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {library; syntax; English}, Pages = {847}, Publisher = {Holt, Rinehart and Winston, Inc.}, Title = {The Major Syntactic Structures of {E}nglish}, Year = {1973}} @article{Stroik:1999, Author = {Stroik, Thomas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {119--131}, Title = {Middles and Reflexivity}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This article investigates the argument structure of middle predicates. It argues that middle verbs syntactically project the entire argument grids of their active counterparts; however, middle verbs, like passive verbs, project the external (Agent) arguments oftheir active counterparts as adjuncts. These demoted Agent arguments can appear, in middle constructions, as the objects of for-PPs.}} @inproceedings{Stowell:1978, Address = {Chicago, Illinois}, Author = {Stowell, Tim}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Fourteenth Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Farkas, D.}, Publisher = {The University of Chicago}, Title = {What was there Before there was there}, Volume = {Proceedings of the Fourteenth Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society}, Year = {1978}} @article{Stowell:1982, Author = {Stowell, Tim}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {561--570}, Title = {The Tense of Infinitives}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1982}} @incollection{Stowell:1995, Address = {San Diego, California}, Author = {Stowell, Tim}, Booktitle = {Small Clauses(28)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Cardinaletti, Anna and Guasti, Maria Teresa}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {271--286}, Publisher = {Academic Press}, Title = {Remarks on Clause Structure}, Year = {1995}} @phdthesis{Stowell:1981, Author = {Stowell, Timothy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {library; Case; word order; A movement}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Origins of Phrase Structure}, Year = {1981}} @incollection{Stowell:1983, Author = {Stowell, Timothy}, Booktitle = {2}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {small clauses hrase structure ibrary}, Pages = {285--312}, Title = {Subjects Across Categories}, Year = {1983}} @incollection{Stowell:1989, Address = {Chicago, Illinois}, Author = {Stowell, Timothy}, Booktitle = {Alternative conceptions of phrase structure}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Baltin, Mark R. and Kroch, Anthony S.}, Keywords = {library mall clauses}, Pages = {232--262}, Publisher = {The University of Chicago Press}, Title = {Subjects, Specifiers, and {X}-bar Theory}, Year = {1989}, Abstract = {Sketches a DP-like analysis of nominal small clauses. Proposes that the Specifier of DP is assigned Possessor theta-role in referential DPs, and that the Specifier of NP is assigned theta-role by N'. This is to account for lack of implicit argument effects when only possessor is implicit (PRO in Specifier of DP would be governed).}} @incollection{Stowell:1991, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Stowell, Timothy}, Booktitle = {Principles and Parameters in Comparative Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Freidin, Robert}, Keywords = {small clauses ibrary}, Pages = {182--218}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Small Clause Restructuring}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Strauss:1994, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Strauss, Susan}, Booktitle = {Japanese/Korean Linguistics(4)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Akatsuka, Noriko}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {257--274}, Publisher = {Stanford Linguistics Association}, Title = {A Cross-Linguistic Analysis of {J}apanese, {K}orean and {S}panish: -te shimau, -a/e pelita, and the 'Romance reflexive' se}, Year = {1994}} @article{Stroik:1990, Author = {Stroik, Thomas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {adverbs; phrase structure; linguistics}, Number = {1}, Pages = {654--661}, Title = {Adverbs as {V}-sisters}, Volume = {21}, Year = {1990}} @article{Stroik:1992, Author = {Stroik, Thomas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {middles}, Number = {1}, Pages = {127--138}, Title = {Middles and Movement}, Volume = {23}, Year = {1992}} @book{Stroik:1996, Address = {Thousand Oaks, California}, Author = {Stroik, Thomas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {library ord order hrase structure cope}, Pages = {173}, Publisher = {Sage Publications}, Title = {Minimalism, Scope, and {VP} Structure}, Year = {1996}} @article{Stroik:2001, Author = {Stroik, Thomas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 32.2stroik.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/32.2stroik.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {362--369}, Title = {On the light verb hypothesis}, Volume = {32}, Year = {2001}} @article{Stroik:1995, Author = {Stroik, Thomas S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; middles}, Number = {1}, Pages = {165--171}, Title = {On Middle Formation: A Reply to {Z}ribi-{H}ertz}, Volume = {26}, Year = {1995}} @phdthesis{Stromswold:1990, Author = {Stromswold, Karin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {library; acquisition; auxiliaries; Verb movement}, School = {MIT}, Title = {Learnability and the Acquisition of Auxiliaries}, Year = {1990}} @article{Stromswold:1995, Author = {Stromswold, Karin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Number = {1-2}, Pages = {5--48}, Title = {The Acquisition of Subject and Object wh-Questions}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Strozer:1991, Address = {Washington, D.C.}, Author = {Strozer, Judith}, Booktitle = {Current Studies in Spanish Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Campos, Hector and Mart{\'\i}nez-Gil, Fernando}, Keywords = {library; acquisition}, Pages = {71--114}, Publisher = {Georgetown University Press}, Title = {Non-native Language Acquisition From a Principles and Parameters Perspective}, Year = {1991}} @inproceedings{Struijke:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Struijke, Caro}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {613--626}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Why constraint conflict can disappear in reduplication}, Year = {2000}} @article{Stump:1991, Author = {Stump, Gregory T.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {morphology}, Number = {1}, Pages = {675--725}, Title = {A Paradigm-Based Theory of Morphosemantic Mismatches}, Volume = {67}, Year = {1991}} @article{Stump:1993, Author = {Stump, Gregory T.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {semantics; library; reference}, Number = {3}, Pages = {449--479}, Title = {On Rules of Referral}, Volume = {69}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Suchsland:1993, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Suchsland, Peter}, Booktitle = {The Parametrization of Universal Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Fanselow, Gisbert}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {123--144}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {The Structure of German Verb Projections -- A Problem of Syntactic Parametrization}, Year = {1993}} @article{Sun:1998, Author = {Sun, Chaofen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL7.2Sun.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {153--174}, Title = {Aspectual Categories that Overlap: A Historical and Dialectal Perspective of the Chinese Zhe}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {Recent studies of the Modern Mandarin aspectual zhe have found that as an imperfective marker it typically signals a stative resultant situation. In various modern Chinese dialects, the cognates of zhe, however, can also mark perfect, perfective, inchoative, and progressive aspects, as well as locative. By examining various uses of zhe's cognates in modern Chinese langauges and in historical texts, this paper finds that the imperfective zhe may arise from its uses as a directive verb in Middle Chinese. Furthermore, the imperfective and perfect aspects in Modern Wu are used interchangeably in situations related to resultative senses. It is further hypothesized that it is this type of sematnic overlapping that provides important links leading to the genesis of the various aspectual meanings of zhe's cognates. The paper concludes the genesis of the various aspectual meanings of zhe's cognates. The paper concludes that there are no clear-cut semantic boundaries among the Chinese apsectual categories.}} @article{Suner:1992, Author = {Su{\~n}er, Margarita}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {Italian; clitics; case; agreement; library; Romance; pro drop}, Number = {4}, Pages = {641--672}, Title = {Subject Clitics in the {N}orthern {I}talian Vernaculars and the Matching Hypothesis}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1992}} @article{Svantesson:1995, Author = {Svantesson, Jan-Olof}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library yllable honology}, Number = {4}, Pages = {755--766}, Title = {Cyclic Syllabification in {M}ongolian}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1995}} @article{Svenonius:1994, Author = {Svenonius, Peter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library; subcategorization}, Number = {2}, Pages = {133--155}, Title = {C-seletion as feature-checking}, Volume = {48}, Year = {1994}} @article{Svenonius:1996, Author = {Svenonius, Peter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Working Papers in Scandinavian Syntax}, Keywords = {library article verbs}, Pages = {47--75}, Title = {The Optionality of Particle Shift}, Volume = {57}, Year = {1996}} @article{Swart:1998, Author = {Swart, Henriette de}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {347--385}, Title = {Aspect Shift and Coercion}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This paper develops an analysis of aspect shift and applies it to French and English. The Progressive, the Perfect/Parfait, and duration adverbials introduced by in or for are interpreted as aspectual operators which modify eventuality descriptions. The French past tenses are sensitive to aspect, but they do not change the aspectual class of the eventuality description themselves. Instead, they presuppose that the eventuality description they operate on is of the right aspectual type: the Pass{\'e} Simple and Imparfait are tense operators which locate respectively events and states in the past. Free aspectual transitions may be triggered by coercion in order to satisfy the aspectual requirements on aspectual and temporal operators. The analysis is formulated within the framework of Discourse Representation Theory (DRT).}} @incollection{Swart:2000, Address = {New York}, Author = {Swart, Henriette de and de Hoop, Helen}, Booktitle = {The first Glot International state-of-the-article book}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Cheng, Lisa L.-S. and Sybesma, Rint}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {105--130}, Publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter}, Title = {Topic and focus}, Year = {2000}} @article{Sweet:1999, Author = {Sweet, Albert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {5}, Pages = {509--528}, Title = {Local Semantic Closure}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1999}} @article{Sybesma:1997, Author = {Sybesma, Rint}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {215--261}, Title = {Why {C}hinese Verb -Le is a Resultative Predicate}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {This paper develops the proposal that the so-called aspect marker verb-le is not the head of some higher functional projection, like IP or AspP, but that, on the contrary, it is deeply embedded in the structure of the Chinese sentence. More particularly, it is claimed that le, even in Modern Chinese, is a resultative predicate. It is shown that both distributional and semantic properties of le can be explained quite straightforwardly once the claim that le is a resultative predicate is accepted. Besides discussing the syntax and semantics of le, the paper discusses verbs and verb classification, the semantics of adjectives and the historical development of le.}} @article{Szabolcsi:1984, Author = {Szabolcsi, Anna}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {The Linguistic Review}, Keywords = {DP}, Pages = {89--102}, Title = {The Possessor That Ran Away From Home}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1984}} @incollection{Szabolcsi:1989, Address = {Manchester}, Author = {Szabolcsi, Anna}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Colloquium on Noun Phrase Structure}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Payne, John}, Keywords = {DP; Hungarian; clausal structure; nominals}, Title = {Noun Phrases and Clauses: Is {DP} Analogous to {IP} or {CP}?}, Year = {1989}} @incollection{Szabolcsi:1992b, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Szabolcsi, Anna}, Booktitle = {Lexical Matters}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:34:27 -0500}, Editor = {Sag, Ivan A. and Szabolcsi, Anna}, Keywords = {Combinatory Grammar; lexicon; library}, Pages = {241--268}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Combinatory Grammar and Projection from the Lexicon}, Year = {1992}} @book{Szabolcsi:1997, Address = {Dordrecht ; Boston ; London}, Author = {Szabolcsi, Anna}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {Generative grammar.}, Pages = {xxi, 466}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Ways of scope taking}, Year = {1997}} @book{Szabolcsi:1992, Address = {Stanford, CA}, Author = {Szabolcsi, Anna and Sag, Ivan A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {Lexicology.}, Pages = {xx, 328}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Lexical matters}, Year = {1992}} @article{Szabolcsi:1992a, Author = {Szabolcsi, Anna and Zwarts, Frans}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:34:18 -0500}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library; scope; islands; constraints; A' movement}, Number = {3}, Pages = {235--284}, Title = {Weak Islands and an Algebraic Semantics for Scope Taking}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1992}} @article{Sanchez:1995, Author = {S{\'a}nchez, Liliana}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {167--180}, Title = {Aspectual adjectives and the structure of {DP} and {VP}}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Sanchez:1993, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {S{\'a}nchez, Liliana and Camacho, Jos{\'e}}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 23}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {431--445}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {Equative ser in Spanish}, Year = {1993}} @phdthesis{Tai:1969, Author = {Tai, J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {coordination}, School = {Indiana University}, Title = {Coordinate Reduction}, Year = {1969}} @incollection{Takahashi:1994a, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Takahashi, Chioko}, Booktitle = {Japanese/Korean Linguistics(4)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Akatsuka, Noriko}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {395--412}, Publisher = {Stanford Linguistics Association}, Title = {Case, Agreement, and Multiple Subjects: Subjectivization in Syntax and {LF}}, Year = {1994}} @article{Takahashi:1993, Author = {Takahashi, Daiko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library; Japanese; scrambling; wh movement; A' movement}, Number = {4}, Pages = {655--678}, Title = {Movement of Wh-Phrases in {J}apanese}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1993}} @phdthesis{Takahashi:1994, Address = {Storrs}, Author = {Takahashi, Daiko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, School = {University of Connecticut}, Title = {Minimality in movement}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Takahashi:2000, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Takahashi, Daiko}, Booktitle = {Step by Step}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Martin, Roger and Michaels, David and Uriagereka, Juan}, Pages = {297--318}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Move {F} and Raising of Lexical and Empty {DP}s}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Takano:1994, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Takano, Hisako}, Booktitle = {Japanese/Korean Linguistics(4)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Akatsuka, Noriko}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {379--394}, Publisher = {Stanford Linguistics Association}, Title = {Japanese Common Nouns and Their Unquantificational Nature}, Year = {1994}} @article{Takano:1995, Author = {Takano, Yuji}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library erived subjects}, Number = {2}, Pages = {327--340}, Title = {Predicate fronting and internal subjects}, Volume = {26}, Year = {1995}} @phdthesis{Takano:1996, Author = {Takano, Yuji}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, School = {University of California, Irvine}, Title = {Movement and parametric variation}, Year = {1996}} @book{Takano:1997, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Takano, Yuji}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Linear Order and Parametric Variation in Syntax}, Year = {1997}} @article{Takano:1998, Author = {Takano, Yuji}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {817--889}, Title = {Object Shift and Scrambling}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This paper addresses questions concerning the nature and availability of scrambling from the point of view of comparative syntax, focusing mainly on English and Japanese. It is shown that both English and Japanese have short scrambling (i.e., scrambling to VP), whereas only Japanese has longer scrambling as well. On the basis of detailed examination of double complement constructions in the two languages, it is argued that English has a kind of overt object shift that moves an accusative DP within VP rather than to a VP-external position where its Case is to be checked, and that this 'partial' object shift results from short scrambling, analyzed as optional, non-feature-checking movement. It is also shown that the obligatoriness of partial object shift in English can be explained in a principled manner in terms of Attract-F and convergence. This proposal not only has important consequences and implications for certain related theoretical and empirical domains, but also provides significant insights into the nature of scrambling and the theory of parametric variation.}} @article{Takano:2000, Author = {Takano, Yuji}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/31.1Takano.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {141--156}, Title = {Illicit Remnant Movement: an argument for feature-driven movement}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {This article discusses previoulsy unnoticed empirical effects of the operation Attract/Move F. Certain illicit cases of so-called remnant movement are accounted for itf the primitive operation inducing movement is feature movement and all category movement is feature-driven, as is claimed by the Attract/Move F hypothesis. Since the relevant cases of illicit remnant movement remain unaccounted for under the traditional Move alpha hypothesis, which claims that the primitive operation is category movement, the present discussion lends new empirical support to the feature-driven view of movement.}} @article{Takezawa:1984, Author = {Takezawa, K.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library have'}, Pages = {675--687}, Title = {Perfective `Have' and the Bar Notation}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Talmage:1997, Author = {Talmage, Catherine J. L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {139--145}, Title = {Meaning and Triangulation}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1997}} @article{Tanaka:1997, Author = {Tanaka, Hidekazu}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL6.2Tanaka.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {143--188}, Title = {Invisible Movement in \emh{sika-nai} and the Linear Crossing Constraint}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {Sika-nai is a Japanese word for only. This paper proposes that sika-nai should be analyzed along the line of Watanabe (1991, 1992), who claims that Japanese has invisible syntactic wh-movement. We propose that sika has an invisible operator. Nai heads its own projection, NegP. The invisible operator moves to NegP-Spec in syntax. As evidence for this analysis, it will be demonstrated that sika-nai shows effect of the Subjacency Condition, The Proper Binding Condition, and the Linear Crossing Constraint. These principles interact with scrambling and wh-movement in such a way as to further confirm our analysis. We advance an argument against Chomsky's (1992) proposal that there is no S-structure condition.}} @article{Tanaka:1999, Author = {Tanaka, Hidekazu}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {371--402}, Title = {LF Wh-Islands and the Minimal Scope Principle}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {The present paper argues that Nishigauchi's (1990) argument for an LF Subjacency Condition is incorrect. It is argued that the relevant facts should be accounted for in terms of a condition on LF representations, which I call the Minimal Scope Principle. My argument crucially depends on the assumption, advanced by Saito (1992), that scrambling can be undone at LF. The large-scale pied-piping hypothesis advanced by Nishigauchi (1990) is also examined and shown to be correct in the light of the Minimal Scope Principle and Takahashi's (1993) economy condition.}} @phdthesis{Tancredi:1992, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Tancredi, Christopher}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {library llipsis ocus}, Pages = {150}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Deletion, deaccenting and presupposition}, Year = {1992}} @article{Tanenhaus:1990, Author = {Tanenhaus, Michael K. and Carlson, Greg N.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Language and Cognitive Processes}, Keywords = {anaphora; ellipsis; processing; parsing; locality}, Number = {4}, Pages = {257--280}, Title = {Comprehension of Deep and Surface Verbphrase Anaphors}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1990}} @article{Tang:1989, Author = {Tang, C.-C. J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {anaphora; Chinese}, Pages = {93--121}, Title = {Chinese Reflexives}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1989}} @article{Tang:2001, Author = {Tang, Sze-Wing}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {201--224}, Title = {The (non-)existence of gapping in Chinese and its implicaitons for the theory of gapping}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {It has been claimed in the literature that gapping is prohibited in Chinese. Johnson's (1994) theory of gapping receives important support from Chinese. However, Li (1988) and Paul (1996a, b, 1999) observe some prima facie evidence for gapping Chinese. I argue that the examples illustrated by Li and Paul are not canonical gapping sentences that are created by V-to-T movmeent; instead, I propose that they are empty verb sentences. Furthermore, I argue that Chinese has some gapping sentences that result from ATB movement from V to v (LPD). This paper identifies two types of gpaping natural languages: gapping derived by V-to-T movmeent and gapping derived to V-to-v movement. Consequently, gapping should not be an 'all or nothing' phenomenon. The data from Chinese affirm Johnson' (1994) theory of gapping that gapping occurs in those languages only with verb movement.}} @incollection{Taraldsen:1991, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Taraldsen, Knut Tarald}, Booktitle = {Representation and Derivation in the Theory of Grammar(22)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Haider, Hubert and Netter, Klaus}, Keywords = {library; expletives; chains; np movement}, Pages = {53--70}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {{NP}-Movement and Expletive Chains}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Taraldsen:1991a, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Taraldsen, Knut Tarald}, Booktitle = {Principles and Parameters in Comparative Grammar(20)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Freidin, Robert}, Keywords = {library; romance; germanic; Case; argument structure}, Pages = {219--268}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {A Directionality Parameter for Subject-Object Linking}, Year = {1991}} @inproceedings{Taraldsen:1993, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Taraldsen, Knut Tarald}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 23}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {495--504}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {Subject/Verb-Agreement and Word Order in {Ce}ltic and {R}omance}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Taraldsen:1995, Address = {San Diego, California}, Author = {Taraldsen, Knut Tarald}, Booktitle = {Syntax and Semantics 28: Small Clauses}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Cardinaletti, Anna and Guasti, Maria Teresa}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {207--236}, Publisher = {Academic Press}, Title = {Participle-based Small Clause Complements of f{\aa} `get' in {N}orwegian}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Taraldsen:1979, Address = {Pisa}, Author = {Taraldsen, Knut Tarald}, Booktitle = {Theory of Markedness in Generative Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Editor = {Belletti, Adriana and Brandi, Luciana and Rizzi, Luigi}, Pages = {475--516}, Publisher = {Scuola Normale Superiore}, Title = {The Theoretical Interpretation of a Class of Marked Extractions}, Year = {1979}} @phdthesis{Taraldsen:1983, Author = {Taraldsen, Tarald}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:04 -0400}, Keywords = {linguistics}, School = {University of Tromso}, Title = {Parametric variation in phrase structure: a case study}, Year = {1983}} @incollection{Taraldsen:1986a, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Taraldsen, Tarald}, Booktitle = {Verb Second Phenomena in Germanic Languages}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Haider, Hubert and Prinzhorn, Martin}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {On Verb Second and the Functional Content of Syntactic Categories}, Year = {1986}} @incollection{Taraldsen:1986, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Taraldsen, Tarald}, Booktitle = {Features and Projections}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Muysken, Pieter and Riemsdijk, Henk van}, Keywords = {Finnish; Case; Objects; clausal structure}, Pages = {139--162}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {On the Distribution of Nominative Objects in {F}innish}, Year = {1986}} @incollection{Taraldsen:1990, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Taraldsen, Tarald}, Booktitle = {Grammar in Progress}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Mascar{\'o}, Joan and Nespor, Marina}, Keywords = {DP; nominals; phrase structure; Norwegian; Scandinavian; library}, Pages = {419--432}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {D-projections and {N}-projections in {N}orwegian}, Year = {1990}} @book{Tateishi:1994, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Tateishi, Koichi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {library; Japanese; subjects; argument structure}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {The Syntax of ``Subjects''}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Tellier:1991, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Tellier, Christine}, Booktitle = {Studies in Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {library; Romance: French; parasitic gaps; A' movement; null operators}, Pages = {213}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Licensing Theory and French Parasitic Gaps}, Year = {1991}} @article{Tellier:1994, Author = {Tellier, Christine}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Number = {2/3}, Pages = {235--262}, Title = {The {HAVE/BE} Alternation: Attributives in {F}rench and {E}nglish}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Tellier:2001, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Tellier, Christine}, Booktitle = {Parasitic gaps}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Culicover, Peter and Postal, Paul}, Pages = {341--367}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {On some distinctive properties of parasitic gaps in French}, Year = {2001}} @article{Tellier:1993, Author = {Tellier, Christine and Valois, Daniel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Library; French; Romance; Q Float}, Number = {3}, Pages = {575--583}, Title = {Binominal \emph{chacun} and Pseudo-opacity}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Tenny:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Tenny, Carol}, Booktitle = {Lexical Matters}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Sag, Ivan A. and Szabolcsi, Anna}, Keywords = {aspect; lexicon; library}, Pages = {1--28}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {The Apsectual Interface Hypothesis}, Year = {1992}} @article{Tent:1998, Author = {Tent, Jan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {112--148}, Title = {The Structure of Deictic Day-Name Systems}, Volume = {52}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This paper is a cross-linguistic study examining the structure of deictic day-name systems of 157 of the world's langauges. Most of these systems reveal a recurring structural symmetry in the number of diurnal units identified either side of 'today'. As well as this type of numerical symmetry, most langautes exhibit a morphological symmetry, and several a lexical symmetry. A small number of languages have numerically and/or morphologically asymmetrical systems. The nature of these symmetries and asymmtries is briefly explored.}} @inproceedings{Terzi:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Terzi, Arhonto}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {binding theory; pronouns; obviation; control; anaphora; Greek; subjunctives; library}, Pages = {471--482}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {{PRO} and Obviation in Modern {G}reek Subjunctives}, Year = {1992}} @article{Terzi:1996, Author = {Terzi, Arhonto}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library litic climbing}, Number = {3}, Pages = {273--295}, Title = {Clitic Climbing from Finite Clauses and Tense Raising}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1996}, Abstract = {Considering clitic climbing an instance of Xo Movement, we propose in this work that it follows the process of T(ense) raising (to the matrix Tense). To raising has the effect of coindexing subject positions, thus it only occurs in subject control and riasing contexts correlating exclusively with infinitives in Romance. The idea that clitic climbing involves Io raising with coindexing effects is present in Kayne (1989). In this work we argue that it is To in particular that undergoes raising and support this claim with evidence from Salentino and Serbo-Croation, both of which are languages that lack infinitives but manifest clitic climbing out of finite restructuring contexts inflected for Tense. A number of issues concerning the adjunction site of clitics are also addressed.}} @article{Terzi:1999, Author = {Terzi, Arhonto}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {85--121}, Title = {Clitic Combinations, their Hosts and their Ordering}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {In this work we investigate the implications of Kayen's (1994) antisymmetry proposals for the position to which clitics adjoin in the sentence and the manner in which two (or more) clitics may combine. It is demonstrated that adjunction of clitics to Agro is excluded by antisymmetry, leading to results in the spirit of Chomsky (1995), who dispenses with the notion of agreement as a functional head, hence as a potential adjunction site for clitics. Assuming that the Linear Correspondence Axiom does not apply after spell-out, we argue that To serves as a host of clitics when Tense features are weak; as for the remaining contexts, we propose that clitics adjoine to heads that are placeholders, departing from the idea that there is a designated functional head and that clitics adjoin to it in all syntactic environments. We present evidence from Greek dialects which supports theses claims and instantiates the different manner in which clitics combine in clusters. We extend our proposals to explain similar issues pertaining to the clitic system of the Standard Romance languages.}} @inproceedings{Tesar:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Tesar, Bruce}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {469--484}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Using the Mutual Inconsistency of Structural Descriptions to Overcome Ambiguity in Language Learning}, Year = {1998}} @article{Tesar:1998a, Author = {Tesar, Bruce and Smolensky, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/29.2Tesar_Smolensky.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {229--268}, Title = {Learnability in {O}ptimality {T}heory}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {In this article we show how Optimality Theory yields a highly general Constraint Demotion principle for grammar learning. The resulting learning procedure specifically exploits the grammatical structure of Optimality Theory, independent of the content of substantive constraints defining any given grammatical module. We decompose the learning problem and present formal results for a central subproblem, deducing the constraint ranking particular to a target language, given structural descriptions of positive examples. The structure imposed on the space of possible grammars by Optimality Theory allows efficient convergence to a correct grammar. We discuss implications for learning from overt data only, as well as other learning issues. We argue that Optimality Theory promotes confluence of the demands of more effective learnability and deeper linguistic explanation.}} @incollection{Tesar:1998b, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Tesar, Bruce B.}, Booktitle = {Is the Best Good Enough?}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:33:22 -0500}, Editor = {Barbosa, Pilar and Fox, Danny and Hagstrom, Paul and McGinnis, Martha and Pesetsky, David}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {421--436}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Error-Driven Learning in Optimality Theory via the Efficient Computation of Optimal Forms}, Year = {1998}} @article{Thomas:1991, Author = {Thomas, Margaret}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {Binding Theory; acquisition}, Number = {2}, Pages = {211--239}, Title = {Universal Grammar and the interpretation of reflexives in a second language}, Volume = {67}, Year = {1991}} @inproceedings{Thompson:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Thompson, Ellen}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library ense}, Pages = {473--488}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Temporal Ambiguity of Clausal Adjuncts and the Syntax of Simultaneity}, Year = {1995}} @article{Thomspon:1999, Author = {Thomspon, Ellen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {123--160}, Title = {The Temporal Structure of Discourse: The Syntax and Semantics of Temporal then}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This paper presents an anlysis of the discourse representation of tense. I argue that temporal interpretation across sentences in discourse is subject to the same principles as temporal interpretation within sentences, and that there is thus no need to posit independent principles to account for the discourse behavior of tense. This approach makes possible an anlysis of the temporal adverb then. The semantic dependency that then induces between sentences in discourse is argued to be identical to the depnedency that holds within sentences in temporal adjunct clause constructions. In order to explain how the menaing of then differs depending on its position, I claim that then associates different times in tense structure depending on its syntactic position, resulting in different interpretations. This analysis accounts for interpretive parallels between discourse sequences with then and temporal adjunct clauses, and it predicts the interaction of temporal then with perfect tenses, future readings of present tense, and infinitival clause constructions.}} @article{Thornton:1996, Author = {Thornton, Anna M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {81--112}, Title = {On Some Phenomena of Prosodic Morphology In {I}talian: Accorciamenti, Hypocoristics and Prosodic Delimitation}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1996}} @phdthesis{Thornton:1990, Author = {Thornton, Rosalind}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {library; acquisition; questions; A' movement; constraints}, School = {University of Connecticut-Storrs}, Title = {Adventures in Long-Distance Moving: The Acquisition of Complex WH-Questions}, Year = {1990}} @article{Thornton:1995, Author = {Thornton, Rosalind}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Number = {1-2}, Pages = {139--175}, Title = {Referentiality and wh-Movement in Child English: Juvenile D-Linkuency}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Thornton:1994, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Thornton, Rosalind and Crain, Stephen}, Booktitle = {Language Acquisition Studies in Generative Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Hoekstra, Teun and Schwartz, Bonnie D.}, Keywords = {library cquisition}, Pages = {215--252}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Succesful Cyclic Movement}, Year = {1994}} @book{Thornton:1999, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Thornton, Rosalind and Wexler, Kenneth}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Pages = {241}, Publisher = {The MIT Press}, Title = {Principle {B}, {VP} Ellipsis, and Interpretation in Child Grammar}, Year = {1999}} @article{Thurgood:1996, Author = {Thurgood, Graham}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library ones iachrony}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--31}, Title = {Language Contact and the Direction of Internal Drift: The Development of Tones and Registers in Chamic}, Volume = {72}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Tiedeman:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Tiedeman, Robyne}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {binding theory; constraints; A' movement; library}, Pages = {483--492}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Coindexation and Constraints on Extraction}, Year = {1992}} @article{Ting:1998, Author = {Ting, Jen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {passive}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL7.4Ting.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {319--354}, Title = {Deriving the BEI-Construction in {M}andarin {C}hinese}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This article proposes that the bei-construction, a typical passive construction in Mandarin Chinese, is not derived in a uniform fashion; rather, three types of bei-sentences must be recognized. The main distinction is made between those involvoing A-movement, like English passives, and those involving a null operator, like the tough-construction and the Complement Deletion Construction in English. The third type involves a lexical passive compound verb. Support for this claim comes from investigation of the facts regarding licensing of a post-verbal overt pronominal object, locality effects, the occurrence of the particle suo in the bei-construction, and the intervention of adverbs within the bei-V sequence. This article also shows the problems in previous analyses that derive the bei-construction from the same underlying structure.}} @inproceedings{Toivonen:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Toivonen, Ida}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Pius, Tamanji and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {367--380}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Swedish place expressions}, Year = {1999}} @article{Toivonen:2000, Author = {Toivonen, Ida}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {579--609}, Title = {The morphsyntax of {F}innish possessives}, Volume = {18}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {This paper examines the possessive system in Finnish. Finnish has morphologically bound possessive suffixes which are hosted by the possessed nouns. These suffixes interact with syntactically independent genitive pronouns and lexical nouns in a complex way. Teh analysis presented here is based on previous Lexical-Functional Grammar (LFG) analyses of subject and object 'pro-drop' phenomena. The bound morphemes have for theory-internal reasons previously been assumed to correspond to dual functions: a pronominal function and an agreement function. The Finnish data provide new, empirical evidence for this dual function.}} @inproceedings{Tokizaki:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Tokizaki, Hisao}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Pius, Tamanji and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {381--396}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Prosodic phrasing and bare phrase structure}, Year = {1999}} @incollection{Toman:1985, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Toman, Jindrich}, Booktitle = {Studies in German Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Toman, Jindrich}, Keywords = {library; germanic; morphology; word; coordination}, Pages = {407--432}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {A Discussion of Coordination and Word-Syntax}, Year = {1985}} @incollection{Toman:1990, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Toman, Jindrich}, Booktitle = {Scrambling and Barriers}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Grewendorf, G{\"u}nther and Sternefeld, Wolfgang}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {423--441}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Issues in the Theory of Inheritance}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Tomaselli:1995, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Tomaselli, Alessandra}, Booktitle = {Clause Structure and Language Change}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Battye, Adrian and Roberts, Ian}, Pages = {345--369}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Cases of Verb Third in {O}ld {H}igh {G}erman}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Tombe:1975, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Tombe, Louis des}, Booktitle = {Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-1973}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Kraak, A.}, Keywords = {library; psycholinguistics}, Pages = {276--281}, Publisher = {Van Gorcum}, Title = {The Cycle in Perception}, Year = {1975}} @article{Tomic:1996, Author = {Tomic, Olga Miseska}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library litics}, Number = {4}, Pages = {811--872}, Title = {The {B}alkan Slavic Clausal Clitics}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1996}, Abstract = {The constituency and the behavior of the clausal clitics in Serbo-Croation, Macedonian and Bulgarian are analyzed. It is argued that, while in Serbo-Croation the clausal clitics are moved to CP and the cluster is formed in a node that is right-adjoined to C0, in Macedonian and Bulgarian the clitics are base-derived in IP, and the cluster is formed to the immediate left of V. The movement of clitics to CP reflects the propensity of the clitics in Common Slavic to occur in clitic-second or Wackernagel position. Nevertheless, this propensity is overruled to the extent to which the verb forms a local domain with the clitics. In Macedonian, where the verb does form a local domain with the clitics, the clitic cluster is formed in IP, to the immediately left of the finite verb, so that, when the verb moves, the cluster trails along (piggy-backing). In contrast, in Serbo-Croation, the verb does not form a local domain with the clitics and the clitic cluster is formed in reference to a specified syntactic position (the complementiser, in this case), rather than with reference to a specified syntactic category. In Bulgarian, where the verb and the clitics are weakly tied, the clitic cluster is formed in IP, but there is a discrepancy between syntactic and phonological 'allegiance'. Since the restriction on multiple adjunction in the specifiers to the left of Co follows from the clustering of the clitics in it, while the clitics cluster in Co if they do not form a local domain with the finite verb of their cluase, we may conclude that the Wackernagel Effect indirectly depends on whether or not the clitics form a local domain with that verb. The discrepancy between the syntactic and phonological behavior of the Bulgarian clitics can be explained by the fact that the propensity of the Bulgarian finite verb to form a local domain with the clitics s still weak, so that, while their syntactic properties have changed, the phonological properties of the Bulgarian clitics reflect those of their common Slavic ancestor.}} @article{Tomic:2001, Author = {Tomic, Olga Miseska}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {647--682}, Title = {The {M}acedonian negation operator and cliticization}, Volume = {19}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {The paper focuses on the interaction bewteen clitics and the negation operator, and on how this interaction affects stress in different dialects of Macedonian. The basic claims are, first, that there is no free variation in the relationship of hte clitics and the negation operator; the variation is, instead, only across dialects; and, second, that the phonological relationship of hte clitics to the negation operator depends on teh strength of Neg and on the values for the verbal, [+/-V], and the nominal, [+/-N], features of the head of the clause. In the dialect in which Neg is strong, the clitics encliticize to it. In the dialect with a weak Neg we have two distinct strategies. In clauses in which V is instantiated by a [+V, -N] category, the negation operator merges and forms a single phonological word with V and any modal, auxiliary, or pronomoinal clitics that find themselves wedged between Neg and V. IN clauses in which V is instantiated by a [+V, +N] cateogry, however, the negation operator merges and forms a single phonolgoical word only with the clitics, to the exclusion of the instantiation of V. Since the clitics in clauses with [+V, -N] heads are typically verbal, while the clitics in cluases with [+V, +N] heads gravitate towards a second position, the analysis has an important theoretical ramification: it contributes to determing the relationship between second position and verbal clitic placement.}} @incollection{Tomioka:1994, Address = {Amherst}, Author = {Tomioka, Satoshi}, Booktitle = {Functional Projections}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {library; phrase structure}, Pages = {209--226}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {On the Licensing of Lexical Projections}, Year = {1994}} @phdthesis{Tomioka:1997, Address = {Amherst}, Author = {Tomioka, Satoshi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {library llipsis ocus}, School = {University of Massachusetts}, Title = {Focussing Effects in {VP} Ellipsis and {NP} Interpretation}, Year = {1997}} @article{Tomioka:1999, Author = {Tomioka, Satoshi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS7(2)_Tomioka.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {217--241}, Title = {A Sloppy Identity Puzzle}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {Sloppy identity under ellipsis is gneerally attributed to the pronoun in ellipsis being a bound variable. However, sloppy identity can be licensed in structural configurations in which variable binding is ordinarily blocked. This paper provides a solution for this mismatch by reanlyzing the pronouns with the unexpeced sloppy readings as E-type pronouns. Under the proposed analysis, the distribution of such pronouns is correctly predicted. It will also be shown that the analysis is successfully extended to sloppy indentity in association-with-focus cases.}} @article{Tomlin:1984, Author = {Tomlin, R.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Papers in Linguistics}, Keywords = {word order; typology}, Pages = {163--196}, Title = {The Frequency of Basic Constituent Orders}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1984}} @inproceedings{Toribio:1991, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Toribio, Almeida Jacqueline}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Ninth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Halpern, Aaron L.}, Keywords = {Spec Head; Japanese; library}, Pages = {535--548}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Specifier-Head Agreement in {J}apanese}, Year = {1991}} @inproceedings{Toribio:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Toribio, Almeida Jacqueline}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {627--638}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Minimalist ideas on parametric variation}, Year = {2000}} @article{Torrego:1995, Author = {Torrego, Esther}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library litics litic doubling eflexives}, Number = {2}, Pages = {221--241}, Title = {From Argumental to Non-Argumental Pronouns: {S}panish Doubled Reflexives}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1995}} @article{Torrego:1996, Author = {Torrego, Esther}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {111--126}, Title = {On Quantifier Float in Control Clauses}, Volume = {27}, Year = {1996}} @book{Torrego:1998, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Torrego, Esther}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {193}, Publisher = {The MIT Press}, Title = {The Dependencies of Objects}, Volume = {34}, Year = {1998}} @article{Tortora:1998, Author = {Tortora, Christina M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/29.2Tortora.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {338--345}, Title = {Verbs of Inherently Directed Motion are Compatible with Resultative Phrases}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Tortora:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Tortora, Christina M.}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Pius, Tamanji and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {397--408}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Agreement, Case, and i-subjects}, Year = {1999}} @inproceedings{Tortora:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Tortora, Christina M.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {639--654}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Functional heads and object clitics}, Year = {2000}} @article{Tortora:2002, Author = {Tortora, Christina M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {725--758}, Title = {Romance enclisis, prepositions, and aspect}, Volume = {20}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This paper provides evidence that supports the view, argued for independently by various authors (including Kayne 1989, 1991; Martins 1994; Uriagereka 1995), that direct object clitics in Romance are independent syntactic elements adjoined to functional heads. In particular, I show that an array of puzzling facts involving potential clitic hosts in a Northern Italian dialect can be understood once we adopt the view that object clitics must be taken to independently occupy distinct functional heads (in spite of phonological indications to the contrary). To show this, I establish that certain adverbs in this language occupy fixed positions within the clause. Once these positions are identified, I use them as probes to understand the position of the clitic. This paper also explores an independent consequence of this explanation of clitic placement: the position of argument prepositions with respect to the fixed object clitic indicates that there is an 'Aspectual Phrase' in the clauses's functional structure. I show that argument prepositions move from their base positions within VP to a functional projection which encodes the semantics of telicity, in contrast with non-argument prepositions (location adverbials), which do not exhibit such movement.}} @inproceedings{Toyoshima:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Toyoshima, Takashi}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Pius, Tamanji and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {409--426}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Move 1st: A dynamic economy plan}, Year = {1999}} @incollection{Traugott:2000, Address = {New York}, Author = {Traugott, Elizabeth Closs}, Booktitle = {The first Glot International state-of-the-article book}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Cheng, Lisa L.-S. and Sybesma, Rint}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {385--406}, Publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter}, Title = {Semantic change: an overview}, Year = {2000}} @phdthesis{Travis:1984, Author = {Travis, Lisa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Parameters and Effects of Word Order Variation}, Year = {1984}} @incollection{Travis:1991, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Travis, Lisa deMena}, Booktitle = {Principles and Parameters in Comparative Grammar(20)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Freidin, Robert}, Keywords = {library; verb movement; germanic; head movement; V2}, Pages = {339--364}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Parameters of Phrase Structure and Verb-Second Phenomena}, Year = {1991}} @inproceedings{Travis:2001, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {Travis, Lisa deMena}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {455--469}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {The syntax of reduplication}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Travis:2002, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Travis, Lisa deMena}, Booktitle = {Objects and Other Subjects}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Davies, William D. and Dubinsky, Stanley}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {123--156}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Derived objects in {M}alagasy}, Year = {2002}} @article{Trechsel:2000, Author = {Trechsel, Frank R.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {611--663}, Title = {A {CCG} account of {T}zotzil pied-piping}, Volume = {18}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {This paper offers an analysis of extraction and pied-piping in Tzotzil, a Mayan language, within the framework of Combinatory Categorial Grammar (CCG). In this language, pied-piping is accompanied by the obligatory reordering of elements with the piedin the pied-piped XP. This reordering is most evident in constituent questions wehre WH-pied-pipers always occur first in teh string and other elements follow in their normal, canonical order. Within CCG, these facts are accounted for by analyzing pied-pipers as rightward-looking functors from unsaturated NP or PP to functors over verbs or other predicates. By virtue of the lexically specified directionality of these functors and by virtue of a requirement in CCG that all combinatory rules respect this directionality when sanctioning combinations of functors with their arguments, the facts regarding the order of expressions in pied-piped phrases in Tzotzil fall out. No appeal to 'abstract agreement' or any other sort of phrase-structural relation is necessary. The paper demonstrates that the order of elements observed in pied-piped constituents in Tzotzil is an automatic consequence of the syntactic projection of lexical funciton/argument relations by means of the CCG rules of Functional Application and Functional Composition.}} @inproceedings{Tredinnick:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Tredinnick, Victoria}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library uantifiers uantification ndefinites}, Pages = {489--502}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Amount Relatives and the Presuppositional/Cardinal Distinction}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Tremblay:1990, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Tremblay, Mireille}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Eighth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguisticsc}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Fee, E. Jane and Hunt, Katherine}, Keywords = {DP; nominals; clitics; Case; Romance; French; library}, Pages = {399--413}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {French Possessive Adjectives as Dative Clitics}, Year = {1990}} @inproceedings{Tremblay:1991, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Tremblay, Mireille}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Ninth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Halpern, Aaron L.}, Keywords = {ditransitives; theta theory; lexicon; library}, Pages = {549--565}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {An Argument Sharing Approach to Ditransitive Constructions}, Year = {1991}} @phdthesis{Tremblay:1991a, Author = {Tremblay, Miteille}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:32:39 -0500}, Keywords = {library; datives; possessors; phrase structure; lexicon; morphology}, School = {McGill University}, Title = {Possession and Datives: Binary Branching from the Lexicon to Syntax}, Year = {1991}} @inproceedings{Trosterud:1989, Author = {Trosterud, Trond}, Booktitle = {Papers from the Eleventh Scandinavian Conference of Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Niemi, Jussu}, Pages = {87--100}, Title = {The Null Subject Parameter and the New {M}ainland {S}candinavian Word Order: a Possible Counter Example from a {N}orwegian Dialect}, Year = {1989}} @inproceedings{Truckenbrodt:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Truckenbrodt, Hubert}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library xtraposition rosody ntonation}, Pages = {503--518}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Extraposition from NP and Prosodic Structure}, Year = {1995}} @article{Truckenbrodt:1999, Author = {Truckenbrodt, Hubert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library phonological phrase}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/30.2Truckenbrodt.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {219--255}, Title = {On the relation betwen syntactic phrases and phonological phrases}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This article argues that the relation between syntactic XPs and phonological phrases is subject to a constraint. Wrap-XP, that demands that each XP be contained in a phonological phrase. Wrap-XP is argued to interact with the constraints on edge alignment proposed by Selkirk (1986, 1995), with a constraint against recursive structure, and with a constraint aligning an edge of a focus with a pohnological phrase. Wrap-XP is intended to replace, and improve on, an earlier proposal by Hale and Selkirk (1987) to the effect that lexical government plays a role in the syntax-prosody mapping. The languages discussed in more detail are Tohono O'odham, Kimatuumbi, and Chichewa.}} @inproceedings{Truckenbrodt:2001, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {Truckenbrodt, Hubert}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {471--482}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Reset on a boundary tone}, Year = {2001}} @article{Tsai:1994a, Author = {Tsai, Wei-Tien Dylan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library; Chinese; A' movement; constraints; ECP}, Number = {1}, Pages = {121--175}, Title = {On Nominal Islands and {LF} Extraction in {C}hinese}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1994}} @phdthesis{Tsai:1994, Author = {Tsai, Wei-tien Dylan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {library; economy; A' movement}, School = {MIT}, Title = {On Economizing the Theory of {A}-Bar Dependencies}, Year = {1994}} @article{Tsai:1995, Author = {Tsai, Wei-Tien Dylan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {281--312}, Title = {Visibility, Complement Selection and the Case Requirement of {CP}}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Tsai:1998, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Tsai, Wei-Tien Dylan}, Booktitle = {The Interpretive Tract(25)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Percus, Orin and Sauerland, Uli}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {1--28}, Publisher = {MIT, Department of Linguistics}, Title = {Subject Specificity, Copy Theory, and Extended Mapping Hypothesis}, Year = {1998}} @article{Tsai:1999, Author = {Tsai, Wei-Tien Dylan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {39--73}, Title = {On Lexical Coutresy}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This paper develops Chomsky's proposal that the theoretical status of D-structrue should be nullified in favor of alternation between Merger adn Chain Formation up to the point of SPELL-OUT. We argue that, under Economy considerations, Merger has priority over Chain Formation in building A'-dependencies. A cross-linguistic correlation between wh-questions and quantification is furtehr established to show that operator-variable dependencies should be parametrized relative to operator height, namely, operartos merging into CP/IP in Chinese, into PP/DP in Japanese, and into Do/No in English. It is further argued that only nouns may enter into unselective binding since they are the sole providers of non-pronominal variables. Adverbs, in contrast, are intrinsic operators and must move to create variables (i.e., traces left behind by movement). Together with the working hypothesis that operator features are not universally strong, the noun-adverb distinction providews a straightfowrad account of LF argument-adjunct asymmetries, reinventing the insights of Huang (1982) and Lasnik and Saito (1984, 1992) in a minimalist fashion.}} @article{Tsai:2001, Author = {Tsai, Wei-Tien Dylan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {129--168}, Title = {On subject specificity and theory of syntax-semnatics interface}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {This paper distinguishes two types of language, V-to-I type vs. V-to-V type, with a view to deriving two distinct patterns of associating (non-)specific interpretations with subject positions. In the former type, verbs move to a higher functional head, either overtly or covertly, and non-specific numeral indefinites may appear in [Spec, TP] at s-structure. This is the case with English, where cardinal subjects are commonplace. In the latter type, verbs do not move to a higher functional head, and non-specific numeral indefinites cannot appear in [Spec, TP] at s-structure. This is the case with Chinese, where cardinal subjects are relatively rare. Developing the idea that syntax-semantics mappin is cyclic and closely aligned with syntacic predication, we provide a principled account of an asymmetry between Chinese declarative and modal constructions with respect to their subject specificity.}} @article{Tsubomoto:2000, Author = {Tsubomoto, Atsuro and Whitman, John}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/31.1Tsubomoto_Whitman.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {176--183}, Title = {A Type of Head-in-situ construction in {E}nglish}, Volume = {31}, Year = {2000}} @article{Tsuchida:2001, Author = {Tsuchida, Ayako}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {225--245}, Title = {Japanese vowel devoicing: cases of consecutive devoicing environments}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {In Japanese, the high vowels [i, u] become devoiced when they occur between voiceless segments, e.g., [kitai] 'expectation'. When a word contains a sequence of devoiceable syllables, however, not all high vowels are devoiced, and some are necessarily voiced: [kisitsu] 'termperament', [sekisitsu] 'room made of rock'. These words contain two consecutive devoiceable vowels, but only one of them, either the first or the second vowel in the sequence, is devoiced. Previous studies have claimed that it is impossible to predict which vowels are to be devoiced in consecutive devoiceable syllables. In this paper, I argue that devoicing sites are predictable when we understand the conflicting factors at work. Crucially, I argue that devoiced vowels are specified for the features [+spread glottis], departing from the traditional phonological analysis of Japanese vowel devoicing (e.g., McCawley (1968)), which considers devoicing as an assimilation of the feature [-voice]. I further propose several constraints on the sitribution of the feature [+s.g.]. I show that the locus of devoicing in consecutive devoicing environments is determined by the interaticon of these constraints. The analysis is couched in Optimality Theory (Prince and Smolensky (1993)).}} @article{Tsujimura:1990, Author = {Tsujimura, Natsuko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {ergativity; Case; DP; nominals}, Number = {2}, Pages = {277--288}, Title = {Ergativity of Nouns and Case Assignment}, Volume = {21}, Year = {1990}} @article{Tsujimura:1992, Author = {Tsujimura, Natsuko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {Japanese; DP; Case}, Number = {3}, Pages = {476--522}, Title = {Licensing Nominal Clauses: The Case of Deverbal Nominal in {J}apanese}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1992}} @article{Tsujimura:1999, Author = {Tsujimura, Natsuko and Iida, Masayo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {107--130}, Title = {Deverbal Nominals and Telicity in {J}apanese}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {Kishimoto (1996) observes that the NP modified by a deverbal nominal with kake is restricted to the object of a transitive verb and the subject of an unaccusative verb, excluding the subject of a transitive verb and an unergative. In this paper we first claim that kake mominalization should recognize the two meanings, the "halfway" reading adn the inception reading, for its accurate description. Based on the observation that the "halfway" rading occurs with (transitive) accomplishment verbs while the inception rading is possible with any verb, we further claim that telicity is a key notion to account for the "halfway" reading. Moreover, we argue that the "halfway" interpretation requires that an event extend over an interval so that a halfway point of the even can be measured. Achievement verbs, although telic, denote a punctual event, and therefore the nominal cannot receive the "halfway" reading: it can only have the inception reading. We also demostrate that telicity can be invoked by contextual information. Our analysis overcomes the problems that Kishimoto' smacrorole-based analysis faces and yet subsumes its generalization: the lowest ranking nonagent macrorole argument generally serves as the dewlimiter of the action denoted by the verb.}} @inproceedings{Tsujioka:2001, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {Tsujioka, Takae}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {483--500}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Improper remnant {A}-movement}, Year = {2001}} @article{Tuller:1992, Author = {Tuller, Laurice}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {African; Chadic; Focus}, Number = {1}, Pages = {303--334}, Title = {The Syntax of Postverbal Focus Constructions in {C}hadic}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1992}} @incollection{Tunstall:1994, Address = {Amherst}, Author = {Tunstall, S.}, Booktitle = {Functional Projections}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {library; Case; Aspect}, Pages = {227--251}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {Case in Aspectual Perception Complements}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{Tunstall:1993, Address = {University of Iowa}, Author = {Tunstall, Susanne}, Booktitle = {Fourth Annual Meeting of the Formal Lingusitics Society of MidAmerica}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Davison, Alice and Maier, Nicole and Silva, Glaucia and Yan, Wan Su}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {280--293}, Title = {Aspectual Perception Complements and the Theory of Case}, Year = {1993}} @article{Turano:1998, Author = {Turano, Giuseppina}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {149--183}, Title = {Overt and Covert Dependencies in {A}lbanian}, Volume = {52}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {In Albanian a K-word can be used as an interrogative, as a polarity item (PI) and, in combination with certain particles, as a qauantifier. I proose an analysis of these elements as avariables in the snese of Heim (1982). In order to receive an interrogative reading, a K-word must obligatorily move to a Focus phrase projection. Overt movement is due to the presence of a (strong) Focus feature on the K-word. In the absence of such a feature, a K-word remains in situ and can only be interpreted as a PI. The set of possible binders that licnese PI includes the negation, question operators, conditional complementizers, modal verbs and modal particles. The properties of PIs are satisfied by covert dependency formation. This dependency does not involve abstract movement but rather a binding relation. More precisely, polarity itmes and their operators form a head-to-head dependency sensitive to strong and weak islands.}} @article{Turkel:1996, Author = {Turkel, William J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library earnability}, Number = {2}, Pages = {350--355}, Title = {Acquisition by a Genetic Algorithm-Based Model in Spaces with Local Maxima}, Volume = {27}, Year = {1996}} @article{Turkel:1998, Author = {Turkel, William J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {703--710}, Title = {Noise-Induced Enhancement of Parameter Setting}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1998}} @article{Toboas:1995, Author = {T{\'a}boas, Susana}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {197--220}, Title = {Spanish Infinitival Relatives: A Proposal about their Indefiniteness Requirement}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Ura:1995, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Ura, Hiroyuki}, Booktitle = {Papers on Minimalist Syntax(27)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Pensalfini, Rob and Ura, Hiroyuki}, Keywords = {library inimalism}, Pages = {243--268}, Publisher = {MITWPL}, Title = {Towards a Theory of ``Strictly Derivational'' Economy Condition}, Year = {1995}} @article{Ura:1999, Author = {Ura, Hiroyuki}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {223--254}, Title = {Chekcing Theory and Dative Subject Constructions in {J}apanese and {K}orean}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This paper attempts to elucidate the syntactic properties of the so-called "Dative Subject Constructions (DSC)," which had recently been attracting much attention, because they pose some very interesting problems to the theory of Case and agreement. DSCs occur in Japanese and Korean, and it has been reported in teh literature that the dative-marked subject in these constructions shows some syntactically peculiar behaviors in terms of Case and grammatical functions (GFs). In this paper, I will take a closer look at DSCs in Japanese and Korean, and then, under the assumptions of the minimalist framework, I will try to give a consistent account, with the aid of the Agr-less checking theory, of their syntactic peculiarities.}} @book{Ura:2000, Author = {Ura, Hiroyuki}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {Library}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Checking theory and grmmatical functions in {U}niversal {G}rammar}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Urbanczyk:1996, Address = {Harvard University and MIT}, Author = {Urbanczyk, Suzanne}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library honology eduplication}, Pages = {425--440}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Morphological Templates in Reduplication}, Year = {1996}} @incollection{Uriagereka:1994, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Uriagereka, Juan}, Booktitle = {Verb Movement}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Lightfoot, David and Hornstein, Norbert}, Keywords = {library; verb movement}, Pages = {297--304}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Comments on the paper by {K}oopman}, Year = {1994}} @article{Uriagereka:1995, Author = {Uriagereka, Juan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; clitics}, Number = {1}, Pages = {79--124}, Title = {Aspects of the Syntax of Clitic Placement in {W}estern {R}omance}, Volume = {26}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Uriagereka:1998, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Uriagereka, Juan}, Booktitle = {Possessors, predicates and movement in the determiner phrase}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Alexiadou, Artemis and Wilder, Chris}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {361--382}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {A note on rigidity}, Year = {1998}} @article{Uriagereka:1999, Author = {Uriagereka, Juan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {403--444}, Title = {Minimal Restrictions on {B}asque Movements}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This article discusses a long-known restriction on Wh-movement in Basque, describing it in terms of barriers. In essence, Wh-movement is impossible across a morphologically-expressed specifier, while it is possible across a corresponding null pronominal. It is argued that this restriction holds more generally for any category that licenses null arguments in pro-drop languages. The paper then accounts for the descriptive restriction in Minimalist terms, deriving barrier requirements from independently required derivational dynamics. In particular, an attracted feature F, related to a functional projection K containing 'heavy' agreement, forces an ancillary morphological repair to apply to the category alpha which F comes from. This morphological repair results in K being spelled-out and consequently frozen (as a sort of compound) for further syntactic computation; islands (or barriers) emerge as a consequence of the Spell-out of K. An account is also provided for why A-movement is possible across a morphologically-expressed specifier (in contrast to A'-movement). Apart from having consequences for the proper statement of various mechanisms assumed within the Minimalist Program, the analysis constitutes strong evidence for this system in its radically derivational variant (with Spell-out applying repeatedly when convergence demands it), inasmuch as it provides a natural way to understand barriers as a dynamic property of derivational syntax.}} @incollection{Uriagereka:1999a, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Uriagereka, Juan}, Booktitle = {Working minimalism}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Epstein, Samuel and Hornstein, Norbert}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {251--282}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Multiple spell-out}, Year = {1999}} @phdthesis{Uribe-Echevarria:1994, Author = {Uribe-Echevarria, Myriam}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, School = {University of Connecticut-Storrs}, Title = {Interface Licensing Conditions on Negative Polarity Items: A Theory of Polarity and Tense Interactions}, Year = {1994}} @article{Uribe-Extebarria:1993, Author = {Uribe-Extebarria, Myriam}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {library; negative polarity; negation}, Location = {University of Connecticut, Storrs}, Title = {On the Typology of Negative Polarity Licensing}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Ussishkin:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Ussishkin, Adam}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {655--670}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Root-and-pattern morphology without roots or patterns}, Year = {2000}} @article{Vainikka:1993, Author = {Vainikka, Anne}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:32:12 -0500}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Keywords = {library; Case; English; acquisition}, Number = {3}, Pages = {257--323}, Title = {Case in the Development of {E}nglish Syntax}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1993}} @article{Vainikka:1999, Author = {Vainikka, Anne and Yonata, Levy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {613--671}, Title = {Empty Subjects in {F}innish and {H}ebrew}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {Finnish and Hebrew (in most tneses) share an unusual mixed subject omission pattern: the subject NP is optional in the first and second person but is generally required in the third person. A unified analysis of the two languages is developed in this paper, using certain proposals of Minimalism and a licensing principle which requires that both the specifier and the head position of a projection must be filled. In addition to the null subject pattern, Finnish and Hebrew differe both from traditional pro-drop and from nonpro-drop languages in the patterning of the agreement paradigm; the analysis developed here provides a connection between the mixed null subject pattern and the special agreement paradigm.}} @incollection{Vainikka:1994, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Vainikka, Anne and Young-Scholten, Martha}, Booktitle = {Language Acquisition Studies in Generative Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Hoekstra, Teun and Schwartz, Bonnie D.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {265--316}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Direct Access to {X'}-Theory: Evidence from {K}orean and {T}urkish Adults Learning German}, Year = {1994}} @article{Valesio:1971, Author = {Valesio, Paolo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library assive}, Number = {3}, Pages = {407--414}, Title = {The Distinction of Active and Passive}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1971}} @article{Vallduvi:1994, Author = {Vallduv{\'\i}, Enric}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Number = {2/3}, Pages = {263--294}, Title = {Polarity Items, {N}-Words and Minimizers in {C}atalan}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{Vallduvi:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Vallduv{\'\i}, Enric and Engdahl, Elisabet}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library emantics}, Pages = {519--534}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Information Packaging and Grammar Architecture}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Valois:1991, Address = {Universite du Quebec a Montreal}, Author = {Valois, Daniel}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the North Eastern Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Sherer, Tim}, Keywords = {DP; French; nominals; English}, Pages = {367--382}, Publisher = {The Graduate Students Linguistic Association, The University of Massachusetts-Amherst}, Title = {The Internal Syntax of {DP} and {A}djective Placement in {F}rench and {E}nglish}, Volume = {The Proceedings of the North Eastern Linguistics Society}, Year = {1991}} @phdthesis{Valois:1991a, Author = {Valois, Daniel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {DP; French; Romance}, School = {University of California, Los Angeles}, Title = {The Internal Syntax of {DP}}, Year = {1991}} @article{Auwera:1993, Author = {van der Auwera, Johan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library; semantics}, Number = {6}, Pages = {613--654}, Title = {`Already' and `Still': Beyond Duality}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{vanderHulst:2000, Address = {New York}, Author = {van der Hulst, Harry}, Booktitle = {The first Glot International state-of-the-article book}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Cheng, Lisa L.-S. and Sybesma, Rint}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {307--327}, Publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter}, Title = {Metrical phonology}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{vanEijck:1991, Address = {Cornell University}, Author = {van Eijck, Jan and de Vries, Fer-Jan}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the First Semantics and Linguistic Theory Conference}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Moore, Steven and Wyner, Adam Zachary}, Pages = {65--84}, Publisher = {Cornell University Working Papers in Linguistics}, Title = {Dynamic Interpretation and Hoare Deduction: Extended Abstract}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Kloeke:1975, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {van Lessen Kloeke, W. U. S.}, Booktitle = {Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-1973}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Kraak, A.}, Keywords = {library; morphology; phonology:stress; Germanic:Dutch}, Pages = {222--236}, Publisher = {Van Gorcum}, Title = {Dutch Word Stress}, Year = {1975}} @incollection{Vance:1995, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Vance, Barbara}, Booktitle = {Clause Structure and Language Change}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Battye, Adrian and Roberts, Ian}, Pages = {173--199}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {On the Decline of Verb Movement to {C}omp in {O}ld and {M}iddle {F}rench}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Varlokosta:1993, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Varlokosta, Spryridoula and Hornstein, Norbert}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 23}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {507--521}, Publisher = {GRADUATE LINGUISTIC STUDENT ASSOCIATION}, Title = {Control in {M}odern {G}reek}, Year = {1993}} @article{Varlokosta:1993a, Author = {Varlokosta, Spydridoula and Hornstein, Norbert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {pronouns ariables uantifiers}, Number = {1}, Pages = {175--195}, Title = {A Bound Pronoun in {M}odern {G}reek}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1993}} @article{Vaux:1996, Author = {Vaux, Bert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library honology}, Number = {1}, Pages = {175--183}, Title = {The Status of {ATR} in Feature Geometry}, Volume = {27}, Year = {1996}} @article{Vaux:1998, Author = {Vaux, Bert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/29.3Vaux.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {497--511}, Title = {The Laryngeal Specifications of Fricatives}, Volume = {29}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {Phonologists have traditionally assumed that the unmarked laryngeal state of fricatives is to be unaspirated ([-spread glottis]). However, the data analyzed here, which are drawn from Armenian, Greek, Pali, Sanskrit, Spanish, and Thai, suggest that in their unmarked state voiceless fricatives are in fact [+spread glottis], whereas voiced fricatives are [-spread glottis].}} @inproceedings{Vaux:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Vaux, Bert}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {671--699}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Uyghur raising and the nature of (under)specification}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Vegnaduzzo:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Vegnaduzzo, Stefano and Szalai, Temmi}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {161--176}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Sequence of Aspects (and lack thereof) in {N}audm}, Year = {1999}} @incollection{Velde:2000, Address = {T{\''u}bingen}, Author = {Velde, John te}, Booktitle = {Ellipsis in conjunction}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Schwabe, Kerstin and Zhang, Ning}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {51--78}, Publisher = {Niemeyer}, Title = {Assumptions about the structure of coordination}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {In this article some empirical arguments for maintaining the basic notion of structural symmetry in coordination (williams 1977, 1978, 1981) are presented. It is argued that a symmetric approach is actually better able to address the matter of derivational economy in a minimalist sense. Though coordination can be asymmetric, this occurs in a less than optimal derivation, for instance when coordination as a structural and semantic principle breaks down for some reason. In that case asymmetry is the default when coordination fails, and the phrase structure remains simplex. In most coordinate constructions, it is argued, symmetric coordiantion is maintained as a structural principle, and as such it forms a unified whole with the semantics of coordination, which is always symmetric. In the approach to coordinate structure presented here, conjuncts are right-adjoined at lexical insertion, i.e. they do not occur in derived postiions such as Specifier positions. A conjunct is a projection of its own head category, and this projection is right-adjoined without the generation of a maximal projection of hte conjucntion (there is no \&P). In right adjunction all conjuncts are hierarchically equal, though linear precedence produces certain binding asymmetries. A coordinating conjunction, when it occurs, is left-adjoined to the last conjunct. Features percolate freely between matching (symmetric) conjuncts and form the basis of various types of agreement and ellipses. In the case of clausal conjuncts, one clause must complete lexical insertion and overt movement before another conjunct can be generated. Empirical evidence is presented from subject-verb, verb-object and pronoun-antecedent agreement, gapping, ATB and parasitic gap constructions, mismatched conjuncts and "asymmetric" cases of coordination.}} @article{Vergnaud:1992, Author = {Vergnaud, Jean-Roger and Zubizarreta, Maria Luisa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {inalienable; French; determiners; DP}, Number = {4}, Pages = {595--652}, Title = {The Definite Determiner and the Inalienable Constructions in {F}rench and in {E}nglish}, Volume = {23}, Year = {1992}} @article{Verkuyl:1996, Author = {Verkuyl, J. J. and Vermeulen, C. F. M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {5}, Pages = {503--526}, Title = {Shifting Perspectives in Discourse}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1996}} @book{Verrips:1996, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Verrips, Maaike}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {196}, Publisher = {Holland Institute of Generative Linguistics}, Title = {Potatoes Must Peel: The Acquisition of the {D}utch Passive}, Year = {1996}} @article{Vikner:1985, Author = {Vikner, Sten}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Working Papers in Scandinavian Syntax}, Title = {Parameters of Binder and of Binding Category in {D}anish}, Volume = {23}, Year = {1985}} @inproceedings{Vikner:1987, Address = {University College London}, Author = {Vikner, Sten}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Seventh Conference of Scandinavian Studies in Great Britain}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Allan, Robert and Barnes, Michael}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Pages = {262--281}, Title = {Case Assignment Differences between {D}anish and {S}wedish}, Year = {1987}} @phdthesis{Vikner:1990, Author = {Vikner, Sten}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {linguistics}, School = {Universite de Geneve}, Title = {Verb movement and the licensing of {NP}-positions in the {G}ermanic languages}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Vikner:1994, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Vikner, Sten}, Booktitle = {Verb Movement}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Lightfoot, David and Hornstein, Norbert}, Keywords = {library; verb movement; Germanic:Icelandic; V2; CP Recursion}, Pages = {117--148}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Finite verb movement in {S}candinavian embedded clauses}, Year = {1994}} @book{Vikner:1995, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Vikner, Sten}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {294}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Verb Movement and Expletive Subjects in the {G}ermanic Languages}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Villalta:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Villalta, Elisabeth}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Pius, Tamanji and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {443--458}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Resolution of scope ambiguities in ``how many'' questions}, Year = {1999}} @article{Vinet:1966, Author = {Vinet, Marie-Th{\'e}rese}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {207--221}, Title = {On Certain Adverbs of Quantification in {Q}uebec {F}rench}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1966}} @article{Vlach:1993, Author = {Vlach, Frank}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library; time; adverbs}, Number = {3}, Pages = {231--284}, Title = {Temporal Adverbials, Tenses and the Perfect}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Vogel:1990, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Vogel, Irene and Kenesei, Istvaan}, Booktitle = {The Phonology-Syntax Connection}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Inkelas, Sharon and Zec, Draga}, Keywords = {library; phonology:syntax}, Pages = {339--364}, Publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, Title = {Syntax and Semantics in Phonology}, Year = {1990}} @inproceedings{vonFintel:1991, Address = {Cornell University}, Author = {von Fintel, Kai}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the First Semantics and Linguistic Theory Conference}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Moore, Steven and Wyner, Adam Zachary}, Keywords = {exceptive clauses oordination}, Pages = {85--106}, Publisher = {Cornell University Working Papers in Linguistics}, Title = {Exceptive Constructions}, Year = {1991}} @inproceedings{vonFintel:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {von Fintel, Kai}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {semantics; library}, Pages = {493--504}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {A Semantics for Exception Phrases}, Year = {1992}} @article{vonFintel:1993, Author = {von Fintel, Kai}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {123--148}, Title = {Exceptive Constructions}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1993}} @phdthesis{vonFintel:1994, Author = {von Fintel, Kai}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {quantification estriction iscourse ragmatics}, School = {University of Massachusetts-Amherst}, Title = {Restrictions on Quantifier Domains}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{vonFintel:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {von Fintel, Kai}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Pages = {175--190}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The Formal Semantics of Grammaticalization}, Year = {1995}} @book{Humboldt:1836, Address = {Berlin}, Author = {von Humboldt, Wilhelm}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Publisher = {Royal Academy of Sciences of {B}erlin}, Title = {{\"u}ber die {V}erschiedenheit des {M}enschlichen {S}prachbaues und {I}hren {E}influss auf die {G}eistige {E}ntwickelung des {M}enschengeschlechts}, Year = {1836}} @incollection{vonStechow:1995, Address = {Amsterdam and Philadelphia}, Author = {von Stechow, Arnim}, Booktitle = {The Lexicon in the Organization of Language}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Egli, U. and Pause, P. E. and Schwarze, Ch. and von Stechow, Arnim and Wienold, G.}, Pages = {81--118}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Lexical decomposition in syntax}, Year = {1995}} @article{vonStechow:1996, Author = {von Stechow, Arnim}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of Semantics}, Pages = {87--138}, Title = {The different readings of \emph{wieder} \emph{``again''}: A structural account}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1996}} @article{Vovin:1997, Author = {Vovin, Alexander}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {273--290}, Title = {On the Syntactic Typology of {O}ld {J}apanese}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {The goal of this article is to demonstrate that Old Japanese (8th c. of C.E.) is a language which combines nominative and active typology, with an obvious preference for a nominative construction. The author focuses on case particles i and wo and their functions in Old Japanese and shows that the case particle i is an active case marker while wo may function as an accusative or an absolutive case marker.}} @inproceedings{Vukic:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Vukic, Sasa}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {177--192}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {On Case and the Minimal Link Condition}, Year = {1999}} @inproceedings{Walker:1996, Address = {Harvard University and MIT}, Author = {Walker, Rachel}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library honology tress}, Pages = {441--456}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {A Third Parameter for Unbound Stress}, Year = {1996}} @article{Walker:2001, Author = {Walker, Rachel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {827--878}, Title = {Round licensing, harmony, and bisyllabic triggers in {A}ltaic}, Volume = {19}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {Many Altaic languges restrict round vowel distribution. This paper examines round harmony in Classical Manchu and Oroquen, where round spreading occurs only when the first two syllables of a word are round, that is, it requires a bisyllabic trigger (Zhang 1996). It is argued that the binary threshold emerges from conflict betwen well-established phonological demands -- numeric reference is neither necessary nor desirable. The study isloates two distinct restrictions on rounding in bisyllabic trigger languges: initial round licensing and round spreading -- requirements occurring independently in Classical Mongolian and Ulcha. Separating these restctions is key: each is active in conflicting constraint that restricts features to a tautosyllabic domain. Ranking the tautosyllabic constraint between round licensing and spreading prevents cross-syllable spreading except when violations of tautosyllabicity are independently necessitated by round licensing. As a result, spreading is initiated only when the first two syllables are round. Implications are identified for the characterization of faithfulness. Positional faithfulness constraints play a key role in realizing the privileged status of the root-initial syllable in round licenisng and harmony. In addition, the analysis supports the sparation of Ident(F) into IO and OI constraints, which distinguish between the loss and gain of privative features specifications, respectively. the distinction proves essential in the case of bisyllabic triggers. The constraint interaction that produces the two-syllable trigger threshold is instance of a general phenomenon explored here, termed Parasitic Constraint Satisfaction. This kind of interaction arises when there are two constraints or constraint sets, a and b, whose satisfaction each necessitates violating a constraint, g, and they are ranked a>>g>>b. When satisfaction of a compels violations of g that also permit satisfaction of b, then b is described as parasitic on a. Two outcomes for Parasitic Constraint Satisfaction are discussed. The first is an emergence of the unmarked, occurring when b is a markedness constraint whose activity emerges in contexts where it is parasitic on a. The second outcome, where b is a faithfulness constraint, si an emergence of the faithful.}} @incollection{Walraven:1975, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Walraven, Th. L. M.}, Booktitle = {Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-1973}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Kraak, A.}, Keywords = {library; complementizer; Germanic:Dutch}, Pages = {210--221}, Publisher = {Van Gorcum}, Title = {The Optional `om' in {D}utch Infinitive Constructions}, Year = {1975}} @inproceedings{Walsh:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Walsh, Laura}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 25}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Keywords = {library honology}, Pages = {535--550}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Representing Laterals}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Wanner:1990, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Wanner, Dieter}, Booktitle = {Papers presented at Linguistic Symposium on Romance Linguistics XX}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {spanish; romance; clitics}, Title = {Subjects in {O}ld {S}panish: conflicts between typology, syntax and dynamics}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Wanner:1991, Address = {Washington, D.C.}, Author = {Wanner, Dieter}, Booktitle = {Current Studies in Spanish Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Campos, Hector and Mart{\'\i}nez-Gil, Fernando}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {313--378}, Publisher = {Georgetown University Press}, Title = {The {T}obbler-{M}ussafia law in {O}ld {S}panish}, Year = {1991}} @article{Ward:1995, Author = {Ward, Gregory and Birner, Betty}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library efiniteness efinites xistentials}, Number = {4}, Pages = {722--742}, Title = {Definiteness and the {E}nglish Existential}, Volume = {71}, Year = {1995}} @article{Ward:1977, Author = {Ward, Gregory and Birner, Betty J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library existentials definites}, Number = {1}, Pages = {109--112}, Title = {Response to {A}bbott}, Volume = {73}, Year = {1977}} @article{Warner:1995, Author = {Warner, A. R.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library iachrony}, Number = {3}, Pages = {533--557}, Title = {Predicting the Progressive Passive: Parametric Change within a Lexicalist Framework}, Volume = {71}, Year = {1995}} @book{Warner:1993, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Warner, Anthony R.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {English Auxiliaries: Structure and History}, Year = {1993}} @article{Washio:1997, Author = {Washio, Ryuichi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--49}, Title = {Resultatives, Compositionality and Language Variation}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {A comparative analysis of English and Japanese shows that the set of permissible resultatives in Japanese is properly contained in the set of permissible resultatives in English. Although English resultatives naturally divide into transitive and intransitive resultatives (in the sense of Carrier and Randall (1992)), and intransitive resultatives are systematically missing from Japanese, it is not exactly this distinction that demarcates the English set and teh Japanese set since Japanese permits only certain types of transitive resultatives, rejecting other types that would be possible in English. Languages like French are essentially like Japanese in this respect. Thus, the category "transitive resultatives" needs to be divided into at least two types (called here WEAK and STRONG resultatives), and there is a natural class of resultatives comprising strong transitive resultatives and all intransitive resultatives, the latter being always "strong" by the definition of this notion given in this paper. Certain examples that bear a superficial resemblance to resultatives (called here SPURIOUS resultatives) are also discussed and shown to constitute a different phenomenon. Finally, the weak/strong distinction is given a specific theoretical interpretation in terms of the notion "patienthood." The relevance of this interpretation to the Subset Principle is briefly discussed.}} @phdthesis{Wasow:1972, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Wasow, Thomas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {anaphora llipsis}, School = {MIT}, Title = {Anaphoric Relations in {E}nglish}, Year = {1972}} @article{Wasow:1972a, Author = {Wasow, Thomas and Roeper, Thomas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Foundations of Language}, Keywords = {gerunds; Control; nominals}, Number = {1}, Pages = {44--62}, Title = {On the Subject of Gerunds}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1972}} @incollection{Wasow:1977, Address = {New York, New York}, Author = {Wasow, Tom}, Booktitle = {Formal Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Culicover, Peter and Wasow, Tom and Akmajian, Adrian}, Keywords = {passive; lexicon}, Pages = {327--360}, Publisher = {Academic Press}, Title = {Transformations and the Lexicon}, Year = {1977}} @article{Watanabe:1991, Author = {Watanabe, Akira}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Location = {MIT}, Title = {Wh-in-situ, Subjacency, and Chain Formation}, Year = {1991}} @inproceedings{Watanabe:1993, Address = {University of Ottawa}, Author = {Watanabe, Akira}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 23}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Schafer, Amy J.}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {523--537}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Larsonian {CP} Recursion, Factive Complements, and Selection}, Year = {1993}} @phdthesis{Watanabe:1993b, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Watanabe, Akira}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {Case}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Agr-Based Case Theory and Its Interaction with the {A}-bar System}, Year = {1993}} @article{Watanabe:1994, Author = {Watanabe, Akira}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library; parameters; learnability; language acquisition}, Number = {2}, Pages = {156--178}, Title = {The Role of Triggers in the Extended Split {INFL} Hypothesis: Unlearnable Parameter Settings}, Volume = {48}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Watanabe:1995, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Watanabe, Akira}, Booktitle = {Papers on Minimalist Syntax(27)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Pensalfini, Rob and Ura, Hiroyuki}, Keywords = {library inimalism ycle}, Pages = {269--291}, Publisher = {MITWPL}, Title = {Conceptual Basis of Cyclicity}, Year = {1995}} @article{Watanabe:1996, Author = {Watanabe, Akira}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {373--410}, Title = {Nominative-Genitive Conversion and Agreement in {J}apanese: A Cross-Linguistic Perspective}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1996}, Abstract = {This paper argues that Japanese has the same abstract agreement system as French, on the basis of comparison between Nominative-Genitive Conversion in Japanese and Stylist Inversion in French. Since these two constructions share essentially the same properties which are explained in terms of the structural Case system mediated by feature checking under the Spec-head relation}} @article{Watson:1999, Author = {Watson, Janet C. E.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/30.2Watson.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {289--300}, Title = {The Directionality of Emphasis Spread in {A}rabic}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {Many modern Arabic dialects exhibit asymmetries in the direction of emphasis (for most dialects, pharyngealization) spread. In a dialect of Yemeni Arabic, emphasis has two articulatory correlates, pharyngealization and labialization: within the phonological word, pharyngealization spreads predominantly leftward, and labialization spreads rightward, targeting short high vowels. Since asymmetries in the directionality of spread of a secondary feature are phonetically motivated and depend on whether the feature is anchored to the onset or the release phase of the primary articulation, it is arged that the unmarked directionality of spread should be encoded in the phonology as a markedness statement on that feature.}} @phdthesis{Webber:1978, Author = {Webber, Bonnie}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {anaphora; ellipsis; VP ellipsis}, School = {Harvard University}, Title = {A Formal Approach to Discourse Anaphora}, Year = {1978}} @incollection{Webelhuth:1990, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Webelhuth, Gert}, Booktitle = {Scrambling and Barriers}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Grewendorf, G{\"u}nther and Sternefeld, Wolfgang}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {41--76}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Diagnostics for Structure}, Year = {1990}} @article{Wechsler:1998, Author = {Wechsler, Stephen and Arka, I Wayan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {387--441}, Title = {Syntactic Ergativity in {B}alinese: An Argument Structure Based Theory}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This paper argues that the alternation between syntactically accusative adn ergative clauses in Balinese results from different mappings between argument structure and syntactici realization. Our version of argument structure, essentially the ARG-S feature of Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar, is the locus of anaphoric binding conditions. We further assume that passive, causative, and applicative are morpholexical operations on argument structure. This set of assumptions allows us to explain (i) why conditions on Balinese binding are generally 'thematic' adn independent of 'surface' grammatical relations or phrase structure position; and (ii) the specific exceptions to such thematic conditons that arise with raised arguments, direct/oblique alternations, and passive by-phrases.}} @article{Wechsler:1996, Author = {Wechsler, Stephen and Lee, Yae-Sheik}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {629--664}, Title = {The Domain of Direct Case Assignment}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1996}} @incollection{Weinberg:1994, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Weinberg, Amy}, Booktitle = {Verb Movement}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Lightfoot, David and Hornstein, Norbert}, Keywords = {library; verb movement; acquisition; root infinitives}, Pages = {351--362}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Comments on the paper by {W}exler}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Weinberg:1999, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Weinberg, Amy}, Booktitle = {Working minimalism}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Epstein, Samuel and Hornstein, Norbert}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {283--315}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {A minimalist theory of human sentence processing}, Year = {1999}} @inproceedings{Weissenborn:1988, Address = {Boston University}, Author = {Weissenborn, Jurgen}, Booktitle = {Boston University Conference on Language Development}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {library cquisition egation}, Title = {Null Subjects in Early Grammars: Implications for Parameter-setting Theories}, Year = {1988}} @article{Weissenborn:1989, Author = {Weissenborn, Jurgen and Verrips, Monica}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Location = {Max Planck Institut fur Psycholinguistik}, Title = {Negation as a Window to the Structure of Early Child Language}, Year = {1989}} @incollection{Wettstein:1989, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Wettstein, Howard}, Booktitle = {Themes From Kaplan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Almog, Joseph and Perry, John and Wettstein, Howard}, Keywords = {library; philosophy: language; semantics}, Pages = {421--454}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Cognitive Significance Without Cognitive Content}, Year = {1989}} @article{Wetzels:1997, Author = {Wetzels, W. Leo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Probus}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {203--232}, Title = {The Lexical Representation of Nasality in {B}razilian {P}ortuguese}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {Nasality is one of the most characteristic aspects of the Portuguese vowel system. The literature on the subject of nasality distinguishes between nasal vowels, nasalized vowels, and nasal diphthongs. In agreement with earlier proposals it is argued that nasal vowels derive synchronically from underlying sequences of a vowel followed by a nasal mora. The discussion of nasalized vowels concentrates on the behavior of the palatal nasal /n/. Allophonic nasalization caused by /n/ seems to function in a way comparable with (surface) constrastive nasalization triggered by the nasal mora. This effect is explained as a consequence of the fact that palatal sonarants are represented as phonological geminates. The phonology of nasal diphthongs will also be discussed, and it will be shown that they are not derived from an oral diphthong followed by a nasal mora, as is generally assumed, but are represented as nasal diphthongs at the level of lexical representation.}} @phdthesis{Weverink:1989, Author = {Weverink, M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, School = {Utrecht}, Title = {The Subject in Relation to Inflection in Child Language}, Year = {1989}} @incollection{Wexler:1994, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Wexler, Ken}, Booktitle = {Verb Movement}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Lightfoot, David and Hornstein, Norbert}, Keywords = {library; verb movement; acquisition; root infinitives}, Pages = {305--350}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Finiteness and Head Movement in Early Child Grammars}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Wexler:1992, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Wexler, Kenneth}, Booktitle = {Control and Grammar(48)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Larson, Richard K. and Iatridou, Sabine and Lahiri, Utpal and Higginbotham, James}, Keywords = {library; control; acquisition}, Pages = {253--296}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Some Issues in the Growth of Control}, Year = {1992}} @incollection{Wexler:1993, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Wexler, Kenneth}, Booktitle = {The Chomskyan Turn}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Kasher, Asa}, Keywords = {library; philosophy:mind; cognitive science; acquisition; learnability}, Pages = {252--272}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishers}, Title = {On the Argument from the Poverty of the Stimulus}, Year = {1993}} @book{Wexler:1981, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Wexler, Kenneth and Culicover, Peter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Formal principles of language acquisition}, Year = {1981}} @incollection{Wexler:1987, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Wexler, Kenneth and Manzini, Rita M.}, Booktitle = {Parameter Setting}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Roeper, Thomas and Williams, Edwin}, Keywords = {library; acquisition; parameters; binding theory}, Pages = {41--76}, Publisher = {D. Reidel Publishing Company}, Title = {Parameters and Learnability in Binding Theory}, Year = {1987}} @incollection{Whitman:1987, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Whitman, John}, Booktitle = {Issues in Japanese Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {library; Japanese; scrambling; configurationality}, Pages = {351--374}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Configurationality Parameters}, Year = {1987}} @article{Wiese:1996, Author = {Wiese, Richard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library ompounds orphology}, Number = {1}, Pages = {183--193}, Title = {Phrasal Compounds and the Theory of Word Syntax}, Volume = {27}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Wijnen:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Wijnen, Frank}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Pages = {105--120}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Incremental Acquisition of Phrase Structure}, Year = {1995}} @article{Wiklund:2001, Author = {Wiklund, Anna-Lena}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {199--228}, Title = {Dressing up for vocabulary insertion: the parasitic supine}, Volume = {19}, Year = {2001}, Abstract = {In the context of a subclass of bare complements in Swedish, the present paper argues for a structure of grammar that partly separates the mechanisms that build syntactico-semantic structures from those determining the phonological expression of these. The parasitic supine construction displays the properties that are relevant for such separation: a clear-cut discrepancy between form and meaning. The construction type exemplifies a complementation strategy available for a restricted class of infinitive selecting verbs in variants of the Scandinavian languages. The complement verb surfaces with an inflection identical to that of the matrix verb, yet the form has no effect on the interpretation, which remains the same as for the infinitival counterpart used in the standard language. The approach makes use of grammatical feature underspecification, the seeming gap between meaning and form being bridged by selectional restrictions and constraints on the relevant syntactic configuration. On the basis of its distribution, it is proposed that the phenomenon is a restructuring effect. The form is the result of morphological manipulations of the underspecified syntactico-semantic structure, providing it with the necessary clothes for Vocabulary Insertion.}} @article{Wilder:1994b, Author = {Wilder, Chris}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Groninger Arbeiten zur Germanistischen Linguistik}, Pages = {291--331}, Title = {Coordination, {ATB}, and Ellipsis}, Volume = {37}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Wilder:1995, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Wilder, Chris}, Booktitle = {On Extraction and Extraposition in {G}erman}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Lutz, Uli and Pafel, J{\"u}rgen}, Pages = {273--310}, Publisher = {John Benjamins}, Title = {Rightward Movement as Leftward Deletion}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Wilder:1997, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Wilder, Chris}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 27}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {425--439}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Phrasal Movement in {LF}: de re readings, {VP} Ellipsis and Binding}, Year = {1997}} @article{Wilder:1994, Author = {Wilder, Chris and Cavar, Damir}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Studia Linguistica}, Keywords = {library erb movement ord order}, Number = {1}, Pages = {46--86}, Title = {Word Order Variation, Verb Movement, and Economy Principles}, Volume = {48}, Year = {1994}} @article{Wilkins:1994, Author = {Wilkins, Wendy K.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Language Acquisition}, Keywords = {library; acquisition}, Number = {2}, Pages = {121--158}, Title = {Lexical Learning by Error Detection}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1994}} @inproceedings{Wilkinson:1990, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Wilkinson, Karina}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Eighth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Fee, E. Jane and Hunt, Katherine}, Keywords = {definiteness; indefiniteness; reference; library}, Pages = {414--428}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {(In)definiteness and ``Kind'' {NPs}}, Year = {1990}} @phdthesis{Wilkinson:1991, Author = {Wilkinson, Karina}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {library; generics; semantics}, School = {University of Massachusetts-Amherst}, Title = {Studies in the Semantics of Generic Noun Phrases}, Year = {1991}} @article{Wilkinson:1996, Author = {Wilkinson, Karina}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library ven}, Number = {3}, Pages = {193--215}, Title = {The Scope of \emph{Even}}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1996}} @phdthesis{Williams:1974, Author = {Williams, Edwin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {Linguistics ycle}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Rule Ordering in Syntax}, Year = {1974}} @article{Williams:1977, Author = {Williams, Edwin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {ellipsis; VP ellipsis; anaphora; pronouns}, Pages = {101--139}, Title = {Discourse and Logical Form}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @article{Williams:1977b, Author = {Williams, Edwin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {ATB; coordination}, Number = {4}, Pages = {419--423}, Title = {Across-the-Board Application of Rules}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @article{Williams:1977c, Author = {Williams, Edwin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {ellipsis}, Pages = {692--696}, Title = {On Deep and Surface Anaphora}, Volume = {8}, Year = {1977}} @article{Williams:1978, Author = {Williams, Edwin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {ATB; coordination}, Number = {1}, Pages = {31--43}, Title = {Across-the-Board Rule Application}, Volume = {9}, Year = {1978}} @article{Williams:1980, Author = {Williams, Edwin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {predication}, Number = {1}, Pages = {203--238}, Title = {Predication}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1980}} @article{Williams:1981, Author = {Williams, Edwin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {morphology}, Pages = {245--274}, Title = {On the Notions `Lexically Related' and `Head of a Word'}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1981}} @article{Williams:1981b, Author = {Williams, Edwin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {The Linguistic Review}, Keywords = {morphology}, Pages = {81--114}, Title = {Argument Structure and Morphology}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1981}} @article{Williams:1983, Author = {Williams, Edwin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {1}, Pages = {287--308}, Title = {Against Small Clauses}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Williams:1984, Author = {Williams, Edwin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {existentials}, Number = {1}, Pages = {131--154}, Title = {There-Insertion}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1984}} @article{Williams:1985, Author = {Williams, Edwin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {implicit arguments; PRO; NP}, Number = {3}, Pages = {297--316}, Title = {{PRO} and Subject of {NP}}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1985}} @article{Williams:1986, Author = {Williams, Edwin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {264--300}, Title = {A Reassignment of the Functions of {LF}}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1986}} @article{Williams:1989, Author = {Williams, Edwin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {425--456}, Title = {The Anaphoric Nature of Theta Roles}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @article{Williams:1991, Author = {Williams, Edwin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {binding theory; anaphora}, Number = {1}, Pages = {159--172}, Title = {Reciprocal Scope}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Williams:1991b, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Williams, Edwin}, Booktitle = {Principles and Parameters in Comparative Grammar(20)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Freidin, Robert}, Keywords = {library; argument structure; ECP}, Pages = {77--98}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {The Argument-Bound Empty Categories}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Williams:1992, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Williams, Edwin}, Booktitle = {Control and Grammar(48)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Larson, Richard K. and Iatridou, Sabine and Lahiri, Utpal and Higginbotham, James}, Keywords = {library; control}, Pages = {297--322}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Adjunct Control}, Year = {1992}} @book{Williams:1994, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Williams, Edwin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {library heta theory inding ead movement erb raising inding theory mall clauses lausal structure}, Pages = {266}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Thematic Structure in Syntax}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Williams:1994b, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Williams, Edwin}, Booktitle = {Verb Movement}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Lightfoot, David and Hornstein, Norbert}, Keywords = {library; verb movement; Romance:French}, Pages = {189--206}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {A Reinterpretation of Evidence for Verb Movement in {F}rench}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Williams:1997, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Williams, Edwin}, Booktitle = {Complex Predicates}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Alsina, Alex and Bresnan, Joan and Sells, Peter}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {13--28}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {Lexical and Syntactic Complex Predicates}, Year = {1997}} @article{Williams:1997b, Author = {Williams, Edwin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {577--628}, Title = {Blocking and anaphora}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {Deletion and destressing are shown to obey principal laws of anaphora, and rules are fomulated for identifying these and other "nonintrinsic" anaphors. A rule is formulated (the Disanaphora Law) for relating such anaphors to their antecedents; the application of the rule is governed by the Blocking Principle. Focus-presupposition structure is analyzed purely in terms of anaphora. Topic is defined as a focus subordinated to the main focus. The existence of coordinate ellipsis rules is demonstrated, and the "coherence" and patterns of obligatoriness of elliipsis are explicated in terms of the Disanaphora Law. LF and PF applications of the anaphora laws suggest that LF = PF.}} @book{Williams:1987, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Williams, Edwin and di Sciullo, Maria}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {morphology}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {On the Definition of Word}, Year = {1987}} @incollection{Williamson:1987, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Williamson, Janis S.}, Booktitle = {The Representation of (In)definiteness(14)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Reuland, Eric J. and Meulen, Alice G. B. ter}, Keywords = {library; Lakhota; definiteness}, Pages = {168--190}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {An Indefiniteness Restriction for Relative Clauses in {L}akhota}, Year = {1987}} @incollection{Willim:2000, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Willim, Ewa}, Booktitle = {Step by Step}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Martin, Roger and Michaels, David and Uriagereka, Juan}, Pages = {319--346}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {On the Grammar of {P}olish Nominals}, Year = {2000}} @article{Wilson:1975, Author = {Wilson, Deirdre}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {semantics; pragmatics; lexicon}, Number = {1}, Pages = {95--114}, Title = {Presupposition, Assertion, and Lexical Items}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1975}} @inproceedings{Wiltschko:1997, Address = {University of Washington}, Author = {Wiltschko, Martina}, Booktitle = {West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Curtis, Emily and Lyle, James and Webster, Gabriel}, Pages = {431--445}, Publisher = {Stanford Linguistics Association}, Title = {Superiority in {G}erman}, Year = {1997}} @incollection{Wiltschko:1997b, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Wiltschko, Martina}, Booktitle = {Rightward Movement}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Beerman, Dorothee and LeBlanc, David and van Riemsdijk, Henk}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {357--395}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Extraposition, identification and precedence}, Year = {1997}} @article{Wiltschko:1998, Author = {Wiltschko, Martina}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Keywords = {library; Wiltschko_2(2).pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JCGL/2.2Wiltschko.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {143--181}, Title = {On the Syntax and Semantics of (Relative) Pronouns and Determiners}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1998}, Abstract = {This paper addresses two related problems. The major empirical problem concerns the difference betseen two pronominal forms found in German: personal pronouns and so-called d-pronouns, which are also used as relative pronouns. The major theoretical question concerns the nature of relative pronouns in general. I will argue that d-pronouns are definite determiners, i.e., full Determiner Phrases (DPs) containing an empty NP whereas personal pronouns are merely the spell out of phi features (AgrD) not containing an NP-projection. This will allow us to account for the distributional differences between the two forms. In addiiton, I will argue for a restriction on Operator-variable chains that will derive the fact that only d-words but not personal pronouns can be used as relative pronouns in a language that makes use of the a'-movement strategy for relativization. It will also follows that relativization without A'-movement is possible with either a personal pronoun or a gap occupying the relativized position.}} @inproceedings{Wiltschko:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Wiltschko, Martina}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {699--708}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {The categorical determination of pronominal binding properties}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Wiltschko:2001, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {Wiltschko, Martina}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {501--516}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Tense on {D} and (the lack of) nominative case}, Year = {2001}} @article{Wiltschko:2002, Author = {Wiltschko, Martina}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {157--195}, Title = {The syntax of pronouns: Evidence from {H}alkomelem {S}alish}, Volume = {20}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This paper investigates the syntax of independent pronouns in Halkomelem Salish and argues that these pronouns are morphosyntactically complex. In particular, the paper shows that independent pronouns contain a syntactically active determiner, and concludes that they are full DPs with an elliptical NP. Licensing of elliptical NPs is subject to cross-linguistic variation, and thus not all languages allow for determiners to be used pronominally. The analysis of independent pronouns as full DPs is supported by their external syntax as well as their binding properties. It is shown that independent pronouns behave like R-expressions in that they are subject to Condition C. On the basis of this observation, it is concluded that binding theory must be sensitive to syntactic categories, and, crucially, that regular 'condition B' pronouns cannot be analyzed as (intransitive) DPs, contrary to standard assumptions.}} @inproceedings{Wiltshire:2001, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {Wiltshire, Caroline R. and Moon, Russell}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {517--530}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Phonetic stress cues in noun-verb pairs in {A}merican {E}nglish vs. {I}ndian {E}nglish}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Winkler:2000, Address = {T{\"u}bingen}, Author = {Winkler, Susanne}, Booktitle = {Ellipsis in conjunction}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Schwabe, Kerstin and Zhang, Ning}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {221--246}, Publisher = {Niemeyer}, Title = {Silent copy and polarity focus in {VP} ellipsis}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {This paper investigates the issue of symmetric and nonsymmetric focus and deaccentuation in VP ellipsis (VPE). In contrast to most previous approaches to the information structure of VPE (Rooth 1992b, Tomioka 1995, Fox 1998), which claim under a symmetry assumption that the function of VPE is to contrastively focus the remaining subject in relation to the subject in the antecedent clause, I show that in the unmarked case, focus and deaccentuation in the antecedent and the elliptical clause need not be symmetric. I propose a unified account of the informaiton structure of VPE by assuming a single PF economy priniciple, Silent Copy, interacting with a syntactic focus theory which allows for layered focus structures. In particular, Silent Copy favors to leave a syntactic copy unpronounced provided focus is assigned to the head of the sentence internal polarity phrase. The arguements in support of this proposal rest to a substantial degree on a theory of focus in question-answer contexts, as proposed by Drubig (1998). I show that VPE characterized by nonsymmetric focus and deaccentuation occurs as an answer to multiple wh-question giving rise to a presentational focus reading. The symmetric focus and deaccentuation type then falls out as a special case in which the VPE answers a narrowly focusing question.}} @article{Winter:1996, Author = {Winter, Yoad}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library oordination}, Number = {4}, Pages = {337--392}, Title = {A Unified Semantic Treatment of Singular {NP} Coordination}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1996}} @article{Winter:1997, Author = {Winter, Yoad}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {399--467}, Title = {Choice Functions and the Scopal Semantics of Indefinites}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1997}} @article{Winter:2000, Author = {Winter, Yoad}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {27--69}, Title = {Distributivity and dependency}, Volume = {8}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {Sentences with multiple occurrences of plural definites give rise to certain effects suggesting that distributivity should be modeled by polyadic operations. Yet in this paper it is argued that the simpler treatment of distributivity using unary universal quantification should be retained. Seemingly polyadic effects are claimed to be restricted to definite NPs. This fact is accounted for by the special anaphoric (dependent) use of definites. Further evidence concerning various plurals, island constraints and cumulative quantification is shown to support this claim. In addition, it is shown that the evidence against a simple atomic version of unary distributivity is not decisive either. In the (uncommon) cases where distributivity which definites is not strictly atomic, they can be analyzed as dependent implicit quantifiers.}} @inproceedings{Winter:2000b, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Winter, Yoad}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {709--732}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {{DP} structures and flexible semantics}, Year = {2000}} @article{Winter:2002, Author = {Winter, Yoad}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/33.3winter.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {493--505}, Title = {Atoms and sets: a characterization of semantic number}, Volume = {33}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This article analyzes the interaction of semantic number, morphological number, and quantification. It argues that the traditional typology of distributive and collective predicates is unsuitable for a truth-conditional theory of plurality. A new test is proposed for classifying the semantic number of predicates according to their behavior with singular/plural quantificational noun phrases such as every/all student(s) and no teache(s). Predicates that are (in)sensitive to such number variations are called atom/set predicates, respectively, and it is shown that this distinction cuts across the traditional distributive/collective typology. The processes that govern the semantic number of sentences are reanalyzed in these terms.}} @book{Wit:1997, Address = {Utrecht}, Author = {Wit, Petra de}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Pages = {221}, Publisher = {LEd}, Title = {Genitive Case and Genitive Constructions}, Year = {1997}} @incollection{Wittenburg:1987, Address = {San Diego, California}, Author = {Wittenburg, Kent}, Booktitle = {Syntax and Semantics: Discontinuous Constituency(20)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Huck, Geoffrey J. and Ojeda, Almerindo E.}, Keywords = {extraposition; anaphora; bounding; constraints; A' movement}, Pages = {428--446}, Publisher = {Academic Press, Inc.}, Title = {Extraposition from {NP} as Anaphora}, Year = {1987}} @article{Wolfram:1995, Author = {Wolfram, Walt and Estes, Natalie Schilling}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {696--721}, Title = {Moribund Dialects and the Endangerment Canon: The Case of the {O}cracoke {B}rogue}, Volume = {71}, Year = {1995}} @article{Woolford:1983, Author = {Woolford, Ellen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; code switching; bilingual; L2}, Number = {3}, Pages = {520--536}, Title = {Bilingual Code-switching and Syntactic Theory}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @article{Woolford:1986, Author = {Woolford, Ellen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; Navaho; pro drop}, Number = {2}, Pages = {301--330}, Title = {The Distribution of Empty Nodes in {N}avajo: A Mapping Approach}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1986}} @article{Woolford:1991, Author = {Woolford, Ellen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {Derived subjects; VSO}, Number = {3}, Pages = {503--540}, Title = {{VP}-Internal Subjects in {VSO} and Nonconfigurational Languages}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1991}} @article{Woolford:1993, Author = {Woolford, Ellen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library; passives; Case; typology}, Number = {4}, Pages = {679--728}, Title = {Symmetric and Asymmetric Passives}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1993}} @article{Woolford:1997, Author = {Woolford, Ellen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {181--227}, Title = {Four-Way Case Systems: Ergative, Nominative, Objective and Accusative}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {In the context of an analysis of the four-way Case system of Nez Perce, this paper presents evidence for three claims concerning Case theory. First, ergative is not a structural Case like nominative or accusative; instead, ergative is a lexical Case like the dative. Second, contrary to the usual assumption that UG allows for only one structural Case for objects, there are, in fact, two structural object Cases available in UG: on, termed 'objective Case' here, is assigned/checked in Spec Agr-O and is associated with object agreement, if the langauge has object agreement. There is a limit of one objective Case per clause. The other, termed 'accusative Case' here, is assigned/checked by V inside VP and is never associated with object agreement. There may be more than one structural accusative Case per clause. The third claim is that the following descriptive generalization holds universally: in a clause with a lexically Cased subject (e.g., ergative or dative) the highest object cannot have structural accusative Case (although that object can have objective Case). That generalization and the facts that motivated Burzio's (1986) generalization are manifestations of a broader generalization governing the maximum number of accusative Cases that a verb can assign.}} @article{Woolford:1999, Author = {Woolford, Ellen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library naphora greement}, Number = {2}, Pages = {257--287}, Title = {More on the Anaphor Agreement Effect}, Volume = {30}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This article provides additional evidence for the universality of Rizzi's (1990) anaphor agreement effect, under which the ungrammaticality of nominative anaphors in English, Italian, and Icelandic is due to the presence of agreement. Languages without agreement are shown to allow nominative anaphors. Objective anaphors cannot be assoicated with agreement, unless the agreement is a special anaphoric form. Superficial counterexamples to Rizzi's proposal are shown not to be problematic. The relative merits of two formal accounts outlined by Rizzi (1990) are discussed. Finally, it is suggested that the anaphor agreement effect can be a diagnostic for the presence of covert agreement.}} @inproceedings{Wu:1998, Address = {University of Toronto}, Author = {Wu, Jianxin}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Pages = {485--499}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Topic, Floating Quantifiers and Partivity}, Year = {1998}} @article{Wunderlich:1997, Author = {Wunderlich, Dieter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library ausatives exical semantics}, Number = {1}, Pages = {27--68}, Title = {Cause the Structure of Verbs}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {Lexical Decomposition Grammar is proposed as a new framework to account for argument structure and argument structure alternations. It is based on Semantic Form (SF), a grammatical level at which complex verbs are minimally decomposed into more basic predicates. L-command relations in SF constrain the possible structural arguments. Argument linking follows from the hierarchy of theta-roles that results from lambda abstraction (possibly augmented by lexical features). The article discusses the role of "cause" and "become" in the decomposition of verbs, and it shows that causatives and resultatives constitute two fundamentally different options for expressing causal relationships in verbs, both already attested in simple verbs.}} @phdthesis{Wurmbrand:1998, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Wurmbrand, Susanne}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Infinitives}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Wurmbrand:1998a, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Wurmbrand, Susi}, Booktitle = {The Interpretive Tract(25)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:30:17 -0500}, Editor = {Percus, Orin and Sauerland, Uli}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {141--175}, Publisher = {MIT, Department of Linguistics}, Title = {Downsizing Infinitives}, Year = {1998}} @book{Wurzel:1989, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Wurzel, Wolfgang Ullrich}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {library; morphology; inflection}, Pages = {219}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Inflectional Morphology and Naturalness}, Year = {1989}} @article{Wyngard:1991, Author = {Wyng{\ae}rd, G. and Zwart, J.-W.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {ACD}, Title = {Reconstruction and Vehicle Change}, Volume = {Linguistics in the Netherlands}, Year = {1991}} @article{Wyngaerd:1993, Author = {Wyng{\ae}rd, Guido Vanden}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {library; gapping; Verb Raising}, Location = {K. U. Brussel}, Title = {Gapping, Verb Raising, and Small Clauses}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Wyngaerd:1996, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Wyng{\ae}rd, Guido Vanden}, Booktitle = {Minimal Ideas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Abraham, Werner and Epstein, Samuel David and Thr{\'a}insson, H{\'o}skuldur and Zwart, C. Jan-Wouter}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {283--304}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {Participles and Bare Argument Structure}, Year = {1996}, Abstract = {It is potentially undesirable consequence of Chomsky's Bare Phrase Structure framework that ergative and unergative verbs would share the same argument structure. The present paper proposes to address this problem by arguing that all verbs are potentially transitive. An analysis of the structure of complex verb forms (Dutch and German past participles containing an aspectual prefix ge- and a tense suffix -t) in terms of Kayne's Linear Correspondence Axiom (LCA) suggests that the prefix occurs in the complement of the verbal root, thus in effect making unergatives transitive. The structure porposed for the participle furthermore allows one to explain two familiar restrictions on verb raising, the first being its incompatibility with particle verbs, the second the so-called INFINITUS PRO PARTICIPIO (IPP) effect. It is argued that IPP involves the deletion of an inflectional prefix, required to bring the structure of a verbal cluster in agreement with LCA. A particular case of this phenomenon in certain Flemish dialects is discussed, where the prefix gets deleted but the suffix remains unaltered. This variety of IPP supports the hypothesis that the prefix is responsible for the IPP effect.}} @article{Xue:1989, Author = {Xue, Ping}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {688--696}, Title = {Prosodic Constituents and the Tonal Structure of {C}hinese Verse}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @inproceedings{Yan:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Yan, Rong}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {733--746}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Universal quantification and distributivity in {M}andarin {C}hinese}, Year = {2000}} @article{Yang:1991, Author = {Yang, Dong-Whee}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {korean; anaphora}, Title = {Korean Anaphora and Universal Grammar}, Year = {1991}} @phdthesis{Yatsushiro:1999, Address = {Storrs}, Author = {Yatsushiro, Kazuko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {239}, School = {University of Connecticut}, Title = {Case licensing and {VP} structure}, Year = {1999}} @inproceedings{Yeom:1996, Address = {Harvard University and MIT}, Author = {Yeom, Jae-Il}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library resupposition cope uantification}, Pages = {457--472}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Presupposition Inducing Various Scope Readings}, Year = {1996}} @article{Yip:1987, Author = {Yip, Moira}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {phonology; morphology}, Number = {4}, Pages = {463--484}, Title = {English Vowel Epenthesis}, Volume = {5}, Year = {1987}} @inproceedings{Yip:2001, Address = {Georgetown University}, Author = {Yip, Moira}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Kim, Minjoo and Strauss, Uri}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {531--545}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {The complex interaction of tone and prominence}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Yoon:1994, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Yoon, Jae-Hak}, Booktitle = {{J}apanese/{K}orean Linguistics(4)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Akatsuka, Noriko}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {413--428}, Publisher = {Stanford Linguistics Association}, Title = {The Semantics of Relative Clauses in {K}orean}, Year = {1994}} @article{Yoon:1996, Author = {Yoon, James}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {105--162}, Title = {Ambiguity of Government and the Chain Condition}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Yoon:1993, Address = {University of Iowa}, Author = {Yoon, James H.}, Booktitle = {Fourth Annual Meeting of the Formal Lingusitics Society of MidAmerica}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Davison, Alice and Maier, Nicole and Silva, Glaucia and Yan, Wan Su}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {294--311}, Title = {Tough Constructions and Extraction Asymmetries}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Yoon:1994a, Address = {MIT}, Author = {Yoon, James H.}, Booktitle = {The Morphology-Syntax Connection}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:29:59 -0500}, Editor = {Harley, Heidi and Phillips, Colin}, Keywords = {library; morphology; inflection; Korean}, Pages = {251--270}, Title = {Korean Verbal Inflection and Checking Theory}, Year = {1994}} @article{Yoon:1995, Author = {Yoon, James Hye Suk}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {325--356}, Title = {Nominal, Verbal, and Cross-Categorial Affixation in {K}orean}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Yoon:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Yoon, Jeong-Me}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {747--758}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Cyclic spell-out model and a parametric approach to pied-piping in {E}nglish}, Year = {2000}} @article{Yoon:1996a, Author = {Yoon, Youngeun}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:29:51 -0500}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {217--236}, Title = {Total and Partial Predicates and the Weak and Strong Interpretations}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1996}} @incollection{Yoshida:1994, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Yoshida, Eri}, Booktitle = {{J}apanese/{K}orean Linguistics(4)}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Akatsuka, Noriko}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {183--200}, Publisher = {Stanford Linguistics Association}, Title = {Speaker's Subjectivity and the Use of shimau in {J}apanese Spoken Narratives}, Year = {1994}} @article{Oystein:1997, Author = {{\O}ystein, Nilsen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Working Papers in Scandinavian Syntax}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {1--31}, Title = {Adverbs and {A}-shift}, Volume = {59}, Year = {1997}} @article{Cho:1995, Author = {Yu Cho, Young-Mee and Sells, Peter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {119--174}, Title = {A Lexical Account of Inflectional Suffixes in {K}orean}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Yu:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Yu, Alan C. and Good, Jeff C.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {759--774}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Morphosyntax of two {T}urkish subject pronominal paradigms}, Year = {2000}} @article{Yuan:1994, Author = {Yuan, Boping}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library; L2; reflexives; anaphora; binding theory}, Number = {3}, Pages = {539--545}, Title = {Second Language Acquisition of Reflexives Revisted}, Volume = {70}, Year = {1994}} @article{Zadrozny:1994, Author = {Zadrozny, Wlodek}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library; semantics}, Number = {4}, Pages = {329--342}, Title = {From Compositional To Systematic Semantics}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1994}} @article{Zaenen:1993, Author = {Zaenen, A. and Goldberg, A. E.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library; argument structure; theta roles; psych verbs; nominalizations}, Number = {4}, Pages = {807--816}, Title = {Grimshaw: Argument structure}, Volume = {69}, Year = {1993}} @article{Zaenen:1983, Author = {Zaenen, Annie}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; binding theory; anaphora}, Number = {3}, Pages = {469--504}, Title = {On Syntactic Binding}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1983}} @book{Zaenen:1985a, Address = {New York}, Author = {Zaenen, Annie}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {393}, Publisher = {Garland Publishing Inc.}, Title = {Extraction Rules in {I}celandic}, Year = {1985}} @article{Zaenen:1985, Author = {Zaenen, Annie and Maling, Joan and Thr{\'a}insson, Hoskuldur}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {Linguistics}, Pages = {441--483}, Title = {Case and grammatical functions: the {I}celandic passive}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1985}} @book{Zagona:1988, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Zagona, Karen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Rizzi, Luigi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {213}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Verb Phrase Syntax: A Parametric Study of {E}nglish and {S}panish}, Year = {1988}} @article{Zagona:1988a, Author = {Zagona, Karen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {95--128}, Title = {Proper Government of Antecedentless {VP}s in {E}nglish and {S}panish}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1988}} @incollection{Zagona:1991, Address = {Washington, D.C.}, Author = {Zagona, Karen}, Booktitle = {Current Studies in Spanish Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Campos, Hector and Mart{\'\i}nez-Gil, Fernando}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {379--404}, Publisher = {Georgetown University Press}, Title = {Perfective `haber' and the theory of tenses}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Zalta:1989, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Zalta, Edward N.}, Booktitle = {Themes From Kaplan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Almog, Joseph and Perry, John and Wettstein, Howard}, Keywords = {library; philosophy: language; semantics}, Pages = {455--480}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Singular Propositions, Abstract Constituents, and Propositional Attitudes}, Year = {1989}} @incollection{Zamparelli:1998, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Zamparelli, Roberto}, Booktitle = {Possessors, predicates and movement in the determiner phrase}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Alexiadou, Artemis and Wilder, Chris}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {259--304}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {A theory of kinds, partitives and of/z possessives}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Zanuttini:1990, Address = {MIT}, Author = {Zanuttini, Rafaella}, Booktitle = {Time Conference}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {linguistics}, Title = {On the Relevance of Tense of Sentential Negation}, Year = {1990}} @phdthesis{Zanuttini:1991, Author = {Zanuttini, Rafaella}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {Romance egation}, School = {University of Pennsylvania}, Title = {Syntactic Properties of Sentential Negation: A Comparative Study of {R}omance Languages}, Year = {1991}} @incollection{Zanuttini:1996, Author = {Zanuttini, Rafaella}, Booktitle = {Parameters and Functional Heads}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Belletti, Adriana and Rizzi, Luigi}, Keywords = {library ense egation}, Pages = {181--208}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {On the Relevance of Tense for Sentential Negation}, Year = {1996}} @book{Zanuttini:1997, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Zanuttini, Rafaella}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Pages = {201}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Negation and Clausal Structure}, Year = {1997}} @article{Zaring:1993, Author = {Zaring, Laurie}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {A' movement; Constraints; library; French; Romance}, Number = {1}, Pages = {121--174}, Title = {On a Type of Argument-Island in {F}rench}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1993}} @article{Zaring:1994, Author = {Zaring, Laurie}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library; pronouns}, Number = {3}, Pages = {515--569}, Title = {On the Relationship between Subject Pronouns and Clausal Arguments}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1994}} @article{Zaring:1996, Author = {Zaring, Laurie}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library opula}, Number = {2}, Pages = {103--142}, Title = {``Two Be or not Two Be'': Identity, Predication and the {W}elsh Copula}, Volume = {19}, Year = {1996}} @incollection{Zec:1990, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Zec, Draga and Inkelas, Sharon}, Booktitle = {The Phonology-Syntax Connection}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Inkelas, Sharon and Zec, Draga}, Keywords = {library; phonology:syntax}, Pages = {365--378}, Publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, Title = {Prosodically Constrained Syntax}, Year = {1990}} @inproceedings{Zec:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Zec, Draga and Inkelas, Sharon}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {clitics; prosody; phonology; library}, Pages = {505--520}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {The Place of Clitics in the Prosodic Hierarchy}, Year = {1992}} @inproceedings{Zetterstrand:1996, Address = {Harvard University and MIT}, Author = {Zetterstrand, Sylvia}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library honology}, Pages = {473--487}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {High Vocoid in {T}urkana: Evidence for [high]}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Zhang:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Zhang, Jie}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius N. and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {193--208}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {The /n/-/ng/ asymmetry upon /{D}/-Suffixation in {B}eijing and elsewhere -- A phonetically based {OT} analysis}, Year = {1999}} @inproceedings{Zhang:2000, Address = {Rutgers University}, Author = {Zhang, Jie}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Hirotani, Masako and Coetzee, Andries and Hall, Nancy and Kim, Ji-yung}, Pages = {775--785}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Phonetic duration effects on contour tone distribution}, Year = {2000}} @article{Zhang:1997, Author = {Zhang, Ning}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {6}, Pages = {293--338}, Title = {The Avoidance of the Third Tone Sandhi in {M}andarin {C}hinese}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {An optimality-theoretic analysis of third tone sandhi (TS) domains of Mandarin in proposed in preference to other approaches. The constraint-based analysis provides a descriptively better solution to questions such as why it is possible for a preposition to resist tone sandhi in certain structures, a long-standing problem in tone sandhi studies. The paper shows that this resistance to tone sandhi is dependent on both syntactic structures and syntactic categories. In this study, Madnarin tone sandhi domains are related to constituent strength represenations, which are direct mappings of syntactic structures. An unspecified order of strong/weak values of constituent strength for a prepositional phrase is proposed. To define a TS domain, several constraints related to metrical factors, constituent strength, the tone sandhi domain grouping direction, and output condition are shown to interact with each other. The optimal tone sandhi domain represenation is always the one which violates the lowest-ranked constraints and violates any single constraint to the least degree possible, compared to other rrepresentations. The avoidance of tone sandhi by an element, whether it is a preposition or anohter category, is the result of interactions of the constraints. The variability of surface tone patterns comes from more than one optimal output, from speaking rate or style, and from two possible kinds of competition due to the unspecified constitutent strength.}} @incollection{Zhang:2000a, Address = {T{\"u}bingen}, Author = {Zhang, Ning}, Booktitle = {Ellipsis in conjunction}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:29:19 -0500}, Editor = {Schwabe, Kerstin and Zhang, Ning}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {157--177}, Publisher = {Niemeyer}, Title = {On {C}hinese verbless constructions}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {This paper investigates two syntactic properties of verbless constructions in Chinese. First, verbless constructions interact with nominal raising. On the one hand, there is an NP raising in copula constructions, and the raising is optional if an overt copula shows up, and obligatory if there is no overt copula. On the other hand, there is also nominal raising to the left of a repetitive or durative expression, and the raising is optional if an overt verb shows up, and obligatory if there is no overt verb. Second, the occurrence of a null verb is restricted by the specificity feature of the object. Specifically, if the object is indefinite, the selecting verb cannot be null. This is shown in both simplex predicate constructions and constructions with secondary predicates.}} @inproceedings{Zhang:1992, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Zhang, Shi}, Booktitle = {The Proceedings of the Tenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Bates, Dawn}, Keywords = {Case; library}, Pages = {521--536}, Publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Information}, Title = {{CP}-Adjoined Structure and Unmarked Accusative Case: pros and cons}, Year = {1992}} @inproceedings{Zhou:1999, Address = {University of Delaware}, Author = {Zhou, Xuan}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Tamanji, Pius and Hirotani, Masako and Hall, Nancy}, Pages = {459--474}, Publisher = {GLSA}, Title = {Mandarin negations as negative aspectual elements}, Year = {1999}} @inproceedings{Zhu:1997, Address = {McGill University}, Author = {Zhu, Shensheng}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of North East Linguistic Society 27}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Kusumoto, Kiyomi}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {441--455}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Discourse Relations and Scope of Negation}, Year = {1997}} @inproceedings{Zidani-Eroglu:1993, Address = {University of Iowa}, Author = {Zidani-Eroglu, Leyla}, Booktitle = {Fourth Annual Meeting of the Formal Lingusitics Society of MidAmerica}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Davison, Alice and Maier, Nicole and Silva, Glaucia and Yan, Wan Su}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {312--322}, Title = {Nominative Case and Agreement in {T}urkish}, Year = {1993}} @article{Zidani-Eroglu:1997, Author = {Zidani-Eroglu, Leyla}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {219--230}, Title = {Exceptionally Case-Marked {NP}s as Matrix Objects}, Volume = {28}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {Exceptionally Case-marked NPs in Turkish are shown to occupy a position in the matrix clause and not in the embedded clause with which they are thematically associated. This conclusion is strongly supported by data from adverbial modification, licensing of negative polarity items, and word order variation in Turkish. These facts also provide arguments for the supposition that negative polarity items are licensed at S-structure.}} @article{Zimmerman:1999, Author = {Zimmerman, Thomas Ede}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {5}, Pages = {529--561}, Title = {Meaning Postulates and the Model-Theoretic Approach to Natural Language Semantics}, Volume = {22}, Year = {1999}} @article{Zimmerman:2000, Author = {Zimmerman, Thomas Ede}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {255--290}, Title = {Free choice disjunction and epistemic possibility}, Volume = {8}, Year = {2000}, Abstract = {This paper offers an explanation of the fact that sentences of the form (1) 'X may A or B' may be construed as implying (2) 'X may A and X may B', especially if they are used to grant permission. It is suggested that the effect arises because disjunctions are conjunctive lists of epistemic possibilities. Consequently, if the modal may is itself epistemic, (1) comes out as equivalent to (2), due to general laws of epistemic logic. On the other hand, on a deontic reading of may, (2) is only implied under exceptional circumstances -- which usually obtain when (1) is used performatively.}} @incollection{Zimmermann:1993, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Zimmermann, Ilse}, Booktitle = {The Parametrization of Universal Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Fanselow, Gisbert}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {201--225}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {The Syntax of ``Possessor'' Phrases}, Year = {1993}} @article{Zimmermann:1992, Author = {Zimmermann, Thomas Ede}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 10:28:57 -0500}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {Opacity; library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {149--180}, Title = {On the Proper Treatment of Opacity in Certain Verbs}, Volume = {1}, Year = {1992}} @inproceedings{Ziv:1974, Address = {Chicago, Illinois}, Author = {Ziv, Yael and Cole, Peter}, Booktitle = {Papers from the Tenth Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {La Galy, M. W. and Fox, R. A. and Bruck, A.}, Keywords = {library; constraints; A' movement; English; extraposition; definiteness; Hebrew}, Pages = {772--786}, Title = {Relative Extraposition and the Scope of Definite Descriptions in {H}ebrew and {E}nglish}, Year = {1974}} @phdthesis{Zoerner:1995, Address = {Irvine}, Author = {Zoerner, III, Cyril Edward}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, School = {University of California-Irvine}, Title = {Coordination: The Syntax of \&{P}}, Year = {1995}} @article{Zoll:1995, Author = {Zoll, Cheryl}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Number = {3}, Pages = {536--545}, Title = {Consonant Mutation in {B}antu}, Volume = {26}, Year = {1995}} @article{Zoll:2002, Author = {Zoll, Cheryl}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/33.3zoll.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {520--527}, Title = {Vowel reduction and reduplication in {K}lamath}, Volume = {33}, Year = {2002}} @incollection{Zou:1994, Address = {MIT}, Author = {Zou, Ke}, Booktitle = {The Morphology-Syntax Connection}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Harley, Heidi and Phillips, Colin}, Keywords = {library; morphology; compounds; Chinese}, Pages = {271--290}, Title = {Resultative {V-V} Compounds in {C}hinese}, Year = {1994}} @article{Zribi-Hertz:1993, Author = {Zribi-Hertz, Anne}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; middles}, Number = {3}, Pages = {583--589}, Title = {On {S}troik's analysis of {E}nglish middle constructions}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1993}} @article{Zribi-Hertz:2002, Author = {Zribi-Hertz, Anne and Diagne, Lamine}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {823--884}, Title = {Clitic placement after syntax: evidence from {W}olof person and locative markers}, Volume = {20}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This paper is an empirical contribution to the typology of functional nominals (pronouns), and to the theory of clitics. Its primary goal is to present an adequate descriptive analysis of the attached person and locative markers of Wolof, a language whose 'special clitics' partly pattern like those of Berber, described by Dell and Elmedlaoui (1989), Ohalla (1989), and boukhris (1998). Our study leads us to discard an all-syntactic account of the special position of clitics, of the sort developed by Ouhalla and Boukhris for Berber, and by Njie (1982) an Dunigan (1994) for Wolof, and to adopt an approach crucially separating the syntactic and morphophonological properties of clitics, along the lines set by various scholars wrking on the syntax-phonology interface.}} @article{Zribi-Hertz:1999, Author = {Zribi-Hertz, Anne and Mbolatianavalona, Liliane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {161--218}, Title = {Towards a Modular Theory of Linguistic Deficiency: Evidence from {M}alagasy Personal Pronouns}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {This paper examines the personal pronouns of Malagasy in the light of Cardinaletti and Starke's (1994) theory of linguistic deficiency. Malagasy personal pronouns surface either as independent words or as suffixes, two sets of forms which some properties identify as strong and weak, in C\&S's framework. Further investigation, however, reveals that C\&S's strong/weak distinction, framed in terms of the hierarchical projection of functional categories, only partially captures the properties of Malagasy pronouns. What the Malagasy data suggest is that degrees of deficiency involve different components of linguistic theory. We argue that morphological deficiency, caused by suffixation, is independent from both phonological deficiency (caused by the lack of word-stress) and from syntactic deficiency (caused by the lack of some syntactic projection). Evidence from Malagasy further leads us to conclude, contra C\&S, that syntactic deficiency does not necessarily arise from peeling off the topmost projection in a tree structure.}} @article{Zsiga:1997, Author = {Zsiga, Elisabeth C.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {227--274}, Title = {Features, Gestures, and {I}gbo Vowels: An Approach to the Phonology-Phonetics Interface}, Volume = {73}, Year = {1997}, Abstract = {This article examines two processes that affect vowels in Igbo: harmony and assimilation. Through these two processes, the relationship between autosegmental features and articulatory gestures is explored. Vowel harmony is argued to be featurally represented, but acoustic evidence shows that vowel assimilation is gradient and best represented in terms of articulatory gestures. Neither representation is adequate in itself to describe the full range of phonological and phonetic data: rather, I advocate a mapping procedure that takes advantage of the resemblances between autosegmental and gestural representations without collapsing the two. A complete account of Igbo vowel harmony and assimilation is provided, demonstrating the need for two kinds of representation, and illustrating the suggested feature-to-gesture mapping.}} @article{Zubizarreta:1985, Author = {Zubizarreta, Maria Luisa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library ausative}, Number = {2}, Pages = {247--290}, Title = {The Relation between Morphophonology and Morphosyntax: The Case of {R}omance Causatives}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1985}} @incollection{Zubizarreta:1986, Address = {Utrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Zubizarreta, Maria Luisa}, Booktitle = {Going Romance II}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Coopmans, Peter and Bordelois, Ivonne and Smith, Bill Dotson}, Keywords = {library; romance; theta theory; argument structure}, Pages = {159--174}, Title = {Levels of Lexical Representation: Lexico-Semantic Structure and Lexico-Syntactic Structure}, Year = {1986}} @book{Zubizarreta:1998, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Zubizarreta, Maria Luisa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {213}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Prosody, Focus, and Word Order}, Year = {1998}} @inproceedings{Zubritskaya:1995, Address = {University of Pennsylvania}, Author = {Zubritskaya, Katya}, Booktitle = {North East Linguistic Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Beckman, Jill}, Pages = {249--264}, Publisher = {Graduate Linguistic Student Association}, Title = {Markedness and Sound Change in {OT}}, Year = {1995}} @phdthesis{Zucchi:1989, Address = {Amherst}, Author = {Zucchi, Alessandro}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {nominalizations; events; propositions; library}, School = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Title = {The Language of Propositions and Events}, Year = {1989}} @article{Zucchi:1995, Author = {Zucchi, Alessandro}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library efiniteness uantifiers}, Number = {1}, Pages = {33--78}, Title = {The Ingredients of Definiteness and the Definiteness Effect}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Zucchi:2001, Address = {Stanford, California}, Author = {Zucchi, Alessandro}, Booktitle = {Semantic interfaces: reference, anaphora and aspect}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Cecchetto, Carlo and Chierchia, Gennaro and Guasti, Maria Teresa}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {320--356}, Publisher = {CSLI}, Title = {Tense in fiction}, Year = {2001}} @article{Zucchi:1999, Author = {Zucchi, Alessandro}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {2}, Pages = {179--215}, Title = {Incomplete Events, Intensionality and Imperfective Aspect}, Volume = {7}, Year = {1999}, Abstract = {I discuss two competing theories of the progressive: the theory proposed in Parsons (1980, 1985, 1989, 1990) and the theory proposed in Landman (1992). These theories differ in more than one way. Landman regards the progressive as an intensional operator, whicl Parsons doesn't. Moreover, Landman and Parsons disagree on what uninflected predicates denote. For Landman, cross the street has in its denotation complete events of crossing the street; the aspectual contribution of English simple past (perfective aspect) is the identity function. For Parsons, both complete and incomplete eents of crossing the street can be in the denotation of the base VP; perfective aspect restricts its denotation to the events that culminate. I present a version of Parson's theory that avoids the problems raised by Landman, in particular the problem posed for Parsons by creation verbs. The reparied version and Landman's theory still differ in the way they analyze uninflected predicates. I present evidence form Slavic languages that both etheories are needed. Finally, I discuss some evidence that may favor one or the other approach to the semantics of the English progressive.}} @phdthesis{Zwart:1993, Author = {Zwart, C. Jan-Wouter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, School = {University of Groningen}, Title = {{D}utch Syntax: A Minimalist Approach}, Year = {1993}} @article{Zwart:1994, Author = {Zwart, C. Jan-Wouter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {The Linguistic Review}, Number = {3-4}, Pages = {377--406}, Title = {{D}utch is Head-Initial}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Zwart:1996, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Zwart, C. Jan-Wouter}, Booktitle = {Minimal Ideas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Abraham, Werner and Epstein, Samuel David and Thr{\'a}insson, H{\'o}skuldur and Zwart, C. Jan-Wouter}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {329--346}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {``Shortest Move'' versus ``Fewest Steps''}, Year = {1996}, Abstract = {This article argues that economy of derivation does not contain a requirement that movement steps be as short as possible. Restricitons on head movement, superraising, and wh-movement follow from well-established principles and mechanisms made explicit in recent minimalist work. It is furthermore argued that Chomsky's FORM CHAIN mechanism must be decomposed into a "trace" insertion mechanism and a (long distance) movement mechanism, where the inermediate "traces" are inserted before the movement takes place, in accordance with strict cyclicity. This resolves the conflict between the "fewest steps" requirement and the "shortext move" requirement in Chomsky (1993).}} @book{Zwart:1997, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Zwart, C. Jan-Wouter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Pages = {317}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Morphosyntax of Verb Movement: A Minimalist Approach to the Syntax of {D}utch}, Year = {1997}} @incollection{Zwart:2000, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Zwart, C. Jan-Wouter}, Booktitle = {The syntax of relative clauses}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Alexiadou, Artemis and Law, Paul and Meinunger, Andr{\'e} and Wilder, Chris}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {349--385}, Publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company}, Title = {A head raising analysis of relative clauses in {D}utch}, Year = {2000}} @article{Zwart:2001, Author = {Zwart, C. Jan-Wouter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/32.3zwart.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {547--554}, Title = {Object shift with raising verbs}, Volume = {32}, Year = {2001}} @article{Zwarts:1994, Author = {Zwarts, Joost and Verkuyl, Henk}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Keywords = {library; Theta Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--28}, Title = {An Algebra of Conceptual Structure: An Investigation into {J}ackendoff's Conceptual Semantics}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1994}} @article{Zwicky:1981, Author = {Zwicky, Arnold}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics}, Keywords = {VP Ellipsis}, Number = {1/2}, Pages = {3--58}, Title = {Stranded to and Phonological Phrasing}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1981}} @incollection{Zwicky:1990, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Zwicky, Arnold M.}, Booktitle = {The Phonology-Syntax Connection}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Inkelas, Sharon and Zec, Draga}, Keywords = {library; phonology:syntax}, Pages = {379--398}, Publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, Title = {Syntactic Representations and Phonological Shapes}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Zwicky:1975, Address = {New York}, Author = {Zwicky, Arnold M. and Sadock, Jerrold M.}, Booktitle = {Syntax and Semantics {IV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Kimball, John}, Pages = {1--36}, Publisher = {Academic Press, Inc.}, Title = {Ambiguity Tests and How to Fail Them}, Year = {1975}} @article{Afarli:1989, Author = {{\AA}farli, Tor A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {passive; Norwegian}, Number = {1}, Pages = {101--107}, Title = {Passive in {N}orwegian and in {E}nglish}, Volume = {20}, Year = {1989}} @article{Afarli:2002, Author = {{\AA}farli, Tor A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Number = {2}, Pages = {129--144}, Title = {Two types of object experiencer verbs in {N}orwegian}, Volume = {4}, Year = {2002}} @incollection{Chomsky:2001a, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Booktitle = {Ken {H}ale: A Life in Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Kenstowicz, Michael}, Pages = {1--52}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Derivation by Phase}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Schuyler:2001, Address = {{UC}, {S}anta {C}ruz}, Author = {Schuyler, Tamara}, Booktitle = {Syntax at {S}anta {C}ruz}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Bhloscaidh, S{\'e}amas Mac}, Pages = {1--20}, Publisher = {Linguistics Department}, Title = {Wh-movement out of the site of {VP} ellipsis}, Year = {2001}} @phdthesis{Stepanov:2001, Author = {Stepanov, Arthur}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, School = {University of Connecticut at Storrs}, Title = {Cyclic domains in syntactic theory}, Year = {2001}} @phdthesis{Truckenbrodt:1995a, Author = {Truckenbrodt, Hubert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, School = {MIT}, Title = {Phonological Phrases: their relation to syntax, focus, and prominence}, Year = {1995}} @article{Svenonius:2002, Author = {Svenonius, Peter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Number = {1}, Pages = {197--225}, Title = {{I}celandic case and the structure of events}, Volume = {5}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {I argue in this paper for a novel analysis of case in Icelandic, with implications for case theory in general. I argue that structual case is the manifestation on the noun phrase of features which are semantically interpretable on verbal projections. Thus, Icelandic case does not encode features of noun phrase interpretation, but it is not uninterpretable either; case is properly seen as reflecting (interpretable) tense, aspect, or Aktionsart features. Accusative case in Icelandic is available when the two subevents introduced in a transitive verb phrase are temporally identified with each other, and dative case is available when the two parts are distinct. This analysis bears directly on the theory of reature checking in teh Minimalist Program. specifically, it is consistent with a restrictive theory of feature checking in which no features are strictly uninterpretable: all formal features come in interpretable-uninterpretable pairs, and feature checking is the matching of such paires, driven by legibility conditions at Spell-Out.}} @article{Riemsdijk:2002, Author = {van Riemsdijk, Henk}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Number = {1}, Pages = {143--196}, Title = {the unberable lightness of {GO}ing}, Volume = {5}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {It is a well-known fact that most of the Germanic languages can use modal verbs iwth non-verbal complements. In the present paper I will focus on modals with directional PPs such as the German \emph{Ich muss nach hause}. There are two ways to analyze such constructions. Either we say that the modal can (also) be used as a main verb, in which case it can have a complete theta-structure, a full-blown subcategorization frame (e.g., Barbiers (1995), or we can say that, among the verbal complements the modal verb can combine with, thereis a super-light motion verb [e]GO. Swiss German presents us with the two incontrovertible arguments to the effect that there has to be an empty GO. Teh first, due to J. Hoekstra (1997), is based on the distributionj of PPs in verbal clusters. A second argument comes from Verb Doublling. Dutch and German differ from Swiss German in this prespect. It is tempting to assume that these languages lack the empty GO. However, West Flemish confronts us with a paradox: according to one argument it must have empty GO, accoridng to the other it must lack it. The only way in which the paradox can be resolved, it is argued, is to assume that all varieties (there are relevant additional data from Afrikaans, Alsatian, German, Frisian, and Luxemburgish) have the phonetically empty super-light motion verb GO but that the variation is due to a 'Pure Parameter'. This parameter, the Projection Parameter, is argued to regulate the licensing of empty light motion verbs as well as the occurrence of Verb (Projection) Raising.}} @article{Maling:2002, Author = {Maling, Joan and Sigurj{\'o}nsd{\'o}ttir, Sigr{\'\i}dur}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Number = {1}, Pages = {97--142}, Title = {the `new impersonal' construction in {I}celandic}, Volume = {5}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This paper reports the results of an extensive sutdy of a syntactic change currently underway in Iceland. The new construction appears to contain a morphological passive auxiliary and participle which is able to assign accusative case to a postverbal argument. The study was designed to track the development of this ongoing change and to test the hypothesis that the innovative construction in fact involves the reanlysis of passive morphology as a syntacticially active construction with a phonologoically null impersonal subject. The syntactici change seems to parallel the completed development of the \emph{-no/to} construction in Polish and the autonomous form in Irish.}} @article{Julien:2002, Author = {Julien, Marit}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Number = {1}, Pages = {67--95}, Title = {Optional \emph{ha} in {S}wedish and {N}orwegian}, Volume = {5}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {In Norwegian and Swedish, the auxiliary \emph{ha} 'have' can somtimes be omitted. Earlier analyses have treated this as a unitary phenomenon. However, while \emph{ha} can only be left out after modal verbs in Norwegian, \emph{ha}-omission has a wider distribution in Swedish. This indicates that the optionality of \emph{ha} depends on more than one factor. In constructions with modal verbs, hte head that is spelled out as \emph{ha} can be present or absent in both languages. That is, the optionality of \emph{ha} is connected to the optionality of generating the relevant head. In Swedish, there is the additional possibility of generating \emph{ha} without spelling it out. More precisely, \emph{ha} need not be spelled out if \emph{ha }shares its features with some element that is overtly realized. Still, ther eis much variation between speakers of Swedish concerning the distribution of optional \emph{ha}. It appears that a number of grammatical features contribute to the optionality of a phonologically realized \emph{ha}.}} @article{Dikken:2002a, Author = {den Dikken, Marcel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {35--66}, Title = {Direct and parasitic polarity item licensing}, Volume = {5}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {dutch has a peculiar polarity item, referred to hereinafter as 'polar-\emph{heel}' -- a itherto largely undiscussed incarnation of the adjective/quantifier \emph{hell} 'whole'. This paper will show that polar-\emph{heel} can be licensed in either of two ways: via \emph{direct} licensing or via \emph{parasitic} licensing. The restrictions on the direct licensing of plar-\emph{ell} reveal that this element is a strictly negative polarity item raising in the overt syntax to establish a Spec-Head agreement relationship with the negative head Neg. Failing direct licensing, polar-\emph{heel} can still survive it if can parasitize, via connectedness, on the licensing of another polarity item. Thus, polar-\emph{heel} is a non-empty analogue to an A'-bound gap, which likewise can be licensed either directly or parasitically.}} @article{Ackema:2002, Author = {Ackema, Peter and Szendr{\H{o}}i, Kriszta}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Number = {1}, Pages = {3--34}, Title = {Determiner sharing as an instance of dependent ellipsis}, Volume = {5}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {In English coordinate ellipsis constructions, the determiner of a DP in the second conjunct can somtimes be omitted under identity with the determiner of the corresponding constituent of hte first conjunct, a phenomena known as 'determiner sharing'. following Williams's (1997) analysis of nonconstituent ellipsis, we argue that determiner sharing involves a two-step elision process: coordinate ellipsis plus a process we term 'dependent ellipsis'. Dependent ellipsis is the process by which a coordinate null head licenses the heads of its direct dependents to be null as well. We show that, under the hypothesis that dependent ellipsis is not a trnasitive relation, the properties of determiner sharing constructions follow, adding some new observations to those noted before in the literature. For example, we explain that subject determiner sharing is usually only possible if Tense is gapped in the second conjunct while object determiner sharing is dependent on Verb-gapping. however, we also show that in certain cases subject D-sharing may be possible without T-gapping, and, vice versa, there are cases where T-gapping does not license subject D-sharing.}} @incollection{Chomsky:2000, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Booktitle = {Step by step: Essays on minimalist syntax in honor of {H}oward {L}asnik}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Martin, Roger and Michaels, David and Uriagereka, Juan}, Pages = {89--156}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Minimalist Inquiries: The Framework}, Year = {2000}} @phdthesis{Pylkkanen:2002a, Author = {Pylkk{\"a}nen, Liina}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Introducing Arguments}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Lasnik:1998, Address = {Philadelphia, Pennsylvania}, Author = {Lasnik, Howard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Dimitriadis, A.}, Pages = {83--98}, Publisher = {University of Pennsylvania}, Title = {Some reconstruction riddles}, Volume = {Proceeding of the {P}enn Linguistics Colloquium}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Pesetsky:2001, Author = {Pesetsky, David and Torrego, Esther}, Booktitle = {Ken {H}ale: A life in language}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Editor = {Kenstowicz, Michael}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {355--426}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {{T}-to-{C} Movement: Causes and Consequences}, Year = {2001}} @article{Shlenker:2003, Author = {Shlenker, Philippe}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {157--214}, Title = {Clausal Equations (A note on the Connectivity Problem)}, Volume = {21}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {According to a variety of tests, 'What John likes is himself" displays the same c-command relations as "John likes himself." But note of these relations appears to hold on the surface; this is the 'connectivity problem'. Revisionists maintain that the problematic examples are identity sentences with no hidden structure, but that none of our c-command tests is infallible. Conservatives claim that our c-command tests are reliable, but that the clause "John likes himself" is indeed present at some level of representation. Siding with the conservatives, we follow Ross's (1972) original insight and suggest that connectivity sentences equate a concealed question with an elided answer: "[What John likes] = [\sout{John likes} himself]." new arguments are given for each component of the analysis, and it is shown that connectivity effects are obviated when the elements that are equated are referential rather than clausal. The correct truth-conditions are derived from the semantics of identity, together with Groenendijk and Stokhof's (1990) semantics for questions. The analysis is then extended to cases of DP connectivity, such as "his ory is himself," by usggesting that semantically dyadic nouns have an additional argument position, yielding the representation: "[?x his [worry x]] = [ \sout{his [ worry} himself]]." finally, it is shown that recent objections based on 'anti-connectivity' effects misfire, because the same facs hold of question-answer pairs, as expected on the present approach.}} @article{Rivero:2003, Author = {Rivero, Mar{\'\i}a Luisa and Sheppard, Milena Milojevic}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Number = {1}, Pages = {89--155}, Title = {Indefinite reflexive clitics in {S}lavic: {P}olish and {S}lovenian}, Volume = {21}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {In this paper, we argue that certain Slavic reflexive clitics should be analyzed as indefinite defective pronouns in both syntax and semantics, and we go on to identify syntactic and semantic parametric variation among refelxicve clitics in Slavic. Reflexive clitics that correspond to "people" represent nominative indefinite pronouns in Polish and Slovenian, and accusative indefinite pronouns in all the Slavic langauges, so there is syntactic variation among such indefinties. In syntax, indefinite clitics stand for explicit arguments that are defective because they contain a hman feature and no gender, number, or person and move to repair deficiency. In sematnics, they contain human variables and quantifiers reminiscent of "some," which can be deleted by existential disclosure. When quantifiers are deleted and adverbs bind indefintie clitics, such clitics may resemble "everyone," "many people," and "few people." In constructions with datives, Slavic clitics display a complex web of semantic and syntactic variation due to dative existential disclosure in logical form. Dative existential disclosure combines quantifier deletion with one of two operations binding datives to disclosed variables. In Polish and Slovenian, constructions with indefinite clitics and datives have the same syntax but differ in truth conditions because quantifiers are delted, and datives bind disclosed variables in one way in Polish and another way in Slovenian. In Czech and Bulgarian, dateive existential disclosure affects refelxive clitics standing for implicit arguemtns with different syntactic properties. Thus, there is syntactic variation, with Polish and Slovenian forming one sytnactic group and Bulgarian and Czech another. Variation extends to semantics, because the meaning of constructions with reflexive clitics and datives is the same in Bulgarian and slovenian, while Czech belongs to the same semantic group as Polish.}} @article{Padgett:2003, Author = {Padgett, Jaye}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {39--87}, Title = {Contrast and post-velar fronting in {R}ussian}, Volume = {21}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {There is a well-known rule of Russian whereby /i/ is said to be realized as [i] after non-palatalized consonants. Somewhat less well known is another allpphonic rule of Russian whereby only [i], and not [-i], can follow velars within a morphological word. This latter rule came about due to a sound change in East Slavic called post-vlar fronting here: k-i > kji (and similarly for the other velars). This paper examines this sound change in depth, and argues that it can be adequately explained only by appeal to the funcitonal notions of perceptual distinctiveness of contrast and neutralization avoidance. Further, these notions crucially require a systemic approach to phonology, in which the wellformedness of any form must be evaluated with reference to the larger system of contrasts it enters into. These notions are formalized in a modified version of Dispersion Theory (Flemming 1995a), a systemic theory that incorporates these functional notions into Optimality Theory (Prince and Smolensky 1993).}} @article{Davies:2003, Author = {Davies, William D. and Dubinsky, Stanley}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--37}, Title = {On extraction from {NP}s}, Volume = {21}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {This paper sheds new light on the conditions governing extraction from NPs. A close examination of wh-extraction out of object NPs reveals that previously unnoticed semantic factors play a greater role than has been recognized. In particular, we find that NPs lakcing 'participant' structure do not permit wh-extraction at all, and that certain NPs permit extraction even when they are definite. At the same time, the prohibition on wh-extraction from subject NPs is shown to be a purely syntactic phenomenon which arises from teh particular way in which the Extended Projection Principle is satisfied in English.}} @phdthesis{Hackl:2000, Author = {Hackl, Martin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Comparative Quantifiers}, Year = {2000}} @article{Barker:2002, Author = {Barker, Chris}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {211--242}, Title = {Continuations and the Nature of Quantification}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This paper proposes that the meanings of some natural language expressions should be thought of as functions on their own continuations. Continuations are a well-established analytic tool int eh theory of programming language semantics; in brief, a continuation is the entire default future of a computation. I show how a continuation-based grammar can unify several aspects of natural language quantification in a new way: merely stating the truth conditions for quantificational expressions in terms of continuations automatically accounts for scope displacement and scope ambiguity. To prove this claim, I exhibit a simple finite context-free grammar with a strictly compositional semantics in which quantificational NPs are interpeted in situ but take semantic scope over larger constituents. There is not Quantifier Raising (nor any use of a lvel of Logical Form distinct from overt syntax), no Cooper Storage (re similar mechanisms used in many recnt HPSG, Categorial, or type-logical treatments), and no need for type shifting (as in Hendriks' Flexible Types account). continuations also provide a natural account of generalized coordination that does not require either type-shifting or type polymorphism. Compositionality issues are discussed in some detail.}} @article{Whelpton:2002, Author = {Whelpton, Matthew}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {3}, Pages = {167--210}, Title = {Locality and Control with Infinitives of Result}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {The "rationale clause infinitive" is a modifier of the verb which expresses an agent's intention in acting as they do. The rationale clause is related to the matrix in two important ways: the null subject ofthe inifintive (PRO) is usually coreferential iwth a phrase in teh matrix (control), and the intention it expresses is ususally assigned to a phrase in teh matrix (predication). Given the controller and argument of the rationale clause are usually clausemates of the infinitive itself, the strongest hypothesis is that both control and predication are strictly local. however, there has been much debate in teh literature concerning the viability of such a locality constraint. In this article, I argue in favou of a locality-based account of control and predication in the rationale clause, comparing it with a discourse-semantic constraint approach and a logophoricity constraint approach. Data from two related modifier infinitives (the "purpose clause" and the "telic clause") will be used to sharpen the discussion.}} @article{Abbott:2002, Author = {Abbott, Barbara}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {4}, Pages = {285--298}, Title = {Donkey Demonstratives}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {Donkey pronouns (e.g., "it" in "Every famrer who owns a donkey beats it") are argued to have an interpretation more similar to a deomnstrative phrase (e.g., "...beats that donkey) than to any of the other alternatives generally considered (e.g. "...the donkey(s) he owns, ...a donkey he owns"). Like the demonstrative phrase, the pronoun is not equivalent to Evans' E-type paraphrase, nor to either the weak or the strong reading sometimes claimed for donkey sentences. A consequence is to narrow the range of formal analyses.}} @article{Heller:2002, Author = {Heller, Daphna}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Number = {4}, Pages = {243--284}, Title = {On the relation of connectivity and Specificational Pseudoclefts}, Volume = {10}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {From Higgins (1973) to Iatridou and varlokosta (1998), connectivity has been ocnsidered in the literature to be a defining characteris of specificational pseudoclefts. This paper argues agaist this view based on an anlysis of specificational pseudoclefts in Hebrew. Pseudoclefts in Hebrew are interesting in two ways. First predicational and specificational pseudoclefts are distinguished lexically in the choice of the copula. Second specificational pseudoclefts fall into two classes, each exhibitin a different set of connectivity effects. The connectivity pattern in Hebrew is accounted for following Jacobson (1994) and Sharvit (1999), who assume that connectivity effects are independent of each other and derive them as a by-product of semantic equation. It is shown that this pattern cannot be obtained using any single grammatical operation, such as reconstruction or copying, which would necessarily derive all connectivity effects at once.}} @article{Liejiong:2003, Author = {Liejiong, Xu}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/34.1liejiong.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {163--171}, Title = {Remarks on {VP}-ellipsis in disguise}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2003}} @article{Legate:2003, Author = {Legate, Julie Anne}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/34.1legate.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {155--162}, Title = {The morphosemantics of {W}arlpiri counterfactual conditionals}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2003}} @article{Fox:2003, Author = {Fox, Danny and Lasnik, Howard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/34.1fox.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {143--154}, Title = {Successive-cyclic movement and island repair: the difference between {S}luicing and {VP}-ellipsis}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2003}} @article{Simpson:2003, Author = {Simpson, Andrew and Bhattacharya, Tanmoy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/34.1simpson.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {127--142}, Title = {Obligatory overt wh-movement in a wh-in-situ language}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2003}} @article{Vaux:2003, Author = {Vaux, Bert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/34.1vaux.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {91--125}, Title = {Syllabification in {A}rmenian, {U}niversal {G}rammar, and the lexicon}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {This article approaches from a new angle the question of the extent to which predictable information is stored in teh lexicon. By examining the ways in which morphological phenomena can be sensitive to prosodic structure, I argue that some -- but not all -- predictable information is stored in lexical entries. Detailed analysis of a fragment of the Armenian phonological system, focusing on the behavior of consonants at morpheme edges, supports a more abstract view of phonological representations (containing syllables, appendices, and unparsed segments) than can be inferred from phonetic facts alone, contra Ohala and Kawasaki-Fukumori (1997), Steriade (1999), Scheer (2002), and others. The Armenian facts futhermore indicate that attempts to abandon underlying representations (Flemming 1995, Burzio 1996) are misguided and that we must also retreat from the excessively abstract underspecification approaches advocated by most phonologists.}} @article{Phillips:2003, Author = {Phillips, Colin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/34.1phillips.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {37--90}, Title = {Linear order and constituency}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {This article presents a series of arguments that syntactic structures are built incrementally, in a strict left-to-right order. By assuming incremental structure building it becomes possible to explain the differences in the range of constitutents available to different diagnostics of constituency, including movemetn, ellipsis, coordination, scope, and binding. In an incremental derivation strucure building cretes new consituents, and in doing so it may destroy existing constituents. The article presents detailed evidence for the prediction of incremental grammar that a syntactic process may refer only to those constituents that are present at the oint in the derivation when the process applies.}} @article{Basilico:2003, Author = {Basilico, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/34.1basilico.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--35}, Title = {The topic of small clauses}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {This article proposes that understanding the syntax and semantics of small clauses (SCs) requires understanding their topic structure. The article focuses on two observations: (a) the lack of a passive for verbs that take bare infinitival complemetns and (b) the lack of a narrow scope interpretation for subjects raised from adjectival SCs. It shows that with bare infinitival complemetns, the subject of the SC is not the topic;this contrasts with adjectival SCs, where the subject must be a topic. The differences between verbal and adjectival SCs then follow. Finally, the article compares raisign verbs with adjectival SC complements and raising vrbs with infinitival complemetns, showing again that hte differences in the syntax and semantics of such constructions are related to whether or not the subject of the embedded clause must be a topic.}} @book{Kuno:1973a, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Kuno, Susumu}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {The structure of the {J}apanese language}, Year = {1973}} @article{Beck:2004, Author = {Beck, Sigrid and Johnson, Kyle}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 35.1beck.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.1beck.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {97--123}, Title = {Double objects again}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {In this article, we explore the interaction of "again" with the double object constructions and the corresponding NP+PP constructions. The restitutive reading that "again" gives rise to in combination with these predicates supports an analysis of double object constructions according to which they contain a small clause with a head predicate HAVE, and an analysis of the corresponding NP+PP constructions that is not transformationally related and varies according to the verb contained in the structures.}} @article{Tanaka:2003a, Author = {Tanaka, Hidekazu}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/34.2tanaka.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {314--323}, Title = {Remarks on {B}eck's Effects: Linearity in Syntax}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2003}} @article{Sauerland:2003a, Author = {Sauerland, Uli}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/34.2sauerland.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {308--314}, Title = {Intermediate Adjunction with {A}-Movement}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2003}} @article{Caponigro:2003a, Author = {Caponigro, Ivano and Sch{\"u}tze, Carson}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/34.2caponigro.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {293--308}, Title = {Parameterizing Passive Participle Movement}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2003}} @article{Panagiotidis:2003a, Author = {Panagiotidis, Phoevos}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/34.2panagiotidis.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {281--292}, Title = {\emph{One}, Empty Nouns and $\theta$-Assignment}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {The standard analysis that the "pronominal count nout" \emph{one} is an N'- or NP-level element is challenged and it is argued to be an N0. Moreover, the behavior of \emph{one} is identified with that of a phonologically empty counterpart. The fact that these N heads lack descriptive content is shown to be the source of two of their distinctive properties: their inability to take arguments, which accounts for their superficially phrasal status, and their triggering of pronominal reference. The existence of a [pronominal] feature is argued agains; instead, such noun heads' lack of descriptive content is claimed to be what LF interprets as "pronominal."}} @article{Boeckx:2003a, Author = {Boeckx, Cedric and Hornstein, Norbert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/34.2boeckx.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {269--280}, Title = {Reply to ``{C}ontrol is not Movement''}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {In this reply we examine Culicover and Jackendoff's (2001) arguments against syntactic treatments of control, and against Hornstein 1999 in particular. We focus on three of their core arguments: (a) the syntactocentric view of control; (b) the control pattern found with \emph{promise}; and (c) the violability of the Minimal Distance Principle. In all cases we contend that Culicover and Jackendoff's claims fail to undermine Hornstein's proposal.}} @article{Zoll:2003a, Author = {Zoll, Cheryl}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/34.2zoll.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {225--268}, Title = {Optimal Tone Mapping}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {Traditional autosegmental accounts of tone mapping invoke three independent factors: morphological category, tone quality, and a phonological directionality parameter. This article argues that the evidence for phonological directionality must be reconsidered. The article introduces a theory of Optimal Tone Mapping, in which attested patterns derive solely from the interaction of morphological directionality with quality-sensitive markedness constraints. The more restrictive theory of tone association that results from eliminating constraints that impose phonological directionality provides a new typology of tone melody languages.}} @article{Reiss:2003a, Author = {Reiss, Charles}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:05 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/34.2reiss.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {199--224}, Title = {Deriving the Feature-Filling/Feature-Changing Contrast: An Application to {H}ungarian Vowel Harmony}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {The article explores an alternative to the interpretive procedure adopted in \emph{SPE} and proposes a unified interpretive procedure for all languages. The proposal solves long-standing problems by making it unnecessary to refer to a third value of binary features [0F], to introduce negation into lexical representations (e.b., [NOT +rd]), or to introduce a \emph{feature filling/feature changing} diacritic on rules. The article provides a metric for comparing externsionally equivalent rule systems and argues that the most concise formulation is not always the correct one, by appealing to crosslinguistic evidence. The proposal is illustrated by application to the target/trigger relations in Hungarian vowel harmony.}} @article{Fintel:2003a, Author = {Fintel, Kai von and Iatridou, Sabine}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/34.2fintel.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {173--198}, Title = {Epistemic Containment}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {This article concerns a new constraint on the interaction of quantifier phrases and epistemic modals. It is argued that QPs cannot bind their traces across an epistemic modal, though it is shown that scoping mechanisms of a different nature are premitted to cross epistemic modals. The nature and source of this constraint are investigated.}} @article{Neeleman:2002a, Author = {Neeleman, Ad and Koot, Hans van de}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--52}, Title = {Bare Resultatives}, Volume = {6}, Year = {2002}, Abstract = {This paper presents an empirical argument against the view that the subject-predicate relation is mediated in syntax by a designated funtional head. In particular, it is argued that a theory that allows this relation to be mediated by any head makes available an analysis of verb-resultative combinations as complex predicates. As opposed to its rivals, this analysis derives the following characteristics: (i) Resulatative and verb jointly express a single event involving direct causation. (ii) Resultatives form a constituent with the verb. (iii) the head of a resultative complex predicate cannot itself be complex, but the nonhead can. (iv) all thematic information int he head can contribute to the theta-grid of a complex predicate; the nonhead can only contribute the thematic information associated with its external theta-role. (v) The head of a resultative complex predicate expresses an event while the nonhead expresses a resulting state or interrelation. (vi) Resultatives are object-oriented. (vii) Depending ont he thematic properties of the head, the objedct (or derived subject) of a resultative complex predicate must, can, or cannot be interpreted as the internal argument of the verb. (viii) A resultative complex predicate cannot head a doublect object construction. The analysis extends to expressions like \emph{consider intelligent} and directional complex predicates headed by verbs of motion.}} @article{Gropen:1989, Author = {Gropen, Jess and Pinker, Steven and Hollander, Michelle and Godberg, Richard and Wilson, Ronald}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Number = {2}, Pages = {203--257}, Title = {The Learnability and Acquisition of the Dative Alternation in {E}nglish}, Volume = {65}, Year = {1989}, Abstract = {The dative alternation poses a learnability paradox: when children hear \emph{give money to him} and \emph{give him money}, they could formulate a rule deriving the double object from the prepositional form, but they rule would allow overgeneralization from \emph{done money to him} to \emph{*donate him money}. Children are not corrected for speaking ungrammatically, so how do they avoid overgeneralizing? The 'conservatism'' hypothesis proposes that children do not generalize at all; the 'criteria' hypothesis holds that children learn to constrain their rule to apply to monosyllabic verbs denoting possession changes. In a questionnaire study, adults rated double-object forms with novel verbs as sounding etter if they met these criteria. In an analysis of speech transcripts, children were found to produce ungrammatical double-object sentences (though not very frequently). In two experiments children were taught novel motion verbsl they extended them to double-object structures, and did so more often for monomsyllabic than for polysyllabic verbs and more often to denote a possession transfer than motion to a location. However, children also had a bias to use each verb in the construction they heard it in. Thus children are not invariably conservative but show conservative tendencies, and their generalizations are influenced by morphophonological and semantic criteria. We propose that speakers acquire a dative rule that operates on two levels: a broad-range rule defines the possiblity of a verb menaing 'cause to move' to be changed into one meaning 'cause to have, and narrow-range rules license such extensions to be made for subclasses of semantically and morphologically similar verbs.}} @incollection{Kroch:1987a, Author = {Kroch, Anthony}, Booktitle = {The Mathematics of Language}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Manaster-Ramer, Alexis}, Pages = {143--172}, Publisher = {John Benjamins}, Title = {Unbounded Dependencies and Subjacency in Tree Adjoining Grammar}, Year = {1987}} @inproceedings{Longobardi:1984, Author = {Longobardi, Giuseppe}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Taraldsen, Tarald}, Pages = {51--99}, Title = {Parasitic Gaps and the Typology of Island Constructions}, Volume = {Proceedings of the Troms{\o} Workshop on Comparative Syntax}, Year = {1984}} @phdthesis{Winkler:2003, Author = {Winkler, Susanne}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, School = {University of T{\"u}bingen}, Title = {Ellipsis at the Interfaces}, Year = {2003}} @inproceedings{Talmy:1991, Author = {Talmy, Leonard}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {B}erkeley {L}inguistics {S}ociety}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Sutton, Laurel A. and Johnson, Christopher and Shields, Ruth}, Pages = {480--519}, Title = {Path to realization -- via aspect and result}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1991}} @inproceedings{Aske:1989, Author = {Aske, Jon}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {B}erkeley {L}inguistics {S}ociety}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Hall, Kira and Meacham, Michael and Shapiro, Richard}, Pages = {1--15}, Title = {Path predicates in {E}nglish and {S}panish: a closer look}, Volume = {15}, Year = {1989}} @inproceedings{Levin:1988a, Author = {Levin, Beth and Rapoport, Tova R.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {C}hicago {L}inguistics {S}ociety}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {MacLeod, Lynn and Larson, Gary and Brentari, Diane}, Keywords = {library; resultatives}, Pages = {275--289}, Title = {Lexical subordination}, Volume = {24}, Year = {1988}} @article{Rapp:1999, Author = {Rapp, Irene and Stechow, Arnim von}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of Semantics}, Number = {2}, Pages = {149--204}, Title = {\emph{Fast} ``almost'' and the Visibility Parameter for Functional Adverbs}, Volume = {16}, Year = {1999}} @unpublished{Stechow:2001a, Author = {Stechow, Arnim von}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Title = {How are Results Represented and Modified? Remarks on {J}{\"a}ger and {B}lutner's Anti-Decomposition}, Year = {2001}} @inproceedings{Jager:1999, Address = {Haifa University}, Author = {J{\"a}ger, Gerhard and Blutner, Reinhart}, Booktitle = {the {I}sraeli {A}ssociation of {T}heoretical {L}inguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Wyner, Adam Zachary}, Pages = {113--137}, Title = {Against Lexical Decomposition in Syntax}, Volume = {15}, Year = {2000}} @article{Lin:2003, Author = {Lin, Jo-Wang}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library; Chinese; tense}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL12.3Lin.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {259--311}, Title = {Temporal reference in {M}andarin {C}hinese}, Volume = {12}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {This paper discusses how Chinese, a so-called tenseless language, determines its temporal reference. For simplex sentences without time adverbs or aspectual marker, I show that temporal reference is correlated with aktionsart or grammatical viewpoint. For sentences with an aspecual marker, I discuss the temporal semantics of 'le' and 'guo' in detail, showing how their tense/aspectual meanings contribute to temporal reference. I propose to analyze 'le' as an event realization operator and 'guo' as ananteriority operator. For subordinate clauses, I show that temporal reference of complement clauses of verbs is basically determined by verbal semantics of individual verbs, which may impose some temporal restriction on the temporal location of the embedded event. As for relative clauses and temporal adverbial clauses, many different factors such as lexical verbal semantics, referential properties of determiners, lifteme effect of noun phrases, semantic or pragmatics constraints on termporal connectives, inference rules and world knowledge, etc., all interact to help determine temporal reference. Many data discussed in this paper indicate that there is no evidence of (covert) tenses in Chinese. Therefore, challenging work remains for those who have claimed that Tnese Phrase is projected in Chinese phrase structures.}} @article{Wan:2003, Author = {Wan, I-Ping and Jaeger, Jeri}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL12.3Wan_Jaeger.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {205--257}, Title = {The phonological representation of {T}aiwan {M}andarin vowels: A psycholinguistic study}, Volume = {12}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {One of the fundamental goals of every phonological theory is to account for the nature of the basic units of speech sounds, and the relationships between these units and their contextual variants. This relationship is equally crucial to the phonological theory whether it is called 'phonemes and allophones', 'unerlying and surface forms', or 'input and output'. However, purely structural analyses of phonological systems can often produce several hypotheses regarding the phonemic inventory and its surface reflexes in any particular language, all of which are supportable by the contrast and alternation patterns of the languages. In this paper we look at four such hypotheses regarding the underlying vowel system of Mandarin, all based on Beijin Mandarin: the six-vowel system of c. Cheng (1973), the five-vowel systems of R. Cheng (1966) and of Lin(1989), and the four-vowel system of Wu (1994). We then present distributiona, phonetic, and psycholinguistic evdence (the latter based on a corpus of 238 syntagmatic speech errors or 'slips of the tongue' involving vowels) that the vowel system of the dialect of Mandarin currently spoken in Taiwan cannot be accounted for by any ofhtese hypotheses. We then propose a new 5-vowel system for Taiwan Mandarin, based ont eh distributional, phonetic, and especially the psycholinguistic facts. We conclude that phonological theories which are compatible with psycholinguistic evidence such as the data presented here are those most likely to be modeling the actual cognitive representations and processes of real speakers.}} @article{Matsuoka:2003, Author = {Matsuoka, Mikinari}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library; ditransitives; Japanese}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL12.2Matsuoka.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {171--203}, Title = {Two Types of Ditransitive constructions in {J}apanese}, Volume = {12}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {This paper argues that there are two types of ditransitive verbs in Japanese that associate their dative arguments with different structural positions: one projects the dative argument in a lower position than the accusative argument, whereas the other generates it in a higher position than the accusative argument. Evidence for this proposal comes from a difference observed in causative-inchative alternations of ditransitive verbs. One type of verb promotes the accusative arguemnt to the subject of the inchative variant, which is discussed in Baker (1993, 1995). However, the other type advances the dative argument to the subject. It is also claimed that th e dative arguments of the two types of verbs are distinguished by thematic role: one is goal, whereas the other is experiencer. Furthermore, this paper deasl with issues concerning the structure of a passive construction, locality of A-omvenent, and the structural condition on bound variable reading of a pronoun.}} @article{Yatsushiro:2003, Author = {Yatsushiro, Kazuko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library; Japanese; Scrambling}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL12.2Yatsushiro.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {141--170}, Title = {{VP} internal scrambling}, Volume = {12}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {In this paper, I argue that the indirect object of a ditransitive verb is always base-generated higher than thte direct object. The word order alternation between the arguments in Japanese is the result of scrambling. I present new evidence for this approach from the Chain Condition effect in the sense of Rizzi (1986). I show that we oserve the Chain Condition effect with the reflexive anaphor \emph{karezisin} 'himself' when the word order is that of direct object-indirect object but not vice versa, which supports the movement analysis of the word order alternation. It ahs been observed that we do not obtain the Chain condition effect with the reciprocal anaphor \emph{otagai} 'each other'. I argue that this observation follwos from the syntax and semantics of the reciprocal anaphor, and hence, does not constitute evidence against the movement analysis.}} @article{Ting:2003, Author = {Ting, Jen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library; Chinese; agreement; resumptive pronouns}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL12.2Ting.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {121--139}, Title = {The nature of the particle \emph{suo} in {M}andarin {C}hinese}, Volume = {12}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {This article argues for an analysis of Mandarin chinese \emph{suo} as a resumptive pronominal clitic: \emph{suo} is suggested to be the head of a nominal projection, licensed by being bound by a null operator and adjoined to Io via head movement. This analysis will be shown to account for the various properties of \emph{suo}, including its surface ofer with respect to other elements in the clause, the complementary distribution between \emph{suo} and the resumptive pronoun \emph{ta} 'he', the "climbing" phenomenon, and the licesning asymmetry with respect to \emph{suo's} distribution, namely, the fact that \emph{suo} is allowed in locative inversion constructions but not in relativization of subject, manner and reason expressions. This proposed analysis will be compared with that of Chiu (1995) and will conclude that the facts of \emph{suo} do not support the positing of an agreement-like projeciton in Chinese.}} @article{Chien:2003, Author = {Chien, Yu-Chin and Lust, Barbara and Chiang, Chi-Pang}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library; acquisition; Chinese}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL12.2Chien_etal.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {91--120}, Title = {Chinese children's comprehension of count-classifiers and mass-classifiers}, Volume = {12}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {Two experiments were conducted to test Chinese children's comprehension of count- and mass-classifiers. The participants for each experiment were 80 Chinese-speaking children between the ages of 3 and 8, plus 16 adults (recruited from Taipei, Taiwan). The results of the study indicate the following points: (1) Chinese children, in early stages of language acquisition (even as young as 3 years), honor the grammatical count-mass distinction which, as suggested by Cheng and Sybesma (1998, 1999), is reflected at the level of the classifier. (2) chinese children are capable of making fine differentiations between and among a given set of count-classifiers. They know that the relationship bewteen a count-classifier and an entity dentoed by a noun is relatively fixed. (3) Chinese children's abilities in dealing with mass-classifiers are comparable to their abilities in dealing with count-classifiers. (4) Although there are developmental differences across the classifiers tested (presumably due to lexical learning), these differences tend to fade by age 4. (5) The general classifier \emph{ge} differed in that it does not require that the entity denoted by the noun be of a particular type. This was seen even in adults to some degree. The results of this study cohere with the linguistic analysis proposed by Cheng and Sybesma that the count-mass distinction is in fact relevant in chinese grammar. These results also cohere with the current theory in cognitive development proposed by Soja, Carey and Spelke (1991) that the ontological constraint reflected in the count-mass distinction is available in early stages of language acquisition.}} @article{Hsin:2003, Author = {Hsin, Tien-Hsin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL12.1Hsin.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {59--81}, Title = {The mid vowels of {M}aga {R}ukai and their implications}, Volume = {12}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {This study investigates the formation of mid vowels in the Maga dialect of Rukai, an Austronesian language spoken in Taiwan. In contrast to the diachronic account presented in Li (1977), which assumes, based on cognate comparison among Rukai dialects, that Maga mid vowels derive historically from Proto Rukai, the current work draws evidence from alternations found in Maga and proposes that the mid vowels are not inherited nor underlyingly present but are surface variants of high vowels., generated by synchronic processes. Two other phenomena, echo vowel insertion and \emph{e~r/o~v} alternation, are examined in connection with mid vowel formation. It is shown in the discussion that the proposed synchronic approach not only provides an answer to soem unresolved issues related to Maga mid vowels, thus shedding light on our understanding of Maga's vocalic inventories, but also reveals the interactions among various processes and hence offers insight into the unified mechanisms that tie together the alternations in the language.}} @article{Liu:2003, Author = {Liu, Chen-Sheng Luther}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library; binding theory; chinese}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL12.1Liu.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {19--58}, Title = {Pure reflexivity, pure identity, focus and {C}hinese \emph{ziji-benshen}}, Volume = {12}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {Chinese anaphors can be divided into two semantic types: One (the \emph{X-benshen} 'X-self' anaphor, in which X is either \emph{ziji} 'self' or \emph{pronoun-ziji} 'pronoun-self') reuires pure identity with its antecedent; the other (the \emph{non-X-benshn} 'non-X-self' anaphor) allows near identity with its antecedent. Pure identity shown by the anphor \emph{ziji-benshen} 'self-self' can be derivable from the semanti composition of the near reflexive funtion of the morpheme z\emph{iji} 'self', the focus function of the morpheme \emph{benshen} 'self' and the operator status of \emph{ziji-benshen} 'self-self' while near identity (or near reflexivity) wshown by the \emph{non-X-benshen }'non-X-self' anaphor is due to its being"a pronoun in coreference." In other words, in Chinese pure identity is near reflexivity plus a focus marker which picks out the best representation of the antecedent that happens to be the actual person. Thus, the \emph{X-benshen }'X-self' anaphor should not be considered a pure anaphor without content. Typologically, there are two ways for human languages to get pure identity: One is by using an anaphorwithout content; the other is by using a focus marker that picks out the best representation of the antecedent which happens to be the actual person. The typological difference in establishing pure identity provides an answer for the long standing question of why the notion of coargumenthood is often adopted by linguists in defining binding conditions in languages which show an antilocality effect but seldom in Chinese. The distribution and coindexation of all Chinese anaphors, either the \emph{X-bensen} 'X-self' or the \emph{non-X-benshen} 'non-X-self' anaphor, are determined by one single syntactic condition, namely, the traditional binding theory, regardless of whether they are inside or outside the coargument domain. In contrast, in languages which show an antlocality effect, the binding theory allows both pure and near anaphors within the coargument domain but Condition R filters out one of them in the absence of lexical/morphological reflexivity; however, outside the coargument domain, the binding theory itself governs the distribution and coindexation of all anaphors.}} @article{Lee:2003, Author = {Lee, Eunhee}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library; Korean; tense}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL12.1Lee.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--17}, Title = {Differences between two alleged perfects in {K}orean}, Volume = {12}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {This paper provides a systematic semantic account of the auxiliary verb pair "a/e noh" and "a/e twu" in Korean, which have been commonly assumed in the leterature to express the perfect as synonyms, indicating the event described by their main clause complements has ended. Contrary to this common assumption, this paper argues that "a noh" is a dynamic event description, focusing on culmination, whereas "a twu" is static, triggering a presupposition about the causal event. This opposition corresponds to a difference between asserting the completion of an event and asserting a current state resulting from a past event that is presupposed to have already taken place. This paper provides empirical evidence supporting this claim: the two markers are distinguished when embedded in change of state predicates in sentences. In discourse, "a noh" describes a following/preceding episode, whereas "a twu" expresses an overlapping state. The semantic differences between the two have been represented formally using the logical tools of Discourse Representation Theory (Kamp and Reyle (1993)). In DRT, "a noh" moves the reference time (Rpt) forward, while "a twu" represents a state preserving the give Rpt.}} @article{Panagiotidis:2003b, Author = {Panagiotidis, Phoevos}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library; ellipsis; one}, Number = {2}, Pages = {381--432}, Title = {Empty Nouns}, Volume = {12}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {This paper proposes a novel analysis of phonologically null nouns, unifying them with semantically empty nouns like \emph{one}. It sets out to show that phonologically null nouns are not instances of the empty category \emph{pro}, which is a standard analysis for them, and goes on to discuss the shortcomings of \emph{pro}-based accounts while arguing that empty nouns, whether phonologically null or overt, are listed in the lexicon and have to be learned once, rather than be licensed and identified in every syntactic context they appear. Any co-occurrence restrictions are argued to be the result of restrictions on the lexicon as well as non-syntactic considerations.}} @article{Kahnemuyipour:2003, Author = {Kahnemuyipour, Arsalan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library; Stress; Persian}, Number = {2}, Pages = {333--379}, Title = {Syntactic Cateogies and {P}ersian Stress}, Volume = {12}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {This paper examiens the stress system of Persian with particular attention to phrasal stress. Contrary to the long-held belief that Persian stress assignment is sensitive to lexical cateogry, it is argued that the word-final stress rule applies to all verbs, as well as nouns and adjectives. Working in a Phrasal Phonology framework, I whos that th superficial uniformity of stress placement in nouns and the variability in verbs follows from an appropriate understanding of the different syntax of these categories along with mapping to prosodic structure. Several complex constructions are also examiend and it is shown that their unusual behavior with respect to stress can be explained in a straightforward manner thourhg the prosodic hierarchy if their syntactic structures are taken into account and different edge settings are allowed at different levels of the prosodic hierarchy.`}} @article{Grosu:2003, Author = {Grosu, Alexander}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library; free relatives}, Number = {2}, Pages = {247--331}, Title = {A Unified Theory of `Standard' and `Transparent' Free Relatives}, Volume = {21}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {This paper puts forward a unified theory of 'standard' and 'transparent' free relatives, and thus departs from earlier anlyses of the latter, which have consistently viewed them as radically different 'constructions'. It is argued. partly on the basis of strengthened and refined old arguments and partly on the basis of novel ones, that the two kinds of free relatives are unified by the following core of properties: (i) they are complex XPs, consisting of an overt CP adn a null head (with internal structure), (ii) they are multi-categorial, and (iii) their semantic interpretation involves the application of a uniqueness operator to a set obtained by abstraction. The special effects associated with transparent free relatives result from the following combination of factors (which may be encountered separately, in which case they do not induce transparency effects): (a) the \emph{wh}-element in [Spec, CP] binds the subject of a small clause, (b) the small clause is of the equative-specificational type, (c) abstraction at the CP level applies to an unrestricted property variable, and (d) the \emph{wh}-element is syntacticially and semantically underspecified. The cumulative effect of these factors is that the small-clause predicate is perceived as, and in certain ways also functions as, a syntactici and semantic 'nucleus' of the comlex XP and thus exhibits head-like properties.}} @article{Baltin:2003, Author = {Baltin, Mark}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library; ellipsis; pseudo-gapping}, Number = {2}, Pages = {215--246}, Title = {The Interaction of Ellipsis and Binding: Implications for the Sequencing of {P}rinciple {A}}, Volume = {21}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {This paper argues that Principle A is not 'an anywhere principle', contrary to Belletti and Rizzi (1988) and much subsequent work, but must apply relatively late in derivations, perhaps at the end of each phase (Chomsky 2000). Evidence comes principally from the analysis of pseudo-gapping, in which the ellipsis remnant is extracted to a position outside of the VP which deletes. Anaphors cannot appear as ellipsis remnants when the antecedent is within the deleted material. The interaction of anaphora and ellipsis is mirrored by restrictions on scrambling of anaphors in Dutch object scramblign and a unified analysis is proposed. The paper draws implications for other theories of constituency, such as Phillips (1996), as well as for the A-status of the ellipsis remnant, \emph{contra} Jayaseelan (1999). Given that the ellipsis remnant is focused, focus cannot be explicitly represented in syntactic representations, but rather must be interpretive in nature.}} @article{Meier:2003, Author = {Meier, C{\'e}cile}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS11(1)_Meier.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {69--107}, Title = {The meaning of \emph{too}, \emph{enough}, and \emph{so...that}}, Volume = {11}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {In this paper, I provide a compositional semantics for sentences with \emph{enough} and \emph{too} followed by a \emph{to}-infinitive clause and for resultative constructions with \emph{so...that} within the framework of possible world semantics. It is proposed that the sentential complement of these constructions dentoes an incomplete conditional and is explicitly or implicitly modalized, as if it were the consequent of a complete conditional. Enough, too, and so are quantifiers that relate an extent predicate and the incomplete conditional (expressed by the sentential complement) and are interpreted as comparisons between two extents. The first extent is the maximal extent of a set of extents that staisfy the (hidden) conditional, where the sentential complement supplies the consequent and the main clause th antecedent. This approach permits to predict 9a) the context-dependent interpretation of these constructions and (b) the duality relations between the degree words.}} @article{Doron:2003, Author = {Doron, Edit}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library; Semitic; voice}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS11(1)_Doron.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--67}, Title = {Agency and {V}oice: The Semantics of the {S}emitic Templates}, Volume = {11}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {Semitic templates systematically encode two dimensions of verb meaning: (a) \emph{agency}, the thematic role of the verb's external argument, and (b) \emph{voice}. The assumption that this form-meaning correspondence is mediated by syntax allows the parallel compositional construction of the form and the meaning of a verb from teh forms and the meanings of its root and template. The root and its arguments are optionally embedded under a light verb v which introduces the agent (Hale and Keyser 1993; Kratzer 1994). but this is only the unmarked case, which, in Semitic, is encoded by the \emph{simple} templates. Two dinensions of markedness are introduced by two addtional types of syntactic heads: (a) \emph{agency heads}, which modify agnecy and are morphologically realized as the \emph{intensive} and \emph{causative} etmplates, and (b) \emph{voice heads}, which modify voice and are morphologically realized as the \emph{passive} and \emph{middle} templates. Causative and middle moprhemes are thus accounted for within a unified system, which, first explains their affinity in language in general (both are found crosslinguisticslly as markers of trnasitivey alternations), and which, moreover, sheds new light on problems in the interface of semantics and morphology. One problem is the impossibility, mostly ignored int he linguistic theory, of deriving the sematnics of middle verbs from that of the corresponding transitive verbs. The secon dis explaining the identity found crosslinguistically between middle and refelxive moephology. The third is determining the grammatical function of the causee in causative constructions.}} @article{Emonds:1993, Author = {Emonds, Joseph}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {The Linguistic Review}, Pages = {211--263}, Title = {Projecting indirect objects}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1993}} @inproceedings{Harley:1996, Author = {Harley, Heidi}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of {WCCFL} {XV}}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Agbayani, Brian and Tang, Sze-Wing}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {193--207}, Title = {If you have {Have}, you can {G}ive}, Volume = {Proceedings of {WCCFL} {XV}}, Year = {1996}} @inproceedings{Harley:2003, Author = {Harley, Heidi}, Booktitle = {Yearbook of Linguistic Variation}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Pica, Pierre and Rooryck, Johan}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {29--62}, Publisher = {Benjamins}, Title = {Possession and the double object construction}, Year = {2003}} @article{Arregi:2003, Author = {Arregi, Karlos}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS11(2)_Arregi.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {115--143}, Title = {Clausal Pied-Piping}, Volume = {11}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {In Basque, wh-movement can pied-pipe an entire clause. The surface syntax of clausal pied-piping structures suggests that their syntax and semantics should be similar to scope marking constructions as analyzed in the Indirect Dependency approach. However, data having to do with presupposition projection and teh interpretation of "how many"-questions show that clausal pied-piping structures are actually more similar to their long-distance wh-movement counterparts than to scope marking constructions. I develop an analysis which takes into account these facts. Specifically, I show that pied-piped clauses must reconstruct, which makes the correct prediction that clausal pied-piping, unlike long-distance wh-movement, is sensitive to negative islands. Finally, I propose that reconstruction is forced by a condition on the interpretation of traces.}} @article{Ippolito:2003, Author = {Ippolito, Michela}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library; counterfactuals}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS11(2)_Ippolito.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {145--186}, Title = {Presuppositions and Implicatures in Counterfactuals}, Volume = {11}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {In thi sarticle, I propose a semantic account of termporally mismatched past subjunctive counterfactuals. The proposal consists of the following parts. First, I show that in cases of temporal mismatch, [past] cannot be interpreted inside the proposition where it occurs at surface structure. In stead, it must be interpreted as constraining the time argument of the accessibility relation. This has the effect of shifting the time of the evaluation of the conditional to some contexturally salient past time. Second, I will propose specific felicity conditions (presuppositions) for subjunctive conditionsals and I will argue that there is a strict correspondence between the time of evaluation in the truth conditions of a conditiional and the time relevant for the felicity conditions. In other words, if the time relevant for the accessibility relation has been shifted to the past, then the conditional's presupposition will make reference to a past context. On the other hand, if no past is constraining the time argument of the accessibility relation, the conditional's felicity will make reference to the current (main) context. Third, I will argue that the intuation that the antecedent of mismatche counterfactuals is not true is a scalar implicature arising from a competition not between assertions but between presuppositions. Finally, I will investigate the repercussions of my proposal for hte general theory of modality.}} @article{Keenan:2003, Author = {Keenan, Edward L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS11(2)_Keenan.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {187--216}, Title = {The definiteness effect: semantics or pragmatics}, Volume = {11}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {In this paper I propose and defend a semantically based account of the distribution of DPs in existential "there"-sentences in English in opposition to the pragmatic account proposed in Zucchi (1995). The two analyses share many features, making it possible to study variation along the semantics/pragmatics dimension while holding the rest constant.}} @article{Adger:2003, Author = {Adger, David and Ramchand, Gillian}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/34.3adger.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {325--359}, Title = {Predication and Equation}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {In this article, we argue that a structural distinction between predicational and equative copular clauses is illusory. All semantic predicational relationships are constructed asymmetrically via a syntactic predicational head; differences reduce to whether this head bears an event variable or not. This allows us to maintain a restrictive view of the syntax-semantics interface in the face of apparently recalcitrant data from Scottish Gaelic.}} @article{Beasley:2003, Author = {Beasley, Tim and Crosswhite, Katherine}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; phonology; stress; extrametricality}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/34.3beasley.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {361--392}, Title = {Avoiding boundaries: Antepenultimate Stress in a Rule-Based Framework}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {This article is part of a larger study investigating antepenultimate stress and final nonparsing (extrametricality). Here we examine the reule-based implementation of final nonparsing in Idsardi 1992. We present an in-depth analysis for Macedonian, a language well known for antepenultimate stress. We argue that nonparsing does not account for all the data, and we propose enriching the inventory of avoidance constraints to direclty derive peripheral ternarity. This analysis allows us to account for several details that are not addressed by previous analyses (idsardi 1992, halle and Kenstowicz 1991). We also consider crosslinguistic ramifications and suggest that some cases of ternarity result from generalized boundary avoidance}} @article{Carstens:2003, Author = {Carstens, Vicki}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; Germanic; Agreement}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/34.3carstens.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {393--412}, Title = {Rethinking Complementizer Agreement: {A}gree with a {C}ase-checked Goal}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {Agree(X, Subj) accounts for all agreement in West Germanic: complementizer agreement (CA) results from an Agree relation between uninterpretable phi-features of Fino (Rizzi 1997) and phi-features of the subject; subject-verb agreement (SA) spells out uninterpretable phi-features of To on Vo raised to To, even in OV clauses (Haegeman 2000). Although DPs need Case to participate in Agree relations (Chomsky 2000), deletion-marked Case remains syntactically accessible until the next strong phase (Pesetsky and Torrego 2001), allowing CA and SA to cooccur. In Frisian, 'that' cannot agree in embedded VO clauses because it is in Force; the verb is in Fin', bearing CA (contra Zwart 1997).}} @article{Crousaz:2003, Author = {Crousaz, Isabelle De and Shlonsky, Ur}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; French; clitics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/34.3crousaz.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {413--442}, Title = {The Distribution of a Subject Clitic Pronoun in a {F}ranco-{P}roven{\c}al Dialect nd the Licensing of Pro}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {We study the distribution of null subjects in one Franco-Provencal variety. These are possible in root declaratives, obligatory in embedded subject position, and impossible in root wh-questions as well as in the company of weather predicates. We approach null subjects indirectly, by investigating the distribution of one subject clitic, arguing that is optionality in some contexts is due to the possibility of moving pro to a peripheral topic position, where formal licensing is not required. We also discuss the circumstances in which a n overt cmoplementizer and a robustly inflected verb license pro, rendering the clitic redundant. The comparative interest of this dialect is that it reveals synchronically the three mechanisms of pro licensing available in Romance diachronically. These are (a) association with rich verbal inflection, (b) government by a complementizer, and (c) doubling by a clitic. We contend that the synax is sensitive to the formal relationship between an XP and a head that these three mechanisms instantiate.}} @article{Heycock:2003, Author = {Heycock, Caroline and Zamparelli, Roberto}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; DPs; Noun movement; coordination}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/34.3heycock.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {443--469}, Title = {Coordinated Bare Definites}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {Recent work on the syntax and semantics of functional projections within the noun phrase has had as one goal an explanation for the crosslinguistic distribution of "bare" (determinerless) noun phrases. This article provides an account for an apprent anomaly: the relatively free occurrence of bare noun phrases under coordination. We argue that this construction involves coordination of projections below the DP level, with the coordinated structure subsequently raising to Spec,DP. Our analysis accounts for the fact that these nominals are endowed with uniqueness conditions, but only in soem casesk, and for a number of other hitherto undocumented fact, including complex constraints on modification.}} @article{Landau:2003, Author = {Landau, Idan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; Control; Raising}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/34.3landau.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {471--498}, Title = {Movement out of {C}ontrol}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {This article is a comprehensive critique of the reductionist view of control advocated in recent minimalist studies, most notably Hornstein 1999. The core of this view is the claim that obligatory control should be collapsed with raising, and nonobligatory control with pronominal coreference. I argue that Hornstein's theory (a) overgenerates nonexisting structures and inteprretations, (b) fails to derive a wide range of well-known raising/control contrasts, and (c) involves unstated stipulations belying the appeal to Occam's razor}} @article{Hirose:2003, Author = {Hirose, Tomio}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/34.3hirose.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {499--506}, Title = {The syntax of {D}-linking}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2003}} @article{Legate:2003a, Author = {Legate, Julie Anne}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/34.3legate.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {506--516}, Title = {Some Interface Properties of the Phase}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2003}} @article{Takano:2003, Author = {Takano, Yuji}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; antisymmetry; word order}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/34.3takano.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {516--526}, Title = {How Antisymmetric is Syntax?}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2003}} @book{King:2001, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {King, Jeffrey C.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Complex Demonstratives: A Quantificational Account}, Year = {2001}} @book{Baker:2003, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Baker, Mark C.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {Lexical Categories}, Year = {2003}} @book{Beaver:2001, Address = {Stanford University}, Author = {Beaver, David I.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Publisher = {CSLI Publications}, Title = {Presupposition and Assertion in Dynamic Semantics}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Zwart:2002, Address = {Malden, Massachusetts}, Author = {Zwart, Jan-Wouter}, Booktitle = {Derivation and Explanation in the Minimalist Program}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Epstein, Samuel David and Seely, T. Daniel}, Pages = {269--304}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishing}, Title = {Issues Relating to a Derivational Theory of Binding}, Year = {2002}} @incollection{Torrego:2002, Address = {Malden, Massachusetts}, Author = {Torrego, Esther}, Booktitle = {Derivation and Explanation in the Minimalist Program}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Epstein, Samuel David and Seely, T. Daniel}, Pages = {249--268}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishing}, Title = {Arguments for Derivational Approach to Syntactic Relations based on Clitics}, Year = {2002}} @incollection{Richards:2002, Address = {Malden, Massachusetts}, Author = {Richards, Norvin}, Booktitle = {Derivation and Explanation in the Minimalist Program}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Epstein, Samuel David and Seely, T. Daniel}, Pages = {227--248}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishing}, Title = {Very Local {A}$'$ Movement in a root-First Derivation}, Year = {2002}} @incollection{McCloskey:2002a, Address = {Malden, Massachusetts}, Author = {McCloskey, James}, Booktitle = {Derivation and Explanation in the Minimalist Program}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Epstein, Samuel David and Seely, T. Daniel}, Pages = {184--226}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishing}, Title = {Resumption, Successive Cyclicity, and the Locality of Operations}, Year = {2002}} @incollection{Kitahara:2002, Address = {Malden, Massachusetts}, Author = {Kitahara, Hisatsugu}, Booktitle = {Derivation and Explanation in the Minimalist Program}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Epstein, Samuel David and Seely, T. Daniel}, Pages = {167--183}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishing}, Title = {Scrambling, Case, and Interpretability}, Year = {2002}} @article{Kayne:2002, Author = {Kayne, Richard S.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Location = {Malden, Massachusetts}, Pages = {133--166}, Title = {Pronouns and their Antecedents}, Volume = {Derivation and Explanation in the Minimalist Program}, Year = {2002}} @incollection{Hornstein:2002, Address = {Malden, Massachusetts}, Author = {Hornstein, Norbert and Uriagereka, Juan}, Booktitle = {Derivation and Explanation in the Minimalist Program}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Epstein, Samuel David and Seely, T. Daniel}, Pages = {106--132}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishing}, Title = {Reprojections}, Year = {2002}} @incollection{Frampton:2002, Address = {Malden, Massachusetts}, Author = {Frampton, John and Gutmann, Sam}, Booktitle = {Derivation and Explanation in the Minimalist Program}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Epstein, Samuel David and Seely, T. Daniel}, Pages = {90--105}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishing}, Title = {Crash-Proof Syntax}, Year = {2002}} @incollection{Epstein:2002b, Address = {Malden, Massachusetts}, Author = {Epstein, Samuel David and Seely, T. Daniel}, Booktitle = {Derivation and Explanation in the Minimalist Program}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Epstein, Samuel David and Seely, T. Daniel}, Pages = {65--89}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishing}, Title = {Rule Applications as Cycles in a Level-Free Syntax}, Year = {2002}} @article{Collins:2002a, Author = {Collins, Chris}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Location = {Malden, Massachusetts}, Pages = {42--64}, Title = {Eliminating Labels}, Volume = {Derivation and Explanation in the Minimalist Program}, Year = {2002}} @incollection{Brody:2002, Address = {Malden, Massachusetts}, Author = {Brody, Michael}, Booktitle = {Derivation and Explanation in the Minimalist Program}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Epstein, Samuel David and Seely, T. Daniel}, Pages = {19--41}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishing}, Title = {On the Status of Representations and Derivations}, Year = {2002}} @incollection{Epstein:2002a, Address = {Malden, Massachusetts}, Author = {Epstein, Samuel David and Seely, T. Daniel}, Booktitle = {Derivation and Explanation in the Minimalist Program}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Epstein, Samuel David and Seely, T. Daniel}, Pages = {1--10}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishing}, Title = {Introduction: On the Quest for Explanation}, Year = {2002}} @book{Epstein:2002, Address = {Malden, Massachusetts}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Epstein, Samuel David and Seely, T. Daniel}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishing}, Title = {Derivation and explanation in the Minimalist Program}, Year = {2002}} @article{Samek-Lodovici:2003, Author = {Samek-Lodovici, Vieri}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library; complex predicates}, Number = {4}, Pages = {835--881}, Title = {The internal structure of arguments and its role in complex predicate formation}, Volume = {21}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {This paper investigates Italian complex predicates combining light vrebs with deverbal nominalizations in \emph{-ata}, where the nominalizations select distinct light verbs according to the number of arguments of their base. The arguments of the light vrb are inherited from its non-light counterpart but interpreted with respect to the Lexical Conceptual Structure (LCS) of its complement. On the basis of this and other observations, this work proposes an explicit decomposition of arguments into (i) \emph{argument-variables,} encoding argument properties but isolated from LCS and therefore void of interpretation, and (ii) \emph{thematic indices}, linking argument-variables to LCS and thus enabling their interpretation. The proposed decomposition provides a deeper understanding of the operations affecting argument structures in complex predicates, recasting \emph{light verb formation, thematic transfer}, and \emph{argument suppression}, in terms of finer grained operations exclusively targeting either argument-variables or thematic indices.}} @article{Takano:2003a, Author = {Takano, Yuji}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library; Japanese; nominative objects; complex predicates}, Number = {4}, Pages = {779--834}, Title = {Nominative objects in {J}apanese complex predicate constructions: a prolepsis analysis}, Volume = {21}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {A novel analysis of nominative objects in Japanese complex predicate constructions is proposed. In this analysis the nominative object is identified with a proleptic object, an element that is base-generated in the matrix VP and binds a pro in the embedded clause. The analysis is shown to receive empirical support from the fact that the nominative object is disconnected from, and can have various relations with, the embedded clause. Related issues are also addressed, including those concerning the case, LF position, and thematic properties of the nominative object. This proposal leads to the claim that there are two types of prolepsis in Japanese, one where the proleptic object is accusative and another where it is nominative.}} @article{Ayad:2003, Author = {Ayad, Maya}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library; morphology}, Number = {4}, Pages = {737--778}, Title = {Locality constraints on the interpretation of roots: the case of {H}ebrew denominal verbs}, Volume = {21}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {This paper argues for a distinction between word formation from roots and word formation from existing words. Focusing on Hebrew, it is shown that roots -- and only roots -- may be assigned multiple interpretations in different environments. When the basis for the derivation is a word, this word forces its semantic and phonological properties on any element derived from it. To account for this difference, a locality constraint on the interpretation of roots is postulated: the first nominal or verbal head that merges with the root serves as the immediate environment for determining its interpretation. This head forms a closed domain: any further derivation takes as its input not the root iteslf, but an element whose semantic and phonological properties have been cased out. Word-derived words thus have access only to thewords they are derived from, not to the root. While the ability of hebrew roots to acquire multiple interpretations is language specific, the distinction between word fromation from roots and word formation from words is shown to be universal. This is illustrated here with English zero-related pairs, which are shown to ehibit the same contrasts as Hebrew bewteen word formation from roots and from words. Showing the effect of roots in word formation in both Hebrew and English further motivates the root hypothesis, namely, that in all languages the lexical kernel, or the root, is distinct from 'words' -- complex entities -- even if this distinction is not always morphologically manifested.}} @article{Ackema:2003, Author = {Ackema, Peter and Neeleman, Ad}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library; adjacency}, Number = {4}, Pages = {681--735}, Title = {Context-Sensitive Spell-Out}, Volume = {21}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {This paper deals with a class of morphological alternations that seem to involve syntactic adjacency. More specifically, it deals with alternative realizations of syntactic terminals that occur when a particular phrase immediately follows a particular head. We argue that this type of allomorphy is not conditioned by a syntactic adjacency condition. Instead, it is found when the head and phrase in question are contained in the same prosodic phrase at the interface that connects syntax and phonology (PF). We illustrate our approach with six case studies, concerning agreement weakening in Dutch and Arabic, pronoun weakening in Middle Dutch and Celtic, and pro-drop in Old French and Arabic.}} @article{Sharvit:2003, Author = {Sharvit, Yael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library; semantics; tense}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS11(4)_Sharvit.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {363--393}, Title = {Tense and Identity in Copular Constructions}, Volume = {11}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {The goal of this paper is to re-examine some aspects of the nature of specificational copular constructions by looking at the ways in which the semantics of tense interacts with the semantics of the copula in English. I propose that Tense Harmony (restricitons on the tense of a relative clause in the subject position of specificational copular constructions) is imposed by the interaction between the matrix and embedded tenses.}} @article{Beaver:2003, Author = {Beaver, David and Clark, Brady}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library; focus}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS11(4)_Beaver_Clark.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {323--362}, Title = {\emph{Always} and \emph{only}: why not all focus-sensitive operators are alike}, Volume = {11}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {We discuss focus sensitivity in English, the phenomenon whereby interpretation of some expressions is affected by placement of intonational focus. We concentrate in particular on the interpretation of \emph{always} and \emph{only}, oth of which are interpreted as universal quantifiers, and both of which are focus sensitive. Using both naturally occurring and constructed data we explore the interaction f these operators with negative polarity items, with presupposition, with prosodically reduced elements, and with syntactic extraction. On the basis of this data we show that while \emph{only} lexically encodes a dependency on the placement of focus, \emph{always} does not. Rather, the focus sensitivity of \emph{always} results from its dependency on context, and from the fact that focus also refelcts what is given in the context. We account for this split using an anlysis couched in event semantics.}} @book{Katz:1964, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Katz, Jerrold J. and Postal, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {An Integrated Theory of Linguistic Descriptions}, Year = {1964}} @article{Sharvit:2003a, Author = {Sharvit, Yael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/34.4sharvit.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {669--681}, Title = {Embedded Tense and {U}niversal {G}rammar}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2003}} @article{Rubin:2003, Author = {Rubin, Edward J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/34.4rubin.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {660--668}, Title = {Determing Pair-Merge}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2003}} @article{Lasnik:2003, Author = {Lasnik, Howard and Park, Myung-Kwan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/34.4lasnik.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {649--660}, Title = {The {EP}P and the {S}ubject {C}ondition under {S}luicing}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2003}} @article{Haegeman:2003, Author = {Haegeman, Liliane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/34.4haegeman.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {640--649}, Title = {Notes on Long Adverbial Fronting in {E}nglish and the Left Periphery}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2003}} @article{Aldridge:2003, Author = {Aldridge, Edith}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/34.4aldridge.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {631--640}, Title = {Remnant Movement in {T}agalog Relative Clause Formation}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2003}} @article{Rubach:2003, Author = {Rubach, Jerzy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; opacity; Polish}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/34.4rubach.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {601--629}, Title = {Duke-of-{Y}ork Derivations in {P}olish}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {This article challenges the principle of strict parallelism in Optimality Theory by providing evidence that Duke-of-York derivations, deemed to be impossible by McCarthy (2002), exist in phonology. An analysis of two independent fragments of Polish phonology, chain shifts in velar palatalization and labial fission, shows multiple Duke-of-York effects because segment inventory constraints posit conflicting requiremetns for the well-formedness of outputs at different depths of derivation. It is concluded that Optimality Theory must permit constraint reranking and admit three derivational levels: two lexical levels and one postlexical level.}} @article{Chung:2003, Author = {Chung, Sandra}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; clitics; Chamorro; prosody; phonological phrase}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/34.4chung.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {547--599}, Title = {The Syntax and Prosody of Weak Pronouns in {C}hamorro}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {In the modular linguistic theory assumed by many generative linguists, phonology and syntax are interconnected but fundamentally independent components of grammar. The effects of syntax on phonology are mediated by prosodic structure, a representation of prosodic constituents calculated from syntactic structure but not isomorphic to it. Within this overall architecture, I investigate the placement of weak pronouns in the Austronesian language Chamorro. Certain Chamorro pronominals can be realized as prosodically deficient weak pronouns that typically occur right after the predicate. I show that these pronouns are second-position clitics whose placement is determined not syntactically, but prosodically: they occur after the leftmost phonological phrase of their intonational phrase. My analysis of these clitics assumes that lexical insertion is late and can affect and be affected by prosodic phrase formation -- assumptions consistent with the view that the mutual interaction of phonology and syntax is confined to the postsyntactic operations that translate syntactic structure into prosodic structure.}} @article{Boskovic:2003, Author = {Bo{\v{s}}kovi{\'c}, {\v{Z}}eljko and Lasnik, Howard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/34.4boskovic.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {527--546}, Title = {On the Distribution of Null Complementizers}, Volume = {34}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {The article provides a comprehensive account ofthe distribution of the null complementizer in English that does not appeal to the notion of government, thus contributing to the minimalist goal of eliminating arbitrary relations such as government. The account is based on Pesetsky's (1992) proposal that the null complementizer is a PF affix, which we instantiate through the affix-hopping approach to affixation. We also provide an account of several subject/object asymmetries with respect to extraction out of various clausal arguments.}} @book{Speas:2000, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Speas, Margaret}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Phrase Structure in Natural Language}, Year = {2000}} @article{Hsu:2003, Author = {Hsu, Hui-Chuan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library; phonology}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL12.4Hsu.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {349--377}, Title = {A sonority model of syllable contraction in {T}aiwanese {S}outhern {M}in}, Volume = {12}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {This paper reexamines syllable contraction in Taiwanese Southern Min. Grounded on Chung's (1996) autosegmental model, the current analysis is characterized by six points: (a) every syllable has an XXX template, (b) Edge-in (Yip 1988) takes care of the association of edge consonants with edge skeletal slot, (c) the realization of the nucleus abides by the order of N-placement, rising diphthing formation, and falling diphthong formation, (d) the sonority hierarchy of a>A>e>o>i>u determines how vocoids are associated with the nucleus position. If there is a tie, the first segment gets linked by temporal sequence. V-neutralization (Chung 1996) turns mid vowels into high when they form rimes with the adjacent vowels. (e) The contracted form abides by Maximality (Prince 1985) to construct the largest possible syllable. (f) In addition, stress is shown irrelevant, and phonotactic constrainst may be contravened.}} @article{Fukushima:2003, Author = {Fukushima, Kazuhiko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library; classifiers; Japanese}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL12.4Fukushima.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {313--347}, Title = {Verb-raising and numeral classifiers in {J}apanese: Incompatible bedfellows}, Volume = {12}, Year = {2003}, Abstract = {The status of verb-raising in Japanese (or in other languages where such an operation would be string vacuous) has been and still is quite controversial. Recently, Koizumi (2000) has put forward direct evidence for verb-raising drawing on data involving, among oter things, numeral classifiers. Based on relevant and important fats that are overlooked by Koizumi and other researchers, this paper demonstrates that the alleged evidence based on the behavior of numeral classifiers does not support his claim that verb-raising occurs in Japanese. The apparently odd behavior of such classifiers (which can give rise to unusual looking constituents) noted by Koizumi will be given a semantic account. The present account is also capable of dealing with additional data wiht numeral classifiers that are problematic for him.}} @book{Chomsky:1972, Address = {Nottingham}, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Keywords = {Imperialism Congresses; Investments, Foreign Congresses}, Pages = {[4], 144 p}, Publisher = {Bertrand Russell Peace Foundation for The Spokesman}, Title = {Spheres of influence in the age of imperialism; papers submitted to the {B}ertrand {R}ussell Centenary Symposium, Linz, Austria, September 11th to 15th, 1972}, Year = {1972}} @book{Caldwell:1971, Address = {[Singapore}, Author = {Caldwell, Malcolm and Weiss, Peter and Chomsky, Noam}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Keywords = {Vietnamese Conflict, 1961-1975 United States}, Pages = {51 p}, Publisher = {Island Publishers}, Title = {American presence in South East Asia}, Year = {1971}} @article{Bhatt:2004, Author = {Bhatt, Rajesh and Pancheva, Roumyana}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {comparatives; scope; interpretation of copies; ACD; extraposition; 35.1bhatt.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.1bhatt.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--46}, Title = {Late Merger of Degree Clauses}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {In this article, we propose that degree heads and degree clauses form a constituent not at the point where the degree head is merged, but after QR of the degree head and countercyclic merger of the degree clause. We derive a generalization originally outlined in Williams 1974 that the scope of the comparative degree quantifier is exactly as high as the site of attachment of hte degree clause. This generalization is shown to follow from the derivaitonal mechanism of countercyclic merger and a semantic property of the comparative degree head, namely, its nonconservativity.}} @article{McGinnis:2004, Author = {McGinnis, Martha}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {chain condition; A movement; crossover; scrambling; 35.1mcginnis.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.1mcginnis.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {47--95}, Title = {Lethal Ambiguity}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This article argues for a new analysis of Rizzi's (1986) Chain Condition effects, which accounts for the absence of such effects in some derivations. Under the proposed analysis, each moved phrase must be unambiguously linked with its copy at LF. Otherwise, a lethal ambiguity arises, and the derivaiton crashes. The syntactic position (address) and the numeration index of an A-moved phrase are used to link it with its copy. Long A-MOvement across another DP can arise in two ways: via an EPP-driven derivation that gives rise to a lethal ambiguity, and via a Case-driven derivation that does not.}} @article{Ruys:2004, Author = {Ruys, E. G.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {weak Crossover; sloppy reference; 35.1ruys.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.1ruys.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {124--140}, Title = {A Note on {W}eakest {C}rossover}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {Conditions on variable binding are of two types: those that (roughly) require a pronoun to be A-bound, and those that ban locally A'-bound pronouns. While the two types are usually felt to be extensionally equivalent, I argue here on the basis of weakest crossover that the former type, which fits the Minimalist Program better, is also empirically superior.}} @article{Cecchetto:2004, Author = {Cecchetto, Carlo and Oniga, Renato}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 35.1cecchetto.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.1cecchetto.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {141--149}, Title = {A Challenge to Null Case Theory}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}} @article{Neeleman:2004, Author = {Neeleman, Ad and Szendroi, Kriszta}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 35.1neeleman.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.1neeleman.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {149--159}, Title = {Superman Sentences}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}} @article{Rullmann:2004, Author = {Rullmann, Hotze}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 35.1rullmann.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.1rullmann.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {159--168}, Title = {First and Second Person Pronouns as Bound Variables}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}} @article{Takano:2004, Author = {Takano, Yuji}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 35.1takano.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.1takano.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {168--178}, Title = {Coordination of Verbs and Two Types of Verbal Inflection}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}} @article{Bailyn:2004, Author = {Bailyn, John Frederick}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/22.1Bailyn.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--49}, Title = {Generalized Inversion}, Volume = {22}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {In this article, I generalize the notion of "Inversion" ont he IP-level to include all cases of what has previously been referred to as Inversion (following Collins 1997) and A-Scrambling (following Miyagawa 2000, forthcoming a, b) as well as various other construcitons in which a non-Nominative subject fills the canonical subject position, SpecIP. I exemplify IP-Inversion using a range of constructions from Russian, and show that the "inverted" constituent has subject (A) properties, and that it is accompanied by verb-raising, which is required in such instances by the Overt Tense Condition. The ability to fill SpecIP with a non-Nominative constituent is a parameterized property of a language related to the strength of the Nominative case features in I. The driving force behind Inversion is (a version of) the (traditional) Extended Projection Principle (EPP), that is an overtness requirement on the specifier of the functional category I. Finally I argue that Inversion, as an overtness requirement on the specifier of a functional projection, can be generalized to the CP level as well, where an equivalent overtness requirement forces filling of SpecCP, as in Germanic V2 languages. The analysis allows us to unite various apparently disparate constructions as the result of a simple set of parameters, and to expose central issues of economy within the computational system.}} @article{Beninca:2004, Author = {Beninc{\`a}, Paola and Poletto, Cecilia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/22.1Beninca_Poletto.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {51--94}, Title = {A Case of {D}o-Support in {R}omance}, Volume = {22}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {In this paper we document the existence in a Romance language of a strategy to do (fa) insertion in main non-subject interrogatives parallel to the well-known English case. As our description illustrates, the set of contexts where "do"-support applies in this language is a proper subset of the English contexts. The syntax of fa-support in a language with typical Romance features allows us to draw some general conclusions regarding the analysis of English do-support and the interfaces between syntax and morphology, on one side, and syntax and lexical-semantic structure, on the other. First we will show how fa-support in this Romance langauge constitutes evidence in favor of the hypothesis that V to C movement applies also in Romance main questions. Second, some aspects of Rizzi's (1991) proposal that subject sh-sentences have a CP structure with the wh- in SpecC is confirmed by the presence of an overt complementizer in the language we are dealing with. Thirdly, the phenomenon of Romance fa-support will lead us to further develop Pollock's idea that do-insertion is directly connected with the theta-grid of a verb: a main verb cannot move to a thematically opaque position, while auxiliaries can, as they do not have a theta-grid. In the Romance dialect we analyze some verbs move to C (or use do-support) independently of their use as auxiliaries or as main verbs. In order to account for this aspect of the phenomenon, we suggest a more detailed description of the process.}} @article{Citko:2004, Author = {Citko, Barbara}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/22.1Citko.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {95--126}, Title = {On Headed, Headless, and Light-Headed Relatives}, Volume = {22}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This paper re-examines a syntactic typology of relative clauses in the light of new data from Polish. While the distinction between headed and headless relatives seems to be syntactically well motivated, Plish (and possibly other languages as well) allow relatives that cannot easily be assimilated to either of these two types. Such relatives, which I will refer to as light-headed relatives, are the topic of this paper. They are headed by morphologically 'light elements', and tend to differ from their headed counterparts with respect to relative pronoun or relative complementizer selection.}} @article{Crowhurst:2004, Author = {Crowhurst, Megan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/22.1Crowhurst.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {127--177}, Title = {Mora Alignment}, Volume = {22}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {The mode of evaluation used for assessing conventional Generalized Alignment constraints coordinating the edges of morphological and prosodic categories (MCats and PCats) (McCarthy and Prince 1993b), has been segment based: the notion "edge of constituent" is defined with exclusive reference to the segmental tier, and violations of MCat-PCat algnment constraints are assessed for segments intervening between misaligned edges. This paper argues that in addition to standard segment-based algnment constraints, an adequate account of MCat-PCat misalignments requires a complementary category of constraints for which teh mora is the unit of alignment evaluation. The case for a subcategory of moral alignment (alignMORA) constraints is worked out by establishing the utility of mora alignment in accounting for position, size, and (mis)alignment effects occurring in cases of partial reduplication.}} @article{Frisch:2004, Author = {Frisch, Stefan and Pierrehumbert, Janet and Broe, Michael B.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/22.1Frisch_etal.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {179--228}, Title = {Similarity Avoidance and the {OCP}}, Volume = {22}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {It has long been known that verbal roots containing homorganic consonant pairs are rare in Arabic, motivating the existence of an OCP-Place constraint (Obligatory Contour Principle on place of articulation) in the phonological grammar. We explore this constraint using an on-line lexicon of Arabic roots. The strength of the constraint is quantified by the ratio of the observed number of example of each consonant pair to the number that would be statistically expected under random combination of phonemes. We show that the srength of the effect over all pairs is a gradient funciton of the similarity of the consonants in the pair. A similarity metric based on natural classes is developed, whcih solves the formal difficulties of contrastive underspecification theory while preserving the insight that contrastiveness plays an important role in perceived similarity. Thsi metric is applied in an explicit model of the gradient OCP constraint, which achieves a better fit to the regularities and sub-regularities of the Arabic verbal lexicon than any prior approach. Lastly, we review evidence for the psychological reality of the constraint, for its existence in related forms in other languages, and for its cognitive/phonetic foundations in the speech processing system. We argue that the total body of evidence supports a model in which phonetic and cognitive pressures incrementally affect the lexicon, and phonotactic constraints are abstractions over the lexicon of phonological forms.}} @article{Sauerland:2004, Author = {Sauerland, Uli}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS12(1)_Sauerland.pdf}, Pages = {63--127}, Title = {The Interpretation of traces}, Volume = {12}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This paper argues that parts of the lexical content of an A-bar moved phrase must be interpreted in the base position of movement. The argument is based on a study of deletion of a phrase that contains the base position of movement. I show that deletion licensing is sensitive to the content of the moved phrase. In this way, I corroborate and extend conclusions based on Condition C reconstruction by N. Chomsky and D. foox. My result provides semantic evidence for the existence of traces and gives semantic content to the A/A-bar distinction.}} @book{Aafke:2001, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Hulk, Aafke C. and Pollock, Jean-{Y}ves}, Keywords = {library}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Subject Inversion in {R}omance and the Theory of Universal Grammar}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Aafke:2001a, Author = {Hulk, Aafke and Pollock, Jean-{Y}ves}, Booktitle = {Subject Inversion in {R}omance and the Theory of Universal Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Hulk, Aafke and Pollock, Jean-{Y}ves}, Pages = {3--20}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Subject Positions in {R}omance the Theory of Universal Grammar}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Barbosa:2001, Author = {Barbosa, Pilar}, Booktitle = {Subject Inversion in {R}omance and the Theory of Universal Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Hulk, Aafke C. and Pollock, Jean-{Y}ves}, Pages = {20--59}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {On Inversion in Wh-questions in {R}omance}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Belletti:2001, Author = {Belletti, Adriana}, Booktitle = {Subject Inversion in {R}omance and the Theory of Universal Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Hulk, Aafke C. and Pollock, Jean-{Y}ves}, Pages = {60--90}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {``Inversion'' as Focalization}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Costa:2001, Author = {Costa, Jo{\~a}o}, Booktitle = {Subject Inversion in {Romance} and the Theory of Universal Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Hulk, Aafke C. and Pollock, Jean-{Y}ves}, Pages = {91--106}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Marked versus Unmarked Inversion and {O}ptimality {T}heory}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Kayne:2001, Author = {Kayne, Richard S. and Pollock, Jean-{Y}ves}, Booktitle = {Subject Inversion in {R}omance and the Theory of Universal Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Hulk, Aafke C. and Pollock, Jean-{Y}ves}, Pages = {107--162}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {New Thoughts on Stylistic Inversion}, Year = {2001}} @book{Benmamoun:2000, Author = {Benmamoun, Elabbas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {The Feature Structure of Functional Categories}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Taraldsen:2001, Author = {Taraldsen, Knut Tarald}, Booktitle = {Subject Inversion in {R}omance and the Theory of Universal Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Hulk, Aafke C. and Pollock, Jean-{Y}ves}, Pages = {163--182}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Subject Extraction, the Distribution of Expletives, and Stylistic Inversion}, Year = {2001}} @incollection{Zubizarreta:2001, Author = {Zubizarreta, Maria Luisa}, Booktitle = {Subject Inversion in {R}omance and the Theory of Universal Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Hulk, Aafke C. and Pollock, Jean-{Y}ves}, Pages = {183--204}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {The Constraint on Preverbal Subjects in {R}omance Interrogatives: A Minimality Effect}, Year = {2001}} @book{Carnie:2000, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Carnie, Andrew and Guilfoyle, Eithne}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {The Syntax of Verb Initial Languages}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Hendrick:2000, Author = {Hendrick, Randall}, Booktitle = {The Syntax of Verb Initial Languages}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Carnie, Andrew and Guilfoyle, Eithne}, Pages = {13--38}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Celtic Initials}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Carnie:2000a, Author = {Carnie, Andrew and Harley, Heidi and Pyatt, Elizabeth}, Booktitle = {The Syntax of Verb Initial Languages}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Carnie, Andrew and Guilfoyle, Eithne}, Pages = {39--60}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {{VSO} Order as Raising Out of {IP}? Some Evidence from {O}ld {I}rish}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Guilfoyle:2000, Author = {Guilfoyle, Eithne}, Booktitle = {The Syntax of Verb Initial Languages}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Carnie, Andrew and Guilfoyle, Eithne}, Pages = {61--74}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Tense and {N}-features in {I}rish}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Doron:2000, Author = {Doron, Edit}, Booktitle = {The Syntax of Verb Initial Languages}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Carnie, Andrew and Guilfoyle, Eithne}, Pages = {75--96}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {{VSO} and Left-conjunct Agreement: {B}iblical {H}ebrew vs. Modern {H}ebrew}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Massam:2000, Author = {Massam, Diane}, Booktitle = {The Syntax of Verb Initial Languages}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Carnie, Andrew and Guilfoyle, Eithne}, Pages = {97--116}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {{VSO} and {VOS}: Aspects of {N}iuean Word Order}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Rackowski:2000, Author = {Rackowski, Andrea and Travis, Lisa}, Booktitle = {The Syntax of Verb Initial Languages}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Carnie, Andrew and Guilfoyle, Eithne}, Pages = {117--142}, Title = {V-initial Languages: {X} or {XP} Movement and Adverbial Placement}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Lee:2000a, Author = {Lee, Felicia}, Booktitle = {The Syntax of Verb Initial Languages}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Carnie, Andrew and Guilfoyle, Eithne}, Pages = {143--162}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {{VP} Remnant Movement and {VSO} in {Q}uiavin{'i} {Z}apotec}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Freeze:2000, Author = {Freeze, Ray and Georgopoulos, Carol}, Booktitle = {The Syntax of Verb Initial Languages}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Carnie, Andrew and Guilfoyle, Eithne}, Pages = {163--184}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Locus Operandi}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Aissen:2000, Author = {Aissen, Judith}, Booktitle = {The Syntax of Verb Initial Languages}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Carnie, Andrew and Guilfoyle, Eithne}, Pages = {185--200}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Prosodic Conditions on Anaphora and Clitics in {J}akaltek}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Minkoff:2000a, Author = {Minkoff, Seth A.}, Booktitle = {The Syntax of Verb Initial Languages}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Carnie, Andrew and Guilfoyle, Eithne}, Pages = {201--212}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Animacy Hierarchies and Sentence Processing}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Jelinek:2000, Author = {Jelinek, Eloise}, Booktitle = {The Syntax of Verb Initial Languages}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Carnie, Andrew and Guilfoyle, Eithne}, Pages = {213--233}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Predicate Raising in {L}ummi, {S}traits {S}alish}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Plunkett:2004, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Plunkett, Bernadette}, Booktitle = {Peripheries: Syntactic Edges and their Effects}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Adger, David and de Cat, C{\'e}cile and Tsoulas, George}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {383--405}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Early Peripheries in the Absence of {C}}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Marinis:2004, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Marinis, Theodore}, Booktitle = {Peripheries: Syntactic Edges and their Effects}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Adger, David and de Cat, C{\'e}cile and Tsoulas, George}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {359--382}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Acquiring the Left Periphery of the {M}odern {G}reek {DP}}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Alexopoulou:2004, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Alexopoulou, Theodora and Doron, Edit and Heycock, Caroline}, Booktitle = {Peripheries: Syntactic Edges and their Effects}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Adger, David and de Cat, C{\'e}cile and Tsoulas, George}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {329--358}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Broad Subjects and Clitic Left Dislocation}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Johnson:2004, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Johnson, Kyle}, Booktitle = {Peripheries: Syntactic Edges and their Effects}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Adger, David and de Cat, C{\'e}cile and Tsoulas, George}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {289--311}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Clausal Edges and their Effects on Scope}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Bianchi:2004, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Bianchi, Valentina and Zamparelli, Roberto}, Booktitle = {Peripheries: Syntactic Edges and their Effects}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Adger, David and de Cat, C{\'e}cile and Tsoulas, George}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {313--327}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Edge Coordinations: Focus and Conjunction Reduction}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Svenonius:2004, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Svenonius, Peter}, Booktitle = {Peripheries: Syntactic Edges and their Effects}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Adger, David and de Cat, C{\'e}cile and Tsoulas, George}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {259--287}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {On the Edge}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Boeckx:2004, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Boeckx, Cedric and Grohmann, Kleanthes K.}, Booktitle = {Peripheries: Syntactic Edges and their Effects}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Adger, David and de Cat, C{\'e}cile and Tsoulas, George}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {241--257}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {SubMove: Towards a Unified Account of Scrambling and {D}-Linking}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Haegeman:2004, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Haegeman, Liliane}, Booktitle = {Peripheries: Syntactic Edges and their Effects}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Adger, David and de Cat, C{\'e}cile and Tsoulas, George}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {211--240}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {{DP}-Periphery and Clausal Periphery: Possessor Doubling in {W}est {F}lemish}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Platzack:2004, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Platzack, Christer}, Booktitle = {Peripheries: Syntactic Edges and their Effects}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Adger, David and de Cat, C{\'e}cile and Tsoulas, George}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {191--210}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Cross-Linguistic Word Order Variation at the Left Periphery: The Case of Object First Main Clauses}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Enoch:2004, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Aboh, Enoch Olad{\'e}}, Booktitle = {Peripheries: Syntactic Edges and their Effects}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Adger, David and de Cat, C{\'e}cile and Tsoulas, George}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {165--189}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Left or Right? A View from the {K}wa Periphery}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Saito:2004, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Saito, Mamoru}, Booktitle = {Peripheries: Syntactic Edges and their Effects}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Adger, David and de Cat, C{\'e}cile and Tsoulas, George}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {143--163}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Japanese Scrambling in a Comparative Perspective}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Kook-Hee:2004, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Kook-Hee, Gill and Tsoulas, George}, Booktitle = {Peripheries: Syntactic Edges and their Effects}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Adger, David and de Cat, C{\'e}cile and Tsoulas, George}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {121--141}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Peripheral Effects without Peripheral Syntax: The left Periphery in {K}orean}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Emonds:2004, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Emonds, Joseph}, Booktitle = {Peripheries: Syntactic Edges and their Effects}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Adger, David and de Cat, C{\'e}cile and Tsoulas, George}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {75--120}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Unspecified Categories as the Key to Root Constructions}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Balazs:2004, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Balazs, Sur{\'a}nyi}, Booktitle = {Peripheries: Syntactic Edges and their Effects}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Adger, David and de Cat, C{\'e}cile and Tsoulas, George}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {49--73}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {The Left Periphery and Cyclic Spellout: The Case of {H}ungarian}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Kempson:2004, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Cann, Ronnie and Kempson, Ruth and Marten, Lutz and Otsuka, Masayuji and Swinburne, David}, Booktitle = {Peripheries: Syntactic Edges and their Effects}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Adger, David and de Cat, C{\'e}cile and Tsoulas, George}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {19--47}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {On the Left and on the Right}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Woolford:2000, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Woolford, Ellen}, Booktitle = {Formal Issues in {A}ustronesian Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Paul, Ileana and Phillips, Vivianne and Travis, Lisa}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {215--245}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Object Agreement in {P}alauan: Specificity, Humanness, Economy and Optimality}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Voskuil:2000, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Voskuil, Jan}, Booktitle = {Formal Issues in {A}ustronesian Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Paul, Ileana and Phillips, Vivianne and Travis, Lisa}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {195--214}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Indonesian voice and {A}-bar Movement}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Travis:2000, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Travis, Lisa}, Booktitle = {Formal Issues in {A}ustronesian Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Paul, Ileana and Phillips, Vivianne and Travis, Lisa}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {167--194}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {The {L}-syntax/{S}-syntax boundary: Evidence from {A}ustronesian}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Sityar:2000, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Sityar, Emily}, Booktitle = {Formal Issues in {A}ustronesian Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Paul, Ileana and Phillips, Vivianne and Travis, Lisa}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {145--166}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {The Topic and \emph{Y} Indefinite in {C}ebuano}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Sells:2000, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Sells, Peter}, Booktitle = {Formal Issues in {A}ustronesian Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Paul, Ileana and Phillips, Vivianne and Travis, Lisa}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {117--144}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Raising and the Order of Clausal Constituents in the {P}hilippine Languages}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Richards:2000, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Richards, Norvin}, Booktitle = {Formal Issues in {A}ustronesian Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Paul, Ileana and Phillips, Vivianne and Travis, Lisa}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {105--116}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Another Look at {T}agalog Subjects}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Phillips:2000, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Phillips, Vivianne}, Booktitle = {Formal Issues in {A}ustronesian Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Paul, Ileana and Phillips, Vivianne and Travis, Lisa}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {85--104}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {The Interaction between Prefix and Root: The Case of {\emph{Maha-}} in {M}alagasy}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Paul:2000, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Paul, Ileana}, Booktitle = {Formal Issues in {A}ustronesian Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Paul, Ileana and Phillips, Vivianne and Travis, Lisa}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {65--84}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Malagasy Existentials: A Syntactic Account of Specificity}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Klamer:2000, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Klamer, Marian}, Booktitle = {Formal Issues in {A}ustronesian Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Paul, Ileana and Phillips, Vivianne and Travis, Lisa}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {49--64}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Continuative Aspect and Dative Clitic in {K}ambera}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Keenan:2000, Author = {Keenan, Edward L.}, Booktitle = {Formal Issues in {A}ustronesian Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Paul, Ileana and Phillips, Vivianne and Travis, Lisa}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {27--48}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Morphology is Structure: A {M}alagasy Test Case}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Campana:2000, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Campana, Mark}, Booktitle = {Formal Issues in {A}ustronesian Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Paul, Ileana and Phillips, Vivianne and Travis, Lisa}, Pages = {1--26}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {The Structure of Inflection in {P}alauan}, Year = {2000}} @article{Schmid:2004, Author = {Schmid, Tanja and Vogel, Ralf}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-14 12:24:24 -0500}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JCGL/7.3Schmid.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {235--274}, Title = {Dialectal Variation in {G}erman {3-Verb} Clusters}, Volume = {7}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {We present data from an empirical investigation on the dialectal variation in the syntax of German 3-verb clusters, consisting of a temporal auxiliary, a modal verb, and a predicative verb. The ordering possibilities vary greatly among the dialects, Some of the orders that we found occur only under particular stress assignments. We assume that these orders fulfil an informaiton structural purpose and that the reordering processes are changes only in the linear order of the elements which is represented exclusively at the surface syntactic level, PF. Our Optimality theoretic account offers a multifactorial perspective on the phenomenon.}} @article{Mueller:2004, Author = {M{\"u}ller, Gereon}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-14 12:22:47 -0500}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Keywords = {derivation; edge; extraction; feature-driven movement; German; head movement; phases; remnant movement; scrambling; V2}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JCGL/7.3Mueller.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {179--234}, Title = {Verb-Second as {vP}-First}, Volume = {7}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {In this article, I argue for a remnant movement approach to German V/2 constructions that does not employ head movement at any step of the derivation: the pre-V/2 (topic) position and the V/2 position collapse into a single fronted remnant vP. the central theoretical innovation is a constraint on the movement of phases: the Edge Domain Pied Piping Condition (EPC) permits vP movement only if vP is reduced to its edge domain. the analysis is supported by the observation that items which are obligatory vP edges always show up in the pre-v?2 position in v?2 clauses (\emph{wh}-phrases, expletives) and that items which are impossible vP edges never show up in the pre-V/2 position (weak object pronouns, certain object CPs). Furthermore, the new approach is shown to account for other conspicuous properties of German V/2 constructions (concerning the internal islandhood and external distribution of V/2 clauses)and to be compatible with evidence involving constituency tests, mismatches between verb-final and V/2 clauses, and (apparently) complex prefields. The article concludes with remarks on how the analysis can be extended to other Germanic V/2 languages and V/1 and V/3 constructions and how the EPC can be derived from a more general identification requirement for phases.}} @article{Schwarz:2004, Author = {Schwarz, Bernhard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 35.2schwarz.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.2schwarz.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {344--353}, Title = {Indefinites in Verb Phrase Ellipsis}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}} @article{Hazout:2004, Author = {Hazout, Ilan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 35.2hazout.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.2hazout.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {338--343}, Title = {Long-Distance Agreement and the Syntax of \emph{for-to} Infinitives}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}} @article{Han:2004a, Author = {Han, Chung-hye and Kim, Jong-Bok}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 35.2han02.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.2han02.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {315--337}, Title = {Are there ``Double Relative Clauses'' in {K}orean?}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}} @article{Roodenburg:2004, Author = {Roodenburg, Jasper}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; coordinated bare nouns; indefiniteness; 35.2roodenburg.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.2roodenburg.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {301--313}, Title = {French Bare Arguments Are Not Extinct: The Case of Coordinated Bare Nouns}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {The study of bare arguments mainly concentrates on the distribution of bare plurals (BPs) while little attention is paid to coordinated bare nouns (CBNs). The contribution of Heycock and Zamparelli (2003) is a serious attempt to fill this gap, but the details of their analysis lead to predictions that are not correct for French. I show that CBNs exhibit surprisingly unifrom behavior across langauges, unlike BPs, which are subject to crosslinguistic variatio, as sketched by Longobardi (2001). to account for these facts, I propose a modificaiton of Heycock and Zamparelli's analysis of CBNs.}} @article{Ouhalla:2004, Author = {Ouhalla, Jamal}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; relative clauses; 35.2ouhalla.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.2ouhalla.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {288--300}, Title = {Semitic Relatives}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This article evaluates a promotion-based analysis for Semitic relatives along the lines of Kane 1994 and compares it with an alternative analysis that does not make use of promotion but shares with Kayne's analysis an antisymmetric view of phrsae structure. The alternative analysis is based on establishing a parametric distinction relating to categorial identity of the relative clause such that it is a CP in some languages and a DP in others. The first type is found in languages where the relative complementizer is the same as teh normal complementizer of sentential complementation (e.g., Hebrew). The second type is found in languages where the relative complementizer is a determiner (e.g., Amharic and Arabic). this difference is shown to have crucial implications for the structure and derivation of N-initial and N-final relatives, as well as for some relevant typological generalizations, including a generalization relating to the phenomenon of (relative) clause nominalization.}} @article{Larson:2004, Author = {Larson, Richard K. and Maru{\v{s}}i\v{c}, Franc}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {adjectives; N-raising; DP; library; 35.2larson.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.2larson.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {268--287}, Title = {On Indefinite Pronoun Structures with {AP}s: reply to {K}ishimoto}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {A number of authors have claimed that indefinite pronoun constructions like \emph{everything red} are formed by raising a noun (\emph{thing}) over a higher prenominal adjective (\emph{red}). We examine phenomena in English and other languages whcih appear to show that adjectives participating in the indefinite pronoun construction do not correspond to prenominal forms, but to postnominal ones. We evaluate the challenges these results present for the N-raising account, showing that while some can be met, others apparently cannot. this outcome calls for a reexamination of postnominal position with indefinite pronouns.}} @article{Harley:2004, Author = {Harley, Heidi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; idiom; lexical decomposition; 35.2harley.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.2harley.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {255--267}, Title = {Wanting, Having, and Getting: A Note on {F}odor and {L}epore 1998}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This article takes up Fodor and Lepore's (1998) account of the meaning of [\emph{want} DP] structures, according to which the verb \emph{to have} is introduced at interpretation. With certain DP complements a \emph{want to have DP} paraphrase of \emph{want DP} is ill formed; the correct paraphrase uses \emph{get} or \emph{give}. To allow for this, Fodor and Lepore would have to vary the introduced verb depending on the meaning of the DP, but this would make their proposal ``co-compositional,'' defeating its original purpose. If \emph{have}, \emph{get}, and \emph{give} all contain the abstract preposition P_{have} (Harley 1995, Richards 2001), however, Fodor and Lepore's treatment may be appropriately revised: the element introduced by \emph{want} is not \emph{have} but P_{have}. Fodor and Lepore can avoid co-compositionality at the price of allowing lexical decomposition.}} @article{Tesar:2004, Author = {Tesar, Bruce}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; learnability; OT; language acquisition; 35.2tesar.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.2tesar.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {219--253}, Title = {Using Inconsistency Detection to Overcome Structural Ambiguity}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {the Inconsistency Detection Learner (IDL) is an algorithm for language learning that addresses the problem of structural ambiguity. If an overt form is structurally ambiguous, the learner must be capable of inferring which interpretation of the overt form is correct by reference to other overt data of the language. The IDL does this by attempting to construct grammars for combinations of interpretations of the overt forms, and discarding those combinations that are inconsistent. the potential of this algorithm for overcoming the combinatorial growth in combinations of interpretations is supported by computational results from an implementation of the IDL using an optimality-theoretic system of metrical stress grammars.}} @article{Han:2004, Author = {Han, Chung-hye and Romero, Maribel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {negation; focus; verum; ellipsis; disjunction; alternative questions; library; 35.2han01.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.2han01.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {179--217}, Title = {Disjunction, Focus, and Scope}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This article presents the observation that disjunction cannot take wide scope in negative non-\emph{wh}-questions and declaratives with a preposed negative element. This rules out the alternative question reading for non-\emph{wh}-questions with preposed negation and the wide scope \emph{or} reading for neg-inverted declaratives. We show that effects parallel to the ones associated with preposed negation can be reproduced in affirmative non-\emph{wh-}questions and declaratives when focus is involved. We propose that preposed negation in non-\emph{wh}-questions and preposed negative adverbials in declaratives necessarily contribute focus marking (in particular, verum focus) and argue that the lack of wide scope disjunction reading in both declaratives and non-\emph{wh}-questions results as a by-product of the interaction between focus and the LF syntax of disjunctive structures, which we argue involves ellipsis.}} @article{Gelderen:2004, Author = {Gelderen, Elly van}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-14 12:19:32 -0500}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Keywords = {economy; Middle English; negation; library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JCGL/7.1Gelderen.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {59--98}, Title = {Economy, Innovation, and Prescriptivism: From {S}pec to {H}ead and {H}ead to {H}ead}, Volume = {7}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This paper describes cyclical changes in negative and \emph{wh}-constructions as a change from Specifier to Head. It accounts for this change through an economy principle that says Since the introduction of the X-bar principles in syntax it is commonly assumed that adpositions are complement-taking heads of PPs. While this treatment is well motivated for many adpositions in many languages, there are some which -- in some of their uses -- would be better treated as nonhead daughters of verbal or nominal projections. These exceptional adpositions, which I will henceforth call 'minor', are the central topic of the article: I will provide criteria for their identification, propose a detailed treatment of the constructions which contain them, and address the question of whether they orm a natural class. The wider significance of the analysis consists in the evidence which it provides against the wide-spread practice of treating function words as heads of phrasal projections. This practice, which is mainly associated with Chomsky (1986) and which has led to the postulation of a plethora of funcitonal projections, including CP, DetP, and InflP, is not well suited to a treatment of the minor adpositions and should be replaced with an alternative in which thse adpositions are treated as functor daughters in verbal or nominal projections. The analysis draws on various types of descriptive and formal grammar, as well as on corpus-based research, but the format in which it is cast is the contraint-based lexicalist one of Head-driven Phrase Structure Grammar; see Pollard and Sag (1994). A brief introduciton to the HPSG notation is provided in section 2.2. The exemplification will be based on Dutch, but at various points comparisons will be made with English and German. if possible, be a headSince the introduction of the X-bar principles in syntax it is commonly assumed that adpositions are complement-taking heads of PPs. While this treatment is well motivated for many adpositions in many languages, there are some which -- in some of their uses -- would be better treated as nonhead daughters of verbal or nominal projections. These exceptional adpositions, which I will henceforth call 'minor', are the central topic of the article: I will provide criteria for their identification, propose a detailed treatment of the constructions which contain them, and address the question of whether they orm a natural class. The wider significance of the analysis consists in the evidence which it provides against the wide-spread practice of treating function words as heads of phrasal projections. This practice, which is mainly associated with Chomsky (1986) and which has led to the postulation of a plethora of funcitonal projections, including CP, DetP, and InflP, is not well suited to a treatment of the minor adpositions and should be replaced with an alternative in which thse adpositions are treated as functor daughters in verbal or nominal projections. The analysis draws on various types of descriptive and formal grammar, as well as on corpus-based research, but the format in which it is cast is the contraint-based lexicalist one of Head-driven Phrase Structure Grammar; see Pollard and Sag (1994). A brief introduciton to the HPSG notation is provided in section 2.2. The exemplification will be based on Dutch, but at various points comparisons will be made with English and German. . The changes examined all show a tendency towards heads and head-checking but execute this in slightly different ways. In addition, innovations introduce new specifiers, and presecriptive rules retain them, counteracting the effects of economy. Changes from Head to Head and from Spec to Spec also occur. These proceed typically towards positions higher in the tree and can be explained via a 'merge over move' economy principle. The change involving heads I'll look at is the change of to from preposition \emph{to} complementizer, and the changes involving specifiers involve French negatives and English relatives. Thus, certain instances of grammaticalization can be accounted for in structural terms.}} @article{Eynde:2004, Author = {Eynde, Frank van}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-14 12:18:43 -0500}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JCGL/7.1Eynde.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--58}, Title = {Minor Adpositions in {D}utch}, Volume = {7}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {Since the introduction of the X-bar principles in syntax it is commonly assumed that adpositions are complement-taking heads of PPs. While this treatment is well motivated for many adpositions in many languages, there are some which -- in some of their uses -- would be better treated as nonhead daughters of verbal or nominal projections. These exceptional adpositions, which I will henceforth call 'minor', are the central topic of the article: I will provide criteria for their identification, propose a detailed treatment of the constructions which contain them, and address the question of whether they orm a natural class. The wider significance of the analysis consists in the evidence which it provides against the wide-spread practice of treating function words as heads of phrasal projections. This practice, which is mainly associated with Chomsky (1986) and which has led to the postulation of a plethora of functional projections, including CP, DetP, and InflP, is not well suited to a treatment of the minor adpositions and should be replaced with an alternative in which thse adpositions are treated as functor daughters in verbal or nominal projections. The analysis draws on various types of descriptive and formal grammar, as well as on corpus-based research, but the format in which it is cast is the contraint-based lexicalist one of Head-driven Phrase Structure Grammar; see Pollard and Sag (1994). A brief introduciton to the HPSG notation is provided in section 2.2. The exemplification will be based on Dutch, but at various points comparisons will be made with English and German.}} @article{Szabolcsi:2004, Author = {Szabolcsi, Anna}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/22.2Szabolcsi.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {409--452}, Title = {Positive Polarity -- Negative Polarity}, Volume = {22}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {Positive polarity items (PPIs) are generally thought to have the boring property that they cannot scope below negation. The starting point of the paper is the observation that their distribution is significantly more complex; specifically, \emph{someone/something}-type PPIs share properties with negative polarity itms (NPIs). First, these PPIs are disallowed in the same environments that license \emph{yet}-type NPIs: what appears to be a prohibition is nothing but This article examines a variety of languages which have been called 'non-configurational', and introduces new material from the Australian language Jingulu, to show that there is a wider variety of types of nonconfigurationality than has been assumed in previous analyses within the Principles and Parameters framework. It is argued that Baker's (1996a,b) approaches are essentially correct in their analysis of 'how' various nonconfigurational languages establish relationships between overt elements, but that they fail to capture the 'why' of nonconfigurationality. This source, it is argued, is a restriction on what positions in the clause are able to host encyclopedic information (as opposed to formal features, which are always permitted in core predicate and argument positions). These restricitons drive a language to employ various of the mechanisms proposed by Baker in his work. This analysis is then extended to a variety of language types. Finally, a continuum of (non)configurational types is established among some Australian languages.halfway licensingThis article examines a variety of languages which have been called 'non-configurational', and introduces new material from the Australian language Jingulu, to show that there is a wider variety of types of nonconfigurationality than has been assumed in previous analyses within the Principles and Parameters framework. It is argued that Baker's (1996a,b) approaches are essentially correct in their analysis of 'how' various nonconfigurational languages establish relationships between overt elements, but that they fail to capture the 'why' of nonconfigurationality. This source, it is argued, is a restriction on what positions in the clause are able to host encyclopedic information (as opposed to formal features, which are always permitted in core predicate and argument positions). These restricitons drive a language to employ various of the mechanisms proposed by Baker in his work. This analysis is then extended to a variety of language types. Finally, a continuum of (non)configurational types is established among some Australian languages.. The paper goes on to propose a unification of the analyses of rescuable PPIs, NPIs, and negative concord, and questions the grounding of polarity sensitivity in the scalar or the referential semantics of the items involved.}} @article{Pensalfini:2004, Author = {Pensalfini, Rob}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/22.2Pensalfini.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {359--408}, Title = {Towards a Typology of Configurationality}, Volume = {22}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This article examines a variety of languages which have been called 'non-configurational', and introduces new material from the Australian language Jingulu, to show that there is a wider variety of types of nonconfigurationality than has been assumed in previous analyses within the Principles and Parameters framework. It is argued that Baker's (1996a,b) approaches are essentially correct in their analysis of 'how' various nonconfigurational languages establish relationships between overt elements, but that they fail to capture the 'why' of nonconfigurationality. This source, it is argued, is a restriction on what positions in the clause are able to host encyclopedic information (as opposed to formal features, which are always permitted in core predicate and argument positions). These restricitons drive a language to employ various of the mechanisms proposed by Baker in his work. This analysis is then extended to a variety of language types. Finally, a continuum of (non)configurational types is established among some Australian languages.}} @article{Ghomeshi:2004, Author = {Ghomeshi, Jila and Jackendoff, Ray and Rosen, Nicole and Russell, Kevin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/22.2Ghomeshi_et_al.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {307--357}, Title = {Contrastive Focus Reduplication in {E}nglish (The Salad-Salad Paper)}, Volume = {22}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This paper presents a phenomenon of colloquial English that we call Contrastive Reduplication (CF), involving the copying of words and sometimes phrases as in \emph{It's tuna salad, not SALAD-salad}, or \emph{Do you LIKE-HIM-like him?} Drawing on a corpus of examples gathered from natural speech, written texts, and television scripts, we show that CR restricts the interpretation of the copied element to a 'real' or prototypical reading. Turning to the structural properties of the construction, we show that CR is unusual among reduplication phenomena in that whole idioms can be copied, object pronouns are often copied (as in the second example above), and inflectional morphology need not be copied. Thus the 'scope' of CR cannot be defined in purely phonological terms; rather, a combination of phonological, morphosyntactic, syntactic, and lexical factors is involved. We develop an anlysis within the parallel architecture framework of Jackendoff (1997, 2002), whereby CR is treated as a lexical item with syntactic and semantic content and reduplicative phonology. We then sketch an alternative analysis, based on current assumptions within the Minimalist Program, which involves movement into a focusl-like position with both the head and the tail of the resulting chain spelled out.}} @article{Bruening:2004, Author = {Bruening, Benjamin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/22.2Bruening.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {229--305}, Title = {Two Types of Wh-Scope Marking in {P}assamaquoddy}, Volume = {22}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {There are two competing analyses of wh-scope marking in the world's languages: the direct dependency analysis, which posits LF movement of an embedded wh-phrase; and the indirect dependency analysis, which does not. I show here that both analyses are necessary to account for wh-scope marking: Passamaquoddy (Algonquian) actually possesses two diffferent scope marking constructions, which I argue to differ exactly in the ways that would be expected if one were a direct dependency and the other an indirect dependency. The facts of Passamaquoddy also argue for a syntactic analysis of the indirect dependency that generates the scope marker and the embedded question as a constituent.}} @article{Abraham:2004, Author = {Abraham, Werner}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-14 12:21:27 -0500}, Journal = {The Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JCGL/7.2Abraham.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {111--170}, Title = {The Grammaticalization of the Infinitival Preposition -- Toward a Theory of `Grammaticalizing Reanalysis'}, Volume = {7}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {The observational point of departure in this paper is that infinitivals (in Dutch and German) have no tense. Apparent counterexamples to this claim can be shown to involve aspect/Aktionsarten rather than tense. There is consequently no reason to posit any of the funcitonal shell strucure associated wtih tense. Hence, the infinitival markers (\emph{zu}, \emph{te}) may be assumed to be in (or close to) the VP. This is in accordance with the observation that these infintival markers are always directly adjacent to the verb, which makes them similar to the verbal participial prefix \emph{ge-}. A Minimalist account of \emph{zu/te}, which is similar but not identical to \emph{ge-}, is proposed. The question is then raised how \emph{zu} (originally a true local-allative preposition) could have become a verbal prefix, and relevant diachronic data are adduced. Finally it is shown that a functionalist, or `cognitivist', theory of grammaticalization like Haspelmath's misses the point in a number of ways. A more formalist theory of `grammaticalizing reanlysis' is proposed as a better alternative.}} @article{Zeshan:2004, Author = {Zeshan, Ulrike}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/80.1zeshan.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {7--39}, Title = {Interrogative Constructions in Signed Languages: Crosslinguistic Perspectives}, Volume = {80}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This article reports on results from a broad crosslinguistic study based on data from thirty-five signed languages around the world. The study is the first of its kind, and the typological generalizations presented here cover the domain of interrogative structures as they appear across a wide range of geographically and genetically distinct signed languages. Manual and nonmanual ways of marking basic types of questions in signed langauges are investigated. AS a result, it becomes clear that hte range of crosslinguistic variation is extensive for some subparameters, such as the structure of question-word paradigms, while other parameters, such as the use of nonmanual expressions in questions, show more similarites across signed languages. Finally, it is instructive to compare the findings from signed language typolgoy to relevant data from spoken langauges at a more abstract, crossmodality level.}} @article{Grinstead:2004, Author = {Grinstead, John}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/80.1grinstead.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {40--72}, Title = {Subjects and Interface Delay in Child {S}panish and {C}atalan}, Volume = {80}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {I observe that in an early stage of child Catalan and Spanish, no overt subjects are used. At this same age and MLU, child speakers of overt subject langauges such as French, German, Dutch, and English use at least some overt subjects optionally. I explain this crosslinguistic variation by suggesting that the adult target grammars vary with respect to the position in which overt subjects are realized. In the overt subject languages, subjects are realized in the canonical specifier-of-IP position, whereas in the null subject languages (such as Catalan and Spanish), subjecs are located in a topic/focus position, which becomes acessible only later in development. AS evidence for this, I show that overt subjects, fronted objects, and wh-questions begin to be used at the same point in development in child Catalan and Spanish. I also argue that subject agreement constitutes an incorporated pronominal subject in Catalan and Spanish and that children converge on this parametric option very early. Teh inability of child Spanish- and Catalan-speakers to use discourse-pragmatic information is explained as a delay in the development of hte interface between grammar and discourse-pragmatics.}} @article{Yu:2004, Author = {Yu, Alan C. L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/80.1yu.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {73--97}, Title = {Explaining Final Obstruent Voicing in {L}ezgian: Phonetics and History}, Volume = {80}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {In Lezgian, a Nakh-Daghestanian langauge, final and preconsonantal ejectives and voiceless unaspirated obstruents are voiced in certain monosyllabic nouns. This article offers acoustic evidence confirming that the two coda-voicing series are indeed voiced in final position. Based on comparative evidence, it is demonstrated that this phonetically aberrant neutralization pattern is the result of a series of phonetically natural sound changes. Such 'crazy rules' (Bach \\& Harms 1972) undermine any direct phonetic licensing approach to phonology, such as licensing by cue (Steriade 1997).}} @article{Peperkamp:2004, Author = {Peperkamp, Sharon}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/80.1peperkamp.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {98--126}, Title = {Lexical Exceptions in Stress Systems: Arguments from Early Language Acquisition and Adult Speech Perception}, Volume = {80}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {Some, but not all, languages with fixed stress exhibit lexical exceptions to their stress rule. Under the assumption that lexical exceptions can occur in a langauge only if its native speakers can perceive stress contrasts. I argue that the presence of these exceptions depends on the age at which infants discover the stress rule of their language. If the stress regularity is easy to infer from the surface speech stream, then it will be acquired very early, and stress will not be encoded in teh phonological representation of words in the mental lexicon: as a consequence, stress contrasts are not well perceived by adult speakers and lexical exceptions are excluded. If, by contrast, the regularity is difficult to infer, then it will be acquired relatively late, after the format of the phonological encoding of words has been fixed. That is, stress will be redundantly encoded in the mental lexicon, and lexical exceptions can thus be perceived adn stored by adult speakers. A typological survey concerning the occurrence of exceptions in languages with fixed stress supports this proposal. A comparison with a metrical approach to exceptional stress is made, leading to a proposal about the division of labor between psycholinguistcs and theoretical phonology.}} @book{Bastiaanse:2000a, Address = {London}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 11:23:15 -0500}, Editor = {Bastiaanse, Roelien and Grodzinsky, Yosef}, Keywords = {library}, Publisher = {Whurr Publishers Ltd.}, Title = {Grammatical Disorders in Aphasia}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Shapiro:2000, Address = {London}, Author = {Shapiro, Lewis P.}, Booktitle = {Grammatical Disorders in Aphasia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Bastiaanse, Roelien and Grodzinsky, Yosef}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {35--50}, Publisher = {Whurr Publishers Ltd.}, Title = {The processing of long-distance dependencies in normal listerners: Evidence for form-driven activation}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Swinney:2000, Author = {Swinney, David and Love, Tracy and Nicol, Janet and Bouck, Vikki and Hald, Lea Ann}, Booktitle = {Grammatical Disorders in Aphasia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Bastiaanse, Roelien and Grodzinsky, Yosef}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {51--66}, Publisher = {Whurr Publishers Ltd.}, Title = {Neuroanatomical organization of sentential processing operations: Evidence from aphasia on the (modular) processing of discontinuous dependencies}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Zurif:2000, Address = {London}, Author = {Zurif, Edgar B. and Pi{\~n}ango, Maria M.}, Booktitle = {Grammatical Disorders in Aphasia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Bastiaanse, Roelien and Grodzinsky, Yosef}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {66--74}, Publisher = {Whurr Publications Ltd.}, Title = {Semantic composition: Processing parameters and neuroanatomical considerations}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Pinango:2000, Address = {London}, Author = {Pi{\~n}ango, Maria M.}, Booktitle = {Grammatical Disorders in Aphasia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Bastiaanse, Roelien and Grodzinsky, Yosef}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {75--87}, Publisher = {Whurr Publishers Ltd.}, Title = {Syntactic displacement in {B}roca's agrammatic aphasia}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Balogh:2000, Address = {London}, Author = {Balogh, Jennifer E. and Grodzinsky, Yosef}, Booktitle = {Grammatical Disorders in Aphasia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Bastiaanse, Roelien and Grodzinsky, Yosef}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {88--104}, Publisher = {Whurr Publisers Ltd.}, Title = {Levels of linguistic representation in {B}roca's aphasia: Implicitness and referentiality of arguments}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Jonkers:2000, Address = {London}, Author = {Jonkers, Roel}, Booktitle = {Grammatical Disorders in Aphasia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Bastiaanse, Roelien and Grodzinsky, Yosef}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {105--122}, Publisher = {Whurr Publishers Ltd.}, Title = {Verb finding problems in {B}roca's aphasics: The influence of transitivity}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Kiss:2000, Address = {London}, Author = {Kiss, Katalin}, Booktitle = {Grammatical Disorders in Aphasia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Bastiaanse, Roelien and Grodzinsky, Yosef}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {123--151}, Publisher = {Whurr Publishers Ltd.}, Title = {Effect of verb Complexity on agrammatic aphasic's sentence production}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Friedmann:2000, Address = {London}, Author = {Friedmann, Na'ama}, Booktitle = {Grammatical Disorders in Aphasia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Bastiaanse, Roelien and Grodzinsky, Yosef}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {152--170}, Publisher = {Whurr Publishers Ltd.}, Title = {Moving verbs in agrammatic production}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Bastiaanse:2000, Address = {London}, Author = {Bastiaanse, Roelien and Rispens, Judith and Zonneveld, Ron von}, Booktitle = {Grammatical Disorders in Aphasia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Bastiaanse, Roelien and Grodzinsky, Yosef}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {171--190}, Publisher = {Whurr Publishers Ltd.}, Title = {Verb retrieval, verb inflection and negation in agrammatic aphasia}, Year = {2000}} @incollection{Edwards:2000, Address = {London}, Author = {Edwards, Susan}, Booktitle = {Grammatical Disorders in Aphasia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Bastiaanse, Roelien and Grodzinsky, Yosef}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {191--213}, Publisher = {Whurr Publishers Ltd.}, Title = {A clinical assessment of verbs in an agrammatic patient}, Year = {2000}} @article{Hallman:2004, Author = {Hallman, Peter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/syntax7(1)_hallman.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {79--100}, Title = {Symmetry in Structure Building}, Volume = {7}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This paper defends three interconnected claims: (a) selection is the only licensing procedure available to UF, specifically, checking is an instance of selection; (b) selection obtains in the mutual c-command configuration; and (c) though a head does not mutually c-command its own specifier, it mutually c-commands the specifier of its complement. A head may therefore licesne the specifier of its complement (as well as its complement) but not its own specifier (it is not local enough). This effectively elminates the spec-head configuration from the repertoire of syntactic configurations, in favor of a unified notion of locality strictly identifiable with mutual c-command, a symmetric configuration. The discussion shows that a theory that collapses these distinctions remains empirically discriminating. The resulting theory is therefore genuinely reductionist.}} @article{Gibson:2004, Author = {Gibson, Edward and Warren, Tessa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/syntax7(1)_gibson.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {55--78}, Title = {Reading-time Evidence for Intermediate Linguistic Structure in Long-distance Dependencies}, Volume = {7}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {Most linguistic theories since Chomsky (1973) have hypothesized that long-distance dependencies crossing multiple clauses are mediated by intermediate structures. This paper provides a new source of evidence for the existence of such intermediate structures: reading times during online sentence comprehension. The experiment presented here compares reading times for two structures involving the long-distance extraction of a \emph{wh}-filler: (a) a structure in which a clause intervenes bewteen the endpoints of the extraction, and (b) a structure in which a nominalization of the clause intervenes. The logic of the experiment relies on two hypotheses: first, that intermedieate structures mediate the relationship bewteen a \emph{wh}-filler and its theta-role-assigning verb when a clause interves between them but not when a nominalizaiton intervenes; and second, that reading times for a word increase as linear distance increases between teh word and the position on which it is dependent in the partial structure for the input (Gibson 1998, 2000; Grodner, Watson \& Gibson 2000). In combination, these hypotheses predict that reading times at the region in which the verb assigns a theta-role to the \emph{wh}-filler will be faster in the clausal conditions whan in the nominalized conditions, because in the clausal conditions intermediate structure mediate the \emph{wh}-filler verb dependency and case it to be more local. This prediction was confirmed.}} @article{Dikken:2004, Author = {Dikken, Marcel den and Singhapreecha, Pornsiri}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Keywords = {library; DP}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/syntax7(1)_dendikken.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--54}, Title = {Complex {N}oun {P}hrases and linkers}, Volume = {7}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {Complex noun phrases crosslinguistically contain meaningless elements whose sole function is to serve as linkers of predicates to their subjects -- thus, Mandarin Chinese \emph{de} links inverted AP predicates to their subjects as well as possesssors, PPs, relative clauses, and noun-complement clauses (e.b., \emph{the claim that John was asleep}). Taking a comparative analysis of French \emph{de} and Thai \emph{Thii} as its point of departure, this paper argues for a maximally generalized account of the noun phrases in which linkers occur, in terms of DP-internal Predicate Inversion. This approach prompts an analysis of relative-clause constructions that recognizes relative clauses as predicates of DP-internal small clauses, combining the attractions of the traditional approach adn teh Vergnaud/Kayne raising approach by assigning relative clauses an internal structure similar to the traditional one while giving it the external distribution of a predicate by treating it as the predicate of a noun-phrase-internal small clause. For noun-complement cluases, teh approach leads to a revitalization of Stowell's (1981) predication approach to the relationship between teh head noun adn the clause, the latter serving as the former's subject in a DP-contained small-clause structure. A uniform linker approach to French \emph{de}, Tha \emph{thii}, Mandarin Chinese \emph{de}, Japnaese \emph{no}, and so on (a) emphasizes the pervasiveness of Predicate Inversion in the noun phrase, (b) confirms the role of linkers as purely functional aides to the inversion operation, (c) furthers our understanding of the structure and derivaiton of complex noun phrases, and (d) presents a particularly interesting window on microparametric variation in the syntax of noun phrases.}} @incollection{Taraldsen:1995a, Address = {Dordrecht: The Netherlands}, Author = {Taraldsen, Tarald}, Booktitle = {Studies in Comparative {G}ermanic Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Haider, Hubert and Olsen, Susan and Vikner, Sten}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {307--327}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {On Agreement and Nominative Objects in {I}celandic}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Schoenenberger:1995, Address = {Dordrecht: The Netherlands}, Author = {Sch{\"o}nenberger, Manuela and Penner, Zvi}, Booktitle = {Studies in Comparative {G}ermanic Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Haider, Hubert and Olsen, Susan and Vikner, Sten}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {285--306}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Cross-Dialectal Variation in {S}wiss {G}erman: Doubling Verbs, Verb Projection Raising, Barrierhood, and {LF} Movement}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Roberts:1995, Address = {Dordrecht: The Netherlands}, Author = {Roberts, Ian}, Booktitle = {Studies in Comparative {G}ermanic Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Haider, Hubert and Olsen, Susan and Vikner, Sten}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {269--284}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Object Movement and Verb Movement in {E}arly {M}odern {E}nglish}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Reuland:1995, Address = {Dordrecht: The Netherlands}, Author = {Reuland, Eric and Reinhart, Tanya}, Booktitle = {Studies in Comparative {G}ermanic Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Haider, Hubert and Olsen, Susan and Vikner, Sten}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {241--268}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Pronouns, Anaphors and Case}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Neeleman:1995, Address = {Dordrecht: The Netherlands}, Author = {Neeleman, Ad}, Booktitle = {Studies in Comparative {G}ermanic Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Haider, Hubert and Olsen, Susan and Vikner, Sten}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {219--240}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Complex Predicates in {D}utch and {E}nglish}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Mueller:1995, Address = {Dordrecht: The Netherlands}, Author = {M{\"u}ller, Gereon}, Booktitle = {Studies in Comparative {G}ermanic Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Haider, Hubert and Olsen, Susan and Vikner, Sten}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {187--218}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Crossover Effects, Chain Formation, and Unambiguous Binding}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Maling:1995, Address = {Dordrecht: The Netherlands}, Author = {Maling, Joan and Sprouse, Rex}, Booktitle = {Studies in Comparative {G}ermanic Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Haider, Hubert and Olsen, Susan and Vikner, Sten}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {167--186}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Sturctural Case, Specifier-Head Relations, and the Case of Predicates {NP}s}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Kayne:1995, Address = {Dordrecht: The Netherlands}, Author = {Kayne, Richard}, Booktitle = {Studies in Comparative {G}ermanic Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Haider, Hubert and Olsen, Susan and Vikner, Sten}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {159--166}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Agreement and Verb Morphology in Three Varieties of {E}nglish}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Hoekstra:1995a, Address = {Dordrecht: The Netherlands}, Author = {Hoekstra, Teun}, Booktitle = {Studies in Comparative {G}ermanic Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-12-18 11:06:42 -0500}, Editor = {Haider, Hubert and Olsen, Susan and Vikner, Sten}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {119--138}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {To Have to Be Dative}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Hoop:1995, Address = {Dordrecht: The Netherlands}, Author = {Hoop, Helen De and Kosmeijer, Wim}, Booktitle = {Studies in Comparative {G}ermanic Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Haider, Hubert and Olsen, Susan and Vikner, Sten}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {139--158}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Case and Scrambling: {D}-structure versus {S}-structure}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Hoekstra:1995, Address = {Dordrecht: The Netherlands}, Author = {Hoekstra, Jarich}, Booktitle = {Studies in Comparative {G}ermanic Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Haider, Hubert and Olsen, Susan and VIkner, Sten}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {95--118}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Preposition Stranding and Resumptivity in {W}est {G}ermanic}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Bayer:1995, Address = {Dordrecth: The Netherlands}, Author = {Bayer, Josef}, Booktitle = {Studies in Comparative {G}ermanic Syntax}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Haider, Hubert and Olsen, Susan and Vikner, Sten}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {47--76}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {On the Origin of Sentential Arguments in {G}erman and {B}engali}, Year = {1995}} @book{Cresswell:1985a, Address = {Dordrecht: The Netherlands}, Author = {Cresswell, M. J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Publisher = {D. Reidel Publishing Company}, Title = {Adverbial Modification}, Year = {1985}} @article{Sybesma:1999, Author = {Sybesma, Rint}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Location = {Dordrecht: The Netherlands}, Title = {The {M}andarin {VP}}, Year = {1999}} @book{Neeleman:2001, Address = {Dordrecht: The Netherlands}, Author = {Neeleman, Ad and Weerman, Fred}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Flexible Syntax: A Theory of Case and Arguments}, Year = {2001}} @book{Steele:1990, Address = {Dordrecht: The Netherlands}, Author = {Steele, Susan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Agreement and Anti-Agreement: A Syntax of {L}uise{\~n}o}, Year = {1990}} @article{Hagege:1974, Author = {Hag{\`e}ge, Claude}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Bulletin de la Soci{\'e}t{\'e} de Linguistique}, Keywords = {logophor}, Number = {1}, Pages = {287--310}, Title = {Les pronoms logophoriques}, Volume = {69}, Year = {1974}} @article{Peterson:2004, Author = {Peterson, Peter G.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/22.3Peterson.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {643--679}, Title = {Coordination: Consequences of a {L}exical-{F}unctional Account}, Volume = {22}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This paper presents an LFG-based analysis of coordination in terms of (non-headed) sets of f-structures and the distribution of grammatical funcitonal information across sets. This approach provides a descriptively adequate account of key properties of coordination, including the distribution of grammatical funcitons across all conjuncts, the ability to coordinate unlike categories under certain syntactic conditions, and the non-distribution of lexical properties such as tense and number. Coordination is subject to the condition that items can be conjoined if and only if they satisfy the condition of functional equivalence. This condition does not have to be stipulated; it follows as an axiom from the general principles of functional application to sets. Since coordination is not a headed construction, there is not percolation path for features from individual categories within a coordinate structure to the node dominating the coordination. therefore lexical properties will not be shared across the coordination as a whole. The lack of distributivity allows individual conjuncts to differ in terms of lexical properties. In particular, it is expected, rather than exceptional, that coordinated NPs may differ in number, person, case and gender. The proposed account also predicts a high level of idiosyncrasy and variability with respect to 'agreement' between the subject NP and the verb and/or predicate complement.}} @article{Nordlinger:2004, Author = {Nordlinger, Rachel and Sadler, Louisa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/22.3Nordlinger_Sadler.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {597--641}, Title = {Tense Beyond the Verb: Encoding Clausal Tense/Aspect/Mood on Nominal Dependents}, Volume = {22}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {It is generally held that clausal temporal, aspectual and modal featuers, when encoded morphologically, are expressed by or on clasal heads. However nominals and modifiers within NP can also be inflected for tense, aspect and modal features interpreted with respect to the clausal predication rather than with respect to the nominal argument itself. Such nominals (and dependents within NP) therefore contribute syntactic tense, aspect and mood features to the clause, but do not themselves have syntactically active TAM features. Building on previous work we show how a simple account of this phenomenon can be given in the lexicalist, constraint-based theory of LFG. In particular, the use of inside-out funciton application in LFG permits us to capture direclty the role of nominal morphology in defining clausal TAM properties without recourse to derivational or feature passing mechanisms.}} @article{Hay:2004, Author = {Hay, Jennifer and Plag, Ingo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/22.3Hay_Plag.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {565--596}, Title = {What Constrains Possible Suffix Combinations? On the Interaction of Grammatical and Processing Restrictions in Derivational Morphology}, Volume = {22}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {There is a long-standing debate about the principles and mchanisms that constrain the combinatorial properties of affixes, in particular of English suffixes. One group of scholars argues for the existence of lexical strata with strong restrictions holding between the different strata. This view is disputed by scholars who claim that it is selectional restrictions of individual suffixes that are responsible for hte combinatorial properties of suffixes. Most recently, Hay (2000, 2002) has proposed a psycholinguistic model of morphological complexity, according to which an affix whihc can be easily parsed out in processing should not occur inside an affix which cannot. This model has been called "complexity based ordering". The general claim is that affixes can be approximately ordered along a hierarchy of complexity, with more spearable affixes at one end, and less sparable affixes at the other end. More separable affixes can attach outside less separable affixes, but not vice-versa. The goal of this paper is to test the predicionts of complexity based ordering hrough an investigation of 15 English suffixes and their potential 210 two-suffix combinations. Using large data-bases such as the British National Corpus, the CELES lexical database, the OED and the internet, we investigate whether the attested and non-attested combinations are best explained by complexity based ordering or by the individual selectional properteis of these sufixes. We show that in most cases selectional restrictions and parsing restrictions coincide. Where sleectional restrictions underdeterine possible combinations, complexity based ordering makes correct predictions. Only easily parsable combinations are possible combinations, and this range of possible combinations is then further curtailed by selectional restrictions. In sum, we argue that both selecitonal restrictions and parsing constraints are instrumental in determining possible and impossible suffix combinations.}} @article{Han:2004b, Author = {Han, Chung-hye and Romero, Maribel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library; gapping}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/22.3Han_Romero.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {527--564}, Title = {The Syntax of \emph{Whether/Q...or} Questions: Ellipsis Combined with Movement}, Volume = {22}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {In this paper, we argue that the syntax of \emph{whether/Q...or} questions involves both movement of \emph{whether/Q} and ellipsis of the type that has been argued to exist for \emph{either...or} constructions. Three arguments are presented: (i) English \emph{whether/Q...or} questions present at the same time movement characteristics (sensitivity to islands) and ellipsis traits (focus pattern on the disjuncts); (ii) crosslinguistic data on the surface string syntax of Subject-Object-Verb languages support the ellipsis plus movement account in general and, thus, indirectly also for English; and (iiii) certain asymmetries between \emph{whether/Q...or }and \emph{either...or} are resolved, permitting a unified account of the two types of constructions.}} @article{Fischer:2004, Author = {Fischer, Silke}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library; binding theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/22.3Fischer.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {481--526}, Title = {Optimal Binding}, Volume = {22}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {According to Chomsky's Binding Theory (cf. Chomsky 1981), the distribution of anaphors, pronouns, and R-expressions is regulated by three principles: Principle A, B, and C. Although the predictions of these principles are very often borne out, they cannot account for phenomena likek long distance anaphors, the difference between different types of anaphors, data where anaphors and pronouns are not in complementary distribution, or languages like Vietnamese in whihc R-expressions may be bound. The aim of this paper is therefore to develop a theory of binding which captures these phenomena. Based on a close analysis of Englihs, German, dutch, Italian, and Icelandic, I show that these apprent exceptions can easily be intergrated into a uniform theory of binding it if is assumed that the principles that regulate bidnign are violable. Thus I will present an optimality-theoretic analysis that makes it possible to account for the occurrence of simplex anaphors, complex anaphors, pronouns, and R-expression in a uniform and straightforward way. The approach is based on the interaction of two universal constraint hierarchies. One of them takes into account the fact that biding is sensitive to domains of different size; the other one prohibits elements of different anaphoric degree. On the bases of these two constraint hierarchies, the competition selects the optimal element in a given context.}} @article{boeckx:2004a, Author = {Boeckx, Cedric and Niinuma, Fumikazu}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/22.3Boeckx_Niinuma.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {453--480}, Title = {Conditions on Agreement in {J}apanese}, Volume = {22}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This paper integrates Japanese object honorification within a larger crosslinguistic context, and provides a principled explanation for an otherwise puzzling property: the fact that direct object honorificaiton is blocked in the presence of a dative argument. Following a well-established tradition in generative literature, we regard honorification as a case of agreement, but, unlike previous approaches, which rely on Spec-Head configurations, we show that Chomsky's (2000) Agree mechanism suffices for (object) agreement to obtain. We argue that the blocking effect of dative elements is a reflex of a more gneeral locality constraint, 'defective intervention', proposed by Chomsky 2000. The analysis also provides a compelling argument in favor of taking the order in Japanese as basic, and against base-generation approaches to scrambling.}} @article{Bergen:2004, Author = {Bergen, Benjamin K.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/80.2bergen.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {290--311}, Title = {The Psychological Reality of Phonaesthemes}, Volume = {80}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {The psychological reality of English phonaesthemes is demonstrated through a priming experiment with native speakers of American English. Phonaesthemes are well-represented sound-meaning pairings, such as English "gl-", which occurs in numerious words with meanings relating to light and vision. In the experiment, phonaesthemes, despite being noncompositional in nature, displayed priming effects much like those that have been reported for compositional morphemes. These effects could not be explained as the result of semantic or phonological priming, either alone or in combination. The results support a view of the lexicon in which shared form and meanign across words is a key factor in their relatedness, and in which morphological composition is not required for internal word structure to play a role in langauge processing.}} @article{Ward:2004, Author = {Ward, Gregory}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/80.2ward.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {262--289}, Title = {Equatives and Deferred Reference}, Volume = {80}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {Previous accounts of deferred reference (e.g., Nunberg 1995) have argued that all (nonostensive) deferred reference is the result of meaning transfer, a shift in the sense of a nominal or predicate expression. An analysis of deferred equatives (\emph{I'm the pad thai}) suggests an alternative account based on teh notion of pragmatic mapping: a contextually licensed mappin operation between (sets of) discourse entities, neither of which undergoes a transfer of meaning. Moreover, the use of a derferred equative requires the presence of a contextually licensed open proposition whose instantiation encodes the particular mapping between entities, both of which remain accessible to varying degrees within the discourse model. Finally, it is shown how a complete account of deferred reference must provide for transfers of reference as well as sense.}} @article{Lohse:2004, Author = {Lohse, Barbara and Hawkins, John A. and Wasow, Thomas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/80.2lohse.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {238--261}, Title = {Domain Minimization in {E}nglish Verb-Particle Constructions}, Volume = {80}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {The placement of the particle before or after an object in the English verb-particle construction is influenced by a variety of factors. We argue that many of them can be subsumed under a single simple principle, motivated by considerations of processing effciency: to the extent that the domains of syntactic and semantic dependencies can be minimized, processing is facilitated. We use a more precise formulation of this idea to make several predictions about the distribution of particles based on teh size of hte object NP and the semantic dependencies among the verb, the particle, and the object. Corpus studies confirm the predictions, providing evidence for the principle of domain minimization.}} @article{Hume:2004, Author = {Hume, Elizabeth}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/80.2hume.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {203--237}, Title = {The Indeterminacy/Attestation Model of Metathesis}, Volume = {80}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This paper addresses three key observations relating to crosslinguistic patterns of metathesis. First, the order of sounds resulting from metathesis can differ from language to language such that a similar combination of sounds can be realized in one order in one language, but in the reverse order in another language. Second, for some sound combinations, only one order is commonly attested as the result of metathesis, while for other combinations, either order can be observed. Third, the acoustic/auditory cues to the identification of the sequence resulting from metathesis are often bettern than those of the expected, yet nonoccurring, order. These patterns receive a straightforward explanation when we consider the phonetic nature of the sounds ivolved as well as the speaker/hearer's knowledge of native sound patterns and their frequency of occurrence. Neither factor alone is sufficient to provide a predictive account of metathesis. This study shows, however, that by taking into account both factors, we are able to understand why certain soundn combinations tend to undergo metathesis, why others are common results of metathesis, why patterns of metathesis differ across languages, and importantly, why metathesis occurs in the first place.}} @book{Adger:2003a, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Adger, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Core Syntax}, Year = {2003}} @article{Embick:2004, Author = {Embick, David}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 35.3embick.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.3embick.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {355--392}, Title = {On the Structure of Resultative Participles in {E}nglish}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {The article examines the structure of resultative participles in English: participles that denote a state resulting from a prior event, such as \emph{The cakes is flattened} or \emph{The meal is hammered}. The analysis identifies distinct stative participles that derive from the different heights at which aspectual morphemes attach in a verbalizing structure. The Aspect head involved in resultative participles is shown to attach to a vP that is also found in (a) the formation of deadjectival verbs and (b) verb phrases with resultative secondar predicates, like \emph{John hammered the metal flat}. These distinct constructions are shown to have a shared structural subcomponent. The analysis proposed here is compared with Lexicalist approaches employing the verbal versus adjectival passive distinction. It is shown that a uniformly syntactic anlysis of the participles is superior to the Lexicalist alternative.}} @article{Hazout:2004a, Author = {Hazout, Ilan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 35.3hazout.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.3hazout.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {393--430}, Title = {The Syntax of Existential Constructions}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This article outlines an account of the syntax of existential constructions (e.g., \emph{There are too many problems}) based on a view of the postcopular NP as a predicate. This NP figures as the predicate in an embedded clausal complement of \emph{be} with expletive \emph{there} as its subject. \emph{There} consequently moves to the higher Spec, IP position for Case-theoretic reasons. Existential constructions and existential interpretation are a particular instance of a wider phenomenon involving the use of predicates of various categories with expletive subjects (e.g., \emph{It is cold).} Long-distance agreement between the main (inflected) verb and the postcopluar NP is a combined effect of the relation of subject-predicate agreement holding between the expletive subject (\emph{there}) and a predicate NP within the embedded clausal structure and the relation of specifier-head agreement (feature checking) bewteen the arised expletive and the matrix I/T. This analysis is generalized to other cases of long-distance agreement (e.g., \emph{There appeared a man}). It is shown that an analysis based on teh notion \emph{Agree} (Chomsky 2000) is empirically inadequate. Well-known restrictions on the distribution of NPs/DPs in existential constructions follow from the proposed analysis.}} @article{Boeckx:2004b, Author = {Boeckx, Cedric and Hornstein, Norbert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 35.3boeckx.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.3boeckx.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {431--452}, Title = {Movement under Control}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {We examine the three categories of empirical argument that Landau (2003) puts forward against a movement theory of control (MTC): overgeneration cases, alleged arguments in favor of an MTC, and raising/control contrasts. WE show that the problems cited either have plausible alternative analyses that leave the MTC unscathed or, in fact, are not nearly as dire for the MTC as Landau supposes. We conclude that the "standard" theory enjoys no obvious empirical advantages over the MTC and the MTC is superior on conceptual and methodological grounds.}} @article{Richards:2004, Author = {Richards, Norvin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 35.3richards.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.3richards.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {453--463}, Title = {Against Bans on Lowering}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {A number of syntactic theories posit explicit bans on lowering operations. Such bans are largely redundant on cyclic approaches to the syntactic derivation, which can rule out most instances of lowering without an explicit ban. I concentrate here on one instance of lowering not ruled out by the cycle, namely, an Agree relation betwteen a probe and a goal int he probe's own specifier. Facts about Bulgarian \emph{wh}-movement suggest that operations of this kind are available in principle and that lowering therefore should not be banned.}} @article{Aydemir:2004, Author = {Aydemir, Yasemin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 35.3aydemir.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.3aydemir.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {465--474}, Title = {Are {Turkish} Preverbal Bare Nouns Syntactic Arguments?}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}} @article{Fox:2004, Author = {Fox, Danny and Nissenbaum, Jon}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 35.3fox.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.3fox.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {475--485}, Title = {Condition {A} and Scope Reconstruction}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}} @article{Minkoff:2004, Author = {Minkoff, Seth A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 35.3minkoff.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.3minkoff.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {485--494}, Title = {Consciousness, Backward Coreference, and Logophoricity}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}} @article{Rivero:2004, Author = {Rivero, Mar{\'\i}a Luisa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 35.3rivero.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.3rivero.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {494--502}, Title = {Spanish Quirky Subjects, Person Restrictions and the Person-Case Constraint}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}} @article{Sobin:2004, Author = {Sobin, Nicholas}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 35.3sobin.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.3sobin.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {503--508}, Title = {Expletive Constructions are not ``Lower Right Corner'' Movement Constructions}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}} @article{Watson:2004, Author = {Watson, Duane and Gibson, Edward}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 35.3watson.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.3watson.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {508--517}, Title = {Making Sense of the Sense Unit Condition}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}} @inproceedings{Godfrey:1992, Address = {San Francisco}, Author = {Godfrey, J. and Holliman, E. and McDaniel, J.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of ICASSP 92}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Pages = {517--520}, Title = {\textsc{switchboard:} Telephone speech corpus for research and development}, Year = {1992}} @inproceedings{Marcus:1993, Author = {Marcus, Mitchell and Santorini, Beatrice and Marcinkiewicz, May Ann}, Booktitle = {Computational Linguistics 19}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Pages = {313--330}, Title = {Building a large annotated corpus of {E}nglish: The {P}enn treebank}, Year = {1993}} @book{Bod:2003, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Bod, Rens and Hay, Jennifer and Jannedy, Stefanie}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Probabilistic Linguistics}, Year = {2003}} @inproceedings{Chomsky:1963, Address = {New York, New York}, Author = {Chomsky, Noam and Miller, George}, Booktitle = {Handbook of Mathematical Psychology 2}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Luce and Bush and Galanter}, Pages = {419--491}, Publisher = {Wiley and Sons}, Title = {Finitary Models of Language Users}, Volume = {Handbook of Mathematical Psychology 2}, Year = {1963}} @article{Kimball:1973, Author = {Kimball, J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Cognition}, Keywords = {processing}, Number = {1}, Pages = {15--47}, Title = {Seven Principles of Surface Structure Parsing in Natural Language}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1973}} @phdthesis{Frazier:1978, Author = {Frazier, Lyn}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, School = {University of Connecticut, Storrs}, Title = {On Comprehending Sentences: Syntactic Parsing Strategies}, Year = {1978}} @incollection{Fillmore:1968, Address = {New York, New York}, Author = {Fillmore, Charles}, Booktitle = {Universals in Linguistic Theory}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Bach, Emmon and Harms, Richard}, Pages = {1--90}, Publisher = {Holt, Rinehart and Winston}, Title = {The Case for Case}, Year = {1968}} @article{Gibson:1998a, Author = {Gibson, Edward}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Cognition}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--76}, Title = {Linguistic complexity: Locality of syntactic dependencies}, Volume = {68}, Year = {1998}} @book{Baker:1978, Address = {Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey}, Author = {Baker, C. L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Publisher = {Prentice-Hall}, Title = {Introduction to Generative Transformational Syntax}, Year = {1978}} @article{Fabricius-Hansen:2004, Author = {Fabricius-Hansen, Catherine}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS12(3)_Fabricius-Hansen.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {213--257}, Title = {In a mediative mood: the semantics of the {G}erman reportive subjunctive}, Volume = {12}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This paper aims at an account of the German "reportive subjunctive", where the mood signals that the proposition is the object of an utterance report. The report can be explicit in the sentence or in the context, or more or less implicit. We interpret these uses as a more or less local verification or accommodation of a presupposition introduced by the subjunctive, thus accounting for a range of facts and contributing to the theory of presuppositions.}} @article{Rotstein:2004, Author = {Rotstein, Carmen and Winter, Yoad}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS12(3)_Rotstein_Winter.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {259--288}, Title = {Total adjectives vs. partial adjectives: scale structure and higher-order modifiers}, Volume = {12}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This paper studies a distinction that was proposed in previous works between 'total' and 'partial' adjectives. In pairs of adjectives such as 'safe-dangerous', 'clean-dirty' and 'healthy-sick', the first ("total") adjective describes lack of danger, dirt malady, etc., while the second ("partial") adjective describes the existence of such properties. It is shown that the semantics of adjective phrases with modifiers such as 'almost', 'slightly', and 'completely' is sensitive to whether the adjective is total or partial. The interpretation of such modified constructions is accounted for using a novel 'scale structure' for total and partial adjectives. It is proposed that the standard value of a total adjective is always fixed as the lower bound of the corresponding partial adjective. By contrast, the standard value of partial adjectives can take any point on the partial scale. The effects of this theoretical distinction on the behavior of modified constructions are studied in detail, and their ramifications for the semantic theory of adjectives are discussed. Some other phenomena are surveyed that show evidence for total and partial adjectival constructions with various comparatives and exceptive phrases.}} @book{Barker:1995, Address = {Stanford University}, Author = {Barker, Chris}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Publisher = {{CSLI} Publications}, Title = {Possessive Descriptions}, Year = {1995}} @incollection{Partee:2003, Author = {Partee, Barbara H. and Borschev, Vladimir}, Booktitle = {Modifying Adjuncts}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Lang, E. and Maienborn, C. and Fabricius-Hansen, C.}, Pages = {67--112}, Publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter}, Title = {Genitives, relational nouns, and argument-modifier ambiguity}, Year = {2003}} @incollection{Bach:1984, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Bach, Emmon}, Booktitle = {Varieties of Formal Semantics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Landman, Fred and Velman, Frank}, Pages = {1--23}, Publisher = {Foris Publications}, Title = {Some Generalizations of Categorial Grammars}, Year = {1984}} @book{Pinker:1989, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Pinker, Steven}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Learnability and Cognition. The Acquisition of Argument Structure}, Year = {1989}} @incollection{Marantz:1993, Address = {Stanford University}, Author = {Marantz, Alec}, Booktitle = {Theoretical Aspects of {B}antu Grammar 1}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Mchombo, Sam A.}, Pages = {113--151}, Publisher = {CSLI Publications}, Title = {Implications of Asymmetries in Double Object Constructions}, Year = {1993}} @incollection{Marantz:1996, Author = {Marantz, Alec}, Booktitle = {University of Pennsylvania Working Papers in Linguistics vol. 4.2}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Dimitriadis, Alexis and Siegel, Laura and Surek-Clark, Clarissa and Williams, Alexander}, Pages = {201--225}, Publisher = {University of Pennsylvania}, Title = {No Escape from Syntax: Don't Try Morphological Analysis in the Privacy of your own Lexicon}, Year = {1997}} @incollection{Perlmutter:1984a, Author = {Perlmutter, David and Postal, Paul}, Booktitle = {Studies in Relational Grammar volume 2}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Perlmutter, David and Rosen, Carol}, Publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, Title = {The 1-Advancement Exclusiveness Law}, Year = {1984}} @article{Cardinaletti:2004, Author = {Cardinaletti, Anna and Shlonsky, Ur}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; restructuring; clitic; lexical verb; functional verb; Italian; clitic climbing; 35.4cardinaletti.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.4cardinaletti.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {519--557}, Title = {Clitic Positions and Restructuring in {I}talian}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {Verbs can be introduced (merged) in either a lexical VP or a functional head, the latter position giving rise to restructuring contexts. We argue that there are two clitic positions in Itlaian "restructured" clauses: one associated with the (restructured) lexical verb and the other a clausal clitic position located in the functional domain. While restructuring can be recursive, clitics appear either on the restructured infinitive (no clitic climbing) or in the functional domain of the highest verb (full clitic climbing). There is no clitic climbing to an intermediate restructuring verb. We argue that only the lowest restructured verb makes a position for clitics available and that this position is the same as that of infinitive-final [e]. Finally, we show that the funcitonal - lexical dichotomy is too sharp and that a variety of verb classes must be admitted, whose properties correlate with the point in the sturcture in which they are merged.}} @article{Watanabe:2004, Author = {Watanabe, Akira}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; negative conord; negative doubling; uninterpretable focus features; feature copying; chains; ellipsis; Japanese; 35.4akiyama.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.4watanabe.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {559--612}, Title = {The Genesis of Negative Concord: Syntax and Morphology of Negative Doubling}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {I show that negative concord involves checking of the neg-features prompted by the uninterpretable focus feature of concord items, recasting Haegeman and Zanuttini's (1991, 1996) original account in the general theory of feature checking. A key theoretical mechanism is feature copying, which derives the core part of Neg-Factorization and is also shown to provide the foundation for the notion of chains defined in terms of occurrences. The proposed analysis of negative concord supports Merchant's (2001) theory of ellipsis, according to which ellipsis is PF deletion and requires semantic identity. I also discuss in detail how morphology interacts with properties of negative conord, taking into account wide-ranging crosslinguistic patterns.}} @article{Boskovic:2004, Author = {Bo{\v{s}}kovi{\'c}, {\v{Z}}eljko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; Russian; Japanese; Scrambling; Last Resort; 35.4boskovic.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.4boskovic.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {613--638}, Title = {Topicalization, Focalization, Lexical Insertion, and Scrambling}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {In this reply, I show that Russian examples that Bailyn (2001) uses to argue against Boskovic and Takahashi's (1998) analysis of scrambling are irrelevant to the analysis because they in fact do not involve scrambling. I also establish a crosslinguistic correlation between lack of articles and availability of scrambling and provide an account of the correlation under Boskovic and Takahashi's approach to scrambling.}} @article{Marlo:2004, Author = {Marlo, Michael R. and Pharris, Nicholas J.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; morphology; 35.4marlo.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.4marlo.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {639--656}, Title = {Which Wi{\v{c}} is Which? Prefixing and Suffixing in {K}lamath Full-Root Reduplication}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This article presents a new analysis of full-root reduplication in Klamath. This process, hitherto termed "intensive" reduplication, has previously been analyzed as involving prefixation. Klamath prefixes normally induce vowel reduction in the following morpheme, but the intensive reduplicant does not. McCarthy and Prince (1995) attempt to account for this divergent behavior by invoking base-reduplicant faithfulness; Zoll (2002) attributes it to a stem-internal/stem-external distinction among prefixes. Based on phonological and semantic criteria, our analysis presolves intensive reduplication into several classes, including both prefixing and suffixing types. This analysis improves empirical coverage over previous accounts while minimizing assumptions and demonstrates that careful morphological and phonological analysis can distinguish between prefixing and suffixing copying in cases of seemingly ambiguous total reduplication.}} @article{Rubach:2004, Author = {Rubach, Jerzy}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; derivation; targeted constraints; syllable structure; 35.4rubach.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.4rubach.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {656--670}, Title = {Derivation in {O}ptimality {T}heory: A Reply to {B}urzio}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This article argues against Burzio's (2001) reanalysis of Rubach's (2000b) glide and glottal stop insertion in the Slavic languages. It is shown that the reanalysis cannot account for the range of attested facts and that it leads to unwarranted extensions of Optimality Theory by relying on unrestricted targeted constraints. The conclusion is that Optimality Theory must admit derivational levels.}} @article{Akiyama:2004, Author = {Akiyama, Masahiro}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 35.4akiyama.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.4akiyama.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {671--683}, Title = {Multiple Nominative Constructions in {J}apanese and Economy}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}} @article{Bhatt:2004a, Author = {Bhatt, Rajesh and Joshi, Aravind}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 35.4bhatt.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.4bhatt.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {683--692}, Title = {Semilinearity is a Syntactic Invariant: A Reply to {M}ichaelis and {K}racht 1997}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}} @article{Gordon:2004, Author = {Gordon, Matthew}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 35.4gordon.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.4gordon.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {692--703}, Title = {Positional Weight Constraints in {O}ptimality {T}heory}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}} @article{Haegeman:2004a, Author = {Haegeman, Liliane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 35.4haegeman.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/35.4haegeman.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {704--712}, Title = {A {DP}-Internal Anaphor Agreement Effect}, Volume = {35}, Year = {2004}} @incollection{Dowty:1989, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Dowty, David}, Booktitle = {Properties, Types and Meaning: Semantic Issues}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Editor = {Chierchia, Gennaro and Partee, Barbara H. and Turner, Raymond}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Press}, Title = {On the Semantic Content of the Notion of `Thematic Role'}, Year = {1989}} @book{Lasersohn:1995, Address = {Dordrecht, The Netherlands}, Author = {Lasersohn, Peter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers}, Title = {Plurality, Conjunction and Events}, Year = {1995}} @article{Boskovic:2004a, Author = {Bo{\v{s}}kovi{\'c}, {\v{Z}}eljko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/22.4Boskovic.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {681--742}, Title = {Be Careful Where you Float Your Quantifiers}, Volume = {22}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {The paper examines the issue of why floating quantifiers are disallowed in the object position of passive and ergative verbs under Sportiche's (1988) stranding analysis of quantifier float. It is shown that the issue is part of a broader descriptive generalization that quantifiers cannot float in theta-positions. The generalization is shown to follow from an interaction of independently motivated assumptions concerning the structure of floating quantifier constructions and the mechanism of adjunction. The analysis of quantifier float proposed in the paper is shown to have important consequences for a number of issues and phenomena, including clausal structure, PP structure, object shift, cliticization, V-movement, Case licensing, small clauses, scope reconstruction, pied-piping, and heavy NP shift. Regarding PP structure, the paper pursues the clause/PP parallelism hyptothesis: it is shown that there is a clause/PP parallelims with respect to Case-licensing, V/P movement, cliticization, and object shift.}} @article{Benedicto:2004, Author = {Benedicto, Elena and Brentari, Diane}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:06 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/22.4Benedicto_Brentari.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {743--810}, Title = {Where Did all the Arguments Go?: Argument-Changing Properties of Classifiers in {ASL}}, Volume = {22}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This paper presents an analysis of American Sign Language (ASL) classifiers from a syntactic and morphophonological point of view, and addresses issues related to (1) the ways that classifers can participate in expressing argument structure alternaitons -- in particular, the transitive-intransitive and unergative-unaccusative alternations -- in a morpho-syntactic way; and (2) the ways that 'rpductivity' within classifer systems can be formalized morpho-phonemically. For ASL classifeirs, we claim that there are two basic syntactic types: those that are associated with the internal argument and those that are associated with an external agentive argument. We claim that classifiers project syntactically as (functional) heads and that they determine the status (as external or internal) of the argument that lands in their Spec. We identify a discrete agentive morpheme in ASL classifier constructions, on phonological and syntactic grounds, a morpheme with is responsible for the agentive readings in two types of classifers. The phonological representaiton needed to express this morpheme expands the range of possibilities of templates used in prosodic morphology. This paper contributes to general linguistic theory in providing support for a (morpho-)syntactic analysis of argument structure alternations and in demonstrating how morphological templates can be used to account for the relation between morphological and phonological form in ASL classifiers.}} @article{Landau:2004, Author = {Landau, Idan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-11-06 07:47:35 -0500}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLLT/22.4Landau.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {811--877}, Title = {The Scale of Finiteness and the Calculus of Control}, Volume = {22}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {Prevalent treatments of Obligatory Control (OC) derive the distribution of PRO from either government or case theory. However, ample crosslinguistic evidence demonstrates that PRO is case-marked just like nay other DP. The phenomenon of \emph{finite} \emph{control} in the Balkan languages and in Hebrew, where subjunctive complements exhibit OC, demonstrates that the licensing of PRO must be sensitive to the distribution of the features [Tense] and [Agr] both on I and C. OC is conceived as an instance of Agree; a local calculus, interacting with feature checking and deletion, determines that PRO is in general the ``elsewhere'' case of referential subjects. However, the two types of subjects may alternate in certain environmnets, an inexplicable fact for most existing accounts. The system proposed naturally extends to other types of complements, like inflected infinitives and obviative subjunctives. The resulting typology offers a systematic picture of the intricate ways in which finiteness and control interact in different languages.}} @article{Pater:2004, Author = {Pater, Joe and Stager, Christine and Werker, Janet}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/80.3pater.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {384--402}, Title = {The Perceptual Acquisition of Phonological Contrasts}, Volume = {80}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {Stager and Werker (1997) show that fourteen-month-olds engaged in a word-learning task fail to respond to a switch between the minimal pair [bI] and [dI], though they do respond to a switch between [lIf] and [nim] in the same task. In this article we show that the [bI]/[dI] results extend to stimuli that respect English phonotactics ([bIn] vs. [dIn]), to a voicing contrast ([pIn] vs [bIn]), and to voicing and place combined ([pIn] vs [dIn]). Our interpretation of these results is that when a phonological contrast like place or voicing is first acquired, it remains only partially integrated and can be lost under the processing demands of word learning. We formalize partial integration in terms of unranked optimality-theoretic constraints and discuss the predictions of this account for further research.}} @article{Whitman:2004, Author = {Whitman, Neal}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/80.3whitman.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {403--434}, Title = {Semantics and Pragmatics of {E}nglish Verbal Dependent Coordination}, Volume = {80}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This article investigates coordination of verbal adjuncts and complements in English, considering coordinations of adjunct with adjunct, complement with complement, and adjunct with complements, for both non-wh and wh elements, using the conjuncitons \emph{or, and,} and \emph{but}. Previous analyses have never to my knowledge covered all of these cases. It is shown that syntactic or (compositional) semantic constraints on coordination fail to cover all the facts, as do ambiguity-based explanations. Better (though still incomplete) coverage is provided by an analysis based on event semantics and neo-Gricean conversational implicature.}} @article{Anderson:2004, Author = {Anderson, John M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/80.3anderson.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {435--474}, Title = {On the Grammatical Status of Names}, Volume = {80}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This article focuses on the relatively neglected grammar of names, including their morphosyntax, which has not aroused the kind of interest nad controversy associated with the (putative) semantics of names. It also focuses on a few Indo-European languages (French, Greek, and particularly English), but refers to a wider range of language types. While not an exhaustive account of hte variations in name syntax and morphology, significant variation is nevertheless encountered and analyzed. The suggested universal aspects have some plausibility. I propose that names belong universally, with pronouns and determiners, to a category of determinative. The behavior of names as vocatives and in predications of nomination suggests that they are, unlike pronouns and determiners, inherenlty neither defintie nor indefinite. Moreover, in such circumstances names do not function as regular arguments of the predicator; they do not bear a specified semantic relation to the predicator: they are either extrasentential or appositive. In order to figure as arguments in other types of predication, and be assigned a specified semantic relation, names must acquire definiteness. languages differ in whether definiteness is signaled overtly or not: in English, for instance, definite names are not distinguished in form from nondefinite, whereas in greek definite use of a name is marked by an accompanying article. Other languages vary.}} @article{Rose:2004, Author = {Rose, Sharon and Walker, Rachel}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/80.3rose.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {475--531}, Title = {A Typology of Consonant Agreement as Correspondence}, Volume = {80}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This article presents a typology of consonant harmony or long distance consonant agreement that is analyzed as arising through correspondence relations between consonants rather than feature spreading. The model covers a range of agreement patterns (nasal, laryngeal, liquid, coronal, dorsal) and offers several advantages. Similarity of agreeing consonants is central to the typology and is incorporated directly into the constraints driving correspondence. Agreement by correspondence without feature spreading captures the neutrality of intervening segments, which neither block nor undergo. Case studies of laryngeal agreement and nasal agreement are presented, demonstrating the models' capacity to capture varying degrees of similarity crosslinguistically.}} @article{Goldberg:2004, Author = {Goldberg, Adele E. and Jackendoff, Ray}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/80.3anderson.pdf}, Pages = {532--568}, Title = {The {E}nglish Resultative as a Family of Constructions}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {English reultative expressions have been a major focus of research on the syntax-semantics interface. We argue in this article that a family of related constructions is required to account for their distribution. We demonstrate that a number of generalizations follow from the semantics of the constructions we posit: the syntactic argument structure of the sentence is predicted by general principles of argument linking: and the aspectual structure of the sentence is determined by the aspectual structure of the constructional subevent, which is in turn predictable from general principles correlating event structure with change, extension, motin, and paths. Finally, the semantics and syntax of resultatives explain the possibilities for temporal relations between the two subevents. While these generalizations clearly exist, there is also a great deal of idiosyncrasy involved in resultatives. many idiosyncratic instances and small subclasses of the construction must be learned and stored individually. This account serves to justify aspects of what we share in our overall vision of grammar, what we might call the constructional view. To the extent that our treatment of the resultative can be stated only within the constructional view, it serves as evidence for this view as a whole.}} @article{Erteschik:1979, Author = {Erteschik-Shir, Nomi and Lappin, Shalom}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Theoretical Linguistics}, Pages = {41--86}, Title = {Dominance and the functional explanation of island phenomena}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1979}} @article{Chung:2004, Author = {Chung, Sandra}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/syntax7(3)_chung.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {199--233}, Title = {Restructuring and Verb-Initial Order in {C}hamorro}, Volume = {7}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {The Austronesian language Chamorro has a restructuring construction in which the embedded clause-like constituent looks like a finite realis clause. Following Bhatt's (2002) minimalist analysis of Hindi_urdo, I argue that Chamorro restructuring permits long-distance Agree but not long-distance licensing of objective Case. I then bring the word order of restructuring to bear on the larger issue of how verb-initial order is derived. Along the way, an account is developed in which some of the distinctive characteristics of restructuring are determined in the synatx, but others are the result of post-Spell-Out operations.}} @article{Kiguchi:2004, Author = {Kiguchi, Hirohisa and Thornton, Rosalind}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Syntax}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Syntax/syntax7(3)_kiguchi.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {234--271}, Title = {Binding Principles and {ACD} Constructions in Child Grammars}, Volume = {7}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {Antecedent-contained deletion (ACD) constructions have been the focus of much recent literature in linguistic theory. These constructions have been instrumental in arguments against dispensing with the operation of Quantifier Raising (QR) and a level of Logical Form (LF) (e.g., May 1985; Fiengo \& May 1994; Fox 1999, 2000). In fact, it has been argued that in ACD constructions, the binding principles apply at LF (e.g., Fiengo \& May 1994). The present paper assesses 4- and 5-year old children's knowledge of ACD constructions in which principles B and C are relevant. The empirical findings show that children interpret these ACD structures like adults, suggesting that they invoke the binding principles at LF, andtarge vP, rather than IP as the landing site for QR, as claimed for adults by Fox (2000) and others. These central properties of ACD construcitons in child grammars present a challenge to learning-based theories of language development, because the input to children cannot inform them how to interpret the ellipsis site of ACD structures or which binding principle is in effect. Nevertheless, preschool children are found to have adultlike interpretations of the structures investigated here. the data are taken to provide support for hte view that binding principles are part of our innate human endowment for language.}} @article{Rudin:1988, Author = {Rudin, Catherine}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language and Linguistic Theory}, Pages = {445--501}, Title = {On multiple questions and multiple wh-fronting}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1988}} @article{Yu:2004a, Author = {Yu, Alan C. L.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL13.1Yu.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {39--58}, Title = {Infixing with a Vengeance: {P}ingding {M}andarin Infixation}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {In the Pingding dialect of Madarin, the infixing of a retroflex lateral, -l-, before the nucleus marks diminutive. Pingding infixation not only creates onset clusters but also introduces a phoneme. Both features are otherwise not found elsewhere in the language. We argue that the infix -l-, which is cognate with the diminutive -r suffix in other Mandarin dialects, is the result of rhotic metathesis (cf. Blevins and Garrett (1998)). This study shows that Pingding infixation presents an interesting challenge to the theory that claims sound change/metathesis is perceptually optimizing and that it is goal-driven (Hume (1997, 1998, 2001), Steriad (2001)). In this paper, we advance a theory of the origin of Pingding infixation, based on the listener-oriented (i.e., 'innocent') view of sound change (Ohala (1993)), which accounts for the appearance of -l- as an excrescent segment through acoustic means, rather than articulatory (Chen (1992)) or phonotactic ones (Lin (2002)).}} @article{MiRyoung:2004, Author = {Mi-Ryoung, Kim and Duanmu, San}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Number = {1}, Pages = {59--104}, Title = {``Tense'' and ``Lax'' Stops in {K}orean}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {Korean is thought to be unique in having three kinds of voiceless stops: aspirated /ph th kh/, tense /p* t* k*/, and lax /p t k/. The contrast between tense and lax stops raises two theoretical problems. First, to distinguish them either a new feature [tense] is needed, or the contrast in voicing (or aspiration) must be increased from two to three. Either way there is a large increase in the number of possible stops in the world's languages, but the expansion lacks support beyond Korean. Second, initial aspirated and tense consonants correlate with a high tone, and lax and voiced consonants correlate with a low tone. The correlation cannot be explained in the standard tonogenesis model (voiceless-high and voiced-low). We argue instead that (a) underlyingly ``tense'' stops are regular voiceless unaspirated stops, and ``lax'' stops are regular voiced stops, (b) there is no compelling evidence for a new distinctive feature, and (c) the consonant-tone correlation is another case of voiceless-high and voiced-low. We conclude that Korean does not have an unusual phonology, and there is no need to comlicate feature theory.}} @article{Ariel:2004, Author = {Ariel, Mira}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/80.4ariel.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {658--706}, Title = {\emph{Most}}, Volume = {80}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {Ever since Horn 1972, it has been a received view that the lexical meaning of scalar quantifiers specifies only a lower bound. \emph{Most}, it is assumed, codes `more than half but less than all', linguists have assumed a `not all' implicature. I argue that the implicature analysis cannot account for most of the discourse data, and that the upper bound on \emph{most} is independent of a `not all' iimplicature. furthermore, based on questionnaire results, I propose a different semantics-pragmatics division of labor. \emph{Most} denotes `a proper subset which is the largest subset given any partitioning of the complement subsets'. Thus, \emph{most's }lexical meaning does provide an upper bound, but pragmatic inferences may nonetheless sometimes render its use compatible with states of affairs in which `all' is true.}} @article{Hallman:2004a, Author = {Hallman, Peter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/80.4hallman.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {707--747}, Title = {{NP}-Interpretation and the structure of predicates}, Volume = {80}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {Two classes of intensional transitive verbs affect the interpretation of an indefinite object in the same way that stage- and individual-level predicates affect an indefinite subject. The contrast for objects is instantiated inside the scope of intensionality, that is, VP-internally. I claim that the differentiation of subject positions said to underlie the interpretational contrast for subjects recurs in the VP for objects, inside the domain of intensionality. The internal domain of a transitive verb is therefore somewhat syntactically articulated, containing at least two positions for indefinite objects. Quantified objects, however, are VP external.}} @article{Gahl:2004, Author = {Gahl, Susanne and Garnsey, Susan M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/80.4gahl.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {748--775}, Title = {Knowledge of Grammar, Knowledge of Usage: Syntactic Probabilities affect Pronunciation Variation}, Volume = {80}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {Frequent words tend to shorten (see e.g., Schuchardt 1885, Hooper 1976), as do words that have a high probability of occurrence given a neighboring word (Jurafsky et al. 2001). This tendency has been cited in support of the claim that probabilities are an inherent part of grammar, and of syntax in particular. There is widespread consensus, however, that the syntax of natural languages cannot be captured in terms of item-to-item transitions (Chomsky 1957). Therefore, unless one considers probabilities of syntactic structures, rather than particular combinations of neighboring words, pronunciation variation cannot be said to reflect probabilistic effects in syntax. In this article we report a case of pronunciation variation that reflects contextual probabilites of syntactic structures. The relevant probabilities are based on the probability of a given syntactic structure, given a particular verb. We show that these probabiliteis affect American English /t,d/-deletion, as well as the durations of words and phrases. Our results are consistent with the notion that knowledge of grammar includes knowledge of probabilites of syntactic structures, and that this knowledge affects language production.}} @article{Nordlinger:2004a, Author = {Nordlinger, Rachel and Sadler, Louisa}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/80.4nordlinger.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {776--806}, Title = {Nominal Tense in Crosslinguistic Perspective}, Volume = {80}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {It is a general assumption in linguistic theory that the categories of tense, aspect, and mood (TAM) are inflectional categories of verbal classes only. In a number of languages around the world, however, nominals and other NP constituents are also inflected for these categories. In this article we provide a comprehensive survey of tense/aspect/mood marking on NP constituents across the world's languages. Two distinct types are identified: propositional nominal TAM, whereby the nominal carries TAM information relevant to the whole proposition, and independent nominal TAM, in which the TAM information encoded on the nominal is relevant only to the NP on which it is marked -- independent of the TAM of the clause as a whole. We illustrate these different types and their various properties using data from a wide range of languages showing that, while certainly unusual, the phenomenon of nominal tense/aspect/mood marking is far less marginal than is standardly assumed. Nominal TAM inflection must be accpeted as a real possibility in universal grammatical structure, having significant implications for many aspects of linguistic theory.}} @article{Baerman:2004, Author = {Baerman, Matthew}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Language}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Language/80.4baerman.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {807--827}, Title = {Directionality and (Un)Natural classes in Syncretism}, Volume = {80}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {Syncretism, where a single form corresponds to multiple morphosyntactic funcitons, is pervasive in languages with inflectional morphoogy. Its interpretation highlights the contrast between different views of the status of morphology. For some, morphology lacks independent structure, and syncretism reflects the internal structure of morphosyntactic features. For others, morphological structure is autonomous, and syncretism provides direct evidence of this. In this article, I discuss two phenomena that argue for the second view. Directional Effects and Unnatural Classes of values resist attempts to reduce them to epiphenomena of more gneeral rule types and require purely morphological devices for their expression.}} @article{Nakanishi:2004, Author = {Nakanishi, Kimiko and Tomioka, Satoshi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL13.2Nakanishi_Tomioka.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {113--140}, Title = {Japanese Plurals are Exceptional}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This paper provides a semantic analysis of morphological plurals with the suffix \emph{-tati} in Japanese. Although many of the previous analyses treat a \emph{-tati} plural on a par with a \emph{-men} plural in Madarin Chinese, which is inherently definite, we present ample evidence that a \emph{-tati} plural as a non-uniform plural whose extension can include entities that are not in the extension of hte common noun to which \emph{-tati} is attached. This proposal proves extremely successful in accounting for a variety of otherwise puzzling properties of a \emph{-tati} plural, including hte lack of generic/kind readings and the tendency to take wide scope.}} @article{Shen:2004, Author = {Shen, Li}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL13.2Shen.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {141--179}, Title = {Aspect Agreement and Light Verbs in {C}hinese: a Comparison with {J}apanese}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {In this article I distinguish two types of sentence final particles (SFPs) and two types of predicates in Chinese in terms of the aspectual features [=/1 dynamic]. I assume that aspect in Chinese projects a maximal projection, AspectP, which determines the temporal properties of predicates. It is argued that the predicates and the SFPs in Chinese sentences must agree in the [=/1 dynamic] features in syntax. It is also argued that Chinese has two light verbs: the static light verb \emph{slv} adnt he dynamic light verb \emph{dlv}. These two light verbs, in conjunction with the lexical verbs, determine the event structures of thepredicates in Chinese, and furthermore serve as the basis for the syntactic agreement of the aspectuality between the SFPs and the predicates. In this article I also compare the SFPs and predicates in Chinese adn Japanese. Based on empirical evidence, I propose that Japanese lacks syntactic aspect agreement, in sharp contrast with Chinese.}} @article{Fukushima:2004, Author = {Fukushima, Kazuhiko}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL13.2Fukushima.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {181--196}, Title = {Consipiracy of Form and Function for Optimization of Language Change}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {Formal and functional approaches to language have been at odds with each other for some time. However, this state of affairs is not constructive or productive. In this paper I will show that an ongoing morphological change in Japanese, \emph{ra-nuki kotoba} 'ra-deletion language', initiated by funcitonal motivation like economy (communicative efficiency), is guided and shaped most effectively by interacting formal properties of related constructions. Through the exposition in this paper I would like to demonstrate that there is nothing incompatible between the orientations of formalism and functionalism. The former provides descriptions and explanations for structural possibilities (or delimitation) of langauge. From these possibilities, certain forms are chosen (or preferred) over others for various purposes according to the principles and generalizations of the latter.}} @article{Washio:2004, Author = {Washio, Ryuichi}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL13.3Washio.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {197--256}, Title = {Auxiliary Selection in the {E}ast}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {The perfect auxiliaries in Old Japanese, \emph{-tu} and \emph{-nu}, display a close distributional correspondence to the European auxiliaries 'have' and 'be', particularly to \emph{hebben} and \emph{zijn} in Cutch, not only in the core cases where \emph{-tu/hebben} appear with transitive/unergatives and \emph{-nu/jijn} with passives/unaccusatives, but also int he following exceptional cases: Dutch is known to have a few transitive verbs, such as those for 'forget' and 'pass', which exceptionally select \emph{zijn}; Old Japanese also ahs a small class of exceptional transitives, among which are the verbs meaning 'forget' and 'pass'. Since this is thought not likely to be accidental, the reasonable conclusions are that \emph{-tu/-nu} selection and \emph{hebben/zijn} selection are essentially the same phenomenon, and it is by the very nature of this phenomenon that verbs like Formal and functional approaches to language have been at odds with each other for some time. However, this state of affairs is not constructive or productive. In this paper I will show that an ongoing morphological change in Japanese, ra-nuki kotoba 'ra-deletion language', initiated by funcitonal motivation like economy (communicative efficiency), is guided and shaped most effectively by interacting formal properties of related constructions. Through the exposition in this paper I would like to demonstrate that there is nothing incompatible between the orientations of formalism and functionalism. The former provides descriptions and explanations for structural possibilities (or delimitation) of langauge. From these possibilities, certain forms are chosen (or preferred) over others for various purposes according to the principles and generalizations of the latter.forgetFormal and functional approaches to language have been at odds with each other for some time. However, this state of affairs is not constructive or productive. In this paper I will show that an ongoing morphological change in Japanese, ra-nuki kotoba 'ra-deletion language', initiated by funcitonal motivation like economy (communicative efficiency), is guided and shaped most effectively by interacting formal properties of related constructions. Through the exposition in this paper I would like to demonstrate that there is nothing incompatible between the orientations of formalism and functionalism. The former provides descriptions and explanations for structural possibilities (or delimitation) of langauge. From these possibilities, certain forms are chosen (or preferred) over others for various purposes according to the principles and generalizations of the latter. are favored as exceptions over many other transitive verbs. Auxiliary selection is therefore a phenomenon not confined to European languages -- a conclusion which throws fresh light upon some important issues in the theory of auxiliary selection.}} @article{Liu:2004, Author = {Liu, Chen-Sheng Luther}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL13.3Liu.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {257--287}, Title = {Antilogophoricity, Epithets and the Empty Antilogophor in {C}hinese}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {The null object in examples with Xu (1986) provides to argue against the existence of the subject-object asymmetry of the kind observed in Huang (1982, 1984a,b) in fact is an empty antilogophr (henceforth EA) subject to Binding Condition B and the Empty Antilogophoric Condition. I believe that there are at least two types of null objects in Chinese, namely the EA and teh variable. The former must occur in a pragmatically oriented environment where a pragmatically downgraded internal protagonisted antecedent is available while the latter may occur in a pragmatically neurtral environment. Seen in this way, Xu's examples at first sight appear to be problematic for Huang's (1982, 1984a,b and 1987) Null Topic Analysis, but upon closer scrutiny turn out not to apply the Empty Antilogophoric Analysis of the Chinese null object in Xu's examples has two theoretical and empirical implicaitons: first, the proposal is reminiscent of Dubinsky and Hamilton's (1998) Antilogophoric Analysis of English epithets; this further implies that Hunag's (1991) Null Epithet Analysis of null objects, whcih suggests that the Chinese null object is the null counterpart of epithets subject to Binding Condition C, is inadequate. Second, the patterns observed may indicate that there are at least three types of antilogophrs in Chinese; these are not independent of each other but represent different degrees of directness in which antilogophoric attitutdes manifest themselves.}} @article{Beck:2004a, Author = {Beck, Sigrid and Oda, Toshiko and Sugisaki, Koji}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL13.4Beck.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {289--344}, Title = {Parametric Variation in the Semantics of Comparison: {J}apanese and {E}nglish}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {This paper proposes a semantic analysis of comparison constructions in Japanese which is crucially different from the standard semantics of comparatives as developed for Englihs and related langauges. The interpretation of the Japanese comparison construction is determined to a larger extent by pragmatic strategies, as opposed to compositional semantics. The syntactically provided item of comparsion (the constituent accompaying \emph{yori}) does not, in contrast to an English \emph{than}-clause, have a degree semantics; it ultimately contributes an individual. From this item the real comparison has to be inferred. We argue that Japanese does not have English-style degree operators and probably lacks abstraction over degree variables in the syntax altogether. The proposed analysis accounts for a number of empirical differences between Japanese and English. A more general outcome is that the semantics of comparison is subject to crosslinguistic variation. A parameter of language variation is suggested as the source of the differences we observe.}} @article{Ahn:2004, Author = {Ahn, Sang-Cheol and Iverson, Gregory K.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*JEAL/JEAL13.4Ahn.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {345--379}, Title = {Dimensions in {K}orean Laryngeal Phonology}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2004}} @book{Lasnik:2003a, Address = {New York, New York}, Author = {Lasnik, Howard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Publisher = {Routledge}, Title = {Minimalist Investigations in Linguistic Theory}, Year = {2003}} @incollection{Lasnik:2003b, Address = {New York, New York}, Author = {Lasnik, Howard}, Booktitle = {Minimalist Investigations in Linguistic Theory}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {6--21}, Publisher = {Routledge}, Title = {Patterns of verb raising with auxiliary ``be''}, Year = {2003}} @incollection{Lasnik:2003c, Address = {New York, New York}, Author = {Lasnik, Howard}, Booktitle = {Minimalist Investigations in Linguistic Theory}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {22--41}, Publisher = {Routledge}, Title = {Last resort and attract {F}}, Year = {2003}} @article{Lasnik:2004, Author = {Lasnik, Howard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Location = {New York, New York}, Pages = {42--54}, Title = {Levels of representation and the elements of anaphora}, Volume = {Minimalist Investigations in Linguistic Theory}, Year = {2003}} @article{Lasnik:2003d, Author = {Lasnik, Howard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Minimalist Investigations in Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Location = {New York, New York}, Pages = {55--82}, Title = {Pseudogapping puzzles}, Year = {2003}} @article{Lasnik:2003e, Author = {Lasnik, Howard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Minimalist Investigations in Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Location = {New York, New York}, Pages = {83--102}, Title = {On feature strength: three minimalist approaches to overt movement}, Year = {2003}} @article{Lasnik:2003f, Author = {Lasnik, Howard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Minimalist Investigations in Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Location = {New York, New York}, Pages = {103--117}, Title = {A gap in an ellipsis paradigm: some theoretical implications}, Year = {2003}} @article{Lasnik:2003g, Author = {Lasnik, Howard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Minimalist Investigations in Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Location = {New York, New York}, Pages = {118--124}, Title = {On a scope reconstruction paradox}, Year = {2003}} @article{Lasnik:2003h, Author = {Lasnik, Howard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Minimalist Investigations in Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Location = {New York, New York}, Pages = {125--138}, Title = {Some reconstruction riddles}, Year = {2003}} @article{Lasnik:2003i, Author = {Lasnik, Howard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Minimalist Investigations in Linguistic Theory}, Keywords = {library}, Location = {New York, New York}, Pages = {139--157}, Title = {Chains of arguments}, Year = {2003}} @article{Moltmann:2004, Author = {Moltmann, Friederike}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS12(4)_Moltmann.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {289--318}, Title = {The Semantic of \emph{Together}}, Volume = {12}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {The semantic function of the modifier \emph{together} in adnominal position has generally been considered to be that of preventing a distributive reading of the predicate. On the basis of a new range of data, I will argue that this view is mistaken. The semantic function of adnominal \emph{together} rather is that of inducing a cumulative measurement of the group that \emph{together} is associated with. The measurement-based analysis of adnominal \emph{together} that I propose can also, with some modifications, be extended to adverbial occurrences of \emph{together}.}} @article{Guerzoni:2004, Author = {Guerzoni, Elena}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS12(4)_Guerzoni.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {319--343}, Title = {\emph{Even}-{NPI}s in {Y}es/{N}o Questions}, Volume = {12}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {It has been a long-standing puzzle that Negative Polarity Items appear to split into two subvarieties when their effect on the interpretation of questions is taken into account: while questions with \emph{any} and \emph{ever} can be used as unbiased requests of information, questions with so-called `minimizers', i.e. idioms like \emph{lift a finger} and \emph{the faintest idea}, are always biased towards a negative answer (cf. Ladusaw 1979). Focusing on yes/no questions, this paper presents a solution to this puzzle. Specifically it is shown that in virtue of containing \emph{even} (cf. Heim 1984), minimizers, unlike \emph{any}, trigger a presupposition, which reduces the set of possible answers to a question to the singleton containing the negative answer.}} @article{Cecchetto:2004a, Author = {Cecchetto, Carlo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS12(4)_Cecchetto.pdf}, Number = {4}, Pages = {345--397}, Title = {Explaining the Locality Conditions of {QR}: Consequences for the Theory of Phases}, Volume = {12}, Year = {2004}, Abstract = {In this paper I offer an explanation for the fact that QR tends to be more local than other types of A-bar movement (i.e., in typical cases, QR cannot take place out of a finite clause). My explanation assumes (and offers evidence for) the Phase Impenetrability Condition (cf. Chomsky 2001a, b) and an Economy Condition that requires that each step of (possibly successive cyclic) QR be motivated (cf. Fox 1999). After showing why QR is local in typical cases, I consider new evidence, involving a counterpart of ACD in Italian, which indicates that QR takes place long distance, as other types of A-bar movement do, whenever each step is independently motivated. It follows that it can be maintained that the locality conditions on QR are \emph{not} construction specific, as expected given the general format of the theory.}} @article{Kathol:1999a, Author = {Kathol, Andreas and Rhodes, Richard A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Proceedings of WSCLA}, Location = {University of British Columbia, Department of Linguistics}, Pages = {75--91}, Title = {Constituency and linearization of {O}jibwe nominals}, Volume = {4}, Year = {1999}} @inproceedings{Russell:1995a, Address = {Stanford}, Author = {Russell, Kevin and Reinholtz, Charlotte}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Editor = {Camacho, Jos\'e and Choueiri, Lina and Watanabe, Maki}, Pages = {431--445}, Publisher = {CSLI}, Title = {Hierarchical structure in a non-configurational language: Asymmetries in {S}wampy {C}ree}, Volume = {14}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Bruening:2001, Author = {Bruening, Benjamin and Rackowski, Andrea}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of British Columbia Working Papers in Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Editor = {Gessner, Suzanne and Oh, S. and Shiboara, K.}, Pages = {134--162}, Title = {Configurationality and object shift in {A}lgonquian}, Volume = {5}, Year = {2001}} @phdthesis{Brittain:1999, Address = {Newfoundland}, Author = {Brittain, Julie}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, School = {Memorial University}, Title = {The Distribution of the conjunct verb form in {W}estern {N}askapi and related morpho-syntactic issues}, Year = {1999}} @book{Brittain:2001, Address = {New York}, Author = {Brittain, Julie}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Publisher = {Garland Publishers}, Title = {The morph-syntax of the {A}lgonquian conjunct verb: A minimalist approach}, Year = {2001}} @article{Chomsky:2005, Author = {Chomsky, Noam}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 36.1chomsky.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/36.1chomsky.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {1--22}, Title = {Three Factors in Language Design}, Volume = {36}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {The biolinguistic perspective regards the language faculty as an "orgaon of hte body," along with other cognitive systems. Adopting it, we expect to find three factors that interact to determine (I-) languages attained: genetic endowment (the topic of Universal Grammar), experience, and principles that are language- or even organism-independent. Research has naturally focused on I-langauges and UG, the problems of descriptive and explanatory adequacy. The Principles and Paramters approach opened the possibility for serious investigation of the third factor, and the attempt to account for properties of language in terms of general considerations of computational efficiency, elimintaing some of the technology postulated as specific to langauge and providing more principled explanation of linguistic phenomena.}} @article{Halle:2005, Author = {Halle, Morris}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 36.1halle.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/36.1halle.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {23--41}, Title = {Palatalization/Velar Softening: What It Is and What It Tells Us about the Nature of Language}, Volume = {36}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {This study proposes an account both of the consonantal changes involved in palatalization/verlar softening and of the fact that this change is encountered before front vowels. The change is a straightforward case of feature assimilation rpvided that segments/ phonemes are viewed as complexes of features organized into the "bottle brush" model illustrated in example (4) and elsewhere in the text, and that the universal set of features includes, in addition to hte familiar binary features, six unary features, which specify the designated articulator(s) for every segment (not only for consonants).}} @article{Oltra-Massuet:2005, Author = {Oltra-Massuet, Isabel and Arregi, Karlos}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 36.1oltra-massuet.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/36.1oltra-massuet.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {43--84}, Title = {Stress-by-Structure in {S}panish}, Volume = {36}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {In this article, we argue for a syntactic approach to the computation of stress in Spanish. Our basic claim is that stress placement in this language makes crucial reference to the internal syntactic structure of words. In particular, we propose that foot foundaries are projected from certain functional heads. The analysis is set within the framework of Distributed Morphology and uses the formalism of the bracketed grid for the representation of stress. Several hypothese concerning the syntax of words are argued to be necessary in gaining a better understanding of stress placement in Spanish.}} @article{Hankamer:2005, Author = {Hankamer, Jorge and Mikkelsen, Line}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 36.1hankamer.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/36.1hankamer.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {85--125}, Title = {When Movement Must Be Blocked: A Reply to {E}mbick and {N}oyer}, Volume = {36}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {Embick and Noyer (2001) develop an analysis of definiteness marking in Danish and Swedish employing the central assumptions of Ditributed Morphology (CM) together with the syntactic operation of head movement of N to D. We expose some theoretical and empirical shortcomings ofthe analysis and conclude that the assumption of N-to-D movement is incompatible with the central assumptions of DM. We further show how these shortcomings are avoided by the lexicalist analysis proposed by Hankamer and Mikkelsen (2002) and compare it with an alternative DM analysis that does not rely on head movement in the syntax. We conclude that while a lexicalist or a DM analysis is viable, with interesting trade-offs, neither of the viable analyses involves any movement.}} @article{Lasersohn:2005, Author = {Lasersohn, Peter}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 36.1lasersohn.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/36.1lasersohn.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {127--134}, Title = {The Temperature Paradox as Evidence for a Presuppositional Analysis of Definite Descriptions}, Volume = {36}, Year = {2005}} @article{Nishiyama:2005, Author = {Nishiyama, Kunio}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 36.1nishiyama.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/36.1nishiyama.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {134--143}, Title = {Morphological Boundaries of {J}apanese Adjectives: Reply to Namai}, Volume = {36}, Year = {2005}} @article{Soh:2005, Author = {Soh, Hooi Ling}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 36.1soh.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/36.1soh.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {143--155}, Title = {Wh-in-Situ in {M}andarin {C}hinese}, Volume = {36}, Year = {2005}} @article{Ueno:2005, Author = {Ueno, Yoshio}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; 36.1ueno.pdf}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/36.1ueno.pdf}, Number = {1}, Pages = {155--160}, Title = {A Note on the Strucuture of Predicate Phrase + \emph{BE} +\emph{that}-{CP}}, Volume = {36}, Year = {2005}} @book{Li:2005, Address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, Author = {Li, Yafei}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {X$^{0}$: A Theory of the Morphoolgy-Syntax Interface}, Year = {2005}} @book{Chung:2004a, Author = {Chung, Sandra and Ladusaw, William A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Restriction and Saturation}, Year = {2004}} @book{Kayne:2000a, Author = {Kayne, Richard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Parameters and Universals}, Year = {2000}} @book{Barss:2003, Address = {Malden, Massachusetts}, Author = {Barss, Andrew}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Keywords = {library}, Publisher = {Blackwell Publishing}, Title = {Anaphora: A Reference Guide}, Year = {2003}} @incollection{Barss:2003a, Address = {Malden, Massachusetts}, Author = {Barss, Andrew}, Booktitle = {Anaphora: A Reference Guide}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Editor = {Barss, Andrew}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {1--22}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Timing Puzzles in Anaphora and Interpretation}, Year = {2003}} @incollection{Ueyama:2003, Address = {Malden, Massachusetts}, Author = {Ueyama, Aymui}, Booktitle = {Anaphora: A Reference Guide}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Editor = {Barss, Andrew}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {23--71}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Two Types of Scrambling Constructions in {J}apanese}, Year = {2003}} @incollection{Nicol:2003, Author = {Nicol, Janet and Swinney, David}, Booktitle = {Anaphora: A Reference Guide}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Editor = {Barss, Andrew}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {72--104}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {The Psycholinguistics of Anaphora}, Year = {2003}} @incollection{McDaniel:2003, Address = {Malden, Massachusetts}, Author = {McDaniel, Dana}, Booktitle = {Anaphora: A Reference Guide}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Editor = {Barss, Andrew}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {105--126}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Two Pronominal Mysteries in the Acquisition of {B}inding and {C}ontrol}, Year = {2003}} @incollection{Montalbetti:2003, Address = {Malden, Massachusetts}, Author = {Montalbetti, Mario}, Booktitle = {Anaphora: A Reference Guide}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Editor = {Barss, Andrew}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {127--139}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Reference Transfers and the {G}iorgione Problem}, Year = {2003}} @incollection{Zagona:2003, Address = {Malden, Massachusetts}, Author = {Zagona, Karen}, Booktitle = {Anaphora: A Reference Guide}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Editor = {Barss, Andrew}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {140--171}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Tense and Anaphora: Is there a Tense-Specific Theory of Coreference?}, Year = {2003}} @incollection{Hoji:2003, Address = {Malden, Massachusetts}, Author = {Hoji, Hajime}, Booktitle = {Anaphora: A Reference Guide}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Editor = {Barss, Andrew}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {172--236}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Surface and Deep Anaphora, Sloppy Identity, and Experiments in Syntax}, Year = {2003}} @incollection{Langendoen:2003, Address = {Malden, Massachusetts}, Author = {Langendoen, D. Terence and Magloire, JoA<Num>Adj>N) and from independent conditions on phrasal movement.}} @article{Elbourne:2005, Author = {Elbourne, Paul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library; Middle English}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/36.3elbourne.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {333--365}, Title = {On the Acquisition of {P}rinciple {B}}, Volume = {36}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {Chien and Wexler (1990) reported that children obeyed Principle B of binding theory when the antecedent was a quantifier but not when the antecedent was referential. This was argued by Grodzinky and Reinhart (1993) to support Reinhart's (1983) theory according to which Principle B affects only bound pronouns. Since then, other studies have supported the asymmetry between referential and quantifier antecedents. This article, however, argues that previously unremarked experimental factors lessen the force of all these studies, and it points to other relevant experiments that seem to show that children do not obey Principle B at all. It reviews previously offered theories on the acquisition of Principle B that are compatible with the latter view of the facts.}} @article{Kural:2005, Author = {Kural, Murat}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {linearization; library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/36.3kural.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {367--387}, Title = {Tree Traversal and Word Order}, Volume = {36}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {This article looks at how the two-dimensional organization of a syntactic tree is translated into a one-dimensional string. It proposes a method of linearization that extracts the terminal string by visiting the nodes of a tree systematically in a predetermined order, either preorder, inorder, or postorder traversal. Crucially, it also argues that given a particular formulation of the extraction process, the traversal method chosen by individual languages produces the well-known crosslinguistic variations in word order typology (SVO, SOV< VSO, etc.) without having to resort to remnant movement.}} @article{Reinhart:2005, Author = {Reinhart, Tanya and Siloni, Tal}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/36.3reinhart.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {389--436}, Title = {The Lexicon-Syntax Parameter: Reflexivization and Other Arity Operations}, Volume = {36}, Year = {2005}, Abstract = {We argue that crosslinguistic variation regarding verbal reflexivization is parametric, reflecting a broader lexicon-syntax parameter: arity operations -- operations on theta-role, which affect the valend of a predicate -- can apply in the lexicon or in the syntax. The significant empirical coverage of this parameter supports the view that the lexicon must be an active component of the grammar. The discussion focuses mainly on the formation of reflexive verbs. We argue that the prevailing view that reflexive verbs have an unaccusative derivation cannot be maintained. Rather, the reflexivization operation bundles a theta-role with an external theta-role, forming a combination that must merge externally. Next, we also briefly review other arity operations: (a) reciprocalization, (b) decausativization, and (c) saturation, which is involved in the formation of passives, middles, and impersonals. Variation in auxiliary selection, owing to the application of reflexivization or other arity operations, is independent of hte lexicon-syntax parameter and follows under our approach from a structural accusative Case parameter.}} @article{Boeckx:2005a, Author = {Boeckx, Cedric and Hornstein, Norbert}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/36.3boeckx.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {437--441}, Title = {A Gap in the {ECM} Paradigm}, Volume = {36}, Year = {2005}} @article{Cowper:2005, Author = {Cowper, Elizabeth}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/36.3cowper.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {441--455}, Title = {A Note on Number}, Volume = {36}, Year = {2005}} @article{Gordon:2005, Author = {Gordon, Peter C. and Hendrick, Randall}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/36.3gordon.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {456--463}, Title = {Relativization, Ergativity, and Corpus Frequency}, Volume = {36}, Year = {2005}} @article{Gualmini:2005, Author = {Gualmini, Andrea and Crain, Stephen}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Inquiry}, Keywords = {library}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*Linguistic%20Inquiry/36.3gualmini.pdf}, Number = {3}, Pages = {463--474}, Title = {The Structure of Children's Linguistic Knowledge}, Volume = {36}, Year = {2005}} @article{Dayal:1998, Author = {Dayal, Veneeta}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Pages = {433--476}, Title = {ANY as Inherently Modal}, Volume = {21}, Year = {1998}} @book{Vendler:1967, Address = {Ithaca}, Author = {Vendler, Zeno}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Publisher = {Cornell University Press}, Title = {Linguistics in Philosophy}, Year = {1967}} @inproceedings{Kratzer:2002a, Address = {Tokyo}, Author = {Kratzer, Angelika and Shimoyama, Junko}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the {T}okyo conference on psycholinguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Editor = {Otsu, Yukio}, Pages = {1--25}, Publisher = {Hituzi Syobo}, Title = {Indeterminate pronouns: The view from {J}apanese}, Volume = {3}, Year = {2002}} @inproceedings{Horn:2000, Author = {Horn, Lawrence}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the 15th Annual Conference of the Israeli Association for Theoretical Linguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Pages = {71--111}, Title = {ANY and EVER: Free choice and free relatives}, Year = {2000}} @article{Giannakidou:2001, Author = {Giannakidou, Anastasia}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Pages = {659--735}, Title = {The meaning of free choice}, Volume = {24}, Year = {2001}} @article{Saebo:2001, Author = {Saeboe, Kjell Johan}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Pages = {737--787}, Title = {The Semantics of {S}candinavia Free Choice Items}, Volume = {24}, Year = {2001}} @phdthesis{LeGrand:1975, Author = {LeGrand, J.E.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, School = {University of Chicago}, Title = {Or and Any: The semantics and syntax of two logical operators}, Year = {1975}} @article{Partee:1973, Author = {Partee, Barbara}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of Philosophy}, Pages = {601--609}, Title = {Some Structural Analogies Between Tenses and Pronouns in {E}nglish}, Volume = {70}, Year = {1973}} @inproceedings{Kratzer:1998a, Address = {Cornell University, Ithaca, NY}, Author = {Kratzer, Angelika}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of SALT VIII}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Editor = {Strolovitch, Devon and Lawson, Aaron}, Pages = {92--110}, Publisher = {CLC Publications}, Title = {More Structural Analogies Between Pronouns and Tense}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Lenci:2000, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Lenci, A. and Bertinetto, Pier Marco}, Booktitle = {Speaking of Events}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Editor = {Higginbotham, James and Pianesci, F. and Varzi, A.C.}, Pages = {65--287}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Aspect, Adverbs and Events: Habituality v. Perfectivity}, Year = {2000}} @book{Klein:1994, Address = {London}, Author = {Klein, Wolfgang}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Publisher = {Routledge}, Title = {Time in Language}, Year = {1994}} @article{Kratzer:1981, Author = {Kratzer, Angelika}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Journal of Philosophical Logic}, Pages = {201--216}, Title = {Partition and Revision: The Semantics of Counterfactuals}, Volume = {2}, Year = {1981}} @inproceedings{Carlson:1981, Author = {Carlson, Greg N.}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of Chicago Linguistics Society}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Editor = {Hendrick, Roberta and Masek, Carrie and Miller, Mary Frances}, Pages = {8--23}, Title = {Distribution of Free Choice ``Any''}, Volume = {17}, Year = {1981}} @article{Wilkinson:1986, Author = {Wilkinson, Karina}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Unpublished manuscript}, Title = {Generic Indefinite {NP}s}, Year = {1986}} @book{Krifka:1995, Address = {Chicago}, Author = {Krifka, Manfred and Pelletier, Francis Jeffrey and Carlson, Greg N. and ter Meulen, Alice and Chierchia, Gennaro and Link, Godehard}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Editor = {Carlson, Gregory N. and Pelletier, Francis Jeffrey}, Publisher = {Chicago University Press}, Title = {The Generic Book}, Year = {1995}} @phdthesis{Ladusaw:1979, Address = {Amherst, MA}, Author = {Ladusaw, William A.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, School = {University of Massachusetts, Amherst}, Title = {Polarity Sensitivity as Inherent Scope Relations}, Year = {1979}} @article{Krifka:1987, Author = {Krifka, Manfred}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Technical Report of the Seminar f{\"ur} Nat{\"u}rlich-sprachliche Systems}, Title = {An Outline of Genericity}, Volume = {87 - 25}, Year = {1987}} @article{Heim:1990, Author = {Heim, Irene}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Number = {2}, Pages = {137--178}, Title = {E-Type Pronouns and Donkey Anaphora}, Volume = {13}, Year = {1990}} @incollection{Schubert:1989, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Schubert, L.K. and Pelletier, Francis Jeffrey}, Booktitle = {Properties, Types, and Meanings v. II}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Editor = {Chierchia, Gennaro and Partee, Barbara H. and Turner, Raymond}, Pages = {193--268}, Publisher = {Kluwer}, Title = {Generically Speaking, or, Using Discourse Representation Theory to Interpret Generics}, Year = {1989}} @article{Kripke:1973, Author = {Kripke, Saul}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Unpublished lectures}, Title = {Reference and Existence: The {J}ohn {L}ocke Lectures for 1973, Oxford University}, Volume = {Semantics of Natural Language}, Year = {1973}} @incollection{Dayal:1995, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Dayal, Veneeta}, Booktitle = {Quantification in Natural Language}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Editor = {Bach, Emmon and Jelinek, Eloise and Kratzer, Angelika and Partee, Barbara H.}, Pages = {179--205}, Publisher = {Kluwer}, Title = {Quantification in Correlatives}, Year = {1995}} @inproceedings{Eisner:1994, Address = {Ithaca}, Author = {Eisner, Jason}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of ESCOL}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Editor = {Fulller, J and Han, Ho and Parkinson, David}, Pages = {92--103}, Publisher = {DMLL Publications}, Title = {`All'-less in {W}onderland? {R}evisiting `any'}, Volume = {11}, Year = {1994}} @incollection{Link:1983, Author = {Link, Godehard}, Booktitle = {Meaning, Use and Interpretation of Language}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Editor = {Baeuerle, R. and Schwarze, C. and Stechow, Arnim von}, Publisher = {DeGruyter}, Title = {The Logical Analysis of Plurals and Mass Terms: A Lattice-Theoretical Approach}, Year = {1983}} @incollection{Link:1991, Address = {Berlin}, Author = {Link, Godehard}, Booktitle = {Semantik: Ein internationales {H}andbuch der zeitgenAssischen {F}orschung}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Editor = {von Stechow, Arnim and Wunderlich, Dieter}, Publisher = {De Gruyter}, Title = {Plural}, Year = {1991}} @book{Lahiri:2002, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Lahiri, Utpal}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Questions and Answers in Embedded Contexts}, Year = {2002}} @article{Hamblin:1973, Author = {Hamblin, Charles}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Foundations of Language}, Number = {1}, Pages = {41--53}, Title = {Questions in {M}ontague grammar}, Volume = {10}, Year = {1973}} @article{Kratzer:2003, Author = {Kratzer, Angelika}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Lecture at Workshop on Polarity, Scalar Phenomena and Implicatures. University of Milan-Bicocca}, Title = {Scalar Implicatures: Are There Any?}, Year = {2003}} @article{Kratzer:1989, Author = {Kratzer, Angelika}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Number = {5}, Pages = {607--653}, Title = {An Investigation of the Lumps of Thought}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1989}} @inproceedings{Alonso:2003, Author = {Alonso Ovalle, Luis and Menendez Benito, Paula}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of NELS33}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Editor = {Kadowaki, Makoto and Kawahara, Shigeto}, Pages = {1--12}, Title = {Some Epistemic Indefinites}, Year = {2003}} @phdthesis{Lawler:1973, Author = {Lawler, John M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, School = {University of Michigan, Ann Arbor}, Title = {Studies in {E}nglish Generics}, Year = {1973}} @article{Farkas:1983, Author = {Farkas, Donka F. and Sugioka, Y.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Pages = {225--258}, Title = {Restrictive if/when Clauses}, Volume = {6}, Year = {1983}} @incollection{Dahl:1975, Address = {London \& New York}, Author = {Dahl, {\"O}sten}, Booktitle = {Formal Semantics of Natural Language}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Editor = {Keenan, Ed}, Pages = {99--112}, Publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, Title = {On Generics}, Year = {1975}} @book{ChierchiaMcConnell-Ginet:2000, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Chierchia, Gennaro and McConnell-Ginet, Sally}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Publisher = {MIT Press}, Title = {Meaning and Grammar: An Introduction to Semantics, 2nd edition}, Year = {2000}} @phdthesis{Quer:1998, Author = {Quer, Josep}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, School = {Utrecht Institute of Linguistics, OTS}, Title = {Mood at the Interface}, Year = {1998}} @book{Haspelmath:1997, Address = {Oxford}, Author = {Haspelmath, Martin}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {Indefinite Pronouns}, Year = {1997}} @phdthesis{Aloni:2001, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Aloni, M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, School = {University of Amsterdam}, Title = {Quantification under Conceptual Covers}, Year = {2001}} @article{Gajewski:2002, Author = {Gajewski, Jon}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Unpublished manuscript: MIT}, Title = {L-analycity in Natural Language}, Year = {2002}} @article{Dayal:2005, Author = {Dayal, Veneeta}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistic Variation Yearbook}, Title = {The Universal Force of Free Choice ``Any''}, Year = {2005}} @article{Quer:2000, Author = {Quer, Josep}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Unpublished manuscript, University of Amsterdam}, Title = {Licensing Free Choice Items in Hostile Environments: The role of aspect and mood}, Year = {2000}} @inproceedings{Kratzer:1990, Author = {Kratzer, Angelika}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the 1990 Conference on Theories of Partial Information}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Publisher = {Center for Cognitive Science and College of Liberal Arts at the University of Texas at Austin}, Title = {How Specific is a Fact?}, Year = {1990}} @article{Kratzer:2002, Author = {Kratzer, Angelika}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Linguistics and Philosophy}, Number = {5}, Pages = {655--670}, Title = {Facts: Particulars or Information Units?}, Volume = {25}, Year = {2002}} @incollection{Kratzer:2005a, Author = {Kratzer, Angelika}, Booktitle = {Reference and Quantification: The {P}artee Effect}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Editor = {Carlson, Gregory N. and Pelletier, Francis Jeffrey}, Journal = {unpublished manuscript}, Pages = {113--142}, Publisher = {{CSLI} Publications}, Title = {Indefinites and the Operators they depend on: From {J}apanese to {S}alish}, Year = {2005}} @incollection{Berman:1987, Author = {Berman, Stephen}, Booktitle = {University of {M}assachusetts Occasional Papers vol. 12}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Editor = {Blevins, Jim and Vainikka, Ann}, Keywords = {library}, Pages = {8--23}, Publisher = {University of Massachusetts at Amherst}, Title = {Situation-Based Semantics for Adverbs of Quantification}, Year = {1987}} @article{Aloni:2002, Author = {Aloni, M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Unpublished manuscript}, Title = {Free Choice in Modal Contexts}, Year = {2002}} @book{AlarcosLlorach:1994, Address = {Madrid}, Author = {Alarcos Llorach, Emilio}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Publisher = {Espasa Calpe}, Title = {Gramatica de la lengua espanola}, Year = {1994}} @article{Lee:2005, Author = {Lee, Youngjoo}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Natural Language Semantics}, Local-Url = {file://localhost/Users/kyle/Documents/Bookends/Attachments/*NLS/NLS13(2)_Lee.pdf}, Number = {2}, Pages = {169--200}, Title = {Exhaustivity as {A}greement: The Case of {K}orean \emph{Man} `only'}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2005}} @phdthesis{GroenendijkStokhof:1984, Address = {Amsterdam}, Author = {Groenendijk, J. and Stokhof, M.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, School = {University of Amsterdam}, Title = {Studies on the Semantics of Questions and the Pragmatics of Answers}, Year = {1984}} @article{vanBenthem:1989, Author = {van Benthem, J.F.A.K.}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Journal = {Notre Dame Journal of Formal Logic}, Title = {Logical Constants Across Types}, Volume = {3}, Year = {1989}} @incollection{Kratzer:1998b, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Kratzer, Angelika}, Booktitle = {Events in Grammar}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Editor = {Rothstein, Susan}, Pages = {163--196}, Publisher = {Kluwer}, Title = {Scope or Pseudo-Scope? Are There Wide-Scope Indefinites?}, Year = {1998}} @incollection{Kripke:1972, Address = {Dordrecht}, Author = {Kripke, Saul}, Booktitle = {Semantics of Natural Language}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Editor = {Davidson, Donald and Harman, Gilbert H.}, Publisher = {Reidel}, Title = {Naming and Necessity}, Year = {1972}} @phdthesis{Goldberg:2005, Address = {Montreal}, Author = {Goldberg, Lotus Madelyn}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Keywords = {Goldberg-PhD-Mar05.pdf}, School = {McGill University}, Title = {Verb-Stranding {VP} Ellipsis: A Cross-Linguistic Study}, Year = {2005}} @incollection{Doron:1999a, Address = {New York, New York}, Author = {Doron, Edit}, Booktitle = {Studies in Ellipsis and Gapping}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Editor = {Lappin, Shalom and Benmamoun, Elabbas}, Pages = {124--140}, Publisher = {Oxford University Press}, Title = {V-Movement and {VP} Ellipsis}, Year = {1999}} @inproceedings{Hardt:2003, Author = {Hardt, Dan}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of Semantics and Linguistic Theory}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Title = {Sloppy Identity, Binding, and Centering}, Volume = {13}, Year = {2003}} @inproceedings{Dahl:1974, Author = {Dahl, {\"O}sten}, Booktitle = {Logical grammar reports}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Location = {University of GAtenburg}, Title = {How to open a sentence: Abstraction in natural language}, Volume = {12}, Year = {1974}} @inproceedings{Kehler:1993, Author = {Kehler, Andrew}, Booktitle = {Proceedings of the Sixth {E}uropean Chapter of the {A}ssociation for {C}omputational {L}inguistics}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Pages = {203--212}, Title = {A discourse copying algorithm for ellipsis and anaphora resolution}, Year = {1993}} @phdthesis{Ristad:1992, Address = {Cambridge}, Author = {Ristad, Eric}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, School = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, Title = {Computational structure of natural language}, Year = {1992}} @techreport{Heim:1993, Address = {Germany}, Author = {Heim, Irene}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Institution = {Universit{\"a}t T{\"u}bingen}, Number = {7--93}, Title = {Anaphora and Semantic Interpretation: A Reinterpretation of {R}einhart's Approach}, Type = {SfS-Report}, Year = {1993}} @unpublished{Dalrymple:1991a, Author = {Dalrymple, Mary}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Note = {Unpublished ms., Xerox-PARC and CSLI}, Title = {Against Reconstruction in Ellipsis}, Year = {1991}} @techreport{Kennedy:1994, Author = {Kennedy, Christopher}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Institution = {University of California, Santa Cruz}, Number = {LRC-94-03}, Title = {Argument Contained Ellipsis}, Type = {Linguistics Research Center Report}, Year = {1994}} @unpublished{Wescoat:1989, Author = {Wescoat, Michael}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Note = {manuscript, Stanford University}, Title = {Sloppy Readings with Embedded Antecedents}, Year = {1989}} @unpublished{Grimshaw:1991, Author = {Jane Grimshaw}, Date-Added = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Date-Modified = {2007-08-29 09:37:07 -0400}, Note = {Unpublished manuscript, Brandeis University}, Title = {Extended Projection}, Year = {1991}}